As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2026.  

Registration No. 333-291586

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1/A

Amendment No. 5 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

STEWARDS, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Nevada   6159   88-0436017
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  

 

4300 N. University Drive Suite D-105 Lauderhill, Florida  

 

33351

(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code 1.833.328.6477

  

Spring Valley Solutions, LLC

3651 Lindell Rd Ste D121

Las Vegas, NV, 89103, USA

T: (702) 982-5686

 

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to: 

 

Scott Doney, Esq.

The Doney Law Firm

3651 Lindell Rd Ste D121

Las Vegas, NV 89103

(702) 982-5686

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

  Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐
  Non-accelerated Filer ☒ Smaller reporting company ☒
    Emerging Growth Company ☐

  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 
 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JUNE 30, 2026

 

 

20,621,250 Shares of Common Stock

 

This prospectus relates to the resale of up to 20,621,250 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Stewards, Inc. (formerly known as Favo Capital, Inc.) (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus. These shares were issued to the selling stockholders pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement, in connection with a private placement that closed on December 12, 2024, and July 30, 2025. The shares include 9,750,000 shares of common stock issued in the private placement and an additional 487,500 shares issued as a registration delay payment, as well as 10,383,750 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants and pre-funded warrants issued in the same private placement.

 

Our common stock has a multi-class voting structure. Each share of our Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to 50 votes on any matter brought before the voting shareholders of the Company, while each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. As a result, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock (currently Forfront Capital, LLC, an affiliate) collectively control approximately 87% of the total voting power of the Company. This voting control is further reinforced by a Voting Agreement dated August 25, 2025, under which Forfront Capital, LLC has agreed to vote its Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the direction of a majority vote of the Company's founders (Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quin, and Glen Steward), with the Company's President holding an irrevocable proxy to vote the shares in accordance with the founders' direction. This structure may limit the ability of holders of common stock to influence corporate matters.

 

We have a multi-class voting structure under which our Founders collectively control approximately 87% of the total voting power of the Company. As a result, we would qualify as a “controlled company” under the rules of a national securities exchange or other eligible market if our common stock were to become listed or quoted on such market and applicable ownership thresholds were satisfied. We do not currently satisfy the listing standards of any national securities exchange, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on another eligible market. See “Potential Implications of Controlled Company Status” and “Description of Capital Stock” below, as well as “Risk Factors – Our potential controlled company status and the concentration of voting power among our Founders could limit your ability to influence corporate matters” for a more detailed discussion of our governance structure and the implications of concentrated voting control.

 

The selling stockholders will offer and sell the shares at a fixed price of $[*] per share within the range of $3.00 to $5.00 per share (to be determined) while our common stock continues to trade on the OTCID Market. In the event that our common stock were to become listed on a national securities exchange or becomes eligible for quotation on the OTCQB or OTCQX, the selling stockholders may sell shares at prevailing market prices, prices related to prevailing market prices, or negotiated prices, subject to applicable securities laws and market availability. See “Plan of Distribution” for a more complete description of the ways in which the shares of common stock may be sold. We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of these shares by the selling stockholders. However, we may receive proceeds from the exercise of the warrants and pre-funded warrants if exercised for cash.

 

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCID Market operated by OTC Markets Group Inc. under the symbol “SWRD.” On June 29, 2026, the closing price of our common stock on the OTCID Market was $2.75 per share. Our common stock is currently very thinly traded, and an active, liquid trading market for our securities does not currently exist. As a result, investors purchasing shares in this offering may be unable to resell their shares at or near the offering price, or at all. This offering will proceed regardless of whether any such listing or quotation is obtained.

 

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

 The date of this prospectus is June 30, 2026.

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS     1  
         
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA     1  
         
TRADEMARKS     1  
         
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     2  
         
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     3  
         
RISK FACTORS     44  
         
USE OF PROCEEDS     88  
         
MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK     88  
         
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS     89  
         
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     112  
         
MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS     130  
         
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION     136  
         
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT     142  
         
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS     143  
         
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK     145  
         
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS     149  
         
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     151  
         
EXPERTS     152  
         
LEGAL MATTERS     152  
         
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION     153  
         
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   154  

  

i
 

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

This prospectus constitutes a part of a registration statement on Form S-1 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the “Registration Statement”) filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus omits certain information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to Stewards, Inc. and the securities offered hereby. With regard to any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC, in each instance reference is made to the copy of such document so filed. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

 

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our securities means that the information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy our securities in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful or in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

 

For investors outside the United States: We have not taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the securities covered hereby and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States. 

 

The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

 

No person is authorized in connection with this prospectus to give any information or to make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby, or any matter discussed in this prospectus, other than the information and representations contained in this prospectus. If any other information or representation is given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us.

 

We have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourself about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. 

  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

We are responsible for the disclosure in this Prospectus. However, this Prospectus includes industry data that we obtained from internal surveys, market research, and publicly available information and industry publications. The market research, publicly available information and industry publications that we use generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. The information therein represents the most recently available data from the relevant sources and publications, and we believe remains reliable. We did not fund and are not otherwise affiliated with any of the sources cited in this Prospectus. Forward-looking information obtained from these sources is subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this Prospectus.

  

TRADEMARKS

 

We own or have rights to use various trademarks, service marks, and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks, and tradenames of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names, or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM, or SM symbols, but the omission of such references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable owner of these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

 1 
Table of Contents 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

Certain statements contained in this prospectus may contain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our Company and management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions, or strategies regarding the future, including our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts, or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believes,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plans,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions, or the negatives of such terms, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

 

Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Other important factors that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results are summarized below. Other factors besides those listed could also adversely affect us. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:

  

  • market trends in our industry, energy markets, commodity prices, interest rates, the debt and lending markets, or the general economy;

 

  • our plans and expectations regarding future financial results, expected operating results;

 

  • the sufficiency of our cash and our liquidity;

 

  • development of new financial products and improvements to our existing financial products;

 

  • the adequacy of our agreements with our syndicate partners;

 

  • our ability to obtain financing, our ability to comply with debt covenants or cure any defaults;

  

  • actions and initiatives of federal, state and local governments and changes to federal, state and local government policies, regulations, tax laws and rates and the execution and impact of these actions, initiatives and policies;

 

  • our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements on favorable terms;

 

  • general volatility of the securities markets in which we participate;

 

  • the impact of weather conditions, natural disasters, accidents or equipment failures, or other events that disrupt our operations or negatively impact the value of our assets;

 

  • availability of and our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; and

 

  • our understanding of our competition.

  

 2 
Table of Contents 

 

Forward-looking statements are based on beliefs, assumptions and expectations as of the date of this prospectus. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

The risks included here are not exhaustive. Other sections of this registration statement may include additional factors that could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors, nor can it assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results.

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part before making your investment decision. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements and information relating to Stewards, Inc. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above.

 

In this Prospectus, the terms “SWRD,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “ours” refer to Stewards, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

Company Overview

 

We are a diversified financial services company with two complementary business platforms: Private Credit and Real Estate. Our strategy is to provide alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) underserved by traditional lenders, while also building a portfolio of income-producing and value-enhancing real estate assets. Together, these businesses are designed to broaden our revenue base, strengthen the balance sheet with tangible assets, and support long-term, capital-efficient growth.

 

The Private Credit Division provides revenue-based funding and related financing products to SMBs nationwide. In most cases the SMBs that apply to the Company for financing have average monthly revenues of below $500,000. Since 2020, we have originated more than $153 million in funding and supported over 10,000 businesses across the United States. The Real Estate Division, launched in 2025, targets strategic investments in residential, mixed-use, and commercial properties designed to generate stable rental income and have the potential for long-term value appreciation. These real estate holdings improve our overall capital efficiency by anchoring the balance sheet with durable, income-producing assets, lowering our blended cost of capital, and providing recurring cash flows that enhance liquidity management.

 

As part of our broader strategic plan, we are pursuing a measured integration of digital-asset technologies across both business segments on a contingent and conditional basis only. Through partnerships with established financial-technology providers, currently limited to the Dolomite Foundation, the Company is developing frameworks for the use of digital payment instruments in its Private Credit operations and evaluating opportunities for tokenization within its Real Estate platform, which consists of the ownership and management of income-producing commercial real estate assets. These initiatives are intended to improve operational transparency, reduce transaction costs, and expand financing optionality within existing regulatory and accounting standards.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, these digital asset initiatives are not deployed in our live business operations and we do not currently conduct transactions, custody assets, or generate revenues through blockchain based or tokenized instruments. We currently estimate that any potential implementation, if any, could occur within a preliminary internal planning horizon of approximately 24 to 36 months from the date of this prospectus. Any such implementation remains subject to a number of factors, including evolving regulatory requirements, accounting and audit considerations, the design and testing of appropriate internal controls and compliance procedures, technology partner readiness, cybersecurity and operational risk management, and market acceptance. There can be no assurance that these initiatives will be implemented within this or any other timeframe, or at all.

 

While each division operates independently, they are designed to complement one another. The real estate business provides steady, long-term income and strengthens overall financial stability, while the private credit business offers faster-turnover funding with attractive near-term returns. Together, they create a balanced model in which real estate adds stability and efficiency, private credit drives growth, and digital-asset infrastructure provides additional flexibility and modernization of the Company’s capital management strategy.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2025, total revenue was $16.3 million, of which approximately 72% was generated by the Private Credit Division and 28% by the Real Estate Division. The Real Estate Division reflects approximately six months of activity following the acquisition of the 1818 Park property in July 2025 and therefore is not directly comparable to a full-year period.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, total revenue was $3.9 million, of which approximately 38% was generated by the Private Credit Division and 62% by the Real Estate Division. We currently expect the Real Estate Division to represent a larger percentage of total revenue for the full year 2026 than it did in 2025, primarily as a result of a full year of rental and operating income from the 1818 Park property. At the same time, we expect Private Credit revenue to increase as a result of expanded Direct Funding origination capabilities and improved capital availability. These expectations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including changes in interest rates, real estate occupancy and rental rates, merchant cash advance demand, regulatory developments, and general economic conditions. Actual results could differ materially from these expectations. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information.”

 

Private Credit Overview

 

Our Private Credit Division provides alternative financing solutions to SMBs across the United States. The core of our business is the origination and funding of merchant cash advances (MCAs), both directly and through syndication arrangements with our partners. These MCA activities represent our principal line of business and generate the substantial majority of our revenues.

 

Since 2020, we have originated over $153 million in capital and supported more than 10,000 SMBs nationwide. We are headquartered in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, with operations in New York and the Dominican Republic. In addition to our MCA business, we occasionally act as a broker for other funders, earning commissions when SMB customers we refer obtain financial products such as MCA or lines of credit. These brokerage activities are ancillary to our MCA operations and represent a smaller portion of our business.

 

 3 
Table of Contents 

 

Our MCA business is conducted through operating subsidiaries that sit under our private credit holding company. These subsidiaries include FAVO Funding LLC, Honeycomb LLC, and Fore Funding LLC, which originate and service MCA transactions. Our brokerage activities, which consist of referring merchants to third-party funders and earning commissions, are conducted through Fore Funding LLC and DBOSS Funding LLC, also held within the same private credit platform.

 

Merchant Cash Advances

 

Merchant cash advances (“MCAs”) have evolved as an alternative capital source primarily for small businesses, and they represent the principal product we currently originate and fund. In our MCA transactions, a merchant sells a portion of its future receipts to us at a discount in exchange for an upfront lump-sum payment. The merchant then remits a specified percentage of its sales receipts, typically through daily Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) transfers, until we have received the full amount of purchased receipts.

 

Unlike loans or securities, MCAs are structured as purchases and sales of future receipts and the assignment of related rights. Our small and medium-sized business (“SMB”) customers typically use these advances for working capital, such as inventory purchases, equipment financing, or other immediate business needs.

 

While MCAs constitute a core component of our revenue model, we also generate brokerage income on a limited basis by referring merchants to third-party funders for products such as MCAs and lines of credit. These brokerage activities account for a smaller share of our business relative to our directly originated and syndicated MCA portfolios.

 

We operate a direct and syndication revenue-based funding platform to serve SMBs in need of liquidity to fulfill their financial responsibilities. Through our direct sales, marketing, underwriting, and operational platform, and in collaboration with our six primary Syndication Partners, each of which operates in the same revenue-based financing business as Stewards, we provide funding solutions for customers. These Syndication Funding arrangements allow us to participate in a percentage of approved transactions, with participation amounts ranging from 10% to 95% of the deal value, pursuant to Master Participation Agreements and related agreements. This structure enables us to diversify risk, leverage partner deal flow, and expand the scale of our funding platform while maintaining consistency with our underwriting criteria.

 

We originate and provide revenue-based financing to businesses primarily through MCAs. We provide convenient, fully automated financial solutions to our customers. An SMB customer who enters into an MCA commits to delivering a percentage of its receipts through ACH or wire debits or by splitting credit card receipts until all purchased receipts are remitted to us.

 

We believe traditional lenders face a number of challenges and limitations that make it difficult to address the capital needs of SMBs, such as:

 

§  Organizational and Structural Challenges. The costly combination of physical branches and manually intensive underwriting procedures makes it difficult for traditional lenders to efficiently serve SMBs. They also serve a broad set of customers, including both consumers and enterprises, and are not solely focused on addressing the needs of SMBs.

 

§  Technology Limitations. Many traditional lenders use legacy or third-party systems that are difficult to integrate or adapt to the shifting needs of small businesses. These technology limitations make it challenging for traditional lenders to aggregate new data sources, leverage advanced analytics and streamline and automate credit decisions and funding.

 

§  Products not Designed for SMBs. SMBs are not well served by traditional loan products. We believe that traditional lenders often offer products characterized by larger loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements. By contrast, SMBs often seek small loans for short-term investments.

 

 4 
Table of Contents 

 

As a result, we believe that SMBs feel underserved by traditional lenders. Our solution was built specifically to address SMBs’ capital needs. We offer products to SMBs to enable them to access capital. We facilitate eligible merchants to secure cash advances and accelerate the growth of their business by providing access to simple, fast, and convenient working capital under MCAs. This structure has some advantages over the structure of a conventional loan. Most importantly, payments towards an MCA can be modified for hardships suffered by a business, giving the merchant greater flexibility with which to manage their cash flow, particularly during an unforeseen event. MCAs are processed much faster than a typical loan, giving borrowers quicker access to capital.

 

Direct and Syndicated Funding

 

A key challenge in the merchant cash advance industry is securing sufficient capital to meet strong demand from small businesses. We participate in merchant cash advances through two distinct models: Direct Funding and Syndicated Funding.

 

In Direct Funding, we originate, underwrite, fund, contract directly with the merchant, and service the MCA entirely. In certain transactions, we may also have third-party co-funders pursuant to master participation agreements who participate in the deal. These co-funders are typically accredited investors, investment funds, high-net-worth individuals, employees and other capital partners seeking exposure to merchant cash advance assets. We identify and select co-funders based on factors including available capital, experience with alternative finance investments, reputation, regulatory considerations, and willingness to participate on terms acceptable to us.

 

Under a typical participation arrangement, the co-funder acquires a contractual participation interest in a specified percentage of the economics of an MCA transaction, which historically has averaged less than 25% of the funded amount. We retain responsibility for sourcing the merchant, underwriting the transaction, funding the advance, maintaining the contractual relationship with the merchant, servicing and collecting payments, and administering the transaction. Co-funders do not have a direct contractual relationship with the merchant and generally do not participate in day-to-day servicing or collection activities.

 

In exchange for their participation interest, co-funders are entitled to receive their agreed share of collections generated by the applicable MCA transaction, net of servicing and collection fees payable to us. We generally receive a servicing fee for administering the transaction and may also retain a larger economic interest than the co-funder. Participation arrangements are typically non-recourse to us except for customary representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the applicable participation agreement.

 

In Syndicated Funding, we participate in a single MCA with a syndication partner who originates, underwrites, funds and services the MCA. We participate alongside six established syndication partners under Master Participation Agreements. As a participant, we generally range from 10% to 95% participation in each transaction, subject to our investment guidelines.

 

As of December 31, 2025, approximately 62.3% of all funded deals were completed through the Company’s Syndicated Funding model, while approximately 37.68% of funded deals were completed through the Company’s Direct Funding model. As of the most recent period presented, the majority of funded deals continued to be completed through the Company’s Syndicated Funding model, while the Company is actively working to increase the proportion of Direct Funding originations following the Simplified Acquisition and expanded origination capacity.

 

To manage portfolio concentration and counterparty exposure, the Company actively monitors its syndication relationships and does not participate in any Syndicated Funding arrangement where its participation would exceed 40% of a syndication partner’s total portfolio.

 

This approach balances higher-margin Direct Fundings with the capital efficiency and risk diversification benefits of Syndication Funding. The table below outlines key differences between the two models.

 

Aspect Direct Funding Syndicated Funding
Contract with Merchant We contract directly with the merchant Syndication partner contracts directly with the merchant
Funding Role We fund the advance directly to the merchant. We provide only our agreed participation percentage
Servicing & Collections We perform all servicing and collections Syndication partner performs servicing and collections
Revenue Full factor-rate income + origination + administrative fees Proportionate share of MCA income only
Risk Exposure 100% of performance risk on our balance sheet Proportionate share of performance risk
Capital Deployment Funded directly to the merchant Capital provided to the syndication partner who then funds the merchant

 

 5 
Table of Contents 

 

Furthermore, both Direct Funding and Syndicated Funding transactions most often involve multiple parties. In Direct Funding transactions, the Company originates, underwrites, funds, contracts directly with the merchant, and is responsible for servicing and collections. The Company may include third-party participants through Master Participation Agreements. These participants are typically accredited investors, family offices, investment funds, high-net-worth individuals, and other capital partners seeking exposure to merchant cash advance assets. The Company selects participants based on factors including available capital, investment experience, reputation, regulatory considerations, and willingness to participate on terms acceptable to the Company. Participants generally acquire an economic interest in a portion of a transaction, historically averaging less than 25% of the funded amount, but do not have a direct contractual relationship with the merchant and do not participate in day-to-day servicing or collection activities. In Syndicated Funding transactions, a third-party syndication partner originates, underwrites, funds, and contracts directly with the merchant, while the Company participates as an investor providing a portion of the capital. In these transactions, the syndication partner generally retains responsibility for servicing and collections. Participants in either model enter into Master Participation Agreements that govern their participation interests, including the allocation of collections, profit-sharing mechanics, servicing responsibilities, and the allocation of risk among the parties.

 

Syndicated Funding transactions may also carry additional costs, such as platform fees charged by syndication partners (generally 3%–5% of remittances), and administrative costs associated with servicing multiple stakeholders. These fees can increase the effective cost of capital relative to Direct Fundings.

 

For Direct Fundings, our revenue includes origination fees, administrative fees, MCA income, and ancillary fees (e.g., non-sufficient funds, collections, Uniform Commercial Code filings), all recognized over the contract term as payments are received.

 

For Syndicated Fundings, we do not retain origination or administrative fees. Instead, our revenue is derived from our proportionate share of MCA income based on our participation interest.

 

Our Direct Funding portfolio has SMBs across multiple segments and industry types, but most of our merchants fall into the services, construction, and retail industries. These include restaurants, construction and development projects, physical fitness facilities, accounting and bookkeeping practices, home furnishings and equipment stores, and automotive repair shops, among others.

 

The composition of our Syndication Funding portfolio closely aligns with that of our Direct Funding portfolio, both of which are strategically shaped by evolving market dynamics. Key determinants include macroeconomic conditions, the influence of domestic and international government policy decisions, and the relative advantages of specific U.S. geographic regions. Regulatory and policy environments, whether supportive or restrictive, impact sector performance and are carefully considered in our portfolio construction and allocation strategy.

 

Although Syndication Funding currently represents a larger share of total funding volume, our strategic priority is to expand Direct Funding given its higher margin profile and greater control over underwriting and servicing economics. The Simplified Acquisition was undertaken specifically to increase our capacity for direct originations. Over time, we expect Direct Funding to comprise a greater portion of total originations, with Syndication Funding continuing to play a complementary role in providing capital efficiency and risk diversification.

  

 6 
Table of Contents 

 

MCA – Syndication Partners

 

We identify leading funders in the industry through market research, funding forums, the Revenue Based Funding Coalition (RBFC), and long-term business relationships, all of which have established underwriting and operational capabilities that allow partners to participate in their deal flow. The RBFC includes funders, brokers, Independent Sales Organizations, and industry vendors that provide technology and operational services to the sector. It was established to educate policymakers and regulators on issues affecting the non-bank commercial finance industry and to support responsible growth of revenue-based financing. At the same time, the MCA industry remains subject to ongoing regulatory scrutiny at both the federal and state levels, and participation in industry groups such as the RBFC reflects our effort to stay aligned with evolving standards and compliance expectations.

 

We currently maintain relationships with six syndication partners, three core partners (Vital Capital, TVT Funding, Inadvance Capital) and three secondary partners (Kings Funding, Boom Funding, Traditions Funding), all of whom operate in the Merchant Cash Advance industry and provide revenue-based financing solutions. Core partners are partners that we actively fund with, often a few times a month whereas secondary partners are used much less frequently. From time to time, we syndicate on various deals that our partners have approved for funding, with syndication participation amounts typically ranging from 10% to 95% of the transaction value. In the case the Company participates in a deal with a syndication partner, the syndication partner maintains the relationship directly with the merchant. The Company is merely a participant in the deal and provides a share of the capital to the syndication partner to fund the deal and in turn benefits from the economic terms of the deal. These arrangements are governed by Master Participation Agreements, which establish the terms of engagement and responsibilities of each party. These agreements govern key terms of the relationship including, the platform fee or collection fee charged for participation which is stated as a fixed fee, the servicing of the deal and relevant disbursements and any general indemnifications and warranties. Each individual deal will be presented to the Company with specific terms, for example, the principal amount, payback amount, factor and duration and sometimes will also indicate if there is a lower platform fee associated with that deal.

 

To manage concentration risk, we do not participate in any syndication arrangement where our exposure exceeds 40% of a partner’s total portfolio. We also actively manage participation amounts to ensure diversification and maintain a balanced portfolio mix. All syndication partners are provided with investment guidelines aligned with our internal underwriting standards, and they are required to adhere to those criteria, ensuring consistency and risk alignment across all investments. This framework enables Stewards to leverage the scale and capabilities of its partners to expand access to funding for SMBs while maintaining rigorous risk management discipline.

 

Brokered Products

 

In addition to our direct and syndicated MCA operations, we act as an intermediary in brokering financial products, earning commissions from funders when transactions close. Within this category, merchant cash advances and lines of credit are the meaningful contributors, while equipment financing and business term loans comprised the balance. Our activity in U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) loans and invoice factoring was not material during the reporting period, though these products remain available as part of our platform and may contribute to revenues in the future as merchant demand evolves.

 

Our role in these transactions is limited to acting as an intermediary: we identify merchants with financing needs, match them with appropriate funders, and earn referral or brokerage fees, typically calculated as a percentage of the funded amount, once the transaction is completed. We do not originate or fund these products directly and do not assume credit risk on the underlying obligations.

 

 7 
Table of Contents 

 

This brokerage activity complements our MCA operations by broadening merchant relationships and creating repeat commission opportunities. Applications are sourced through marketing initiatives, including online advertising, outbound calling, trade show participation, and referrals, with additional support from a call center located in the Dominican Republic. We maintain relationships with a network of funding sources, such as commercial banks, online lenders, SBA-approved institutions, and factoring companies.

 

Once a funder approves and funds a transaction, our role is complete, and we earn compensation directly from the funder, typically built into the financing cost. By offering MCAs and lines of credit through third-party partners alongside our direct activities, we diversify our revenue streams and expand our reach, while continuing to maintain our primary focus on revenue-based funding solutions. 

 

While brokerage commissions represented approximately 20% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024, we do not view this segment as a core growth driver. We position brokerage primarily as a complementary offering that broadens merchant relationships, rather than as a business line we intend to scale.

 

MCA - Cost of Sales

 

We incur sales commissions costs for direct and syndicated originations. Commission expense is recognized over the term of the deal. Additionally, we incur marketing expenses associated with direct MCA originations. Marketing expenses consist of various lead generation, internet, phone, advertising, and other costs associated with new account originations. Marketing expenses are recognized as incurred.

 

MCA Platform and Service Fees

 

For each Syndicated Funding MCA origination, we are charged a platform or servicing fee. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the advance receipt collected on our behalf and is deducted from the amount disbursed.

 

MCA Credit Losses

 

Under the current expected credit loss (CECL) model of ASC 326, we recognize an allowance for a portion of the receipts at the time of concluding a deal and additional allowances based on the amount of time since a payment was last received and whether the receivable has been handed over to collections. The approach is based on the Company's internal knowledge and historical default rates over the expected life of the receipts and is adjusted to reflect current economic conditions. A receivable from a merchant is classified as defaulted once the merchant has stopped paying and all reasonable efforts to communicate and resolve the situation have failed. Once the merchant is in default, the receivable is then handed over to a legal team to begin the collection process. Historical default rates for the portfolio were at 15.07% for 2023, 13.09% for 2024 and 8.53% for 2025. This evaluation takes into account the customer's ability and intention to pay the consideration, when it is due along with incorporating changes in the forward-looking estimates. If the expected financial condition of the Company’s customers were to improve, the allowances may be reduced accordingly.

 

Underwriting Process and Credit Assessment of Merchant Customers

 

Our underwriting process is central to both our Direct Funding and our Syndicated Funding activities. Each merchant applicant is evaluated using a structured combination of automated data analysis, artificial intelligence (AI), and human review to assess the business’s ability to generate consistent receivables and meet repayment obligations.

 

We apply a multi-step framework designed to filter out higher-risk applicants and identify merchants most likely to perform, with fewer than 5% of applications proceeding to funding. This process integrates anomaly detection and fraud-prevention tools with professional underwriter judgment, allowing us to evaluate applications efficiently while maintaining credit discipline. Over time, this selective approach has resulted in portfolio performance with loss and default levels consistent with the high thresholds established by our underwriting standards.

 

 8 
Table of Contents 

 

Integration of Artificial Intelligence and Automation

 

We employ a combination of automation, machine learning, and human oversight within our underwriting process. These tools help authenticate documents, identify inconsistencies, and structure raw data into decision-ready formats. Human underwriters remain responsible for final approvals, ensuring that technology outputs are reviewed within a controlled decision framework.

 

AI-driven capabilities are applied within secure, compliance-oriented environments. All merchant data is collected with applicant consent, either through direct submissions (e.g., bank statements, tax filings, credit reports) or third-party data-aggregation providers. Data is handled under encryption and access-controlled systems. We do not disclose, sell, or repurpose merchant data for non-underwriting uses.

 

Key capabilities include:

•         Document authentication and fraud detection: Identifying tampering or inconsistencies in submitted records.

•         Anomaly detection: Flagging unusual cash-flow activity or mismatches in bank transaction data.

•         Automated structuring: Converting bank statements and financial documents into standardized data for review.

•         Risk scoring: Predictive models that compare applicants against internal credit parameters.

 

Applications flagged by automation are escalated for manual review. This blended model allows for efficient processing while maintaining oversight and compliance.

 

Data Collection and Analysis

 

We collect a range of information from merchants during the application process, including:

 

•         Traditional credit bureau data (e.g., consumer and commercial credit histories).

•         Government and legal records (e.g., state filings, tax records, liens, judgments).

•         Behavioral and transactional data (e.g., bank activity, repayment patterns, landlord feedback).

•         Digital presence and reputation data (e.g., online visibility, reviews, social media).

•         Network-shared performance data from other funders on defaults or fraud.

 

Because small businesses lack a standardized credit score equivalent to consumer FICO ratings, we supplement bureau data with these alternative sources. Greater emphasis is placed on demonstrated business performance, cash-flow resilience, and repayment history than on an owner’s personal credit profile.

 

Below is a description of our underwriting process for applicant merchants, with four steps to completion.

 

1.       Initial Screening

 

✔ Verify document integrity and application completeness.

✔ Apply automatic decline rules (e.g., prohibited industries, prior defaults, negative banking history).

✔ Use anomaly-detection tools to flag inconsistencies in financial submissions.

✔ Confirm business legitimacy through entity verification and basic fraud checks.

 

2.       Full Underwriting

 

✔ Analyze business expenses, legal compliance, and online presence.

✔ Review historical bank statements and repayment trends.

✔ Assess revenue concentration, seasonality, and debt obligations.

✔ Supplement automated scoring with underwriter review.

✔ Price transactions according to internal risk models and repayment capacity.

 

3.       Approval

 

✔ Transactions are escalated based on size and risk profile:

✔ Up to $35,000: approved by senior underwriters.

✔ $35,000 – $100,000: requires underwriting committee approval.✔ Above $100,000: reviewed by the CFO and requires final approval from the CEO.

✔ Decisions incorporate both model outputs and manual judgment.

 

4.       Final Verification and Funding

 

✔ Conduct background checks for legal and financial risks.

✔ Re-verify revenue consistency using most recent bank data.

✔ Confirm terms with a recorded verification call.

✔ Wire transfers are executed by the CFO or Credit Controller, subject to executive authorization.

 

 9 
Table of Contents 

 

Efficiency and Risk Considerations

 

Our process is designed to be more efficient than traditional bank lending, generally allowing approvals and funding within 24–72 hours versus weeks for banks. Although the Company does not actively track application to funding times, our estimated average time from application to funding is 24 hours. Efficiency is achieved through automated data aggregation, AI-driven anomaly detection, and human oversight.

 

Our underwriting process is broken down into 4 stages:

1)       Initial screening: This stage involves ensuring all the required documentation has been received, and the merchant meets the initial funding requirements. During this stage we will ensure that the application meets our minimum underwriting requirements including, time in business, average revenue, industry, FICO score, negative days, average daily and ending bank balances.

2)       Full underwriting: This stage involves a detailed review of the application, including legal documentation reviews and business performance evaluations. We rely on third party software and information to support this review including; MoneyThumb, TransUnion, Secretary of State filings, court filings and Google searches.

3)       Approval: Once the application is fully underwritten, the offer to fund is sent for approval by management or our senior underwriters.

4)       Final verification and funding: Once the offer is approved, a final background check is completed, and any recent banking transactions are verified for revenue consistency. Prior to releasing the funding wire, a funding call is completed on a recorded line to discuss the terms of funding.

 

As mentioned above we depend on third-party providers for certain inputs, such as bank-statement verification, credit bureau data, and fraud detection. Disruptions in these services could affect our ability to process applications efficiently, as described in our risk factors.

 

Over time, we believe that this disciplined, technology-enhanced underwriting process has contributed to portfolio performance consistent with our selective funding standards, supporting stable cash flows and risk-adjusted returns.

 

Integration of Digital Asset Strategy within Private Credit

 

The Company is evaluating the integration of digital-asset infrastructure within its Private Credit operations on a contingent and conditional basis only. As part of this initiative, the Company has entered into a strategic partnership with the Dolomite Foundation, a Cayman-based entity that develops tokenized financial infrastructure and digital-settlement frameworks.

 

Through this relationship, the Company intends to explore the use of U.S.-dollar-denominated digital instruments and related blockchain settlement tools to facilitate the movement of funds among institutional lenders, subsidiaries, and counterparties. The objective of this framework is to shorten funding cycles, reduce transaction costs, and strengthen auditability within the Company’s credit origination, syndication, and servicing processes. The Company’s participation in these activities will be implemented on a measured basis, consistent with applicable banking, securities, and anti-money-laundering regulations, and subject to continuing review by management and external advisors.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, these digital asset initiatives are not deployed in our live business operations and we do not currently conduct transactions, custody assets, or generate revenues through blockchain based or tokenized instruments. We currently estimate that any potential implementation, if any, could occur within a preliminary internal planning horizon of approximately 24 to 36 months from the date of this prospectus. Any such implementation remains subject to a number of factors, including evolving regulatory requirements, accounting and audit considerations, the design and testing of appropriate internal controls and compliance procedures, technology partner readiness, cybersecurity and operational risk management, and market acceptance. There can be no assurance that these initiatives will be implemented within this or any other timeframe, or at all.

 

 10 
Table of Contents 

 

Real Estate Overview

 

Our Real Estate Division, launched in 2025, focuses on acquiring and managing income-producing properties that complement our private credit platform. The Company’s Real Estate platform is operated as an integrated business line and includes property acquisition, asset-level financing management, coordination with third-party property managers, lease administration, budgeting, and capital planning. The Company currently targets primarily multifamily properties, as well as select mixed-use and commercial assets, in strategic U.S. markets that provide stable cash flows and the potential for long-term value appreciation.

 

The division emphasizes stabilized, cash-flowing properties that diversify revenue streams and strengthen the Company’s overall asset base with tangible collateral. By anchoring the balance sheet in real estate, we enhance institutional creditworthiness, improve access to competitively priced financing, and support capital efficiency. These investments are conducted through subsidiaries established for property acquisition and management, structured to support our real-estate strategy while accommodating applicable noncontrolling preferred interests. The objective of these entities is to broaden our revenue base and support sustainable long-term growth.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Company’s Real Estate platform consists of a single property, 1818 Park, a multifamily residential property located in Hollywood, Florida. Accordingly, the Company’s real estate operations are currently concentrated in a single asset, a single property type, and a single geographic market. The property is managed by a third-party property manager under the Company’s oversight. While the Company intends to evaluate additional real estate investments over time, there can be no assurance that it will acquire additional properties, and the Company expects its real estate portfolio to remain concentrated in the near term.

 

Strategic Role of the Real Estate Division

 

The Real Estate Division plays a complementary role to our MCA and broader private credit operations. Tangible, income-generating real estate assets enhance the depth and quality of our balance sheet, which broadens the collateral base available for institutional financing arrangements and supports access to lower-cost capital. This stronger asset position improves lender confidence and provides flexibility in structuring credit facilities, ultimately enhancing net yields across our MCA originations and related credit activities.

 

In addition, recurring income from rental streams and condominium sales provides supplemental cash flow that offsets variability inherent in the MCA portfolio. Over time, appreciation in property values may further enhance shareholder value through refinancing or selective asset sales, though the division’s primary role is to improve capital efficiency and financial resilience rather than to serve as a direct source of short-term liquidity.

 

By combining the steady, asset-backed stability of real estate with the faster turnover and scalability of private credit, the Company aims to create a balanced model that enhances credit quality, reduces overall cost of capital, and supports sustainable growth across both business segments.

 

 11 
Table of Contents 

 

Target Acquisition Strategy

 

Our real estate division is focused on acquiring well-located, income-producing properties at attractive entry prices relative to replacement cost or market comparables. We target assets in the US that have strong underlying fundamentals and sustained tenant demand, seeking opportunities where operational, leasing, or capital structure enhancements can drive value creation. Our acquisition approach is disciplined and data-driven, evaluating both current income potential and future upside through repositioning or improved capital deployment.

 

Acquisitions are guided by defined financial criteria. We generally target properties expected to deliver internal rates of return (IRR) and capitalization rate spreads that are accretive to our weighted average cost of capital (WACC). We also consider loan-to-value (LTV) thresholds, projected funds from operations (FFO) contribution, and the stability of expected cash flows in assessing each opportunity. This framework provides consistency in evaluating potential transactions and ensures that capital is allocated with the objective of balancing risk, return, and liquidity.

 

Value creation is achieved through two primary models:

 

•         Rental Model: We focus on maintaining high occupancy levels, capturing market rent growth, controlling operating expenses, and implementing targeted capital improvements to enhance tenant experience and asset performance.

 

•         Condominium Model: Where applicable, we seek to optimize unit pricing, manage sales velocity, and implement focused marketing campaigns to maximize sales proceeds. While condominium projects may involve higher development and redevelopment costs relative to stabilized rental assets, we evaluate them within a disciplined financial framework that considers expected absorption rates, pricing sensitivity, and project-level return thresholds. Our intent is to maintain a balanced mix, with stabilized rental assets representing the core of the portfolio and condominium projects pursued selectively where market demand and projected returns justify the added risk. In condominium transactions, we also assess occupancy and absorption targets as key performance indicators to ensure that projected timelines and sales velocity align with overall capital allocation discipline.

 

Exit Strategies

 

We evaluate multiple exit strategies for each asset at the time of acquisition and throughout the hold period, with the objective of maximizing total return and maintaining flexibility in capital deployment. Our primary strategy is a long-term hold, whereby properties are retained to generate recurring rental income and potential capital appreciation. This approach supports predictable cash flows and strengthens the balance sheet, which in turn improves the Company’s overall capital efficiency and weighted average cost of capital (WACC).

 

Where market conditions, interest rate environments, or asset performance create favorable opportunities, we may pursue a sale, refinancing, or recapitalization to optimize return on invested capital (ROIC). These decisions are guided by disciplined financial criteria, including expected yields, debt costs, and projected cash-on-cash returns, rather than reliance on asset sales for short-term liquidity. Potential strategies may include selling an asset outright, entering into a joint venture with new capital partners, or refinancing to unlock equity while retaining ownership.

 

For condominium projects, we may implement a phased sell-down strategy to optimize pricing and absorption rates while managing supply risk. Select units may be retained within the rental portfolio to generate ongoing income and preserve long-term optionality. Across all property types, our exit planning is structured to align with long-term capital allocation discipline, balancing current income generation with capital recycling into higher-yielding opportunities.

 

 12 
Table of Contents 

 

Leasing & Sales

 

We employ a disciplined, market-responsive approach to both leasing and sales activities, designed to optimize occupancy, rental yields, and asset value across its portfolio. For rental assets, lease structures may include fixed-term agreements, percentage-based leases tied to tenant sales performance, or hybrid models that combine base rent with variable components. Renewal options are strategically incorporated to enhance tenant retention, minimize downtime, and maintain consistent revenue streams. Lease terms are negotiated to align with market demand, asset positioning, and long-term strategic objectives, while protecting downside risk through creditworthy tenant selection and appropriate security provisions.

 

For assets operated under a condominium sales model, we implement a phased release strategy to manage market absorption and achieve optimal pricing. Units are brought to market in stages, allowing us to respond dynamically to buyer demand, interest rate conditions, and competitive supply. This approach is supported by targeted marketing campaigns, pre-sale strategies, and selective retention of certain units for ongoing rental income or future disposition. By maintaining flexibility in leasing and sales strategies, we seek to balance predictable cash flows with opportunities for potential capital appreciation and value realization.

 

Property Management

 

Our property management practices are designed to preserve and enhance asset value while ensuring the operational integrity of our real estate portfolio. Currently, properties are managed by experienced third-party firms engaged under agreements that include defined performance benchmarks addressing occupancy levels, tenant retention, service quality, and cost efficiency.

 

Management activities focus on timely and responsive tenant service, preventative maintenance programs to extend the useful life of building systems and improvements, and disciplined control of operating expenses. Performance is monitored on an ongoing basis, with operational adjustments implemented as necessary to maintain market competitiveness, mitigate vacancy risk, and support stable long-term income generation.

 

Performance Monitoring

 

We employ a structured, data-driven approach to monitoring the performance of our real estate assets to ensure they meet targeted financial and operational benchmarks. Key performance indicators include occupancy levels, net operating income (NOI), lease expiration schedules, rent collection trends, and, for condominium projects, sales velocity and absorption rates. These metrics are reviewed regularly at both the property and portfolio levels, enabling management to identify trends, risks, and opportunities in real time.

 

Insights derived from this monitoring process inform tactical and strategic decisions, including adjustments to marketing campaigns, leasing incentives, and tenant mix optimization. In addition, capital expenditure priorities are continuously reassessed to ensure that property improvements deliver measurable returns and align with evolving market conditions. This active management framework is intended to maintain asset competitiveness, maximize revenue, and preserve long-term value.

 

1818 Park

 

Overview

 

On July 11, 2025, we entered into multi-entity member interest purchase agreements to acquire 1818 Park, a 281,493-square-foot mixed-use property located in Hollywood, Florida. The asset comprises approximately 237,173 square feet of residential space, 19,737 square feet of commercial space, 16,800 square feet of parking facilities, 5,171 square feet of office space, and 2,612 square feet of storage. The residential component includes 273 rental units in a mix of studios, one-bedroom, two-bedroom, and three-bedroom layouts, of which two are penthouse residences, the largest of which spans 2,319 square feet. The commercial component features a diversified tenant mix including a national bank branch, a hair salon, multiple food and beverage operators, and a 12,000-square-foot food hall. The office component includes one 4,113-square-foot office currently under development and nearing completion.

 

As of June 22, 2026, physical occupancy was approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 residential units leased). There were 21 physically vacant units, of which 11 were pre-leased. There were also 18 units with active notices to vacate (NTV), of which 11 were pre-leased to new tenants. Based on the current rent roll, annualized property revenue was approximately $9.9 million, consisting of approximately $8.24 million of residential rental revenue, approximately $274 thousand of retail rental revenue, and approximately $1.38 million of other property income. Annualized operating expenses were approximately $5.5 million, resulting in annualized net operating income (NOI) of approximately $4.4 million.

 

 13 
Table of Contents 

 

The acquisition of 1818 Park aligns closely with our real estate division’s acquisition criteria. The property was secured at a favorable price relative to replacement cost and market comparables, in a location (Young Circle) characterized by strong population growth, robust tenant demand, and ongoing economic investment. The asset’s diversified mix of residential, commercial, and food hall space provides multiple income streams and diversification benefits that reduce reliance on any single segment.

 

Operationally, we intend to pursue initiatives aimed at enhancing occupancy, optimizing lease terms, and implementing targeted capital improvements to support rental growth and tenant retention. In addition, we are actively pursuing a refinancing of the existing Blackstone senior mortgage loan, which reached its stated maturity date on June 1, 2026. Pending the completion of a longer-term refinancing, the Company and the lender have negotiated a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to the Loan Documents that would extend the loan's maturity date from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. Although the Fifth Omnibus Amendment has been prepared, it has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. While the loan documents provide a contractual one-year extension option through June 2027, the Company does not currently intend to exercise that option and is instead focused on completing a longer-term refinancing. There can be no assurance that the Fifth Omnibus Amendment will be executed or that any longer-term refinancing will be completed on favorable terms, or at all. These operational and financing initiatives, together with the property's established tenant base and location within a growth corridor, are intended to strengthen the property's long-term positioning while addressing current cash flow challenges.

 

Purchase Price and Consideration

 

On July 11, 2025, we completed the acquisition of the 1818 Park property in Hollywood, Florida through a multi-entity transaction structured as follows:

 

  • Block 40 Managers, LLC – Acquired 100% of the membership interests in the property management company responsible for day-to-day operations, tenant services, and facility oversight.  
  • Block 40 Investment Holdings, LLC – Acquired 100% of the membership interests in the investment holding entity, which owns certain contractual rights and interests related to 1818 Park.  
  • Block 40, LLC – Acquired the membership interests in the investment holding entity that owns all assets and certain liabilities of the primary property-owning entity, including the real estate, fixtures and contracts, as well as the existing Blackstone secured mortgage debt and other obligations.  
       

The total purchase price was $74.3 million, structured entirely as a stock-for-liabilities transaction. Consideration consisted of the issuance of shares of our common stock to the sellers and the assumption of certain indebtedness and other liabilities.

 

Pursuant to the multi-entity membership interest purchase agreements entered into in connection with the acquisition of the 1818 Park property, the Company issued an aggregate of 62,673,215 shares of its common stock to the sellers as consideration for the acquired membership interests.

 

Issuing equity rather than using cash or additional debt preserved liquidity for our private credit operations and avoided incremental leverage that could restrict future financing flexibility. The structure strengthened our balance sheet by adding a substantial income-generating real estate asset, which enhances the Company’s overall capital efficiency, broadens the collateral base considered by institutional lenders, and supports access to more competitively priced financing. By making the seller a shareholder, the transaction further aligns their interests with the Company’s long-term performance and value creation, reinforcing management’s focus on sustainable growth and shareholder returns.

 

This multi-entity structure ensured continuity of operations, preserved key contractual rights, and facilitated a seamless transition for tenants, positioning the asset for operational stability and long-term value creation.

 

Acquisition and Financing Structure

 

The acquisition of 1818 Park was completed through the purchase of all of the membership interests of Block 40, LLC, the entity that owns the property and its related liabilities. As a result, the Company acquired indirect ownership of the real estate asset together with the obligations tied to it. As part of this transaction, the Company assumed a senior secured mortgage loan originally in the principal amount of $84.0 million. Following scheduled principal repayments in the weeks after closing, the current outstanding loan balance is approximately $73.6 million as of the date of this prospectus.

 

 14 
Table of Contents 

 

On June 1, 2022, Block 40 Property, LLC entered into a senior secured mortgage loan in the original principal amount of $84.0 million with Deutsche Bank, maturing on June 1, 2025. On June 1, 2025, Blackstone, as the new holder of the loan, extended the maturity date by one month. On July 1, 2025, Blackstone further extended the maturity date to June 1, 2026. In connection with the June and July 2025 extensions, the interest rate increased from Term SOFR plus 2.75% to Term SOFR plus 3.00%, and the existing interest rate cap agreement remains in effect. As part of the extension agreements, the borrower was also required to make scheduled principal curtailments, which reduce the outstanding loan balance in line with agreed amortization milestones, to approximately $73.6 million.

 

The loan is secured by a first-priority mortgage lien on the property, an assignment of leases and rents, and certain reserve and cash accounts, and is generally non-recourse subject to customary carve-outs. The loan agreement has been amended four times since its origination on June 1, 2022. These amendments primarily related to (i) extensions of the maturity date, (ii) an increase in the interest rate spread from Term SOFR + 2.75% to Term SOFR + 3.00% per annum, and (iii) required scheduled principal curtailments that reduced the outstanding loan balance from the original $84.0 million to approximately $73.6 million as of the date of this prospectus, and (iv) the lender's consent to Stewards' acquisition of indirect ownership of the borrower, the addition of Stewards as a guarantor under the loan documents, and related updates to the organizational and loan documentation.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the loan reached its stated maturity date of June 1, 2026. The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date of the loan from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. Key terms of the proposed Fifth Omnibus Amendment include an extension of the maturity date to August 1, 2026, the payment of a modification fee and an extension fee, the grant of a pledge over the membership interests in the borrower entity, the addition of the Company as a guarantor, and a temporary waiver of the requirement to maintain an interest rate cap agreement during the extension period.

 

In parallel, the Company continues to pursue a longer-term refinancing and, on June 11, 2026, received a non-binding term sheet from Värde Mortgage Capital proposing a $79.0 million refinancing facility. Key proposed terms include a 24-month initial term with three 12-month extension options, a floating interest rate of SOFR + 3.95% (with a floor of 7.45%), and customary covenants and reserves.

 

There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully complete a long-term refinancing on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain a long-term refinancing prior to the expiration of the short-term extension period, Blackstone could exercise its remedies under the loan documents, including foreclosure on the 1818 Park property. A foreclosure would result in the loss of the Company’s ownership interest in the property and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity. In addition, the Company could incur significant legal and other costs in connection with any foreclosure proceedings or a forced sale of the property.

 

Key Loan Features

 

  • Borrower: Block 40 Property, LLC (entity that owns the property and subsidiary of Block 40, LLC)
  •      Original Loan Amount: $84.0 million
  •  Amendments: The loan agreement has been amended four times since origination. These amendments primarily related to extensions of the maturity date, an increase in the interest rate spread from Term SOFR + 2.75% to Term SOFR + 3.00%, and required scheduled principal curtailments, and the lender's consent to Stewards' acquisition of indirect ownership of the borrower and its addition as a guarantor under the loan documents.
  •      Current Balance: Approximately $73.6 million as of the date of this prospectus.
  •      Lender / Agent: Blackstone (successor to Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch)
  •        Interest Rate: Term SOFR + 3.00% per annum (floating)
  •        Interest Rate Protection: Interest rate cap agreement in place to mitigate rate risk
  •        Maturity Date: June 1, 2026 (original maturity date). The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date of the loan from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. The Company continues to pursue a longer-term refinancing with Värde Mortgage Capital pursuant to a non-binding term sheet dated June 11, 2026, which proposes a $79.0 million facility with a 24-month initial term plus three 12-month extension options at SOFR + 3.95% (floor of 7.45%). There can be no assurance that a long-term refinancing will be completed on the proposed terms or at all.
  •        Collateral: First priority mortgage lien on 1818 Park, assignment of leases and rents, security interest in reserve/cash management accounts, and collateral assignment of the interest rate cap
  •        Recourse: Non-recourse except for customary carve-outs (fraud, misappropriation, certain covenant breaches)
  •         Guaranty of Carry Costs: Personal guaranties from prior owners covering debt service shortfalls, taxes, insurance, and essential operating expenses

   

As of June 22, 2026, physical occupancy at 1818 Park was approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 residential units leased). There were 21 physically vacant units, of which 11 were pre-leased. There were also 18 units with active notices to vacate (NTV), of which 11 were pre-leased to new tenants. Net controllable availability was approximately 10.3%.

 

1818 Park Property Management

 

On November 14, 2025, the Company’s subsidiary, Block 40, LLC, engaged GCF Development, LLC under a Management Agreement dated November 14, 2025, to exclusively manage, lease, operate, and administer our property at 1818 Park. Under the agreement, the Manager will receive monthly fees starting December 1, 2025 including: (i) 5/6 of a $92,031.25 loan-guarantee fee (surviving termination while guarantees exist), (ii) $120,000 overhead/administrative fee, and (iii) $25,000 project-management fee for 18 months. All accrued fees were due and have been paid as of December 19, 2025.

 

We may terminate on 30 days’ notice with a 12-month break fee if within the first 24 months (no fee thereafter, but loan-guarantee fee persists). Manager may terminate on 60 days’ notice. Manager maintains required liability and E&O insurance, receives broad indemnification for good-faith acts within scope, and may assign to affiliates or successors without consent. The agreement supersedes all prior understandings, and is governed by Florida law.

 

EB-5 Investor Exchange Offer

 

As part of the July 11, 2025, acquisition of the Block 40 Entities and Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC, the Company assumed the obligations associated with EB-5 investors who collectively held Class B preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC. These investors held preferred membership interests with accumulating preferred return features that, absent conversion or repurchase, would have continued indefinitely. The total EB-5 preferred membership interests were included in the $74.3 million contractual purchase price allocation for the transaction.

 

 15 
Table of Contents 

 

Following the acquisition on August 28, 2025, we initiated an offer to these EB-5 investors to exchange their preferred membership interests for shares of our common stock. Participation in the exchange was voluntary. The objective of this exchange is to reduce the long-term accrual burden associated with the EB-5 preferred return structure, simplify the capital structure, and align the interests of these legacy investors with those of our common stockholders. These obligations are specific to the 1818 Park real estate transaction and are structurally distinct from the Company’s other preferred return arrangements in its private credit business.

 

On September 30, 2025, the Company executed an exchange agreement offering these EB-5 investors the opportunity to convert their preferred membership interests into shares of the Company’s common stock, with elections due by October 31, 2025. As of the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of 22,501,649  shares of common stock had been issued to participating investors pursuant to the EB-5 exchange agreements. Of the 89 EB-5 investors, 28 elected to participate in the exchange, and the remaining investors continue to hold their preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC. The objective of this exchange was to eliminate the long-term accrual burden associated with the EB-5 preferred return structure, simplify the capital structure, and align the interests of legacy investors with those of the Company’s common shareholders. These obligations are specific to the 1818 Park real estate transaction and are structurally distinct from the Company’s preferred return arrangements within its private credit business.

 

EB-5 investors who did not elect to participate in the exchange continue to hold Class B preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC. These interests entitle holders to a preferred return based on their unreturned capital contributions and unpaid preferred return, subject to the availability of cash and declaration by the manager, and provide priority over common membership interests with respect to distributions and liquidation proceeds. The Class B preferred membership interests do not have a stated maturity date and are not mandatorily redeemable. Redemption or liquidity events may occur upon specified contingent events, including a sale, refinancing, or dissolution of Block 40, LLC, or upon denial of the investor’s Form I-526 petition by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services. These preferred membership interests remain outstanding following the exchange and are structurally distinct from the Company’s preferred equity or debt instruments.

 

Tenant Base

 

The property generates rental income from both residential and commercial tenants, with residential units comprising the majority of leased space and retail, dining, office, and co-working uses contributing additional revenue. The residential portion consists of multiple unit types, with leases generally structured as fixed-term agreements that include renewal options and periodic rent escalations. As of June 22, 2026, physical occupancy was approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 residential units leased). There were 21 physically vacant units, of which 11 were pre-leased, and 18 units with active notices to vacate (NTV), of which 11 were pre-leased to new tenants. The commercial component includes retail, dining, service, and food hall tenants operating under fixed-rent, percentage-of-sales, and hybrid lease structures, with agreements typically providing base rent, renewal rights, and customary landlord protections, while office and co-working areas are also available for lease to professional tenants and are expected to further contribute to revenue diversification as leasing progresses. No individual tenant represents a material portion of the property’s total rental revenue, and the tenant base is diversified across residential and commercial categories, reducing concentration risk and limiting reliance on any single tenant or use type.

 

The Hawthorne Acquisition

 

On June 5, 2026, Stewards Real Estate, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement with John E. Swenson Co., Inc. to acquire the real property and related tangible assets known as The Hawthorne, located at 196 Shore Road, Chatham, Massachusetts, for a purchase price of $20.0 million in cash, subject to customary prorations and adjustments.

 

The Hawthorne is a seasonal hospitality property located in Chatham, Massachusetts, on Cape Cod. The property operates as a boutique lodging facility and is expected to generate revenue primarily from guest room rentals. The property consists of guest accommodations, related common areas, and ancillary facilities situated on a waterfront site. The property does not currently include material food and beverage operations or other significant ancillary hospitality services. The Company believes the acquisition complements its strategy of acquiring income-producing real estate assets in attractive markets and expands its real estate portfolio into the hospitality sector.

 

The transaction includes the land, buildings, improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, transferable permits and licenses, and certain contracts relating solely to the ownership, maintenance, and operation of the property. The transaction excludes goodwill, going concern value, customer relationships, reservation systems, trade names, intellectual property, and other intangible assets associated with the operation of a hospitality business. The Company will assume certain post-closing guest-related obligations, including advance guest deposits and prepaid occupancy obligations relating to periods after closing, while the seller will retain liabilities arising prior to closing.

 

The Company deposited $1.0 million in earnest money in connection with the transaction. Closing is expected to occur on or about July 1, 2026, subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions and financing requirements. Time is of the essence under the Purchase and Sale Agreement. The Company intends to account for the transaction as an asset acquisition for accounting purposes.

 

The Purchase and Sale Agreement provides that the acquisition is an “AS IS” transaction. The Seller made limited representations, primarily limited to its actual knowledge without independent investigation. Buyer conducted due diligence during a 60-day due diligence period that has expired, and the Buyer is proceeding on the basis that it is satisfied with its investigations.

 

The septic system serving the Property failed a Title V inspection. The Company has agreed to accept the Property in its current condition and to assume all obligations related to the septic system. The Seller has no obligation to repair or remediate the septic system prior to closing.

 

The Purchase and Sale Agreement does not contain a financing contingency. The Company expects to finance the acquisition through a combination of mortgage financing and available capital resources. There can be no assurance that the Company will obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

The Seller will retain all liabilities arising from the ownership or operation of the Property prior to closing. The Company will not assume any pre-closing liabilities of the Seller except for the post-closing guest deposit obligations described above.

 

Strategic Integration with Private Credit Operations

 

The inclusion of 1818 Park in our real estate portfolio strengthens our balance sheet by adding a sizable income-producing asset that generates recurring cash flows. While the property is subject to a first-priority mortgage, both its operating performance and equity value may be considered by institutional lenders in evaluating our credit profile, which could enhance our ability to obtain or negotiate credit facilities at more favorable terms.

 

 16 
Table of Contents 

 

The property’s tenant base is diversified across residential and commercial leases. Longer-term commercial leases provide a stable source of revenue, while the recurring turnover and renewal cycle of residential units creates opportunities to adjust pricing in line with prevailing market conditions. This diversification reduces reliance on any single tenant category and mitigates cash flow volatility.

 

By integrating income-generating real estate into our capital structure, we aim to improve overall capital efficiency by anchoring our balance sheet with tangible assets, providing supplemental cash flows to offset variability in merchant cash advance performance, and supporting access to competitively priced debt financing. This complementary structure aligns with our broader strategy of balancing the higher-velocity nature of private credit activities with the stability and asset backing provided by long-term real estate holdings.

 

Integration of Digital Asset Strategy within Real Estate

 

Within its Real Estate segment, the Company is assessing opportunities to apply digital-asset technologies to improve capital efficiency, transparency, and investor participation in property-backed structures. In collaboration with the Dolomite Foundation, the Company is evaluating the development of frameworks that may enable tokenized representations of ownership or participation interests in income-producing properties or related financing instruments. Such structures could, in the future, facilitate fractional participation by qualified investors, expand access to alternative funding channels, and improve secondary liquidity for certain classes of real-estate-linked assets. The Company expects these efforts to be undertaken in coordination with its valuation consultants, auditors, and existing financing counterparties to ensure consistency with prevailing accounting standards, property laws, and securities regulations. Any implementation will be subject to regulatory review and internal governance approval before deployment. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has not deployed any digital-asset or blockchain-based technologies within its Real Estate operations and does not currently offer tokenized real estate interests or conduct transactions using such structures. Any future implementation would be undertaken on a limited and controlled basis and would be subject to ongoing evaluation, including coordination with valuation advisors, auditors, legal counsel, and existing financing counterparties, as well as compliance with applicable property laws, securities regulations, accounting standards, and internal governance approvals.  

 

Digital-Asset Strategy within the Overall Business

 

The Company is evaluating potential opportunities to utilize digital-asset technologies within its existing Private Credit and Real Estate segments on a limited, exploratory, and conditional basis. These activities do not constitute a separate business line and are not currently generating revenue, liquidity, or operational benefits for the Company.

 

The Company’s current efforts are limited to strategic discussions and preliminary evaluations with financial technology providers, primarily the Dolomite Foundation, regarding the potential future use of digital payment, settlement, and tokenization technologies. Any such initiatives remain in the planning stage and are subject to significant technological, regulatory, accounting, operational, and market-based uncertainties.

 

Within its Private Credit segment, the Company is evaluating whether certain digital settlement technologies could, in the future, improve the efficiency of fund transfers among institutional capital providers, subsidiaries, and counterparties while maintaining compliance with applicable banking, securities, anti-money laundering, and other regulatory requirements. Within its Real Estate segment, the Company is evaluating whether tokenization technologies could potentially facilitate future capital formation opportunities relating to real estate ownership or participation interests.

 

The Company’s evaluation of these technologies is closely aligned with its strategic relationship with the Dolomite Foundation. However, as discussed under “Dolomite Strategic Agreement,” no funding has occurred, no contractual milestones have been achieved, and no digital assets have been received by the Company. Accordingly, the Company’s digital-asset initiatives remain conceptual and exploratory in nature.

 

 17 
Table of Contents 

 

Management currently believes that, if these initiatives are pursued and the underlying contractual milestones are achieved, any meaningful implementation would likely occur over a multi-year period, potentially within approximately 24 to 36 months. This estimate is based on the anticipated time required for milestone achievement, regulatory and accounting analysis, development of internal control and custody frameworks, and operational readiness. However, there can be no assurance that any milestones will be achieved, that any digital-asset initiatives will be implemented within this timeframe, or that they will be implemented at all.

 

The Company does not currently view digital-asset activities as a material source of operating liquidity, revenue generation, or near-term growth. Rather, management views these initiatives as long-term strategic opportunities that may complement the Company’s existing Private Credit and Real Estate platforms if future market conditions, contractual milestones, regulatory requirements, and operational considerations permit.

 

Current Status of Digital-Asset Integration

 

The Company’s digital-asset initiatives remain in the preliminary evaluation stage. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has not deployed digital-asset technologies within its Private Credit or Real Estate operations, does not conduct transactions using blockchain-based or tokenized instruments, does not custody digital assets, and does not generate revenue or operating cash flows from any digital-asset activities.

 

The Company’s digital-asset strategy is currently limited to evaluating potential future opportunities, including those contemplated under its strategic relationship with the Dolomite Foundation. As discussed under “Dolomite Strategic Agreement,” no contractual milestones have been achieved, no tranches have been funded, and the Company has not received any $DOLO tokens or realized any economic benefit under that arrangement.

 

Management currently believes that, if the applicable contractual milestones are achieved and all necessary regulatory, accounting, operational, and risk management requirements can be satisfied, any meaningful implementation of digital-asset technologies would likely occur over a multi-year period, potentially within approximately 24 to 36 months. However, the timing and scope of any future implementation remain highly uncertain and depend on numerous factors, including achievement of the Dolomite SPA milestone thresholds, evolving regulatory guidance, accounting and audit considerations, development and testing of internal controls and compliance procedures, cybersecurity and custody arrangements, technology partner readiness, and overall market conditions.

 

Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any digital-asset initiatives will be implemented within this timeframe, or at all, and investors should not view the Company’s digital-asset strategy as a source of current operating liquidity, revenue generation, or near-term financial performance.

 

Dolomite Strategic Agreement

 

On November 3, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Dolomite SPA”) with the Dolomite Foundation and a syndicate of affiliated investors. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agreed to issue pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 2,450,980 shares of common stock in exchange for up to $10,000,000 of consideration payable entirely in-kind through $DOLO tokens. The contemplated investment is structured in ten separate tranches of $1,000,000 each.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Dolomite SPA remains a strategic framework agreement only. No tranches have been funded, no $DOLO tokens have been received by the Company, no warrants have become exercisable, and the Company has not realized any economic benefit from the arrangement. The agreement has not provided, and is not currently providing, operating liquidity, financing capacity, revenue, or capital to either the Company’s Private Credit or Real Estate segments.

 

The ability of the Company to receive any consideration under the Dolomite SPA is contingent upon the achievement of a series of predefined market-based milestones. Specifically, each tranche becomes eligible for funding only after $DOLO achieves certain contractual 30-day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) thresholds specified in the agreement. These milestones are based entirely on the market performance of $DOLO and are outside the Company’s control.

 

Accordingly, before the Company could receive any economic benefit under the arrangement, the following events would need to occur:

 

• Achievement of the applicable $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestone for a tranche;

 

• Verification of milestone achievement pursuant to the procedures outlined in the Dolomite SPA;

 

• Release of the applicable tranche of $DOLO tokens by the investors; and

 

• Determination by the Company that any received digital assets can be utilized, held, monetized, or otherwise deployed in compliance with applicable legal, regulatory, accounting, custody, and risk management requirements.

 

Because none of these milestones have been achieved as of the date of this prospectus, management currently views the Dolomite SPA as a long-term strategic initiative rather than a source of near-term capital or operational funding. Based on discussions with the Dolomite Foundation, the current development trajectory of the Dolomite ecosystem, and management’s assessment of broader digital asset market conditions, the Company believes that, if the contractual milestones are achieved at all, the earliest meaningful realization of benefits under the arrangement would likely occur over a period of approximately 24 to 36 months. This estimate reflects management’s expectations regarding the time potentially required for $DOLO to achieve the applicable 30-day VWAP thresholds, for tranche funding to occur, and for the Company to complete the regulatory, accounting, operational, custody, and internal control frameworks necessary to evaluate any future deployment of digital asset technologies. However, because the milestone triggers are based entirely on future market performance of $DOLO and other factors outside the Company’s control, there can be no assurance that any milestone will be achieved within this timeframe, or at all.

 

The Company believes that, if the required milestones are achieved, the arrangement could potentially support future digital asset initiatives, including the evaluation of tokenized settlement infrastructure within its Private Credit platform and potential tokenization structures relating to certain real estate investments. However, these initiatives remain in the exploratory stage and are not currently operational.

 

Management currently estimates that any potential realization of benefits under the Dolomite SPA, if achieved at all, would likely occur over a multi-year horizon. While management believes the relevant milestones could potentially be achieved within approximately 24 to 36 months based on the future development of the Dolomite ecosystem and broader digital asset markets, there can be no assurance that any milestone will be achieved, that any tranche will be funded, or that the Company will ultimately receive any economic benefit under the arrangement.

 

In addition, any future utilization of digital assets received pursuant to the Dolomite SPA would remain subject to significant additional prerequisites, including regulatory compliance considerations, establishment of appropriate accounting policies, implementation of internal controls over digital assets, development of institutional-grade custody arrangements, and satisfaction of cybersecurity and risk management requirements.

 

Accordingly, investors should not view the Dolomite SPA as a committed financing facility, a source of operating liquidity, or a currently active business initiative. At present, the arrangement represents a strategic option that may enable future digital asset initiatives if the contractual milestones are achieved and all required operational, regulatory, and governance conditions are satisfied.

 

In summary, investors should understand that the Dolomite SPA is currently a strategic framework agreement only. No funding has occurred, no milestones have been achieved, no digital assets have been received by the Company, and management does not expect the arrangement to have a material impact on operations, liquidity, or financial performance in the near term. Any potential economic or operational benefit would be contingent upon the achievement of multiple contractual milestones and would likely not be realized, if at all, for approximately 24 to 36 months.

 

The material terms of the Dolomite Strategic Agreement are as follows:

 

Parties; instruments; aggregate amount and consideration.  

On November 3, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with the Dolomite Foundation. We agreed to issue pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 2,450,980 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The economic value per warrant share is $4.08, based on the 30-trading-day VWAP of our common stock from September 19–October 30, 2025. The SPA contemplates an aggregate $10,000,000 investment, payable in $DOLO tokens as in-kind consideration, structured in ten equal $1,000,000 tranches to be released only upon satisfaction of milestone conditions. We do not expect to receive cash proceeds under this structure.

 

Milestones and cancellation. 

Each $1,000,000 tranche becomes exercisable only upon achievement of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestones; unissued tranches are cancellable if $DOLO’s 30-day VWAP falls below $0.01.

 

The applicable milestone thresholds are as follows:

 

Tranche Required $DOLO 30-Day VWAP
1 $0.10
2 $0.20
3 $0.30
4 $0.40
5 $0.50
6 $0.60
7 $0.70
8 $0.80
9 $0.90
10 $1.00

 

 18 
Table of Contents 

 

For purposes of determining whether a milestone has been achieved, “VWAP” means the volume-weighted average price over 30 consecutive trading days. For $DOLO tokens, VWAP is determined based on trading data reported on Coinbase or, if unavailable, another reputable digital asset exchange mutually agreed by the parties. The Company and the Lead Investor are required to mutually verify achievement of each VWAP milestone within five business days following the applicable measurement period.

 

Unissued tranches are subject to cancellation if the 30-day VWAP of $DOLO falls below $0.01. As of the most recent practicable date, no tranches have been exercised and no $DOLO tokens have been released.  

 

These milestone provisions are contractual in nature and subject to the significant contingencies and uncertainties described above, including regulatory, accounting, internal-control and cybersecurity considerations, and do not reflect a current or near-term operational plan.

 

Monetization or transfer of $DOLO. 

Any $DOLO tokens, if released, will be retained solely for limited, non-operational evaluation of digital-asset infrastructure and will not be used for operating liquidity or to fund our Private Credit or Real Estate segments. We have no current intention to monetize tokens; any future disposition, if considered, would be solely to manage exposure, non-programmatic, immaterial, and subject to internal controls and approvals. Shares issued upon any exercise of the pre-funded warrants are subject to a 12-month lock-up.

 

Valuation of $DOLO. 

For purposes of determining whether tranche milestone conditions have been satisfied, the Company uses the 30-day VWAP methodology described above based on publicly available market trading data from Coinbase or another mutually agreed exchange. If any tokens are received, the Company will subsequently measure such tokens at fair value at each reporting date using quoted prices in the principal market, consistent with applicable U.S. GAAP.

 

Balance-sheet exposure condition 

The SPA limits potential exposure through (i) price-based tranche gating, (ii) cancellation of unissued tranches below a $0.01 30-day VWAP, and (iii) the current status that no tokens have been released. We do not maintain and have no present plan to adopt a $DOLO treasury strategy; the percentage of our treasury we intend to invest in $DOLO during the next twelve months is 0%. We do not maintain a hedging program for $DOLO and have no intention to establish one.

 

Custody of $DOLO. 

If tokens are released, they will be held in a dedicated, jointly controlled 3-of-4 multi-signature wallet on Arbitrum One (two Company signatories; two investor signatories). Our key material is maintained offline (cold), and the on-chain structure programmatically segregates assets. We do not currently maintain separate insurance for digital-asset loss. Subject to asset support and diligence, we may transition to a reputable qualified custodian (e.g., BitGo or Coinbase) for cold-storage custody and on-chain segregation, subject to Board approval and satisfactory contractual terms. As of the date of this prospectus, both Coinbase and BitGo support custody infrastructure for $DOLO.

 

Term and termination. 

The SPA remains outstanding until tranches are exercised or cancelled under the milestone and cancellation mechanics described above. Shares issued upon exercise are subject to the 12-month lock-up noted above.

  

Status as of the most recent practicable date. 

No tranches have been exercised, no $DOLO tokens have been released, and we do not expect cash proceeds under the SPA.  

 

Further Clarification on Digital asset custody Arrangements

 

Digital-Asset Custody — $DOLO (pre-release and post-release). 

As of the date of this prospectus, no tranches have been exercised and no $DOLO tokens have been released under the SPA. Prior to satisfaction of the VWAP milestones and the exercise of the pre-funded warrants, any $DOLO reserved for potential delivery under the SPA will be held in a jointly-controlled, 3-of-4 multi-signature wallet on Arbitrum One and will not be available to the Company. This escrow-style arrangement reflects that the tokens are not released to us unless and until the applicable conditions are met. The multi-signature wallet will be implemented using a widely used multi-sig framework (e.g., a Gnosis Safe) or an institutional MPC wallet solution (e.g., Fireblocks or Fordefi). All Company-controlled private keys will be kept 100% in cold storage, and we will not operate any Company hot wallets for $DOLO under this arrangement. Tokens associated with the SPA are programmatically segregated on-chain in addresses dedicated to this arrangement. There is no commercial insurance policy currently available for this pre-release arrangement, which we believe provides an appropriate level of security until and unless any tokens are released upon milestone achievement and warrant exercise.

 

 19 
Table of Contents 

 

If and when any $DOLO is released to the Company upon milestone satisfaction and warrant exercise, we intend to transfer such tokens to an appropriate third-party qualified custodian (for example, Coinbase or BitGo). As of the date of this prospectus, both Coinbase and BitGo support custody infrastructure for $DOLO. As of the date of this Registration Statement, $DOLO (an ERC-20 token primarily on Arbitrum One and compatible networks) is supported for custody by leading institutional-grade custodians, including Coinbase Custody and BitGo. Support for ERC-20 tokens of this type is standard among qualified digital-asset custodians, including through institutional MPC wallets. If suitable third-party custodial support is not available, the released tokens will be held in a Company-controlled institutional MPC wallet (e.g., Fireblocks or Fordefi). Third-party custodial storage profiles (including cold-storage percentages), segregation terms, and any available insurance coverage will depend on the custodian’s offerings at the time; as of the date of this prospectus we have not executed a third-party custody agreement for $DOLO. Upon execution of any such agreement, we will disclose the material terms (including segregation, storage profile, and any insurance) and file the agreement as an exhibit to this registration statement to the extent required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

 

Due to the nature of $DOLO and current market infrastructure, it may be the case that a third-party custodian with specific $DOLO insurance is unavailable; likewise, institutional MPC wallet arrangements typically do not carry separate third-party insurance. Consistent with our overall digital-asset posture, any tokens, if released, will not be used for operating liquidity or to fund our Private Credit or Real Estate segments. The Company does not currently hold or custody any $DOLO tokens.

 

Status of Warrant Tranches and Exercise Mechanics

 

As of the date of this prospectus, none of the pre-funded warrant tranches issued pursuant to the Dolomite SPA have become exercisable, as the initial $DOLO 30-day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) milestone required for tranche eligibility has not been achieved. Accordingly, no warrants have been exercised, no $DOLO tokens have been released to the Company, and the Company has not received any consideration or realized any economic benefit under the arrangement.

 

Each tranche of warrants becomes eligible for exercise only upon achievement of the applicable contractual milestone, consisting primarily of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP thresholds. These milestones are based entirely on the future market performance of $DOLO and are outside the Company’s control. Following satisfaction of a milestone, the applicable tranche may become exercisable only at the election of the warrant holder and upon delivery of a valid exercise notice in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement. Exercise is therefore neither automatic nor guaranteed.

 

Management currently believes that, if the applicable milestones are achieved at all, achievement would likely occur over a multi-year period, potentially within approximately 24 to 36 months. However, there can be no assurance that any milestone will be achieved within this timeframe, or at all.

 

In addition, any potential economic benefit associated with future tranche exercises remains subject to significant uncertainties, including regulatory considerations, accounting and financial reporting requirements, establishment of appropriate internal control and compliance frameworks, cybersecurity and custody arrangements, and broader digital asset market conditions. As a result, the warrant tranches should not be viewed as a source of current operating liquidity, financing, or near-term capital resources.

 

If the applicable milestone conditions for a tranche are not satisfied, such tranche will not become exercisable and may be subject to expiration or cancellation in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement.

 

Creation and Supply of $DOLO

 

Overview and total supply.

 

  $DOLO is the native governance token of the Dolomite protocol. On April 24 , 2025, the protocol generated the full, fixed supply of 1,000,000,000 $DOLO at its token generation event (“TGE”). We are not the issuer of $DOLO and do not control Dolomite’s supply, tokenomics, governance, or release schedules, which are determined solely by the Dolomite protocol’s governance framework.

 

  Market capitalization (most recent practicable date).

 

As of June 26, 2026, CoinGecko reported an indicative market capitalization for $DOLO of approximately $11.31 million, based on a circulating supply of approximately 489.3 million tokens. Market capitalization and circulating supply data are derived from publicly available information and are subject to change based on market conditions, trading activity, and updates to token supply information.

 

  Initial distribution ratios and release/vesting schedule.

 

  At TGE, the entire 1,000,000,000-token supply was allocated as follows (categories subject to protocol-controlled release/vesting; we do not control these schedules):

 

  - Community (airdrop programs, oDOLO emissions, protocol-owned liquidity, ecosystem incentives): 50.75%

 

- Core Team: 20.21% — 3-year vesting with a 1-year cliff

 

- Foundation: 10.65%

 

- Investors: 15.18% — ~1.39% vests over 12 months; ~13.79% vests over 3 years with a 1-year cliff

 

- Service Providers: 3.00%

 

- Advisors: 0.21% — 2–3-year vesting with a 1-year cliff

 

  At TGE, approximately 326,650,000 DOLO and 79,050,000 veDOLO entered circulation (together, ~405.7 million tokens, ~40.5% of total supply). For clarity, some third-party references include locked veDOLO within “circulating” tallies because veDOLO positions are minted at TGE; veDOLO is a governance position distinct from freely transferable DOLO.

 

  Governance of the protocol (veDOLO, not plain DOLO).

 

  Governance of the Dolomite protocol is conducted by veDOLO holders (vote-escrowed DOLO), not by plain DOLO holders. veDOLO is obtained by locking DOLO for a specified duration; governance voting weight scales with lock duration under Dolomite’s published governance process (discussion, temperature check, quarterly proposal bundle, on-chain vote). We do not participate in or control Dolomite governance.

 

  Staking / locking mechanics (veDOLO & oDOLO); unbonding and rewards.

 

- veDOLO (vote-escrowed DOLO): Users obtain veDOLO by locking DOLO for up to two (2) years. Longer locks confer greater governance voting weight and may confer enhanced liquidity-mining rewards if activated by the DAO. veDOLO positions are represented as transferable NFTs that can be merged or split.

 

- Early exit: Users may exit a veDOLO position early by paying (i) a fixed 5% burn fee and (ii) a recoup fee that starts at 50% for a two-year lock and decays linearly to 0% as the lock matures.

 

- Protocol fee sharing (if activated): If approved and activated by the DAO, veDOLO holders may receive a share of protocol-generated fees; any such distributions are governed by the DAO and are outside our control.

 

- oDOLO (Option DOLO): oDOLO is distributed weekly to active liquidity providers. To convert oDOLO into veDOLO, users pair oDOLO 1:1 with DOLO and lock; the discount ranges from ~5% for a 1-week lock to ~50% for a 2-year lock.

 

- Company posture: We do not stake $DOLO, do not participate in protocol incentive programs, and do not earn staking- or yield-based returns from $DOLO.

 

  Transfers, networks, gas and markets.

 

Transfers of $DOLO across supported blockchain networks require the payment of network transaction fees (“gas fees”), which vary depending on the blockchain used, prevailing network conditions, and transaction requirements, and may increase in connection with transfers across multiple blockchains. Within the Dolomite protocol, $DOLO is generally used for governance and other protocol-related activities, including facilitating liquidity and ecosystem incentives. As described in the risk factors relating to digital-asset custody, market structure and related risks, transactions in $DOLO may be subject to variability in execution costs, network congestion and other operational considerations inherent to blockchain-based systems. The Company does not currently utilize $DOLO in its operations and does not rely on $DOLO transfers for any business activities. Accordingly, the Company does not currently expect that any transaction-related costs associated with $DOLO, if applicable, would be material to its liquidity, financial condition or results of operations, and this disclosure is provided solely to describe certain general characteristics of $DOLO.

 

Important notes and disclaimers.

 

We are not the issuer of $DOLO and do not control its supply, release schedules, governance or incentive mechanics. All tokenomics—including allocations, veDOLO/oDOLO parameters, and any fee-sharing—are determined by Dolomite governance and smart contracts outside our control. Third-party market data (including “circulating” definitions, market capitalization, and venue listings) are subject to change and may differ across sources.

 

The Dolomite Foundation and Digital Asset Strategy

 

The Dolomite Foundation is a Cayman Islands foundation company established to support the development, governance, and ecosystem growth of the Dolomite protocol. The Foundation operates independently and is not a subsidiary of the Company. There are no shared directors, officers, or controlling persons between the Company and the Dolomite Foundation. In connection with the Company’s digital asset initiatives, the Dolomite Foundation serves as a strategic technology and ecosystem partner. Its role is limited to providing technical documentation and infrastructure support to enable the Company to evaluate the interfacing of its systems with the Dolomite protocol’s open source smart contract framework. The Foundation does not manage, operate, or deploy digital asset activities on behalf of the Company.

 

 20 
Table of Contents 

 

Relationship Between the Dolomite Foundation and $DOLO Tokens

 

The Dolomite Foundation’s relationship to $DOLO tokens is limited to ecosystem stewardship. At the inception of the protocol, the Foundation was allocated approximately 9.65 percent of the total $DOLO supply, which is held in a restricted ecosystem treasury. These tokens may be used by the Foundation, at its discretion, to support protocol development initiatives, community incentives, and security related activities. The Company does not have any ownership interest in, claim to, or control over the Dolomite Foundation’s $DOLO holdings and does not receive $DOLO tokens from the Foundation for operational or financing purposes. References to $DOLO in this prospectus relate solely to its use as in kind consideration under the Dolomite Securities Purchase Agreement and to the Company’s evaluation of potential technology integrations, and not to any digital assets issued, held, or controlled by the Company.

 

Recent Developments on Financing Strategy 

 

On November 16, 2025, following a comprehensive review of financing alternatives, our Board of Directors ratified the continued use of: (i) the Series A Preferred Stock facility (up to 81,250,000 shares at $0.25 per share, ~$2.5–$3.0 million remaining); and (ii) the $100 million Loan Agreement with Stewards International (8.0% interest, warrants at $0.76/share). The Board determined these are the only viable funding sources currently available. The Board concluded that continued reliance on affiliate financing is necessary to fund operations and growth. Management was directed to cease Series A issuances upon full authorization and to pursue the Loan Agreement only until superior third-party terms are secured.

 

No external financing alternatives were identified despite active exploration. The company’s bridge raise in 2024 raised $4.3 million but short of the $6 million needed at the time and the offering amounts raised were matched dollar-for-dollar by affiliates of the company. The company could not reach an acceptable agreement for a larger raise with investment bank backing. The company continues to seek the best forms of financing available to it, and lacking available alternatives, plans to use the current financing sources described above.

 

Revenue Model and Distribution by Offering

 

We generate revenue through two primary business lines: (i) merchant cash advances and related financing solutions for small and medium-sized businesses, and (ii) real estate activities, including the leasing of residential and commercial spaces and the potential sale of condominium units . For each of these offerings, our revenue model is defined by the contractual terms of our agreements, and our ability to reach customers and counterparties is supported by a mix of direct marketing, referral networks, broker relationships, and strategic partnerships. The following provides a detailed description of how we generate revenue, the types of agreements that govern these activities, our distribution methods, and the degree of customer concentration associated with each line of business.

 

Merchant Cash Advances (MCAs)

 

•         Revenue Model: We generate revenue from MCAs primarily through factor rates applied to the purchase of future receipts. These receipts are remitted by merchants via daily or weekly automated debits until the purchased amount is satisfied.

•         Related Agreements: Each MCA is documented by a standardized purchase and sale agreement, which sets forth the advance amount, purchased receipts amount, remittance schedule, and factor rate. In Direct Funding MCA transactions, we may also act as servicer under master participation agreements, earning servicing fees, retained participations, and profit allocations. Master participation agreements generally provide that we manage collections and distribute remittances, with servicing compensation paid on a priority basis.

•         Distribution: Applications are sourced through direct marketing, referrals, industry partnerships, and independent sales organizations (ISOs). ISOs submit merchant applications under broker agreements, which typically provide for referral compensation based on funded amounts.

•         Customer Dependence: Our MCA activities are diversified across a large number of small and medium-sized businesses. We are not dependent on any single merchant or a small group of merchants, and no individual customer accounts for a material portion of our MCA revenues.

 

 21 
Table of Contents 

 

Real Estate Activities

 

•         Revenue Model: Our real estate strategy contemplates generating revenue from both (i) recurring rental income from residential and commercial leases and (ii) the marketing and sale of condominium units. At present, our revenues are derived exclusively from rental income, which is generated under tenant lease agreements providing for monthly rental payments, security deposits, and customary landlord protections. While the marketing and sale of condominium units remain part of our long-term strategy, no condominium sales have been completed to date, and no revenue has been recognized from condominium transactions.

•         Related Agreements: Leasing revenue is governed by lease agreements that specify rental rates, term lengths, renewal options, and maintenance obligations. In the future, condominium sales will be documented through purchase and sale agreements that define purchase price, deposit requirements, and closing conditions.

•         Distribution: We market rental opportunities through broker networks, digital and traditional advertising campaigns, referral programs, and on-site promotional activities directed at potential tenants. In anticipation of future condominium sales, we also maintain marketing infrastructure that can be extended to prospective buyers. In certain cases, we establish relationships with co-investors and developers through joint ventures or co-investment agreements to support property development and positioning.

•         Customer Dependence: While real estate revenues are inherently more concentrated by project than our MCA activities, we maintain a diversified base of tenants across properties, which reduces reliance on any single tenant. We are not dependent on any single tenant, buyer, or co-investor for our real estate activities.

 

Distribution

 

Our financing solutions are marketed and distributed through both direct channels and independent sales organizations (ISOs). A significant percentage of our MCA deal flow is sourced through ISOs, who submit merchant applications to us under broker agreements. The broker agreement governs the key terms of the relationship between the ISO and the funder. The key terms of the agreement include commission structures, exclusivity and lead ownership and confidentiality. ISO’s are paid a commission for referring a deal and are often fully involved in closing the deal with the merchant. The ISO is only paid the commission once the deal is funded.

 

We also acquire customers directly through online marketing, referrals, and industry partnerships. We are not dependent on any single customer or a small group of customers for our financing or real estate activities. Our customer base is diversified across a wide range of merchants, developers, and investment partners, which reduces concentration risk and limits dependence on any individual relationship.

 

Our real estate activities currently generate revenue solely from the leasing of residential and commercial spaces within our projects. Leasing revenue is supported by marketing efforts directed at potential tenants, which may include broker networks, digital and traditional advertising, referral programs, and on-site promotional campaigns. While our long-term real estate strategy also contemplates revenue from the marketing and sale of condominium units, no such sales have yet occurred. Compared to our MCA distribution network, real estate revenues are more concentrated by project, but we maintain a diversified base of tenants across properties, which reduces reliance on any single party.

 

 22 
Table of Contents 

 

Potential Implications of Controlled Company Status

 

We have a multi-class voting structure under which Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quin, and Glen Steward (the “Original Board Members”), through a Voting Agreement dated August 25, 2025, governing 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Forfront Capital, LLC, collectively control approximately 87% of the voting power of the Company. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to 50 votes on any matter submitted to shareholders, while each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. As a result, we would qualify as a “controlled company” under the rules of a national securities exchange or other eligible market if our common stock were to be become listed or quoted on such market and applicable ownership thresholds are satisfied. We do not currently satisfy the listing standards of any national securities exchange, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on another eligible market.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Original Board Members collectively control approximately 87% of the total voting power of the Company. To maintain this level of voting control, the Original Board Members would need to retain voting power over all 10,000,000 outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, assuming no additional shares are issued or converted.

 

In addition to the Voting Agreement, the Company's President holds an irrevocable proxy to vote the Series B shares in accordance with the Original Board Members’ direction. The irrevocable proxy and Voting Agreement are effective for 15 years (with the ability to extend) and terminate only upon mutual agreement, no outstanding Series B shares, or the dissolution of the Company. This structure effectively gives the Original Board Members perpetual voting control unless the proxy is revoked or the shares are converted or sold in a manner that terminates the agreement.

 

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock into common stock is optional after five years from issuance and is not mandatory unless otherwise agreed by the holder. Upon conversion, each share of Series B Preferred Stock converts on a one-for-one basis into common stock, resulting in dilution to existing common stockholders due to the issuance of new common shares, which increases the total number of outstanding common shares and reduces the proportional ownership of existing common stockholders. Additionally, the converted shares will carry only one vote each instead of 50 votes, which reduces the voting power previously associated with the Series B Preferred Stock. There are no mandatory conversion provisions upon transfer, death of a holder, or intra-family transfers; the high-vote rights remain with the shares unless converted at the holder’s option after the five-year period. There are no sunset provisions that automatically terminate or reduce the high-vote rights over time. 

 

Our Original Board Members will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to the shareholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

Under the rules of certain national securities exchanges, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group, or another company may qualify as a “controlled company” and would be permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

•  the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consisting of independent directors;

 

•  the requirement that a listed company having a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

•  the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

•  the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committee and compensation committee;

 

On the other hand, a controlled company must still comply with the exchange’s other corporate governance standards. These include having an audit committee and the special meetings of independent or non-management directors. If we are ever deemed a “controlled company,” we would be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. Although we would be eligible to rely on these exemptions, we would not intend to do so, even if we are deemed a controlled company.

 

We have appointed independent directors (Zachary Graeve, Wael Barsoum and John Bode) and established fully independent committees to ensure robust oversight and enhanced protections for our shareholders. Separately, the Board has approved and implemented a new leadership structure and Board composition pursuant to a Transition and Separation Agreement with Vincent Napolitano. Under these actions, Vincent Napolitano has transitioned from Chief Executive Officer to Chairman Emeritus, Glen Steward has assumed the role of Chairman of the Board, and Shaun Quin has assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer while continuing to serve as a Director. Vaughan Korte (Chief Operating Officer), Katy Murless (Chief Financial Officer), and Scott McGowan (Chief Marketing Officer) continue to serve in their respective executive roles.

 

Wael Barsoum will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Compensation Committee, Zachary Graeve will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and John Bode will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Audit Committee. Following the leadership transition and Mr. Napolitano’s resignation from the Board, the Board functions as a majority-independent board.

 

However, we may elect to rely on available controlled company exemptions in the future if applicable, and if we do, shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies subject to all corporate governance requirements applicable to non-controlled companies. See “Risk Factors – Our potential controlled company status and the concentration of voting power among our Founders could limit your ability to influence corporate matters” and “Description of Capital Stock” for a more detailed discussion of the corporate governance exemptions available to us as a controlled company and our current intention not to rely on any of these exemptions.

 

Name Change

 

On August 7, 2025, the Board of Directors and a majority of shareholders of the Company approved a change in the name of the Company from Favo Capital Inc. to Stewards, Inc. On November 14, 2025, the Company’s previously announced corporate actions became effective, including its change of name from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards, Inc. and the corresponding change of its trading symbol from “FAVO” to “SWRD.”

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On August 7, 2025, our board and a majority of our shareholders approved a reverse stock split within the range of 1-for-2 to 1-for-100 of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and authorized the Board, in its discretion, to determine the final ratio in connection with the reverse stock split. On November 6, 2025, however, the Company’s board of directors resolved to abandon the reverse stock split. As such, the Company withdrew its application for a reverse stock split with FINRA.

 

Summary Risk Factors

 

Investing in our securities involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 41  before deciding to invest in our securities. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations would likely be materially adversely affected. In each case, the trading price of our securities would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

 

 23 
Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

 

  •  We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve profitability.

 

  •  There is no guarantee that cash flow from operations and/or debt and equity financings will provide sufficient capital to meet our expansion goals, working capital needs or fund our operations.

 

  •  We have substantial debt which could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations and prevent us from meeting our obligations under outstanding indebtedness.

  

  •  Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to accurately evaluate our operations.

 

  •  As a growing company, we have yet to achieve a profit and may not achieve a profit in the near future, if at all.

 

Risks Related to Our Private Credit Business and Industry

 

·         Our growth may not be sustainable and depends on our ability to attract new customers, retain revenue from existing customers and increase sales to both new and existing customers.

 

·         We are subject to risks relating to the availability of capital to fund SMB customers, the ability of our customers to generate sales to remit receipts, general macroeconomic conditions, legal and regulatory risks and the risk of fraud.

 

·         Merchant cash advance businesses have historically been, and may in the future remain, more likely to be affected or more severely affected than large enterprises by adverse economic conditions.

 

·         If merchants provide information to us that is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a merchant’s qualification to receive a cash advance and as a result, their operating results as well as ours may be harmed.

 

·         An increase in customer defaults rates may reduce overall profitability.

 

·         Provision for credit losses is determined based upon both objective and subjective factors and may not be adequate to absorb losses. Merchants may fail to deliver cash advanced income in full.

 

·         Investors have risks from inflation and from deflation.

·         Merchant cash advance businesses may be unable to collect cash advance income on the cash advances made to customers.

·         We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all.

 

·         The merchant cash advance industry is not currently pervasively regulated, however, future regulations or in the way future regulations are applied to the merchant cash advance industry could adversely affect our business.

 

·         Determination by a legislative or judicial body that a cash advance is a loan, rather than a purchase of future receipts, will adversely affect the merchant cash advance business and Company's business.

 

·         Many of our specialty finance investment transactions involve borrowers about which little, if any, information is publicly available, which may impair our ability to identify borrowers able to repay our advances and adversely affect the price of our publicly traded securities.

 

 24 
Table of Contents 

 

·         Failure to continue to innovate and respond to evolving technological changes may reduce demand for cash advances.

·         Due diligence in merchant cash advance transactions is not as stringent as that of traditional loans, which presents a greater risk of fraud and inaccurate valuations.

 

·         Our growth strategy involves building on our success in financial solutions, which may present risks and challenges that we have not yet experienced.

·         The markets in which we participate are highly competitive. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

·         The impact of worldwide economic conditions such as inflation and changes in interest rates, including the resulting effect on the operations of and spending by SMBs and on consumer spending, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

·         Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively and efficiently.

 

·         Our brand is integral to our success. If we fail to effectively maintain, promote and enhance our brand, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

·         Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

 

·         Security breaches, denial of service attacks, or other hacking and phishing attacks on our systems or other security breaches, including internal security failures, could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability, and adversely affect our business and financial results.

·         System failures, interruptions, delays in service, catastrophic events, inadequate infrastructure and resulting interruptions in the availability or functionality of our platform could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability, and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

·         Interruptions or other issues in the proper functioning of or upgrades to our information technology systems could cause disruption to our operations.

·         We store personal and other information of our partners, our customers and their consumers and our employees. If the security of this information is compromised or is otherwise accessed without authorization or is perceived to be compromised or accessed without authorization, our reputation may be harmed, and we may be exposed to liability and loss of business.

 

·         Significant increases in the cost or decreases in the availability of the insurance we maintain could adversely impact our financial condition.

·         Because we are a “Smaller Reporting Company,” we may take advantage of certain scaled disclosures available to us, resulting in holders of our securities receiving less company information than they would receive from a public company that is not a Smaller Reporting Company.

 

 25 
Table of Contents 

 

·         Our reliance on syndication partners and contractual arrangements for funding MCAs exposes us to risks if such partners reduce participation, fail to perform, or terminate agreements

 

·         Our dependence on ISOs and other third-party distribution partners for a significant portion of originations subjects us to risks relating to partner performance, regulatory compliance, customer quality, and potential concentration of deal flow.

 

·            Our use of AI, machine learning, and automated tools, together with reliance on third-party data providers, exposes us to risks involving accuracy, operational continuity, data security, and regulatory scrutiny, any of which could materially affect our ability to underwrite, detect fraud, and manage credit risk.

 

·            Our debt financing arrangement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) increases our fixed debt obligations and may result in shareholder dilution upon the future exercise of associated warrants.

 

Risks Related to Our Real Estate Business and Industry

 

·         Because we have limited operating history in real estate relative to more established participants, we may face challenges in executing and scaling our strategy, which could materially and adversely affect our results.

 

·         Because repositioning, redevelopment, or execution of our real estate investment strategy may involve construction risk, leasing challenges, regulatory delays, or cost overruns, we may not achieve anticipated returns, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

·         Because the value of our properties securing mortgage loans may decline due to market conditions, operational performance, or other factors, the collateral may not be sufficient to repay the indebtedness in the event of a foreclosure or forced sale, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

·         Because our ability to grow our real estate portfolio depends on sourcing and successfully closing attractive acquisitions on favorable terms, any inability to identify, negotiate, or complete acquisitions in a timely manner, or at expected values, could adversely affect our growth strategy and financial results.

 

·         Because our real estate portfolio is concentrated in select geographic markets, our operating results are subject to local economic conditions, regulatory environments, and real estate market trends in those areas, and adverse developments in these markets could disproportionately affect our performance and financial results.

 

·         We face competition from established real estate owners, operators, and developers with greater resources, market presence, and operating experience, which may limit our ability to source acquisitions, attract tenants, achieve favorable lease terms, or realize our business objectives.

 

·         The valuation of our real estate assets is inherently uncertain and may not accurately reflect the prices we could realize upon sale or refinancing, which could result in material differences between reported values and actual transaction outcomes.

 

·         Market rents and real estate sales prices are subject to fluctuations driven by local supply and demand dynamics, interest rate environments, capital market conditions, and broader economic cycles, and such volatility could materially impact our rental income, asset valuations, and the proceeds we realize upon a sale or refinancing.

 

·         Our real estate revenues depend on our ability to successfully attract condominium buyers and tenants through broker networks, advertising campaigns, referrals, and promotional efforts, and any failure or increased cost in executing these strategies could materially impact sales velocity, occupancy rates, and pricing power.

 

 26 
Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to 1818 Park

 

·         We may be unable to obtain an extension or refinancing of the matured mortgage loan on 1818 Park, which could result in foreclosure and loss of the property.

 

·         Our exposure to floating interest rates increases our sensitivity to changes in market rates, and rising interest rates could significantly increase our debt service costs, reduce cash flow, and adversely affect our financial condition.

·         Our ability to generate rental income depends on maintaining high occupancy levels and stable tenant performance, and any decline in occupancy, increased lease turnover, or tenant defaults could reduce cash flows and adversely affect our financial condition.

 

·         A significant portion of our rental income is derived from a limited number of tenants, and if these tenants experience financial difficulties, default on their leases, or choose not to renew, our revenues could be materially and adversely affected.

·         Our financial performance is heavily influenced by local market conditions and broader economic trends, and adverse changes in employment levels, consumer demand, interest rates, or the supply of competitive properties could materially and adversely affect occupancy rates, rental income, and property values.

 

·         We may require additional capital to support operations, fund improvements, or meet debt service obligations, and if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from the property or access financing on favorable terms, our liquidity could be constrained, forcing us to defer capital projects, seek dilutive equity, or dispose of assets under unfavorable conditions.

 

·         Our ownership and operation of 1818 Park exposes us to property-specific risks, including physical condition issues, unanticipated capital expenditures, changes in local market demand, competition from nearby properties, and compliance with zoning, building, and environmental regulations, any of which could increase costs, reduce occupancy, or adversely affect the value and cash flow of the property.

 

·         Integration of 1818 Park into our broader company operations may present challenges, including aligning property management systems, financial reporting, compliance controls, and strategic priorities, which could increase costs, divert management attention, or limit our ability to realize expected synergies.

 

·         Our acquisition of 1818 Park through a stock-for-liabilities transaction and the subsequent exchange of EB-5 investor interests for equity expose us to risks related to leverage, dilution, regulatory oversight, and investor relations.

 

·         Because we have limited operating history in real estate relative to more established participants, we may face challenges in executing and scaling our strategy, which could materially and adversely affect our results.

 

·         Because repositioning, redevelopment, or execution of our real estate investment strategy may involve construction risk, leasing challenges, regulatory delays, or cost overruns, we may not achieve anticipated returns, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

 27 
Table of Contents 

 

·        Because the value of our properties securing mortgage loans may decline due to market conditions, operational performance, or other factors, the collateral may not be sufficient to repay the indebtedness in the event of a foreclosure or forced sale, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

·        Because our ability to grow our real estate portfolio depends on sourcing and successfully closing attractive acquisitions on favorable terms, any inability to identify, negotiate, or complete acquisitions in a timely manner, or at expected values, could adversely affect our growth strategy and financial results.

 

·        Because our real estate portfolio is concentrated in select geographic markets, our operating results are subject to local economic conditions, regulatory environments, and real estate market trends in those areas, and adverse developments in these markets could disproportionately affect our performance and financial results.

 

·        We face competition from established real estate owners, operators, and developers with greater resources, market presence, and operating experience, which may limit our ability to source acquisitions, attract tenants, achieve favorable lease terms, or realize our business objectives.

 

·        The valuation of our real estate assets is inherently uncertain and may not accurately reflect the prices we could realize upon sale or refinancing, which could result in material differences between reported values and actual transaction outcomes.

 

·        Market rents and real estate sales prices are subject to fluctuations driven by local supply and demand dynamics, interest rate environments, capital market conditions, and broader economic cycles, and such volatility could materially impact our rental income, asset valuations, and the proceeds we realize upon a sale or refinancing.

 

·        Our real estate revenues depend on our ability to successfully attract condominium buyers and tenants through broker networks, advertising campaigns, referrals, and promotional efforts, and any failure or increased cost in executing these strategies could materially impact sales velocity, occupancy rates, and pricing power.

 

Risks Related to the Dolomite Transaction and the Company’s Digital-Asset Activities

 

•        The Company’s recent transaction involving digital tokens presents unique risks, including volatility, valuation uncertainty, and evolving regulatory treatment.

 

•        Should the Company receive consideration under the Securities Purchase Agreement are tied to the market value of a single digital token, significant volatility in the $DOLO token price could lead to unpredictable funding levels, valuation changes, and potential tax or liquidity impacts that may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition.

 

•        Tokens that may be issued under the SPA would be subject to contractual, market, and regulatory restrictions that may delay or prevent their conversion into cash or other usable assets, constraining the Company’s ability to fund operations, repay obligations, or deploy capital in accordance with its strategic objectives.

 

•        Because digital-asset custody depends on emerging technologies and valuation relies on prices from non-regulated markets, the Company may encounter risks related to loss, misstatement, or differing interpretations of applicable accounting standards, which could lead to delays, restatements, or increased audit scrutiny.

 

 28 
Table of Contents 

 

•        As regulatory expectations evolve and public scrutiny of digital-asset participation increases, the Company’s association with token-based financing and blockchain initiatives may result in heightened compliance review, delays in listing approval, or negative investor perception, any of which could impact access to capital and market valuation.

 

•        Because any future delivery and custody of tokens under the Securities Purchase Agreement depend on the performance and reliability of the Dolomite Foundation and its designated escrow agents, any operational failure, insolvency, or breach by those parties could result in delayed funding, loss of tokens, or limited ability to enforce contractual rights.

 

•        Changes in tax or financial-reporting treatment of digital-asset transactions could increase the Company’s tax liabilities, create reporting mismatches, or require restatements.

 

•        If the Company receives digital assets in the future, failures, vulnerabilities, or cyberattacks affecting blockchain networks or custody systems could result in loss, impairment, or misstatement of such assets.

 

•        If the Company receives token holdings under the Securities Purchase Agreement that are limited to $DOLO, a single digital asset issued by a third-party platform, adverse movements in the digital-asset market or unfavorable regulatory developments affecting similar tokens could have a disproportionate impact on the Company’s liquidity, valuation, and overall financial condition.

 

•        Changes in accounting or classification standards for digital assets could require the Company to revise its financial reporting, resulting in restatements or compliance costs.

 

•     Digital-asset custody exposes us to counterparty insolvency and bankruptcy risk; if a custodian becomes insolvent, our access to, or recovery of, any $DOLO could be delayed, limited or lost.

 

Risks unique to $DOLO and other digital assets that may be received under the Dolomite SPA

 

•         Protocol and DAO governance risk (veDOLO).

 

•         Token supply, unlock, and concentration risk.

 

•         Cross-chain and bridge risk.

 

•         Smart-contract and network-level risk (gas, congestion, forks).

 

•         Market-structure and liquidity risk.

 

•         Regulatory and enforcement uncertainty.

 

•         Fair-value measurement and accounting/tax developments.

 

•         Custody and insurance limitations.

 

Risks Related to Acquisitions

 

  • We have in the past made, and in the future may make, acquisitions and investments that could divert management’s attention, result in operating difficulties and dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial position.

 

  • Businesses we acquire may not have disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, cybersecurity controls and data privacy compliance programs, or their existing controls and programs may be weaker than or otherwise not in conformity with ours.

 

  • We may consider potential business or asset acquisitions in different industries, and stockholders may have no basis at this time to ascertain the merits or risks of any business or asset that we may ultimately operate or acquire.

 

  • Resources will be expended in researching potential acquisitions and investments that might not be consummated.

 

  • Subsequent to an acquisition or business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, incur restructuring costs, and incur impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and share price, which could cause stockholders to lose some or all of their investments.

 

 29 
Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to Our Management and Control Persons 

 

·         We rely heavily on our management, and the loss of their services could adversely affect our business.

 

·         Our potential controlled company status and the concentration of voting power among our Founders could limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

·         If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, especially our design and technical personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.

 

•  We have recently undergone a significant leadership transition, which may create operational uncertainty and could adversely affect our business.

 

·         Provisions in the Nevada Revised Statutes and our Bylaws could make it very difficult for an investor to bring any legal actions against our directors or officers for violations of their fiduciary duties or could require us to pay any amounts incurred by our directors or officers in any such actions.

 

·         Our officers and directors have limited experience managing a public company.

 

Risks Related to Legal Uncertainty

 

·         Claims made against us from time to time can result in litigation that could distract management from our business activities and result in significant liability or damage to our brand.

 

·         We may be classified as an inadvertent investment company if we acquire investment securities in excess of 40% of our total assets.

 

·         We may be subject to tax and regulatory audits which could subject us to liabilities.

 

·         Changes in regulations or user concerns regarding privacy and protection of user data, or any failure to comply with such laws, could adversely affect our business.

 

·         Nevada law and certain anti-takeover provisions of our corporate documents could entrench our management or delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us or a change in control even if it would benefit our shareholders.

 

·         If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common shares.

·         Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

 

·         Deficiencies in disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could result in a material misstatement in our financial statements.

 

·         There may be deficiencies with our internal controls that require that require improvements, and if we are unable to adequately evaluate internal controls, we may be subject to sanctions by the SEC.

 

·         We may be unable to protect our intellectual property from infringement by third parties, and the third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property, either of which could materially or adversely affect us.

·         We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corruption Practices Act and any determination that we violated these laws could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

 30 
Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to Our Securities

 

  • We have the right to issue additional common stock and preferred stock without the consent of our stockholders, which would have the effect of diluting investors’ ownership and could decrease the value of their investment.

 

  • Our Series A Preferred Stock, and all of our existing and future indebtedness rank senior to our common stock in the event of a liquidation, winding up or dissolution of our business.

 

  • We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.

 

Risks Related to the Market for our Stock

 

  • If a market for our common stock does not develop, shareholders may be unable to sell their shares.

 

  • The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control.

 

  • Because we are subject to the “Penny Stock” rules, the level of trading activity in our stock may be reduced.

 

  • We will likely conduct further offerings of our equity securities in the future, in which case your proportionate interest may become diluted.

 

  • If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

 

  • FINRA sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our securities.

 

  • We may be unable to protect our intellectual property from infringement by third parties, and the third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property, either of which could materially or adversely affect us.

 

  • We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corruption Practices Act and any determination that we violated these laws could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

Risks Relating to this Offering

 

  • The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares.

 

  • Our common stock is currently thinly traded and may continue to experience significant price volatility, which could make it difficult for investors to sell their shares.

 

  • The number of shares being registered for resale with this offering is significant in relation to our outstanding shares.

 

 31 
Table of Contents 

 

Corporate History

 

We were incorporated on July 12, 1999, in the State of Nevada under the name “Beeston Enterprises Ltd.” Since the middle of 2006 to 2014, the Company has been in the exploration stage, primarily engaged in the acquisition, exploration, and development of mining properties.

 

On October 4, 2018, the District Court of Nevada appointed Custodian Ventures, LLC as custodian for Beeston Enterprises Ltd., proper notice having been given to the officers and directors of Beeston Enterprises Ltd. There was no opposition. The custodianship was granted by the court because the prior officers and directors of Beeston Enterprises Ltd. had abandoned its business and had failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets in accordance with Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes.

 

On October 12, 2018, we filed a certificate of reinstatement with the state of Nevada, and appointed David Lazar as President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director.

 

On March 5, 2003, we filed an SB-2 registration statement. On October 29, 2018, we filed a Form 15 with the Securities and Exchange Commission to suspend the Company’s Section 15(d) reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

 

On December 12, 2018, Custodian Ventures, LLC sold (i) the 25,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Vincent Napolitano, (ii) 5,000,000 shares of common stock to Liro Holdings, LLC, and (iii) 468,350,000 shares of common stock to Favo Group, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $175,000. At this point there was a change of control of our company and David Lazar resigned as President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director and Vincent Napolitano was appointed as President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director.

 

On December 26, 2018, we changed our name to Favo Realty, Inc. and we received a market effective from FINRA on January 9, 2019. At the time, we were a real estate investment company, intending to invest in a diversified portfolio of quality commercial real estate properties and other real estate investments located throughout the United States and Puerto Rico.

 

On January 9, 2019, we received a market effective date from FINRA for a 1-for-50 reverse stock split on our common stock outstanding, as well as a change in symbol to “FAVO.”

 

On April 6, 2019, we acquired RLT Atwood, a cryptocurrency mining operation listed on Merj Exchange (Seychelles Stock Exchange) with its mining operations in Sweden and created FAVO Blockchain Inc.

 

On January 31, 2020, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Basebay, LLC. Pursuant to the agreement, we sold Favo Blockchain Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, to Basebay, LLC. With this transaction, we no longer operate in the crypto-currency industry.

 

On September 2, 2020, we changed our name from Favo Realty, Inc. to Favo Capital, Inc., which is the point at which our business changed from a real estate investment company, to a private credit company providing alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) across the United States.

 

On May 31, 2023, we entered into an acquisition and financing agreement between the principals of FAVO Group and Stewards Investment Capital Limited. As part of the acquisition, the principals of FAVO Group transferred 100% of their membership interest in Favo Group LLC, FAVO Group Human Resources, LLC, FAVO Funding LLC, Honeycomb Sub Fund LLC, FORE Funding LLC, FORE Funding CA LLC and FAVO Funding CA LLC into our company. These consolidation entities with Stewards, Inc. are referred to herein as the “FAVO Group of Companies.” Stewards Investment Capital Limited will also serve on the advisory board for a 3 year term and for these services they will receive 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

 32 
Table of Contents 

 

Business activities of the entities acquired through common control is as follows:

 

•  Favo Group LLC- Acted as the management company and tasked with ensuring smooth operations across all entities.

•  Favo Funding LLC- Direct Merchant Cash Advance Funder.

•  Stewards Inc syndicated deals with FAVO Funding LLC.

•  Honeycomb Sub Fund LLC- Funding company that participates on deals with other third-party funders.

•  Fore Funding LLC- The sales office for FAVO Funding LLC and also acts as broker for other third-party funders.

•  Favo Funding CA LLC- Direct Merchant Cash Advance Funder for businesses in California state, no activity for the periods presented.

•  Fore Funding CA LLC- Sales office for business in California state, no activity for the periods presented.

•  Favo Group Human Resources LLC- Payroll processing for Stewards Inc.

 

As consideration for the acquisition, the Company will pay $14,200,000 in cash, Senior Secured Notes and equity to an entity (FAVO Holdings LLC) owned by the previous members, namely Shaun Quin and Vincent Napolitano.

 

The Company raised the financing for this transaction by selling 18 million shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at $0.25 for total of $4,500,000. $4,500,000 in cash has been paid to the principals of FAVO for the transfer of their membership. $2,500,000 of this financing was paid on the closing date of this transaction. The remaining $2,000,000 was paid as follows: $1,250,000 on August 31, 2023, and the remaining $750,000 on October 26, 2023.

 

The Company currently has an outstanding debt note from its acquisition of the FAVO Group of Companies, dated June 1, 2023, in the aggregate principal face value amount of $4,700,000, which requires payments of $1,500,000 on May 31, 2024, which has been made, $1,600,000 due on May 31, 2025 which has been paid, and the final payment due on May 31, 2026, for $1,600,000. The interest rate per annum is variable on the three payments of 6%, 3% and 1%, respectively.

 

On June 7, 2023, we filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada a Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation to increase our authorized shares of preferred stock from 25,000,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per share. The Amendment did not increase our authorized shares of common stock, which remained at 500,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

On November 27, 2023, we filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada a Certificate of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation to increase our authorized shares of preferred stock from 50,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per share. The Amendment did not increase our authorized shares of common stock, which remained at 500,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

On November 29, 2023, we filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Designation for the Series C Preferred Stock to decrease our authorized shares of Series C preferred shares from 25,000,000 shares down to 18,750,000 shares.

 

On November 29, 2023, we filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Designation for the Series A Preferred Stock to increase our authorized shares of Series A preferred shares from 20,000,000 shares up to 81,250,000 shares.

 

 33 
Table of Contents 

 

On January 2, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of the proprietary software platform and call center operations of LendTech CRM Solutions LLC, Believe PMF EIRL, and DBOSS Funding, LLC (collectively, the “Simplified Acquisition”). We refer to this transaction as the “Simplified Acquisition” because it involved the purchase of a group of affiliated businesses and assets (together, the “Simplified Companies”) through a single coordinated transaction structure, rather than separate acquisitions of each entity. The total consideration for the Simplified Acquisition was approximately $2,167,996, consisting of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s restricted common stock issued at closing, an additional 2,000,000 shares to be issued on each of the first and second anniversaries of the closing date, $400,000 in cash, and $692,469 in deferred consideration measured at fair value. Of this total, approximately $1,650,000 represented the consideration paid specifically for the proprietary software platform and call center operations. Based upon the timing of the Simplified Acquisition, the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 reflect the results of Stewards for the portion of the period after the completion of the Simplified Acquisition. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 do not reflect the results of the Simplified Companies.

 

The Simplified Companies are engaged in the business of using proprietary software and call centers in the Dominican Republic and Florida to offer secured and unsecured financial products and services to clients with funders across the United States. The business generates revenue primarily from commissions earned from funders.

 

The primary reason for the business combination was to grow our direct funding business and improve overall margins by leveraging the synergies between the Company and the Simplified Companies.

 

In connection with our operations, we entered into a Business Commission Agreement dated December 21, 2023, with Robinpaws, LLC, a Florida limited liability company solely owned by Robin Nadeau-Camus. The agreement was a condition of a larger asset purchase transaction and provides for a four-year term. Under the original agreement, Robinpaws agreed to refer new business clients to Favo Capital, Inc. in exchange for a combination of fixed annual compensation and commissions.

 

On January 24, 2025, the agreement was amended to significantly modify the compensation structure, particularly for renewals and lender bonuses. The amendment introduced a new two-tiered structure for renewals, whereby a 50% commission is paid only if the renewal falls within specific qualifying categories, such as renewals with the same lender paying off an existing position, LOC or equipment financing arrangements, collateral-based programs, or one-position payoffs. Renewals not meeting these criteria are treated as “new business” and paid at the tiered new business commission rates of 0.75% or 1.25%. The amendment also reduced the commission on lender bonuses and professional service fees from 50% to 30%. All other material terms of the original agreement remained in effect.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the agreement generated no commission expense. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the agreement generated approximately $489,557 in commission expense. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, the agreement generated approximately $312,616 in commission expense. 

 

On February 15, 2024, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

 

On September 9, 2024, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain purchasers (the “Purchasers”) for the purchase and sale of Company’s securities. In an initial closing, the Company issued 8,000,000 of the Common Units, each such Common Unit consisted of one share of the Company’s common stock with a par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), common warrants (“Warrants”) to purchase one Common Stock, for every one share of common stock purchased and a pre-funded warrant (“Pre-funded Warrant”) to purchase 3/200th share of Common Stock purchased. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Common Units were sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, with five-year Warrants having exercise price of $0.40 per share and the Pre-funded Warrants having exercise price of $0.0001 per share.

 

 34 
Table of Contents 

 

The sale of the Units to the Purchasers closed on December 12, 2024. The aggregate gross proceeds to the Company from the December 2024 offering were approximately $2,000,000 before deducting placement agent fees and expenses and other transaction costs of $207,600.

 

On May 8, 2025, the Company signed subscription agreements with Stewards International Funds PCC to purchase 32,000,000 shares of Series A preferred shares for a total investment of $8,000,000.  

 

On May 9, 2025, Vincent Napolitano, our officer, director and large shareholder of the Company issued a notice of conversion to our company to convert 18,750,000 shares of his Series C Preferred Stock into 18,750,000 shares of our company’s common stock, as provided for under the Certificate of Designation, as amended, for the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

On the same date, we instructed our transfer agent to convert the 18,750,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock into common stock and, as per the instructions of Mr. Napolitano, to issue 18,750,000 new shares of common stock to entities related to our officers and directors, as follows:

 

VK Nap Family (10,359,375 shares)

S & T Quin Family Limited Partnership (5,578,125 shares)

Stewards Investment Capital (2,812,500 shares)

 

As a result of the above conversion, there are no outstanding shares of our Series C Preferred Stock and there has been an increase in our outstanding shares of common stock of 18,750,000 shares.

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company entered into and closed on three separate membership interest purchase agreements (“MIPAs”), two of which were for the purchase of all of the outstanding membership interests in Block 40 Investments Holdings, LLC and Block 40 Managers, LLC (the “Block 40 Entities”) from the member owners of the Block 40 Entities and the last for the purchase of all of the outstanding membership interests that Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC held in Block 40, LLC (the “Transaction”). In exchange, the Company agreed to issue an aggregate of 62,673,215 shares of our restricted common stock to the member owners of the Block 40 Entities pro rata to their holdings, valued at $0.76 per share, and for the membership interests that Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC held in Block 40, LLC.

 

The Block 40 Entities and Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC own 100% of the membership interests of Block 40, LLC (“Block 40”). Block 40 owns 1818 Park, a modern, mixed-use development that features residential, office, and retail components. The property, detailed at 1818Park.com, is a newly built, stabilized asset boasting high occupancy and long-term lease agreements across its tenant base, offering durable cash flow and positioning Stewards in the heart of Young Circle, one of South Florida’s most vibrant commercial hubs.

 

On July 14, 2025, the Company signed subscription agreements with Forfront Capital LLC to purchase 1,000,000 shares of Series A preferred shares for a total investment of $250,000.

 

In a second closing under the initial Securities Purchase Agreement dated September 9, 2024, the Company issued 1,750,000 Common Units to the Purchasers. Each Common Unit was sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share and consisted of one share of common stock, a five-year warrant exercisable at $0.40 per share, and a pre-funded warrant exercisable at $0.0001 per share. The sale of the Common Units closed on July 30, 2025, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $437,500, before deducting placement agent fees, expenses, and other transaction costs totaling $51,350.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the initial Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company subsequently issued an additional 5% in common stock and 5% in warrants to all participants from both the first and second closings, in connection with an extension of the effectiveness deadline to December 31, 2025. As a result, the Company issued 487,500 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 487,500 shares of common stock to the investors.

 

 35 
Table of Contents 

 

Effective August 1, 2025, the Company transferred its 100% interest in FC Sub Fund LLC (the “VIE”) to Forfront Capital LLC for a consideration of $1. Forfront is a related party. The VIE was not previously consolidated by the Company, as the Company was not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company is still continuing its involvement with the entity in the form of a 2% management fee arrangement for managing the VIE’s assets.

 

On August 4, 2025, the Company signed subscription agreements with Stewards International Funds PCC to purchase 4,000,000 shares of Series A preferred shares for a total investment of $1,000,000.

 

On August 7, 2025, the Board of Directors and a majority of shareholders of the Company approved a change in the name of the Company from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards Inc. On November 14, 2025, the Company’s previously announced corporate actions became effective, including its change of name from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards, Inc. and the corresponding change of its trading symbol from “FAVO” to “SWRD,”

 

On August 7, 2025, our board and a majority of our shareholders approved a reverse stock split within the range of 1-for-2 to 1-for-100 of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and authorized the Board, in its discretion, to determine the final ratio in connection with the reverse stock split. On November 6, 2025, however, the Company’s board of directors resolved to abandon the reverse stock split. As such, the Company withdrew its application for a reverse stock split with FINRA.

 

On August 25, 2025, we filed a withdrawal of our certificate of designation, as amended, for our Series C Preferred Stock.

 

On August 25, 2025, our board and shareholders approved the creation of Series B Preferred Stock and we later filed a certificate of designation with the State of Nevada. The certificate of designation provides that 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock are designated as Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock shall have no value in the event of the liquidation of our company or any rights to distributions declared by our company. After five years, the Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of Common Stock on a 1 for 1 basis. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to fifty (50) votes on any matter brought before the voting shareholders of our company.

 

Also on August 25, 2025, we entered into a Conversion Agreement with Forfront, LLC, an affiliate of our company, for it to convert 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 10,000,000 shares of our newly created Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Finally, on August 25, 2025, we entered into Voting Agreement with Forfront, LLC, in which Forfront agreed to vote its shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the direction of our original board members, which includes Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quin and Glen Steward, with the President of our company receiving an irrevocable proxy from Forfront to vote its shares in accordance with the direction of our founders.

 

The conversion to Series B Preferred Stock and the Voting Agreement are part of a strategic initiative to streamline our capital structure, enhance governance control during a critical phase involving corporate rebranding, and align leadership with long-term objectives without diluting economic interests of non-affiliate shareholders. The Board determined this related-party transaction to be fair under Nevada law and ratified it by majority voting power.

 

On August 26, 2025, following the MIPA acquisition of the Block 40 Entities and the membership interest in Block 40 held by Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC, we initiated an offer to EB-5 investors in Block 40, LLC to exchange their preferred membership interests for shares of our common stock. These EB-5 interests were legacy obligations specific to the Block 40 real estate project and were included in the $74.3 million purchase price allocation. The EB-5 preferred interests in Block 40 carried accumulating preferred returns that continued indefinitely unless converted or otherwise repurchased. By offering equity in exchange, we seek to reduce the long-term accrual burden of these obligations, strengthen the balance sheet with a more permanent capital structure, and align these legacy investors with the Company’s long-term growth strategy.

 

On August 28, 2025, Glen Steward, and a director of Forfront Capital LLC, made a $700,000 investment in Block 40, an entity wholly owned by the Company, as part of the EB-5 investment program associated with that project. The investment was recorded as mezzanine equity in the financial statements of Block 40 as of September 30, 2025. The transaction was conducted on terms consistent with those offered to other EB-5 investors participating in the program. 

 

 36 
Table of Contents 

 

On September 1, 2025, the Company entered into a debt financing arrangement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund), pursuant to which it may raise up to $50 million through the issuance of unsecured and unsubordinated debt notes (the “Favo Debt Notes”). The notes carry a fixed annual interest rate of 8.00%, with a maturity date in August 2030. In connection with this facility, the Company agreed to issue warrants to the noteholder, exercisable for up to 65,789,474 shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed price of $0.76 per share, with the number of warrants proportionately tied to each note issuance under the facility. The warrants are subject to a delayed exercise period, commencing no earlier than 12 months following an IPO or the maturity date, whichever is later, and are structured to minimize dilution around the time of the Company’s planned public offering. The Company has preliminarily assessed the warrant terms and determined that they meet the criteria for classification within equity rather than as a liability under applicable accounting guidance. To date, no funds have been drawn or invested under the facility. Proceeds from the issuance of the Stewards debt notes are to be used exclusively for (i) refinancing existing indebtedness, which currently carries an effective annual interest rate of approximately 15% and matures in June 2026, and (ii) funding the Company’s general operational needs. This refinancing is intended to materially reduce cash interest expense, strengthen the Company’s balance sheet, and improve financial flexibility to support long-term growth.

 

On September 16, 2025, the Company appointed Zachary Graeve to its Board of Directors as an independent director and Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Graeve brings over 20 years of experience in corporate governance, investor relations, and capital markets strategy to support the Company’s growth and strategic objectives.

 

On September 23, 2025, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement with accredited investor Valeriya Nayshevska for the purchase of a secured promissory note in the principal amount of $1,000,000. The proceeds from this transaction were used for general corporate purposes and investments in merchant cash advances, secured real estate loans, and other revenue-based financing activities. The Note Purchase Agreement provides for the potential issuance of additional secured notes on identical terms, with each note ranking pari passu in right of payment. The funds were received on October 3, 2025.

 

On September 29, 2025, the Company appointed Dr. Wael Barsoum to its Board of Directors as an independent director. Dr. Barsoum is a seasoned healthcare executive and former CEO of Cleveland Clinic Florida, bringing extensive governance and operational leadership experience to support the Company’s growth and oversight initiatives.

 

On September 30, 2025, the Company issued a corresponding Secured Promissory Note to J & T Family, LLC in the principal amount of $1,000,000. The note bears interest at 15% per annum, payable monthly, and is secured by the Company’s receivables and right-to-receive interests within its short-term trade finance operations. All notes issued under the Note Purchase Agreement are pari passu in payment priority and governed by the laws of the State of Nevada. The funds were received on the same day.

 

On October 14, 2025, the Company issued an automatic convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $400,000 to Rob Harpur. The note bears simple interest at 1.0% per annum and matures on October 14, 2026. At the holder’s option, all or any portion of the outstanding principal and accrued interest may be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed conversion price of $0.76 per share. The note may also be prepaid by the Company prior to maturity upon written notice. The transaction provides a flexible financing mechanism that can convert into equity upon maturity or qualified financing, and the proceeds are intended to support general corporate and lending operations.

 

On October 15, 2025, the Board of Directors of FAVO Capital, Inc. appointed Gary F. Baumann as an independent member of the Board. Mr. Baumann brings more than 25 years of experience in construction and commercial litigation, including advising large-scale infrastructure projects on compliance and risk management. The Company believes his expertise in legal governance and institutional operations will strengthen Board oversight and support its long-term strategic growth across financial services and real-asset investment segments.

 

 37 
Table of Contents 

 

On October 28, 2025, Mr. Gary Baumann resigned as a member of the Board of Directors of FAVO Capital, Inc. and from all committee appointments. The resignation was not the result of a disagreement with the Company, known to an executive officer of the Company, on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies, or practices.

 

On October 30, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors approved and executed a Debt Exchange Agreement with 315-352 Associated, LLC and SHB Equities, LLC, pursuant to which outstanding promissory notes originally issued under Note Purchase Agreements dated April 1, 2021 and December 15, 2022, were exchanged for shares of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate principal and accrued interest of approximately $129,204 was converted into common shares at a fixed price of $0.76 per share on December 17, 2025. The transaction was approved by unanimous written consent of the Board and eliminates the related-party debt obligations from the Company’s balance sheet while strengthening shareholders’ equity. 

 

On October 30, 2025, FAVO Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) executed Amendment No. 1 to the Loan Agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) (the “Lender”), originally dated September 17, 2025. The Amendment increases the aggregate principal amount authorized under the unsecured, unsubordinated debt note facility from $50,000,000 to $100,000,000, with corresponding adjustments to the number of notes and associated warrants to purchase up to 131,578,947 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share. All other terms of the Loan Agreement, including the fixed annual interest rate of 8.00%, maturity date of August 31, 2030, and use of proceeds for refinancing existing debt and funding general operational needs, remain substantially unchanged. Proceeds from the expanded facility will continue to support the Company’s private credit and real estate operations, including working capital, payroll, and other ordinary-course business expenses. The debt note facility is expected to enhance liquidity, extend the Company’s operational runway, and reduce the weighted average cost of capital.

 

On October 30, 2025, FAVO Capital, Inc. (the “Company”) executed a Second Amendment to the Business Commission Agreement with Robinpaws LLC, a Florida limited liability company solely owned by Robin Nadeau-Camus. The Second Amendment replaces all prior compensation terms under the original Business Commission Agreement (dated December 21, 2023) and the First Amendment (dated April 1, 2024). Under the revised terms, all previous commission and renewal payment obligations are terminated and replaced with a fixed compensation package consisting of:

 

1.       A lump-sum cash payment of $460,000, payable in three monthly installments beginning January 1, 2026, as follows: $200,000 in month one, $200,000 in month two, and $60,000 in month three; and

 

2.       The issuance of 2,125,000 restricted shares of FAVO Capital, Inc. common stock to Robinpaws LLC within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the amendment, at an acquisition value of $0.76 per share.

 

All other provisions of the Commission Agreement remain unchanged. The amendment settles all prior compensation obligations under the agreement and finalizes the structure of payments owed to Ms. Nadeau-Camus and Robinpaws LLC.

 

This amendment does not create any new debt obligation or contingent liability to the Company and was executed in the ordinary course of business as part of contractual restructuring of existing compensation arrangements.

 

On October 31, 2025, in connection with the EB 5 investor exchange offer relating to the Company’s acquisition of the Block 40 entities and the membership interests of Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC, the Company issued 16,244,307 shares of its common stock to participating EB 5 investors in Block 40, LLC in exchange for their preferred membership interests. On December 12, 2025, the Company issued an additional 4,884,531 shares of its common stock pursuant to the same exchange agreement to EB 5 investors who completed their elections after the initial conversion date. These issuances eliminated the preferred return obligations associated with the EB 5 membership interests assumed in the acquisition and relate solely to the 1818 Park real estate transaction.

 

 38 
Table of Contents 

 

On November 3, 2025, the Company, doing business as Stewards Inc., entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Dolomite Foundation, a Cayman Islands foundation acting for itself and on behalf of its syndicate of investors (the “Dolomite Syndicate”). Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company agreed to issue pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 2,450,980 shares of its common stock. The economic value per warrant share is $4.08, based on the 30-trading-day volume-weighted average price (VWAP) of the Company’s common stock for the period from September 19, 2025 to October 30, 2025. The actual exercise price of the prefunded warrants is .0001 per share, with substantially all consideration delivered upfront via $DOLO tokens as in-kind payment. The transaction provides for an aggregate investment amount of $10,000,000, payable in $DOLO tokens as in-kind consideration. The warrants are structured in ten equal tranches of $1,000,000 each, becoming exercisable upon achievement of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestones. Tokens are held in a jointly controlled multi-signature wallet on the Arbitrum One blockchain, requiring a three-of-four authorization threshold (two company signatories and two investor signatories) for any release. Shares issued upon exercise of the warrants will be subject to a 12-month lock-up period, and all unissued tranches are subject to cancellation in the event that $DOLO’s 30-day VWAP falls below $0.01. The structure is designed to align the Company’s digital-asset exposure with Dolomite’s platform development milestones while minimizing immediate dilution and supporting the Company’s longer-term liquidity and capital-efficiency objectives. The Company does not expect to receive cash proceeds in the transaction. If and when any $DOLO tokens are received upon the exercise of the pre-funded warrants, the Company expects to hold such tokens in connection with its controlled evaluation of its digital-asset initiatives and does not intend to use them as a source of operating liquidity.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, any ‘support’ to our Private Credit or Real Estate businesses from the Dolomite SPA is strategic, i.e., evaluating potential future tokenization and settlement tooling and not financial proceeds for operating liquidity or segment funding. 

 

On November 6, 2025, the Board of Directors and the majority shareholders of Favo Capital, Inc. approved the abandonment of the previously authorized reverse stock split, originally approved on August 7, 2025, which had provided for a potential split ratio between 1-for-2 and 1-for-100. The Board determined that proceeding with the reverse split was no longer in the best interest of the Company or its shareholders. On the same date, the Board and majority shareholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to change its corporate name from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards, Inc. The Company will also request a corresponding change to its trading symbol, with “SWRD” submitted as the first preference, followed by “SWTR,” “STWR,” and “STWT.” The name change will become effective upon acceptance by FINRA and the issuance of a new CUSIP number.

 

On November 13, 2025, the Board of Directors and the majority shareholder of the Company approved several uplisting-related corporate actions, including the establishment of a new post-uplisting leadership structure, the election of executive officers and independent directors effective upon Nasdaq listing, and the planned expansion of the Board to include additional independent directors, including an Audit Committee chair who qualifies as a financial expert. The Board also approved a one-time issuance of 3,000,000 restricted stock units to twelve key contributors under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, adopted a comprehensive executive compensation program with phased implementation through 2028, and established a formal non-executive director compensation program to align the Company’s governance practices with Nasdaq standards. All actions were ratified by the majority shareholder on the same date. Although these actions were originally approved in connection with a potential Nasdaq uplisting, the Company is no longer actively pursuing a Nasdaq listing at this time, and there can be no assurance that the Company will seek or obtain listing on any national securities exchange in the future.

 

On November 14, 2025, the Company’s previously announced corporate actions became effective, including its change of name from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards, Inc. and the corresponding change of its trading symbol from “FAVO” to “SWRD,”

 

On November 14, 2025, the Company signed subscription agreements with Stewards International Funds PCC to purchase 1,280,000 shares of Series A preferred shares for a total investment of $320,000.

 

On November 18, 2025, the Company entered into an AS IS Agreement of Sale and Purchase (the “Plantation Purchase Agreement”) with Strata Group LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Seller”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire certain real property located at 4350 NW 8th Court, Plantation, Broward County, Florida (the Plantation Property) for use as its corporate headquarters and operational facility.  

 

 39 
Table of Contents 

 

The Purchase Agreement provides for a total purchase price of Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,800,000), payable at closing, subject to customary prorations, credits, and adjustments as set forth in the agreement. The Company has delivered an earnest money deposit of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), of which $100 is non refundable as independent consideration, with the balance to be applied toward the purchase price at closing or returned under limited circumstances as defined in the Purchase Agreement. The Property is being acquired on an AS IS, WHERE IS basis with all faults, subject only to the limited representations and warranties expressly set forth in the Purchase Agreement.  

 

On March 11, 2026, the Company completed the acquisition of the Plantation Property pursuant to the Plantation Purchase Agreement. Title to the property located at 4350 NW 8th Court, Plantation, Broward County, Florida was conveyed to Stewards Real Estate LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, by Strata Group LLC, a Florida limited liability company, pursuant to a Special Warranty Deed recorded in the public records of Broward County, Florida. The acquisition was completed for the previously agreed purchase price of $5,800,000, subject to customary closing prorations, credits, and adjustments. In connection with the closing, Stewards Real Estate LLC entered into a mortgage loan in the principal amount of $4,000,000. The mortgage loan matures on March 11, 2029. The Property is intended to serve as the Company’s corporate headquarters and operational facility and supports the Company’s strategy of consolidating administrative functions and supporting long term operational growth.

 

Effective December 1, 2025, Glen Steward resigned from his position as Chief Strategy Officer of the Company. His resignation relates solely to his executive employment capacity. Mr. Steward continues to serve as a member of the Board of Directors. 

 

On December 5, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company approved, by written consent, the issuance of an aggregate of 11,400 shares of the Company’s common stock to certain non officer employees as equity recognition awards in connection with the Company’s Nasdaq uplisting efforts. The issuances consisted of 100 shares to each of 114 eligible employees, were made pursuant to the Company’s 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, and were issued as restricted shares subject to applicable federal and state securities law requirements. Although these awards were approved in connection with the Company’s previously considered uplisting initiatives, the Company is no longer actively pursuing a Nasdaq listing at this time, and there can be no assurance that the Company will seek or obtain listing on any national securities exchange in the future.

 

On December 12, 2025, the Company completed a debt exchange transaction with Rob Harpur pursuant to a debt exchange agreement dated October 14, 2025, under which outstanding promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $400,000, together with accrued interest, were exchanged for shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $0.76 per share. The exchange was approved by the Board of Directors and resulted in the issuance of restricted shares in full satisfaction of the underlying debt obligation. 

 

On December 12, 2025, the Company completed a debt exchange transaction with SHB Equities, LLC and 315-352 Associated, LLC pursuant to a debt exchange agreement dated October 30, 2025, under which outstanding promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $129,204, together with accrued interest, were exchanged for shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of $0.76 per share. The exchange was approved by the Board of Directors and resulted in the issuance of restricted shares in full satisfaction and cancellation of the underlying debt obligations. 

 

On December 17, 2025, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for 5,750,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.44 million. The issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock was approved by the Board of Directors and the shares were issued as restricted securities in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws. 

 

On December 17, 2025, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for $3.0 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025. In connection with this financing, and pursuant to Board approval, the Company also authorized the issuance of 3,947,368 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share.

 

 40 
Table of Contents 

 

On December 18, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed John Bode as a member of the Board of Directors. Concurrently, Mr. Bode was appointed as Chair of the Audit Committee of the Company, and as a member of the Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees.  

 

On December 19, 2025, the Company executed Amendment No. 2 to its unsecured loan agreement dated September 17, 2025 with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, which expanded the permitted uses of proceeds to include acquisitions of companies and assets, in addition to refinancing existing indebtedness and funding general corporate and operational needs. 

 

On December 21, 2025, the Company executed Amendment No. 3 to the loan agreement, which amended transfer and registration provisions to require that the notes be issued and maintained in registered form, established a formal note register, and clarified restrictions on transfers and replacement obligations in order to comply with applicable U.S. federal tax requirements. 

 

On December 31, 2025, the Company entered into a guaranty of payment in favor of the property manager of the 1818 Park real estate project, pursuant to which the Company agreed to guarantee the payment of certain management fees that may otherwise be collected, swept, or retained by the senior lender under the applicable loan documents. The guaranty is limited in scope, expressly subordinated to the senior mortgage financing, and applies solely to amounts that would have been payable to the manager under the management agreement but for the lender’s exercise of its rights. 

 

On January 13, 2026, in connection with the Company’s ownership of the 1818 Park real estate property, the Company, together with its subsidiary Block 40 Property, LLC, entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment to the existing loan documents governing the senior mortgage financing for the property. As part of this amendment, the Company executed a joinder to the guaranty and environmental indemnity, pursuant to which it became an additional guarantor under the loan, and Block 40 Property, LLC assigned the property management agreement to the lender and subordinated related management fees. These actions were undertaken in connection with the lender’s consent to the ownership transfer and did not result in an increase to the outstanding principal balance of the loan. 

 

On January 15, 2025, the Company completed a rebranding of its funding operations, changing the name of its small business lending division from FAVO Funding to Stewards Business Capital. The rebrand was undertaken to unify the Company’s operating subsidiaries under the Stewards brand, simplify its go to market strategy, and better align the branding of its private credit and lending activities with the Company’s broader corporate identity. The rebranding did not involve any changes to the Company’s legal structure, ownership, or core business operations.

 

On January 22, 2026, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of its common stock to Robinpaws LLC pursuant to an asset purchase agreement originally entered into in December 2023, in connection with the acquisition of certain operating assets related to a proprietary funding and call center platform. The issuance was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, the shares were issued as restricted securities, and the consideration for the issuance was deemed fully paid and non assessable based on the agreed acquisition value set forth in the underlying asset purchase agreement. 

 

On January 30, 2026, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for $1.5 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025. In connection with this financing, and pursuant to Board approval, the Company also authorized the issuance of 1,973,684 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share. 

 

 41 
Table of Contents 

 

On February 18, 2026, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for $2 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025. In connection with this financing, and pursuant to Board approval, the Company also authorized the issuance of 2,631,578 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share, which were issued by the Company’s transfer agent as restricted warrants. 

 

On February 18, 2026, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor funded $2 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025. In connection with this financing, and pursuant to Board approval, the Company also issued 2,631,579 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share.

 

On March 11, 2026, the Company completed the acquisition of the Plantation Property pursuant to the Plantation Purchase Agreement. Title to the property located at 4350 NW 8th Court, Plantation, Broward County, Florida was conveyed to Stewards Real Estate LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, by Strata Group LLC, a Florida limited liability company, pursuant to a Special Warranty Deed recorded in the public records of Broward County, Florida. The acquisition was completed for the previously agreed purchase price of $5,800,000, subject to customary closing prorations, credits, and adjustments. In connection with the closing, Stewards Real Estate LLC entered into a mortgage loan in the principal amount of $4,000,000. The mortgage loan matures on March 11, 2029. The Property is intended to serve as the Company’s corporate headquarters and operational facility and supports the Company’s strategy of consolidating administrative functions and supporting long term operational growth.

 

On March 17, 2026, the Company announced a strategic partnership with Overnight Engine to enhance its operational infrastructure within its private credit platform. Through this partnership, the Company deployed workflow-specific artificial intelligence infrastructure across its underwriting and credit operations. The platform is designed to automate document intake, extract and structure financial data, perform underwriting checks, and generate evidence-based outputs, while maintaining human oversight for final credit decisions. The system is deployed within the Company’s internal environment and is expected to improve operational efficiency, consistency in underwriting, and scalability of transaction processing without a corresponding increase in personnel. 

 

On March 26, 2026, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor funded $600 thousand in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025.  

 

At the Company’s annual board meeting on April 16, 2026 the Company’s Board of Directors approved a leadership transition and related governance changes. Vincent Napolitano transitioned from his roles as Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, and Treasurer and was appointed as Chairman Emeritus. Concurrently, Shaun Quin was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Glen Steward was appointed Chairman of the Board. The leadership transition agreement has been executed and the foregoing governance and management changes are effective.

 

On April 28, 2026, the Company borrowed $500,000 under its existing credit facility for general corporate purposes. This draw bears interest at the contractual rate and is subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreement. As of the date of this filing, the Company is in compliance with all associated financial covenants.

 

On May 7, 2026, the Company borrowed $500,000 under its existing credit facility for general corporate purposes. This draw bears interest at the contractual rate and is subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreement. As of the date of this filing, the Company is in compliance with all associated financial covenants.

 

On May 8, 2026, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the issuance of restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards to the Company’s non-employee directors pursuant to the Company’s 2024 Equity Incentive Plan. The awards consisted of 45,000 RSUs granted to each non-employee director and were issued in connection with the directors’ ongoing service on the Board. The Compensation Committee determined the fair market value of the Company’s common stock to be $3.00 per share for purposes of calculating the awards, based on contemporaneous acquisition related pricing and in accordance with the terms of the Company’s equity incentive plan. The RSUs vest over a one-year service period, subject to continued service on the Board.

 

On May 14, 2026, the Company borrowed $300,000 under its existing credit facility for general corporate purposes. This draw bears interest at the contractual rate and is subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreement. As of the date of this filing, the Company is in compliance with all associated financial covenants.

 

On June 1, 2026, the Company borrowed $1000,000 under its existing credit facility for general corporate purposes. This draw bears interest at the contractual rate and is subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreement. As of the date of this filing, the Company is in compliance with all associated financial covenants.

 

Under the agreement, the Company agreed to provide transition compensation consisting of monthly payments of approximately $80,734 through May 31, 2028, reimbursement of health insurance costs of approximately $2,446 per month through May 31, 2028, and a monthly automobile allowance of $2,000. Aggregate transition compensation payable under the agreement is approximately $1.9 million.

 

The agreement further provides that Mr. Napolitano’s existing equity ownership remains unaffected by the transition and that no clawback, repurchase or forfeiture of such equity shall apply. The agreement also contains mutual releases of claims, confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions, cooperation obligations, a 24-month non-competition covenant and a 24-month non-solicitation covenant.

 

On June 3, 2026, the Company borrowed $300,000 under its existing credit facility for general corporate purposes. This draw bears interest at the contractual rate and is subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreement. As of the date of this filing, the Company is in compliance with all associated financial covenants.

 

On June 5, 2026, Stewards Real Estate, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement to acquire The Hawthorne, a seasonal hospitality property located in Chatham, Massachusetts on Cape Cod, for a purchase price of $20.0 million in cash, subject to customary adjustments. The acquisition is expected to close on or about July 1, 2026, subject to customary closing conditions and financing requirements. The Company believes the acquisition complements its strategy of acquiring income-producing real estate assets in attractive markets, expands its portfolio into the hospitality sector, and provides exposure to a supply-constrained coastal market with significant seasonal tourism demand.

 

Effective June 11, 2026, the Company entered into a Transition and Separation Agreement with Vincent Napolitano, the Company’s founder and former Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Napolitano resigned from all officer and director positions and transitioned to the honorary title of Chairman Emeritus. The agreement terminated and superseded Mr. Napolitano’s employment agreement and the consulting agreement between the Company and FAVO Holdings LLC with respect to compensation, duties and separation matters.

 

On June 11, 2026, the Company entered into amended and restated employment agreements with Shaun Quin, Chief Executive Officer, Katy Murless, Chief Financial Officer, Vaughan Korte, Chief Operating Officer, and Scott McGowan, Chief Marketing Officer, each effective as of June 1, 2026. The amended agreements were approved by the Board of Directors and Compensation Committee in connection with the Company’s executive compensation program and leadership transition. Under the amended agreements, annual base salaries were established at $611,000 for Mr. Quin, $394,000 for Ms. Murless, $414,000 for Mr. Korte and $309,000 for Mr. McGowan. Each executive is eligible to participate in annual cash incentive programs and long-term equity incentive awards under the Company’s equity compensation plans, subject to performance criteria and Compensation Committee approval. The agreements also provide for participation in employee benefit plans, reimbursement of business expenses, stock ownership requirements, clawback provisions, and double-trigger change-in-control protections. In the event of a termination by the Company without cause or by the executive for good reason, the executives are generally entitled to severance benefits consisting of base salary, target bonus opportunities, continued health benefits, and certain other benefits, subject to the execution of a release of claims. The agreements contain customary confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disparagement, indemnification, and restrictive covenant provisions.

 

On June 11, 2026, the Company also entered into a Chairman of the Board Services Agreement with Glen Steward, effective June 1, 2026. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Steward serves as a non-employee Chairman of the Board and receives an annual cash retainer of $592,200, payable quarterly, together with eligibility to receive equity-based compensation as approved by the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee. The agreement sets forth Mr. Steward’s duties as Chairman and Director, expense reimbursement rights, confidentiality and non-disparagement obligations, indemnification rights, and procedures relating to conflicts of interest and related-party transactions. Mr. Steward is not entitled to employee benefits and does not serve in an operational management capacity.

 

On June 30, 2026, the Company closed its confidential private placement offering. Pursuant to subscription agreements with accredited investors, the Company issued 645,047 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $3.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $1,935,142. The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Rule 506(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The net proceeds are being used for working capital, general corporate purposes, potential acquisitions, and refinancing of existing indebtedness. The offering terminated on its scheduled closing date of June 30, 2026.

 

 42 
Table of Contents 

 

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

 

Shares offered by the selling stockholders

This prospectus relates to the resale of up to 20,621,250 shares of common stock, consisting of 9,750,000 shares issued in the private placement closings on December 12, 2024, and July 30, 2025; 487,500 shares issued as a registration delay payment; 10,237,500 shares issuable upon exercise of common warrants; and 146,250 shares issuable upon exercise of pre-funded warrants.

 

Fixed resale price: The selling stockholders will offer and sell the shares at a fixed price of $[*] per share within the range of $3.00 to $5.00 per share (to be determined) while our common stock continues to trade on the OTCID Market. The actual fixed price will be disclosed in a final prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) after the effectiveness of this registration statement.

 

Post-listing sales: If our common stock is subsequently quoted or listed on another trading market or eligible market( such as the OTCQB or OTCQX), the selling stockholders may thereafter sell at prevailing market prices, prices related to prevailing market prices, or negotiated prices.

 

No assurance of listing: Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCID Market, and trading in our common stock is currently limited and may be volatile. We do not currently satisfy the listing standards of any national securities exchange, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on another eligible market. Investors purchasing shares in this offering may be unable to resell their shares at or near the offering price, or at all. This offering will proceed regardless of whether any such listing or quotation is obtained. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional details.

   
Shares to be outstanding after this offering Shares outstanding after the recent private placement and EB-5 exchanges: 211,119,963 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the warrants or pre-funded warrants. If all warrants and pre-funded warrants are exercised, there would be 228,048,311 shares outstanding.
   
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We may receive up to $4,095,000 from the exercise of the common warrants and $14.63 from the exercise of the pre-funded warrants, assuming all warrants are exercised for cash. Any such proceeds would be used for general working capital and other general corporate purposes.
   
Risk Factors Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk and purchasers of our securities may lose their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” starting on page 41 and the other information included and incorporated by reference into this prospectus for a discussion of risk factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our securities.
   
Trading market and symbol Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCID Market under the symbol “SWRD.”

   

 

Note:   The number of shares outstanding after this offering is based on 211,119,963 shares of common stock outstanding on June 30, 2026, but does not include:

 

•   20,000,000 shares that were reserved for equity awards under our Stewards, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan adopted on August 21, 2024;
•   10,237,500 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, with an initial exercise price of $0.40 per share;
•   3,947,368 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, with an initial exercise price of $0.76 per share; 
•    146,250 shares issuable upon exercise of prefunded warrants, with an initial exercise price of $0.0001 per share;
•   2,450,980 shares issuable upon exercise of prefunded warrants, with an initial exercise price of $0.0001 per share;
•    71,250,000 shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; and
•    10,000,000 shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding Series B Preferred Stock.

 

 43 
Table of Contents 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could suffer. In that case, the trading price of our shares of Common Stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above for a discussion of forward-looking statements and the significance of such statements in the context of this prospectus.

 

Risks Related to our Financial Condition

 

We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve profitability.

 

We have incurred net losses of $20,756,466 and $8,658,780 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively, and a net loss of $5,705,901 for the three months ended March 31, 2026. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $64,131,353. These losses and accumulated deficit are a result of, among other things, the substantial investments we made to grow our business and expenses incurred in connection with our acquisitions. We expect to make significant expenditures to grow our business in the future.

 

We plan to make opportunistic and deliberate investments in sales and marketing to attract new businesses to the financial products we offer. We also plan to continue to selectively pursue acquisition opportunities, which require that we incur various expenses and fees of external advisors. Businesses we have acquired and may in the future acquire have different levels of profitability than us, which may affect our overall profitability, particularly until we are able to realize expected synergies. These increased expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve profitability and we cannot predict with certainty whether we will achieve profitability in the near term or at all.

 

Historically, certain of our costs have increased each year due to these factors and we expect to continue to incur increasing costs to support our anticipated future growth. If the costs associated with acquiring new customers, including online advertising and paid search costs, outbound lead generation, scaling our field sales teams, or the terms on which our partners refer clients to us, materially rise in the future, our expenses may rise significantly. If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and manage our expenses and restructure our debt, we may continue to incur significant losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability, which could cause the trading price of our shares to further decline. Failure to generate adequate revenue growth, as well as other related factors, may cause decreases in asset values, such as our goodwill, that are deemed to be other than temporary, which may result in further impairment losses.

 

We may make decisions that will reduce our short-term operating results if we believe those decisions will improve the experiences of our customers and their consumers and if we believe such decisions will improve our operating results over the long-term. These decisions may not be consistent with the expectations of investors and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our business may be materially and adversely affected.

 

There is no guarantee that cash flow from operations and/or debt and equity financings will provide sufficient capital to meet our expansion goals, working capital needs or fund our operations.

 

Our current strategic plan includes the expansion of our company both organically and through acquisitions if market conditions and competitive conditions allow. Due to the long-term nature of investments in acquisitions and other financial needs to support organic growth, including working capital, we expect our long-term and working capital needs to periodically exceed the short-term fluctuations in cash flow from operations. We anticipate that we may need to raise additional external capital from the sale of common stock, preferred stock and/or debt instruments as market conditions may allow, in addition to cash flow from operations (which may not always be sufficient), to fund our growth and working capital needs.

 

 44 
Table of Contents 

 

In the event that we need to raise significant amounts of external capital at any time or over an extended period, we face a risk that we may need to do so under adverse capital market conditions with the result that our existing shareholders, as well as persons who acquire our common stock, may incur significant and immediate dilution should we raise capital from the sale of our common or preferred stock. Similarly, we may need to meet our external capital needs from the sale of secured or unsecured debt instruments at interest rates and with such other debt covenants and conditions as the market then requires. However, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to raise external capital on terms that are reasonable in light of current market conditions. In the event that we are not able to do so, those who acquire our common stock may face significant and immediate dilution and other adverse consequences. Further, debt covenants contained in debt instruments that we issue may limit our financial and operating flexibility with consequent adverse impact on our common stock market price.

 

On June 30, 2026, we completed a private placement with non-affiliate accredited investors and raised approximately $1.935 million through the issuance of 645,047 shares of common stock at $3.00 per share. While this transaction provided us with additional capital from third-party investors, the amount raised was relatively modest compared to our overall funding requirements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital from non-affiliate sources on acceptable terms, or in amounts sufficient to meet our needs, in the future. 

 

We have substantial debt which could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations and prevent us from meeting our obligations under outstanding indebtedness.

 

As of March 31, 2026, our total indebtedness was approximately $133.8 million, including a mortgage loan of approximately $77.6 million and notes payable of approximately $39.8 million.

 

This substantial debt could have important consequences, including the following: (i) a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for operations, future business opportunities and capital expenditures; (ii) our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, debt service requirements and general corporate purposes in the future may be limited; (iii) we may face a competitive disadvantage to lesser leveraged competitors; (iv) our debt service requirements could make it more difficult to satisfy other financial obligations; and (v) we may be vulnerable in a downturn in general economic conditions or in our business and we may be unable to carry out activities that are important to our growth.

 

As of March 31, 2026, our total indebtedness was approximately $133.8 million, and our interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 was approximately $2.7 million. We plan to use additional external capital as market conditions may allow, in addition to cash flow from operations (which may not always be sufficient and refinancing strategy is designed to systematically reduce this liability), improving financial stability and reducing cash flow pressure. By prioritizing the most expensive debt obligations, we anticipate achieving a stronger financial position, leading to sustained profitability within three years.

 

However, our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, or to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness depends on and is subject to our financial and operating performance, which in turn is affected by general and regional economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors beyond management’s control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs, we will need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, which could impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of indebtedness, if available at all, could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants that could further restrict our business operations. Despite our significant amount of indebtedness, we may need to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial debt. 

 

Because we have a limited operating history, you may not be able to accurately evaluate our operations.

 

We have had limited operations to date. On September 2, 2020, we changed our name from Favo Realty, Inc. to Favo Capital, Inc., which is the point at which our business changed from a real estate investment company, to a private credit company providing alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) across the United States, through revenue-based funding solutions. We have recently acquired 1818 Park and are now engage in real estate operations. We have since changed our name to Stewards, Inc. Therefore, we have a limited operating history upon which to evaluate the merits of investing in our company. Potential investors should be aware of the difficulties normally encountered by new companies and the high rate of failure of such enterprises. The likelihood of success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays encountered in connection with the operations that we plan to undertake. These potential problems include, but are not limited to, unanticipated problems relating to the ability to generate sufficient cash flow to operate our business and additional costs and expenses that may exceed current estimates. We expect to continue to incur significant losses into the foreseeable future. We recognize that if the effectiveness of our business plan is not forthcoming, we will not be able to continue business operations. There is no history upon which to base any assumption as to the likelihood that we will prove successful, and it is doubtful that we will generate any operating revenues or ever achieve profitable operations. If we are unsuccessful in addressing these risks, our business will most likely fail.

 

 45 
Table of Contents 

 

As a growing company, we have incurred significant net losses and may not achieve profitability in the near future, if at all.

 

We have generated revenue of $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, but we have not yet achieved profitability and may not achieve profitability in the near future, if at all. Further, many of our competitors have a significantly larger industry presence and revenue stream and may have already achieved profitability. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon raising capital from financing transactions, increasing revenue and keeping operating expenses below our revenue levels in order to achieve positive cash flows, none of which can be assured.

 

We depend on affiliate financing to fund operations, and alternative sources of capital may not be available on acceptable terms.

 

We rely heavily on financing from affiliates, including the purchase of Series A Preferred Stock at $0.25 per share and debt financing from Stewards International Funds PCC of up to $100 million with associated warrants exercisable at $0.76 per share — prices that are significantly below the current market price of our common stock. Our ability to continue operations is dependent on continued support from these affiliates. There can be no assurance that such affiliate financing will continue to be available on the same terms, or at all. If affiliate financing becomes unavailable or is provided on less favorable terms, our liquidity and ability to fund operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

On June 30, 2026, we completed a private placement offering with non-affiliate accredited investors and raised approximately $1.935 million through the issuance of 645,047 shares of our common stock at $3.00 per share. While this provided us with additional capital from third-party investors, the amount raised was relatively modest compared to our overall funding requirements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital from non-affiliate sources on acceptable terms, or in amounts sufficient to meet our needs, in the future.

 

Continued reliance on affiliate financing carries inherent risks of potential conflicts of interest and claims of self-dealing. Any such claims or proceedings, even if ultimately without merit, could result in significant legal costs, management distraction, adverse publicity, and a negative impact on our stock price.

 

Risks Related to Our Private Credit Business and Industry

 

Our growth may not be sustainable and depends on our ability to attract new customers, retain revenue from existing customers and increase sales to both new and existing customers.

 

We operate a direct and syndication funding platform to serve small and medium-sized businesses (“SMBs”) in need of liquidity to fulfill their financial responsibilities. Through our direct sales, marketing, underwriting and operational platform and with our syndication partners, we provide funding solutions for customers. We originate and provide financing to businesses primarily through a merchant cash advance (“MCA”) product offering. Under an MCA, businesses receive funds in exchange for a portion of the business’s future receipts at an agreed upon discount and repayment term. The majority of our portfolio will be invested in the MCA business.

 

We currently maintain relationships with six syndication partners, three core partners and three secondary partners, all of whom operate in the Merchant Cash Advance (MCA) industry and provide revenue-based financing solutions. Pursuant to Master Participation Agreements and related agreements, we participate in approved transactions with these partners at levels generally ranging from 10% to 95% of the deal value. To manage concentration risk, we do not participate in any syndication arrangement where our exposure exceeds 40% of a partner’s total portfolio. All syndication partners are provided with investment guidelines aligned with our internal underwriting standards, and they are required to adhere to those criteria to ensure consistency and risk alignment across all investments.

 

We focus on serving small and medium-sized businesses, many of which are in the entrepreneurial or early growth stage of development. These SMBs often lack long credit histories and are more susceptible than larger enterprises to macroeconomic pressures such as inflation, consumer spending shifts, and interest rate increases. As a result, they may have greater turnover or financing needs. Approximately 30–40% of our direct portfolio customers return for multiple rounds of funding.

 

Our underwriting framework, described above, is designed to address this heightened risk profile by incorporating a wide range of alternative data points beyond traditional credit bureau scores. For example, we may analyze merchant bank statement performance, cash flow patterns, digital footprint, landlord payment history, and government filings, in addition to credit bureau data. By relying on real-time business data and technology-enabled verification, we can better assess the true repayment capacity of SMBs whose financial stability may not otherwise be captured by conventional credit scoring methods.

 

This approach provides us with visibility into businesses that traditional lenders often overlook, while balancing risk and enabling us to meet the financing needs of entrepreneurial SMBs.

 

 46 
Table of Contents 

 

We may also fail to attract new customers, retain revenue from existing customers or increase sales to both new and existing customers as a result of a number of other factors, including:

 

§   reductions in our current or potential customers’ spending levels;

§   a decrease in SMB spending, including due to a deteriorating macroeconomic environment;

§   competitive factors affecting the markets for our financial products, including the introduction or innovation of competing financial products and other strategies that may be implemented by our competitors;

§   global political, economic, social and environmental risks that may impact our operations or our customers’ operations and/or decrease consumer spending, including pandemics and other global health crises, natural disasters, acts or threats of war or terrorism and other general security concerns such as the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the Israel-Hamas war;

§   our ability to execute on our financial solutions roadmap, growth strategy and operating plans;

§   our ability to successfully sell and transition new and existing customers to our financial solutions;

§   our ability to meet the demands and requirements of larger customers;

§   a decline in the market share of SMBs relative to large enterprises;

§   a decline in our SMBs’ level of satisfaction with our financial solutions;

§   changes in our relationships with third parties, including syndicate brokers, underwriters, brokers, real estate professionals and others;

§   the timeliness and success of new financial solutions and services we may offer in the future;

§   customer perceptions of business in the context of our growth and in the context of acquisitions we complete;

§   our brand recognition;

§   concerns relating to actual or perceived privacy or security breaches;

§   the frequency and severity of any system outages;

§   terminations of relationships with certain customers or partners for unacceptable business practices, contract breaches or because required by law;

§   technological changes or problems; and

§   our focus on long-term value over short-term results, meaning that we may make strategic decisions that may not maximize our short-term revenue or profitability if we believe that the decisions are consistent with our mission and will improve our financial performance over the long-term.

 

Due to these factors and the continued evolution of our business, our historical revenue growth rate and operating margin may not be indicative of future performance.

 

We are subject to risks relating to the availability of capital to fund SMB customers, the ability of our customers to generate sales to remit receipts, general macroeconomic conditions, legal and regulatory risks and the risk of fraud.

 

We offer MCAs and other financial solutions for SMBs. This program provides cash advances to eligible small businesses and is designed to help them with overall business growth and cash management. Such merchant cash advance programs are subject to risks. For Direct Fundings, we handle the underwriting process, contract with the merchant directly and fund from our own resources. For Syndicated Fundings, however, we are dependent on our syndication partners to operationalize merchant cash advances. Further, if we cannot source capital to fund the advances for our customers, we might have to reduce the availability of this service, or cease offering it altogether.

 

A decline in macroeconomic conditions could lead to a decrease in the number of our customers eligible for an advance, and/or increase the risk of fraud or non-payment. If more of our customers cease operations, experience a decline in sales, or engage in fraudulent behavior, including subverting our underwriting processes, it would make it more difficult for us to obtain the receipts we have purchased via merchant cash advances or to obtain repayment of merchant cash advances we have made. In addition, if we fail to correctly predict the likelihood of timely repayment of merchant cash advances, our business may be materially and adversely affected. Merchant cash advances are generally unsecured obligations, and they are not guaranteed or insured in any way.

 

 47 
Table of Contents 

 

Loss rates on merchant cash advances may increase due to factors such as prevailing interest rates, the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer and business confidence, commercial real estate values, the value of the U.S. dollar, energy prices, changes in consumer and business spending, the number of personal bankruptcies, disruptions in the credit markets and other factors. While we believe that our underwriting process is designed to establish that our customers will be a reasonable credit risk, our merchant cash advances to SMBs may nevertheless be expected to have a higher default rate than advances made to customers with more established operating and financial histories.

 

We intend to continue to explore other financial solutions, models, structures and markets to advance cash or capital to our merchants. Some of those models, structures or markets may require, or be deemed to require, additional procedures, partnerships, licenses, regulatory approvals or capabilities. Should we fail to expand and evolve in this manner, or should these new products, models, structures, markets or new regulations or interpretations of existing regulations impose requirements on us that are impractical or that we cannot satisfy, the future growth and success of our merchant cash advance program may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Merchant cash advance businesses have historically been, and may in the future remain, more likely to be affected or more severely affected than large enterprises by adverse economic conditions.

 

Our Direct Funding portfolio has SMBs across multiple segments and industry types, but most of our merchants fall into the services, construction, and retail industries. These include restaurants, construction and development projects, physical fitness facilities, accounting and bookkeeping practices, home furnishings and equipment stores, and automotive repair shops, among others.

 

The composition of our Syndicated Funding portfolio closely aligns with that of our direct investments, both of which are strategically shaped by evolving market dynamics. Key determinants include macroeconomic conditions, the influence of domestic and international government policy decisions, and the relative advantages of specific U.S. geographic regions. Regulatory and policy environments, whether supportive or restrictive, impact sector performance and are carefully considered in our portfolio construction and allocation strategy.

 

Given that our debtor mix involves merchants with a lack of resources compared with larger more established companies, these conditions may result in a decline in the demand for merchant cash advance businesses by potential customers, higher default rates by future customers, or slower rates of receiving cash advance income from third-party debtors. If any merchant cash advance businesses’ future receipts are lower than the Company projected, collection of the merchant cash advance businesses’ income will take longer than projected, which could result in a loss of income to the Company.

 

We will also bear a loss of income if the customer fails to generate future business sufficiently to deliver the total amount of cash advance income the merchant cash advance businesses expect. If a customer defaults on a cash advance, the cash advance enters a collections process where systems and collections teams initiate contact with the customer for payments owed. If a cash advance contract is subsequently charged off, the merchant cash advance business could sell the contract to a third-party collection agency and receive only a small fraction of the remaining amount payable to that merchant cash advance business in exchange for the sale. There can be no assurance that economic conditions, demand for cash advances, or default rates by customers will remain favorable for the merchant cash advance businesses, which will ultimately affect our business.

 

Reduced demand for cash advances would negatively impact merchant cash advance businesses growth and revenue, while increased default rates by cash advance customers may inhibit merchant cash advance businesses’ access to capital and negatively impact profitability. Furthermore, if an insufficient number of qualified small businesses apply for the cash advances, merchant cash advance businesses and the Company’s growth and revenue could decline.

 

 48 
Table of Contents 

 

If merchants provide information to us that is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a merchant’s qualification to receive a cash advance and as a result, their operating results as well as ours may be harmed.

 

Our decisions to fund are based partly on information provided by applicant merchants. To the extent that these applicants provide information in a manner that we are unable to verify, we may not be able to accurately determine the associated risk. Inaccurate analysis of credit data that could result from false cash advance application information could harm our reputation, business and operating results. This would have a knock-on effect on our own ability to conduct business operations.

 

While we intend to use identity and fraud checks analyzing data provided by external databases to authenticate each merchant’s identity, there is a risk that these checks could fail, and fraud may occur. We may not be able to recoup funds underlying cash advances made in connection with inaccurate statements, omissions of fact or fraud, in which case our revenue, operating results and profitability will be harmed. Fraudulent activity or significant increases in fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negatively impacting operating results, brand and reputation, and require us to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs. This may, in turn, put our company at greater risk to recoup.

 

An increase in customer defaults rates may reduce overall profitability.

 

Customer default rates may be significantly affected by economic downturns or general economic conditions beyond our control and beyond the control of individual customers. In particular, loss rates on cash advances may increase due to general economic and business factors such as prevailing interest and rates, the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer and business confidence, commercial real estate values, the value of the U.S. dollar, energy prices, changes in consumer and business spending, the number of personal bankruptcies, disruptions in the credit markets and other factors. If customer default rates increase beyond forecast levels, this will harm merchant cash advance businesses reputation, operating results, and profitability, which will ultimately affect the Company’s own business operations and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

 

Provision for credit losses is determined based upon both objective and subjective factors and may not be adequate to absorb losses. Merchants may fail to deliver cash advanced income in full.

 

We maintain a reserve for such losses by establishing a provision for credit losses, the increase of which results in a charge to its earnings as a provision for credit losses. We have established an evaluation process designed to determine the adequacy of those allowances for losses. While this evaluation process will use historical and other objective information, the forecasts and establishment of losses are also dependent on our subjective assessment based upon our experience and judgment. Actual losses are difficult to forecast, especially if such losses stem from factors beyond historical experience. As a result, there can be no assurance that our provision for credit losses will be comparable to that of traditional banks subject to regulatory oversight or sufficient to absorb losses or prevent a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Investors have risks from inflation and from deflation

 

As a result of inflation, there has been a history of increasing taxes, energy and labor costs, and other operating and capital expenses. If the revenues generated by operations are not sufficient to pay fixed obligations, we may attempt to increase rates on cash advance income in addition to attempting to reduce operating expenses. However, competition may preclude such increases. On the other hand, deflation is likely to cause rates to decrease faster than expenses decrease. Inflation or deflation could have a material adverse effect on merchant cash advance businesses and our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

 49 
Table of Contents 

 

Merchant cash advance businesses may be unable to collect cash advance income on the cash advances made to customers.

 

Merchant cash advance (“MCA”) businesses, such as Stewards, provide revenue-based financing to small and medium-sized businesses (“SMBs”) by purchasing a portion of their future receipts at a discount. Our debtors are primarily SMBs in industries such as restaurants, construction, physical fitness and accounting services, which use cash advances to manage working capital, purchase inventory, fund marketing, or address short-term liquidity needs.

 

As an MCA provider, we advance funds to these SMBs in exchange for an agreed-upon percentage of their daily receipts until the purchased receipts have been fully remitted. Payments are typically collected through daily Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) debits or, in some cases, through credit card split processing. Because MCA businesses are not banks, we do not have direct access to the ACH network and instead rely on third-party FDIC-insured depository institutions and payment processors to disburse funds to merchants and collect scheduled payments on our behalf.

 

Although we build redundancies by working with multiple banks and service our ability to collect receipts could be impaired if these institutions or processors cease providing services, experience operational disruptions, or terminate their agreements with us. While we would seek to transition to alternative providers, there can be no assurance that such transition would be seamless. Any inability to collect receipts on a timely basis could materially impact our revenue, cash flows, and operating results.

 

Our role within the MCA process is to (i) originate and underwrite advances directly, (ii) service and collect on those advances through our processing partners, and (iii) in the case of Direct Fundings where we have participants, manage collections on behalf of ourselves and our participants. These participants are typically accredited investors, family offices, investment funds, high-net-worth individuals, and other capital partners that acquire an economic participation interest in a portion of a funded transaction pursuant to a Master Participation Agreement. Such participants generally do not have a direct contractual relationship with the merchant and rely on the Company to service and administer the transaction. As such, disruptions in our ability to collect MCA receipts directly affect both our own portfolio and our servicing obligations to any participants. 

 

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all.

 

Our future growth, profitability and cash flows depend upon our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy, which, in turn, is dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

•build on our success in financial solutions, such as our merchant cash advance (or similar) offerings;
•accelerate expansion by introducing new financial solutions to our product portfolio;
•continue to establish a footing in the real estate markets; and
•selectively pursue and integrate strategic and value-enhancing acquisitions.

 

There can be no assurance that we can successfully achieve any or all of the above initiatives in the manner or time period that we expect. Further, achieving these objectives will require investments which may result in short-term costs without generating any current revenue and therefore may be dilutive to our earnings. We cannot provide any assurance that we will realize, in full or in part, the anticipated benefits we expect our strategy will achieve. The failure to realize those benefits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Future regulation of the merchant cash advance industry could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

Although the merchant cash advance industry is not currently subject to pervasive federal or state regulation specifically targeted at MCAs, there has been a clear and continuing trend of increased legislative and regulatory scrutiny at both the federal and state levels. Several states, including California and New York, have enacted commercial financing disclosure laws that impose detailed pre-contract disclosure requirements (including estimated APR or other cost-of-credit metrics) on MCAs and other non-bank financing products. Additional states continue to consider similar or more restrictive legislation, and courts in certain jurisdictions continue to scrutinize whether specific MCA agreements may be recharacterized as disguised loans subject to usury or lending laws.

 

 50 
Table of Contents 

 

At the federal level, the FTC actively enforces prohibitions against unfair or deceptive acts or practices in the industry, and other agencies, including the CFPB, continue to monitor non-bank small business financing. While the CFPB’s May 1, 2026 final rule under Section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Act explicitly excluded MCAs from small business lending data collection requirements, future regulatory actions, enforcement priorities, or legislative proposals could impose new licensing, registration, capital, disclosure, or underwriting obligations on MCA providers.

 

We cannot predict whether additional regulations will be adopted at the federal or state level, or how existing laws and regulations will be interpreted or applied to our business in the future. Any new laws, regulations, or changes in the application or interpretation of existing laws could:

 

§    impose licensing, registration, or compliance requirements that significantly increase our operating costs;

§    restrict our marketing, underwriting, servicing, or collection practices;

§    limit our ability to originate new MCAs or enforce existing contracts;

§    subject us to heightened scrutiny regarding disclosures, fees, or repayment terms; or

§    require us to modify our business practices in ways that reduce profitability.

 

A material failure to comply with any such laws or regulations could result in regulatory actions, investigations, lawsuits, monetary penalties, damages, restitution orders, or other sanctions. Even the threat or commencement of regulatory or legal proceedings could cause reputational harm, divert significant management attention and resources, and increase our legal and compliance costs. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and ability to continue as a going concern. See “Governmental Regulations” for additional information regarding the current regulatory environment.

 

Determination by a legislative or judicial body that a cash advance is a loan, rather than a purchase of future receipts, will adversely affect the merchant cash advance business and Company's business.

 

Currently, the merchant cash advance business structures its cash advances a purchase of future receipts, rather than loans. This allows merchant cash advance businesses to avoid applying for and complying with a commercial lending license. Additionally, state usury laws are often, if not always, inapplicable. However, if a legislative or judicial body determines that the merchant cash advances are loans or should be treated as loans, the merchant cash advance business could be found to be in violation of state and federal lending regulations. A material failure to comply with any such laws or regulations could result in regulatory actions, lawsuits, and damage to the merchant cash advance business reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on its business and financial condition.

 

A proceeding relating to one or more allegations or findings of the merchant cash advance business violation of such laws could result in modifications in its methods of doing business or could impair its ability to collect cash advance income or could result in the requirement that merchant cash advance businesses pay damages and/or cancel the balance of cash advance income associated with such violation. The Company cannot assure you that such claims will not be asserted against merchant cash advance businesses in the future.

 

 51 
Table of Contents 

 

Many of our alternative financing solutions involve borrowers about which little, if any, information is publicly available, which may impair our ability to identify borrowers able to repay our advances and adversely affect the price of our publicly traded securities.

 

In pursuing our business, we often interact with privately held companies about which very little public information exists. As a result, we are frequently required to make financing decisions based on limited data, much of which is obtained directly from the merchant. To mitigate these risks, we use a combination of traditional credit bureau data, alternative data sources, and automated and AI-driven tools from third-party providers to verify bank statements, analyze cash flow, and detect potential fraud or anomalies.

 

Notwithstanding these processes, there are limitations. Automated and AI-driven underwriting tools may yield inaccurate or incomplete outputs, may be subject to manipulation, or may fail to detect fraudulent activity. Additionally, we depend on the accuracy and availability of third-party vendors and data sources. Disruptions, errors, or service terminations could materially impair our ability to underwrite effectively.

 

If we make advances to merchants that are less solvent or profitable than expected, if our AI or automation tools malfunction or are circumvented, or if third-party providers supply inaccurate or incomplete data, our loss rates may increase and our results of operations could be adversely affected, which in turn could negatively impact the trading price of our securities.

 

Failure to continue to innovate and respond to evolving technological changes may reduce demand for cash advances.

 

The cash advance industry is characterized by rapidly evolving technology and frequent product introductions. Merchant cash advance businesses rely on technology to make its platform available to customers, determine the creditworthiness of cash advance applicants, and service the cash advances it makes to customers. In addition, merchant cash advance businesses may increasingly rely on technological innovation as it introduces new products, expands its current products into new markets, and continues to streamline the cash advance process. The process of developing new technologies and products is complex and if merchant cash advance businesses are unable to successfully innovate and deliver a superior customer experience, customers' demand for the merchant cash advances may decrease and the merchant cash advance business and ultimately our growth and operations may be harmed.

 

Due diligence in merchant cash advance transactions is not as stringent as that of traditional loans, which presents a greater risk of fraud and inaccurate valuations.

 

The required information to be provided by a merchant for a merchant cash advance is less stringent and differs from that provided for traditional capital advances and loans from institutional lenders, giving rise to numerous risks. These risks include, but are not limited to, a funder receiving fraudulent or inaccurate financial data from a merchant, entering into a transaction with a merchant who has historical and/or current credit related issues, and facing market shifts which may outdate the market research a funder uses to create its approval methodology. Although the Uniform Commercial Code governs merchant cash advance transactions as commercial transactions and provides for certain legal protections, the lack of collateral required in merchant cash advance transactions presents a risk of total and unrecoverable loss. 

 

Our growth strategy involves building on our success in financial solutions, which may present risks and challenges that we have not yet experienced.

 

Our financial solutions, such as our merchant cash advance (or similar) offerings, continue to become an increasingly important part of our business. Our strategy has and will continue to require significant investment in cross-functional operations and management focus, along with investment in supporting technologies and people. The availability of our financial solutions requires us to comply with different and evolving laws governing financial services, as well as the collection, storage and use of information and data, including personal data. We may incur additional costs and operational challenges in complying with these laws, and differences in these laws may cause us to operate our businesses differently in different territories. If so, we may incur additional costs and may not fully realize the investment in our expansion.

 

 52 
Table of Contents 

 

Development of new financial solutions incorporating technology is a complex process and subject to numerous uncertainties. Our success in developing such solutions will depend in part on our ability to develop them in a manner that keeps pace with continuing changes in technology, evolving industry standards, new financial solution and product introductions by competitors, changing client preferences and requirements and the interoperability of such solutions with our platform, including the platforms of companies we acquire, and third-party developed portions thereof.

 

In addition, we face competition from established financial solutions providers offering existing and proven financial solutions. These financial solutions providers and their financial product offerings benefit from a long history of market acceptance and familiarity as compared to our financial solutions. Potential customers for our financial solutions may be reluctant to adopt our solutions over existing solutions for a variety of reasons, such as transition costs, business disruption, or loss of functionality to which they are accustomed. Customers may also consider our solutions as inferior to similar solutions offered by our competitors. Finally, the marketability of our financial solutions we offer could be significantly affected by changes in economic or market conditions or by the adoption of new technologies and solutions. There can be no assurance that our customers will adopt our financial solutions over other competing solutions.

 

If we are unable to provide a convenient and consistent experience for our customers, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, if the solutions we offer do not appeal to our customers, reliably function as designed, or maintain the privacy and security of customer data, we may experience a loss of customer confidence or lost revenue, which could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

 

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

We face competition in various aspects of our business, and we expect such competition to intensify in the future as existing and new competitors introduce new financial solutions or enhance existing solutions. We compete against companies and financial institutions across the retail banking, financial services, consumer technology and financial technology services industries, as well as other nonbank lenders serving credit-challenged consumers, including online marketplace lenders, check cashers, point-of-sale lenders and payday lenders. We may compete with others in the market who may in the future provide offerings similar to ours, particularly companies who may provide money management, lending and other services. 

 

We have competitors with longer operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition, greater experience and more extensive commercial relationships in certain jurisdictions, and greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. Our potential new or existing competitors may be able to develop financial products and services better received by customers or may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, regulations or customer requirements. In addition, some of our larger competitors may be able to leverage a larger installed customer base and distribution network to adopt more aggressive pricing policies or terms of service and offer more attractive sales terms or customer promotions, which could cause us to lose potential sales or to sell our financial solutions at lower prices. In addition, there are a number of companies that are not currently direct competitors but that could in the future shift their focus on our industries and offer competing products and services. There is also a risk that certain of our current customers and business partners could terminate their relationships with us and use the insights they have gained from partnering with us to introduce their own competing financial products and services. As our business evolves, the competitive pressure to innovate will encompass a wider range of financial products and services. There can be no assurance that our efforts to require new and existing customers to adopt our financial solutions will be successful and we may lose certain customers, and our operating results may be adversely affected if we are not successful in our efforts.

 

 53 
Table of Contents 

 

The impact of worldwide economic conditions such as inflation and changes in interest rates, including the resulting effect on the operations of and spending by SMBs and on consumer spending, may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our performance is subject to worldwide economic conditions and global events, including political, economic, social and environmental risks that may impact our operations or our customers’ operations. Such conditions and events may adversely affect consumer confidence, consumer spending, consumer discretionary income or changes in consumer purchasing habits. Deterioration in general economic conditions, including any rise in unemployment rates, inflation and increases in interest rates, have adversely affected in the past and may in the future adversely affect consumer spending, consumer debt levels and payment card usage, and as a result, have adversely affected in the past and may in the future adversely affect our financial performance by reducing the number of transactions or average purchase amount of transactions processed using our financial solutions. Many of the customers that use our financial solutions are SMBs and many are also in the entrepreneurial stage of their development. SMBs may be disproportionately affected by the aforementioned economic conditions or economic downturns, especially if they sell discretionary goods. SMBs may also be disproportionately affected by other economic conditions, including labor shortages and global supply chain issues. SMBs frequently have limited budgets and may choose to allocate their spending to items other than our platform, especially in times of economic uncertainty or recessions. Economic and geopolitical uncertainties, including the Israel-Hamas war and Russia's invasion of Ukraine may further amplify such risks.

 

Weakening economic conditions may also adversely affect third parties, including suppliers and partners, with whom we have entered into relationships and upon whom we depend in order to operate and grow our business. Uncertain and adverse economic conditions may also lead to increased write-offs of our receivables, and refunds and chargebacks or potential losses to our merchant cash advance program, any of which could adversely affect our business.

 

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively and efficiently.

 

The growth we have experienced in our business places significant demands on our operational infrastructure. The scalability and flexibility of our financial solutions depends on the functionality of our technology and network infrastructure and its ability to handle increased demand. Any problems with the transmission of increased data and requests could result in harm to our brand or reputation. Moreover, as our business grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our operational infrastructure and continuing to enhance its scalability in order to maintain the performance of financial offerings.

 

To support our growth, we expect to make sales and marketing expenditures to increase sales of our financial products and increase awareness of our brand. A significant portion of our investments in our sales and marketing and research and development activities will precede the benefits from such investments, and we cannot be sure that we will receive an adequate return on our investments.

 

Our growth has placed, and will likely continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. We intend to further expand our overall business with no assurance that our revenues will continue to grow. As we grow, we will be required to continue to improve our operational and financial controls and reporting procedures, and we may not be able to do so effectively. Furthermore, some members of our management do not have significant experience managing a large business operation, so our management may not be able to manage such growth effectively. In managing our growing operations, we are also subject to the risks of over-hiring and/or overcompensating our employees and over-expanding our operating infrastructure. As a result, we may be unable to manage our expenses effectively in the future, which may negatively impact our gross profit or operating expenses.

 

 54 
Table of Contents 

 

As a result of our growth, some of our employees have been with us for a short period of time, and many have joined in a remote work environment. As we continue to grow, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate employees. We may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture, which could limit our ability to innovate and operate effectively. Any failure to preserve our culture could also negatively affect our ability to recruit and retain personnel, to continue to perform at current levels or to execute on our business strategy effectively and efficiently.

 

Our brand is integral to our success. If we fail to effectively maintain, promote and enhance our brand, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

 

We believe that maintaining, promoting and enhancing brands is critical to expanding our business. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to provide high-quality, well-designed, useful, reliable and innovative financial solutions, which we may not do successfully.

 

Errors, defects, data breaches, disruptions, outages or other performance problems with our technology or related services, including with third-party applications, may harm our reputation and brand. We may introduce new financial solutions or terms of service that SMBs do not like, which may negatively affect our brand. Additionally, if our customers have a negative experience using our financial solutions, such an experience may affect our brand, especially as we try and gain market acceptance.

 

Any unfavorable media coverage or negative publicity about our industry or our company, including, for example, publicity relating to our financial products, our privacy and security practices, our product changes, our financial reporting, pending or threatened litigation, regulatory activity, or the actions of our partners or our customers, could seriously harm our reputation, even if inaccurate or misleading. Such negative publicity could also adversely affect the size, demographics, engagement, and loyalty of our customers and result in decreased revenue, which could seriously harm our business.

 

We believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. In addition to our ability to provide reliable and useful solutions at competitive prices, successful promotion of our brand will depend on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts. The success of our brand promotion efforts is partly dependent on our visibility on third-party advertising platforms and changes in the way these platforms operate or changes in their terms or data use practices could make marketing and promotion of our platform and brand more expensive and difficult. Our efforts to market our brand have involved significant expenses. Our marketing spend may not yield increased revenue, and even if it does, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand.

 

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

 

We anticipate that the growth of our business will continue to depend on third-party relationships, including strategic partnerships and relationships with our service providers and suppliers, including syndicate brokers, underwriters, brokers, real estate professionals and other partners. In addition to growing our third-party partner ecosystem, we have entered into agreements with, and intend to pursue additional relationships with, other third parties, such as technology and content providers. Some of the third parties that sell our services have direct contractual relationships with our customers, and in these circumstances, we risk the loss of such customers if those third parties fail to perform their contractual obligations, including in the event of any such third party’s business failure. These third-party providers may choose to terminate their relationship with us or to make material changes to their businesses, products or services in a manner that is adverse to us.

 

 55 
Table of Contents 

 

Security breaches, denial of service attacks, or other hacking and phishing attacks on our systems or other security breaches, including internal security failures, could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability, and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

We operate in an industry that is prone to cyberattacks. Failure to prevent or mitigate security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of our data, customer data, or the data of their consumers, could result in the loss or misuse of such data, which could harm our business and reputation. The security measures we have integrated into our internal networks and platforms are designed to prevent or minimize security breaches but may not function as expected or may not be sufficient to protect our internal networks and platforms against certain attacks. In addition, incidents can originate on our partners' websites or systems, which can then be leveraged to access our website or systems, further preventing our ability to successfully identify and mitigate an attack. Threat actors are rapidly evolving the techniques used to sabotage or to obtain unauthorized access to networks in which data is stored or through which data is transmitted. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures to prevent an electronic intrusion into our networks. While we have established cyberattack remediation plans to guide us in triaging and responding to such attacks, there can be no assurance that the measures set forth under such plan will be adequate in all circumstances nor that they will be effective in mitigating, or allowing us to recover from, the effects of such attacks. While we do not yet have insurance coverage and while we plan to obtain coverage in the near future, any coverage we acquire may be insufficient to compensate us for all liabilities that we may incur.

 

Our customers’ storage and use of data to operate their businesses and deliver services to their consumers is essential to their use of our platform, which stores, transmits and processes our customers’ proprietary information and personal information relating to them, their employees and their consumers. If a security breach were to occur, as a result of third-party action, employee error, breakdown of our internal security processes and procedures, malfeasance or otherwise, and the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our customers’ data were disrupted, we could incur significant liability to our customers, to partners and to individuals whose information was being stored by our customers, and our platform may be perceived as less desirable, which could negatively affect our business and damage our reputation.

 

Our platform and third-party applications available on, or that interface with, our platform have been and, in the future, may be subject to distributed denial of service attacks (“DDoS”), a technique used by hackers to take an internet service offline by overloading its services. Since techniques used to deliver DDoS attacks are evolving, we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures or stop DDoS attacks or security breaches while they are occurring. We cannot guarantee that applicable recovery systems, security protocols, network protection mechanisms and other procedures are or will be adequate to prevent network and service interruption, system failure or data loss. In addition, computer malware, viruses, ransomware, extortion, and hacking and phishing attacks or social engineering incidents by third parties are prevalent in our industry. We have experienced such attacks and security incidents in the past and may experience them in the future. For example, in Fiscal 2024 we were the target of frequent phishing and distributed DDoS attempts. Any actual or perceived DDoS attack or security breach could damage our reputation and brand, expose us to a risk of litigation and possible liability and require us to expend significant capital and other resources to respond to and/or alleviate problems caused by the DDoS attack or security breach. 

 

Moreover, our platform and third-party applications available on, or that interface with, our platform could be breached if vulnerabilities in our platform or third-party applications are exploited by unauthorized third parties or due to employee error, breakdown of our internal security processes and procedures, malfeasance, or otherwise. If these third parties fail to adhere to adequate data security practices, or in the event of a breach of their networks, our own and our customers' data may be improperly accessed, used or disclosed. Further, threat actors may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as usernames, passwords or other information or otherwise compromise the security of our internal networks, electronic systems and/or physical facilities in order to gain access to our data or our customers’ data. As a result of our increased visibility, the size of our customer base, and the increasing amount of confidential information we process, we believe that we are increasingly a target for such breaches and attacks. This threat may intensify in the event of retaliatory cyberattacks stemming from geopolitical events such as Russia's invasion of Ukraine. In addition to our own platform and applications, some of the third parties we work with may receive information provided by us, by our customers, or by our customers’ consumers through web or mobile applications. If these third parties fail to adhere to adequate data security practices, or in the event of a breach of their networks, our own and our customers’ data may be improperly accessed, used or disclosed.

 

 56 
Table of Contents 

 

Some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals and authorities of data security breaches involving certain types of personal or other data and our agreements with certain customers and partners require us to notify them in the event of a security incident. Similarly, if our suppliers experience data breaches and do not notify us or honor their notification obligations to authorities or users, we could be held liable for the breach. We may not be in a position to assess whether a data breach at one of our suppliers would trigger an obligation or liability on our part. Such mandatory disclosures are costly, could lead to negative publicity, and may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Moreover, if a high-profile security breach occurs with respect to another SaaS provider, customers may lose trust in the security of the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain revenue from existing customers or attract new ones. Similarly, if a high-profile security breach occurs with respect to a retailer or eCommerce platform, customers may lose trust in eCommerce more generally, which could adversely impact our customers’ businesses. Any of these events could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability, and materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

System failures, interruptions, delays in service, catastrophic events, inadequate infrastructure and resulting interruptions in the availability or functionality of our platform could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

Our brand, reputation and ability to attract, retain and serve our customers are also dependent upon the reliable performance of our platform, including our underlying technical infrastructure. Our platform is mission critical for our customers who rely on it to manage their businesses, and the data collected in connection therewith, including transaction records, information about inventory and customers and other important business information and data. Our systems, those of our third- service providers may experience service interruptions, human error, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks and other geopolitical unrest, cyberattacks or disruptions, computer viruses, ransomware, malware or other events. Our systems are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, and acts of vandalism.

 

Interruptions or other issues in the proper functioning of or upgrades to our information technology systems could cause disruption to our operations.

 

Our information technology systems require periodic modifications, upgrades, and replacement that subject us to costs and risks, including potential disruption to our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and operating expenses, retention of sufficiently skilled personnel or outside firms to implement and operate existing or new systems, diversion of management’s attention from other aspects of our business, and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transitioning to new or modified information technology systems or of integrating new or modified information technology systems into our current technical infrastructure.

 

We are continually improving and upgrading our information technology systems, including systems of the companies we have acquired, which acquired systems we have integrated to varying degrees. Implementation of new information technology systems is complex, expensive, and time-consuming. If we fail to timely and successfully implement new information technology systems, or improvements or upgrades to existing or integrated information technology systems, or if such information technology systems do not operate as intended, this could have an adverse impact on our business, internal controls (including internal controls over financial reporting), results of operations and financial condition.

 

We heavily rely on our information technology systems to manage our various business operations and regulatory compliance. Our technical infrastructure has in the past and may in the future be subject to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, fraud, computer viruses, cybersecurity breaches, vandalism, severe weather conditions, catastrophic events, military or political conflicts, terrorism, and human error. If our information technology systems are damaged, fail to function properly, or otherwise become compromised or unavailable, we may incur substantial costs to repair or replace them, and we may experience loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

 57 
Table of Contents 

 

We store personal and other information of our partners, our customers and their consumers and our employees. If the security of this information is compromised or is otherwise accessed without authorization or is perceived to be compromised or accessed without authorization, our reputation may be harmed, and we may be exposed to liability and loss of business.

 

We store personal information and other confidential information of our partners and our customers and may also store credit card information of our customers. We also collect and maintain personal information of our employees. We do not regularly monitor or review the content that our customers upload and store, or the information provided to us through the applications integrated with our platform, and, therefore, we do not control the substance of the content hosted within our platform, which may include personal information. Additionally, we use third-party service providers and sub processors to help us deliver services to customers and their consumers. These service providers and sub processors may store personal information, credit card information and/or other confidential information.

 

We have in the past experienced and may in the future experience successful attempts by third parties to obtain unauthorized access to the personal information of our partners, our customers and our customers’ consumers, and events or situations as a result of which this information was or could be exposed through human error, malfeasance or otherwise. The unauthorized or inadvertent release or access, or other compromise of this information could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if such a data breach were to affect one or more of our competitors or our customers’ competitors, rather than us, the resulting consumer concern could negatively affect our customers and/or our business.

 

We are also subject to federal, state, provincial and foreign laws regarding cybersecurity and the protection of data. The regulatory framework in Canada, the United States, Europe and many other jurisdictions in respect of privacy issues is constantly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Numerous laws and regulations, including Canada's Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, Québec's Law 25, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), the UK's General Data Protection Regulation, the California Consumer Privacy Act as modified by the California Consumer Privacy Rights Act, the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, the Colorado Privacy Act, the Connecticut Data Privacy Rights Act, and the Utah Consumer Privacy Act, have detailed requirements concerning the collection, use, disclosure, transfer, safeguarding, and retention of personal data and grant individuals certain rights related to their personal data.

 

As of early 2025, at least 20 states have passed comprehensive privacy laws that go beyond breach notification to regulate how businesses collect, use, and protect personal data. These laws grant consumers rights like access, deletion, and opting out of data sales, while requiring “reasonable” security measures. Newer laws in states like Texas (Texas Data Privacy and Security Act, effective 2024) and New Jersey (effective 2025) follow this model, with variations in scope and enforcement.

The enactment of such laws could have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging. Restrictions imposed by such laws may also impair our merchant's ability to sell or market their products or adversely impact our product development efforts, which could affect our operating results.

 

In addition to the foregoing, a breach of cybersecurity and data protection laws could result in regulatory investigations, reputational damage, orders to cease or change our data processing, enforcement notices, and / or assessment notices (for a compulsory audit). We may also face civil claims including representative actions and other class action type litigation (where individuals have suffered harm), potentially amounting to significant compensation or damages liabilities, as well as associated costs, diversion of internal resources, and reputational harm.

 

 58 
Table of Contents 

 

The interpretation and application of the above laws are often uncertain and such laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner inconsistent with our current policies and practices or require us to make changes to our platform. Additionally, laws in some jurisdictions, as well as our contracts with certain customers, require us to use industry-standard or reasonable measures to safeguard personal information or confidential information, and thereby mitigate the risk of a security incident. These laws and contractual obligations, which tend to focus on individuals’ financial and payment related information, are increasingly relevant to us, as we have started to process more information from our customers’ consumers through our platform.

 

Our failure to comply with legal or contractual requirements around the security of personal information could lead to significant fines and penalties imposed by regulators, as well as claims by our partners, our customers and their consumers, our employees or other relevant stakeholders. These proceedings or violations could force us to spend money in defense or settlement of these proceedings, result in the imposition of monetary liability or injunctive relief, diversion of management’s time and attention, increase our costs of doing business, and materially adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our solutions.

 

Significant increases in the cost or decreases in the availability of the insurance we maintain could adversely impact our financial condition.

 

To protect the Company against various potential liabilities, we maintain a variety of insurance programs, including key man insurance, workers’ compensation and omissions and error insurance. We may reevaluate and change the types and levels of insurance coverage that we purchase. We are self-insured when insurance is not available or not available at reasonable premiums. We are currently looking into acquiring general liability insurance, and cyber security insurance. There are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, employee and certain other crime, certain wage and hour and other employment-related claims, including class actions, actions based on certain customer protection laws, and some natural and other disasters or similar events. If we incur such losses and they are material, our business could suffer. Risks associated with insurance plans include:

 

•Insurance costs could increase significantly, or the availability of insurance may decrease, either of which could adversely impact our financial condition;  
•Deductible or retention amounts could increase, or our coverage could be reduced in the future and to the extent losses occur, there could be an adverse effect on our financial results depending on the nature of the loss and the level of insurance coverage we maintained;  
•Insurance may not be available to us at an economically reasonable cost, or our insurance may not adequately cover our liability in connection with claims brought against us; and  
•As our business inherently exposes us to claims, we may become subject to claims for which we are not adequately insured. Unanticipated payment of a large claim may have a material adverse effect on our business.  

  

Because we are a “Smaller Reporting Company,” we may take advantage of certain scaled disclosures available to us, resulting in holders of our securities receiving less company information than they would receive from a public company that is not a Smaller Reporting Company.

 

We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. As a smaller reporting company, we may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as (i) our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of any reduced disclosure obligations, it may make it harder for investors to analyze the Company’s results of operations and financial prospectus in comparison with other public companies.

 

 59 
Table of Contents 

 

Our reliance on syndication partners and contractual arrangements for funding MCAs exposes us to risks if such partners reduce participation, fail to perform, or terminate agreements

 

We generate a portion of our revenue through our Syndicated Funding model, in which we participate alongside third-party syndication partners in merchant cash advances. In syndicated transactions, the syndication partner acts as the lead funder and contracts directly with the merchant, while we participate in a portion of the advance. These arrangements are governed by Master Participation Agreements.

 

Our Syndicated Funding model creates dependence on external partners whose decisions and capital commitments are outside our control. If our syndication partners were to reduce their participation levels, delay capital deployment, terminate their agreements with us, or demand terms less favorable to us, our revenue from Syndicated Funding activities could be materially reduced. Because these arrangements are often concentrated among a limited number of syndication partners, we are exposed to partner concentration risk.

 

In addition, our reliance on contractual agreements creates the possibility of disputes regarding servicing performance, allocation of profits, servicing fees, or interpretation of key provisions. Any disruption in these relationships or disputes under these agreements could impair our ability to originate and service merchant cash advances through our Syndicated Funding model, reduce our revenue, and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our dependence on ISOs and other third-party distribution partners for a significant portion of originations subjects us to risks relating to partner performance, regulatory compliance, customer quality, and potential concentration of deal flow.

 

We rely on independent sales organizations (ISOs) and other third-party distribution partners to originate a significant percentage of our merchant applications for both our Direct Funding and Syndicated Funding models. Our agreements with ISOs typically provide for referral compensation based on funded amounts. If a material number of these ISOs were to cease submitting applications to us, shift their business to competitors, or demand higher compensation, our funded deal volume could decline, and our customer acquisition costs could increase. Because our internal business development resources are limited, we may not be able to quickly replace lost ISO-originated volume with Direct Funding originations, which could negatively affect our growth and revenues.

 

In addition, ISOs operate as independent contractors and are not subject to our direct supervision or control, which exposes us to operational and compliance risks. Misconduct, misrepresentation, or non-compliance by an ISO could harm our reputation, lead to regulatory scrutiny, or result in legal claims against us. Further, increased regulatory attention on ISOs and broker practices in the alternative lending industry could impose new compliance obligations on us as the funder, which may increase costs or reduce the attractiveness of ISO-originated transactions.

 

Our dependence on third-party ISOs and distribution partners therefore creates both financial and operational risks. If we are unable to effectively manage these relationships, ensure compliance with applicable laws, or diversify our origination channels, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our use of AI, machine learning, and automated tools, together with reliance on third-party data providers, exposes us to risks involving accuracy, operational continuity, data security, and regulatory scrutiny, any of which could materially affect our ability to underwrite, detect fraud, and manage credit risk.

 

We rely on artificial intelligence (“AI”), machine learning (“ML”), and automation tools, in combination with human oversight, to support our underwriting, fraud detection, and data analysis processes. While we believe these technologies improve efficiency, reduce fraud risk, and enhance credit decision-making, they also introduce risks that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

 60 
Table of Contents 

 

Our underwriting process depends on sensitive data provided by merchants, including bank statements, financial records, tax filings, and transactional histories. This information is analyzed using AI-enabled tools that structure, authenticate, and evaluate the data. Although we implement strict safeguards, including encryption, access controls, audit trails, and limiting the use of such data exclusively to underwriting and servicing activities, there is a risk that these systems could be subject to unauthorized access, cyberattacks, or data breaches. Any such event could expose us to liability under data privacy laws, regulatory enforcement actions, reputational harm, and loss of customer confidence.

 

We also rely on third-party providers to aggregate and authenticate financial data, provide credit bureau information, and detect potential fraud. If these providers experience service disruptions, errors, inaccuracies, or terminate their services to us, our ability to process applications efficiently could be materially impaired. Because AI and ML models require continual updates to remain accurate, reliance on third parties introduces the risk that errors in their models could lead to inaccurate underwriting decisions, higher default rates, or lost business opportunities.

 

In addition, AI-driven analysis is based on patterns and assumptions derived from historical data. These models may fail to predict merchant behavior in changing macroeconomic conditions, during unexpected events, or when applied to businesses with limited operating histories. If our reliance on AI or ML produces inaccurate risk assessments, we could experience increased loss rates or fail to identify fraudulent applications.

 

Finally, while our AI-enabled underwriting process is designed to accelerate decision-making compared to traditional lenders, it is subject to significant regulatory scrutiny. Regulators may adopt new rules regarding the use of AI, ML, or alternative data in underwriting that could require changes to our processes, increase compliance costs, or limit our ability to use certain data sources. Any such developments could adversely affect our operations and results.

 

Our debt financing arrangement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) increases our fixed debt obligations and may result in shareholder dilution upon the future exercise of associated warrants.

On September 1, 2025, we entered into a financing arrangement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) pursuant to which we may raise up to $50 million through the issuance of unsecured and unsubordinated debt notes (the “Stewards debt notes”). On October 30 the Stewards debt notes were extended to $100 million. As of March 31, 2026, we had drawn $7.3 million under this facility.

 

While this financing provides us with additional capital resources, it also introduces risks. The Stewards debt notes carry a fixed annual interest rate of 8.0% and mature in August 2030. Servicing this debt will require ongoing cash interest payments, which may limit the funds available for operations, growth initiatives, or other strategic investments. Because the notes are unsecured, in the event of financial distress we would remain fully liable for repayment without the benefit of collateral-based restructuring flexibility.

 

In connection with the issuance of the Stewards debt notes, we also agreed to issue warrants exercisable for ordinary shares at a fixed price of $0.76 per share. As of March 31, 2026, we had issued warrants to purchase approximately 9.6 million shares of common stock in connection with the $7.3 million drawn under the facility. Although the warrants are subject to a delayed exercise period, commencing no earlier than 12 months following an IPO or the maturity date, whichever is later, the eventual exercise of these warrants could result in dilution to existing shareholders. Furthermore, while the warrants are structured to minimize dilution around the time of our planned public offering, investor perception of potential dilution may nevertheless impact the trading price of our common stock.

 

The proceeds from this financing are required to be used exclusively for (i) refinancing existing debt, including obligations maturing in June 2026 that currently carry an effective interest rate of approximately 15%, and (ii) funding the Company’s general operational needs. The Stewards debt notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company and are not secured against any particular assets. While this structure provides immediate interest savings and reduces our overall cost of capital, it does not generate incremental discretionary growth capital. If we are unable to refinance or repay the remaining portion of our indebtedness as it comes due, or if future financing is not available on acceptable terms, our liquidity and ability to execute our business strategy could be materially and adversely affected. 

 

 61 
Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to the 1818 Park Acquisition and Our Real Estate Business and Industry

 

We may be unable to obtain an extension or refinancing of the matured mortgage loan on 1818 Park, which could result in foreclosure and loss of the property.

 

Block 40, LLC, the entity through which we own 1818 Park, has a senior secured mortgage loan with an outstanding balance of approximately $73.6 million as of the date of this prospectus. As of June 22, 2026, the 1818 Park property had a physical occupancy of approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 units leased), with 21 physically vacant units (of which 11 were pre-leased) and 18 additional units under active notice to vacate (of which 11 were pre-leased). The in-place debt service coverage ratio was approximately 0.9x and the loan-to-value ratio was approximately 48%.

 

The loan agreement has been amended four times since origination. The loan reached its stated maturity date of June 1, 2026. The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date of the loan from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. Key terms of the proposed Fifth Omnibus Amendment include an extension of the maturity date to August 1, 2026, the payment of a modification fee and an extension fee, the grant of a pledge over the membership interests in the borrower entity, the addition of the Company as a guarantor, and a temporary waiver of the requirement to maintain an interest rate cap agreement during the extension period.

 

The Company is also actively pursuing a longer-term refinancing of the loan and does not currently intend to exercise the contractual one-year extension option to June 2027 that is available under the existing loan documents. On June 11, 2026, we received a non-binding term sheet from Värde Mortgage Capital proposing a $79.0 million refinancing facility. Key proposed terms include a 24-month initial term with three 12-month extension options, a floating interest rate of SOFR + 3.95% (with a floor of 7.45%), and customary covenants and reserves. The term sheet is non-binding, and there can be no assurance that the Company will complete a refinancing on the terms set forth in the term sheet or at all.

 

There can be no assurance that we will be able to complete a long-term refinancing on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to obtain a long-term refinancing of the mortgage on acceptable terms will depend on numerous factors, many of which are outside our control, including the appraised value and performance of the property, the level of interest rates at the time of refinancing, credit market conditions, and lender appetite for real estate exposure in our markets. If we are unable to refinance on acceptable terms, we may be required to contribute additional equity, restructure the loan on unfavorable terms, or sell the property under distressed conditions, any of which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Even if refinancing is available, rising interest rates or changes in lending standards could result in materially higher debt service costs, further constraining cash flows available for distribution or reinvestment.

 

Furthermore, the mortgage is secured by 1818 Park, and a failure to meet our debt service obligations or otherwise satisfy our obligations under the loan documents could result in foreclosure, which would cause us to lose the property and its associated income streams and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.

 

Our substantial level of indebtedness and low debt service coverage ratio at 1818 Park could adversely affect our liquidity and raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We have a significant amount of indebtedness, including the mortgage loan secured by the 1818 Park property. As described above, this loan reached its stated maturity date of June 1, 2026. The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. As of June 22, 2026, the 1818 Park property had an in-place debt service coverage ratio of approximately 0.9x. The current in-place debt service coverage ratio below 1.0x and our dependence on successfully executing the Fifth Omnibus Amendment or completing a longer-term refinancing raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Going Concern.”

 

§  Requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to debt service, reducing the availability of cash for other purposes;

§  Increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry, or competitive developments;

§  Limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, or other purposes;

§  Restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or investments; and

§  Placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors with less debt.

 

Our ability to make scheduled payments on our indebtedness, including the mortgage loan secured by 1818 Park, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond our control. Given the current in-place debt service coverage ratio of approximately 0.9x at 1818 Park and the fact that the Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed, we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service this debt if a longer-term refinancing is not completed. If we are unable to service our debt, we may be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

 

Our exposure to floating interest rates increases our sensitivity to changes in market rates, and rising interest rates could significantly increase our debt service costs, reduce cash flow, and adversely affect our financial condition.

 

While we have entered into an interest rate cap agreement that provides protection against increases in one-month SOFR above 4% on $73.6 million of notional principal through to 1 July 2026, this protection is limited in both duration and scope. The cap only applies to the SOFR index and does not cover the credit spread we are required to pay under our loan. Moreover, once the cap expires, we will be fully exposed to prevailing floating rates unless we are able to secure new hedging protection, which may be more costly or unavailable on acceptable terms. If benchmark interest rates increase materially, or if replacement protection is unavailable after the cap’s termination, our debt service obligations could rise significantly, reducing our cash flow available for operations, impairing our ability to meet our debt covenants, and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, the need to refinance our mortgage loan upon maturity exposes us to further interest rate risk, as prevailing rates at the time of refinancing may be significantly higher than current levels. A sustained increase in market interest rates could therefore reduce the attractiveness of 1818 Park as an investment, depress its valuation, and adversely affect our overall financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to generate rental income depends on maintaining high occupancy levels and stable tenant performance, and any decline in occupancy, increased lease turnover, or tenant defaults could reduce cash flows and adversely affect our financial condition.

 

The success of our investment in 1818 Park, and of our broader real estate strategy, depends heavily on our ability to attract and retain tenants on favorable terms. Rental income constitutes the primary source of cash flow for servicing debt and funding operating expenses. If occupancy levels decline due to competitive properties, unfavorable market conditions, or tenant relocations, we may be unable to generate sufficient revenue to cover our costs.

 

 62 
Table of Contents 

 

In addition, tenants may fail to perform under their leases for a variety of reasons, including financial difficulties, bankruptcy, or broader economic downturns. Tenant defaults or non-renewals would require us to incur additional leasing costs, offer rent concessions, or spend significant capital on tenant improvements in order to attract replacement tenants, all of which could materially reduce our cash flows. Even if we are able to re-lease space, there is no assurance that new tenants will pay rental rates equal to or greater than those paid by prior tenants, or that new leases will not include more burdensome terms.

 

Furthermore, high turnover in occupancy not only increases leasing and marketing costs but also creates potential downtime between tenants, during which no rental income is generated. A sustained decline in occupancy, or the loss of one or more significant tenants, would adversely affect our ability to meet debt service obligations, reduce cash available for distribution, and impair the value of our properties. These risks are heightened by the concentration of income from a limited number of tenants, making us more vulnerable to the performance and creditworthiness of those tenants than if we had a more diversified tenant base.

 

A significant portion of our rental income is derived from a limited number of tenants, and if these tenants experience financial difficulties, default on their leases, or choose not to renew, our revenues could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our rental revenue at 1818 Park, and potentially at other properties we may acquire, is concentrated among a limited number of tenants. As a result, the financial performance of a small group of tenants has a disproportionate impact on our overall cash flow and our ability to meet debt service obligations. If any of these tenants were to experience financial distress, bankruptcy, or operational challenges, they could seek to renegotiate lease terms, delay or withhold payments, or default altogether, materially reducing our revenue.

 

Even if tenants remain in good financial condition, we are subject to renewal risk at lease expiration. Tenants may elect not to renew their leases for reasons outside of our control, such as relocation, downsizing, or changes in their business strategy. Replacing a departing tenant could require us to offer significant lease concessions, incur material tenant improvement costs, or accept lower rental rates, any of which would negatively affect our cash flow. Additionally, periods of vacancy between tenants would generate no rental income, increasing our reliance on reserves or other sources of liquidity.

 

Given the limited number of tenants, the loss or default of even one major tenant could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and ability to satisfy debt obligations. This concentration risk reduces the diversification of our income stream and makes us more vulnerable to tenant-specific risks than a portfolio with a broader tenant base.

 

Our financial performance is heavily influenced by local market conditions and broader economic trends, and adverse changes in employment levels, consumer demand, interest rates, or the supply of competitive properties could materially and adversely affect occupancy rates, rental income, and property values.

 

The performance of 1818 Park, and any other properties we may acquire, is closely tied to conditions in the surrounding local market as well as broader national and regional economic trends. Local employment levels, population growth, and consumer spending patterns directly affect demand for both residential and commercial space within our properties. An increase in unemployment, a decline in consumer demand, or other adverse economic events in our market could lead to reduced demand for rental units, lower rental rates, and higher vacancy levels.

 

In addition, interest rates and capital market conditions affect not only the cost of our financing but also the purchasing power and financing ability of prospective tenants and buyers. Rising interest rates or tightening credit conditions may reduce tenant demand, constrain our ability to refinance debt, and lower property valuations. Moreover, increased supply of competitive residential or mixed-use properties in the same market could create downward pressure on occupancy levels, limit our ability to raise rents, and force us to offer greater concessions to attract and retain tenants.

 

 63 
Table of Contents 

 

Because our real estate portfolio is not widely diversified across geographic regions, negative developments in the local economy or broader economic environment could have a disproportionately adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

We may require additional capital to support operations, fund improvements, or meet debt service obligations, and if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from the property or access financing on favorable terms, our liquidity could be constrained, forcing us to defer capital projects, seek dilutive equity, or dispose of assets under unfavorable conditions.

 

The successful operation of 1818 Park requires sufficient liquidity to cover property-level operating expenses, debt service obligations, and periodic capital expenditures, including maintenance, renovations, or tenant improvements. If rental income and other cash flows generated by the property are insufficient, we may need to secure additional capital through borrowings, equity issuances, or asset sales. Our ability to obtain additional financing is subject to numerous factors, including the performance of the property, prevailing interest rate and credit conditions, the strength of the commercial real estate market, and our overall financial condition.

 

There can be no assurance that financing will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to refinance existing debt at maturity, raise additional debt or equity capital, or sell non-core assets on favorable terms, we may be forced to defer necessary capital projects, reduce operating flexibility, issue additional equity securities at prices that may be dilutive to existing stockholders, or dispose of assets under adverse market conditions, potentially at values below their carrying amounts. Any such outcome could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Our ownership and operation of 1818 Park exposes us to property-specific risks, including physical condition issues, unanticipated capital expenditures, changes in local market demand, competition from nearby properties, and compliance with zoning, building, and environmental regulations, any of which could increase costs, reduce occupancy, or adversely affect the value and cash flow of the property.

 

Owning and operating 1818 Park involves risks unique to the property itself. The physical condition of the building may require ongoing repairs, capital expenditures, or upgrades that are more extensive than originally anticipated, particularly as the property ages or as building systems deteriorate. Unforeseen maintenance needs or structural issues could significantly increase operating costs and disrupt tenant occupancy.

 

In addition, the property’s financial performance depends on local market dynamics, including demand for rental units, competition from newly developed or nearby properties, and demographic or economic shifts that may affect tenant demand. If competing properties offer more attractive amenities, pricing, or locations, 1818 Park could experience reduced occupancy or require rent concessions, thereby decreasing revenues.

 

The property is also subject to extensive regulation, including zoning restrictions, building codes, health and safety requirements, and environmental laws. Failure to comply with these regulations, or changes in applicable laws, could result in increased compliance costs, restrictions on operations, delays in improvements or redevelopment efforts, or the imposition of fines and penalties.

 

Together, these property-specific risks could impair our ability to maintain stable occupancy, generate consistent cash flow, or preserve the long-term value of 1818 Park, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Integration of 1818 Park into our broader company operations may present challenges, including aligning property management systems, financial reporting, compliance controls, and strategic priorities, which could increase costs, divert management attention, or limit our ability to realize expected synergies.

 

The acquisition of 1818 Park requires integration into our broader company operations, which presents operational and strategic risks. Property management systems may not seamlessly align with our existing platforms, potentially requiring additional investment in new technology, staff training, or third-party services. Similarly, integrating financial reporting processes and compliance controls across both our private credit and real estate divisions may be complex, time-consuming, and costly.

 

 64 
Table of Contents 

 

In addition, integrating a large mixed-use property into our overall business strategy requires management attention and resources that could otherwise be directed toward our private credit operations or new real estate acquisitions. If our leadership is diverted from core business activities, we may experience inefficiencies, delays in execution, or reduced performance in other parts of our business.

 

Finally, we may not achieve the expected synergies from combining 1818 Park with our broader operations. Challenges in aligning property-level decision-making with corporate objectives, or in balancing capital allocation priorities across different business lines, may limit our ability to realize the financial and strategic benefits we anticipate. If integration costs are higher than expected or synergies fail to materialize, our financial results, cash flows, and overall growth strategy could be adversely affected.

 

Our acquisition of 1818 Park through a stock-for-liabilities transaction and the subsequent exchange of EB-5 investor interests for equity expose us to risks related to leverage, dilution, regulatory oversight, and investor relations.

 

In July 2025, we acquired Block 40, LLC, the owner of 1818 Park, through a $74.3 million stock-for-liabilities transaction. This acquisition required us to assume significant property-level debt and obligations, which could increase our leverage and limit our financial flexibility. If property performance declines or if real estate market conditions deteriorate, the carrying value of the asset and its contribution to our balance sheet could be adversely affected.

 

In addition, we initiated an offer to EB-5 investors in Block 40 to exchange their preferred membership interests for shares of our common stock. While intended to align investor interests with our long-term growth strategy, this exchange could result in shareholder dilution and potential disputes if investors challenge the terms, valuation, or tax treatment of the exchange. Further, the EB-5 program itself is subject to federal regulatory oversight, and any changes in interpretation or enforcement could affect investor participation or create compliance risks.

 

Taken together, the property-level debt and EB-5 exchange expose us to risks related to leverage, dilution, regulatory oversight, and investor relations, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. 

 

Because we have limited operating history in real estate relative to more established participants, we may face challenges in executing and scaling our strategy, which could materially and adversely affect our results.

 

We established our real estate division in 2025, and our operating history in this segment is limited compared to many established real estate owners, operators, and developers. As a result, we lack the depth of historical performance data, tenant relationships, operating infrastructure, and institutional knowledge that more seasoned participants rely upon when managing risk and pursuing growth. This relative inexperience may limit our ability to anticipate or respond effectively to market cycles, leasing trends, redevelopment challenges, or shifts in financing conditions.

 

In addition, our ability to scale our real estate platform will require significant investment in property management, leasing capabilities, compliance, and reporting systems. Building these competencies may take longer or prove more costly than anticipated. If we are unable to attract and retain the personnel, third-party partners, or systems necessary to operate at scale, our performance may lag behind competitors, reducing our ability to generate consistent rental income or execute value-enhancement strategies.

 

Moreover, because our broader business is rooted in private credit, there is a risk that real estate operations could be under-resourced or deprioritized relative to other initiatives, further limiting the effectiveness of our execution. If our limited operating history results in missteps in property management, capital allocation, or market selection, our financial results, growth trajectory, and reputation in the real estate market could be materially and adversely affected.

 

 65 
Table of Contents 

 

Because repositioning, redevelopment, or execution of our real estate investment strategy may involve construction risk, leasing challenges, regulatory delays, or cost overruns, we may not achieve anticipated returns, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our real estate strategy includes repositioning, redevelopment, and other value-enhancement initiatives, all of which expose us to execution risks that may prevent us from realizing expected returns. Construction and redevelopment projects are inherently subject to risks such as unexpected structural or environmental conditions, labor shortages, contractor defaults, supply chain disruptions, and material price volatility. These factors can lead to delays or cost overruns that materially increase the capital required to complete a project and extend the time before a property generates stabilized income.

 

In addition, redevelopment and repositioning require successful leasing execution, which depends on prevailing market demand, competitive supply, and tenant creditworthiness. There can be no assurance that newly redeveloped or repositioned space will be leased on acceptable terms, or within anticipated timeframes. Prolonged lease-up periods, increased concessions, or elevated tenant improvement costs could reduce rental income and delay the achievement of targeted returns.

 

Regulatory risks also pose challenges to execution. Zoning restrictions, permitting delays, changes in building codes, or unexpected regulatory requirements may materially increase costs or prevent us from proceeding with a planned repositioning or redevelopment. Because such projects often require substantial upfront capital, any inability to complete them as planned could materially reduce our liquidity and constrain our ability to fund other business operations.

 

Taken together, these risks mean that redevelopment and repositioning initiatives may not deliver the returns we anticipate. If costs materially exceed budget, projects are delayed, or leasing results fall short of expectations, our financial condition, results of operations, and ability to meet debt service obligations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Because the value of our properties securing mortgage loans may decline due to market conditions, operational performance, or other factors, the collateral may not be sufficient to repay the indebtedness in the event of a foreclosure or forced sale, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The mortgage loans secured by our real estate holdings are collateralized by the value of the underlying properties. If property values decline as a result of adverse market conditions, weakened tenant demand, unfavorable changes in interest rates, increased competition, or other operational factors, the collateral supporting our loans may not be sufficient to cover the outstanding debt in the event of foreclosure or a forced sale. In such circumstances, we could be required to recognize significant losses, impairments, or write-downs that would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Real estate values are inherently volatile and subject to factors outside of our control, including local economic conditions, employment trends, capital market liquidity, demographic shifts, and changes in governmental regulations such as zoning, property taxes, and building codes. Additionally, operational factors—such as declining occupancy, tenant defaults, or unexpected capital expenditures—can negatively impact property performance, further reducing collateral value.

 

If we are unable to maintain property values at levels sufficient to support our mortgage obligations, lenders could foreclose on the property and we could lose our investment, while still remaining liable for any deficiency between the foreclosure proceeds and the outstanding loan balance. Even if we avoid foreclosure, we may be forced to sell properties at depressed valuations to raise liquidity, which could result in significant realized losses. Any such outcomes would materially and adversely impact our ability to meet debt service requirements, execute our business strategy, and protect shareholder value.

 

 66 
Table of Contents 

  

Because our ability to grow our real estate portfolio depends on sourcing and successfully closing attractive acquisitions on favorable terms, any inability to identify, negotiate, or complete acquisitions in a timely manner, or at expected values, could adversely affect our growth strategy and financial results.

 

Our real estate growth strategy is predicated on identifying, evaluating, and acquiring properties that meet our investment criteria. The success of this strategy depends on our ability to source attractive opportunities, conduct thorough due diligence, negotiate favorable terms, and close transactions efficiently. Competition for high-quality assets is intense, and we face established real estate companies, institutional investors, and private equity firms with greater resources, stronger relationships, and broader operating histories. As a result, we may not be able to acquire desirable properties on terms that meet our return objectives or in sufficient volume to achieve our growth targets.

 

In addition, acquisitions are subject to numerous uncertainties, including the availability and cost of capital, the accuracy of third-party information, potential regulatory or legal challenges, and the risk that a property may underperform relative to underwriting assumptions. If we are unable to identify and complete acquisitions on favorable terms, our ability to expand our portfolio, diversify revenue streams, and achieve economies of scale will be limited.

 

Even when acquisitions are successfully completed, integration challenges, such as aligning property management systems, incorporating assets into our compliance framework, and managing financing structures, may delay or prevent us from realizing expected returns. If our acquisitions do not perform as anticipated, or if we are unable to scale our real estate platform through disciplined and timely acquisitions, our growth strategy could be materially and adversely affected, which would negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations, and long-term prospects.

 

Because our real estate portfolio is concentrated in select geographic markets, our operating results are subject to local economic conditions, regulatory environments, and real estate market trends in those areas, and adverse developments in these markets could disproportionately affect our performance and financial results.

 

Our real estate investments are concentrated in a limited number of U.S. markets, which exposes us to risks associated with the specific economic, demographic, and regulatory conditions of those regions. Local factors such as employment levels, population growth, consumer demand, infrastructure development, and the availability of financing all directly influence property performance, occupancy rates, and asset values. If one or more of these markets experience an economic downturn, declining real estate demand, or adverse demographic shifts, our revenues and property values could be materially and disproportionately affected.

 

In addition, local regulations, including zoning laws, rent control measures, property tax assessments, building codes, and environmental restrictions, can significantly impact property operations and profitability. Changes in these laws, or stricter enforcement, could increase our costs, delay redevelopment or repositioning projects, and limit our ability to optimize returns.

 

Because our current portfolio is not broadly diversified across many geographic areas, the effects of negative developments in one market cannot be easily offset by stronger performance in others. As a result, adverse conditions in the select markets where we operate could materially and adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects.

 

We face competition from established real estate owners, operators, and developers with greater resources, market presence, and operating experience, which may limit our ability to source acquisitions, attract tenants, achieve favorable lease terms, or realize our business objectives.

 

The real estate industry is highly competitive, and we compete with a large number of established owners, operators, and developers who have substantially greater financial resources, broader market presence, deeper operating experience, and longer-standing industry relationships than we do. Many of these competitors are able to access capital at lower costs, pursue larger or more complex transactions, and absorb operating risks more effectively than we can.

 

 67 
Table of Contents 

 

As a result, we may be at a disadvantage in identifying, negotiating, and acquiring attractive properties, particularly those located in supply-constrained or high-demand markets. We may also face challenges in attracting and retaining tenants, as larger and more established landlords may be able to offer more favorable lease terms, greater tenant improvement allowances, or stronger reputational benefits.

 

In addition, developers with significant resources may introduce new properties that increase competition for tenants in our markets, placing downward pressure on rental rates and occupancy. These dynamics could reduce the performance of our properties, delay or impair our growth strategy, and limit our ability to achieve our business objectives.

 

The valuation of our real estate assets is inherently uncertain and may not accurately reflect the prices we could realize upon sale or refinancing, which could result in material differences between reported values and actual transaction outcomes.

 

The value of our real estate assets is inherently subjective and depends on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. Independent appraisals, broker opinions, and management estimates rely on assumptions regarding property income, operating expenses, market rent levels, capitalization rates, and broader economic conditions. These assumptions may not prove accurate over time, particularly in periods of market volatility or when comparable transaction data is limited.

 

Because real estate markets are influenced by local supply and demand dynamics, interest rates, capital availability, and investor sentiment, the values we assign to our properties may differ materially from the amounts we would realize in an actual sale, refinancing, or other transaction. In addition, the carrying values reported in our financial statements may not reflect current market conditions or the liquidity of our properties.

 

If actual transaction outcomes are materially lower than reported or estimated values, we could be required to record impairment charges, accept less favorable refinancing terms, or dispose of properties under adverse conditions. Any such developments could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and ability to execute our business strategy.

 

Market rents and real estate sales prices are subject to fluctuations driven by local supply and demand dynamics, interest rate environments, capital market conditions, and broader economic cycles, and such volatility could materially impact our rental income, asset valuations, and the proceeds we realize upon a sale or refinancing.

 

The performance and value of our real estate assets are highly dependent on external market conditions that we do not control. Market rents can decline if supply of comparable properties increases, demand from tenants weakens, or broader economic conditions reduce consumer or business spending. Similarly, the sales prices achievable for our properties may be adversely affected by higher interest rates, reduced availability of financing, capital market dislocations, or declines in investor appetite for real estate in our target markets.

 

Volatility in rental rates and property values directly influences our ability to generate stable cash flows and realize expected returns. Lower rental income could reduce operating margins and impair our ability to service debt or fund property improvements, while lower sales prices could limit the proceeds we receive upon a disposition or refinancing. Periods of market stress may also increase the risk that we are forced to sell properties at depressed prices or accept refinancing terms that are less favorable than anticipated.

 

If market rents or sales prices decline significantly, the value of our assets, our revenues, and our ability to execute our business strategy could be materially and adversely affected.

 

 68 
Table of Contents 

 

Our real estate revenues depend on our ability to successfully attract condominium buyers and tenants through broker networks, advertising campaigns, referrals, and promotional efforts, and any failure or increased cost in executing these strategies could materially impact sales velocity, occupancy rates, and pricing power.

 

The success of our condominium sales and leasing activities depends on our ability to effectively market properties to potential buyers and tenants. We rely on broker networks, digital and traditional advertising, referral programs, and on-site promotional campaigns to generate sales and leasing activity. If these strategies are unsuccessful, ineffective, or become more costly, we may experience slower sales velocity, higher vacancy rates, extended absorption periods, or reduced rental pricing power.

 

Competition from other developers and landlords offering comparable residential or commercial properties may also limit our ability to attract buyers and tenants on favorable terms. Market conditions, such as rising interest rates, shifts in consumer demand, or broader macroeconomic downturns, could further weaken the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and diminish demand for our properties.

 

In addition, the success of our marketing strategies depends on our ability to allocate resources efficiently across multiple projects and adapt to evolving consumer preferences, including increased reliance on digital platforms and broker incentives. Failure to implement effective, targeted, and cost-efficient marketing and sales strategies could materially and adversely affect our real estate revenues, profitability, and overall business performance.

 

Risks Related to the Dolomite Transaction and the Company’s Digital-Asset Activities

 

The Company’s recent transaction involving digital tokens presents unique risks, including volatility, valuation uncertainty, and evolving regulatory treatment.

 

On November 3, 2025, the Company, doing business as Stewards Inc., entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Dolomite Foundation, a Cayman Islands foundation acting for itself and on behalf of its syndicate of investors (the “Dolomite Syndicate”). Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company agreed to issue pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 2,450,980 shares of its common stock. The economic value per warrant share is $4.08, based on the 30-trading-day volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the Company’s common stock for the period from September 19, 2025 through October 30, 2025. The warrants have an exercise price of $0.0001 per share and are structured in ten separate tranches, each associated with up to $1,000,000 of potential consideration payable in $DOLO tokens if the applicable contractual conditions are satisfied.

 

Each tranche becomes eligible for exercise only upon achievement of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestones. As of the date of this prospectus, none of the milestone thresholds have been achieved, no warrant tranches have become exercisable, no $DOLO tokens have been released to the Company, and the Company has not received any consideration or realized any economic benefit under the Agreement. The milestone conditions are based primarily on the future market performance of $DOLO and are outside the Company’s control. If the applicable milestones are not achieved, some or all of the contemplated tranches may never become exercisable.

 

The Agreement represents a long-term strategic framework relating to the potential future evaluation of digital-asset technologies. Because no milestones have been achieved and no consideration has been received, the Agreement does not currently provide operating liquidity, capital resources, or funding for the Company’s Private Credit or Real Estate segments. Management currently believes that, if the contractual milestones are achieved at all, any potential economic or operational benefits would likely be realized over a multi-year period, potentially within approximately 24 to 36 months. However, there can be no assurance that any milestone will be achieved, that any tranche will become exercisable, or that the Company will ultimately receive any economic benefit under the Agreement.

 

 69 
Table of Contents 

 

If and when any $DOLO tokens are released from the multi-signature escrow wallet to the Company, they will be accounted for as digital assets under U.S. GAAP and measured at fair value at each reporting date in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement. Fair value will be determined using quoted prices from the principal (or most active) market for $DOLO at the measurement date. The Company will select the principal market based on trading volume and liquidity at the time of measurement and will apply appropriate Level 1 or Level 2 inputs. Any resulting unrealized gains or losses from changes in fair value will be recognized in earnings in the period they occur.

 

As of June 26, 2026, CoinGecko reported an indicative price for $DOLO of approximately $0.023 per token and an indicative market capitalization of approximately $11.3 million, based on a circulating supply of approximately 489 million tokens. Over the preceding period, publicly available trading data reflected meaningful price volatility, with the token trading in a range of approximately $0.021 to $0.027 in recent weeks. During this time, $DOLO has continued to experience frequent daily price fluctuations and periodic intra-day movements. Trading activity remains limited relative to larger digital assets, and market prices may be significantly affected by changes in liquidity, market sentiment, trading volumes, and other factors.

 

The market for $DOLO is highly volatile and subject to rapid price changes driven by broader crypto-market sentiment, liquidity conditions on decentralized exchanges, and project-specific developments. As a result, any future fair-value measurement of $DOLO tokens held by the Company could introduce material mark-to-market gains or losses in our results of operations in future periods. There can be no assurance that a liquid market for $DOLO will persist or that the Company will be able to realize the recorded fair value upon any eventual sale or use of the tokens.

 

All digital-asset activities contemplated under the Agreement remain contingent and conditional. The Company does not currently hold any $DOLO tokens, has not received any proceeds under the Agreement, and has not implemented any digital-asset technologies within its operations. The Agreement is currently intended to support the Company’s evaluation of potential future tokenization, settlement, and digital-asset infrastructure opportunities and should not be viewed as a source of current operating liquidity, capital resources, or funding for the Company’s Private Credit or Real Estate segments. Any future realization of benefits under the Agreement depends on achievement of contractual milestone thresholds, evolving regulatory and accounting considerations, development of appropriate internal controls and custody arrangements, cybersecurity safeguards, and overall market conditions.

  

Should the Company receive consideration under the Securities Purchase Agreement are tied to the market value of a single digital token, significant volatility in the $DOLO token price could lead to unpredictable funding levels, valuation changes, and potential tax or liquidity impacts that may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition.

 

The $DOLO token, which serves as the form of consideration under the Company’s Securities Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with the Dolomite Foundation, trades on unregulated digital-asset exchanges that are subject to extreme price volatility, varying liquidity, and limited regulatory oversight. The Company’s ability to receive any consideration under the SPA depends entirely on the achievement of contractual milestones tied to the market performance of the $DOLO token. As of the date of this prospectus, none of the applicable milestone thresholds have been achieved, no warrant tranches have become exercisable, and the Company has not received any $DOLO tokens under the SPA. Tokens are released to the Company in stages only after predetermined 30-day volume-weighted average price (“VWAP”) milestones are achieved. If the $DOLO token fails to reach these milestones, the corresponding portion of tokens will not be released, and the associated tranches of pre-funded warrants will be cancelled. Accordingly, the Company may receive substantially less than the aggregate amount contemplated by the SPA, or experience extended delays before any tranche becomes exercisable, or may never receive any consideration under the SPA.

 

 70 
Table of Contents 

 

Even if milestones are met, $DOLO tokens may fluctuate significantly in value between the date of release and any subsequent liquidation or use by the Company. Because digital-asset markets are decentralized and not subject to the same trading, clearing, or reporting requirements as traditional securities exchanges, token prices may be influenced by speculative activity, large holders, automated trading algorithms, or market manipulation. As a result, the fair value of tokens held by the Company could decline rapidly and materially, adversely affecting reported results and liquidity.

 

If the Company ultimately receives $DOLO tokens pursuant to the SPA, material increases in the value of those tokens could produce unrealized mark-to-market gains for accounting purposes, which may be subject to current U.S. tax recognition even though the Company has not converted the tokens into cash. This could create a cash-flow mismatch, where the Company incurs tax liabilities on paper gains without having liquid assets available to satisfy such obligations. Because the Company’s ability to sell or convert tokens may also be constrained by lock-ups, exposure limits, or market conditions, significant volatility could lead to earnings volatility, unexpected tax obligations, or short-term liquidity strain.

 

In addition, if $DOLO trading volumes or exchange availability decline, the Company may encounter difficulty obtaining reliable market data to establish fair value under U.S. GAAP. Any resulting valuation adjustments, impairments, or restatements could materially affect the Company’s financial statements and investor perception. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to realize the expected value of the tokens received under the SPA, or that token price volatility will not materially and adversely affect its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

 

Tokens issued under the Securities Purchase Agreement are subject to contractual, market, and regulatory restrictions that may delay or prevent their conversion into cash or other usable assets, constraining the Company’s ability to fund operations, repay obligations, or deploy capital in accordance with its strategic objectives.

 

If the Company receives $DOLO tokens pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement (“SPA”), such tokens may be subject to contractual, market, custodial, and regulatory restrictions that could limit the Company’s ability to freely convert, liquidate, or otherwise utilize them. As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has not received any $DOLO tokens, and no warrant tranches have become exercisable under the SPA. The SPA and related agreements restrict the sale or disposition of tokens for a defined period following each release, and also impose conditions tied to overall digital-asset exposure on the Company’s balance sheet. These limitations are designed to ensure compliance with applicable securities and listing regulations but may delay or prevent the Company from realizing the economic value of any tokens received or deploying such assets in connection with future strategic initiatives..

 

Furthermore, the $DOLO token currently trades in limited volumes on unregulated digital-asset exchanges, and there can be no assurance of sustained liquidity or reliable market access. If trading volumes decline, or if the Company’s counterparties or custodians experience disruptions, the Company may be unable to sell tokens at prevailing market prices or in sufficient quantities to realize the expected value of any tokens received or convert such assets into cash on favorable terms. In addition, significant price volatility could make it impractical to hedge exposure through offsetting positions or derivative instruments, particularly if counterparties or compliant products are unavailable.

 

Because digital tokens are treated as non-cash assets under U.S. GAAP, the Company’s ability to convert them into cash equivalents for operational purposes depends on the existence of functioning exchanges, custodial arrangements, and counterparties willing to transact at observable prices. Any sustained inability to convert or repurpose the tokens could adversely affect the Company’s liquidity, capital resources, and financial condition, and may also increase volatility in reported earnings due to mark-to-market accounting requirements.

 

 71 
Table of Contents 

 

Because digital-asset custody depends on emerging technologies and valuation relies on prices from non-regulated markets, the Company may encounter risks related to loss, misstatement, or differing interpretations of applicable accounting standards, which could lead to delays, restatements, or increased audit scrutiny.

 

If the Company receives tokens under the SPA, the Company currently anticipates maintaining custody of such tokens through a multi-signature digital wallet administered in coordination with independent third-party service providers. While multi-signature custody is designed to reduce single-point-of-failure risk, it still depends on the integrity of private key management, secure communication protocols, and coordinated authorization among signatories. A loss, theft, or compromise of any private key, or an operational failure or cyber-security breach affecting one or more custodians, could result in the permanent loss of tokens, as digital assets typically cannot be recovered once transferred or misappropriated. The Company’s ability to access or transfer tokens may also be delayed or restricted if a custodian experiences insolvency, operational downtime, or regulatory enforcement action.

 

In addition, digital-asset valuation and accounting involve inherent complexity and professional judgment. The fair value of tokens is determined using quoted prices from digital-asset exchanges that are not subject to the same regulatory oversight, market surveillance, or audit standards as national securities exchanges. Prices may vary significantly across exchanges, and trading volumes may be thin or subject to manipulation. Consequently, management’s determination of fair value could differ materially from prices realized upon eventual sale or conversion, potentially requiring valuation adjustments, impairments, or restatements in future reporting periods.

 

Moreover, as digital-asset accounting guidance continues to evolve, auditors or regulators may challenge the Company’s valuation methods, classification, or disclosures under U.S. GAAP. Any such challenge could result in delayed filings, increased audit costs, or financial statement revisions, and could adversely affect investor confidence in the Company’s financial reporting and controls.

 

As regulatory expectations evolve and public scrutiny of digital-asset participation increases, the Company’s association with token-based financing and blockchain initiatives may result in heightened compliance review, delays in listing approval, or negative investor perception, any of which could impact access to capital and market valuation.

 

Although the Company’s digital-asset initiatives remain in the evaluation stage, regulators, exchanges, auditors, and institutional investors may perceive the Company as having increased exposure to digital-asset related risks as a result of its strategic relationship with the Dolomite Foundation and its publicly disclosed digital-asset strategy. The regulatory environment governing digital assets remains fluid and varies significantly across jurisdictions. U.S. federal and state agencies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), continue to evaluate the classification and treatment of digital tokens, token-based financing structures, and related custody and accounting standards. There can be no assurance that future guidance, rulemaking, or enforcement actions will not impose new licensing, registration, disclosure, or capital requirements that could increase costs, delay filings, or limit the Company’s ability to expand its digital-asset initiatives.

 

Additionally, national securities exchanges and other trading markets may apply heightened scrutiny to issuers with significant digital-asset exposure. Such review processes may require additional disclosure regarding the Company’s digital-asset activities, including information relating to valuation methodologies, internal controls, cybersecurity safeguards, custody arrangements, and counterparty risk management. Any such review or additional disclosure requirements could increase costs, delay strategic initiatives, or limit the Company’s ability to pursue certain capital markets transactions in the future. Even if the Company remains in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, association with digital-asset activities may create perception risk among certain investors, lenders, counterparties, or strategic partners who may view the sector as speculative, volatile, or subject to evolving legal and regulatory frameworks.

 

The Company’s reputation and access to capital markets therefore depend on maintaining strong compliance standards, transparent disclosures, and alignment with evolving regulatory expectations. Any adverse regulatory development, reputational event, or change in listing standards could materially affect the Company’s ability to access capital markets, attract institutional investment, pursue strategic initiatives, or implement aspects of its long-term digital-asset strategy.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has not received any $DOLO tokens, no warrant tranches have become exercisable under the Dolomite SPA, and the Company has not implemented any digital-asset technologies within its operations. Nevertheless, the Company’s association with digital-asset initiatives may subject it to additional scrutiny from regulators, investors, lenders, auditors, and securities exchanges.

 

 72 
Table of Contents 

 

Because any future delivery and custody of tokens under the Securities Purchase Agreement depend on the performance and reliability of the Dolomite Foundation and its designated escrow agents, any operational failure, insolvency, or breach by those parties could result in delayed funding, loss of tokens, or limited ability to enforce contractual rights.

 

If and when tokens are delivered under the SPA, the Company would expect to rely on the Dolomite Foundation and its designated escrow agents for the custody, release, and verification of digital tokens delivered under the Securities Purchase Agreement (“SPA”). As of the date of this prospectus, none of the contractual milestone thresholds have been achieved, no warrant tranches have become exercisable, and the Company has not received any $DOLO tokens under the SPA. Any $DOLO tokens delivered under the SPA would be held in a multi-signature wallet structure that requires coordination among several signatories to authorize transfers. The Company does not directly control all private keys associated with the escrow account and must therefore depend on the integrity and operational reliability of the counterparties administering the arrangement. If the Dolomite Foundation, any syndicate member, or an escrow signatory fails to perform its obligations, becomes insolvent, is subject to sanctions, or loses access to wallet credentials, the Company may be unable to obtain the tokens to which it is entitled or may experience delays in receipt. Because blockchain-based transactions are irreversible and not governed by centralized clearing systems, contractual remedies may be limited in practice, and recovery through litigation or arbitration may be uncertain, costly, or impracticable. Any failure or dispute involving the Foundation or its escrow agents could result in the partial or total loss of tokens, delay or prevent the Company’s receipt of any consideration under the SPA, reduce the value ultimately realized from the arrangement, or adversely affect the Company’s ability to pursue aspects of its potential future digital-asset strategy.

 

Changes in tax or financial-reporting treatment of digital-asset transactions could increase the Company’s tax liabilities, create reporting mismatches, or require restatements.

 

The U.S. federal and state tax treatment of digital-asset transactions continues to evolve, and future regulatory or interpretive developments could materially affect how token-based consideration is recognized, valued, or taxed. If tax authorities revise or clarify existing guidance governing mark-to-market recognition, fair-value accounting, or the classification of digital-asset receipts, the Company may be required to amend prior returns, remeasure deferred taxes, or record additional tax liabilities. Inconsistent treatment between book and tax reporting could also increase the Company’s effective tax rate, generate temporary timing differences in earnings, or create uncertainty in forecasting cash-tax obligations. Because digital-asset transactions are novel and may lack precedent under Internal Revenue Service or Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) rules, subsequent guidance could necessitate changes in accounting policies or financial statement presentation. Any such change could lead to amended filings, higher compliance costs, or potential penalties for underpayment, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial results and investor confidence.

 

If the Company receives digital assets in the future, failures, vulnerabilities, or cyberattacks affecting blockchain networks or custody systems could result in loss, impairment, or misstatement of such assets.

 

The operation of blockchain networks, smart-contract systems, and digital-asset custody solutions depends on complex software, cryptographic protocols, and reliable internet infrastructure. Defects, coding errors, or deliberate attacks—such as “51% attacks,” network forks, denial-of-service incidents, or smart-contract exploits—could impair the ability to verify transactions or transfer tokens held by the Company. Because digital assets are generally irreversible once transferred, a loss or compromise of private keys, multisignature access, or custodial systems could permanently reduce, impair, or eliminate the value of any digital assets that the Company may hold in the future. In addition, cybersecurity breaches, unauthorized access by insiders or third parties, or operational failures at wallet providers or escrow participants could lead to misappropriation, downtime, or data loss. Any such event could disrupt the Company’s ability to use, account for, or safeguard the tokens that may be received under the Securities Purchase Agreement, and could result in financial loss, increased compliance costs, or adverse effects on financial reporting and investor confidence.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Company does not hold any digital assets and has not received any $DOLO tokens under the Dolomite SPA.

 

 73 
Table of Contents 

 

If the Company receives token holdings under the Securities Purchase Agreement that are limited to $DOLO, a single digital asset issued by a third-party platform, adverse movements in the digital-asset market or unfavorable regulatory developments affecting similar tokens could have a disproportionate impact on the Company’s liquidity, valuation, and overall financial condition.

 

If the Company receives tokens under the Securities Purchase Agreement, such holdings would consist entirely of $DOLO tokens, a single digital asset issued by an independent third-party ecosystem not controlled by the Company. This concentration increases the Company’s exposure to risks associated with the performance, governance, and adoption of the Dolomite platform. The market value and liquidity of $DOLO may also be closely correlated with overall cryptocurrency market conditions, including changes in investor sentiment, regulatory actions, or macroeconomic developments affecting the digital-asset sector as a whole. A decline in digital-asset valuations—whether or not specific to Dolomite—could materially reduce the value of the Company’s token holdings, affect its reported results, and limit its ability to execute planned transactions. If the Company ultimately receives and holds $DOLO tokens, adverse movements in the $DOLO token or the broader digital asset market could have a disproportionate impact on the value of such holdings and the economic benefits, if any, realized under the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

Changes in accounting or classification standards for digital assets could require the Company to revise its financial reporting, resulting in restatements or compliance costs.

 

The accounting treatment of digital assets remains subject to evolving guidance from the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and other regulatory bodies. Future updates to accounting standards or interpretations could change how digital-asset holdings are recognized, measured, or disclosed, including whether tokens are treated as intangible assets, financial instruments, or other asset classes. Such changes may require the Company to adjust previously issued financial statements, modify internal controls, or adopt new valuation methodologies. In addition, uncertainty regarding the classification of tokens received under the Securities Purchase Agreement could create inconsistencies in reporting or timing differences in earnings recognition. Any of these developments could increase audit complexity, lead to additional compliance costs, or affect comparability of financial information across reporting periods.

 

Digital-asset custody exposes us to counterparty insolvency and bankruptcy risk; if a custodian becomes insolvent, our access to, or recovery of, any $DOLO could be delayed, limited or lost.

 

If and when any $DOLO tokens are released to us under the Dolomite SPA, we currently intend to hold such tokens with a third-party qualified custodian, if available for $DOLO. As of the date of this prospectus, no milestone thresholds under the Dolomite SPA have been achieved, no warrant tranches have become exercisable, and we do not hold any $DOLO tokens. If suitable custodial support is unavailable, we may use a Company-controlled institutional MPC (multi-party computation) wallet arrangement. In either case, digital-asset custody presents risks that differ from cash and traditional securities. If a third-party custodian that safeguards our digital assets were to experience financial distress, become insolvent or enter bankruptcy proceedings, our assets could be delayed, frozen, or become subject to the custodian’s estate, and recoveries—if any—could be uncertain and protracted. Even where custodians maintain segregation arrangements, the legal treatment of customer digital assets in an insolvency proceeding remains unsettled and outcomes may vary by jurisdiction and fact pattern.

 

In addition, insurance specific to $DOLO may be unavailable or limited, and institutional MPC/self-custody arrangements typically do not carry third-party insurance. Operational risks—such as custodian process failures, cyber incidents, smart-contract vulnerabilities, key-management errors, or non-performance by any required authorizer—could also result in partial or total loss, inaccessibility, or delays in accessing $DOLO. Any such event could require us to record impairments or realized losses, impair our ability to value the asset reliably, reduce the value ultimately realized from any digital assets received under the Dolomite SPA, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For additional information on our current and potential custody arrangements, see “Prospectus Summary—Dolomite Strategic Agreement—Digital-Asset Custody—$DOLO (pre-release and post-release).

 

Risks unique to $DOLO and and other digital assets that may be received under the Dolomite SPA

 

As of the date of this prospectus, no milestone thresholds under the Dolomite SPA have been achieved, no warrant tranches have become exercisable, and the Company does not hold any $DOLO tokens. The risks described below relate to potential future receipt, ownership, custody, valuation, and disposition of $DOLO tokens if the applicable contractual milestones are achieved and tokens are ultimately received by the Company.

 

Protocol and DAO governance risk (veDOLO).

 

Dolomite protocol governance is conducted by veDOLO (vote-escrowed DOLO) holders, not plain DOLO holders. Governance decisions (e.g., parameter changes, incentive designs, and tokenomics updates) are outside our control and could adversely affect $DOLO’s utility, demand, or supply (for example, by changing reward mechanics or enabling protocol-level inflation). Any adverse governance outcome could negatively impact $DOLO’s market price and, if we hold tokens, our reported results.

 

Token supply, unlock, and concentration risk.

 

Public materials indicate that $DOLO’s total supply is 1,000,000,000 with significant allocations to programmatic/community incentives, team, investors, and a foundation treasury. Future token releases under those schedules and concentrations (including the foundation’s treasury) may create “overhang” and increase selling pressure, which could depress prices or heighten volatility. We do not control those schedules or allocations.

 

Cross-chain and bridge risk.

 

$DOLO operates across multiple chains using a burn-and-mint model with cross-chain interoperability (e.g., via Chainlink CCIP), which introduces bridge, messaging, and smart-contract dependencies. Bugs, exploits, mis-configurations, or consensus events (including forks) on any supported chain or bridge could impair token movement, disrupt liquidity, or cause loss of funds.

 

Smart-contract and network-level risk (gas, congestion, forks).

 

$DOLO transfers on Arbitrum/Ethereum require ETH gas and are subject to L2 execution costs and L1 data-posting fees that vary with network conditions. Network congestion, fee spikes, re-orgs, or protocol changes could impair transfers or settlement, adversely affecting liquidity or our ability to transact.

 

Market-structure and liquidity risk.

 

$DOLO trades on multiple venues with varying liquidity, standards, and controls; prices can differ materially between venues and may change rapidly. Publicly reported market prices, trading volumes, and market capitalization metrics for $DOLO may vary significantly across reporting services and over time. Listing changes, delistings, or venue outages could reduce liquidity or price discovery, increasing fair-value volatility in our results if we hold tokens.

 

Regulatory and enforcement uncertainty.

 

Crypto-asset markets continue to face evolving U.S. and non-U.S. regulatory scrutiny. The SEC staff has highlighted the need for tailored disclosure of crypto-market developments, counterparty exposures, and safeguarding policies; changes in regulation, enforcement priorities, or exchange policies could adversely affect $DOLO’s liquidity, trading, or our ability to hold or dispose of tokens.

 

Fair-value measurement and accounting/tax developments.

 

If we receive $DOLO, we will measure it at fair value using quoted prices from the principal market (ASC 820). Changes in accounting or tax guidance (including treatment of equity-like tokens, sale restrictions, or valuation inputs) could affect financial reporting or tax outcomes.

 

Custody and insurance limitations.

 

Even where third-party custodians are available, segregation terms, insurance coverage, and legal treatment of digital assets in custodian insolvency are unsettled and may vary by jurisdiction. Institutional MPC/self-custody arrangements typically do not carry separate third-party insurance, increasing the severity of any operational loss.

 

Risks Related to Acquisitions

 

We have in the past made, and in the future may make, acquisitions and investments that could divert management’s attention, result in operating difficulties and dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial position.

 

Pursuing strategic and value-enhancing acquisitions or investment opportunities is one of our key growth strategies and has been an important contributor to our past growth. We may also in the future evaluate potential divestitures to align with our growth strategy. Any transactions that we enter into could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. Acquisitions and integrations or divestitures could create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, whether or not such transactions are ultimately completed. Acquisitions, divestitures, and investments involve a number of risks, such as:

 

•diversion of management time and focus from operating our business;
•use of resources that are needed in other areas of our business;
•in the case of an acquisition, implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies of the acquired company;
•in the case of an acquisition, difficulty integrating the accounting systems and operations of the acquired company;
•in the case of an acquisition, coordination of product, engineering and selling and marketing functions, including difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy services and products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired company and difficulty converting the customers of the acquired company onto our systems, platforms and contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

 74 
Table of Contents 

 

•in the case of an acquisition, difficulty integrating, supporting or enhancing acquired product lines or services, including difficulty in transitioning acquired solutions developed with different source code architectures to our integrated platforms, difficulty in supporting feature development across our full suite of house-built and acquired solutions and strain on resources from marketing and supporting multiple platforms prior to integration;
•in the case of an acquisition, retention and integration of employees from the acquired company, and preservation of our corporate culture;
•in the case of an acquisition, reliance on certain existing executive teams of acquired companies in new industries;
•in the case of an acquisition or divestiture, difficulty delivering on our product strategy, including building a platform that enables us to drive value across our full ecosystem of merchants, suppliers and consumers;
•unforeseen costs or liabilities;
•adverse effects to our existing business relationships with partners and customers as a result of the acquisition, investment or divestiture;
•the possibility of adverse tax consequences;

•in the case of an acquisition or divestiture, we may not be able to secure required regulatory approvals or otherwise satisfy closing conditions for a proposed transaction in a timely manner, or at all;

•fluctuations in the value of our investments, impairment to the value of our investments, or the failure to realize a return on such investments;
•regulatory risks, litigation or other claims inherited from or arising in connection with the acquired company, investment or divestiture;
•in the case of a divestiture, unforeseen loss of institutional knowledge, resources, know-how, or other assets;
•in the case of a divestiture, potential contractual obligations may trigger, such as change of control obligations, which may negatively impact our ability to execute on such divestiture, our business, our financial condition, or our operating results; and
•in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

 

Acquisitions and investments may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, which could adversely affect our share price, or result in issuances of securities with superior rights and preferences to the subordinate voting shares or the incurrence of debt with restrictive covenants that limit our future uses of capital in pursuit of business opportunities. Divestitures may also not be well-received by the market, which could adversely affect our share price.

 

We may not be able to identify acquisition or investment opportunities that meet our strategic objectives, or to the extent that such opportunities are identified, we may not be able to negotiate terms with respect to the acquisition or investment that are acceptable to us. In addition, the acquisitions and investments that we consummate may fail to achieve our strategic objectives, in which case we may shut down, divest, or otherwise exit the acquired business or investment, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Businesses we acquire may not have disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, cybersecurity controls and data privacy compliance programs, or their existing controls and programs may be weaker than or otherwise not in conformity with ours.

 

Upon consummating an acquisition, we seek to implement our disclosure controls and procedures, our internal controls over financial reporting as well as procedures relating to cybersecurity and compliance with data privacy laws and regulations at the acquired company as promptly as possible. Depending upon the nature and scale of the business acquired, the implementation of our disclosure controls and procedures as well as the implementation of our internal controls over financial reporting at an acquired company may be a lengthy process and may divert our attention from other business operations. Our integration efforts may periodically expose deficiencies or suspected deficiencies in the controls, procedures and programs of an acquired company that were not identified in our due diligence undertaken prior to consummating the acquisition. Where there exists a risk of deficiencies in controls, procedures or programs, we may not be in a position to comply with our obligations under applicable laws, regulations, rules and listing standards or we may be required to avail ourselves of scope limitations with respect to certifications required thereunder, and, as a result, our business and financial condition may be materially harmed.

 

 75 
Table of Contents 

 

We may consider potential business or asset acquisitions in different industries, and stockholders may have no basis at this time to ascertain the merits or risks of any business or asset that we may ultimately operate or acquire.

 

Our business strategy contemplates the potential acquisition of one or more additional operating businesses or other assets that we believe will provide better returns on equity than our previous businesses and/or enhance the returns achieved from our current operating segments. There is no current basis for stockholders to evaluate the possible merits or risks of a target business or asset with which we may ultimately consummate a business combination, acquisition, or other investment. Although we will seek to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business or acquisition opportunity, we cannot assure stockholders that all of the significant risks present in that opportunity will be properly assessed. Even if we properly assess those risks, some of them may be outside of our control or ability to assess. We may pursue business combinations, asset acquisitions, or investments that do not require stockholder approval and, in those instances, stockholders will most likely not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any such transaction before we become committed to the transaction(s).

 

Resources will be expended in researching potential acquisitions and investments that might not be consummated.

 

The investigation of target businesses and assets and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments has required and will continue to require substantial management time and attention, in addition to costs for accountants, attorneys, and others engaged from time to time to assist management. If a decision is made not to complete a specific business combination, asset acquisition, or other investment, the costs incurred up to that point relating to the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable and would be borne by us. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific opportunity, we may fail to consummate the transaction for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control.

 

Subsequent to an acquisition or business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, incur restructuring costs, and incur impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and share price, which could cause stockholders to lose some or all of their investments.

 

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine or an asset which we acquire, we cannot assure stockholders that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present with respect to a particular target business or asset, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary and reasonable amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise, and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and therefore will not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or associated with a target asset, or by virtue of our obtaining debt financing in connection with our future operations. Accordingly, stockholders could suffer a significant reduction in the value of their shares.

 

We are acquiring The Hawthorne on an “AS IS” basis with limited representations from the seller, and the property has a failed septic system.

 

On June 5, 2026, we entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement to acquire The Hawthorne, a seasonal hospitality property located in Chatham, Massachusetts, for a purchase price of $20.0 million. The transaction is structured as an “AS IS” acquisition with limited representations and warranties from the seller. We conducted due diligence during a 60-day due diligence period, which has expired, and we are proceeding without a financing contingency.

 

The septic system serving the property has failed a Title V inspection. We have agreed to accept the property in its current condition and to assume all responsibility and costs associated with the septic system, including any required repairs, upgrades, or compliance obligations. There can be no assurance that the costs to bring the septic system into compliance will not be material.

 

In addition, we will assume certain post-closing obligations, including the honoring of advance guest deposits and prepaid occupancy amounts relating to periods after closing. The seller will retain all pre-closing liabilities.

 

Because the acquisition is being completed on an “AS IS” basis with limited seller representations, we may be exposed to undisclosed conditions or liabilities that could adversely affect the property’s operations, value, or our financial results. Furthermore, because the Purchase and Sale Agreement does not contain a financing contingency, our inability to obtain financing on acceptable terms could result in the loss of our $1.0 million deposit and could have a material adverse effect on our business and liquidity. 

 

 76 
Table of Contents 

 

Risks Related to Our Management and Control Persons

 

We rely heavily on our management, and the loss of their services could adversely affect our business.

 

Our success is highly dependent upon a well-structured and diversely appointed Board of Directors, Officers and Directors. The loss of Key Personal within the organization could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its business operations.

 

The market for skilled employees is highly competitive, especially for employees in our industry. Although we expect that our planned compensation programs will be intended to attract and retain the employees required for us to be successful, there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain the services of all our key employees or a sufficient number to execute our plans, nor can there be any assurance we will be able to continue to attract new employees as required.

 

Our potential controlled company status and the concentration of voting power among our Founders could limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there are 211,119,963 shares of common stock, 71,250,000 shares of Series A preferred Stock, and 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding.

 

We have a multi-class voting structure under which our Founders collectively control approximately 87% of the total voting power of the Company. As a result, we would qualify as a “controlled company” under the rules of a national securities exchange or other eligible market if our common stock were to become listed or quoted on such market and applicable ownership thresholds are satisfied. We do not currently satisfy the listing standards of any national securities exchange, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on another eligible market.

 

Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quin, and Glen Steward (the “Founders”), through a Voting Agreement dated August 25, 2025 governing 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (each with 50 votes per share), collectively control approximately 87% of the voting power of our company. Under the Voting Agreement, Forfront Capital, LLC (the current holder of all Series B Preferred Stock) has agreed to vote its shares in accordance with the direction of a majority vote of the Founders. The Company's President holds an irrevocable proxy to vote the Series B shares in accordance with the Founders' direction. The irrevocable proxy and Voting Agreement are effective for 15 years (with the ability to extend) and terminate only upon mutual agreement of the parties, no outstanding Series B shares, or the dissolution of the Company. This structure effectively gives the Founders perpetual voting control unless the proxy is revoked or the shares are converted or sold in a manner that terminates the agreement.

 

Companies that qualify as “controlled companies” under the rules of a national securities exchange may be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

§  the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

§  the requirement that our compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

§  the requirement that our nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

§  the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committee and compensation committee.

 

Companies that qualify as controlled companies would still be required to comply with other applicable corporate governance requirements, including requirements relating to audit committees and executive sessions of independent directors.

 

If we are ever a “controlled company,” we would be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. Although we are eligible to rely on these exemptions, we do not intend to do so, even if we are deemed a controlled company.

 

 77 
Table of Contents 

 

We have appointed independent directors (Zachary Graeve, Wael Barsoum and John Bode) and established fully independent committees to ensure robust oversight and enhanced protections for our shareholders. Separately, the Board has approved and implemented a new leadership structure and Board composition. Under these actions, Vincent Napolitano has transitioned from Chief Executive Officer to Chairman Emeritus, Glen Steward has assumed the role of Chairman of the Board, and Shaun Quin has assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer while continuing to serve as a Director. Vaughan Korte (Chief Operating Officer), Katy Murless (Chief Financial Officer), and Scott McGowan (Chief Marketing Officer) continue to serve in their respective executive roles.

 

Wael Barsoum will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Compensation Committee, Zachary Graeve will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and John Bode will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Audit Committee Following the leadership transition and Mr. Napolitano’s resignation from the Board, the Board will function as a majority-independent board.

 

However, because our Founders will continue to control approximately 87% of the voting power through the Series B Preferred Stock and voting agreement, they will retain the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including the election of directors, approval of mergers, consolidations, sales of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions. This concentrated voting power could:

 

§  limit your ability to influence corporate matters, including through shareholder votes;

§  discourage potential acquirers from initiating merger, takeover, or other change-of-control transactions that may otherwise be beneficial to our shareholders;

§  reduce the practical effect of any shareholder influence over our business and affairs; and

§  depress the market price of our common stock.

 

Furthermore, although we currently intend to maintain corporate governance practices generally consistent with the standards applicable to public companies, we could elect to rely on the controlled company exemptions in the future. If we do so, shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies subject to all corporate governance requirements applicable to non-controlled companies. See “Description of Capital Stock” for a more detailed discussion of the corporate governance exemptions available to us as a controlled company and our current intention not to rely on any of these exemptions.

 

We have recently undergone a significant leadership transition, which may create operational uncertainty and could adversely affect our business.

 

Effective June 2026, we implemented a leadership transition pursuant to which Vincent Napolitano transitioned from Chief Executive Officer and Chairman to Chairman Emeritus, Shaun Quin was appointed Chief Executive Officer, and Glen Steward was appointed Chairman of the Board. In connection with this transition, we entered into a Transition and Separation Agreement with Mr. Napolitano, new amended and restated employment agreements with our executive officers, and a Chairman Services Agreement with Mr. Steward. While we believe these changes will strengthen our governance and align management incentives with shareholder interests, there can be no assurance that we will successfully execute on our strategic plans or that the transition will not result in disruption to our operations, loss of key personnel, or difficulties in attracting and retaining talent. Any such disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, especially our design and technical personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to retain, attract and motivate qualified personnel, including our management, sales and marketing, finance, and especially our design and technical personnel. As the source of our technological and product innovations, our design and technical personnel represent a significant asset. Any inability to retain, attract or motivate such personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Provisions in the Nevada Revised Statutes and our Bylaws could make it very difficult for an investor to bring any legal actions against our directors or officers for violations of their fiduciary duties or could require us to pay any amounts incurred by our directors or officers in any such actions.

 

Members of our board of directors and our officers will have no liability for breaches of their fiduciary duty of care as a director or officer, except in limited circumstances, pursuant to provisions in the Nevada Revised Statutes and our Bylaws as authorized by the Nevada Revised Statutes (“NRS”). Specifically, NRS 78.138 provides that a director or officer is not individually liable to the company or its shareholders or creditors for any damages as a result of any act or failure to act in his or her capacity as a director or officer unless it is proven that (1) the director’s or officer’s act or failure to act constituted a breach of his or her fiduciary duties as a director or officer and (2) his or her breach of those duties involved intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law.

 

 78 
Table of Contents 

 

This provision is intended to afford directors and officers protection against and to limit their potential liability for monetary damages resulting from suits alleging a breach of the duty of care by a director or officer. Accordingly, you may be unable to prevail in a legal action against our directors or officers even if they have breached their fiduciary duty of care.

 

In addition, our Bylaws allow us to indemnify our directors and officers from and against any and all costs, charges and expenses resulting from their acting in such capacities with us. This means that if you were able to enforce an action against our directors or officers, in all likelihood, we would be required to pay any expenses they incurred in defending the lawsuit and any judgment or settlement they otherwise would be required to pay. Accordingly, our indemnification obligations could divert needed financial resources and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. 

 

Our officers and directors have limited experience managing a public company.

 

Our officers and directors have limited experience managing a public company. Consequently, we may not be able to raise any funds or run our public company successfully. Our executive officer’s and director’s lack of experience of managing a public company could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Legal Uncertainty

 

Claims made against us from time to time can result in litigation that could distract management from our business activities and result in significant liability or damage to our brand.

 

As a company with expanding operations, we increasingly face the risk of litigation and other claims against us. We have no such claims at present. Litigation and other claims may arise in the ordinary course of our business and include employee claims, commercial disputes, landlord-tenant disputes, intellectual property issues, product-oriented allegations and slip and fall claims. These claims can raise complex factual and legal issues that are subject to risks and uncertainties and could require significant management time. Litigation and other claims against us could result in unexpected expenses and liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our operations and our reputation.

 

In addition, the industries in which we operate, funding and real estate, are characterized by extensive litigation and, from time to time, we may become subject of various claims. Regardless of outcome, such claims are expensive to defend and divert management and operating personnel from other business issues. A successful claim or claims against us could result in payment of significant monetary damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

We may be classified as an inadvertent investment company if we acquire investment securities in excess of 40% of our total assets.

 

We are engaged in the business of being a diversified holding company engaged in significant finance and real estate activities while we continue to seek to acquire or establish other finance or operating businesses or assets. Our acquisition strategy focuses on evaluating acquisition targets that have reasonable growth prospects, and our management spends a significant portion of its time reviewing potential acquisitions, conducting due diligence, and seeking to negotiate transaction terms. From time to time, we may purchase investment securities as part of a deliberate strategy to obtain control of an operating business.

 

Under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ICA”), a company may fall within the scope of being an “inadvertent investment company” under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the ICA if the value of its investment securities (as defined in the ICA) is more than 40% of the company’s total assets on an unconsolidated basis (exclusive of government securities and cash and cash equivalents). We do not believe that we are engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, and we do not hold ourselves out as being engaged in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities. However, we seek prudently to hold excess liquid resources in marketable securities to preserve resources needed to acquire operating businesses or assets and fund our finance and real estate activities.

 

 79 
Table of Contents 

 

The Board of Directors and management regularly monitor our status relative to the inadvertent investment company test under the ICA and believe that the Company is not currently an inadvertent investment company based on the assets test under Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the ICA.

 

If we were deemed to be an inadvertent investment company and determined to or were required to become a registered investment company, we would be subject to burdensome and costly compliance requirements and restrictions that would limit our activities, including limitations on our capital structure, additional corporate governance requirements, and other limitations on our ability to transact business as currently conducted. We do not believe that it would be practical or feasible for a company of our size, management, and financial resources to operate as a registered investment company. To avoid being deemed an inadvertent investment company or becoming a registered investment company, we may decide or be required to sell certain of our investments on disadvantageous terms, hold a greater proportion of our investments in marketable securities in U.S. government securities or cash equivalents that have a lower rate of return than other investment securities, or make other material modifications to our business operations and strategy, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.

 

We may be subject to tax and regulatory audits which could subject us to liabilities.

 

We are subject to tax and regulatory audits which could result in the imposition of liabilities that may or may not have been reserved. We are subject to audits by taxing and regulatory authorities with respect to certain of our income and operations. These audits can cover periods for several years prior to the date the audit is undertaken and could result in the imposition of liabilities, interest and penalties if our positions are not accepted by the auditing entity.

 

Changes in regulations or user concerns regarding privacy and protection of user data, or any failure to comply with such laws, could adversely affect our business.

 

Federal, state, and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, disclosure, sharing and security of data that we receive from and about our users. The use of consumer data by online service providers is a topic of active interest among federal, state, and international regulatory bodies, and the regulatory environment is unsettled. Many states have passed laws requiring notification to users where there is a security breach for personal data, such as California’s Information Practices Act. We face similar risks in international markets where our products and services are offered. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with or make effective modifications to our policies, or to comply with any applicable federal, state, or international privacy, data-retention or data-protection-related laws, regulations, orders or industry self-regulatory principles could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, a loss of user confidence, damage to our business and brand, and a loss of users, which could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

 

In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative or regulatory bodies may enact new or additional laws and regulations concerning privacy, data retention, data transfer and data protection issues, including laws or regulations mandating disclosure to domestic or international law enforcement bodies, which could adversely impact our business, our brand or our reputation with users. For example, some countries are considering or have enacted laws mandating that user data regarding users in their country be maintained in their country. In addition, there currently is a data protection regulation applicable to member states of the European Union that includes operational and compliance requirements that are different than those currently in place and that also includes significant penalties for non-compliance.

 

The interpretation and application of privacy, data protection, data transfer and data retention laws and regulations are often uncertain and in flux in the United States and internationally. These laws may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from country to country and inconsistently with our current policies and practices, complicating long-range business planning decisions. If privacy, data protection, data transfer or data retention laws are interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our current policies and practices, we may be fined or ordered to change our business practices in a manner that adversely impacts our operating results. Complying with these varying international requirements could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business and operating results.

 

 80 
Table of Contents 

 

Nevada law and certain anti-takeover provisions of our corporate documents could entrench our management or delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us or a change in control even if it would benefit our shareholders.

 

Certain provisions of Nevada law may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or other acquisition transaction that a shareholder might consider to be in his or her best interest. The summary of the provisions of Nevada law set forth below does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Nevada law.

 

The issuance of shares of preferred stock, the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, and the imposition of certain other adverse effects on any party contemplating a takeover could be used to discourage an unsolicited acquisition proposal. For instance, the issuance of a series of preferred stock might impede a business combination by including class voting rights that would enable a holder to block such a transaction. In addition, under certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock.

 

Under Nevada law, a director, in determining what he reasonably believes to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, does not need to consider only the interests of the corporation’s shareholders in any takeover matter but may also, in his discretion, may consider any of the following:

 

  (i) The interests of the corporation’s employees, suppliers, creditors and customers;    
     
  (ii) The economy of the state and nation;    
     
  (iii) The impact of any action upon the communities in or near which the corporation’s facilities or operations are located;    
     
  (iv) The long-term interests of the corporation and its shareholders, including the possibility that those interests may be best served by the continued independence of the corporation; and    
     
  (v) Any other factors relevant to promoting or preserving public or community interests.    

 

Because our board of directors is not required to make any determination on matters affecting potential takeovers solely based on its judgment as to the best interests of our shareholders, our board could act in a manner that would discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of our shareholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which such shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over the then market price of such stock. Our board presently does not intend to seek shareholder approval prior to the issuance of currently authorized stock, unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange rules.

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common shares.

 

We are required, under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment includes disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that results in more than a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also generally requires an attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, for as long as we remain a smaller reporting company, we intend to take advantage of the exemption permitting us not to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.

 

 81 
Table of Contents 

 

Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

 

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

 

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

Deficiencies in disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could result in a material misstatement in our financial statements.

 

We could be adversely affected if there are deficiencies in our disclosure controls and procedures or in our internal controls over financial reporting. The design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent all errors, misstatements or misrepresentations. Consistent with other entities in similar stages of development, we have a limited number of employees currently in the accounting group, limiting our ability to provide for segregation of duties and secondary review. A lack of resources in the accounting group could lead to material misstatements resulting from undetected errors occurring from an individual performing primarily all areas of accounting with limited secondary review. Deficiencies in internal controls over financial reporting which may occur could result in material misstatements of our results of operations, restatements of financial statements, other required remediations, a decline in the price of our common shares, or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

 

There may be deficiencies with our internal controls that require that require improvements, and if we are unable to adequately evaluate internal controls, we may be subject to sanctions by the SEC.

 

We are exposed to potential risks from legislation requiring companies to evaluate internal controls under Section 404a of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a smaller reporting company, we will not be required to provide a report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting until our second annual report, and we will be exempt from the auditor attestation requirements concerning any such report so long as we are a smaller reporting company. We have not yet evaluated whether our internal control procedures are effective and therefore there is a greater likelihood of undiscovered errors in our internal controls or reported financial statements as compared to issuers that have conducted such evaluations. If we are not able to meet the requirements of Section 404a in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC.

 

 82 
Table of Contents 

 

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property from infringement by third parties, and the third parties may claim that we are infringing on their intellectual property, either of which could materially or adversely affect us.

 

We intend to rely on patent protection, trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing technological innovation to protect our intellectual property, and we expect to require any employees, consultants and advisors that we may hire or engage in the future to execute confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements in connection with their employment, consulting or advisory relationships. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will not be breached or that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach.

 

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property or may develop intellectual property competitive with ours. Our competitors may independently develop similar technology or otherwise duplicate our financial products and services. As a result, we may have to litigate to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights to determine their scope, validity or enforceability. Intellectual property litigation is particularly expensive, time-consuming, diverts the attention of management and technical personnel and could result in substantial cost and uncertainty regarding our future viability. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce intellectual property protection would limit our ability to produce and/or market our products and services in the future and would likely have an adverse effect on any revenues we may in the future be able to generate by the sale or license of such intellectual property.

 

We may be subject to costly litigation in the event our future services or technology infringe upon another party’s proprietary rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents that would be infringed by our technology. Any of these third parties could make a claim of infringement against us with respect to our technology. We may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark or license usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could subject us to significant liability for damages or injunctions precluding us from utilizing our technology or services or marketing or selling any products or services under the same. An adverse determination in any litigation of this type could require us to design around a third party’s patent, license alternative technology from another party or otherwise result in limitations in our ability to use the intellectual property subject to such claims.

 

We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corruption Practices Act and any determination that we violated these laws could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

 

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. persons and issuers as defined by the statute, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. It is our policy to implement safeguards to discourage these practices by our employees. However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and our employees, consultants, sales agents or distributors may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Risks Related to Our Securities

 

We have the right to issue additional common stock and preferred stock without the consent of our stockholders, which would have the effect of diluting investors’ ownership and could decrease the value of their investment.

 

We have additional authorized, but unissued shares of our common stock that may be issued by us for any purpose without the consent or vote of our stockholders that would dilute stockholders’ percentage ownership of our company.

 

 83 
Table of Contents 

 

Our articles of incorporation authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and/or the conversion of existing outstanding preferred stock into common stock, the rights, preferences, designations and limitations of which may be set by the board of directors. Our articles of incorporation have authorized the issuance of up 500,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in the discretion of our Board.

 

Any authorized but unissued preferred stock may be issued upon board of directors’ approval; no further stockholder action is required. If issued, the rights, preferences, designations and limitations of such preferred stock would be set by our Board and could operate to the disadvantage of the outstanding common stock. Such terms could include, among others, preferences as to dividends and distributions on liquidation.

 

Our Series A Preferred Stock and all of our existing and future indebtedness rank senior to our common stock in the event of a liquidation, winding up or dissolution of our business.

 

In the event of our liquidation, winding up or dissolution, our assets would be available to make payments to holders of all existing and future indebtedness and holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, before payments to holders of our common stock. In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or winding up, there may not be sufficient assets remaining, after paying amounts to the holders of our indebtedness and preferred stockholders, to pay anything to common stockholders. As of March 31, 2026, we had total consolidated liabilities of approximately $133.8 million, with 71,250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. Any liquidation, winding up or dissolution of our company or of any of our wholly or partially owned subsidiaries would have a material adverse effect on the holders of our common stock.

 

We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.

 

Since inception, we have never declared a dividend on our common stock, and we do not intend to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The terms of our Series A Preferred stock provide an annual dividend of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value times the number of preferred shares held by such holder. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock is payable on a quarterly basis and may be payable, at our option, in cash or shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof.

 

Other than with respect to our Series A Preferred Stock, our board of directors declares dividends when, in its discretion, it determines that a dividend payment, as opposed to another use of cash, is in the best interests of the stockholders. Such decisions are based on the facts and circumstances then existing including, without limitation, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. As a result, we cannot predict when, or whether, another dividend on our common stock will be declared in the future. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will occur only if our stock price appreciates.

 

Risks Related to the Market for our Stock

 

If a market for our common stock does not develop, shareholders may be unable to sell their shares.

 

Our common stock is currently quoted under the symbol “SWRD” on the OTCID Market operated by OTC Markets Group Inc., an over-the-counter quotation system that generally provides substantially less liquidity than a national securities exchange. Trading in our common stock has historically been limited, and our securities are currently very thinly traded. As a result, investors purchasing shares in this offering may be unable to resell their shares at or near the offering price, or at all.

 

 84 
Table of Contents 

 

There can be no assurance that an active or liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or, if developed, will be sustained. Because trading in our common stock is limited, sales of shares may cause significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock. In addition, relatively small trades may disproportionately influence the market price of our common stock due to the limited public float and low trading volume.

 

The limited public float and low trading volume may make it difficult for investors to sell their shares in a timely manner or at desired prices. If we are unable to develop and maintain an active and liquid trading market, the market price and liquidity of our common stock may continue to experience significant volatility, and holders of our common stock may experience substantial declines in the value of their investment.

 

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control.

 

Our stock price is subject to a number of factors, including:

 

•Technological innovations or new products and services by us or our competitors;
•Government regulation of our financial products and services;  
•The establishment of partnerships with other financial services companies;  
•Intellectual property disputes;
•Additions or departures of key personnel;  
•Sales of our common stock;  
•Our ability to integrate operations, technology, products and services;  
•Our ability to execute our business plan;  
•Operating results below or exceeding expectations;
•Whether we achieve profits or not;  
•Loss or addition of any strategic relationship;
•Industry developments;  
•Changes in accounting principles;
•General and industry-specific economic conditions; and  
•Period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results.  

 

The market prices of the securities of early-stage companies, particularly companies like ours without consistent revenues and earnings, have been highly volatile and are likely to remain highly volatile in the future. This volatility has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In the past, companies that experience volatility in the market price of their securities have often faced securities class action litigation. Whether or not meritorious, litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Because we are subject to the “Penny Stock” rules, the level of trading activity in our stock may be reduced.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be any listed, trading equity security that has a market price less than $5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exemptions. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document that provides information about penny stocks and the risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction, and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. In addition, the penny stock rules generally require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock, the broker-dealer make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market for a stock that becomes subject to the penny stock rules which may increase the difficulty Purchasers may experience in attempting to liquidate such securities.

 

We will likely conduct further offerings of our equity securities in the future, in which case your proportionate interest may become diluted.

 

We will likely be required to conduct equity offerings in the future to finance our current projects or to finance subsequent projects that we decide to undertake. If our common stock shares are issued in return for additional funds, the price per share could be lower than that paid by our current shareholders. We anticipate continuing to rely on equity sales of our common stock shares in order to fund our business operations. If we issue additional common stock shares or securities convertible into shares of our common stock, your percentage interest in us could become diluted.

 

 85 
Table of Contents 

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

 

FINRA sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our securities.

 

Effective June 30, 2020, the SEC implemented Regulation Best Interest requiring that “A broker, dealer, or a natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer, when making a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities (including account recommendations) to a retail customer, shall act in the best interest of the retail customer at the time the recommendation is made, without placing the financial or other interest of the broker, dealer, or natural person who is an associated person of a broker or dealer making the recommendation ahead of the interest of the retail customer.” This is a significantly higher standard for broker-dealers to recommend securities to retail customers than before under FINRA suitability rules. FINRA suitability rules do still apply to institutional investors and require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending securities to their customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information, and for retail customers determine the investment is in the customer’s “best interest” and meet other SEC requirements. Both SEC Regulation Best Interest and FINRA’s suitability requirements may make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy speculative, low-priced securities. They may affect investing in our common stock or our preferred stock, which may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in our securities. As a result, fewer broker-dealers may be willing to make a market in our common stock or our preferred stock, reducing a stockholder’s ability to resell shares of our common stock or our preferred stock.

 

Risks Relating to this Offering

 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares.

 

Recently, there have been instances of extreme stock price run-ups followed by rapid price declines and strong stock price volatility with a number of recent public offerings, especially among companies with relatively smaller public floats. If you purchase our common stock in our  resale offering, you may not be able to sell those shares at or above the resale offering price. In particular, our common stock may be subject to rapid and substantial price volatility, low volumes of trades and large spreads in bid and ask prices, given that we will have relatively small public floats after this offering, and the selling stockholders of the Company are offering resale shares through the resale prospectus. Such volatility, including any stock-run up, may be unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects.

 

 86 
Table of Contents 

 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

§  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;

§  the sale of resale shares by our selling stockholders in the open market;

§  the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

§  actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

§  announcements by us or our competitors of significant services or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

§  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

§  lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

§  other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

 

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Stockholders may filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. In the event that we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

 

Holders of our common stock may also not be able to readily liquidate their investment or may be forced to sell at depressed prices due to low volume trading. Broad market fluctuations and general economic and political conditions may also adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in our Common Stock. Furthermore, the potential extreme volatility may confuse the public investors of the value of our stock, distort the market perception of our stock price and our company’s financial performance and public image, negatively affect the long-term liquidity of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual or expected operating performance. If we encounter such volatility, including any rapid stock price increases and declines seemingly unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance and financial condition or prospects, it will likely make it difficult and confusing for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our Common Stock and understand the value thereof.

 

Our common stock is currently thinly traded and may continue to experience significant price volatility, which could make it difficult for investors to sell their shares.

 

The OTCID Market, on which our common stock is currently quoted, is an over-the-counter market that generally provides substantially less liquidity than a national securities exchange. Trading in our common stock has historically been limited, and our shares may continue to be thinly traded and subject to significant price volatility. As a result, investors may find it difficult to obtain accurate market quotations for our common stock, and holders of our common stock may be unable to resell their securities at or near the offering price, or at all.

 

Even if a more active trading market develops in the future, the market price of our common stock could remain highly volatile and may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Significant volatility in the trading price of our common stock could cause investors to suffer substantial losses or impair their ability to liquidate their holdings.

 

Although we may explore opportunities to have our common stock listed or quoted on additional trading markets in the future, we do not currently satisfy the listing standards of any national securities exchange, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on another eligible market. In addition, no assurance can be given that any such listing or quotation would result in greater liquidity or reduced volatility in the trading price of our common stock.

 

 87 
Table of Contents 

 

The number of shares being registered for resale with this offering is significant in relation to our outstanding shares.

 

We are registering 20,621,250 shares of common stock for resale by certain selling stockholders.  The selling stockholders may sell their shares from time to time at a fixed price per share within the range of $3.00 and $5.00 per share, unless our common stock is ever to become listed on a national securities exchange or eligible market, such as the OTCQB or OTCQX. Thereafter, sales by the selling stockholders may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. We do not currently satisfy the listing standards of any national securities exchange, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on another eligible market

 

All of the shares registered for resale on behalf of the selling stockholders are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We have included the resale prospectus in the registration statement to register these restricted shares for sale into the public market by the selling stockholders. These restricted securities, if sold in the market all at once or at about the same time, could depress the market price and also could affect our ability to raise equity capital. Any outstanding shares not registered in the resale prospectus will remain as “restricted shares” in the hands of the holders, except for those sales that satisfy the requirements under Rule 144 or another exemption to the registration requirements under the Securities Act.

  

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. However, we may receive up to $4,095,000 from the exercise of 10,237,500 common warrants at $0.40 per share and $14.63 from the exercise of 146,250 pre-funded warrants at $0.0001 per share, assuming all warrants are exercised for cash. Any such proceeds would be used for general working capital and other general corporate purposes. The Company’s indebtedness consists primarily of notes payable and other financing arrangements incurred in connection with its private credit operations, real estate acquisitions, and related corporate activities. Such indebtedness generally bears interest at fixed or variable rates ranging from approximately 6% to 15% and has maturity dates ranging from short term obligations to long term maturities extending through August 31, 2030. Certain indebtedness incurred within the past twelve months was issued in connection with real estate acquisitions, refinancings, or strategic transactions, and not for short term working capital purposes.

 

MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK

 

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCID under the trading symbol “SWRD.” Quotations on the OTCID reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down commission, and may not represent actual transactions. On June 29, 2026, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $2.75 per share.

 

We do not currently have an active trading market, and purchasers in this offering are purchasing shares that are very thinly traded. There is no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained.

 

Holders 

 

As of  June 30, 2026, we had approximately 401 shareholders of record of our common stock. The number of stockholders of record does not include certain beneficial owners of our common stock, whose shares are held in the names of various dealers, clearing agencies, banks, brokers and other fiduciaries. 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared nor paid any cash dividends on our common stock and currently intend to retain all of our cash and any earnings for use in our business and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.

  

 88 
Table of Contents 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

 

Company Overview

 

We are a diversified financial services company with two complementary business platforms: Private Credit and Real Estate. Our strategy is to provide alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses (SMBs) underserved by traditional lenders, while also building a portfolio of income-producing and value-enhancing real estate assets. Together, these businesses are designed to broaden our revenue base, strengthen the balance sheet with tangible assets, and support long-term, capital-efficient growth.

 

The Private Credit Division provides revenue-based funding and related financing products to SMBs nationwide. In most cases the SMB’s that apply to the Company for financing have average monthly revenues of below $500,000. Since 2020, we have originated more than $153 million in funding and supported over 10,000 businesses across the United States. The Real Estate Division, launched in 2025, targets strategic investments in residential, mixed-use, and commercial properties designed to generate stable rental income and have the potential for long-term value appreciation. These real estate holdings improve our overall capital efficiency by anchoring the balance sheet with durable, income-producing assets, lowering our blended cost of capital, and providing recurring cash flows that enhance liquidity management.

 

As part of our broader strategic plan, we are pursuing a measured integration of digital-asset technologies across both business segments on a contingent and conditional basis only. Through partnerships with established financial-technology providers, currently limited to the Dolomite Foundation, the Company is developing frameworks for the use of digital payment instruments in its Private Credit operations and evaluating opportunities for tokenization within its Real Estate platform, which consists of the ownership and management of income-producing commercial real estate assets. These initiatives are intended to improve operational transparency, reduce transaction costs, and expand financing optionality within existing regulatory and accounting standards.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, these digital asset initiatives are not deployed in our live business operations and we do not currently conduct transactions, custody assets, or generate revenues through blockchain based or tokenized instruments. We currently estimate that any potential implementation, if any, could occur within a preliminary internal planning horizon of approximately 24 to 36 months from the date of this prospectus. Any such implementation remains subject to a number of factors, including evolving regulatory requirements, accounting and audit considerations, the design and testing of appropriate internal controls and compliance procedures, technology partner readiness, cybersecurity and operational risk management, and market acceptance. There can be no assurance that these initiatives will be implemented within this or any other timeframe, or at all.

 

While each division operates independently, they are designed to complement one another. The real estate business provides steady, long-term income and strengthens overall financial stability, while the private credit business offers faster-turnover funding with attractive near-term returns. Together, they create a balanced model in which real estate adds stability and efficiency, private credit drives growth, and digital-asset infrastructure provides additional flexibility and modernization of the Company’s capital management strategy. 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2025, total revenue was $16.3 million, of which approximately 72% was generated by the Private Credit Division and 28% by the Real Estate Division. The Real Estate Division reflects approximately six months of activity following the acquisition of the 1818 Park property in July 2025 and therefore is not directly comparable to a full-year period. 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, total revenue was $3.9 million, of which approximately 38% was generated by the Private Credit Division and 62% by the Real Estate Division. We currently expect the Real Estate Division to represent a larger percentage of total revenue for the full year 2026 than it did in 2025, primarily as a result of a full year of rental and operating income from the 1818 Park property. At the same time, we expect Private Credit revenue to increase as a result of expanded Direct Funding origination capabilities and improved capital availability. These expectations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including changes in interest rates, real estate occupancy and rental rates, merchant cash advance demand, regulatory developments, and general economic conditions. Actual results could differ materially from these expectations. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information.”

 

Private Credit Overview

 

Our Private Credit Division provides alternative financing solutions to SMBs across the United States. The core of our business is the origination and funding of merchant cash advances (MCAs), both directly and through syndication arrangements with our partners. These MCA activities represent our principal line of business and generate the substantial majority of our revenues.

 

Since 2020, we have originated over $153 million in capital and supported more than 10,000 SMBs nationwide. We are headquartered in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, with operations in the Dominican Republic. In addition to our MCA business, we occasionally act as a broker for other funders, earning commissions when SMB customers we refer obtain financial products such as MCA or lines of credit. These brokerage activities are ancillary to our MCA operations and represent a smaller portion of our business.

 

Our MCA business is conducted through operating subsidiaries that sit under our private credit holding company. These subsidiaries include FAVO Funding LLC, Honeycomb LLC, and Fore Funding LLC, which originate and service MCA transactions. Our brokerage activities, which consist of referring merchants to third-party funders and earning commissions, are conducted through Fore Funding LLC and DBOSS Funding LLC, also held within the same private credit platform.

 

 89 
Table of Contents 

 

Merchant Cash Advances

 

Merchant cash advances (“MCAs”) have evolved as an alternative capital source primarily for small businesses, and they represent the principal product we currently originate and fund. In our MCA transactions, a merchant sells a portion of its future receipts to us at a discount in exchange for an upfront lump-sum payment. The merchant then remits a specified percentage of its sales receipts, typically through daily Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) transfers, until we have received the full amount of purchased receipts.

 

Unlike loans or securities, MCAs are structured as purchases and sales of future receipts and the assignment of related rights. Our small and medium-sized business (“SMB”) customers typically use these advances for working capital, such as inventory purchases, equipment financing, or other immediate business needs.

 

While MCAs constitute a core component of our revenue model, we also generate brokerage income on a limited basis by referring merchants to third-party funders for products such as MCAs and lines of credit. These brokerage activities account for a smaller share of our business relative to our directly originated and syndicated MCA portfolios.

 

We operate a direct and syndication revenue-based funding platform to serve SMBs in need of liquidity to fulfill their financial responsibilities. Through our direct sales, marketing, underwriting, and operational platform, and in collaboration with our six primary Syndication Partners, each of which operates in the same revenue-based financing business as Stewards, we provide funding solutions for customers. These syndication arrangements allow us to participate in a percentage of approved transactions, with participation amounts ranging from 10% to 95% of the deal value. Pursuant to Master Participation Agreements and related agreements, Stewards originates and funds transactions and, in certain Direct Funding transactions, may include third-party participants such as accredited investors, family offices, investment funds, high-net-worth individuals and other capital partners that acquire an economic participation interest in a portion of a funded transaction. Stewards maintains the direct contractual relationship with the merchant and is responsible for servicing and collection activities on behalf of itself and such participants. In Syndicated Funding transactions, the syndication partner generally maintains the direct contractual relationship with the merchant and performs servicing and collection functions. This structure enables us to diversify risk, leverage partner deal flow, and expand the scale of our funding platform while maintaining consistency with our underwriting criteria.

 

We originate and provide revenue-based financing to businesses primarily through MCAs. We provide convenient, fully automated financial solutions to our customers. An SMB customer who enters into an MCA commits to delivering a percentage of its receipts through ACH or wire debits or by splitting credit card receipts until all purchased receipts are remitted to us.

 

We believe traditional lenders face a number of challenges and limitations that make it difficult to address the capital needs of SMBs, such as:

 

§  Organizational and Structural Challenges. The costly combination of physical branches and manually intensive underwriting procedures makes it difficult for traditional lenders to efficiently serve SMBs. They also serve a broad set of customers, including both consumers and enterprises, and are not solely focused on addressing the needs of SMBs.

 

§  Technology Limitations. Many traditional lenders use legacy or third-party systems that are difficult to integrate or adapt to the shifting needs of small businesses. These technology limitations make it challenging for traditional lenders to aggregate new data sources, leverage advanced analytics and streamline and automate credit decisions and funding.

 

Products not Designed for SMBs. SMBs are not well served by traditional loan products. We believe that traditional lenders often offer products characterized by larger loan sizes, longer durations and rigid collateral requirements. By contrast, SMBs often seek small loans for short-term investments.

 

As a result, we believe that SMBs feel underserved by traditional lenders. Our solution was built specifically to address SMBs’ capital needs. We offer products to SMBs to enable them to access capital. We facilitate eligible merchants to secure cash advances and accelerate the growth of their business by providing access to simple, fast, and convenient working capital under MCAs. This structure has some advantages over the structure of a conventional loan. Most importantly, payments towards an MCA can be modified for hardships suffered by a business, giving the merchant greater flexibility with which to manage their cash flow, particularly during an unforeseen event. MCAs are processed much faster than a typical loan, giving borrowers quicker access to capital.

 

 90 
Table of Contents 

 

Direct and Syndicated Funding

 

A key challenge in the merchant cash advance industry is securing sufficient capital to meet strong demand from small businesses. We originate merchant cash advances through two distinct models: Direct Funding and Syndicated Funding.

 

In Direct Funding, we originate, underwrite, fund, contract directly with the merchant, and service the MCA entirely. In certain transactions, we may also have third-party co-funders pursuant to master participation agreements who participate in the deal. These co-funders are typically accredited investors, investment funds, high-net-worth individuals, employees and other capital partners seeking exposure to merchant cash advance assets. We identify and select co-funders based on factors including available capital, experience with alternative finance investments, reputation, regulatory considerations, and willingness to participate on terms acceptable to us.

 

Under a typical participation arrangement, the co-funder acquires a contractual participation interest in a specified percentage of the economics of an MCA transaction, which historically has averaged less than 25% of the funded amount. We retain responsibility for sourcing the merchant, underwriting the transaction, funding the advance, maintaining the contractual relationship with the merchant, servicing and collecting payments, and administering the transaction. Co-funders do not have a direct contractual relationship with the merchant and generally do not participate in day-to-day servicing or collection activities.

 

In exchange for their participation interest, co-funders are entitled to receive their agreed share of collections generated by the applicable MCA transaction, net of servicing and collection fees payable to us. We generally receive a servicing fee for administering the transaction and may also retain a larger economic interest than the co-funder. Participation arrangements are typically non-recourse to us except for customary representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the applicable participation agreement.

 

In Syndicated Funding, we participate in a single MCA with a syndication partner who originates, underwrites, funds and services the MCA. We participate alongside six established syndication partners under Master Participation Agreements. As a participant, we generally range from 10% to 95% participation in each transaction, subject to our investment guidelines.

 

As of December 31, 2025, approximately 62.3% of all funded deals were completed through the Company’s Syndicated Funding model, while approximately 37.68% of funded deals were completed through the Company’s Direct Funding model. As of the most recent period presented, the majority of funded deals continued to be completed through the Company’s Syndicated Funding model, while the Company is actively working to increase the proportion of Direct Funding originations following the Simplified Acquisition and expanded origination capacity.

 

To manage portfolio concentration and counterparty exposure, the Company actively monitors its syndication relationships and does not participate in any Syndicated Funding arrangement where its participation would exceed 40% of a syndication partner’s total portfolio.

 

This approach balances higher-margin Direct Fundings with the capital efficiency and risk diversification benefits of Syndication Funding. The table below outlines key differences between the two models.

 

Aspect Direct Funding Syndicated Funding
Contract with Merchant We contract directly with the merchant Syndication partner contracts directly with the merchant
Funding Role We fund the advance directly to the merchant. We provide only our agreed participation percentage
Servicing & Collections We perform all servicing and collections Syndication partner performs servicing and collections
Revenue Full factor-rate income + origination + administrative fees Proportionate share of MCA income only
Risk Exposure 100% of performance risk on our balance sheet Proportionate share of performance risk
Capital Deployment Funded directly to the merchant Capital provided to the syndication partner who then funds the merchant

 

Furthermore, both Direct Funding and Syndicated Funding transactions most often involve multiple parties. In Direct Funding transactions, the Company originates, underwrites, funds, contracts directly with the merchant, and is responsible for servicing and collections. The Company may include third-party participants through Master Participation Agreements. These participants are typically accredited investors, family offices, investment funds, high-net-worth individuals, and other capital partners seeking exposure to merchant cash advance assets. The Company selects participants based on factors including available capital, investment experience, reputation, regulatory considerations, and willingness to participate on terms acceptable to the Company. Participants generally acquire an economic interest in a portion of a transaction, historically averaging less than 25% of the funded amount, but do not have a direct contractual relationship with the merchant and do not participate in day-to-day servicing or collection activities. In Syndicated Funding transactions, a third-party syndication partner originates, underwrites, funds, and contracts directly with the merchant, while the Company participates as an investor providing a portion of the capital. Participants in either model enter into Master Participation Agreements that govern their participation interests, including the allocation of collections, profit-sharing mechanics, servicing responsibilities, and the allocation of risk among the parties.

 

Syndicated Funding transactions may also carry additional costs, such as platform fees charged by syndication partners (generally 3%–5% of remittances), and administrative costs associated with servicing multiple stakeholders. These fees can increase the effective cost of capital relative to Direct Fundings.

 

 91 
Table of Contents 

 

For Direct Fundings, our revenue includes origination fees, administrative fees, MCA income, and ancillary fees (e.g., non-sufficient funds, collections, Uniform Commercial Code filings), all recognized over the contract term as payments are received.

 

For Syndicated Fundings, we do not retain origination or administrative fees. Instead, our revenue is derived from our proportionate share of MCA income based on our participation interest.

 

Our Direct Funding portfolio has SMBs across multiple segments and industry types, but most of our merchants fall into the services, construction, and retail industries. These include restaurants, construction and development projects, physical fitness facilities, accounting and bookkeeping practices, home furnishings and equipment stores, and automotive repair shops, among others.

 

The composition of our Syndication Funding portfolio closely aligns with that of our Direct Funding portfolio, both of which are strategically shaped by evolving market dynamics. Key determinants include macroeconomic conditions, the influence of domestic and international government policy decisions, and the relative advantages of specific U.S. geographic regions. Regulatory and policy environments, whether supportive or restrictive, impact sector performance and are carefully considered in our portfolio construction and allocation strategy.

 

The below table represents the split between deals funded via Direct Funding and Syndicated Funding. 

 

Year

 

Direct Funding

Syndicated Funding

 

Total Funding

 

2023 $17,284,157 $17,351,122 $34,635,279
2024 $12,997,355 $18,025,300 $31,022,655
2025 $7,222,173 $12,095,202 $19,317,375
Q1 2026 $131,000 $1,803,140 $1,934,140

 

Although Syndication Funding currently represents a larger share of total funding volume, our strategic priority is to expand Direct Funding given its higher margin profile and greater control over underwriting and servicing economics. The Simplified Acquisition was undertaken specifically to increase our capacity for direct originations. Over time, we expect Direct Funding to comprise a greater portion of total originations, with Syndication Funding continuing to play a complementary role in providing capital efficiency and risk diversification.

 

MCA – Syndication Partners

 

We identify leading funders in the industry through market research, funding forums, the Revenue Based Funding Coalition (RBFC), and long-term business relationships, all of which have established underwriting and operational capabilities that allow partners to participate in their deal flow. The RBFC includes funders, brokers, Independent Sales Organizations, and industry vendors that provide technology and operational services to the sector. It was established to educate policymakers and regulators on issues affecting the non-bank commercial finance industry and to support responsible growth of revenue-based financing. At the same time, the MCA industry remains subject to ongoing regulatory scrutiny at both the federal and state levels, and participation in industry groups such as the RBFC reflects our effort to stay aligned with evolving standards and compliance expectations.

 

 92 
Table of Contents 

 

We currently maintain relationships with six syndication partners, three core partners (Vital Capital, TVT Funding, Inadvance Capital) and three secondary partners (Kings Funding, Boom Funding, Traditions Funding), all of whom operate in the Merchant Cash Advance industry and provide revenue-based financing solutions. Core partners are partners that we actively fund with, often a few times a month whereas secondary partners are used much less frequently. From time to time, we syndicate on various deals that our partners have approved for funding, with syndication participation amounts typically ranging from 10% to 95% of the transaction value. In the case the Company participates in a deal with a syndication partner, the syndication partner is always acting as the lead funder with the Company having no direct contract with the merchant. The Company is merely a participant in the deal and provides a share of the capital to the lead funder to fund the deal and in turn benefits from the economic terms of the deal, These arrangements are governed by Master Participation Agreements and Independent Sales Organization agreements, which establish the terms of engagement and responsibilities of each party. These agreements govern key terms of the relationship including, the platform fee or collection fee charged for participation which is stated as a fixed fee, the servicing of the deal and relevant disbursements and any general indemnifications and warranties. Each individual deal will be presented to the Company with specific terms, for example, the principal amount, payback amount, factor and duration and sometimes will also indicate if there is a lower platform fee associated with that deal.

 

To manage concentration risk, we do not participate in any syndication arrangement where our exposure exceeds 40% of a partner’s total portfolio. We also actively manage participation amounts to ensure diversification and maintain a balanced portfolio mix. All syndication partners are provided with investment guidelines aligned with our internal underwriting standards, and they are required to adhere to those criteria, ensuring consistency and risk alignment across all investments. This framework enables Stewards to leverage the scale and capabilities of its partners to expand access to funding for SMBs while maintaining rigorous risk management discipline.

 

Brokered Products

 

In addition to our direct and syndicated MCA operations, we act as an intermediary in brokering financial products, earning commissions from funders when transactions close. Within this category, merchant cash advances and lines of credit are the meaningful contributors, while equipment financing and business term loans comprised the balance. Our activity in U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) loans and invoice factoring was not material during the reporting period, though these products remain available as part of our platform and may contribute to revenues in the future as merchant demand evolves.

 

Our role in these transactions is limited to acting as an intermediary: we identify merchants with financing needs, match them with appropriate funders, and earn referral or brokerage fees, typically calculated as a percentage of the funded amount, once the transaction is completed. We do not originate or fund these products directly and do not assume credit risk on the underlying obligations.

 

This brokerage activity complements our MCA operations by broadening merchant relationships and creating repeat commission opportunities. Applications are sourced through marketing initiatives, including online advertising, outbound calling, trade show participation, and referrals, with additional support from a call center located in the Dominican Republic. We maintain relationships with a network of funding sources, such as commercial banks, online lenders, SBA-approved institutions, and factoring companies.

 

 93 
Table of Contents 

 

Once a funder approves and funds a transaction, our role is complete, and we earn compensation directly from the funder, typically built into the financing cost. By offering MCAs and lines of credit through third-party partners alongside our direct activities, we diversify our revenue streams and expand our reach, while continuing to maintain our primary focus on revenue-based funding solutions. 

 

While brokerage commissions represented approximately 20% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024, we do not view this segment as a core growth driver. We position brokerage primarily as a complementary offering that broadens merchant relationships, rather than as a business line we intend to scale.

 

MCA - Cost of Sales

 

We incur sales commissions costs for direct and syndicated originations. Commission expense is recognized over the term of the deal. Additionally, we incur marketing expenses associated with direct MCA originations. Marketing expenses consist of various lead generation, internet, phone, advertising, and other costs associated with new account originations. Marketing expenses are recognized as incurred.

 

MCA Platform and Service Fees

 

For each Syndicated Funding MCA origination, we are charged a platform or servicing fee. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the advance receipt collected on our behalf and is deducted from the amount disbursed.

 

MCA Credit Losses

 

Under the current expected credit loss (CECL) model of ASC 326, we recognize an allowance for a portion of the receipts at the time of concluding a deal and additional allowances based on the amount of time since a payment was last received and whether the receivable has been handed over to collections. The approach is based on the Company's internal knowledge and historical default rates over the expected life of the receipts and is adjusted to reflect current economic conditions. A receivable from a merchant is classified as defaulted once the merchant has stopped paying and all reasonable efforts to communicate and resolve the situation have failed. Once the merchant is in default, the receivable is then handed over to a legal team to begin the collection process. Historical default rates for the portfolio were at 15.07% for 2023, 13.09% for 2024 and 8.53% for 2025.

 

This evaluation takes into account the customer's ability and intention to pay the consideration when it is due along with incorporating changes in the forward-looking estimates. If the expected financial condition of the Company’s customers were to improve, the allowances may be reduced accordingly.

 

Underwriting Process and Credit Assessment of Merchant Customers

 

Our underwriting process is central to both our direct MCA portfolio and our Syndicated Funding activities. Each merchant applicant is evaluated using a structured combination of automated data analysis, artificial intelligence (AI), and human review to assess the business’s ability to generate consistent receivables and meet repayment obligations.

 

We apply a multi-step framework designed to filter out higher-risk applicants and identify merchants most likely to perform, with fewer than 5% of applications proceeding to funding. This process integrates anomaly detection and fraud-prevention tools with professional underwriter judgment, allowing us to evaluate applications efficiently while maintaining credit discipline. Over time, this selective approach has resulted in portfolio performance with loss and default levels consistent with the high thresholds established by our underwriting standards.

 

Integration of Artificial Intelligence and Automation

 

We employ a combination of automation, machine learning, and human oversight within our underwriting process. These tools help authenticate documents, identify inconsistencies, and structure raw data into decision-ready formats. Human underwriters remain responsible for final approvals, ensuring that technology outputs are reviewed within a controlled decision framework.

 

 94 
Table of Contents 

 

AI-driven capabilities are applied within secure, compliance-oriented environments. All merchant data is collected with applicant consent, either through direct submissions (e.g., bank statements, tax filings, credit reports) or third-party data-aggregation providers. Data is handled under encryption and access-controlled systems. We do not disclose, sell, or repurpose merchant data for non-underwriting uses.

 

Key capabilities include:

•         Document authentication and fraud detection: Identifying tampering or inconsistencies in submitted records.

•         Anomaly detection: Flagging unusual cash-flow activity or mismatches in bank transaction data.

•         Automated structuring: Converting bank statements and financial documents into standardized data for review.

•         Risk scoring: Predictive models that compare applicants against internal credit parameters.

 

Applications flagged by automation are escalated for manual review. This blended model allows for efficient processing while maintaining oversight and compliance.

 

Data Collection and Analysis

 

We collect a range of information from merchants during the application process, including:

 

•         Traditional credit bureau data (e.g., consumer and commercial credit histories).

•         Government and legal records (e.g., state filings, tax records, liens, judgments).

•         Behavioral and transactional data (e.g., bank activity, repayment patterns, landlord feedback).

•         Digital presence and reputation data (e.g., online visibility, reviews, social media).

•         Network-shared performance data from other funders on defaults or fraud.

 

Because small businesses lack a standardized credit score equivalent to consumer FICO ratings, we supplement bureau data with these alternative sources. Greater emphasis is placed on demonstrated business performance, cash-flow resilience, and repayment history than on an owner’s personal credit profile.

 

Below is a description of our underwriting process for applicant merchants, with four steps to completion.

 

1.       Initial Screening

 

✔ Verify document integrity and application completeness.

✔ Apply automatic decline rules (e.g., prohibited industries, prior defaults, negative banking history).

✔ Use anomaly-detection tools to flag inconsistencies in financial submissions.

✔ Confirm business legitimacy through entity verification and basic fraud checks.

 

2.       Full Underwriting

 

✔ Analyze business expenses, legal compliance, and online presence.

✔ Review historical bank statements and repayment trends.

✔ Assess revenue concentration, seasonality, and debt obligations.

✔ Supplement automated scoring with underwriter review.

✔ Price transactions according to internal risk models and repayment capacity.

 

3.       Approval

 

✔ Transactions are escalated based on size and risk profile:

✔ Up to $35,000: approved by senior underwriters.

✔ $35,000 – $100,000: requires underwriting committee approval.✔ Above $100,000: reviewed by the CFO and requires final approval from the CEO.

✔ Decisions incorporate both model outputs and manual judgment.

 

4.       Final Verification and Funding

 

✔ Conduct background checks for legal and financial risks.

✔ Re-verify revenue consistency using most recent bank data.

✔ Confirm terms with a recorded verification call.

✔ Wire transfers are executed by the CFO or Credit Controller, subject to executive authorization.

 

 95 
Table of Contents 

 

Efficiency and Risk Considerations

 

Our process is designed to be more efficient than traditional bank lending, generally allowing approvals and funding within 24–72 hours versus weeks for banks. Although the Company does not actively track application to funding times, our estimated average time from application to funding is 24 hours. Efficiency is achieved through automated data aggregation, AI-driven anomaly detection, and human oversight.

 

Our underwriting process is broken down into 4 stages:

1)       Initial screening: This stage involves ensuring all the required documentation has been received, and the merchant meets the initial funding requirements. During this stage we will ensure that the application meets our minimum underwriting requirements including, time in business, average revenue, industry, FICO score, negative days, average daily and ending bank balances.

2)       Full underwriting: This stage involves a detailed review of the application, including legal documentation reviews and business performance evaluations. We rely on third party software and information to support this review including; MoneyThumb, TransUnion, Secretary of State filings, court filings and Google searches.

3)       Approval: Once the application is fully underwritten, the offer to fund is sent for approval by management or our senior underwriters.

Final verification and funding: Once the offer is approved, a final background check is completed, and any recent banking transactions are verified for revenue consistency. Prior to releasing the funding wire, a funding call is completed on a recorded line to discuss the terms of funding.As mentioned above we depend on third-party providers for certain inputs, such as bank-statement verification, credit bureau data, and fraud detection. Disruptions in these services could affect our ability to process applications efficiently, as described in our risk factors.

 

Over time, we believe that this disciplined, technology-enhanced underwriting process has contributed to portfolio performance consistent with our selective funding standards, supporting stable cash flows and risk-adjusted returns.

 

Integration of Digital Asset Strategy within Private Credit

 

The Company is evaluating the integration of digital-asset infrastructure within its Private Credit operations on a contingent and conditional basis only. As part of this initiative, the Company has entered into a strategic partnership with the Dolomite Foundation, a Cayman-based entity that develops tokenized financial infrastructure and digital-settlement frameworks.

 

Through this relationship, the Company intends to explore the use of U.S.-dollar-denominated digital instruments and related blockchain settlement tools to facilitate the movement of funds among institutional lenders, subsidiaries, and counterparties. The objective of this framework is to shorten funding cycles, reduce transaction costs, and strengthen auditability within the Company’s credit origination, syndication, and servicing processes. The Company’s participation in these activities will be implemented on a measured basis, consistent with applicable banking, securities, and anti-money-laundering regulations, and subject to continuing review by management and external advisors.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, these digital asset initiatives are not deployed in our live business operations and we do not currently conduct transactions, custody assets, or generate revenues through blockchain based or tokenized instruments. We currently estimate that any potential implementation, if any, could occur within a preliminary internal planning horizon of approximately 24 to 36 months from the date of this prospectus. Any such implementation remains subject to a number of factors, including evolving regulatory requirements, accounting and audit considerations, the design and testing of appropriate internal controls and compliance procedures, technology partner readiness, cybersecurity and operational risk management, and market acceptance. There can be no assurance that these initiatives will be implemented within this or any other timeframe, or at all.

 

 96 
Table of Contents 

 

Real Estate Overview

 

Our Real Estate Division, launched in 2025, focuses on acquiring and managing income-producing properties that complement our private credit platform. The Company’s Real Estate platform is operated as an integrated business line and includes property acquisition, asset-level financing management, coordination with third-party property managers, lease administration, budgeting, and capital planning. The Company currently targets primarily multifamily properties, as well as select mixed-use and commercial assets, in strategic U.S. markets that provide stable cash flows and the potential for long-term value appreciation.

 

The division emphasizes stabilized, cash-flowing properties that diversify revenue streams and strengthen the Company’s overall asset base with tangible collateral. By anchoring the balance sheet in real estate, we enhance institutional creditworthiness, improve access to competitively priced financing, and support capital efficiency. These investments are conducted through subsidiaries established for property acquisition and management, structured to support our real-estate strategy while accommodating applicable noncontrolling preferred interests. The objective of these entities is to broaden our revenue base and support sustainable long-term growth.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Company’s Real Estate platform consists of a single property, 1818 Park, a multifamily residential property located in Hollywood, Florida. Accordingly, the Company’s real estate operations are currently concentrated in a single asset, a single property type, and a single geographic market. The property is managed by a third-party property manager under the Company’s oversight. While the Company intends to evaluate additional real estate investments over time, there can be no assurance that it will acquire additional properties, and the Company expects its real estate portfolio to remain concentrated in the near term.

 

Strategic Role of the Real Estate Division

 

The Real Estate Division plays a complementary role to our MCA and broader private credit operations. Tangible, income-generating real estate assets enhance the depth and quality of our balance sheet, which broadens the collateral base available for institutional financing arrangements and supports access to lower-cost capital. This stronger asset position improves lender confidence and provides flexibility in structuring credit facilities, ultimately enhancing net yields across our MCA originations and related credit activities.

 

In addition, recurring income from rental streams and condominium sales provides supplemental cash flow that offsets variability inherent in the MCA portfolio. Over time, appreciation in property values may further enhance shareholder value through refinancing or selective asset sales, though the division’s primary role is to improve capital efficiency and financial resilience rather than to serve as a direct source of short-term liquidity.

 

 97 
Table of Contents 

 

By combining the steady, asset-backed stability of real estate with the faster turnover and scalability of private credit, the Company aims to create a balanced model that enhances credit quality, reduces overall cost of capital, and supports sustainable growth across both business segments.

 

Target Acquisition Strategy

 

Our real estate division is focused on acquiring well-located, income-producing properties at attractive entry prices relative to replacement cost or market comparables. We target assets in the US that have strong underlying fundamentals and sustained tenant demand, seeking opportunities where operational, leasing, or capital structure enhancements can drive value creation. Our acquisition approach is disciplined and data-driven, evaluating both current income potential and future upside through repositioning or improved capital deployment.

 

Acquisitions are guided by defined financial criteria. We generally target properties expected to deliver internal rates of return (IRR) and capitalization rate spreads that are accretive to our weighted average cost of capital (WACC). We also consider loan-to-value (LTV) thresholds, projected funds from operations (FFO) contribution, and the stability of expected cash flows in assessing each opportunity. This framework provides consistency in evaluating potential transactions and ensures that capital is allocated with the objective of balancing risk, return, and liquidity.

 

Value creation is achieved through two primary models:

 

•         Rental Model: We focus on maintaining high occupancy levels, capturing market rent growth, controlling operating expenses, and implementing targeted capital improvements to enhance tenant experience and asset performance.

 

•         Condominium Model: Where applicable, we seek to optimize unit pricing, manage sales velocity, and implement focused marketing campaigns to maximize sales proceeds. While condominium projects may involve higher development and redevelopment costs relative to stabilized rental assets, we evaluate them within a disciplined financial framework that considers expected absorption rates, pricing sensitivity, and project-level return thresholds. Our intent is to maintain a balanced mix, with stabilized rental assets representing the core of the portfolio and condominium projects pursued selectively where market demand and projected returns justify the added risk. In condominium transactions, we also assess occupancy and absorption targets as key performance indicators to ensure that projected timelines and sales velocity align with overall capital allocation discipline.

 

Exit Strategies

 

We evaluate multiple exit strategies for each asset at the time of acquisition and throughout the hold period, with the objective of maximizing total return and maintaining flexibility in capital deployment. Our primary strategy is a long-term hold, whereby properties are retained to generate recurring rental income and potential capital appreciation. This approach supports predictable cash flows and strengthens the balance sheet, which in turn improves the Company’s overall capital efficiency and weighted average cost of capital (WACC).

 

Where market conditions, interest rate environments, or asset performance create favorable opportunities, we may pursue a sale, refinancing, or recapitalization to optimize return on invested capital (ROIC). These decisions are guided by disciplined financial criteria, including expected yields, debt costs, and projected cash-on-cash returns, rather than reliance on asset sales for short-term liquidity. Potential strategies may include selling an asset outright, entering into a joint venture with new capital partners, or refinancing to unlock equity while retaining ownership.

 

For condominium projects, we may implement a phased sell-down strategy to optimize pricing and absorption rates while managing supply risk. Select units may be retained within the rental portfolio to generate ongoing income and preserve long-term optionality. Across all property types, our exit planning is structured to align with long-term capital allocation discipline, balancing current income generation with capital recycling into higher-yielding opportunities.

 

 98 
Table of Contents 

 

Leasing & Sales

 

We employ a disciplined, market-responsive approach to both leasing and sales activities, designed to optimize occupancy, rental yields, and asset value across its portfolio. For rental assets, lease structures may include fixed-term agreements, percentage-based leases tied to tenant sales performance, or hybrid models that combine base rent with variable components. Renewal options are strategically incorporated to enhance tenant retention, minimize downtime, and maintain consistent revenue streams. Lease terms are negotiated to align with market demand, asset positioning, and long-term strategic objectives, while protecting downside risk through creditworthy tenant selection and appropriate security provisions.

 

For assets operated under a condominium sales model, we implement a phased release strategy to manage market absorption and achieve optimal pricing. Units are brought to market in stages, allowing us to respond dynamically to buyer demand, interest rate conditions, and competitive supply. This approach is supported by targeted marketing campaigns, pre-sale strategies, and selective retention of certain units for ongoing rental income or future disposition. By maintaining flexibility in leasing and sales strategies, we seek to balance predictable cash flows with opportunities for potential capital appreciation and value realization.

 

Property Management

 

Our property management practices are designed to preserve and enhance asset value while ensuring the operational integrity of our real estate portfolio. Currently, properties are managed by experienced third-party firms engaged under agreements that include defined performance benchmarks addressing occupancy levels, tenant retention, service quality, and cost efficiency.

 

Management activities focus on timely and responsive tenant service, preventative maintenance programs to extend the useful life of building systems and improvements, and disciplined control of operating expenses. Performance is monitored on an ongoing basis, with operational adjustments implemented as necessary to maintain market competitiveness, mitigate vacancy risk, and support stable long-term income generation.

 

Performance Monitoring

 

We employ a structured, data-driven approach to monitoring the performance of our real estate assets to ensure they meet targeted financial and operational benchmarks. Key performance indicators include occupancy levels, net operating income (NOI), lease expiration schedules, rent collection trends, and, for condominium projects, sales velocity and absorption rates. These metrics are reviewed regularly at both the property and portfolio levels, enabling management to identify trends, risks, and opportunities in real time.

 

Insights derived from this monitoring process inform tactical and strategic decisions, including adjustments to marketing campaigns, leasing incentives, and tenant mix optimization. In addition, capital expenditure priorities are continuously reassessed to ensure that property improvements deliver measurable returns and align with evolving market conditions. This active management framework is intended to maintain asset competitiveness, maximize revenue, and preserve long-term value.

 

1818 Park

 

Overview

 

On July 11, 2025, we entered into multi-entity member interest purchase agreements to acquire 1818 Park, a 281,493-square-foot mixed-use property located in Hollywood, Florida. The asset comprises approximately 237,173 square feet of residential space, 19,737 square feet of commercial space, 16,800 square feet of parking facilities, 5,171 square feet of office space, and 2,612 square feet of storage. The residential component includes 273 rental units in a mix of studios, one-bedroom, two-bedroom, and three-bedroom layouts, of which two are penthouse residences, the largest of which spans 2,319 square feet. The commercial component features a diversified tenant mix including a national bank branch, a hair salon, multiple food and beverage operators, and a 12,000-square-foot food hall. The office component includes one 4,113-square-foot office currently under development and nearing completion.

 

As of June 22, 2026, physical occupancy was approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 residential units leased). There were 21 physically vacant units, of which 11 were pre-leased. There were also 18 units with active notices to vacate (NTV), of which 11 were pre-leased to new tenants. Based on the current rent roll, annualized property revenue was approximately $9.9 million, consisting of approximately $8.24 million of residential rental revenue, approximately $274 thousand of retail rental revenue, and approximately $1.38 million of other property income. Annualized operating expenses were approximately $5.5 million, resulting in annualized net operating income (NOI) of approximately $4.4 million.

 

 99 
Table of Contents 

 

The acquisition of 1818 Park aligns closely with our real estate division’s acquisition criteria. The property was secured at a favorable price relative to replacement cost and market comparables, in a location (Young Circle) characterized by strong population growth, robust tenant demand, and ongoing economic investment. The asset’s diversified mix of residential, commercial, and food hall space provides multiple income streams and diversification benefits that reduce reliance on any single segment.

 

Operationally, we intend to pursue initiatives aimed at enhancing occupancy, optimizing lease terms, and implementing targeted capital improvements to support rental growth and tenant retention. In addition, we are actively pursuing a refinancing of the existing Blackstone senior mortgage loan, which reached its stated maturity date on June 1, 2026. Pending the completion of a longer-term refinancing, the Company and the lender have negotiated a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to the Loan Documents that would extend the loan's maturity date from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. Although the Fifth Omnibus Amendment has been prepared, it has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. While the loan documents provide a contractual one-year extension option through June 2027, the Company does not currently intend to exercise that option and is instead focused on completing a longer-term refinancing. There can be no assurance that the Fifth Omnibus Amendment will be executed or that any longer-term refinancing will be completed on favorable terms, or at all. These operational and financing initiatives, together with the property's established tenant base and location within a growth corridor, are intended to strengthen the property's long-term positioning while addressing current cash flow challenges.

 

Purchase Price and Consideration

 

On July 11, 2025, we completed the acquisition of the 1818 Park property in Hollywood, Florida through a multi-entity transaction structured as follows:

 

  • Block 40 Managers, LLC – Acquired 100% of the membership interests in the property management company responsible for day-to-day operations, tenant services, and facility oversight.  
  • Block 40 Investment Holdings, LLC – Acquired 100% of the membership interests in the investment holding entity, which owns certain contractual rights and interests related to 1818 Park.  
  • Block 40, LLC – Acquired the membership interests in the investment holding entity that owns all assets and certain liabilities of the primary property-owning entity, including the real estate, fixtures and contracts, as well as the existing Blackstone secured mortgage debt and other obligations.  
       

The total purchase price was $74.3 million, structured entirely as a stock-for-liabilities transaction. Consideration consisted of the issuance of shares of our common stock to the sellers and the assumption of certain indebtedness and other liabilities.

 

Pursuant to the multi-entity membership interest purchase agreements entered into in connection with the acquisition of the 1818 Park property, the Company issued an aggregate of 62,673,215 shares of its common stock to the sellers as consideration for the acquired membership interests.

 

Issuing equity rather than using cash or additional debt preserved liquidity for our private credit operations and avoided incremental leverage that could restrict future financing flexibility. The structure strengthened our balance sheet by adding a substantial income-generating real estate asset, which enhances the Company’s overall capital efficiency, broadens the collateral base considered by institutional lenders, and supports access to more competitively priced financing. By making the seller a shareholder, the transaction further aligns their interests with the Company’s long-term performance and value creation, reinforcing management’s focus on sustainable growth and shareholder returns.

 

This multi-entity structure ensured continuity of operations, preserved key contractual rights, and facilitated a seamless transition for tenants, positioning the asset for operational stability and long-term value creation.

 

Acquisition and Financing Structure

 

The acquisition of 1818 Park was completed through the purchase of all of the membership interests of Block 40, LLC, the entity that owns the property and its related liabilities. As a result, the Company acquired indirect ownership of the real estate asset together with the obligations tied to it. As part of this transaction, the Company assumed a senior secured mortgage loan originally in the principal amount of $84.0 million. Following scheduled principal repayments in the weeks after closing, the current outstanding loan balance is approximately $73.6 million as of the date of this prospectus.

 

 100 
Table of Contents 

 

On June 1, 2022, Block 40 Property, LLC entered into a senior secured mortgage loan in the original principal amount of $84.0 million with Deutsche Bank, maturing on June 1, 2025. On June 1, 2025, Blackstone, as the new holder of the loan, extended the maturity date by one month. On July 1, 2025, Blackstone further extended the maturity date to June 1, 2026. In connection with the June and July 2025 extensions, the interest rate increased from Term SOFR plus 2.75% to Term SOFR plus 3.00%, and the existing interest rate cap agreement remains in effect. As part of the extension agreements, the borrower was also required to make scheduled principal curtailments, which reduce the outstanding loan balance in line with agreed amortization milestones, to approximately $73.6 million.

 

The loan is secured by a first-priority mortgage lien on the property, an assignment of leases and rents, and certain reserve and cash accounts, and is generally non-recourse subject to customary carve-outs. The loan agreement has been amended four times since its origination on June 1, 2022. These amendments primarily related to (i) extensions of the maturity date, (ii) an increase in the interest rate spread from Term SOFR + 2.75% to Term SOFR + 3.00% per annum, and (iii) required scheduled principal curtailments that reduced the outstanding loan balance from the original $84.0 million to approximately $73.6 million as of the date of this prospectus, and (iv) the lender's consent to Stewards' acquisition of indirect ownership of the borrower, the addition of Stewards as a guarantor under the loan documents, and related updates to the organizational and loan documentation.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the loan reached its stated maturity date of June 1, 2026. The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date of the loan from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. Key terms of the proposed Fifth Omnibus Amendment include an extension of the maturity date to August 1, 2026, the payment of a modification fee and an extension fee, the grant of a pledge over the membership interests in the borrower entity, the addition of the Company as a guarantor, and a temporary waiver of the requirement to maintain an interest rate cap agreement during the extension period.

 

In parallel, the Company continues to pursue a longer-term refinancing and, on June 11, 2026, received a non-binding term sheet from Värde Mortgage Capital proposing a $79.0 million refinancing facility. Key proposed terms include a 24-month initial term with three 12-month extension options, a floating interest rate of SOFR + 3.95% (with a floor of 7.45%), and customary covenants and reserves.

 

There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully complete a long-term refinancing on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain a long-term refinancing prior to the expiration of the short-term extension period, Blackstone could exercise its remedies under the loan documents, including foreclosure on the 1818 Park property. A foreclosure would result in the loss of the Company’s ownership interest in the property and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity. In addition, the Company could incur significant legal and other costs in connection with any foreclosure proceedings or a forced sale of the property.

 

Key Loan Features

 

  • Borrower: Block 40 Property, LLC (entity that owns the property and subsidiary of Block 40, LLC)
  •      Original Loan Amount: $84.0 million
  •  Amendments: The loan agreement has been amended four times since origination. These amendments primarily related to extensions of the maturity date, an increase in the interest rate spread from Term SOFR + 2.75% to Term SOFR + 3.00%, and required scheduled principal curtailments, and the lender's consent to Stewards' acquisition of indirect ownership of the borrower and its addition as a guarantor under the loan documents.
  •      Current Balance: Approximately $73.6 million as of the date of this prospectus.
  •      Lender / Agent: Blackstone (successor to Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch)
  •        Interest Rate: Term SOFR + 3.00% per annum (floating)
  •        Interest Rate Protection: Interest rate cap agreement in place to mitigate rate risk
  •        Maturity Date: June 1, 2026 (original maturity date). The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date of the loan from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. The Company continues to pursue a longer-term refinancing with Värde Mortgage Capital pursuant to a non-binding term sheet dated June 11, 2026, which proposes a $79.0 million facility with a 24-month initial term plus three 12-month extension options at SOFR + 3.95% (floor of 7.45%). There can be no assurance that a long-term refinancing will be completed on the proposed terms or at all.
  •        Collateral: First priority mortgage lien on 1818 Park, assignment of leases and rents, security interest in reserve/cash management accounts, and collateral assignment of the interest rate cap
  •        Recourse: Non-recourse except for customary carve-outs (fraud, misappropriation, certain covenant breaches)
  •         Guaranty of Carry Costs: Personal guaranties from prior owners covering debt service shortfalls, taxes, insurance, and essential operating expenses

 

As of June 22, 2026, physical occupancy at 1818 Park was approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 residential units leased). There were 21 physically vacant units, of which 11 were pre-leased. There were also 18 units with active notices to vacate (NTV), of which 11 were pre-leased to new tenants. Net controllable availability was approximately 10.3%.

 

1818 Park Property Management

 

On November 14, 2025, the Company’s subsidiary, Block 40, LLC, engaged GCF Development, LLC under a Management Agreement dated November 14, 2025, to exclusively manage, lease, operate, and administer our property at 1818 Park. Under the agreement, the Manager will receive monthly fees starting December 1, 2025 including: (i) 5/6 of a $92,031.25 loan-guarantee fee (surviving termination while guarantees exist), (ii) $120,000 overhead/administrative fee, and (iii) $25,000 project-management fee for 18 months. All accrued fees were due and have been paid as of December 19, 2025.

 

We may terminate on 30 days’ notice with a 12-month break fee if within the first 24 months (no fee thereafter, but loan-guarantee fee persists). Manager may terminate on 60 days’ notice. Manager maintains required liability and E&O insurance, receives broad indemnification for good-faith acts within scope, and may assign to affiliates or successors without consent. The agreement supersedes all prior understandings, and is governed by Florida law.

 

EB-5 Investor Exchange Offer

 

As part of the July 11, 2025 acquisition of the Block 40 Entities and Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC, the Company assumed the obligations associated with EB-5 investors who collectively held Class B preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC. These investors held preferred membership interests with accumulating preferred return features that, absent conversion or repurchase, would have continued indefinitely. The total EB-5 preferred membership interests were included in the $74.3 million purchase price allocation for the transaction.

 

 101 
Table of Contents 

 

Following the acquisition on August 28, 2025, we initiated an offer to these EB-5 investors to exchange their preferred membership interests for shares of our common stock. Participation in the exchange was voluntary. The objective of this exchange is to reduce the long-term accrual burden associated with the EB-5 preferred return structure, simplify the capital structure, and align the interests of these legacy investors with those of our common stockholders. These obligations are specific to the 1818 Park real estate transaction and are structurally distinct from the Company’s other preferred return arrangements in its private credit business.

 

On September 30, 2025, the Company executed an exchange agreement offering these EB-5 investors the opportunity to convert their preferred membership interests into shares of the Company’s common stock, with elections due by October 31, 2025. As of the date of this prospectus, an aggregate of 22,501,649 shares of common stock had been issued to participating investors pursuant to the EB-5 exchange agreements. Of the 89 EB-5 investors, 28 elected to participate in the exchange, and the remaining investors continue to hold their preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC. The objective of this exchange was to eliminate the long-term accrual burden associated with the EB-5 preferred return structure, simplify the capital structure, and align the interests of legacy investors with those of the Company’s common shareholders. These obligations are specific to the 1818 Park real estate transaction and are structurally distinct from the Company’s preferred return arrangements within its private credit business. 

 

EB-5 investors who did not elect to participate in the exchange continue to hold Class B preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC. These interests entitle holders to a preferred return based on their unreturned capital contributions and unpaid preferred return, subject to the availability of cash and declaration by the manager, and provide priority over common membership interests with respect to distributions and liquidation proceeds. The Class B preferred membership interests do not have a stated maturity date and are not mandatorily redeemable. Redemption or liquidity events may occur upon specified contingent events, including a sale, refinancing, or dissolution of Block 40, LLC, or upon denial of the investor’s Form I-526 petition by U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services. These preferred membership interests remain outstanding following the exchange and are structurally distinct from the Company’s preferred equity or debt instruments.

 

Tenant Base

 

The property generates rental income from both residential and commercial tenants, with residential units comprising the majority of leased space and retail, dining, office, and co-working uses contributing additional revenue. The residential portion consists of multiple unit types, with leases generally structured as fixed-term agreements that include renewal options and periodic rent escalations. As of June 22, 2026, physical occupancy was approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 residential units leased). There were 21 physically vacant units, of which 11 were pre-leased, and 18 units with active notices to vacate (NTV), of which 11 were pre-leased to new tenants. The commercial component includes retail, dining, service, and food hall tenants operating under fixed-rent, percentage-of-sales, and hybrid lease structures, with agreements typically providing base rent, renewal rights, and customary landlord protections, while office and co-working areas are also available for lease to professional tenants and are expected to further contribute to revenue diversification as leasing progresses. No individual tenant represents a material portion of the property’s total rental revenue, and the tenant base is diversified across residential and commercial categories, reducing concentration risk and limiting reliance on any single tenant or use type.

 

The Hawthorne Acquisition

 

On June 5, 2026, Stewards Real Estate, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement with John E. Swenson Co., Inc. to acquire the real property and related tangible assets known as The Hawthorne, located at 196 Shore Road, Chatham, Massachusetts, for a purchase price of $20.0 million in cash, subject to customary prorations and adjustments.

 

The Hawthorne is a seasonal hospitality property located in Chatham, Massachusetts, on Cape Cod. The property operates as a boutique lodging facility and is expected to generate revenue primarily from guest room rentals. The property consists of guest accommodations, related common areas, and ancillary facilities situated on a waterfront site. The property does not currently include material food and beverage operations or other significant ancillary hospitality services. The Company believes the acquisition complements its strategy of acquiring income-producing real estate assets in attractive markets and expands its real estate portfolio into the hospitality sector.

 

The transaction includes the land, buildings, improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, transferable permits and licenses, and certain contracts relating solely to the ownership, maintenance, and operation of the property. The transaction excludes goodwill, going concern value, customer relationships, reservation systems, trade names, intellectual property, and other intangible assets associated with the operation of a hospitality business. The Company will assume certain post-closing guest-related obligations, including advance guest deposits and prepaid occupancy obligations relating to periods after closing, while the seller will retain liabilities arising prior to closing.

 

The Company deposited $1.0 million in earnest money in connection with the transaction. Closing is expected to occur on or about July 1, 2026, subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions and financing requirements. Time is of the essence under the Purchase and Sale Agreement. The Company intends to account for the transaction as an asset acquisition for accounting purposes.

 

The Purchase and Sale Agreement provides that the acquisition is an “AS IS” transaction. The Seller made limited representations, primarily limited to its actual knowledge without independent investigation. Buyer conducted due diligence during a 60-day due diligence period that has expired, and the Buyer is proceeding on the basis that it is satisfied with its investigations.

 

The septic system serving the Property failed a Title V inspection. The Company has agreed to accept the Property in its current condition and to assume all obligations related to the septic system. The Seller has no obligation to repair or remediate the septic system prior to closing.

 

The Purchase and Sale Agreement does not contain a financing contingency. The Company expects to finance the acquisition through a combination of mortgage financing and available capital resources. There can be no assurance that the Company will obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

The Seller will retain all liabilities arising from the ownership or operation of the Property prior to closing. The Company will not assume any pre-closing liabilities of the Seller except for the post-closing guest deposit obligations described above.

 

The Company believes Cape Cod represents a supply-constrained hospitality market with significant seasonal tourism demand and limited waterfront development opportunities. Management believes the property provides an opportunity to generate lodging revenue and benefit from long-term appreciation of a well-located coastal real estate asset.

 

Strategic Integration with Private Credit Operations

 

The inclusion of 1818 Park in our real estate portfolio strengthens our balance sheet by adding a sizable income-producing asset that generates recurring cash flows. While the property is subject to a first-priority mortgage, both its operating performance and equity value may be considered by institutional lenders in evaluating our credit profile, which could enhance our ability to obtain or negotiate credit facilities at more favorable terms.

 

The property’s tenant base is diversified across residential and commercial leases. Longer-term commercial leases provide a stable source of revenue, while the recurring turnover and renewal cycle of residential units creates opportunities to adjust pricing in line with prevailing market conditions. This diversification reduces reliance on any single tenant category and mitigates cash flow volatility.

 

 102 
Table of Contents 

 

By integrating income-generating real estate into our capital structure, we aim to improve overall capital efficiency by anchoring our balance sheet with tangible assets, providing supplemental cash flows to offset variability in merchant cash advance performance, and supporting access to competitively priced debt financing. This complementary structure aligns with our broader strategy of balancing the higher-velocity nature of private credit activities with the stability and asset backing provided by long-term real estate holdings.

 

Integration of Digital Asset Strategy within Real Estate

 

Within its Real Estate segment, the Company is assessing opportunities to apply digital-asset technologies to improve capital efficiency, transparency, and investor participation in property-backed structures. In collaboration with the Dolomite Foundation, the Company is evaluating the development of frameworks that may enable tokenized representations of ownership or participation interests in income-producing properties or related financing instruments. Such structures could, in the future, facilitate fractional participation by qualified investors, expand access to alternative funding channels, and improve secondary liquidity for certain classes of real-estate-linked assets. The Company expects these efforts to be undertaken in coordination with its valuation consultants, auditors, and existing financing counterparties to ensure consistency with prevailing accounting standards, property laws, and securities regulations. Any implementation will be subject to regulatory review and internal governance approval before deployment.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has not deployed any digital-asset or blockchain-based technologies within its Real Estate operations and does not currently offer tokenized real estate interests or conduct transactions using such structures. Any future implementation would be undertaken on a limited and controlled basis and would be subject to ongoing evaluation, including coordination with valuation advisors, auditors, legal counsel, and existing financing counterparties, as well as compliance with applicable property laws, securities regulations, accounting standards, and internal governance approvals.

 

Digital-Asset Strategy within the Overall Business

 

The Company is evaluating potential opportunities to utilize digital-asset technologies within its existing Private Credit and Real Estate segments on a limited, exploratory, and conditional basis. These activities do not constitute a separate business line and are not currently generating revenue, liquidity, or operational benefits for the Company.

 

The Company’s current efforts are limited to strategic discussions and preliminary evaluations with financial technology providers, primarily the Dolomite Foundation, regarding the potential future use of digital payment, settlement, and tokenization technologies. Any such initiatives remain in the planning stage and are subject to significant technological, regulatory, accounting, operational, and market-based uncertainties.

 

Within its Private Credit segment, the Company is evaluating whether certain digital settlement technologies could, in the future, improve the efficiency of fund transfers among institutional capital providers, subsidiaries, and counterparties while maintaining compliance with applicable banking, securities, anti-money laundering, and other regulatory requirements. Within its Real Estate segment, the Company is evaluating whether tokenization technologies could potentially facilitate future capital formation opportunities relating to real estate ownership or participation interests.

 

The Company’s evaluation of these technologies is closely aligned with its strategic relationship with the Dolomite Foundation. However, as discussed under “Dolomite Strategic Agreement,” no funding has occurred, no contractual milestones have been achieved, and no digital assets have been received by the Company. Accordingly, the Company’s digital-asset initiatives remain conceptual and exploratory in nature.

 

Management currently believes that, if these initiatives are pursued and the underlying contractual milestones are achieved, any meaningful implementation would likely occur over a multi-year period, potentially within approximately 24 to 36 months. This estimate is based on the anticipated time required for milestone achievement, regulatory and accounting analysis, development of internal control and custody frameworks, and operational readiness. However, there can be no assurance that any milestones will be achieved, that any digital-asset initiatives will be implemented within this timeframe, or that they will be implemented at all.

 

The Company does not currently view digital-asset activities as a material source of operating liquidity, revenue generation, or near-term growth. Rather, management views these initiatives as long-term strategic opportunities that may complement the Company’s existing Private Credit and Real Estate platforms if future market conditions, contractual milestones, regulatory requirements, and operational considerations permit.

 

Dolomite Strategic Agreement

 

On November 3, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Dolomite SPA”) with the Dolomite Foundation and a syndicate of affiliated investors. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agreed to issue pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 2,450,980 shares of common stock in exchange for up to $10,000,000 of consideration payable entirely in-kind through $DOLO tokens. The contemplated investment is structured in ten separate tranches of $1,000,000 each.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Dolomite SPA remains a strategic framework agreement only. No tranches have been funded, no $DOLO tokens have been received by the Company, no warrants have become exercisable, and the Company has not realized any economic benefit from the arrangement. The agreement has not provided, and is not currently providing, operating liquidity, financing capacity, revenue, or capital to either the Company’s Private Credit or Real Estate segments.

 

The ability of the Company to receive any consideration under the Dolomite SPA is contingent upon the achievement of a series of predefined market-based milestones. Specifically, each tranche becomes eligible for funding only after $DOLO achieves certain contractual 30-day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) thresholds specified in the agreement. These milestones are based entirely on the market performance of $DOLO and are outside the Company’s control.

 

Accordingly, before the Company could receive any economic benefit under the arrangement, the following events would need to occur:

 

• Achievement of the applicable $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestone for a tranche;

 

• Verification of milestone achievement pursuant to the procedures outlined in the Dolomite SPA;

 

• Release of the applicable tranche of $DOLO tokens by the investors; and

 

• Determination by the Company that any received digital assets can be utilized, held, monetized, or otherwise deployed in compliance with applicable legal, regulatory, accounting, custody, and risk management requirements.

 

Because none of these milestones have been achieved as of the date of this prospectus, management currently views the Dolomite SPA as a long-term strategic initiative rather than a source of near-term capital or operational funding. Based on discussions with the Dolomite Foundation, the current development trajectory of the Dolomite ecosystem, and management’s assessment of broader digital asset market conditions, the Company believes that, if the contractual milestones are achieved at all, the earliest meaningful realization of benefits under the arrangement would likely occur over a period of approximately 24 to 36 months. This estimate reflects management’s expectations regarding the time potentially required for $DOLO to achieve the applicable 30-day VWAP thresholds, for tranche funding to occur, and for the Company to complete the regulatory, accounting, operational, custody, and internal control frameworks necessary to evaluate any future deployment of digital asset technologies. However, because the milestone triggers are based entirely on future market performance of $DOLO and other factors outside the Company’s control, there can be no assurance that any milestone will be achieved within this timeframe, or at all.

 

The Company believes that, if the required milestones are achieved, the arrangement could potentially support future digital asset initiatives, including the evaluation of tokenized settlement infrastructure within its Private Credit platform and potential tokenization structures relating to certain real estate investments. However, these initiatives remain in the exploratory stage and are not currently operational.

 

Management currently estimates that any potential realization of benefits under the Dolomite SPA, if achieved at all, would likely occur over a multi-year horizon. While management believes the relevant milestones could potentially be achieved within approximately 24 to 36 months based on the future development of the Dolomite ecosystem and broader digital asset markets, there can be no assurance that any milestone will be achieved, that any tranche will be funded, or that the Company will ultimately receive any economic benefit under the arrangement.

 

In addition, any future utilization of digital assets received pursuant to the Dolomite SPA would remain subject to significant additional prerequisites, including regulatory compliance considerations, establishment of appropriate accounting policies, implementation of internal controls over digital assets, development of institutional-grade custody arrangements, and satisfaction of cybersecurity and risk management requirements.

 

Accordingly, investors should not view the Dolomite SPA as a committed financing facility, a source of operating liquidity, or a currently active business initiative. At present, the arrangement represents a strategic option that may enable future digital asset initiatives if the contractual milestones are achieved and all required operational, regulatory, and governance conditions are satisfied.

 

In summary, investors should understand that the Dolomite SPA is currently a strategic framework agreement only. No funding has occurred, no milestones have been achieved, no digital assets have been received by the Company, and management does not expect the arrangement to have a material impact on operations, liquidity, or financial performance in the near term. Any potential economic or operational benefit would be contingent upon the achievement of multiple contractual milestones and would likely not be realized, if at all, for approximately 24 to 36 months.

 

 103 
Table of Contents 

 

The material terms of the Dolomite Strategic Agreement are as follows:

 

Parties; instruments; aggregate amount and consideration.

 


On November 3, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) with the Dolomite Foundation. We agreed to issue pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 2,450,980 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The economic value per warrant share is $4.08, based on the 30-trading-day VWAP of our common stock from September 19–October 30, 2025. The SPA contemplates an aggregate $10,000,000 investment, payable in $DOLO tokens as in-kind consideration, structured in ten equal $1,000,000 tranches to be released only upon satisfaction of milestone conditions. We do not expect to receive cash proceeds under this structure.

 

Milestones and cancellation.

 


Each $1,000,000 tranche becomes exercisable only upon achievement of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestones; unissued tranches are cancellable if $DOLO’s 30-day VWAP falls below $0.01.

 

The applicable milestone thresholds are as follows:

 

Tranche  Required $DOLO 30-Day VWAP
1   $0.10 
2   $0.20 
3   $0.30 
4   $0.40 
5   $0.50 
6   $0.60 
7   $0.70 
8   $0.80 
9   $0.90 
10   $1.00 

 

For purposes of determining whether a milestone has been achieved, “VWAP” means the volume-weighted average price over 30 consecutive trading days. For $DOLO tokens, VWAP is determined based on trading data reported on Coinbase or, if unavailable, another reputable digital asset exchange mutually agreed by the parties. The Company and the Lead Investor are required to mutually verify achievement of each VWAP milestone within five business days following the applicable measurement period.

 

Unissued tranches are subject to cancellation if the 30-day VWAP of $DOLO falls below $0.01. As of the most recent practicable date, no tranches have been exercised and no $DOLO tokens have been released.  

 

These milestone provisions are contractual in nature and subject to the significant contingencies and uncertainties described above, including regulatory, accounting, internal-control and cybersecurity considerations, and do not reflect a current or near-term operational plan.

 

Monetization or transfer of $DOLO. 

 


Any $DOLO tokens, if released, will be retained solely for limited, non-operational evaluation of digital-asset infrastructure and will not be used for operating liquidity or to fund our Private Credit or Real Estate segments. We have no current intention to monetize tokens; any future disposition, if considered, would be solely to manage exposure, non-programmatic, immaterial, and subject to internal controls and approvals. Shares issued upon any exercise of the pre-funded warrants are subject to a 12-month lock-up.

 

Valuation of $DOLO.

 


For purposes of determining whether tranche milestone conditions have been satisfied, the Company uses the 30-day VWAP methodology described above based on publicly available market trading data from Coinbase or another mutually agreed exchange. If any tokens are received, the Company will subsequently measure such tokens at fair value at each reporting date using quoted prices in the principal market, consistent with applicable U.S. GAAP.

 

Balance-sheet exposure conditions.

 


The SPA limits potential exposure through (i) price-based tranche gating, (ii) cancellation of unissued tranches below a $0.01 30-day VWAP, and (iii) the current status that no tokens have been released. We do not maintain and have no present plan to adopt a $DOLO treasury strategy; the percentage of our treasury we intend to invest in $DOLO during the next twelve months is 0%. We do not maintain a hedging program for $DOLO and have no intention to establish one.

 

Custody of $DOLO.

 

If tokens are released, they will be held in a dedicated, jointly controlled 3-of-4 multi-signature wallet on Arbitrum One (two Company signatories; two investor signatories). Our key material is maintained offline (cold), and the on-chain structure programmatically segregates assets. We do not currently maintain separate insurance for digital-asset loss. Subject to asset support and diligence, we may transition to a reputable qualified custodian (e.g., BitGo or Coinbase) for cold-storage custody and on-chain segregation, subject to Board approval and satisfactory contractual terms. As of the date of this prospectus, both Coinbase and BitGo support custody infrastructure for $DOLO.

 

Term and termination.

 


The SPA remains outstanding until tranches are exercised or cancelled under the milestone and cancellation mechanics described above. Shares issued upon exercise are subject to the 12-month lock-up noted above.

 

Status as of the most recent practicable date.

 


No tranches have been exercised, no $DOLO tokens have been released, and we do not expect cash proceeds under the SPA.  

 

 104 
Table of Contents 

 

Further Clarification on Digital asset custody Arrangements

 

Digital-Asset Custody — $DOLO (pre-release and post-release).


As of the date of this prospectus, no tranches have been exercised and no $DOLO tokens have been released under the SPA. Prior to satisfaction of the VWAP milestones and the exercise of the pre-funded warrants, any $DOLO reserved for potential delivery under the SPA will be held in a jointly-controlled, 3-of-4 multi-signature wallet on Arbitrum One and will not be available to the Company. This escrow-style arrangement reflects that the tokens are not released to us unless and until the applicable conditions are met. The multi-signature wallet will be implemented using a widely used multi-sig framework (e.g., a Gnosis Safe) or an institutional MPC wallet solution (e.g., Fireblocks or Fordefi). All Company-controlled private keys will be kept 100% in cold storage, and we will not operate any Company hot wallets for $DOLO under this arrangement. Tokens associated with the SPA are programmatically segregated on-chain in addresses dedicated to this arrangement. There is no commercial insurance policy currently available for this pre-release arrangement, which we believe provides an appropriate level of security until and unless any tokens are released upon milestone achievement and warrant exercise.


If and when any $DOLO is released to the Company upon milestone satisfaction and warrant exercise, we intend to transfer such tokens to an appropriate third-party qualified custodian (for example, Coinbase or BitGo). As of the date of this prospectus, both Coinbase and BitGo support custody infrastructure for $DOLO. If suitable third-party custodial support is not available, the released tokens will be held in a Company-controlled institutional MPC wallet (e.g., Fireblocks or Fordefi). Third-party custodial storage profiles (including cold-storage percentages), segregation terms, and any available insurance coverage will depend on the custodian’s offerings at the time; as of the date of this prospectus we have not executed a third-party custody agreement for $DOLO. Upon execution of any such agreement, we will disclose the material terms (including segregation, storage profile, and any insurance) and file the agreement as an exhibit to this registration statement to the extent required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

 

Due to the nature of $DOLO and current market infrastructure, it may be the case that a third-party custodian with specific $DOLO insurance is unavailable; likewise, institutional MPC wallet arrangements typically do not carry separate third-party insurance. Consistent with our overall digital-asset posture, any tokens, if released, will not be used for operating liquidity or to fund our Private Credit or Real Estate segments. 

 

Status of Warrant Tranches and Exercise Mechanics

 

As of the date of this prospectus, none of the pre-funded warrant tranches issued pursuant to the Dolomite SPA have become exercisable, as the initial $DOLO 30-day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) milestone required for tranche eligibility has not been achieved. Accordingly, no warrants have been exercised, no $DOLO tokens have been released to the Company, and the Company has not received any consideration or realized any economic benefit under the arrangement.

 

Each tranche of warrants becomes eligible for exercise only upon achievement of the applicable contractual milestone, consisting primarily of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP thresholds. These milestones are based entirely on the future market performance of $DOLO and are outside the Company’s control. Following satisfaction of a milestone, the applicable tranche may become exercisable only at the election of the warrant holder and upon delivery of a valid exercise notice in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement. Exercise is therefore neither automatic nor guaranteed.

 

Management currently believes that, if the applicable milestones are achieved at all, achievement would likely occur over a multi-year period, potentially within approximately 24 to 36 months. However, there can be no assurance that any milestone will be achieved within this timeframe, or at all.

 

In addition, any potential economic benefit associated with future tranche exercises remains subject to significant uncertainties, including regulatory considerations, accounting and financial reporting requirements, establishment of appropriate internal control and compliance frameworks, cybersecurity and custody arrangements, and broader digital asset market conditions. As a result, the warrant tranches should not be viewed as a source of current operating liquidity, financing, or near-term capital resources.

 

If the applicable milestone conditions for a tranche are not satisfied, such tranche will not become exercisable and may be subject to expiration or cancellation in accordance with the terms of the warrant agreement.

 

Creation and Supply of $DOLO

 

Overview and total supply.

 

  $DOLO is the native governance token of the Dolomite protocol. On April 24, 2025 , the protocol generated the full, fixed supply of 1,000,000,000 $DOLO at its token generation event (“TGE”). We are not the issuer of $DOLO and do not control Dolomite’s supply, tokenomics, governance, or release schedules, which are determined solely by the Dolomite protocol’s governance framework.

 

  Market capitalization (most recent practicable date).

 

As of June 26, 2026, CoinGecko reported an indicative price for $DOLO of approximately $0.023 per token and an indicative market capitalization of approximately $11.3 million, based on a circulating supply of approximately 489 million tokens.

 

Market capitalization and circulating supply data are derived from publicly available information and are subject to change based on market conditions, trading activity, and updates to token supply information.

  

  Initial distribution ratios and release/vesting schedule.

 

  At TGE, the entire 1,000,000,000-token supply was allocated as follows (categories subject to protocol-controlled release/vesting; we do not control these schedules):

 

- Community (airdrop programs, oDOLO emissions, protocol-owned liquidity, ecosystem incentives): 50.75%

 

- Core Team: 20.21% — 3-year vesting with a 1-year cliff

 

- Foundation: 10.65%

 

- Investors: 15.18% — ~1.39% vests over 12 months; ~13.79% vests over 3 years with a 1-year cliff

 

- Service Providers: 3.00%

 

- Advisors: 0.21% — 2–3-year vesting with a 1-year cliff

 

  At TGE, approximately 326,650,000 DOLO and 79,050,000 veDOLO entered circulation (together, ~405.7 million tokens, ~40.5% of total supply). For clarity, some third-party references include locked veDOLO within “circulating” tallies because veDOLO positions are minted at TGE; veDOLO is a governance position distinct from freely transferable DOLO.

 

  Governance of the protocol (veDOLO, not plain DOLO).

 

  Governance of the Dolomite protocol is conducted by veDOLO holders (vote-escrowed DOLO), not by plain DOLO holders. veDOLO is obtained by locking DOLO for a specified duration; governance voting weight scales with lock duration under Dolomite’s published governance process (discussion, temperature check, quarterly proposal bundle, on-chain vote). We do not participate in or control Dolomite governance.

 

  Staking / locking mechanics (veDOLO & oDOLO); unbonding and rewards.

 

- veDOLO (vote-escrowed DOLO): Users obtain veDOLO by locking DOLO for up to two (2) years. Longer locks confer greater governance voting weight and may confer enhanced liquidity-mining rewards if activated by the DAO. veDOLO positions are represented as transferable NFTs that can be merged or split.

 

- Early exit: Users may exit a veDOLO position early by paying (i) a fixed 5% burn fee and (ii) a recoup fee that starts at 50% for a two-year lock and decays linearly to 0% as the lock matures.

 

- Protocol fee sharing (if activated): If approved and activated by the DAO, veDOLO holders may receive a share of protocol-generated fees; any such distributions are governed by the DAO and are outside our control.

 

- oDOLO (Option DOLO): oDOLO is distributed weekly to active liquidity providers. To convert oDOLO into veDOLO, users pair oDOLO 1:1 with DOLO and lock; the discount ranges from ~5% for a 1-week lock to ~50% for a 2-year lock.

 

- Company posture: We do not stake $DOLO, do not participate in protocol incentive programs, and do not earn staking- or yield-based returns from $DOLO.

 

Transfers, networks, gas and markets.

 

Transfers of $DOLO across supported blockchain networks require the payment of network transaction fees (“gas fees”), which vary depending on the blockchain used, prevailing network conditions, and transaction requirements, and may increase in connection with transfers across multiple blockchains. Within the Dolomite protocol, $DOLO is generally used for governance and other protocol-related activities, including facilitating liquidity and ecosystem incentives. As described in the risk factors relating to digital-asset custody, market structure and related risks, transactions in $DOLO may be subject to variability in execution costs, network congestion and other operational considerations inherent to blockchain-based systems. The Company does not currently utilize $DOLO in its operations and does not rely on $DOLO transfers for any business activities. Accordingly, the Company does not currently expect that any transaction-related costs associated with $DOLO, if applicable, would be material to its liquidity, financial condition or results of operations, and this disclosure is provided solely to describe certain general characteristics of $DOLO.

 

Important notes and disclaimers.

 

We are not the issuer of $DOLO and do not control its supply, release schedules, governance or incentive mechanics. All tokenomics—including allocations, veDOLO/oDOLO parameters, and any fee-sharing—are determined by Dolomite governance and smart contracts outside our control. Third-party market data (including “circulating” definitions, market capitalization, and venue listings) are subject to change and may differ across sources.

 

 105 
Table of Contents 

 

The Dolomite Foundation and Digital Asset Strategy

 

The Dolomite Foundation is a Cayman Islands foundation company established to support the development, governance, and ecosystem growth of the Dolomite protocol. The Foundation operates independently and is not a subsidiary of the Company. There are no shared directors, officers, or controlling persons between the Company and the Dolomite Foundation. In connection with the Company’s digital asset initiatives, the Dolomite Foundation serves as a strategic technology and ecosystem partner. Its role is limited to providing technical documentation and infrastructure support to enable the Company to evaluate the interfacing of its systems with the Dolomite protocol’s open source smart contract framework. The Foundation does not manage, operate, or deploy digital asset activities on behalf of the Company.

 

Relationship Between the Dolomite Foundation and $DOLO Tokens

 

The Dolomite Foundation’s relationship to $DOLO tokens is limited to ecosystem stewardship. At the inception of the protocol, the Foundation was allocated approximately 9.65 percent of the total $DOLO supply, which is held in a restricted ecosystem treasury. These tokens may be used by the Foundation, at its discretion, to support protocol development initiatives, community incentives, and security related activities. The Company does not have any ownership interest in, claim to, or control over the Dolomite Foundation’s $DOLO holdings and does not receive $DOLO tokens from the Foundation for operational or financing purposes. References to $DOLO in this prospectus relate solely to its use as in kind consideration under the Dolomite Securities Purchase Agreement and to the Company’s evaluation of potential technology integrations, and not to any digital assets issued, held, or controlled by the Company.

 

Recent Developments on Financing Strategy

 

On November 16, 2025, our Board of Directors held a meeting to evaluate the continued use of our Series A Preferred Stock issuance facility and $100 million Loan Agreement with Stewards International in light of our common stock price. After extensive discussion and inquiry into alternative financing sources, the Board unanimously determined that no third-party capital is currently available on comparable or better terms. The Board further concluded that continued reliance on affiliate financing is necessary to fund operations and growth at that time.

 

On June 30, 2026, the Company completed a private placement with non-affiliate accredited investors and raised approximately $1.935 million through the issuance of 645,047 shares of common stock at $3.00 per share. While this provided the Company with additional capital from third-party sources, the amount raised was relatively modest compared to the Company’s overall funding requirements. The Company continues to rely on affiliate financing arrangements, including the Stewards International Funds PCC facility, to support its operations and growth initiatives.

 

Revenue Model and Distribution by Offering

 

We generate revenue through two primary business lines: (i) merchant cash advances and related financing solutions for small and medium-sized businesses, and (ii) real estate activities, including the leasing of residential and commercial spaces and the potential sale of condominium units . For each of these offerings, our revenue model is defined by the contractual terms of our agreements, and our ability to reach customers and counterparties is supported by a mix of direct marketing, referral networks, broker relationships, and strategic partnerships. The following provides a detailed description of how we generate revenue, the types of agreements that govern these activities, our distribution methods, and the degree of customer concentration associated with each line of business.

 

Merchant Cash Advances (MCAs)

 

•         Revenue Model: We generate revenue from MCAs primarily through factor rates applied to the purchase of future receipts. These receipts are remitted by merchants via daily or weekly automated debits until the purchased amount is satisfied.

•         Related Agreements: Each MCA is documented by a standardized purchase and sale agreement, which sets forth the advance amount, purchased receipts amount, remittance schedule, and factor rate. In Direct Funding MCA transactions, we may also act as servicer under master participation agreements, earning servicing fees, retained participations, and profit allocations. Master participation agreements generally provide that we manage collections and distribute remittances, with servicing compensation paid on a priority basis.

•         Distribution: Applications are sourced through direct marketing, referrals, industry partnerships, and independent sales organizations (ISOs). ISOs submit merchant applications under broker agreements, which typically provide for referral compensation based on funded amounts.

•         Customer Dependence: Our MCA activities are diversified across a large number of small and medium-sized businesses. We are not dependent on any single merchant or a small group of merchants, and no individual customer accounts for a material portion of our MCA revenues.

 

Real Estate Activities

 

•         Revenue Model: Our real estate strategy contemplates generating revenue from both (i) recurring rental income from residential and commercial leases and (ii) the marketing and sale of condominium units. At present, our revenues are derived exclusively from rental income, which is generated under tenant lease agreements providing for monthly rental payments, security deposits, and customary landlord protections. While the marketing and sale of condominium units remain part of our long-term strategy, no condominium sales have been completed to date, and no revenue has been recognized from condominium transactions.

•         Related Agreements: Leasing revenue is governed by lease agreements that specify rental rates, term lengths, renewal options, and maintenance obligations. In the future, condominium sales will be documented through purchase and sale agreements that define purchase price, deposit requirements, and closing conditions.

•         Distribution: We market rental opportunities through broker networks, digital and traditional advertising campaigns, referral programs, and on-site promotional activities directed at potential tenants. In anticipation of future condominium sales, we also maintain marketing infrastructure that can be extended to prospective buyers. In certain cases, we establish relationships with co-investors and developers through joint ventures or co-investment agreements to support property development and positioning.

•         Customer Dependence: While real estate revenues are inherently more concentrated by project than our MCA activities, we maintain a diversified base of tenants across properties, which reduces reliance on any single tenant. We are not dependent on any single tenant, buyer, or co-investor for our real estate activities.

 

 106 
Table of Contents 

 

Distribution

 

Our financing solutions are marketed and distributed through both direct channels and independent sales organizations (ISOs). A significant percentage of our MCA deal flow is sourced through ISOs, who submit merchant applications to us under broker agreements. The broker agreement governs the key terms of the relationship between the ISO and the funder. The key terms of the agreement include commission structures, exclusivity and lead ownership and confidentiality. ISO’s are paid a commission for referring a deal and are often fully involved in closing the deal with the merchant. The ISO is only paid the commission once the deal is funded.

 

Our real estate activities currently generate revenue solely from the leasing of residential and commercial spaces within our projects. Leasing revenue is supported by marketing efforts directed at potential tenants, which may include broker networks, digital and traditional advertising, referral programs, and on-site promotional campaigns. While our long-term real estate strategy also contemplates revenue from the marketing and sale of condominium units, no such sales have yet occurred. Compared to our MCA distribution network, real estate revenues are more concentrated by project, but we maintain a diversified base of tenants across properties, which reduces reliance on any single party.

 

Potential Implications of Controlled Company Status

 

We have a multi-class voting structure under which Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quin, and Glen Steward (the “Original Board Members”), through a Voting Agreement dated August 25, 2025, governing 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Forfront Capital, LLC, collectively control approximately 87% of the voting power of the Company. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to 50 votes on any matter submitted to shareholders, while each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. As a result, we would qualify as a “controlled company” under the rules of a national securities exchange or other eligible market if our common stock were to become listed or quoted on such market and applicable ownership thresholds are satisfied. We do not currently satisfy the listing standards of any national securities exchange, and there can be no assurance that our common stock will ever be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on another eligible market.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, the Original Board Members collectively control approximately 87% of the total voting power of the Company. To maintain this level of voting control, the Original Board Members would need to retain voting power over all 10,000,000 outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, assuming no additional shares are issued or converted.

 

In addition to the Voting Agreement, the Company's President holds an irrevocable proxy to vote the Series B shares in accordance with the Original Board Members’ direction. The irrevocable proxy and Voting Agreement are effective for 15 years (with the ability to extend) and terminate only upon mutual agreement, no outstanding Series B shares, or the dissolution of the Company. This structure effectively gives the Original Board Members perpetual voting control unless the proxy is revoked or the shares are converted or sold in a manner that terminates the agreement.

 

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock into common stock is optional after five years from issuance and is not mandatory unless otherwise agreed by the holder. Upon conversion, each share of Series B Preferred Stock converts on a one-for-one basis into common stock, resulting in dilution to existing common stockholders due to the issuance of new common shares, which increases the total number of outstanding common shares and reduces the proportional ownership of existing common stockholders. Additionally, the converted shares will carry only one vote each instead of 50 votes, which reduces the voting power previously associated with the Series B Preferred Stock. There are no mandatory conversion provisions upon transfer, death of a holder, or intra-family transfers; the high-vote rights remain with the shares unless converted at the holder’s option after the five-year period. There are no sunset provisions that automatically terminate or reduce the high-vote rights over time. 

 

 107 
Table of Contents 

 

Our Original Board Members will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to the shareholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

Under the rules of certain national securities exchanges, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group, or another company may qualify as a “controlled company” and would be permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

•  the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consisting of independent directors;

 

•  the requirement that a listed company having a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

•  the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

•  the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committee and compensation committee;

 

On the other hand, a controlled company must still comply with the exchange’s other corporate governance standards. These include having an audit committee and the special meetings of independent or non-management directors. If we are ever deemed a “controlled company,” we would be permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. Although we would be eligible to rely on these exemptions, we would not intend to do so, even if we are deemed a controlled company.

 

We have appointed independent directors (Zachary Graeve, Wael Barsoum and John Bode) and established fully independent committees to ensure robust oversight and enhanced protections for our shareholders. Separately, the Board has approved and implemented a new leadership structure and Board composition pursuant to a Transition and Separation Agreement with Vincent Napolitano. Under these actions, Vincent Napolitano has transitioned from Chief Executive Officer to Chairman Emeritus, Glen Steward has assumed the role of Chairman of the Board, and Shaun Quin has assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer while continuing to serve as a Director. Vaughan Korte (Chief Operating Officer), Katy Murless (Chief Financial Officer), and Scott McGowan (Chief Marketing Officer) continue to serve in their respective executive roles.

 

Wael Barsoum will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Compensation Committee, Zachary Graeve will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and John Bode will continue his role as an Independent Director and Chair of the Audit Committee. Following Mr. Napolitano’s resignation from the Board, the Board functions as a majority-independent board. 

 

However, we may elect to rely on available controlled company exemptions in the future if applicable, and if we do, shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies subject to all corporate governance requirements applicable to non-controlled companies. See “Risk Factors – Our potential controlled company status and the concentration of voting power among our Founders could limit your ability to influence corporate matters” and “Description of Capital Stock” for a more detailed discussion of the corporate governance exemptions available to us as a controlled company and our current intention not to rely on any of these exemptions.

 

 108 
Table of Contents 

 

Name Change

 

On August 7, 2025, the Board of Directors and a majority of shareholders of the Company approved a change in the name of the Company from Favo Capital Inc. to Stewards, Inc. On November 14, 2025, the Company’s previously announced corporate actions became effective, including its change of name from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards, Inc. and the corresponding change of its trading symbol from “FAVO” to “SWRD.”

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On August 7, 2025, our board and a majority of our shareholders approved a reverse stock split within the range of 1-for-2 to 1-for-100 of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and authorized the Board, in its discretion, to determine the final ratio in connection with the reverse stock split. On November 6, 2025, however, the Company’s board of directors resolved to abandon the reverse stock split. As such, the Company withdrew its application for a reverse stock split with FINRA. 

 

Competition

 

The small business lending market is competitive and fragmented. We expect competition to continue to increase in the future. We believe the principal factors that generally determine a company’s competitive advantage in our market include the following:

 

§  less stigma associated with MCAs;

§  ease of process to apply for MCAs;

§  brand recognition and trust;

§  MCA features;

§  MCA product fit for business purpose;

§  transparent description of key terms;

§  effectiveness of customer acquisition; and

§  customer experience.

 

Our principal competitors include traditional banks, revenue-based funders, legacy merchant cash advance providers, and newer, technology-enabled lenders. In our direct space, we face competition from providers of other competing forms of alternative funding that target the same type of small businesses served by the MCA industry and may also compete for use of the capital of potential syndication participants interested in deploying capital in the alternative funding market. While the MCA industry has grown beyond meeting the needs of high-risk businesses and become more well known within the alternative funding market, some of the initial stigma and hesitation towards MCAs remains, and this may provide a competitive advantage to providers of other forms of alternative funding.

 

 109 
Table of Contents 

 

The decreasing stigma and recognition of the critical needs of small businesses met by MCA funding has made it an attractive area for well-recognized companies that have not traditionally participated in the alternative funding market. Some of these companies, including Shopify, have created MCA divisions to provide MCA funding as a complementary service to their existing small business customers.

 

As noted above, a significant issue within the MCA industry is procuring enough capital to meet merchant demand for MCAs. The entry of larger and established companies to the MCA market provides these companies with the advantage of (i) established name recognition, (ii) an existing merchant customer base that can be readily accessed for MCA offerings, potentially producing more volume and reducing third party fees owed for merchant advertising and recruiting, (iii) easier access to capital to support significant MCA volume, (iv) increased access to merchants’ financial and payment data, and (v) in the event that regulatory changes cause significant structural changes to the MCA industry, these companies may have greater resources in place to quickly adapt to such changes or be able to absorb the costs of such changes.

 

While the entry of established companies into the MCA market may increase the competition faced by our business, it also provides a discernable benefit as these companies bring increased credibility and attention to the MCA industry and highlight the availability of MCAs as a viable funding source to a broader array of small businesses.

 

Governmental Regulations

 

The MCA industry is subject to laws and regulations that apply to businesses in general, including laws and regulations that address information privacy, unfair or deceptive acts or practices, and credit reporting, among other legal requirements.

 

Because MCAs are structured as purchases and sales of receipts or future cashflow from revenue, instead of loans, the MCA industry has not historically been subject to specific laws and regulations, such as licensing requirements, applicable to lenders. However, there has been increased legislative and regulatory scrutiny of the industry in recent years, which has resulted in the enactment of targeted disclosure requirements in several states and ongoing federal oversight.

 

Federal Regulation

 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) has authority over certain aspects of small business financing. Under Section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the CFPB requires covered financial institutions to collect and report data on small business credit applications. However, in its final rule issued on May 1, 2026, the CFPB explicitly excluded merchant cash advances from the definition of “covered credit transaction.” As a result, MCAs are not subject to the data collection and reporting obligations under the Section 1071 rule (compliance date for remaining covered transactions is January 1, 2028).

 

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) continues to enforce Section 5 of the FTC Act against unfair or deceptive acts or practices in the MCA industry. The FTC has brought enforcement actions against MCA providers for allegedly deceptive marketing, unauthorized account withdrawals, and misleading representations regarding funding amounts, repayment terms, and personal guarantees.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) imposes restrictions on the use of certain customer financial information, and these provisions apply to merchant cash advance providers. In addition, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released a policy brief in January 2025 titled Financing Small Business: Landscape and Recommendations. The brief noted the growing role of revenue-based funders and merchant cash advance providers, expressed concerns raised by small business advocacy groups regarding borrower protections, and encouraged expanded access to capital through partnerships between traditional and non-traditional lenders. The brief highlighted two potential types of partnerships: (i) referral partnerships, in which merchants that do not meet a traditional lender’s criteria are directed to alternative financing providers, and (ii) co-branded or white-label partnerships, in which financial institutions contract with non-traditional lenders to offer integrated technology solutions. The brief did not propose new regulations, and as of the date of this prospectus, the Treasury has not issued any binding rules or licensing requirements specific to merchant cash advances.

 

 110 
Table of Contents 

 

State Regulation

 

Several states have enacted commercial financing disclosure laws that apply to MCAs and other non-bank financing products. These laws generally require providers to deliver consumer-like cost disclosures (including estimated APR or other metrics) before consummating a transaction. Key examples include:

 

§  California – The Commercial Financing Disclosure Law (SB 1235, as amended by SB 362 in 2026) requires detailed pre-contract disclosures, including APR calculations.

§  New York – The Commercial Finance Disclosure Law (CFDL) imposes similar pre-offer disclosure requirements and includes restrictions on the use of confessions of judgment.

 

As of May 2026, approximately ten states (including California, New York, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Kansas, Missouri, Texas, Utah, and Virginia) have enacted some form of commercial financing disclosure requirements. Additional states continue to consider similar legislation. State usury laws generally do not apply to genuine MCA transactions structured as purchases of future receipts (as opposed to loans), although courts in certain jurisdictions (notably New York and Florida) continue to scrutinize whether specific agreements function as disguised loans.

 

We cannot predict whether additional regulations will be adopted at the federal or state level with respect to the merchant cash advance industry. If new regulations are enacted and implemented, they could impose restrictions or compliance costs that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We believe that our intellectual property and proprietary rights are vital to our success. To protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in our brand, technology, products, services, data, improvements and inventions, we plan to rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, and other laws, as well as contractual restrictions on disclosure, such as confidentiality agreements with strategic partners, employees, consultants and other third parties. However, we cannot guarantee that such laws or contractual restrictions will provide us with sufficient protection or that we have entered into confidentiality agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our confidential or proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets.

 

Furthermore, effective patent, trademark, trade dress, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available in every region where we conduct business. In addition, the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain and still evolving.

 

Employees

 

We presently have 119 employees: Our executive officers include Shaun Quin, our Chief Executive Officer; Katy Murless, our Chief Financial Officer; Scott McGowan, our Chief Marketing Officer; and Vaughan Korte, our Chief Operating Officer. In addition, our team includes 4 software engineers, 3 IT technicians, 20 administration staff, and 5 department managers. The balance of 83 employees are sales personnel located across New York, Florida, and the Dominican Republic. 

 

Over time, we may be required to hire employees or continue to engage independent contractors in order to execute the projects necessary to grow and develop the business. These decisions will be made by our officers and directors, if and when appropriate.

 

 111 
Table of Contents 

 

Properties

 

Our real property at 1818 Park is discussed above.

 

On November 18, 2025, the Company entered into an AS IS Agreement of Sale and Purchase (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Strata Group LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Seller”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire certain real property located at 4350 NW 8th Court, Plantation, Broward County, Florida (the Property) for use as its corporate headquarters and operational facility.  

 

The Purchase Agreement provides for a total purchase price of Five Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,800,000), payable at closing, subject to customary prorations, credits, and adjustments as set forth in the agreement. The Company is required to deliver an earnest money deposit of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), of which $100 is non refundable as independent consideration, with the balance to be applied toward the purchase price at closing or returned under limited circumstances as defined in the Purchase Agreement. The Property is being acquired on an AS IS, WHERE IS basis with all faults, subject only to the limited representations and warranties expressly set forth in the Purchase Agreement.  

 

On February 2, 2026 the Company deposited an additional $1.15 million which is non-refundable and will apply toward the purchase price at closing.

 

On March 11, 2026, the Company completed the acquisition of the Plantation Property pursuant to the Plantation Purchase Agreement. Title to the property located at 4350 NW 8th Court, Plantation, Broward County, Florida was conveyed to Stewards Real Estate LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, by Strata Group LLC, a Florida limited liability company, pursuant to a Special Warranty Deed recorded in the public records of Broward County, Florida. The acquisition was completed for the previously agreed purchase price of $5,800,000, subject to customary closing prorations, credits, and adjustments. In connection with the closing, Stewards Real Estate LLC entered into a mortgage loan in the principal amount of $4,000,000. The mortgage loan matures on March 11, 2029. The Property is intended to serve as the Company’s corporate headquarters and operational facility and supports the Company’s strategy of consolidating administrative functions and supporting long term operational growth.     

 

The Company has leased the following office locations:

 

The Company acquired Plantation Property pursuant to a Plantation Purchase Agreement that closed in March 2026. The property is located at 4350 NW 8th Court, Plantation, Broward County, Florida, and will be our headquarter and operating facility. 

 

4300 N. University Drive Suite D-105 Lauderhill, Florida 33351.  July 2026 is the current expiry. 

 

Calle La Privada esquina Dominicana Numero 96, sector La Paz, Monsenor Nouel, R.D. Bonao, Dominican Republic. This location has a yearly lease with automatic renewal each year. June 2026 is the current expiry. 

 

Edificio JJ, en la calle Las Carreras, La Vega, R.D, Dominican Republic. This location has a yearly lease with automatic renewal each year. October 2026 is the current expiry. 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Due to the nature of the Company's business, the Company may at times be subject to claims and legal actions. The Company is currently not involved in any material legal proceedings.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto included herein. We caution readers regarding certain forward-looking statements in the following discussion and elsewhere in this prospectus and in any other statement made by, or on our behalf, whether or not in future filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements are statements not based on historical information and which relate to future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments. Forward-looking statements are necessarily based upon estimates and assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control and many of which, with respect to future business decisions, are subject to change. These uncertainties and contingencies can affect actual results and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by, or our behalf. We disclaim any obligation to update forward-looking statements.

 

 112 
Table of Contents 

 

Results of Operations

 

Below is a summary of the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024.

 

STEWARDS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COIMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

 

    For the years ended December 31,        
    2025   2024   Change   % Change
Revenues                
Income, financing and brokerage   $ 11,660,191     $ 12,787,262     $ (1,127,071 )      -8.81 %
Income from rental property     4,617,231                    -       4,617,231        n/a
Total revenues     16,277,422       12,787,262       3,490,160       27.29 %
                                 
Cost of revenue                                
Financing and brokerage     2,775,666       2,358,114       417,552       17.71 %
Rental property     2,100,024                    -       2,100,024       n/a
Total cost of revenue     4,875,690       2,358,114       2,517,576       106.76 %
                                 
Gross profit     11,401,732       10,429,148       972,584       9.33 %
                                 
Operating expenses                                
General and administrative expenses     11,883,945       7,548,445       4,335,500       57.44 %
Provision for credit losses     1,774,264       4,019,840       (2,245,576)       -55.86 %
Depreciation and amortization     6,090,109       266,364       5,823,745       2,186.39 %
Professional fees     3,060,755       2,517,381       543,374       21.58 %
Total operating expenses     22,809,073       14,352,030       8,457,043       58.93 %
                                 
Loss from operations     (11,407,341)       (3,922,882)       (7,484,459)       190.79 %
                                 
Other income (expense)                                
Interest expense     (8,452,451)       (4,643,396)       (3,809,055)       82.03 %
Loss on write down of investment                       -       (1,917)       1,917       -100.00 %
Financing charges     (647,997)                      -       (647,997)       n/a
Other losses     (208,155)       (34,530)       (173,625)       502.82 %
Total other income (expense)     (9,308,603)       (4,679,843)       (4,628,760)       98.91 %
                                 
Net loss before income taxes     (20,715,944)       (8,602,725)       (12,113,219)       140.81 %
                                 
Income tax provision     (40,522)       (56,055)       15,533       -27.71 %
Net loss   $ (20,756,466 )   $ (8,658,780 )   $ (12,097,686 )     139.72 %
                                 
Amounts attributable to Stewards, Inc.                                
Net loss   $ (20,756,466 )   $ (8,658,780 )   $ (12,097,686 )     139.72 %
Deemed dividend from conversion of preferred stock     (700,000)                      -       (700,000)       n/a
Dividend on preferred stock     (1,651,003)       (462,596)       (1,188,407)       256.90 %
                                 
Net loss applicable to common stockholders   $ (23,107,469 )   $ (9,121,376 )   $ (13,986,093 )     153.33 %
                                 
Net Loss Per Common Share - basic and diluted   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.06 )     60.00 %
                                 
Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding - basic and diluted     145,573,137       92,638,720       52,934,417       57.14 %
                                 
Comprehensive Loss                                
Net loss   $ (20,756,466 )   $ (8,658,780 )   $ (12,097,686 )     139.72 %
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency translation                     -       2,671       (2,671)       -100.00 %
                                 
Total comprehensive loss   $ (20,756,466 )   $ (8,656,109 )   $ (12,100,357 )     139.79 %

 

 113 
Table of Contents 

  

Revenue

 

Revenue was $16,277,422 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $12,787,262 for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing an increase of $3,490,160, or 27.3%. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by the addition of income from rental property of $4,617,231 following the Company’s expansion into the real estate segment in 2025. Financing and brokerage income was $11,660,191 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $12,787,262 for the year ended December 31, 2024, a decrease of $1,127,071, or 8.8%. The decline in financing and brokerage revenue was primarily due to lower deal flow during the period, but this decrease was more than offset by the contribution of rental property income, resulting in overall revenue growth.

 

We expect that our revenues will increase in future periods as a result of continued expansion in both our private credit and real estate segments. Growth in financing and brokerage revenue is expected to be driven by increased capital availability for Direct Funding expansion and improved origination capabilities, while rental income is expected to provide a recurring revenue stream from the Company’s income-producing real estate assets.

 

We currently expect the Real Estate Division to represent a larger percentage of total revenue for the full year 2026 than it did in 2025, primarily as a result of a full year of rental and operating income from the 1818 Park property. At the same time, we expect Private Credit revenue to increase as a result of expanded Direct Funding origination capabilities and improved capital availability. These expectations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including changes in interest rates, real estate occupancy and rental rates, merchant cash advance demand, regulatory developments, and general economic conditions. Actual results could differ materially from these expectations. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information.”

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Our cost of revenue increased by 106.8% in the amount of $2,517,576 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by the addition of rental property operating costs of $2,100,024 following the Company’s expansion into the real estate segment in 2025. Excluding rental property costs, financing and brokerage cost of revenue increased by 17.7% in the amount of $417,552 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Similar to prior periods, the increase in financing and brokerage cost of revenue was primarily driven by changes in the Company’s Syndicated Funding mix, including a higher proportion of advances funded through the Syndicated Funding model. Advances originated under the Syndicated Funding model generally carry higher participation and servicing fees compared to those originated under the Direct Funding model. In addition, cost of revenue increased due to higher collection related charges associated with defaulted accounts and discounts offered on early settlements. Overall, the increase in cost of revenue reflects both the expansion of the Company’s operating platform into income-producing real estate assets and the higher direct costs associated with the funding and servicing of its financing portfolio.

 

Gross Profit

 

Gross profit increased by 9.3% in the amount of $972,584 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Gross profit was $11,401,732 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $10,429,148 for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to the addition of rental property income following the Company’s expansion into the real estate segment in 2025. This increase was partially offset by a decline in financing and brokerage income and the related increase in cost of revenue associated with the Company’s financing activities, including a higher proportion of advances funded through the Syndicated Funding model and increased collection-related charges. Overall, the increase in gross profit reflects the contribution of the Company’s new real estate operations, partially offset by margin pressure within the private credit segment.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Operating expenses increased by 58.9% in the amount of $8,457,043 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Listed below are the major changes to operating expenses:

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $4,335,500, or 57.4%, to $11,883,945 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $7,548,445 for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to the Company’s expansion into the real estate segment and the continued scaling of its operations. The increase was driven in part by $1,926,250 of contract termination costs incurred in connection with the early termination and restructuring of a legacy business commission agreement associated with the Company’s January 2024 acquisition of Simplified Companies. The termination arrangement eliminated future variable commission obligations and was intended to reduce future cash outflows and simplify the Company’s compensation structure. The termination costs consisted of a negotiated lump-sum cash settlement of $460,000 and the issuance of 2,125,000 shares of common stock with an aggregate fair value of approximately $1,466,250. General and administrative expenses also increased due to $889,165 of property management fees associated with the Block 40 acquisition. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses also included approximately $1.52 million of non-cash expense associated with the initial recognition and fair value measurement of liability-classified warrants issued in connection with the Company’s November 2025 Securities Purchase Agreement with the Dolomite Foundation. The warrants were accounted for as derivative liabilities under ASC 815 due to contingent exercise features tied to specified $DOLO token price milestones and were initially measured at fair value through earnings. Other general and administrative expenses decreased by $141,632 or 24%. Payroll increased modestly by $188,482, or 3.17%, reflecting continued investment in personnel to support growth across both segments. Rent expense increased by $27,570, or 16.80%, consistent with expanded operational footprint, while financing related costs increased slightly by $4,374. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in marketing expenses of $78,719, or 9.58%, reflecting a more targeted approach to customer acquisition during the period.

 

 114 
Table of Contents 

 

    For the year ended December 31,
Breakdown of SG&A   2025   2024   Change   % Change
                 
Payroll    $ 6,132,651      $ 5,944,169      $ 188,482       3.17 %
Rent     191,715       164,145       27,570       16.80 %
Marketing     742,978       821,696       (78,719 )     -9.58 %
Financing costs     45,914       41,540       4,374       10.53 %
Contract Termination     1,926,250       —         1,926,250       n/a  
Property Management Fees     889,165       —         889,165       n/a  
Dolomite Warrants     1,520,000       —         1,520,000       n/a  
Other           435,270.89       576,894                (141,623)       -24.55 %
Total   $ 11,883,945     $  7,548,445     $  4,335,500       57.44 % 

 

Provision for credit losses decreased by $2,245,576 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, mainly as a result of improved underwriting performance and a lower relative level of reserve build required on the Company’s merchant cash advance portfolio during the period. Improvements in underwriting included more selective merchant screening, enhanced cash flow and repayment analysis, stricter advance sizing and pricing criteria, and increased scrutiny of syndication partner quality. These underwriting changes contributed to lower expected credit loss provisioning despite continued portfolio activity. 

 

Depreciation and amortization increased by $5,823,745 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the Block 40 acquisition and the resulting depreciation and amortization recorded on acquired real estate related assets and intangible assets. Amortization expense related to intangible assets increased significantly in 2025 and depreciation expense also increased as a result of the addition of real estate and other fixed assets acquired during the year. 

 

Professional fees increased by $543,374, or 21.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to increased legal, audit, accounting, valuation, and regulatory compliance costs associated with the Company’s acquisition activity, year end audit process, SEC reporting efforts, and public company readiness initiatives. 

 

We expect our overall operating expenses to remain elevated in future periods as we continue to implement our business plan across both our private credit and real estate segments. We expect continued investment in personnel, systems, infrastructure, investor relations, legal and accounting support, and operating platform expansion as we scale the business and continue pursuing our strategic growth initiatives.

 

We also anticipate that our professional fees will remain elevated as a result of increased legal, audit, accounting, and compliance requirements associated with being a reporting company and pursuing broader capital markets and strategic initiatives.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Total other income (expense) increased by 98.9% in the amount of $4,628,760 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by higher interest expense, which increased by $3,809,055, or 82.0%, to $8,452,451 for the year ended December 31, 2025. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to additional borrowings during the year, including debt assumed in connection with the Block 40 acquisition as well as increased utilization of the Company’s financing facilities to support operations and growth.

 

Financing charges of $647,997 were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2025, with no comparable amount in the prior year. These charges primarily relate to costs associated with obtaining and structuring financing arrangements during the period. In addition, other losses increased by $173,625, or 502.8%, primarily reflecting non-recurring items and transactional expenses incurred during the year.

 

 115 
Table of Contents 

 

The prior year included a loss on write down of investment of $1,917, which did not recur in the current year.

 

As a result of the foregoing, net loss before income taxes increased by $12,113,219, or 140.8%, to $20,715,944 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $8,602,725 for the year ended December 31, 2024.

 

Financial Condition

 

STEWARDS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

   

December

31, 2025

  December 31, 2024   Change   % Change 
ASSETS                                
                                 
CURRENT ASSETS                                
Cash, cash equivalents   $ 4,904,043     $ 2,751,386     $ 2,152,657       78.24 %
Restricted cash     3,273,763       —         3,273,763       n/a  
                                 
Advance receivables, net     7,237,458       14,542,518       (7,305,060 )     -50.23 %
Prepaid expense     516,414       —         516,414       n/a  
Loan commitment asset     6,709,609       —         6,709,609       n/a  
Due from related parties     138,571       41,307       97,264       235.47 %
Other current assets     666,689       109,753       556,936       507.44 %
Total current assets     23,446,547       17,444,964       6,001,583       34.40 %
                                 
Fixed assets, net     150,992,308       143,806       150,848,502       104897.22 %
Operating lease right-of-use asset     45,637       352,262       (306,625 )     -87.04 %
Intangible assets, net     2,507,798       705,000       1,802,798       255.72 %
Goodwill     1,219,134       1,219,134       —         0.00 %
Other assets     151,160       371       150,789       40643.94 %
                                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 178,362,584     $ 19,865,537     $ 158,497,047       797.85 %
                                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES                                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ 6,247,315     $ 1,528,228     $ 4,719,087       308.79 %
Syndicate payable     4,355,802       5,284,505       (928,703 )     -17.57 %
Due to related parties - current     1,850,000       1,600,000       250,000       15.63 %
Deferred consideration - current     213,826       207,721       6,105       2.94 %
Operating lease liabilities - current     40,385       146,280       (105,895 )     -72.39 %
Notes payable, net - current     2,722,445       —         2,722,445       n/a  
Warrant liability     8,229,609       —         8,229,609       n/a  
Mortgage loan     73,625,000       —         73,625,000       n/a  
Other current liabilities     301,282       —         301,282       n/a  
Total current liabilities     97,585,664       8,766,734       88,818,930       1013.14 %
                                 
Due to related parties     —         1,600,000       (1,600,000 )     -100.00 %
Deferred consideration     185,001       351,172       (166,171 )     -47.32 %
Operating lease liabilities     —         203,369       (203,369 )     -100.00 %
Notes payable, net     34,620,390       32,229,267       2,391,123       7.42 %
Other non-current liabilities     308,942       —         308,942       n/a  
Total liabilities     132,699,997       43,150,542       89,549,455       207.53 %
                                 
Total mezzanine and stockholders’ equity (deficit)   $ 45,662,587     $ (23,285,005 )   $ 68,947,592       296.10 %

 

 116 
Table of Contents 

 

Assets

 

Total assets increased by $158,497,047, or 797.9%, to $178,362,584 as of December 31, 2025, compared to $19,865,537 as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of Block 40 during 2025, which significantly expanded the Company’s real estate asset base. Fixed assets, net increased by $150,848,502 to $150,992,308 as of December 31, 2025, primarily due to the recognition of real estate assets acquired in connection with the Block 40 transaction. Intangible assets, net increased by $1,802,798 to $2,507,798, reflecting acquired intangible assets associated with the Company’s acquisition and growth activities during the year.

 

Current assets increased by $6,001,583, or 34.4%, to $23,446,547 as of December 31, 2025, compared to $17,444,964 as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $2,152,657, restricted cash of $3,273,763 related primarily to reserves associated with the Block 40 mortgage loan, prepaid expenses of $516,414, and the recognition of a loan commitment asset of $6,709,609 associated with the Company’s debt financing arrangements. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in advance receivables, net of $7,305,060, or 50.2%, reflecting a reduction in the Company’s merchant cash advance receivables balance at year end.

 

Liabilities

 

Total liabilities increased by $89,549,455, or 207.5%, to $132,699,997 as of December 31, 2025, compared to $43,150,542 as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to liabilities assumed and incurred in connection with the Block 40 acquisition, as well as additional financing activity during the year.

 

Current liabilities increased by $88,818,930, or 1,013.1%, to $97,585,664 as of December 31, 2025, compared to $8,766,734 as of December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by the recognition of a $73,625,000 mortgage loan assumed in connection with the Block 40 acquisition. The loan agreement has been amended four times since origination. As of the date of this prospectus, the loan reached its stated maturity date of June 1, 2026. The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date of the loan from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment.

 

The Company’s liquidity position is significantly impacted by this mortgage. As of June 22, 2026, the 1818 Park property had a physical occupancy of approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 units leased), with 21 physically vacant units (of which 11 were pre-leased) and 18 additional units under active notice to vacate (of which 11 were pre-leased). The in-place debt service coverage ratio was approximately 0.9x and the loan-to-value ratio was approximately 48%. The Company is actively pursuing a longer-term refinancing and, on June 11, 2026, received a non-binding term sheet from Värde Mortgage Capital proposing a $79.0 million refinancing facility with a 24-month initial term plus three 12-month extension options at SOFR + 3.95% (floor of 7.45%). There can be no assurance that a long-term refinancing will be completed on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

In addition, the Company recorded current notes payable, net of $2,722,445 and a warrant liability of $8,229,609 as of December 31, 2025. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities also increased by $4,719,087, reflecting the Company’s larger operational footprint and acquisition-related obligations.

 

Non-current notes payable, net increased by $2,391,123, or 7.4%, to $34,620,390 as of December 31, 2025, compared to $32,229,267 as of December 31, 2024, reflecting additional financing obtained to support the Company’s operating and strategic initiatives.

 

Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

Total mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity (deficit) increased by $68,947,592 to $45,662,587 as of December 31, 2025, compared to a deficit of $23,285,005 as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to the equity impact of the Block 40 acquisition, including the recognition of mezzanine and noncontrolling equity interests, as well as additional equity and financing related activity during the year. These increases were partially offset by the Company’s net loss for the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2025, the Company issued an additional 645,047 shares of common stock pursuant to a private placement completed on June 30, 2026, and 1,372,811 shares of common stock to two EB-5 investors in exchange for their Class B preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC. As a result, the Company had 211,119,963 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026.

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash 

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash balances represent funds held in escrow to comply with the requirements of a certain mortgage loan agreement. These amounts primarily relate to reserves for tenant deposits, property taxes, insurance, and interest, and are not available for general operating purposes until the related obligations are settled.  

 

 117 
Table of Contents 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, to the corresponding amounts presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows. 

 

  

December

31, 2025

 

December

31, 2024 

Cash, cash equivalents  $4,904,043   $2,751,386 
Restricted cash   3,273,763    —   
Total cash, cash equivalents  $8,177,806   $2,751,386 

 

Summary of Cash Flows

 

   

For the years ended December 31, 

       
    2025   2024   Change   % Change
Net cash used in operating activities     $(2,005,227 )     $(3,740,557 )     $1,735,330       -46.39%  
Net cash used in investing activities     (4,586,934 )     (671,395 )     (3,915,538 )     583.19%  
Net cash provided by financing activities     12,018,581       6,054,804       5,963,777       98.50%  
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash     $5,426,420       $1,642,851       $3,783,569       230.30%  

  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $2,005,227 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $3,740,557 for the year ended December 31, 2024. The improvement in operating cash flows was primarily attributable to changes in working capital and the continued monetization and runoff of the Company’s advance receivables portfolio, partially offset by the Company’s higher net loss during the year. Non-cash adjustments to net loss for the year ended December 31, 2025 included depreciation and amortization, provision for credit losses, stock-based and equity-related compensation, and other non-cash financing and operating charges. Overall, while the Company continued to use cash in operations during 2025, operating cash outflows improved compared to the prior year.

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $4,586,934 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $671,395 for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to cash advanced under a promissory note to Block 40 prior to the completion of the acquisition, as well as deferred consideration payments and capital expenditures during the year. These outflows were partially offset by cash assumed in connection with the Block 40 acquisition. Investing activities in 2025 primarily reflect the Company’s expansion into the real estate segment and related acquisition activity.

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $12,018,581 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $6,054,804 for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in financing cash inflows was primarily attributable to increased proceeds from the issuance of Series A preferred stock, proceeds from notes payable, and proceeds from redeemable preferred stock issued to EB-5 investors. These inflows were partially offset by repayments of notes payable, repayments of related-party promissory notes, repayment of a portion of the mortgage loan, and payment of preferred stock dividends. Overall, financing activities remained the Company’s primary source of liquidity during the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

On June 30, 2026, subsequent to the period presented, the Company completed a private placement offering and received approximately $1.935 million in gross proceeds from the issuance of 645,047 shares of common stock. The net proceeds are being used for working capital, general corporate purposes, potential acquisitions, and refinancing of existing indebtedness.

 

 118 
Table of Contents 

 

As a result of the foregoing, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash increased by $5,426,420 to $8,177,806 as of December 31, 2025, compared to $2,751,386 as of December 31, 2024.

 

Results of Operations by Reportable Segment

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2025   Year Ended December 31, 2024
    Financing   Real Estate       Financing   Real Estate    
    Solutions   Operations   Total   Solutions   Operations   Total
                         
Revenue     $11,660,191       $4,617,231       $16,277,422       $12,787,262        —         $12,787,262  
Significant segment-level expenses:                                                
Cost of revenue     2,517,934       2,100,024       4,617,958       2,358,114       —         2,358,114  
General and administrative                                             —    
expenses     7,625,571       4,516,106       12,141,677       7,548,445       —         7,548,445  
Provision for credit losses     1,774,264       —         1,774,264       4,019,840       —         4,019,840  
Depreciation and amortization     244,496       5,845,613       6,090,109       266,364       —         266,364  
Professional fees     2,262,458       798,297       3,060,755       2,517,381       —         2,517,381  
Loss from operations     $(2,764,531 )     $(8,642,810 )     $(11,407,341 )     $(3,922,882 )      —         $(3,922,882 )
                                                 
TOTAL ASSETS     $20,379,579       $157,983,005       $178,362,584       $19,865,537       —         $19,865,537  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     43,274,755       89,425,242       132,699,997       43,150,542       —         43,150,542  
MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIT)     $(22,895,176)       $68,557,763       $45,662,587       $(23,285,005 )     —         $(23,285,005 )

 

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company operated through two reportable segments: Financing Solutions and Real Estate Operations. The Financing Solutions segment represents the Company’s private credit business, while the Real Estate Operations segment reflects the Company’s ownership and operation of income-producing real estate assets following the Block 40 acquisition.

 

Financing Solutions

 

Revenue from the Financing Solutions segment was $11,660,191 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $12,787,262 for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing a decrease of $1,127,071, or 8.8%. The decline was primarily attributable to lower deal flow and reduced origination activity during the year. Cost of revenue for the Financing Solutions segment increased to $2,775,666 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $2,358,114 for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily reflecting changes in the Syndicated Funding mix, increased third party participation costs under the Syndicated Funding model, and higher collection related charges.

 

General and administrative expenses for the Financing Solutions segment were $7,367,839 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $7,548,445 for the year ended December 31, 2024, reflecting relative stability in the Company’s core operating platform despite lower segment revenue. Provision for credit losses declined significantly to $1,774,264 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $4,019,840 for the year ended December 31, 2024, reflecting improved portfolio performance and a lower reserve build during the period. As a result, the Financing Solutions segment reported a loss from operations of $2,764,531 for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to a loss from operations of $3,922,882 for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing an improvement of $1,158,351.

 

 119 
Table of Contents 

 

Real Estate Operations

 

The Real Estate Operations segment was established during 2025 following the Block 40 acquisition and generated revenue of $4,617,231 for the year ended December 31, 2025. Cost of revenue for the segment was $2,100,024, consisting primarily of property level operating expenses associated with the management and operation of the acquired real estate asset. General and administrative expenses were $4,516,106, reflecting costs associated with supporting the segment, including property management, contract termination, and other operating expenses incurred during the integration and operation of the Company’s real estate platform.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the Real Estate Operations segment was $5,845,613 for the year ended December 31, 2025, representing the most significant operating expense within the segment and reflecting the depreciation and amortization associated with acquired real estate and intangible assets. Professional fees for the segment were $798,297, primarily related to acquisition, legal, valuation, and compliance matters. As a result, the Real Estate Operations segment reported a loss from operations of $8,642,810 for the year ended December 31, 2025. Management expects the Real Estate Operations segment to continue contributing recurring rental revenue while also carrying a higher fixed cost base, including depreciation and amortization, than the Company’s Financing Solutions segment.

 

Segment Assets and Liabilities

 

As of December 31, 2025, total assets attributable to the Financing Solutions segment were $20,379,579, compared to $19,865,537 as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to growth in current assets, including cash, loan commitment assets, and other operating assets, partially offset by a decrease in advance receivables as the Company continued to actively manage and monetize its private credit portfolio.

 

As of December 31, 2025, total assets attributable to the Real Estate Operations segment were $157,983,005, reflecting the acquisition of Block 40 during 2025 and the addition of real estate, related intangible assets, restricted cash, and other property-level assets. The Real Estate Operations segment did not exist as a reportable segment as of December 31, 2024.

 

As of December 31, 2025, total liabilities attributable to the Financing Solutions segment were $43,274,755, compared to $43,150,542 as of December 31, 2024, reflecting relative stability in the Company’s financing-related obligations year over year. As of December 31, 2025, total liabilities attributable to the Real Estate Operations segment were $89,425,242, primarily consisting of the mortgage loan and other liabilities assumed or incurred in connection with the Block 40 acquisition.

 

Results of Operations

 

Below is a summary of the results of operations for the quarters ended March 31, 2026, and 2025.

 

STEWARDS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
         
  For the Three Months Ended March 31,
  2026 2025 Change % Change
Revenues        
Income, financing and brokerage $1,470,270 $3,365,225 ($1,894,955) -56.31%
Income from rental property $2,384,395 $0 $2,384,395 100.00%
Total revenues $3,854,665 $3,365,225 $489,440 14.54%
         
Cost of revenue        
Financing and brokerage $273,885 $653,821 ($379,936) -58.11%
Rental property $1,306,050 $0 $1,306,050 100.00%
Total cost of revenue $1,579,935 $653,821 $926,114 141.65%
       
Gross profit $2,274,730 $2,711,404 ($436,674) -16.11%
       
Operating expenses        
General and administrative expenses $2,754,837 $1,961,303 $793,534 40.46%
Provision for credit losses $301,649 $566,244 ($264,595) -46.73%
Depreciation and amortization $2,392,239 $61,612 $2,330,627 3782.75%
Professional fees $1,023,102 $574,416 $448,686 78.11%
Total operating expenses $6,471,827 $3,163,575 $3,308,252 104.57%
         
Loss from operations ($4,197,097) ($452,171) ($3,744,926) 828.21%
         
Other income (expense)        
Interest expense ($2,730,246) ($1,294,508) ($1,435,738) 110.91%
Financing charges ($90,567) ($18,750) ($71,817) 383.02%
Change in fair value of the warrant instrument $1,420,573 $0 $1,420,573 100.00%
Other gain (loss) ($108,564) ($7,901) ($100,663) 1274.05%
Total other income (expense) ($1,508,804) ($1,321,159) ($187,645) 14.20%
         
Net loss before income taxes ($5,705,901) ($1,773,330) ($3,932,571) 221.76%
         
Income tax provision $0 $0 $0 #DIV/0!
Net loss ($5,705,901) ($1,773,330) ($3,932,571) 221.76%
         
Amounts attributable to Stewards, Inc.        
Net loss ($5,705,901) ($1,773,330) ($3,932,571) 221.76%
Deemed dividend from conversion of preferred stock $0 $0 $0 100.00%
Dividend on preferred stock
    
($647,353) ($138,825) ($508,528) 366.31%
         
Net loss applicable to common stockholders ($6,353,254) ($1,912,155) ($4,441,099) 232.26%
         
Net Loss Per Common Share - basic and diluted ($0) ($0) ($0) 59.75%
         
Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding - basic and diluted $208,635,439 $100,310,845 $108,324,594 107.99%
         
Comprehensive Loss        
Net loss ($5,705,901) ($1,912,155) ($3,793,746) 198.40%
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency translation $0 $2,480 ($2,480) -100.00%
         
Total comprehensive loss ($5,705,901) ($1,909,675) ($3,796,226) 198.79%

 

Revenue

 

Total revenues increased by $489,440, or 14.54%, to $3,854,665 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $3,365,225 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to the inclusion of rental property operations following the Company’s expansion into the real estate segment, which contributed $2,384,395 of rental property income during the period. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in income from financing and brokerage activities of $1,894,955, or 56.31%, primarily driven by lower MCA origination volumes and reduced deployment activity as the Company focused on portfolio quality, liquidity management, and integration of its real estate operations.

 

We currently expect the Real Estate Division to represent a larger percentage of total revenue for the full year 2026 than it did in 2025, primarily as a result of a full year of rental and operating income from the 1818 Park property. At the same time, we expect Private Credit revenue to increase as a result of expanded Direct Funding origination capabilities and improved capital availability. These expectations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including changes in interest rates, real estate occupancy and rental rates, merchant cash advance demand, regulatory developments, and general economic conditions. Actual results could differ materially from these expectations. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information.”

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Total cost of revenue increased by $926,114, or 141.65%, to $1,579,935 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $653,821 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of rental property operating costs of $1,306,050 associated with the Company’s real estate segment, including property operating expenses, maintenance, utilities, taxes, insurance, and property management costs related to Block 40. Financing and brokerage cost of revenue decreased by $379,936, or 58.11%, consistent with the decline in financing and brokerage revenues and lower MCA origination activity during the period.

 

Gross Profit

 

Gross profit decreased by $436,674, or 16.11%, to $2,274,730 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $2,711,404 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Gross margin declined primarily due to the inclusion of rental property operations, which generally operate at lower gross margins than the Company’s historical MCA business, as well as lower financing and brokerage revenues during the period.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Total operating expenses increased by $3,308,252, or 104.57%, to $6,471,827 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $3,163,575 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to higher depreciation and amortization expense, increased general and administrative expenses, and higher professional fees associated with the Company’s expanded operational footprint and public company infrastructure requirements.

 

General and administrative expenses increased by $793,534, or 40.46%, to $2,754,837 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $1,961,303 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to $730,649 of property management fees incurred in connection with the Company’s expanded real estate operations following the Block 40 acquisition, as well as a $145,439 increase in other general and administrative expenses related to increased operational activity, insurance, utilities, administrative infrastructure, and other costs associated with operating a larger and more diversified organization. These increases were partially offset by decreases in marketing expenses of $65,547, rent expense of $10,463, and payroll related costs of $4,683 during the quarter.

 

  For the Three Months Ended March 31,
Breakdown of SG&A 2026 2025 Change % Change
         
Payroll $1,359,807 $1,364,489 -$4,683 -0.34%
Rent $34,537 $45,000 -$10,463 -23.25%
Marketing $159,293 $224,840 -$65,547 -29.15%
Financing costs $8,297 $10,159 -$1,862 -18.33%
Property Management Fees $730,649 $0 $730,649 100.00%
Other $462,254 $316,815 $145,439 45.91%
Total $2,754,837 $1,961,303 $793,534 7,814,809

 

Provision for credit losses decreased by $264,595, or 46.73%, to $301,649 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $566,244 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The decrease primarily reflected lower MCA origination activity and changes in portfolio composition during the period.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $2,330,627, or 3,782.75%, to $2,392,239 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $61,612 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to depreciation and amortization associated with the Company’s acquired real estate assets, including Block 40, and amortization of related intangible assets.

 

Professional fees increased by $448,686, or 78.11%, to $1,023,102 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $574,416 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to higher legal, accounting, audit, valuation, consulting, and regulatory compliance costs associated with the Company’s expanded operations, SEC reporting obligations, capital markets activities, and corporate governance initiatives.

 

Loss from Operations

 

Loss from operations increased by $3,744,926, or 828.21%, to $4,197,097 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to a loss from operations of $452,171 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to higher operating expenses, particularly depreciation and amortization expense associated with the Company’s real estate assets, increased professional fees, and higher general and administrative expenses, partially offset by increased total revenues.

 

Other Income (Expense)

 

Total other expense increased by $187,645, or 14.20%, to $1,508,804 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $1,321,159 for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

 

Interest expense increased by $1,435,738, or 110.91%, to $2,730,246 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $1,294,508 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to higher outstanding debt balances, including financing associated with the Company’s real estate acquisitions, increased borrowing activity, and higher interest carrying costs during the period.

 

Financing charges increased by $71,817, or 383.02%, to $90,567 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $18,750 for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily due to increased financing activity and debt related transaction costs.

 

The Company recognized a gain of $1,420,573 related to the change in fair value of warrant instruments during the three months ended March 31, 2026. The gain was attributable to the remeasurement of liability-classified warrants associated with the Dolomite Securities Purchase Agreement and reflects changes in assumptions used in the valuation model, including market based inputs and probability assessments related to contingent exercise features.

 

Other gain (loss) increased by $100,663 to a loss of $108,564 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to a loss of $7,901 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to losses recognized from changes in the fair value of warrants issued in connection with drawdowns under the Stewards debt facility, which are accounted for as liability-classified instruments and remeasured at fair value each reporting period.

 

Net Loss

 

Net loss increased by $3,932,571, or 221.76%, to $5,705,901 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $1,773,330 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to higher operating expenses associated with the Company’s real estate expansion, increased depreciation and amortization, higher professional fees, and increased interest expense, partially offset by increased revenues from rental property operations and the gain recognized from the change in fair value of warrant instruments.

 

Financial Condition

 

STEWARDS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
         
  March 31, December 31,    
2026 2025 Change % Change
ASSETS        
         
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash, cash equivalents $1,262,152 $4,904,043 -$3,641,891 -74.26%
Advance receivables, net $6,791,418 $7,237,458 -$446,040 -6.16%
Prepaid expense $452,200 $516,414 -$64,214 -12.43%
Loan commitment asset $4,848,233 $6,709,609 -$1,861,376 -27.74%
Due from related parties $169,838 $138,571 $31,267 22.56%
Restricted cash $3,460,154 $3,273,763 $186,391 5.69%
Other current assets $507,121 $666,689 -$159,568 -23.93%
Total current assets $17,491,116 $23,446,547 -$5,955,431 -25.40%
         
Fixed assets, net $155,478,950 $150,992,308 $4,486,642 2.97%
Operating lease right-of-use asset $32,535 $45,637 -$13,102 -28.71%
Intangible assets, net $1,498,163 $2,507,798 -$1,009,635 -40.26%
Goodwill $1,219,134 $1,219,134 $0 0.00%
Other assets $68,206 $151,160 -$82,954 -54.88%
         
TOTAL ASSETS $175,788,104 $178,362,584 -$2,574,480 -1.44%
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $5,548,075 $6,247,315  $(699,240) -11.19%
Syndicate payable $3,216,598 $4,355,802 -$1,139,204 -26.15%
Due to related parties - current $1,852,946 $1,850,000 $2,946 0.16%
Deferred consideration - current $213,826 $213,826 $0 0.00%
Operating lease liabilities - current $28,446 $40,385 -$11,939 -29.56%
Notes payable, net - current $2,622,445 $2,722,445 -$100,000 -3.67%
Warrant liability $4,848,233 $8,229,609 -$3,381,376 -41.09%
Mortgage loan - current $73,625,000 $73,625,000 $0 0.00%
Other current liabilities $286,870 $301,282 -$14,412 -4.78%
Total current liabilities $92,242,439 $97,585,664 -$5,343,225 100.00%
         
Deferred consideration $141,231 $185,001 -$43,770 -23.66%
Notes payable, net $37,149,580 $34,620,390 $2,529,190 7.31%
Mortgage loan $3,960,615 $0 $3,960,615 n/a
Other non-current liabilities $288,972 $308,942 -$19,970 -6.46%
Total liabilities $133,782,837 $132,699,997 $1,082,840 -0.82%
         
Total mezzanine and stockholders’ equity (deficit) $42,005,267 $45,662,587 -$3,657,320 8.01%

 

Assets

 

Total assets decreased by $2,574,480, or 1.4%, to $175,788,104 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $178,362,584 as of December 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in cash and cash equivalents, the loan commitment asset, advance receivables, net, and intangible assets, partially offset by an increase in fixed assets related primarily to the Plantation property acquisition completed in March 2026.

 

Current assets decreased by $5,955,431, or 25.4%, to $17,491,116 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $23,446,547 as of December 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily driven by a $3,641,891 decrease in cash and cash equivalents, reflecting net cash used in operating activities, debt service, acquisition-related funding, and other operating expenditures during the quarter. The loan commitment asset decreased by $1,861,376 due to the reclassification of a portion of the asset to debt discount upon additional draws under the Stewards debt facility. Advance receivables, net decreased by $446,040, or 6.2%, reflecting collections and lower net MCA deployment during the period. These decreases were partially offset by a $186,391 increase in restricted cash, primarily related to mortgage loan reserve requirements.

 

Fixed assets, net increased by $4,486,642, or 3.0%, to $155,478,950 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $150,992,308 as of December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of a commercial property in Plantation, Florida, for total consideration of $5.9 million, partially offset by depreciation expense recorded during the quarter. Intangible assets, net decreased by $1,009,635, or 40.3%, due to amortization expense recognized during the period.

 

Liabilities

 

Total liabilities increased by $1,082,840, or 0.8%, to $133,782,837 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $132,699,997 as of December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to additional borrowings under the Stewards debt facility and the new Plantation mortgage loan, partially offset by decreases in warrant liability, syndicate payable, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

 

Current liabilities decreased by $5,343,225, or 5.5%, to $92,242,439 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $97,585,664 as of December 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily driven by a $3,381,376 decrease in warrant liability, reflecting changes in fair value and reclassification of certain debt facility warrants to equity upon drawdowns under the Stewards debt facility. Syndicate payable decreased by $1,139,204 due to settlements with syndication partners, and accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased by $699,240 due to the timing of vendor payments and settlement of accrued obligations.

 

Non-current notes payable, net increased by $2,529,190, or 7.3%, to $37,149,580 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $34,620,390 as of December 31, 2025, primarily due to additional draws under the Stewards debt facility. The Company also recognized a new non-current mortgage loan of $3,960,615 in connection with the Plantation property acquisition, net of unamortized debt discount.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the senior mortgage loan secured by the Company’s 1818 Park property reached its contractual maturity date of June 1, 2026. The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment while simultaneously pursuing a longer-term refinancing. As of June 22, 2026, the 1818 Park property had an in-place debt service coverage ratio of approximately 0.9x and a loan-to-value ratio of approximately 48%.

 

Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

Total mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity decreased by $3,657,320, or 8.0%, to $42,005,267 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $45,662,587 as of December 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily attributable to the net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and dividends on preferred stock, partially offset by equity activity during the period, including the issuance of common stock to Robinpaws LLC and the reclassification of certain debt facility warrants from liability to additional paid-in capital.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the Company issued an additional 645,047 shares of common stock in a private placement completed on June 30, 2026, and 1,372,811 shares of common stock to two EB-5 investors pursuant to exchange agreements. As a result, the Company had 211,119,963 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026.

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash balances represent funds held in escrow to comply with the requirements of certain mortgage loan agreements. These amounts primarily relate to reserves for tenant deposits, property taxes, insurance, interest, and other lender required reserves associated with the Company’s real estate operations and are not available for general operating purposes until the related obligations are settled.

 

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $3,641,891, or 74.0%, to $1,262,152 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $4,904,043 as of December 31, 2025. The decrease primarily reflected net cash used in operating activities, debt service obligations, acquisition related expenditures, and ongoing investments in the Company’s private credit and real estate operations during the quarter. Restricted cash increased by $186,391, or 5.7%, to $3,460,154 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $3,273,763 as of December 31, 2025, primarily due to changes in lender required reserve balances associated with the Company’s mortgage financing arrangements. As a result, total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash decreased by $3,455,500, or 42.3%, to $4,722,306 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $8,177,806 as of December 31, 2025.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported on the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, to the corresponding amounts presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

  March 31, December 31,    
2026 2025 Change % Change
Cash, cash equivalents $1,262,152 $4,904,043 -$3,641,891 -74%
Restricted cash $3,460,154 $3,273,763 $186,391 6%
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $4,722,306 $8,177,806 -$3,455,500 -42%

 

 

Summary of Cash Flows

 

  For the Three Months Ended March 31,
  2026 2025 Change % Change
Net cash used in operating activities -$5,688,754 -$2,666,576 -$3,022,178 113%
Net cash used in investing activities -$5,926,746 -$56,346 -$5,870,400 10419%
Net cash provided by financing activities $8,160,000 $1,625,000 $6,535,000 402%
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash -$3,455,500 -$1,097,922 -$2,357,578 215%

 

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $5,688,754 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $2,666,576 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase in operating cash outflows was primarily attributable to the Company’s increased net loss associated with the expansion of its real estate operations following the Block 40 acquisition, including higher property operating costs, payroll, general and administrative expenses, professional fees, and interest expense. In addition, working capital changes, including decreases in accounts payable and syndicate payable balances, contributed to the increased operating cash usage during the quarter. Non-cash adjustments to net loss during the three months ended March 31, 2026 included depreciation expense of $1,382,604 related primarily to real estate assets, amortization expense of $1,009,635 related to acquired intangible assets, provision for credit losses of $301,649, non-cash interest expense related to debt discounts and financing costs, and a $1,420,573 gain related to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities.

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $5,926,746 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $56,346 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily attributable to the acquisition of the Plantation commercial property completed in March 2026, which resulted in approximately $5.9 million of cash used to purchase fixed assets during the quarter. Investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2026 primarily reflected the Company’s continued expansion and investment in its real estate segment.

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $8,160,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $1,625,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase in financing cash inflows was primarily attributable to additional proceeds received under the Company’s debt financing arrangements, including additional borrowings under the Stewards International Funds PCC debt facility during the quarter. As of March 31, 2026, the Company had drawn $7.3 million under the facility, compared to $3.0 million as of December 31, 2025. Financing activities continued to represent the Company’s primary source of liquidity as it funded operating losses, debt service obligations, and strategic growth initiatives across its private credit and real estate platforms.

 

On June 30, 2026, subsequent to the period presented, the Company completed a private placement and received gross proceeds of approximately $1.935 million from the issuance of 645,047 shares of common stock. The net proceeds are being used for working capital, general corporate purposes, potential acquisitions, and refinancing of existing indebtedness.

 

As a result of the foregoing, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash decreased by $3,455,500 to $4,722,306 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $8,177,806 as of December 31, 2025. Restricted cash of $3,460,154 primarily related to reserves associated with the Block 40 mortgage loan, including tenant deposits, property taxes, insurance, and interest reserves, and was not available for general operating purposes.

 

Results of Operations by Reportable Segment

 

  For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2026 Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
  Financing Real Estate   Financing Real Estate  
  Solutions Operations Total Solutions Operations Total
             
Revenue $1,470,270 $2,384,395 $3,854,665 $3,365,225 $0 $3,365,225
Significant segment-level expenses:            
Cost of revenue $273,885 $1,306,050 $1,579,935 $653,821 $0 $653,821
General and administrative expenses $1,357,882 $1,396,955 $2,754,837 $1,961,303   $1,961,303
Provision for credit losses $301,649 $0 $301,649 $566,244 $0 $566,244
Depreciation and amortization $61,466 $2,330,773 $2,392,239 $61,612 $0 $61,612
Professional fees $422,705 $600,397 $1,023,102 $574,416 $0 $574,416
Loss from operations -$947,317 -$3,249,780 -$4,197,097 -$452,171 $0 -$452,171

 

 

  As of March 31, 2026 As of December 31, 2025
  Financing Real Estate   Financing Real Estate  
  Solutions Operations Total Solutions Operations Total
Total Assets $14,146,268 $161,641,836 $175,788,104 $178,362,584 $157,983,004 $178,362,584
Total liabilities -$37,991,145 -$95,791,693 -$133,782,838 -$43,274,755 -$89,425,242 -$132,699,997
Equity $52,137,413 $257,433,529 $309,570,942 $221,637,339 $247,408,246 $469,045,585

 

Financing Solutions Segment

 

Revenue from the Financing Solutions segment decreased by $1,894,955, or 56.3%, to $1,470,270 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $3,365,225 for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower funding volumes and a reduction in the average advance receivables portfolio during the period, as the Company continued to manage liquidity and selectively deploy capital. Cost of revenue for the Financing Solutions segment decreased by $379,936, or 58.1%, to $273,885, primarily due to lower commissions and Direct Funding costs associated with the reduced origination activity. Provision for credit losses also decreased by $264,595, or 46.7%, to $301,649, reflecting the lower outstanding merchant cash advance receivables balance during the quarter.

 

General and administrative expenses for the Financing Solutions segment decreased by $603,421, or 30.8%, to $1,357,882 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, primarily due to lower operating activity and cost management initiatives implemented during the period. Professional fees decreased by $151,711, or 26.4%, to $422,705, primarily reflecting lower consulting, legal, and compliance costs allocated to the segment. Depreciation and amortization expense remained relatively consistent at $61,466 during the quarter. As a result of the foregoing, loss from operations for the Financing Solutions segment increased to $947,317 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to a loss from operations of $452,171 for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

 

As of March 31, 2026, total assets attributable to the Financing Solutions segment were $14,146,268, compared to $20,379,580 as of December 31, 2025. The decrease was primarily attributable to reductions in cash and cash equivalents, advance receivables, and the loan commitment asset during the quarter. Total liabilities attributable to the Financing Solutions segment decreased to $37,991,145 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $43,274,755 as of December 31, 2025, primarily due to decreases in warrant liabilities and syndicate payable balances, partially offset by increased debt financing activity.

 

Real Estate Operations Segment

 

The Real Estate Operations segment generated revenue of $2,384,395 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to no revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2025, reflecting the inclusion of rental operations associated with the Block 40 acquisition completed in July 2025. Revenue for the segment consisted primarily of residential, retail, office, parking, and tenant reimbursement income generated from the 1818 Park mixed-use property. Cost of revenue for the Real Estate Operations segment was $1,306,050 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, consisting primarily of property operating expenses, repairs and maintenance, utilities, property taxes, insurance, payroll, and property management costs associated with the operation of the Company’s real estate assets.

 

General and administrative expenses attributable to the Real Estate Operations segment were $1,396,955 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, reflecting the expansion of the Company’s operational infrastructure to support its real estate platform. Professional fees attributable to the segment were $600,397, primarily related to legal, accounting, valuation, financing, and compliance costs associated with the Company’s real estate operations and strategic initiatives. Depreciation and amortization expense attributable to the Real Estate Operations segment was $2,330,773 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, primarily related to depreciation of acquired real estate assets and amortization of in-place lease intangible assets recognized in connection with the Block 40 acquisition. As a result, the Real Estate Operations segment generated a loss from operations of $3,249,780 for the three months ended March 31, 2026.

 

As of March 31, 2026, total assets attributable to the Real Estate Operations segment were $161,641,836, compared to $157,983,004 as of December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of the Plantation commercial property completed during March 2026, partially offset by depreciation and amortization recorded during the quarter. Total liabilities attributable to the Real Estate Operations segment increased to $95,791,693 as of March 31, 2026, compared to $89,425,242 as of December 31, 2025, primarily due to the assumption of additional mortgage financing associated with the Plantation acquisition.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company had a negative working capital of $74,751,323 as of March 31, 2026, a net loss of $5,705,901 and net cash used in operating activities of $5,688,754 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, and an accumulated deficit of $64,131,353 as of March 31, 2026. These conditions raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the interim financial statements are issued.

 

The Company evaluated conditions and events known or reasonably knowable as of the issuance date and considered only those plans that are probable of being implemented within one year and of mitigating the relevant conditions. The working capital deficit is primarily driven by the classification of the Mortgage Loan as a current liability. As of June 22, 2026, the 1818 Park property had a physical occupancy of approximately 92.3% (252 of 273 residential units leased). There were 21 physically vacant units, of which 11 were pre-leased. There were also 18 units with active notices to vacate (NTV), of which 11 were pre-leased to new tenants. The in-place debt service coverage ratio was approximately 0.9x and the loan-to-value ratio was approximately 48%.

 

The loan agreement has been amended four times since origination. The loan reached its stated maturity date of June 1, 2026. The Company and the lender have negotiated and prepared a Fifth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents that would extend the maturity date of the loan from June 1, 2026 to August 1, 2026. The Fifth Omnibus Amendment has not yet been executed. The Company is actively working to satisfy the conditions precedent to, and to execute, the Fifth Omnibus Amendment. Key terms of the proposed Fifth Omnibus Amendment include an extension of the maturity date to August 1, 2026, the payment of a modification fee and an extension fee, the grant of a pledge over the membership interests in the borrower entity, the addition of the Company as a guarantor, and a temporary waiver of the requirement to maintain an interest rate cap agreement during the extension period.

 

The Company is also actively pursuing a longer-term refinancing of the loan and does not currently intend to exercise the contractual one-year extension option to June 2027 that is available under the existing loan documents. On June 11, 2026, the Company received a non-binding term sheet from Värde Mortgage Capital proposing a $79.0 million refinancing facility. Key proposed terms include a 24-month initial term with three 12-month extension options, a floating interest rate of SOFR + 3.95% (with a floor of 7.45%), and customary covenants and reserves. The term sheet is non-binding, and there can be no assurance that the Company will complete a refinancing on the terms set forth in the term sheet or at all.

 

Management of the Company is also making efforts to increase its revenue and raise additional funding. On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a financing arrangement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund), pursuant to which it may raise up to $100 million through unsecured, unsubordinated notes. As of the date of this filing, the Company has issued $8.3 million in aggregate principal amount of such notes, with $91.7 million remaining available for future issuance under the arrangement.

 

Additionally, the Company has established ongoing sources of revenue through its private credit operations and, beginning in July 2025, through income-producing real estate, such as rental income, of $2,384,395 recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2026. However, current revenues are not yet sufficient to cover its operating costs, and the Company remains dependent on debt and equity financing to fund its operations.

 

While management of the Company believes that it will be successful in its capital formation and planned operating activities, including completion of a long-term refinancing of the 1818 Park mortgage, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise additional equity capital, complete a long-term refinancing on acceptable terms, or that operations will generate sufficient cash flows to meet obligations as they come due. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

 120 
Table of Contents 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

In December 2001, the SEC requested that all registrants list their most “critical accounting polices” in the Management Discussion and Analysis. The SEC indicated that a “critical accounting policy” is one which is both important to the portrayal of a company’s financial condition and results, and requires management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. There have been no material changes to our critical accounting policies as described in the footnotes to our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024; however, we consider our critical accounting policies to be those related to.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Income, Financing and Brokerage  

 

The Company’s main source of revenue is through agreements for the purchase and sale of future receivables/receipts, commonly referred to as a Merchant Cash Advance. Under the contract, the Company will agree to purchase a specified amount of the customer’s future receipts/receivables (the “Purchased Amount”) at a discount, in return for providing the customer with upfront proceeds (the “Purchase Price”). The customer is then contractually required to pay the cash related to the future receivables/receipts based on an estimated period and agreed-upon percentage of the customer’s future receivables/receipts that the customer collects. The difference between the Purchased Amount that the customer will repay, and the discounted Purchase Price amount that the Company pays for the future receivables/receipts, is considered the “discount”, which reflects the significant collection risk incurred by the Company for its purchase of future receivables/receipts. During the periods presented, the Company’s MCA contracts generally carried average factor rates ranging from approximately 1.30x to 1.40x of the funded amount, depending on merchant credit profile, industry, term length, renewal history, and prevailing market conditions. The average contractual duration of the Company’s MCA arrangements was generally between 6 and 12 months, although actual repayment periods may vary based on merchant receivable performance and remittance frequency. Trends in factor rates and contract durations are influenced by competitive market conditions, underwriting standards, merchant risk characteristics, and broader economic conditions affecting small and medium-sized businesses. These purchases of future receivables arrangements do not constitute a revenue contract under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Accordingly, the Company accounts for them in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables. 

 

The Company recognizes revenue on remittances collected by applying the contractual discount to allocate the remittance against the initial principal held as a receivable and revenue. All upfront income from fees, such as origination and processing fees are booked as income on a straight-line method over the initial period of the contract. The same applies to all direct costs incurred upon the execution of the contract, which primarily consists of commissions paid to the Company’s internal sales team or external partners for sourcing the contract.  

 

 121 
Table of Contents 

 

Deferred commissions are commissions for deals (both Direct Funding deals and Syndicated Funding deals) that are paid upfront at the time of concluding a deal and are therefore held on the balance sheet under advance receivables and subsequently booked to the statement of operations over the life of the deal. Similarly deferred origination fees is income that the Company receives upfront at the time of concluding a deal and is therefore held on the balance sheet under advance receivables and subsequently booked to the statement of operations over the life of the deal. Origination fee income is applicable to Direct Funding deals where the Company is the lead funder only.

 

Deferred Commissions Expense and Origination Income For the years ended December 31,
2025 2024 Change % Change
Deferred Commission Expense $245,483 $842,924 (597,441) -70.88%
Deferred Origination Fee Income $44,775 $192,033 (147,258) -76.68%

 

Deferred Commissions Expense and Origination Income March 31, December 31,    
2026 2025 Change % Change
Deferred Commission Expense $210,671 $245,483 (34,812) -14.18%
Deferred Origination Fee Income $17,430 $44,775 (27,345) -61.07%

 

Disaggregated Revenue 

 

In general, the Company’s business segmentation is aligned according to the nature and economic characteristics of its products and customer relationships and provides meaningful disaggregation of each business segment’s results of operations. The following table provides the revenue recognized from each offering: 

 

   Years Ended December 31,
   2025  2024
MCAs income  $8,296,913   $9,550,563 
Origination fees   231,693    451,974 
Administration fees   170,768    123,541 
Ancillary fees   53,194    99,899 
Brokerage commissions   2,778,304    2,483,084 
Management fee   119,561    44,874 
Rental income   4,617,231    —   
Others   9,759    33,328 
Total revenues  $16,277,422   $12,787,262 

 

Income From Rental Property 

 

Income from rental property includes rental, storage, parking and other rental property related income charged to leases. The Company leases a mixed-use residential and commercial property to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases that generally contain provisions for minimum base rents plus reimbursement for certain operating expenses. Total minimum annual lease payments are recognized in rental income on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease, regardless of when payments are contractually due, when collectability is probable. Rental revenue recognition commences when the tenant takes possession of or controls the physical use of the leased space. Lease termination fees, which are included in rental income, are recognized when the related leases are canceled and we have no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants. 

 

Our lease agreements with tenants generally contain provisions that require tenants to reimburse us for certain property expenses. Estimated reimbursements from tenants for these property expenses, which include real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other recoverable operating expenses, are recognized as revenues in the period that the expenses are incurred. Subsequent to year-end, we perform final reconciliations on a lease-by-lease basis and bill or credit each tenant for any cumulative annual adjustments. As the timing and pattern of revenue recognition is the same and as the lease component would be classified as an operating lease if it were accounted for separately, rents and tenant reimbursements are treated as a combined lease component and presented as a single line item “Income From Rental Property” in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. 

 

The Company record revenues and expenses on a gross basis for lessor costs (which include real estate taxes) when these costs are reimbursed to us by our tenants. Conversely, we record revenues and expenses on a net basis for lessor costs when they are paid by our tenants directly to the taxing authorities on our behalf.

 

 122 
Table of Contents 

 

Advance Receivable, net

 

The following tables present a roll-forward of Advance receivables, net activity for periods presented, disaggregated between direct and syndicated.

 

      Direct     Syndicated     Total 
Beginning balance, January 1, 2025     $  9,306,692      $  5,235,826       $   14,542,518   
Originations     $   7,222,173       $   12,095,202       $   19,317,375   
Collections     $   (12,327,713 )     $  (11,486,943 )     $   (23,814,656 )
Charge-offs     $   (63,684 )     $   (969,831 )     $   (1,033,515 ) 
Provision for credit losses     $   (305,978 )     $   (1,468,286 )     $   (1,774,264 ) 
Ending Balance, December 31, 2025     $   3,831,490       $   3,405,968       $   7,237,458   
                                      
Beginning balance, January 1, 2024     $   9,709,761       $   5,572,180       $   15,281,941   
Originations     $   12,997,355       $   18,025,300       $   31,022,655   
Collections     $   (11,775,904 )     $   (17,357,357 )     $   (29,133,261 ) 
Charge-offs     $   (642,935 )     $   (444,206 )     $   (1,087,141 ) 
Provision for credit losses     $   (981,585 )     $   (560,091 )     $   (1,541,677 ) 
Ending Balance, December 31, 2024     $   9,306,692       $   5,235,826       $   14,542,518   

 

As remittances are collected on MCAs, the Company allocates each collection between a reduction of advance receivables (principal) and discount income recognized in earnings. The table below summarizes this allocation for the periods presented.

 

    Direct    Syndicated 
Advance receivables collections, Year ended December 31, 2024  $ 13,469,427   $ 15,171,426 
Applied to reduce the advance (principal)  $9,552,785   $ 10,759,877 
Recognized as discount income (revenue)  $ 3,916,642   $ 4,411,549 
           
Advance receivables collections, Year ended December 31, 2025  $ 11,775,904   $ 17,357,357 
Applied to reduce the advance (principal)  $ 8,351,705   $ 12,310,182 
Recognized as discount income (revenue)  $ 3,424,199   $ 5,047,175 

 

Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

 

For its financial instruments subject to credit risk, consisting of its receivables related to its MCA’s, the Company recognizes as an allowance its estimate of lifetime expected credit losses under the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326. The Company estimates expected credit losses on its Merchant Cash Advance (“MCA”) receivables in accordance with ASC 326 using a methodology that incorporates historical loss experience and a status-based evaluation of collectability. Management evaluates MCA receivables collectively and applies allowance rates that reflect the Company’s experience with delinquency progression, time in default, and collection outcomes, consistent with a combination of probability-of-default concepts and an aging/status framework. Receivables are stratified based on payment performance and collection status, including performing accounts, accounts in default (up to 180 days), and accounts in default for more than 180 days; accounts in legal/collections status are assessed as higher risk when delinquent. The allowance is measured by applying reserve rates to the receivable balance within each status category (5% for performing receivables, 70% for receivables in default between 30 days to 180 days, and 100% for receivables in default over 180 days; receivables in legal status and in default between 0 and 180 days are reserved at 70%). Management also considers whether qualitative adjustments are necessary for asset-specific risk characteristics, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Changes in the allowance for expected credit losses are recognized in earnings each reporting period. 

 

 123 
Table of Contents 

 

The Company will write off any deals that are deemed to be uncollectible as advised by the Company’s third-party collections and legal team or in the event the merchant has filed for bankruptcy. With regards to deals where the Company has syndicated on the deal, the write off is done at the time the syndication partner identifies these deals are no longer collectable.   

 

Movement of Credit Losses for the Year:

 

   Years Ended December 31,
   2025  2024
Beginning balance  $19,034,977   $16,102,278 
Current period provision   1,774,264    4,019,840 
Write-offs   (945,280)   (1,087,141)
Recoveries   8,632    —   
Ending balance  $19,872,593   $19,034,977 

 

The Company recorded write-offs of $945,280 and $1,087,141 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Write-offs during 2024 were primarily driven by the closure or wind-down of certain syndication funds in which the Company participated, resulting in the accelerated resolution of aged nonperforming receivables. Write-offs during 2025 remained elevated, although lower than the prior year, reflecting continued active portfolio management, collection efforts, and the resolution of delinquent and nonperforming accounts. The Company also recognized recoveries of $8,632 during the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

The Company will write off any deals that are deemed to be uncollectible as advised by the Company’s third-party collections and legal team or in the event the merchant has filed for bankruptcy. With respect to deals where the Company has syndicated on the advance, the write-off is recorded at the time the syndication partner identifies the receivable as no longer collectible.

 

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company’s allowance for credit losses represented approximately 73% and 57%, respectively, of advance receivables. The increase in the allowance as a percentage of advance receivables reflects the continued credit risk profile of the Company’s portfolio, the reduction in outstanding receivables during the period, and management’s assessment of lifetime expected credit losses under CECL. The Company believes the allowance for credit losses represents a significant percentage of advance receivables primarily due to: (i) the risk profile of the Company’s portfolio, which consists predominantly of unsecured advances to small businesses whose cash flows can be volatile; (ii) the Company’s historical loss experience and observed performance trends, including delinquency and default patterns; and (iii) management’s estimate of lifetime expected credit losses, which incorporates forward-looking information and qualitative adjustments.

 

The Company estimates expected credit losses on advance receivables using pools of receivables with similar risk characteristics. The portfolio is primarily evaluated based on (i) funding type, including direct and syndicated advances, (ii) payment status, including performing and nonperforming accounts, and (iii) other account-level characteristics such as expected repayment period and collection status. Management also considers historical loss experience, delinquency migration, and the status of collection efforts when estimating the required allowance.

 

Changes in the allowance for credit losses during the periods presented were primarily driven by: (i) changes in portfolio mix and origination volume, including the mix of direct and syndicated advances; (ii) changes in payment performance and delinquency status; (iii) net charge-offs and recoveries; and (iv) updates to qualitative adjustments reflecting current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts affecting merchant cash flows.

 

The Company incorporates reasonable and supportable forecasts over a twelve-month horizon, which generally exceeds the expected repayment period of its merchant cash advances and related advance receivables. Accordingly, a separate reversion methodology is generally not applicable. To the extent certain receivables are expected to extend beyond the forecast horizon, including certain modified or nonperforming receivables, the Company immediately reverts to the applicable pool’s historical loss experience for the remaining expected life.

 

 124 
Table of Contents 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC 825, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires the disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. 

 

Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows: 

 

Level 1 - Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has access to at the measurement date. 

 

Level 2 - Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means (market-corroborated inputs). 

 

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. 

 

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair values of cash, restricted cash, advance receivables, prepaid expense, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, deferred consideration, syndicate payable, and due to and from related parties approximated their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these assets or liabilities. The fair value of the warrant liability was based on Level 3 inputs as well as the Company’s underlying stock price and associated volatility, expected term of the warrants and market interest rates. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. 

  

The tables below present information about the Company’s financial instruments that are measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis: 

 

   As of December 31, 2025
   Total  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3
Assets:            
Other assets - Note 12  $1,159   $—     $1,159   $—   
Liabilities:                    
Debt facility warrants - Note 10   6,709,609    —      —      6,709,609 
Dolomite warrants - Note 10   1,520,000    —      —      1,520,000 
Total liabilities at fair value  $8,230,768   $—     $1,159   $8,229,609 

 

 The changes in fair value are presented below: 

 

   Other assets  Debt Facility Warrants  Dolomite Warrants
Beginning balance, December 31, 2024  $—     $—     $—   
Additions   156,000    8,008,243    1,520,000 
Changes in fair value   (154,841)   —      —   
Reclassifications   —      (1,298,634)   —   
Ending balance, December 31, 2025  $1,159   $6,709,609   $1,520,000 

 

 125 
Table of Contents 

 

Accounting for Leases 

 

Leases as a Lessee 

 

The Company applies the accounting guidance ASC 842, Leases. The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at inception based on whether there is an identified property, plant or equipment and whether the Company controls the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. Operating leases are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease right of use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease and are included in current and non-current liabilities. Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease  

 

inception date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term discounted based on the more readily determinable of (i) the rate implicit in the lease or (ii) the Company’s incremental borrowing rate (which is the estimated rate the Company would be required to pay for a collateralized borrowing equal to the total lease payments over the term of the lease). Because the Company’s operating leases generally do not provide an implicit rate, the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement date for borrowings with a similar term. 

 

The Company’s operating lease ROU assets are measured based on the corresponding operating lease liability adjusted for (i) payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date, (ii) initial direct costs incurred and (iii) tenant incentives under the lease. The Company does not assume renewals or early terminations unless it is reasonably certain to exercise these options at commencement. The Company elected the practical expedient which allows the Company to not allocate consideration between lease and non-lease components. Variable lease payments are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. In addition, the Company elected the practical expedient such that it does not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less of all asset classes. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

 

Leases as Lessor 

 

We evaluate new leases originated or leases assumed as part of an acquisition transaction under ASC Topic 842, Leases, to determine lease classification. Generally, all of our leases have been classified as operating leases. A lease is classified by a lessor as a sales-type lease if the significant risks and rewards of ownership reside with the tenant. This situation is met if, among other things, there is an automatic transfer of title during the lease, there is a purchase option that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, the lease term, including extension options that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, is for more than a major part of the remaining economic useful life of the asset (e.g., equal to or greater than 75%), if the present value of the minimum lease payments represents substantially all (e.g., equal to or greater than 90%) of the leased property’s fair value at lease inception, or if the asset is so specialized in nature that it provides no alternative use to the lessor (and therefore would not provide any future value to the lessor) after the lease term. Further, such new leases would be evaluated to consider whether they would be failed sale-leaseback transactions and accounted for as financing transactions by the lessor, if applicable. As of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, we did not have any leases that were classified as sales-type or financing leases under sale-leaseback rules. 

 

Rent receivables of $434,808 as of December 31, 2025 and $0 as of December 31, 2024 are presented within Other Current Assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Syndicate Payable

 

A portion of the Company’s Direct Funding portfolio are funded by partners who participate alongside the Company in the deal and therefore economically benefit directly from the performance of the deal but also bare the risk with regards to nonperformance. The portion of an individual deal funded by partners will vary based on the size of the deal or the partners participation threshold. All partners sign participation contracts with the Company which details the relationship between the partner and the Company as well as any relevant collection fees the Company will receive under the relationship.

 

 126 
Table of Contents 

 

All deals and the syndicates participation are tracked separately in the Company’s customer relationship management (“CRM”) which operates on a wallet basis. The syndicate partner has access to the CRM and therefore has the ability to track the performance of every deal as well as monitor any payments received.

 

Redeemable Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interests and Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interests 

 

ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, requires noncontrolling interests that are redeemable for cash or other assets to be classified outside of permanent equity if they are redeemable (i) at a fixed or determinable price on a fixed or determinable date, (ii) at the option of the holder, or (iii) upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer. 

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company acquired a controlling interest in Block 40, LLC. The interests held by third-party holders of Block 40’s Class B Preferred Units are reflected as noncontrolling interests. Classification of these interests depends on the presence of redemption features that are not solely within the Company’s control. Class B Preferred Units that are redeemable for cash upon USCIS denial of the Class B Member’s Form I-526 petition are presented outside of permanent equity as redeemable noncontrolling interests, under mezzanine equity, in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A. Class B Preferred Units that do not contain redemption features that are outside the issuer’s control are classified within permanent equity as noncontrolling interests in accordance with ASC 810-10. 

 

For interests classified as redeemable, the Company evaluates each reporting period whether the instruments are currently redeemable or whether redemption has become probable. If the instruments are currently redeemable, or become probable of redemption, the carrying amount is adjusted to the redemption amount as of the reporting date, with the corresponding offset recorded within accumulated deficit. As of December 31, 2025, management concluded that the relevant redemption conditions had not been met and that redemption was not probable. 

 

Per ASC 810-10, noncontrolling interests are reported at historical cost basis adjusted for cumulative earnings or loss allocations and classified as a component of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets. As discussed further in Note 16, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Noncontrolling Interest, the underlying Class B Preferred Units are not participating and do not share in the earnings or loss of the Company.  

 

Warrants 

 

The Company accounts for stock warrants granted either as a liability or equity in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. Under ASC 815-40, contracts that may require settlement for cash are liabilities, regardless of the probability of the occurrence of the triggering event. Liability-classified warrants are measured at fair value on the issuance date and at the end of each reporting period. Any change in the fair value of the warrants after the issuance date is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as a gain or loss. If warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815-40, in order to conclude warrants should be classified as equity, the Company assesses whether the warrants are indexed to its common stock and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815-40 or another applicable U.S. GAAP standard. Equity-classified warrants are accounted for at fair value on the grant date with no changes in fair value recognized after the issuance date.  

 

The Company has issued various warrants to purchase shares of its common stock in connection with its financing activities. The Company has warrants classified as equity and liability and recorded the warrants at fair value as of the date of issuance on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. There are no subsequent remeasurement for equity classified warrants while the Company perform subsequent measurement for liability-classified warrants. The issuance date fair value of the outstanding warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes Model or potentially more complex valuation models depending on the nature of the contractual terms. The Black-Scholes Model required inputs such as the expected term of the warrants, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate. These inputs were subjective and required significant analysis and judgment. For the estimate of the expected term, the Company used the simplified method. The estimate of expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility observed on the Company’s shares. The risk-free rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues corresponding to the expected term of the warrants. 

 

 127 
Table of Contents 

 

Loan Commitment Asset 

 

The Loan Commitment Asset represents fees incurred to secure debt financing, which, for the Company, primarily consists of a contingent obligation to issue future warrants under the Loan Agreement (see Note 9). These fees are initially capitalized as assets while the debt facility remains undrawn. Upon drawing funds, a proportionate amount of the loan commitment asset is reclassified as a debt discount and amortized over the term of the loan. If borrowings are outstanding, these costs are presented as a reduction of the debt’s carrying value. During the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, the Company reclassified $1.3 million and $0, respectively, from the loan commitment asset to debt discount.  

 

Acquisitions 

 

ASC 805, Business Combinations, provides a model for determining whether the acquisition should be classified as either an asset acquisition or a business combination. In order to be a business, the integrated set of activities of the acquired entity needs to have an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The acquired entity must also pass the “Screen Test” which involves determining whether the acquisition represents an in-substance asset acquisition based on whether the fair value of the gross assets acquired is “substantially all” concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets.  

 

We use the acquisition method of accounting for business combination transactions, and, accordingly, recognize the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in our consolidated financial statements. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of the acquired company are expensed as incurred. The allocation of fair values may be subject to adjustment after the initial allocation for up to a one-year period as more information becomes available relative to the fair values as of the acquisition date. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of any acquired company since the acquisition date. 

 

Acquisitions for which substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired are concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets are accounted for as an asset acquisition. For asset acquisitions, we allocate the purchase price of these properties on a relative fair value basis and capitalize direct acquisition related costs as part of the purchase price. 

 

Fixed Assets, Net 

 

Fixed assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The historical cost of acquiring a fixed asset includes the costs necessarily incurred to bring it to the condition and location necessary for its intended use. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.  

 

When items of property or equipment are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Land is carried at cost and not depreciated. The assets’ residual values, useful lives, and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted prospectively if appropriate. Assets are tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  

 

The estimated useful lives of depreciable assets are as follows: 

 

Building  24.5 years
Site improvements  12 years
Computers and equipment  3-5 years
Office furniture and fixtures  5-7 years
Vehicles  5 years
Leasehold improvements  Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life

 

 128 
Table of Contents 

 

Intangible Assets

 

Identifiable intangible assets include trade names, developed technology, customer relationships, and in-place leases resulting from acquisitions. Acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated economic lives on a straight-line basis. Acquired intangible assets are presented net of accumulated amortization on the consolidated balance sheets. We review the carrying amounts of intangible assets for impairment at the asset group level whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of the asset group by comparing its carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows we expect the asset group to generate. If we consider the asset group to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value. In addition, we periodically evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of long-lived intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of depreciation or amortization. 

 

The Company amortizes intangible assets subject to amortization on the basis of their expected periods of benefit, generally 4 to 10 years. The Company does not have indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. 

 

Useful life of the intangible assets are as follows:

 

  Useful life (In years)
Trade Name 10
Developed Technology 4
Customer relationships 4
In-place leases

1 year for residential leases

6 years for commercial leases

 

Goodwill 

 

We recognize the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired at the acquisition date as goodwill. In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment annually and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, then the reporting unit’s carrying value is compared to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s carrying value, then the carrying value of the reporting unit is deemed to be recoverable. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s fair value, goodwill is impaired and written down to the reporting unit’s fair value. 

 

Deferred Consideration

 

The Company elected to account for the deferred consideration under ASC 825, Financial Instruments (“ASC 825”). Accordingly, deferred consideration was recognized at their fair value at the closing of the transaction and are subsequently remeasured each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss until settlement. The fair value of the deferred consideration was determined by discounting future payments using the Company’s cost of borrowing.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the Company completed the following transactions:

 

On June 30, 2026, the Company closed a private placement offering with non-affiliate accredited investors pursuant to which it issued 645,047 shares of common stock at a price of $3.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.935 million. The net proceeds are being used for working capital, general corporate purposes, potential acquisitions, and refinancing of existing indebtedness.

 

Additionally, after March 31, 2026, two EB-5 investors exchanged their Class B preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC for an aggregate of 1,372,811 shares of the Company’s common stock. These exchanges were completed pursuant to the EB-5 exchange program previously disclosed.

 

As a result of the private placement and the two additional EB-5 exchanges, the Company had 211,119,963 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2026. 

 

 129 
Table of Contents 

 

MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

The following table lists, as of the date of this prospectus, the names, ages and positions of the individuals who serve as executive officers and directors of Stewards:

 

Name   Age     Principal Positions with Us   Date Commenced Serving as Director
Vincent Napolitano     53     Chairman Emeritus   n/a
Shaun Quin     43     Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Director   September 15, 2019
Glen Steward     54     Chairman of the Board and Director   January 18, 2024
Katy Murless     41     Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   n/a
Vaughan Korte     42     Chief Operating Officer   n/a
Scott McGowan     47     Chief Marketing Officer   n/a
Zachary Graeve     44     Director   September 16, 2025
Wael Barsoum     56     Director   September 29, 2025
John Bode     51     Director   December 18, 2025

 

Set forth below is a brief description of the background and business experience of our directors and executive officers.

 

 130 
Table of Contents 

 

Leadership Transition

 

Effective June 11, 2026, Vincent Napolitano transitioned from his roles as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman to the honorary position of Chairman Emeritus pursuant to a Transition and Separation Agreement dated June 11, 2026. In connection with this transition, Mr. Napolitano no longer serves in an operational or executive capacity. Shaun Quin, who previously served as President, assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer. Glen Steward, who previously served as Chief Strategy Officer, transitioned to a non-employee role and was appointed Chairman of the Board.

 

Vincent Napolitano

 

Vincent Napolitano is a founder of the Company and previously served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Effective June 11, 2026, Mr. Napolitano transitioned to the honorary title of Chairman Emeritus. In this capacity, he no longer has any operational, executive, or management responsibilities. Mr. Napolitano entered into a Transition and Separation Agreement with the Company dated June 11, 2026, pursuant to which he will receive transition compensation over a period of approximately two years. He also entered into a new unpaid consulting agreement to provide limited, non-operational assistance with investor relations and certain capital markets matters, as approved by the Board. Mr. Napolitano continues to beneficially own a significant number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Shaun Quin

 

Shaun Quin is a Founder, has served as a director of the Company since September 2019 and as President since that time. Effective June 11, 2026, Mr. Quin was appointed Chief Executive Officer.

 

He has worked for the company for the past 5 years in such capacities. He oversees the company’s mission to provide innovative and efficient private credit solutions to small and medium-sized businesses. With over 20 years of global experience as a partner, investor, and director, Shaun has played a key role in shaping the Company’s strategic growth. His expertise in fostering collaboration, building high-performance teams, and developing financial solutions has helped position the company as a leader in private credit.

 

Aside from that provided above, Shaun does not hold and has not held over the past five years any other directorships in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Shaun is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience and expertise in corporate finance and business development.

 

Glen Steward

 

Glen Steward is a Founder, and has served as a director of Stewards, Inc. since January 2024. Effective June 11, 2026, Mr. Steward was appointed Chairman of the Board. He previously served as the Company’s Chief Strategy Officer and resigned from such position effective December 1, 2025. Since that time, he has served solely as a non-employee member of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

He has over 28 years of investment and trading experience. For the past 5 years, Mr. Steward has served as Chief Investment Officer, Director, and Shareholder of Foundation Fund Managers; Chief Investment Officer, Director, and Shareholder of Secure Clear Trade Finance; Director and Developer of Southern Spirit Properties (Sardinia Bay Estate project); and Chairperson of Stewards Investment Capital.

 

Aside from the positions noted above, Mr. Steward does not hold and has not held over the past five years any other directorships in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Mr. Steward is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his experience in corporate finance, investment management, and business development.

 

Katy Murless

 

Katy Murless is the Chief Financial Officer of Stewards, Inc., a position she assumed effective September 1, 2025. She joined Stewards Investment Capital on December 1, 2024, where she served as Head of U.S. Operations with responsibility for corporate finance, private credit, tax structuring, and investment analysis. From mid 2019 to late 2024, Ms. Murless took time away from professional employment to focus on her family. Earlier in her career, she worked at Deloitte in audit and later at Abax Investments as an assistant portfolio manager overseeing the equity portion of a multi-asset fund. A Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) and Chartered Accountant, she has over 15 years of experience in financial leadership and investment management.

 

Aside from that provided above, Katy does not hold and has not held over the past five years any other directorships in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. 

 

 131 
Table of Contents 

 

Vaughan Korte

 

Vaughan Korte is the Chief Operating Officer of Stewards, Inc., a position he assumed on September 1, 2025, after serving as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer since October 2021 and initially in an advisory capacity for two years. Prior to joining the Company, Vaughan spent a decade at Adidas AG, most recently as Senior Director of Finance for the Middle East and North Africa, where he oversaw financial operations across 60 countries and managed budgets exceeding $500 million. With over 15 years of financial leadership experience, Vaughan now focuses on operational execution and scaling Stewards’ business platform, ensuring alignment.

 

Aside from that provided above, Vaughan does not hold and has not held over the past five years any other directorships in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Scott McGowan

 

Scott McGowan serves as Chief Marketing Officer of Stewards, Inc., a role he assumed on 1 November 2025 after having served as Director of Investor Relations at IBN (InvestorBrandNetwork) from 2022 to present. Over the past five years, Mr. McGowan has led growth-oriented marketing and communications programs for public-company and private-equity-backed firms, most recently serving as CEO of a strategic investor-relations and communications consultancy, where he advised senior management teams on brand equity, capital-markets positioning and stakeholder outreach. His deep experience in both marketing and investor communications now supports Stewards’ efforts to scale its business platform, enhance its public-company profile and align its marketing strategy with its capital-markets objectives. Aside from the position described above, Mr. McGowan does not hold, and has not held during the past five years, any other directorship in a company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, nor in any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Zachary Graeve

 

Mr. Graeve serves as a Director of Stewards, Inc. He is a corporate executive and governance advisor with more than two decades of experience advising CEOs and boards on disclosure, shareholder engagement, and strategic communications. Over the past five years, Mr. Graeve has led an independent consulting practice specializing in investor relations, capital markets strategy, and governance advisory. In this capacity, he has worked closely with public and private companies to design disclosure frameworks, strengthen board oversight processes, and develop communication strategies to support IPOs, acquisitions, and other transformative corporate events.

 

In 2025, Mr. Graeve was appointed as an independent director Stewards, Inc., where he contributes to the Company’s governance enhancement and public-company readiness initiatives. He continues to advise executive teams and boards through his practice, providing hands-on guidance in disclosure planning, shareholder engagement, and brand equity positioning.

 

Aside from the positions noted above, Mr. Graeve does not hold and has not held over the past five years any other directorships in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Mr. Graeve is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because of his extensive experience in corporate governance, investor relations, and strategic communications. He brings a practical understanding of disclosure obligations, stakeholder alignment, and board-level compliance. Mr. Graeve currently serves as Chairperson of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and as a member of both the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee.

 

Wael Barsoum

 

Dr. Barsoum is a Director of Stewards, Inc. Dr. Barsoum is a nationally recognized health care executive and former president and CEO of Cleveland Clinic Florida, where he oversaw transformative growth and operational expansion across the region, scaling the enterprise to more than 1,000 physicians and 12,000 caregivers. He presently serves as president and chief transformation officer at Healthcare Outcomes Performance Company (HOPCo), overseeing international and U.S.-based operations, where he has led large-scale partnerships and value-based care strategies across the U.S.

 

In addition to his executive roles, Dr. Barsoum has served as the Robert and Suzanne Tomsich Chair in Healthcare Innovation and professor of surgery at the Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, underscoring his ongoing leadership in advancing healthcare innovation. He is also appointed by the governor of Florida to serve on the Florida State Medical Board, reflecting his leadership in statewide healthcare governance.

 

 132 
Table of Contents 

 

Aside from the positions noted above, Dr. Barsoum does not hold and has not held over the past five years any other directorships in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Barsoum is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors because he has served on numerous boards and advisory committees, contributing expertise in governance, compliance, and organizational transformation. His leadership has spanned strategy, risk oversight, and transformation at some of the country’s most respected healthcare institutions.

 

Dr. Barsoum is Chairperson of our Compensation Committee, and a member of our Audit Committee and Nomination Committee.

 

John Bode 

 

Mr. Bode brings extensive executive leadership experience, with a strong background in financial oversight, public company governance, and enterprise transformation. Over the past five years, Mr. Bode has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Transformation Officer of Postmedia Network Canada Corp., where he led financial operations, corporate transformation initiatives, and strategic planning for a publicly traded media organization. His responsibilities included oversight of financial reporting, internal controls, capital structure management, and operational performance. Prior to his tenure at Postmedia, Mr. Bode served as Chief Operating Officer of ReaderLink Distribution Services LLC and previously as Chief Financial Officer of Tribune Publishing, where he played a key role in large scale operational restructuring, financial leadership, and enterprise transformation initiatives.  

 

Mr. Bode currently serves on the boards of the following public organizations: SPAR Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: SGRP) and Zevra Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ZVRA). Mr. Bode’s depth of experience in public company governance, audit oversight, and strategic execution positions him well to support the Company’s continued growth.

Significant Employees

 

We have no significant employees other than our officers and directors.

 

Family Relationships

 

No family relationships exist between or among the directors, executive officers, or persons nominated or chosen by us to become directors or executive officers.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or officers, during the past ten years has:

 

  • been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 

  • had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which the person was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;

 

  • been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, the person's involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or been associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

 

  • been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

 

  • been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

 

  • been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

Except as set forth in this Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates, or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

 133 
Table of Contents 

 

Term of Office

 

Our directors are appointed for a one-year term to hold office until the next annual general meeting of our stockholders or until removed from office in accordance with our bylaws. Our officers are appointed by our Board of Directors and hold office until removed by the Board of Directors.

 

Committees of the Board 

 

We have strengthened our corporate governance framework by appointing independent directors and establishing formal board committees. As of the date of this prospectus, our Board of Directors has formed the following committees: the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Audit Committee.

 

These committees were established on November 15, 2025, with charters adopted in accordance with SEC regulations. The charters are available on our website at www.stewards.com. Information on our website is not made a part of this prospectus.  

 

We have appointed independent directors (Zachary Graeve, Wael Barsoum and John Bode). Following the leadership transition effective June 11, 2026, Vincent Napolitano transitioned from Chief Executive Officer and Chairman to Chairman Emeritus, Glen Steward was appointed Chairman of the Board in a non-employee capacity, and Shaun Quin assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer. As a result of these changes, the Board of Directors consists of a majority of independent directors.

 

Audit Committee 

The Audit Committee is chaired by John Bode and includes Zachary Graeve and Wael Barsoum, all of whom are independent directors under SEC Rule 10A-3. Mr. Bode qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert, as defined by Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K, and serves as the Committee’s chair. 

 

The Audit Committee has already been convened and is actively engaged in its oversight responsibilities. This includes review of related party transactions and other matters requiring audit committee attention. The Audit Committee oversees our financial reporting processes, internal controls, independent audits, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Its responsibilities include appointing and overseeing the independent auditor, reviewing financial statements and disclosures, monitoring internal controls and risk management processes, and establishing procedures for handling complaints regarding accounting or auditing matters.

 

The Audit Committee was recently formed and has commenced holding regular meetings. The Company intends to continue conducting Audit Committee meetings on at least a quarterly basis, together with executive sessions and additional meetings as needed, regardless of whether the Company becomes listed on a national securities exchange. The timing and cadence of such meetings may continue to evolve based on the Company’s operational needs, reporting obligations, growth, and corporate governance priorities over time.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 

 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is chaired by Zachary Graeve and includes Wael Barsoum and John Bode. The committee is responsible for identifying and recommending qualified director candidates, developing and monitoring corporate governance guidelines, overseeing board and committee evaluations, and managing succession planning for the board and key executives. The Committee’s charter emphasizes diversity, independence, and alignment with shareholder interests, consistent with best practices. 

 

The committee will hold regular meetings, including at least annual meetings, as part of the Company’s ongoing corporate governance practices.

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee is chaired by Wael Barsoum and includes Zachary Graeve and John Bode, all of whom are independent director under SEC Rule 10C-1. The committee sets compensation for our CEO and other executive officers, approves equity-based compensation plans (including our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan), and reviews compensation-related disclosures for inclusion in our proxy statements. The committee may engage independent compensation consultants as needed and incorporates clawback policies in accordance with  the Dodd-Frank Act. 

 

Although the Compensation Committee was recently established, it has already been convened and is actively engaged in its oversight responsibilities. The committee will hold regular meetings, including at least semi-annual sessions, as part of the Company’s ongoing corporate governance practices.

 

In preparation for strengthened governance practices, and prior to the filing of this registration statement, our Board of Directors and majority shareholders, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved a comprehensive set of governance, compensation, and equity-award actions, including the adoption of a new Director Compensation Plan, the approval of the Company’s updated executive compensation program and multi-year implementation framework, the one-time RSU Recognition Grant and year-end holiday bonus for Company employees, and the leadership and committee structure. 

 

 134 
Table of Contents 

 

Shareholder Communications 

 

Shareholders may communicate with the Board by writing to Stewards, Inc., 4300 N University Drive, Lauderhill, FL 33301, Attention: Chief Marketing Officer, or by emailing Investor Relations at ir@stewards.com, c/o Investor Brand Network, 1108 Lavaca Street, Austin, TX 78701. 

 

Shareholders may specify if their communication is directed to a particular board member, and such communications will be forwarded as appropriate. We plan to formalize a shareholder communication policy in the near future to enhance accessibility and responsiveness.

 

Oversight of Risk Management

 

Risk management is critical to our business, and our Board of Directors, supported by the newly formed committees, oversees the processes designed to identify, assess, and mitigate risks. Management is responsible for day-to-day risk management, while the Board ensures these processes are adequate and functioning as designed. The Audit Committee will focus on financial and compliance risks, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will oversee governance-related risks, and the Compensation Committee will evaluate risks related to executive compensation. The Board assesses major risks, including economic, financial, legal, regulatory, and competitive risks, to promote our shareholders’ interests and the long-term health of the company. Regular board meetings include agenda items on risk oversight, covering corporate governance, regulatory obligations, operations, significant transactions, insurance, and litigation. The addition of independent directors with expertise in investor relations, compliance, and strategic transformation enhances our risk oversight capabilities.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethical conduct that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and senior financial management. This code of ethical conduct is embodied within our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all persons associated with our Company, including our directors, officers and employees (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller). In order to satisfy our disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K, we will disclose amendments to, or waivers of, certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics relating to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions on our website promptly following the adoption of any such amendment or waiver.

 

 135 
Table of Contents 

 

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Compensation of Named Executive Officers

 

The following summary compensation table sets forth information concerning compensation for services rendered in all capacities during fiscal years ended 2024 and 2025 awarded to, earned by or paid to our executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position  Year  Salary ($)  Bonus ($)  Stock Awards ($)  Option Awards ($)  Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)  Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)  All Other Compensation ($)  Total ($)
Vincent Napolitano (2)   2025    205,432    —      1,000,000(1)   —      —      —      708,000    1,913,432 
Former Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Director   2024    233,610    —           —      —      —      706,881    940,491 
                                              
Shaun Quin   2025    122,030    —      1,000,000(1)   —      —      —      440,400    1,562,430 
CEO and Director (formerly President)   2024    138,507    —      —      —      —      —      395,659    534,166 
                                              
Glen Steward (2)   2025    25,783    —      1,000,000(1)   —      —      —      —      1,025,783 
Director and former Chief Strategic Officer   2024    21,841    —      —      —      —      —      —      21,841 
                                              
Vaughan Korte   2025    258,016    —      1,000,000(1)   —      —      —      39,300    1,297,316 
Chief Operating Officer and Treasurer   2024    26,250    —      —      —      —      —      184,513    210,763 
                                              
Katy Murless   2025    58,631    —      1,000,000(1)   —      —      —      —      1,058,631 
Chief Financial Officer   2024    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   
                                              
Scott McGowan   2025    34,873    —      1,000,000(1)   —      —      —      —      1,034,873 
Chief Marketing Officer   2024    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   

 

 

 (1) Represents the grant-date fair value of RSUs computed in accordance with ASC 718. See the narrative below for details on the grants and vesting conditions. No compensation expense was recognized in 2025 as vesting conditions were not deemed probable as of December 31, 2025. 

 

(2) Effective June 11, 2026, Vincent Napolitano transitioned from his role as Chief Executive Officer to the honorary position of Chairman Emeritus pursuant to a Transition and Separation Agreement dated June 11, 2026. As a result, Mr. Napolitano is no longer an executive officer of the Company. Effective December 1, 2025, Glen Steward resigned from his position as Chief Strategy Officer and transitioned to a non-employee role as Chairman of the Board.

 

“Other compensation” consists of amounts paid under management and consulting agreements, vehicle allowances, fuel reimbursements, medical expense reimbursements, and other benefits such as 401(k) matching contributions. Compensation under the management agreement includes payments made to FAVO Holdings LLC, an entity owned 65 percent by Vincent Napolitano and 35 percent by Shaun Quin. Compensation under the consulting agreement includes payments made to Korte LLC, an entity owned 50 percent by Vaughan Korte. For additional details on related-party transactions affecting compensation, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” 

 

During the year ended 2024, the Company incurred costs of $83,482, payable to Korte LLC for CFO consulting services. Effective June 1, 2024, Mr. Korte transitioned from a consulting arrangement to serving as a full-time officer of the Company under an employment agreement, with further amendments in 2025 reflecting his role change to Chief Operating Officer and increased compensation. 

 

 136 
Table of Contents 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

    

OPTION AWARDS  

    

STOCK AWARDS  

 
    

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable 

    

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable 

    

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Option (#) 

    

Option Exercise Price ($) 

    

Option Expiration Date 

    

Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) 

    

Market Value of Shares of Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) 

    

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Note Vested (#) 

    

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) (1) 

 
Vincent Napolitano   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      250,000    1,275,000 
Shaun Quin   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      250,000    1,275,000 
Vaughan Korte   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      250,000    1,275,000 
Katy Murless   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      250,000    1,275,000 
Scott McGowan   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      250,000    1,275,000 
Glen Steward (former Chief Strategy Officer)   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      250,000    1,275,000 

 

(1) Market value based on the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2025 of $5.10 per share.

 

There were no outstanding equity awards held by our executive officers as of December 31, 2024. The Board and shareholders approved a one-time Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) recognition grant consisting of 3,000,000 RSUs issued under the Company’s 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, allocated among twelve recipients at 250,000 RSUs each. For employee participants, the RSUs are subject to triple-trigger vesting, originally structured to require, among other conditions, the listing of the Company’s common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market. However, the Company is no longer actively pursuing a Nasdaq listing at this time, and the Company may revise or waive certain vesting conditions in the future, subject to applicable plan terms and Board approval. For non-employee directors and consultants, only conditions (i) and (ii) apply. The Board also authorized execution of the related RSU award agreements, cap table updates, and required tax, regulatory, and administrative actions.  As of December 31, 2025, these RSUs remain unvested.  

 

Incentive Plan

 

On August 21, 2024, our Board of Directors approved the adoption of the Stewards, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The Incentive Plan provides a framework for granting equity-based awards to eligible employees, officers, directors, and consultants. Its purpose is to provide for the granting of stock-based awards to eligible participants.

 

 137 
Table of Contents 

 

A total of 20,000,000 shares of common stock are reserved and may be issued under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock units, performance shares, performance units, and other securities to our employees, officers, directors, and consultants.

 

The Incentive Plan became effective upon its approval by the stockholders holding the majority of the voting power on August 21, 2024, and, unless earlier terminated, will continue until August 21, 2034.

 

Recent Corporate Governance and Compensation Actions

 

During 2024 and through the third quarter of 2025, our directors were not compensated. Starting in the fourth quarter of 2025, our directors received compensation for their service on the Board, as described in the section below titled “Compensation of Directors.”

 

In 2025, each non-employee director (Zachary Graeve, Wael Barsoum, and John Bode) and Glen Steward (as a non-employee Board member) received a one-time grant of 250,000 restricted stock units under the Company’s 2024 Equity Incentive Plan. This reflected evolving governance practices as the Company prepared for its transition to an SEC-reporting company.

 

In advance of strengthened governance practices, and prior to the filing of this registration statement, our Board of Directors and majority shareholders approved a series of governance, compensation, and equity-related actions intended to align the Company’s leadership structure and compensation framework with public-company standards. These actions included the adoption of a new Director Compensation Plan, the approval of the Company’s updated executive compensation program and multi-year implementation framework, the one-time RSU Recognition Grant and year-end holiday bonus for Company employees, and the leadership and committee structure.

 

Leadership Transition and New Employment Agreements

 

Effective June 11, 2026, the Company implemented a leadership transition pursuant to which Vincent Napolitano transitioned from Chief Executive Officer and Chairman to Chairman Emeritus. In connection with this transition, the Company entered into a Transition and Separation Agreement with Mr. Napolitano dated June 11, 2026. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions – Transition and Separation Agreement with Vincent Napolitano” for additional information.

 

Also effective June 11, 2026 (with compensation terms effective as of June 1, 2026), the Company entered into Amended and Restated Employment Agreements with Shaun Quin, Katy Murless, Vaughan Korte, and Scott McGowan. These agreements updated base salaries, short-term and long-term incentive opportunities, severance provisions, and other terms to align with the Company’s new executive compensation program and public company governance standards.

 

 138 
Table of Contents 

 

Summary of Key Terms of Amended and Restated Employment Agreements (Effective June 1, 2026)

 

Shaun Quin – Chief Executive Officer

 

§  Base Salary: $611,000

§  Target Annual Bonus: 120% – 150% of Base Salary

§  Long-Term Incentive Target: Approximately 70% of Total Direct Compensation

§  Severance (without Cause or for Good Reason): Two (2) times Base Salary + Target Bonus

§  Restrictive Covenants: Non-competition and non-solicitation for 12 months following termination

§  Stock Ownership Guideline: 6x Base Salary

 

Katy Murless – Chief Financial Officer

 

§  Base Salary: $394,000

§  Target Annual Bonus: 75% – 100% of Base Salary

§  Long-Term Incentive Target: Approximately 60% of Total Direct Compensation

§  Severance (without Cause or for Good Reason): One (1) times Base Salary + Target Bonus

§  Restrictive Covenants: Non-competition and non-solicitation for 12 months following termination

§  Stock Ownership Guideline: 3x Base Salary

 

Vaughan Korte – Chief Operating Officer

 

§  Base Salary: $414,000

§  Target Annual Bonus: 75% – 100% of Base Salary

§  Long-Term Incentive Target: Approximately 60% of Total Direct Compensation

§  Severance (without Cause or for Good Reason): One (1) times Base Salary + Target Bonus

§  Restrictive Covenants: Non-competition and non-solicitation for 12 months following termination

§  Stock Ownership Guideline: 3x Base Salary

 

Scott McGowan – Chief Marketing Officer



§  Base Salary: $309,000

§  Target Annual Bonus: 50% – 75% of Base Salary

§  Long-Term Incentive Target: Approximately 52% of Total Direct Compensation

§  Severance (without Cause or for Good Reason): One (1) times Base Salary + Target Bonus

§  Restrictive Covenants: Non-competition and non-solicitation for 12 months following termination

§  Stock Ownership Guideline: 2x Base Salary

 

All executive officers are subject to the Company’s Clawback Policy. Equity awards are subject to double-trigger acceleration upon a Change in Control (a qualifying termination of employment without Cause or for Good Reason within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control).

 

 139 
Table of Contents 

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Our Board of Directors, upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, approved the implementation of a Director Compensation Policy and Plan (the “Director Compensation Plan”), effective in the fourth quarter of 2025. The Director Compensation Plan is designed to attract and retain highly qualified independent directors, align their interests with those of our shareholders, and support our strategic objectives in the private credit and real estate sectors. The plan applies to our non-employee independent directors (Zachary Graeve, Wael Barsoum and John Bode).

 

In addition, effective June 11, 2026, the Company entered into a Chairman of the Board Services Agreement with Glen Steward. Under this agreement, Mr. Steward serves as non-employee Chairman of the Board and receives an annual cash retainer of $592,200, payable quarterly in advance. Mr. Steward is also eligible to receive equity-based compensation on terms consistent with the Company’s non-employee director compensation practices.

The Director Compensation Plan includes the following components: 

 

•  Annual Cash Retainer: Each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $30,000, payable quarterly in arrears, for service on the Board.

 

•   Equity Awards: Each non-employee director will receive an annual equity grant of restricted stock units (RSUs) valued at $135,000, issued under our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan. The RSUs will vest over one year, subject to continued service, and are intended to align directors’ interests with long-term shareholder value. The Company has issued equity awards at a valuation of $3.00 per share. For 2025, grant valuation follows the terms of each director’s appointment agreement; beginning in future periods, annual director grants are expected to occur in connection with the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders (e.g., October 1).

 

•  Committee Service Fees:

 

o    Audit Committee: The chairperson will receive an additional annual fee of $16,000, and each member will receive $5,000.

o    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: The chairperson will receive an additional annual fee of $8,000, and each member will receive $2,500.

Compensation Committee: The chairperson will receive an additional annual fee of $11,000, and each member will receive $3,750.

 

•  Expense Reimbursement: Non-employee directors will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings, including travel and lodging.

 

The Compensation Committee, chaired by Wael Barsoum and composed entirely of independent directors (Zachary Graeve and John Bode), will oversee the administration of the Director Compensation Plan. The committee will review the plan annually to ensure it remains competitive, reasonable, and aligned with market standards, taking into account input from independent compensation consultants if needed. Equity awards under the plan are subject to the terms of our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, which reserves 20,000,000 shares for equity awards, and any material amendments to the plan will be subject to shareholder approval. Mr. Steward’s compensation as Chairman of the Board is governed by his separate Chairman of the Board Services Agreement rather than the standard Director Compensation Plan.

 

The table below summarizes all compensation of our directors as of December 31, 2025: 

 

Name  Fees Earned or Paid in Cash  Stock Awards ($)  Option Awards ($)  All Other Compensation ($)  Total ($)
Vincent Napolitano   —      —      —      —      —   
Shaun Quin   —      —      —      —      —   
Glen Steward   2,500.00    —      —      —      2,500.00 
Zachary Graeve   10,437.50    189,939.30    —      —      200,376.80 
Wael Barsoum   10,875.00    189,939.30    —      —      200,814.30 
John Bode   —      105,860.70    —      —      —   

  

Consulting Agreement

 

Effective June 1, 2023, we entered into a consulting agreement with Favo Holdings, LLC, an entity owned by Vincent Napolitano (65%) and Shaun Quin (35%), an entity affiliated with Vincent Napolitano, to provide management consulting services to our company in exchange for monthly payments of $85,000. The consulting agreement remained in effect until the Company implemented its revised executive leadership structure and entered into a transition agreement with Mr. Napolitano. Effective June 1, 2026, the consulting arrangement was terminated and replaced by the compensation and transition arrangements described elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

The Company offers eligible full-time employees participation in a 401K plan. The plan provides for an annual company contribution. In addition, employees may contribute a portion of their salary to the plan.

  

 140 
Table of Contents 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth the number of shares of our voting stock beneficially owned, as of June 30, 2026, by (i) those persons known by us to be owners of more than 5% of our voting stock, (ii) each director, (iii) our Named Executive Officers, and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a group:

 

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner
  Common Stock  Series A
Preferred Stock
  Series B
Preferred Stock
   Number of Shares Owned  Percent of  Class(1)(2)  Number of Shares Owned  Percent of  Class(1)(2)  Number of Shares Owned  Percent of  Class(1)(2)
Vincent Napolitano(3)     40,399,524       12.7 %     —         —         —         —    
Shaun Quin(4)     20,079,913       6.4 %     —         —         —         —    
Katy Murless   —      —      —      —      —      —   
Scott McGowan   —      —      —      —      —      —   
Glen Steward(5)     117,269,868       68.3 %     71,250,000       100 %     10,000,000 (6)     100 %
Vaughan Korte     3,219,062       1.1 %     —         —         —         —    
Zachary Graeve   —      —      —      —      —      —   
Wael Barsoum   —      —      —      —      —      —   
John Bode   —      —      —      —      —        
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (9 persons)     180,618,367       89.7 %     71,250,000       100 %     10,000,000 (6)     100 %
5% Holders                              
Hollywood Circle Holdings LLCI (7)     36,337,333       12.3 %     —         —         —         —    

 

 

* Less than 1%

 

(1) Pursuant to Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a shareholder has sole or shared voting power or investment power, and also any shares which the shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days, including upon exercise of common shares purchase options or warrants.
(2) The percentage of class is calculated based on 211,119,963 shares of common stock outstanding, 71,250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding (with each Series B share carrying 50 votes), in each case as of June 30, 2026.
(3) All shares held in VK Nap Family Trust in which Mr. Napolitano has voting and dispositive control.
(4) All shares held by S&T Quin Family Limited Partnership, in which Shaun Quin has voting and disposition control.
(5) Forfront Capital, LLC, Stewards Investment Capital Limited and Stewards International Funds PCC on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund are affiliate shareholders and Glen Steward, our director, Bilal Adam and Nathaniel Tsang Mang Kin have voting and dispositive authority over these shares. Includes 22,642,500 shares of common stock,  71,250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 8,777,368 shares of common stock available from warrants, and 4,600,000 shares of common stock available from prefunded warrants. Also includes 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock that is subject to a voting agreement in favor of the founders of our company (Glen Steward, Vincent Napolitano and Shaun Quin), with our president holding an irrevocable proxy to vote these shares.
(6) Forfront Capital, LLC is a party to a voting agreement dated August 25, 2025, under which it agreed to vote its Series B Preferred Stock (50 votes per share) at the direction of the Founders, as a group, resulting in approximately 68.2% of the total voting power for director elections.
(7) Hollywood Circle Holdings LLC. is owned by Charles R Abele, Daniel B McCarthy, Harish Mehta, Estate of Cecil Reddy, Jose Boschetti, Peter Jago and various EB-5 investors. Voting and dispositive control of Hollywood Circle Holdings LLC is exercised by its authorized representatives, Charles R. Abele, Jr. and Peter J. Jago, each of whom is authorized to act on behalf of the entity and bind it in connection with material transactions. The remaining members, including EB-5 investors, hold non-controlling membership interests and do not have voting or dispositive control.

 

 141 
Table of Contents 

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2025, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our then directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our stock at the time of such transaction, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. See also “Executive Compensation” for additional information regarding compensation of related parties.

 

From time to time, the Company enters into transactions with its affiliates that are considered to be related-party transactions. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the balances with such affiliates were included in the consolidated balance sheets as due from related parties.  

 

Transactions with Vincent Napolitano and FAVO Holdings LLC

 

FAVO Holdings LLC is owned by Vincent Napolitano, Chairman Emeritus of the Company, and Shaun Quin, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company.  During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company paid certain personal expenses  on behalf of FAVO Holdings LLC and its principals in the amounts of $29,716 and $119,587, respectively, primarily relating to charges incurred on Company credit cards for non-business expenditures. These amounts were recorded as amounts due from related parties and were expected to be reimbursed to the Company. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, $3,009 remained outstanding.

  

The Company previously maintained a management agreement with FAVO Holdings LLC pursuant to which FAVO Holdings LLC provided consulting and management services in exchange for monthly payments of $85,000. Effective June 1, 2026, the management agreement was terminated in connection with the implementation of the Company’s revised executive leadership structure and the execution of a Transition and Separation Agreement with Vincent Napolitano. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company incurred costs of $255,000, $1,020,000 and $1,020,000, respectively, under the management agreement.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company paid interest on the notes payable of $210,142 and $210,142, respectively, to FAVO Holdings LLC. The Company issued $4,700,000 of senior secured notes to FAVO Holdings LLC to finance the FAVO Group acquisition in 2023. The outstanding balance on these notes was $1,600,000 as of both March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025. 

 

Transition and Separation Agreement with Vincent Napolitano

 

Effective June 11, 2026, the Company entered into a Transition and Separation Agreement with Vincent Napolitano, the Company’s founder and former Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Napolitano resigned from all officer and director positions and transitioned to the honorary title of Chairman Emeritus. The agreement terminated and superseded Mr. Napolitano’s employment agreement and the consulting agreement between the Company and FAVO Holdings LLC with respect to compensation, duties and separation matters.

 

Under the agreement, the Company agreed to provide transition compensation consisting of monthly payments of approximately $80,734 through May 31, 2028, reimbursement of health insurance costs of approximately $2,446 per month through May 31, 2028, and a monthly automobile allowance of $2,000. Aggregate transition compensation payable under the agreement is approximately $1.9 million.

 

The agreement further provides that Mr. Napolitano’s existing equity ownership remains unaffected by the transition and that no clawback, repurchase or forfeiture of such equity shall apply. The agreement also contains mutual releases of claims, confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions, cooperation obligations, a 24-month non-competition covenant and a 24-month non-solicitation covenant.

 

Stewards Investment Capital Limited

 

Stewards Investment Capital is owned by Glen Steward, director of the Company. On July 7, 2023, the Company issued 15,000,000 shares of common stock to Stewards Investment Capital Limited in July 2023 to serve on the advisory board for a period of 3 years term as per the advisory board agreement. The Company recorded the issuance of shares as stock subscription receivable, as services are not yet rendered and amortizing the same over the 3 year term. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company amortized $312,501, $1,250,004 and $1,250,004, respectively, from the stock subscription receivable. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, Stewards Investment Capital Limited also received cash compensation of $60,000, $212,329 and $240,000, respectively, for advisory board services. 

  

HC Capital 

 

Two shareholders of the Company, Peter Jago and Charles R Abele, who collectively hold an approximate 8% beneficial ownership interest in the Company through their affiliate, HC Capital, provide various financial and management services to the Company and its subsidiaries. These services include the provision of personal or corporate guarantees for certain of the Company's credit facilities, for which the Company incurs loan guarantee fees. Additionally, these individuals provide ongoing asset management services to the Company. 

 

Following the acquisition of Block 40 in July 2025, the Company entered into a management arrangement with these shareholders for the day-to-day oversight of the Block 40 real estate portfolio. Under the terms of this arrangement, the Company pays a monthly management fee for these services.

  

 142 
Table of Contents 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized total expenses of $122,346 in asset management fees related to the Block 40 portfolio. There was no unpaid balance as of December 31, 2025 or March 31, 2026. 

 

VK Nap Family, LLC

 

On July 17, 2025, the Company entered into a revolving promissory note agreement with VK Nap Family, LLC for $1,500,000, promissory note bears interest at 12% per annum and has a one year term. VK Nap Family LLC is owned by living trusts of Mr. Vincent Napolitano, Chairman Emeritus of the Company and his wife Mrs. Kathleen Napolitano. The note was fully repaid on October 20, 2025.

 

Stewards International Funds PCC

 

Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) is owned by Glen Steward, a director of the Company. On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) (“Lender”) to issue up to $50 million of unsecured, unsubordinated notes (each $100,000 face value), fundable between September 1, 2025 and August 31, 2026 (the “Closing date”). Notes bear fixed interest at 8.0% per annum on amounts funded, with the first interest payment due September 1, 2026 and subsequent quarterly payments beginning October 1, 2026. Maturity date is August 31, 2030, with a Company option to request up to a six-month extension (if approved by the Lender) subject to an additional 1% per month fee on the Actual Principal Amount during the extension. The notes are unsecured and unsubordinated.  

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company will issue to Stewards, within one month after the Closing date, one warrant to purchase the Company’s common stock (“Debt Facility Warrants”) for every $0.76 of Actual Principal Amount advanced, exercisable at $0.76 per share after the later of the maturity date or a liquidity event, for three years thereafter, with customary anti-dilution protections and a right to fund exercise using the Actual Principal Amount. As of March 31, 2026, the Company had issued warrants to purchase 9,605,263 shares in connection with amounts drawn under the facility.

  

On October 30, 2025, the Loan Agreement was amended to increase the aggregate principal amount authorized under the unsecured, unsubordinated debt note facility from $50 million to $100 million, with corresponding adjustments to the number of notes and associated warrants to purchase up to 131,578,947 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share. On December 19, 2025, the Company further amended the Loan Agreement to expand the permitted uses of proceeds to include acquisitions of companies and assets, in addition to refinancing existing indebtedness and funding general corporate and operational needs. On December 21, 2025, the Company executed Amendment No. 3 to the Loan Agreement, which modified the transfer and registration provisions to require that the notes be issued and maintained in registered form, established a formal note register, and clarified transfer restrictions and replacement obligations to ensure compliance with applicable U.S. federal tax requirements. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company had drawn $7.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively, under the facility. Accrued interest was $101,881 and $9,863 as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively.

 

On December 17, 2025, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund), pursuant to which the investor subscribed for 5,750,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.44 million. The issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock was approved by the Board of Directors, and the shares were issued as restricted securities in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws.  

 

Glen Steward

 

 In August 2025, Glen Steward, Chairman of the Board and a director of the Company, and a director of Forfront Capital LLC, made a $700,000 investment in Block 40, an entity wholly owned by the Company, as part of the EB-5 investment program associated with that project. The investment was recorded as mezzanine equity in the financial statements of Block 40 as of September 30, 2025. The transaction was conducted on terms consistent with those offered to other EB-5 investors participating in the program. 

 

 143 
Table of Contents 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

This description is intended as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated articles of incorporation (our “Articles”) and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed, or incorporated by reference, as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and to the applicable provisions of Nevada law.

 

Authorized and Outstanding Capital

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with 81,250,000 shares designated as Series A preferred stock and 10,000,000 shares designated as Series B Preferred Stock.

 

As of June 30, 2026, there were 211,119,963 shares of Common Stock outstanding, 71,250,000 shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding and 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

The following is a summary of the material rights and restrictions associated with our Common Stock.

 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for dividend payments. All outstanding, shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable. The holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of cumulative voting, conversion, or pre-emptive or other subscription rights. There is no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in any of our assets remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The following is a summary of the material rights and restrictions associated with our Preferred Stock.

 

We are authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. Pursuant to our Articles, the Board is authorized to authorize and issue preferred stock and to fix the designations, preferences and rights of the preferred stock pursuant to a board resolution without further stockholder authorization. Our Board may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our Common Stock, diluting the voting power of our Common Stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our Common Stock, or delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our Common Stock.

 

 144 
Table of Contents 

 

Series A Preferred Stock 

 

Under the Certificate of Designation, filed on June 5, 2023, holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to a liquidation preference of $0.25 per share, the Stated Value of the preferred stock, over our common stock and Series C Preferred Stock in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the company.

 

After twenty-four months, each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, the number of which is determined according to the following formula, subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or other similar events: Conversion Amount ($0.25) / Conversion Price ($0.25).

 

In connection with any conversion, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is subject to a beneficial ownership limitation of 9.99% of our outstanding common stock. By written notice to the Company, however, any holder may increase or decrease the ownership limitation to any other percentage; provided that (i) any such increase will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company, and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to such holder sending such notice and not to any other holder.  

 

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock vote together with the holders of Common Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of stock entitled to vote thereon as a single class on an as converted basis.

 

Each holder shall be entitled to receive an annual dividend of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value times the number of Preferred Shares held by such holder payable on a quarterly basis beginning at the end of the Company’s fiscal quarter following the original issue date. Dividends on the Preferred Shares are payable, at the Company's option, in (a) cash or (b) shares of the Company's Common Stock or a combination thereof.

 

The Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to redeem all or a portion of the outstanding Preferred Shares at the Redemption Amount. As used herein, the term “Redemption Amount” shall equal the Stated Value. If the Company does not redeem all of the outstanding Preferred Shares, but instead opts for a partial redemption, it must be done in at least $250,000 increments and for every $250,000 redeemed the Company will issue to the Holder a warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.25 share.

 

On November 29, 2023, the Company elected to increase its authorized shares of Series A preferred shares from 20,000,000 shares to 81,250,000 shares.

 

On August 25, 2025, pursuant to a Conversion Agreement with Forfront Capital, LLC, the Company converted 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The converted Series A shares were subsequently cancelled and retired.

 

On November 14, 2025, the Company signed subscription agreements with Stewards International Funds PCC to purchase 1,280,000 shares of Series A preferred shares for a total investment of $320,000.

 

On December 17, 2025, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for 5,750,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.44 million. The issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock was approved by the Board of Directors and the shares were issued as restricted securities in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

As of June 30, 2026, there were 71,250,000 outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

On August 25, 2025, our board and shareholders approved the creation of Series B Preferred Stock. Under the Certificate of Designation, filed on August 25, 2025, each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to fifty (50) votes on any matter brought before the voting shareholders of our company, while each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding, all held by Forfront Capital, LLC, an affiliate. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock collectively control approximately 87% of the total voting power of the Company.

 

 145 
Table of Contents 

 

The voting of the Series B Preferred Stock is governed by a Voting Agreement dated August 25, 2025, under which Forfront Capital, LLC has agreed to vote its shares at the direction of a majority vote of the Company's founders (Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quin, and Glen Steward). The Company's President holds an irrevocable proxy to vote the Series B shares in accordance with the founders' direction. The irrevocable proxy and Voting Agreement are effective for 15 years (with the ability to extend) and terminate only upon mutual agreement, no outstanding Series B shares, or the dissolution of the Company. This structure effectively gives the founders perpetual voting control unless the proxy is revoked or the shares are converted or sold in a way that terminates the agreement.

 

To maintain this level of voting control, the founders would need to maintain the Voting Agreement and irrevocable proxy, and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock would need to retain ownership of all outstanding Series B shares, assuming no additional shares are issued or converted.

 

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock into common stock is optional after five years from issuance and is not mandatory unless otherwise agreed by the holder. Upon conversion, each share of Series B Preferred Stock converts on a one-for-one basis into common stock, resulting in dilution to existing common stockholders due to the issuance of new common shares, which increases the total number of outstanding common shares and reduces the proportional ownership of existing common stockholders. Additionally, the converted shares will carry only one vote each instead of 50 votes, which reduces the voting power previously associated with the Series B Preferred Stock. There are no mandatory conversion provisions upon transfer, death of a holder, or intra-family transfers; the high-vote rights remain with the shares unless converted at the holder’s option after the five-year period. There are no sunset provisions that automatically terminate or reduce the high-vote rights over time.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock shall have no value in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and holders are not entitled to receive any dividends. As of June 30, 2026, there were 10,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding, all held by Forfront Capital, LLC, which received the shares in exchange for the cancellation of 10,000,000 Series A Preferred shares pursuant to the Conversion Agreement dated August 25, 2025.

 

Series C Preferred Stock

 

On May 9, 2025, pursuant to Certificate of Designation for the Series C Preferred Stock, Mr. Vincent Napolitano converted 18,750,000 Series C Preferred shares into 18,750,000 shares of common stock at par value $0.0001 of Stewards Inc. On May 9, 2025, all outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock were converted on a one for one basis into common stock and distributed as follows; 1) VK Nap Family LLC, 10,359,375 shares 2) S&T Family Limited Partnership, 5,578,125 shares, and 3) Stewards Investment Capital, 2,812,500 shares.

 

On August 25, 2025, as a result of there being no outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, we filed a withdrawal of the Certificate of Designation with the Nevada Secretary of State.

 

Dividends

 

We have not paid any cash dividends to our shareholders. The declaration of any future cash dividends is at the discretion of our Board and depends upon our earnings, if any, our capital requirements and financial position, and general economic conditions. It is our present intention not to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, but rather to reinvest earnings, if any, in our business operations.

 

Incentive Plan

 

On August 21, 2024, our Board of Directors approved the adoption of the Stewards, Inc. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to foster and promote the Company’s long-term financial success and increase stockholder value by motivating performance through incentive compensation. The Incentive Plan is intended to encourage participants to acquire and maintain ownership interests in the Company and to attract and retain the services of talented individuals upon whose judgment and special efforts the successful conduct of our business is largely dependent.

 

A total of 20,000,000 shares of common stock are reserved and may be issued under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock units, performance shares, performance units and other securities to our employees, officers, directors and consultants.

 

The Incentive Plan became effective upon its approval by the stockholders holding the majority of the voting power on August 21, 2024, and, unless earlier terminated, will continue until August 21, 2034. No securities have yet been issued under the Incentive Plan.

 

Please refer to Executive and Director Compensation for more information on the Incentive Plan.

 

 146 
Table of Contents 

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.

 

Provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, open market purchases, removal of incumbent directors and otherwise. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders. 

 

Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Company’s President or the Secretary by resolution of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. The request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted.

 

Removal of Directors; Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors including those caused by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected at an annual or a special meeting of the stockholders. The holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote may at any time peremptorily terminate the term of office of all or any of the directors by vote at a meeting called for such purpose or by a written statement filed with the secretary or, in his absence, with any other officer. Such removal shall be effective immediately, even if successors are not elected simultaneously.

 

Amendment of Bylaws. The Bylaws may be amended by a majority vote of all the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors of the stockholders, provided notice of intention to amend shall have been contained in the notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors by a majority vote of the whole Board at any meeting may amend the Bylaws, including Bylaws adopted by the stockholders, but the stockholders may from time to time specify particular provisions of the Bylaws which shall not be amended by the Board of Directors.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

ClearTrust, LLC, 16540 Pointe Village Dr. Suite 210 Lutz, FL 33558 +1 813-235-4490 www.cleartrustonline.com.

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On August 7, 2025, our board and a majority of our shareholders approved a reverse stock split within the range of 1-for-2 to 1-for-100 of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and authorized the Board, in its discretion, to determine the final ratio in connection with the reverse stock split. On November 6, 2025, however, the Company’s board of directors resolved to abandon the reverse stock split. As such, the Company withdrew its application for a reverse stock split with FINRA. 

 

 147 
Table of Contents 

 

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The shares of common stock being offered by the selling stockholders are those restricted shares previously issued to the selling stockholders.

 

On September 9, 2024, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain purchasers (the “Purchasers”) for the purchase and sale of Company’s securities. In an initial closing, the Company issued 8,000,000 of the Common Units, each such Common Unit consisted of one share of the Company’s common stock with a par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), common warrants (“Warrants”) to purchase one Common Stock, for every one share of common stock purchased and a pre-funded warrant (“Pre-funded Warrant”) to purchase 3/200th share of Common Stock purchased. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Common Units were sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, with five-year Warrants having exercise price of $0.40 per share and the Pre-funded Warrants having exercise price of $0.0001 per share.

 

The sale of the Units to the Purchasers closed on December 12, 2025. The aggregate gross proceeds to the Company from the December 2024 offering were approximately $2,000,000 before deducting placement agent fees and expenses and other transaction costs of $207,600.

 

In a second closing, the Company issued 1,750,000 of the Common Units. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Common Units were sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, with five-year Warrants having exercise price of $0.40 per share and the Pre-funded Warrants having exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The sale of the Common Units to the Purchasers closed on July 30, 2025. The aggregate gross proceeds to the Company from the July 2025 offering were approximately $437,500, before deducting placement agent fees and expenses and other transaction costs of $51,350.

 

The proceeds from the Company’s private placement transactions completed in December 2024 and July 2025, were used for general corporate purposes, servicing interest on debt, and corporate operating expenses.

 

The Company issued an additional 5% in common stock and 5% in warrants to all participants of the offering for the first and second closing, in lieu of the effectiveness deadline extension to December 31, 2025. As a result, the Company issued 487,500 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 487,500 shares of common stock to the investors.  

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus. We may receive proceeds from the exercise of warrants and pre-funded warrants held by certain selling stockholders if such warrants are exercised for cash. Any such proceeds would be used for general corporate purposes.

 

In connection with the private placement, we signed a registration rights agreement to include the shares in a resale registration. We are registering the shares in order to permit the selling stockholders to offer the shares for resale from time to time. Except for the ownership of these shares and except as stated in the table below, the selling stockholders have not had any material relationship with us within the past three years and based on the information provided to us by the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

 

The table below lists the selling stockholders and other information regarding the ownership of the shares by each of the selling stockholders. The second column lists the number of shares owned by each selling stockholder. The third column lists the shares being offered by this prospectus by the selling stockholders. The fourth column assumes the sale of all of the shares offered by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of common stock that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by each person or group of persons, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days are deemed to be outstanding for such person but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted, each person or group identified possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

 148 
Table of Contents 

 

The selling stockholders may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

    Common Stock Beneficially Owned Prior to this   Number of Shares Being   Common Stock Beneficially Owned After this Offering
Name of Selling Stockholder   Offering   Offered   Shares   Percent (1) 
MARGHERITA
CACIOPPO TRUST IRRV U/A DTD 03/08/2019(2)
   

423,000

 

     

423,000

 

      —       —  
ROBERT & MARY RIVIERE     423,000       423,000       —       —  
JORDAN G NAYDENOV     211,500       211,500       —       —  
WILLIAM BATZER     211,500       211,500       —       —  
JOHN M RANEY     846,000       846,000       —       —  
DARREN BRUNGARDT     211,500       211,500       —       —  
RICHARD JAFFE     423,000       423,000       —       —  
BRIAN ESKIN     211,500       211,500       —       —  
JAMES & NIDA GODFREY     211,500       211,500       —       —  
THE LOVELY LIVING TRUST DTD 4/1/16(3)     211,500       211,500       —       —  
RICHARD & FRANCES BATZER     211,500       211,500       —       —  
RICHARD & WILLIAM BATZER     211,500       211,500       —       —  
SHB EQUITIES LLC (4)     211,500       211,500       —       —  
PULLIAM TRUST (5)     211,500       211,500       —       —  
RONALD CHUPP     211,500       211,500       —       —  
DANIEL L KOONS & MARGARET KOONS     423,000       423,000       —       —  
DANIEL B KOONS & KIMBERLY A WROBEL     211,500       211,500       —       —  
JEFFREY A NIEZGODA     423,000       423,000       —       —  
GLEN SCHNEIDER     846,000       846,000       —       —  
DANIEL L
PASSACANTILLI
    211,500       211,500       —       —  
JAMES C GUMINA     211,500       211,500       —       —  
MATTHEW J EAMES     211,500       211,500       —       —  
JOHN DARGER     211,500       211,500       —       —  
FORFRONT CAPITAL, LLC (6)     8,460,000       8,460,000       —       —  
IVAN CAPLAN     846,000       846,000       —       —  
HERBERT FAMILY
TRUST DTD 07/05/2023(7)
    105,750       105,750       —       —  
PETER V HOUMERE & SARAH W HOUMERE     211,500       211,500       —       —  
BARRY KERN     211,500       211,500       —       —  
DANIEL B. KOONS     211,500       211,500       —       —  
Barger Excavating, Inc.(8)     211,500       211,500       —       —  
DANIEL HIGGINS     211,500       211,500       —       —  
Greg John & Evelyn Ellen FRANKLIN     211,500       211,500       —       —  
HOWARD & Jonathan HOWELL     423,000       423,000       —       —  
JAY ROBERT Ricigliano     105,750       105,750       —       —  
JOSEPH & Yulia Moriarty     105,750       105,750       —       —  
MATTHEW DIMICCO     634,500       634,500       —       —  
STEPHEN CARMEL Living Trust DTD 9/25/20(9)     211,500       211,500       —       —  
Stewards Investment Capital Limited (10)     16,269,000       1,269,000       —       —  
Total     35,621,250       20,621,250       —       —  

  

(1) Applicable percentage ownership after this offering is based on 211,119,963 shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. As noted above, for purposes of computing percentage ownership after this offering, we have assumed that all shares offered by the selling stockholders will be sold in this offering.
(2) Antonio Cacioppo is the trustee and has voting and dispositive authority over these shares.
(3) Douglas V. Lovely is the trustee and has voting and dispositive authority over these shares.
(4) Henry Bergmann has voting and dispositive authority over these shares.
(5) Gary P. Pulliam and Darlene A. Pulliam have voting and dispositive authority over these shares.
(6) Forfront Capital, LLC is an affiliate shareholder. Glen Steward, our director, along with Nathaniel Tsang Mang Kin and Bilal Adam, have voting and dispositive authority over these shares. While these shares are included in the selling shareholder table in accordance with SEC requirements, the inclusion does not reflect an immediate intention to dispose of such shares. Any sales, if undertaken, are expected to occur gradually over time and in a manner consistent with long-term alignment of interests with the Company.
(7) Hal C. Herbert is the trustee and has voting and dispositive authority over these shares.
(8) Nicholas Barger has voting and dispositive authority over these shares.
(9) Stephen Carmel is the trustee and has voting and dispositive authority over these shares.
(10) Stewards Investment Capital Limited and Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, are affiliate shareholders. Glen Steward, our director, and Bilal Adam have voting and dispositive authority over these shares. As with other affiliates, the shares are reflected in the selling shareholder table for disclosure purposes and any future sales would likely take place over an extended period, underscoring the ongoing commitment of these shareholders to the Company’s long-term growth and performance.

 

 149 
Table of Contents 

    

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

We are registering the shares of common stock to permit the resale of these shares of common stock by the selling stockholders and any of their transferees, pledgees, assignees, donees, and successors-in-interest from time to time after the date of this prospectus.

 

Our common stock is currently quoted on the OTCID Market. We do not currently have an active trading market, and purchasers in this offering are purchasing shares that are very thinly traded.

 

Because the OTCID Market is not considered a sufficient existing market under Item 501(b)(3) of Regulation S-K for selling stockholders to offer their shares at market prices, the selling stockholders will offer and sell the shares at a fixed price of $[*] per share within the range of $3.00 to $5.00 per share (to be determined) while the common stock continues to trade on the OTCID Market. If our common stock is listed or quoted on the OTCQB, or OTCQX (or another national securities exchange or eligible market), the selling stockholders may thereafter sell the shares from time to time at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. 

 

A selling stockholder may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the securities:

 

  • ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 

  • block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

  • purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 

  • an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

  • privately negotiated transactions;

 

  • settlement of short sales;

 

  • in transactions through broker-dealers that agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such securities at a stipulated price per security;

 

  • through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

 

  • a combination of any such methods of sale; or

 

  • any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

 

The selling stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus. The selling stockholders shall have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of shares if it deems the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.

 

The selling stockholders or their respective pledgees, donees, transferees or other successors in interest, may also sell the shares directly to market makers acting as principals and/or broker-dealers acting as agents for themselves or their customers. Such broker-dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling stockholders and/or the purchasers of shares for whom such broker-dealers may act as agents or to whom they sell as principal or both, which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer might be in excess of customary commissions. Market makers and block purchasers purchasing the shares will do so for their own account and at their own risk. It is possible that a selling stockholder will attempt to sell shares in block transactions to market makers or other purchasers at a price per share which may be below the then existing market price. We cannot assure you that all or any of the shares offered in this prospectus will be issued to, or sold by, the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders and any brokers, dealers or agents, upon effecting the sale of any of the shares offered in this prospectus, may be deemed to be “underwriters” as that term is defined under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of such acts. In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act.

 

 150 
Table of Contents 

 

We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares, including fees and disbursements of counsel to the selling stockholders, but excluding brokerage commissions or underwriter discounts.

 

The selling stockholders, alternatively, may sell all or any part of the shares offered in this prospectus through an underwriter. The selling stockholders have not entered into any agreement with a prospective underwriter and there is no assurance that any such agreement will be entered into.

 

The selling stockholders may pledge their shares to their brokers under the margin provisions of customer agreements. If a selling stockholder defaults on a margin loan, the broker may, from time to time, offer and sell the pledged shares. The selling stockholders and any other persons participating in the sale or distribution of the shares will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations under such act, including, without limitation, Regulation M. These provisions may restrict certain activities of and limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the shares by, the selling stockholders or any other such person. In the event that any of the selling stockholders are deemed an affiliated purchaser or distribution participant within the meaning of Regulation M, then the selling stockholders will not be permitted to engage in short sales of common stock. Furthermore, under Regulation M, persons engaged in a distribution of securities are prohibited from simultaneously engaging in market making and certain other activities with respect to such securities for a specified period of time prior to the commencement of such distributions, subject to specified exceptions or exemptions. In addition, if a short sale is deemed to be a stabilizing activity, then the selling stockholders will not be permitted to engage in a short sale of our common stock. All of these limitations may affect the marketability of our common stock.

 

If a selling stockholder notifies us that it has a material arrangement with a broker-dealer for the resale of the shares, then we would be required to amend the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and file a prospectus supplement to describe the agreements between the selling stockholder and the broker-dealer.

  

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

 

None.

 

EXPERTS

 

The Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Turner, Stone and Company, an independent registered public accounting firm, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The Doney Law Firm will provide opinions regarding the validity of the shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this Prospectus. The address of The Doney Law Firm is 3651 Lindell Rd., Ste. D121, Las Vegas, Nevada 89103.

 

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION OF SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

 

Our directors and officers are indemnified as provided by the Nevada corporate law and our bylaws. We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than our payment of expenses incurred or paid by our director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

 151 
Table of Contents 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC’s website contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.

 

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the securities offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which is filed as part of a registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some portions of which have been omitted in accordance with the SEC’s rules and regulations. Statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to each such contract, agreement or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

  

 152 
Table of Contents 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

Stewards, Inc.:     
    Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB Firm ID 76)   F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025, and 2024    F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024    F-3
Consolidated Statements of Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit ) for the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024    F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    F-6
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2026, and December 31, 2025   F-37
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the quarters ended March 31, 2026, and 2025   F-38
Consolidated Statements of Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit ) for the quarters ended March 31, 2026, and 2025   F-39
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the quarters ended March 31, 2026, and 2025   F-40
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-41

 

 

 

Block 40, LLC and Subsidiary:  
   
Independent Auditor’s Report of Kaufman, Rossin & Co., PA  F-70
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2023 (Audited)   F-72
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 (Audited)   F-73
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members' Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 (Audited)   F-74
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 (Audited)   F-75
Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements (2023)  F-76

 

Independent Auditor’s Report of Kaufman, Rossin & Co., PA  F-88
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2024 (Audited)   F-89
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2024 (Audited)   F-90
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members' Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2024 (Audited)   F-91
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2024 (Audited)   F-92
Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements (2024)   F-93
Block 40 Financial Statements January - June 2025 (unaudited) F-106

 

Stewards, Inc. & Block 40, LLC and Subsidiary:

 
   
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information  F-108

  

 153 
Table of Contents 

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Stewards, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Stewards, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025, and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, mezzanine equity and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025, and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered significant losses from operations and has a significant working capital deficiency, an accumulated deficit and negative cash flows from operations and is currently dependent on the stockholders and lenders to fund operating activities. Management’s plans regarding these matters are described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matters

 

Critical audit matters are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 F-1 
Table of Contents 

 

·         Block 40 Entities Acquisition (Valuation and Allocation of Purchase Consideration)

The Company completed the acquisition of Block 40 Entities during the year ended December 31, 2025, which was accounted for as an asset acquisition. The transaction involved the issuance of common shares as consideration and the assumption of debt. The allocation of purchase consideration to the acquired assets and liabilities required significant judgment due to the use of Level 3 fair value measurements. The valuation of the acquired asset involved significant unobservable inputs, including comparable property selection, market adjustments, discount rates and other assumptions used in market-based valuation techniques. We identified this matter as a critical audit matter due to the significant estimation uncertainty and audit effort required to evaluate management’s valuation methodology and key assumptions.

 

Our approach to addressing the matter included the following procedures, among others:

 

We evaluated the Company’s accounting conclusion and valuation methodology, tested the significant assumptions and inputs used in the valuation and involved valuation specialists to assess the reasonableness of key estimates. We also tested the completeness and accuracy of underlying data and evaluated the allocation of consideration to acquired assets and liabilities as well as related disclosures.

 

·         Allowance for Credit Losses (Merchant Cash Advance Receivables)

The Company’s allowance for credit losses related to its merchant cash advance (“MCA”) receivables was identified as a critical audit matter due to the significant estimation uncertainty involved in applying the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 326 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (“ASC 326”). The allowance is determined using an aging-based methodology that incorporates historical loss experience, delinquency progression, time in default and collection outcomes. MCA receivables are stratified by performance and collection status and reserve rates are applied ranging from 5% for performing receivables, 70% for accounts in default between 30 and 180 days, and 100% for accounts in default greater than 180 days. The estimate also includes qualitative adjustments for current conditions and forward looking information, where applicable. We identified this matter as a critical audit matter due to the judgment required in applying management’s stratification approach, the reliance on historical and forward looking assumptions and the sensitivity of the allowance to changes in delinquency and collection trends.

 

Our approach to addressing the matter included the following procedures, among others:

 

We evaluated the Company’s methodology for estimating expected credit losses for consistency with ASC 326. We tested the completeness and accuracy of MCA receivable data used in the allowance calculation and tested the mathematical accuracy of the model. We evaluated the appropriateness of delinquency status classifications and assessed the reasonableness of historical loss rates and qualitative adjustments including comparison of prior period estimates to actual loss experience. We performed independent analysis of receivable aging and collection patterns and evaluated whether the allowance appropriately reflected observed portfolio performance. We reviewed signed MCA agreements. In addition, we obtained direct confirmations for a sample of syndicated MCA receivable balances to test existence. We also assessed the adequacy of related financial statement disclosures.

 

 

/s/ Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P.

 

Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P.

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2024.

 

Dallas, Texas

March 30, 2026

 F-2 
Table of Contents 

 

STEWARDS, INC. (formerly Favo Capital, Inc.)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  

   December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
ASSETS          
           
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash, cash equivalents  $4,904,043   $2,751,386 
Restricted cash   3,273,763    —   
Advance receivables, net   7,237,458    14,542,518 
Prepaid expense   516,414    —   
Loan commitment asset   6,709,609    —   
Due from related parties   138,571    41,307 
Other current assets   666,689    109,753 
Total current assets   23,446,547    17,444,964 
           
Fixed assets, net   150,992,308    143,806 
Operating lease right-of-use asset   45,637    352,262 
Intangible assets, net   2,507,798    705,000 
Goodwill   1,219,134    1,219,134 
Other assets   151,160    371 
           
TOTAL ASSETS  $178,362,584   $19,865,537 
           
           
           
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)          
          
           
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  $6,247,315   $1,528,228 
Syndicate payable   4,355,802    5,284,505 
Due to related parties - current   1,850,000    1,600,000 
Deferred consideration - current   213,826    207,721 
Operating lease liabilities - current   40,385    146,280 
Notes payable, net - current   2,722,445    —   
Warrant liability   8,229,609    —   
Mortgage loan   73,625,000    —   
Other current liabilities   301,282    —   
Total current liabilities   97,585,664    8,766,734 
           
Due to related parties   —      1,600,000 
Deferred consideration   185,001    351,172 
Operating lease liabilities   —      203,369 
Notes payable, net   34,620,390    32,229,267 
Other non-current liabilities   308,942    —   
Total liabilities   132,699,997    43,150,542 
           
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)          
           
MEZZANINE EQUITY          
Redeemable nonparticipating noncontrolling interest   8,461,738    —   
           
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)          
Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 71,250,000 and 81,250,000 shares authorized; 71,250,000 and 37,020,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   7,125    3,702 
Series B preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 10,000,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   1,000    —   
Series C preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 0 and 18,750,000 shares authorized; 0 and 18,750,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   —      1,875 
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 207,102,106 and 97,479,734 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively   20,711    9,748 
Paid-in capital   67,395,672    14,315,979 
Stock subscription receivable   (520,823)   (1,770,827)
Accumulated deficit   (58,200,729)   (35,848,153)
Accumulated other comprehensive income   2,671    2,671 
Nonparticipating noncontrolling interest   28,495,222    —   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)   37,200,849    (23,285,005)
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)  $178,362,584   $19,865,537 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

 

 F-3 
Table of Contents 

   

STEWARDS, INC. (formerly Favo Capital, Inc.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

                 
   For the years ended December 31,
   2025  2024
Revenues          
Income, financing and brokerage  $11,660,191   $12,787,262 
Income from rental property   4,617,231    —   
Total revenues   16,277,422    12,787,262 
           
Cost of revenue          
Financing and brokerage   2,775,666    2,358,114 
Rental property   2,100,024    —   
Total cost of revenue   4,875,690    2,358,114 
           
Gross profit   11,401,732    10,429,148 
           
Operating expenses          
General and administrative expenses   11,883,945    7,548,445 
Provision for credit losses   1,774,264    4,019,840 
Depreciation and amortization   6,090,109    266,364 
Professional fees   3,060,755    2,517,381 
Total operating expenses   22,809,073    14,352,030 
           
Loss from operations   (11,407,341)   (3,922,882)
           
Other income (expense)          
Interest expense   (8,452,451)   (4,643,396)
Loss on write down of investment   —      (1,917)
Financing charges   (647,997)   —   
Other losses   (208,155)   (34,530)
Total other income (expense)   (9,308,603)   (4,679,843)
           
Net loss before income taxes   (20,715,944)   (8,602,725)
           
Income tax provision   (40,522)   (56,055)
Net loss  $(20,756,466)  $(8,658,780)
           
Amounts attributable to Stewards, Inc.          
Net loss  $(20,756,466)  $(8,658,780)
Deemed dividend from conversion of preferred stock   (700,000)   —   
Dividend on preferred stock
   (1,651,003)   (462,596)
           
Net loss applicable to common stockholders  $(23,107,469)  $(9,121,376)
           
Net Loss Per Common Share - basic and diluted  $(0.16)  $(0.10)
           
Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding - basic and diluted   145,573,137    92,638,720 
           
Comprehensive Loss          
Net loss  $(20,756,466)  $(8,658,780)
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency translation   —      2,671 
           
Total comprehensive loss  $(20,756,466)  $(8,656,109)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

 F-4 
Table of Contents 

  

STEWARDS, INC. (formerly Favo Capital, Inc.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                                                                                                                         
For the year ended December 31. 2025
   Mezzanine Equity  Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
   Redeemable                                         
   Nonparticipating  Series A Preferred Stock  Series B Preferred Stock  Series C Preferred Stock  Common Stock             
   Noncontrolling Interest  Number of Shares  Par Value  Number of Shares  Par Value  Number of Shares  Par Value  Number of Shares  Par Value  Paid-In Capital  Stock Subscription Receivable  Accumulated Deficit  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interest  Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
                                              
Balances as at December 31, 2024  $—      37,020,000   $3,702    —     $—      18,750,000   $1,875    97,479,734   $9,748   $14,315,979   $(1,770,827)  $(35,848,153)  $2,671   $—     $(23,285,005)
Common stock issued for Simplified Companies acquisition   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      2,000,000    200    (200)   —      —      —      —      —   
Conversion of Series C preferred stock to common stock   —      —      —      —      —      (18,750,000)   (1,875)   18,750,000    1,875    —      —      —      —      —      —   
Issuance of Series A preferred stock   —      44,230,000    4,423    —      —      —      —      —      —      11,053,077    —      —      —      —      11,057,500 
Issuance of common stock and warrants from private offering, net of issuance costs   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,750,000    175    385,975    —      —      —      —      386,150 
Issuance of common stock and warrants related to registration  rights arrangement   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      487,500    49    380,373    —      —      —      —      380,422 
Conversion of Series A to Series B preferred stock   —      (10,000,000)   (1,000)   10,000,000    1,000    —      —      —      —      700,000    —      (700,000)   —      —      —   
Amortization of stock subscription receivable   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,250,004    —      —      —      1,250,004 
Issuance of common stock for Block 40 acquisition and acquired  noncontrolling interest   13,239,051    —      —      —      —      —      —      62,673,215    6,267    21,929,358    —      —      —      38,675,838    60,611,463 
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock to EB-5 investors   1,100,000    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —   
Issuance of common stock to EB-5 investors in the share exchange program   (805,545)   —      —      —      —      —      —      21,128,838    2,113    16,055,816    —      —      —      (15,252,384)   805,545 
Issuance of common stock to employees   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      11,500    1    3,989    —      —      —      —      3,990 
Issuance of common stock to settle contract termination cost             —      —      —      —      —      —      —      2,125,000    213    743,537    —      —      743,750 
Conversion of notes payable   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      696,319    70    529,134    —      —      —      —      529,204 
Reclassification of redeemable noncontrolling interest to noncontrolling interest   (5,071,768)   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      5,071,768    5,071,768 
Issuance of warrants related to the debt facility   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,298,634    —      —      —      —      1,298,634 
Series A preferred stock dividend   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (896,110)   —      —      (896,110)
Net loss (income)   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (20,756,466)   —      —      (20,756,466)
                                                                            
Balances as at December 31, 2025  $8,461,738    71,250,000   $7,125    10,000,000   $1,000    —     $—      207,102,106   $20,711   $67,395,672   $(520,823)  $(58,200,729)  $2,671   $28,495,222   $37,200,849 

 

 

 

                                                                                                         
For the year ended December 31. 2024
                                       
   Series A Preferred Stock  Series B Preferred Stock  Series C Preferred Stock  Common Stock           
   Number of Shares  Par Value  Number of Shares  Par Value  Number of Shares  Par Value  Number of Shares  Par Value  Paid-In Capital  Stock Subscription Receivable  Accumulated Deficit  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  Total Stockholders’ Deficit
                                        
Balances as at December 31, 2023   28,420,000   $2,842    —     $—      18,750,000   $1,875    87,554,734   $8,755   $9,154,182   $(3,020,831)  $(26,726,777)  $—     $(20,579,954)
Common stock issued for Simplified Companies acquisition   —      —      —      —      —      —      1,000,000    100    249,900    —      —      —      250,000 
Fair value of deferred shares on Simplified Companies acquisition   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      740,000    —      —      —      740,000 
Issuance of common stock, Common Warrants and Pre-funded Warrants in connection with 2024 Securities   —      —      —      —      —      —      8,000,000    800    1,791,600    —      —      —      1,792,400 
Common stock issued for services   —      —      —      —      —      —      325,000    33    81,217    —      —      —      81,250 
Preferred Stock issuances   8,600,000    860    —      —      —      —      —      —      2,149,140    —      —      —      2,150,000 
Common stock issued for promissory note extension   —      —      —      —      —      —      600,000    60    149,940    —      —      —      150,000 
Amortization of stock subscription receivable   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,250,004    —      —      1,250,004 
Series A Preferred Stock dividend   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (462,596)   —      (462,596)
Net loss   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (8,658,780)   2,671    (8,656,109)
                                                                  
Balances as at December 31, 2024   37,020,000   $3,702    —     $—      18,750,000   $1,875    97,479,734   $9,748   $14,315,979   $(1,770,827)  $(35,848,153)  $2,671   $(23,285,005)

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

 

 F-5 
Table of Contents 

  

STEWARDS, INC. (formerly Favo Capital, Inc.)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

               
   For the years ended December 31,
   2025  2024
Cash Flows From Operating Activities          
Net loss  $(20,756,466)  $(8,658,780)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:          
Depreciation   2,682,723    71,364 
Amortization of intangible assets   3,407,386    195,000 
Loss on sale of investments   —      1,917 
Loss on assets retired   14,878    —   
Gain on sale of assets   —      (4,230)
Amortization of debt issuance costs   75,000    40,625 
Interest expense on deferred consideration   69,934    96,424 
Operating lease right-of-use asset amortization   306,625    131,910 
Provision for credit losses   1,774,264    4,019,840 
Issuance of common stock and warrants related to registration rights payment arrangement   380,422    —   
Issuance of common stock for services   747,740    81,250 
Issuance of warrants in a sale purchase agreement   1,520,000    —   
Amortization of stock subscription receivable   1,250,004    1,250,004 
Other losses   —      38,760 
Changes in assets and liabilities:          
Advance receivables, net   8,568,245    (3,280,417)
Other current assets   540,612    16,846 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   (1,199,844)   792,881 
Syndicate payable   (928,703)   211,814 
Due from related parties   (556,936)   (40,548)
Other non-current assets   (150,789)   —   
Other non-current liabilities   308,942    (45,400)
Due to a related party   250,000    1,477,563 
Operating lease liabilities   (309,264)   (137,380)
Net cash used in operating activities   (2,005,227)   (3,740,557)
           
Cash Flows From Investing Activities          
Purchase of property and equipment   (39,010)   (52,992)
Sale of property and equipment   —      11,596 
Cash paid for acquisition of a business   —      (400,000)
Payment of deferred consideration   (230,000)   (230,000)
Cash assumed from the acquisition   682,076    —   
Cash advanced under promissory note to Block 40   (5,000,000)   —   
Net cash used in investing activities   (4,586,934)   (671,395)
           
Cash Flows From Financing Activities          
Proceeds from notes payable  $7,716,406   $7,175,000 
Repayment of notes payable   (850,000)   —   
Repayment of promissory notes payable, related party   (1,600,000)   (1,500,000)
Proceeds from the issuance of Series A preferred stock   11,057,500    2,150,000 
Repayment of mortgage loan   (5,375,000)   —   
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock   386,150    1,792,400 
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred stock to EB-5 investors   1,100,000    —   
Cash paid for Series A preferred stock dividends   (416,475)   (462,596)
Repayment of notes payable, related party   —      (3,100,000)
Net cash provided by financing activities   12,018,581    6,054,804 
           
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   5,426,420    1,642,851 
           
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash   —      (38,760)
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, Beginning   2,751,386    1,147,295 
           
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, Ending  $8,177,806   $2,751,386 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION          
Cash paid for interest  $7,946,079   $4,407,854 
Cash paid for income taxes  $40,522   $56,055 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES          
Acquisition of real estate property in exchange of common stocks, excluding cash assumed  $59,929,387   $—   
Effective settlement of promissory note to Block 40 at acquisition  $5,161,000   $—   
Deemed dividend from conversion of Series A to Series B preferred stock  $ 700,000   $ —   
Issuance of deferred equity consideration  $200   $—   
Conversion of Series C preferred stock to common stock  $1,875   $—   
Loan commitment asset from the debt facility  $8,008,243   $—   
Amortization of loan commitment asset to debt discount  $1,298,634   $—   
Conversion of notes payable  $529,204   $—   
Issuance of common stock to redeemable noncontrolling interest
   from the share exchange program
  $805,545   $—   
Issuance of common stock to noncontrolling interest from the    
share exchange program
  $15,252,384   $—   
Reclassification of liability classified warrants to equity  $1,298,634   $—   
Reclassification of Redeemable NCI to NCI  $5,071,768   $—   
Common stock issued at acquisition  $—     $250,000 
Deferred equity consideration at acquisition  $—     $740,000 
Other deferred consideration at acquisition  $—     $462,469 
Issuance of common stock for promissory note extension  $—     $150,000 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

 F-6 
Table of Contents 

  

STEWARDS, INC. (formerly Favo Capital, Inc.)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 – Organization

 

Favo Capital, Inc. (“the Company”) was incorporated as Beeston Enterprises Ltd. on July 12, 1999, under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company changed its name to FAVO Capital, Inc. on September 2, 2020, which was the effective date established by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). On August 7, 2025, the Board of Directors approved a further name change from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards, Inc. which FINRA approved on November 13, 2025. In connection with this name change, the Company changed its ticker symbol from “FAVO” to “SWRD”.

 

The Company’s business has evolved since inception. Previously, the Company was an exploration stage company engaged in the search of mineral deposits that could be developed to a state of a commercially viable producing mine. The Company is now a private credit company focused on providing alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses (“SMB”) across the United States. The Company’s business model is centered around direct and syndicated Revenue Based Funding solutions that address the capital needs of SMBs underserved by traditional lending institutions. Revenue Based Funding solutions are financing arrangement where the Company provides upfront capital to SMBs in exchange for a fixed percentage of their future gross revenue. Repayments for these solutions fluctuate based on the recipient’s actual revenue performance until a predetermined total repayment amount is reached.

 

In support of the private credit business, the Company has expanded its operations into real estate in 2025 through the acquisition of Block 40, LLC (“Block 40”), the owner and operator of 1818 Park, a mixed-use residential and commercial property located in Hollywood, Florida. The property includes multifamily, retail, and office components that generate rental income through lease agreements with a diversified tenant base. The addition of Block 40 marks the establishment of the Company’s real estate segment, through which the Company intends to own, operate, and potentially acquire income-producing properties as part of its long-term growth and diversification strategy.

 

Note 2 - Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the continuation of the Company as a going concern. Although the Company has a negative working capital of $74,139,117 as of December 31, 2025, it has a net loss of $20,756,466 and net cash used in operating activities of $2,005,227 for the year ended December 31, 2025 and an accumulated deficit of $58,200,729 as of December 31, 2025. These conditions raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the financial statements are issued. The Company evaluated conditions and events known or reasonably knowable as of the issuance date and considered only those plans that are probable of being implemented within one year and of mitigating the relevant conditions. The working capital deficit is primarily driven by the classification of the Mortgage Loan as a current liability due to its contractual June 2026 maturity. However, the underlying loan agreement provides for a final one-year extension option to June 2027, which management intends to exercise. Management is currently in compliance with all customary conditions required to exercise this extension and believes that its contractual rights and ongoing lender engagement provide a viable path to meet this obligation. Additionally, the Company has established ongoing sources of revenue through its private credit operations and, beginning in July 2025, through income-producing real estate, such as rental income, of $4,617,231 recognized for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025. However, current revenues are not yet sufficient to cover its operating costs, and the Company remains dependent on debt and equity financing to fund its operations. Management of the Company is making efforts to increase its revenue and raise additional funding until a registration statement relating to an equity funding facility is in effect. On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a financing arrangement with Stewards International Funds PCC, (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) pursuant to which it may raise up to $100 million through unsecured, unsubordinated notes. As of the date of this filing, the Company has issued $7.1 million in aggregate principal amount of such notes, with $92.9 million remaining available for future issuance under the arrangement. While management of the Company believes that it will be successful in its capital formation and planned operating activities, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise additional equity capital or that operations will generate sufficient cash flows to meet obligations as they come due. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

 F-7 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 3 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting. All intercompany accounts, balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation as at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, Consolidation (“Topic 810”) also requires that the equity of a noncontrolling interest shall be reported on the consolidated balance sheets within total equity of the Company. Certain redeemable noncontrolling interests are reported on the consolidated balance sheets as mezzanine equity. Topic 810 also requires revenues, expenses, gains, losses, net income or loss, and other comprehensive income or loss to be reported in the consolidated financial statements at consolidated amounts, which include amounts attributable to the owners of the parent and the noncontrolling interests. Refer to Note 16, Redeemable Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interest and Nonparticipating Noncontrolling for additional information.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The financial statements are prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, and cumulative from inception. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management.

 

Prior-Period Presentation

 

Certain prior-period amounts in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, and consolidated statement of cash flows have been reclassified to be consistent with the current-period presentation. Specifically, for the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company reclassified $266,364 of depreciation and amortization expenses previously included within general and administrative expenses to a standalone depreciation and amortization line item to match the presentation of the December 31, 2025 financial statements. Additionally, a $4,230 gain on the sale of fixed assets, which was previously presented as a separate financial statement line item, was reclassified into other losses as a reduction to that balance. Within the stockholders’ equity section, a balance of $2,671 was reclassified from "Other Comprehensive Gain" to "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income" to conform with current-period terminology. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported total operating expenses, net loss, total stockholders’ equity, total assets, or net cash flows for any period presented.

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash balances represent funds held in escrow to comply with the requirements of a certain mortgage loan agreement. These amounts primarily relate to reserves for tenant deposits, property taxes, insurance, and interest, and are not available for general operating purposes until the related obligations are settled.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, to the corresponding amounts presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

   December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
Cash, cash equivalents  $4,904,043   $2,751,386 
Restricted cash   3,273,763    —   
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash  $8,177,806   $2,751,386 

   

Advance Receivables

 

Advance receivables are recorded at net realizable value, net of an allowance for expected credit losses.

 

Prepaid expenses

 

Prepaid expenses relate to the prepayment made for future services in advance that will be expensed over time as the benefit of the services is received in the future expected. The Company's prepaid expenses primarily consist of amounts paid for insurance policies.

 

 F-8 
Table of Contents 

 

Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

 

For its financial instruments subject to credit risk, consisting of its receivables related to its MCA’s, the Company recognizes as an allowance its estimate of lifetime expected credit losses under the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326. The Company estimates expected credit losses on its Merchant Cash Advance (“MCA”) receivables in accordance with ASC 326 using a methodology that incorporates historical loss experience and a status-based evaluation of collectability. Management evaluates MCA receivables collectively and applies allowance rates that reflect the Company’s experience with delinquency progression, time in default, and collection outcomes, consistent with a combination of probability-of-default concepts and an aging/status framework. Receivables are stratified based on payment performance and collection status, including performing accounts, accounts in default (up to 180 days), and accounts in default for more than 180 days; accounts in legal/collections status are assessed as higher risk when delinquent. The allowance is measured by applying reserve rates to the receivable balance within each status category (5% for performing receivables, 70% for receivables in default between 30 days to 180 days, and 100% for receivables in default over 180 days; receivables in legal status and in default between 0 and 180 days are reserved at 70%). Management also considers whether qualitative adjustments are necessary for asset-specific risk characteristics, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Changes in the allowance for expected credit losses are recognized in earnings each reporting period.

 

The Company will write off any deals that are deemed to be uncollectible as advised by the Company’s third-party collections and legal team or in the event the merchant has filed for bankruptcy. With regards to deals where the Company has syndicated on the deal, the write off is done at the time the syndication partner identifies these deals are no longer collectable.

 

Valuation of Operating Lease Receivables

 

We may be subject to tenant defaults and bankruptcies that could affect the collection of outstanding receivables, arising from the straight-line recognition of rental income, related to our operating leases. In order to mitigate these risks, we perform credit reviews and analyses on prospective tenants before significant leases are executed and on existing tenants before properties are acquired. On a quarterly basis, we perform an assessment of the collectability of operating lease receivables on a tenant-by-tenant basis, which includes reviewing the age and nature of our receivables, the payment history and financial condition of the tenant, our assessment of the tenant’s ability to meet its lease obligations and the status of negotiations of any disputes with the tenant. Any changes in the collectability assessment for an operating lease are recognized as an adjustment, which can be a reduction or increase, to rental income in the consolidated statements of operations. We recognized $0.1 million and $0 as a net reduction adjustment to rental income in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively.

 

Fixed Assets, Net

 

Fixed assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The historical cost of acquiring a fixed asset includes the costs necessarily incurred to bring it to the condition and location necessary for its intended use. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

 

When items of property or equipment are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Land is carried at cost and not depreciated. The assets’ residual values, useful lives, and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted prospectively if appropriate. Assets are tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

The estimated useful lives of depreciable assets are as follows:

 

Building  24.5 years
Site improvements  12 years
Computers and equipment  3-5 years
Office furniture and fixtures  5-7 years
Vehicles  5 years
Leasehold improvements  Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life

 

 F-9 
Table of Contents 

 

Intangible Assets

 

Identifiable intangible assets include trade names, developed technology, customer relationships, and in-place leases resulting from acquisitions. Acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated economic lives on a straight-line basis. Acquired intangible assets are presented net of accumulated amortization on the consolidated balance sheets. We review the carrying amounts of intangible assets for impairment at the asset group level whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of the asset group by comparing its carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows we expect the asset group to generate. If we consider the asset group to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value. In addition, we periodically evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of long-lived intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of depreciation or amortization.

 

The Company amortizes intangible assets subject to amortization on the basis of their expected periods of benefit, generally 4 to 10 years. The Company does not have indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill.

 

Useful life of the intangible assets is as follows:

 

Trade name  10 years
Developed technology  4 years
Customer relationships  4 years
In-place leases  1 year for residential leases, 6 years for commercial leases

 

Acquisitions

 

ASC 805, Business Combinations, provides a model for determining whether the acquisition should be classified as either an asset acquisition or a business combination. In order to be a business, the integrated set of activities of the acquired entity needs to have an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The acquired entity must also pass the “Screen Test” which involves determining whether the acquisition represents an in-substance asset acquisition based on whether the fair value of the gross assets acquired is “substantially all” concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets.

 

We use the acquisition method of accounting for business combination transactions, and, accordingly, recognize the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in our consolidated financial statements. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of the acquired company are expensed as incurred. The allocation of fair values may be subject to adjustment after the initial allocation for up to a one-year period as more information becomes available relative to the fair values as of the acquisition date. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of any acquired company since the acquisition date.

 

Acquisitions for which substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired are concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets are accounted for as an asset acquisition. For asset acquisitions, we allocate the purchase price of these properties on a relative fair value basis and capitalize direct acquisition related costs as part of the purchase price.

 

Goodwill

 

We recognize the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired at the acquisition date as goodwill. In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment annually and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, then the reporting unit’s carrying value is compared to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s carrying value, then the carrying value of the reporting unit is deemed to be recoverable. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s fair value, goodwill is impaired and written down to the reporting unit’s fair value.

 

 F-10 
Table of Contents 

 

Accounting for Leases

 

Leases as a Lessee

 

The Company applies the accounting guidance ASC 842, Leases. The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at inception based on whether there is an identified property, plant or equipment and whether the Company controls the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. Operating leases are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease right of use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease and are included in current and non-current liabilities. Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease

 

inception date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term discounted based on the more readily determinable of (i) the rate implicit in the lease or (ii) the Company’s incremental borrowing rate (which is the estimated rate the Company would be required to pay for a collateralized borrowing equal to the total lease payments over the term of the lease). Because the Company’s operating leases generally do not provide an implicit rate, the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement date for borrowings with a similar term.

 

The Company’s operating lease ROU assets are measured based on the corresponding operating lease liability adjusted for (i) payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date, (ii) initial direct costs incurred and (iii) tenant incentives under the lease. The Company does not assume renewals or early terminations unless it is reasonably certain to exercise these options at commencement. The Company elected the practical expedient which allows the Company to not allocate consideration between lease and non-lease components. Variable lease payments are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. In addition, the Company elected the practical expedient such that it does not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less of all asset classes. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Leases as Lessor

 

We evaluate new leases originated or leases assumed as part of an acquisition transaction under ASC Topic 842, Leases, to determine lease classification. Generally, all of our leases have been classified as operating leases. A lease is classified by a lessor as a sales-type lease if the significant risks and rewards of ownership reside with the tenant. This situation is met if, among other things, there is an automatic transfer of title during the lease, there is a purchase option that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, the lease term, including extension options that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, is for more than a major part of the remaining economic useful life of the asset (e.g., equal to or greater than 75%), if the present value of the minimum lease payments represents substantially all (e.g., equal to or greater than 90%) of the leased property’s fair value at lease inception, or if the asset is so specialized in nature that it provides no alternative use to the lessor (and therefore would not provide any future value to the lessor) after the lease term. Further, such new leases would be evaluated to consider whether they would be failed sale-leaseback transactions and accounted for as financing transactions by the lessor, if applicable. As of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, we did not have any leases that were classified as sales-type or financing leases under sale-leaseback rules.

 

Syndicate Payable

 

A portion of the Company’s Direct Funding portfolio are funded by partners who participate alongside the Company in the deal and therefore economically benefit directly from the performance of the deal but also bare the risk with regards to nonperformance. The portion of an individual deal funded by the partners will vary based on the size of the deal or the partners participation threshold. All partners sign participation contracts with the Company which details the relationship between the partner and the Company as well as any relevant collection fees the Company will receive under the relationship.

 

All deals and the syndicates participation are tracked separately in the Company’s customer relationship management (“CRM”) which operates on a wallet basis. The syndicate partner has access to the CRM and therefore has the ability to track the performance of every deal as well as monitor any payments received.

 

 F-11 
Table of Contents 

 

Redeemable Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interests and Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interests

 

ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, requires noncontrolling interests that are redeemable for cash or other assets to be classified outside of permanent equity if they are redeemable (i) at a fixed or determinable price on a fixed or determinable date, (ii) at the option of the holder, or (iii) upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer.

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company acquired a controlling interest in Block 40, LLC. The interests held by third-party holders of Block 40’s Class B Preferred Units are reflected as noncontrolling interests. Classification of these interests depends on the presence of redemption features that are not solely within the Company’s control. Class B Preferred Units that are redeemable for cash upon USCIS denial of the Class B Member’s Form I-526 petition are presented outside of permanent equity as redeemable noncontrolling interests, under mezzanine equity, in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A. Class B Preferred Units that do not contain redemption features that are outside the issuer’s control are classified within permanent equity as noncontrolling interests in accordance with ASC 810-10.

 

For interests classified as redeemable, the Company evaluates each reporting period whether the instruments are currently redeemable or whether redemption has become probable. If the instruments are currently redeemable, or become probable of redemption, the carrying amount is adjusted to the redemption amount as of the reporting date, with the corresponding offset recorded within accumulated deficit. As of December 31, 2025, management concluded that the relevant redemption conditions had not been met and that redemption was not probable.

 

Per ASC 810-10, noncontrolling interests are reported at historical cost basis adjusted for cumulative earnings or loss allocations and classified as a component of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets. As discussed further in Note 16, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Noncontrolling Interest, the underlying Class B Preferred Units are not participating and do not share in the earnings or loss of the Company.

 

Stock Subscription Receivable

 

Stock subscription receivables are recorded when the shares have been issued against future services from the subscriber. Since the shares had already been issued and the expense will be recorded when the services are received from the subscriber, the Company recorded the amount as stock subscriptions receivable in the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Warrants

 

The Company accounts for stock warrants granted either as a liability or equity in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. Under ASC 815-40, contracts that may require settlement for cash are liabilities, regardless of the probability of the occurrence of the triggering event. Liability-classified warrants are measured at fair value on the issuance date and at the end of each reporting period. Any change in the fair value of the warrants after the issuance date is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as a gain or loss. If warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815-40, in order to conclude warrants should be classified as equity, the Company assesses whether the warrants are indexed to its common stock and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815-40 or another applicable U.S. GAAP standard. Equity-classified warrants are accounted for at fair value on the grant date with no changes in fair value recognized after the issuance date.

 

The Company has issued various warrants to purchase shares of its common stock in connection with its financing activities. The Company has warrants classified as equity and liability and recorded the warrants at fair value as of the date of issuance on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. There are no subsequent remeasurement for equity classified warrants while the Company perform subsequent measurement for liability-classified warrants. The issuance date fair value of the outstanding warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes Model or potentially more complex valuation models depending on the nature of the contractual terms. The Black-Scholes Model required inputs such as the expected term of the warrants, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate. These inputs were subjective and required significant analysis and judgment. For the estimate of the expected term, the Company used the simplified method. The estimate of expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility observed on the Company’s shares. The risk-free rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues corresponding to the expected term of the warrants.

 

 F-12 
Table of Contents 

 

Loan Commitment Asset

 

The Loan Commitment Asset represents fees incurred to secure debt financing, which, for the Company, primarily consists of a contingent obligation to issue future warrants under the Loan Agreement (see Note 9). These fees are initially capitalized as assets while the debt facility remains undrawn. Upon drawing funds, a proportionate amount of the loan commitment asset is reclassified as a debt discount and amortized over the term of the loan. If borrowings are outstanding, these costs are presented as a reduction of the debt’s carrying value. During the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, the Company reclassified $1.3 million and $0, respectively, from the loan commitment asset to debt discount.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Income, Financing and Brokerage

 

The Company’s main source of revenue is through agreements for the purchase and sale of future receivables/receipts, commonly referred to as a Merchant Cash Advance. Under the contract, the Company will agree to purchase a specified amount of the customer’s future receipts/receivables (the “Purchased Amount”) at a discount, in return for providing the customer with upfront proceeds (the “Purchase Price”). The customer is then contractually required to pay the cash related to the future receivables/receipts based on an estimated period and agreed-upon percentage of the customer’s future receivables/receipts that the customer collects. The difference between the Purchased Amount that the customer will repay, and the discounted Purchase Price amount that the Company pays for the future receivables/receipts, is considered the “discount”, which reflects the significant collection risk incurred by the Company for its purchase of future receivables/receipts. During the periods presented, the Company’s MCA contracts generally carried average factor rates ranging from approximately 1.30x to 1.40x of the funded amount, depending on merchant credit profile, industry, term length, renewal history, and prevailing market conditions. The average contractual duration of the Company’s MCA arrangements was generally between 6 and 12 months, although actual repayment periods may vary based on merchant receivable performance and remittance frequency. Trends in factor rates and contract durations are influenced by competitive market conditions, underwriting standards, merchant risk characteristics, and broader economic conditions affecting small and medium-sized businesses. These purchases of future receivables arrangements do not constitute a revenue contract under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Accordingly, the Company accounts for them in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables.

 

The Company recognizes revenue on remittances collected by applying the contractual discount to allocate the remittance against the initial principal held as a receivable and revenue. All upfront income from fees, such as origination and processing fees are booked as income on a straight-line method over the initial period of the contract. The same applies to all direct costs incurred upon the execution of the contract, which primarily consists of commissions paid to the Company’s internal sales team or external partners for sourcing the contract.

 

Disaggregated Revenue

 

In general, the Company’s business segmentation is aligned according to the nature and economic characteristics of its products and customer relationships and provides meaningful disaggregation of each business segment’s results of operations. The following table provides the revenue recognized from each offering:

 

   Years Ended December 31,
   2025  2024
MCAs income  $8,296,913   $9,550,563 
Origination fees   231,693    451,974 
Administration fees   170,768    123,541 
Ancillary fees   53,194    99,899 
Brokerage commissions   2,778,304    2,483,084 
Management fee   119,561    44,874 
Rental income   4,617,231    —   
Others   9,759    33,328 
Total revenues  $16,277,422   $12,787,262 

  

Income From Rental Property

 

Income from rental property includes rental, storage, parking and other rental property related income charged to leases. The Company leases a mixed-use residential and commercial property to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases that generally contain provisions for minimum base rents plus reimbursement for certain operating expenses. Total minimum annual lease payments are recognized in rental income on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease, regardless of when payments are contractually due, when collectability is probable. Rental revenue recognition commences when the tenant takes possession of or controls the physical use of the leased space. Lease termination fees, which are included in rental income, are recognized when the related leases are canceled and we have no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants.

 

 F-13 
Table of Contents 

 

Our lease agreements with tenants generally contain provisions that require tenants to reimburse us for certain property expenses. Estimated reimbursements from tenants for these property expenses, which include real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other recoverable operating expenses, are recognized as revenues in the period that the expenses are incurred. Subsequent to year-end, we perform final reconciliations on a lease-by-lease basis and bill or credit each tenant for any cumulative annual adjustments. As the timing and pattern of revenue recognition is the same and as the lease component would be classified as an operating lease if it were accounted for separately, rents and tenant reimbursements are treated as a combined lease component and presented as a single line item “Income From Rental Property” in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

The Company record revenues and expenses on a gross basis for lessor costs (which include real estate taxes) when these costs are reimbursed to us by our tenants. Conversely, we record revenues and expenses on a net basis for lessor costs when they are paid by our tenants directly to the taxing authorities on our behalf.

 

Lessor Accounting

 

We evaluate new leases originated or leases assumed as part of an acquisition transaction under ASC Topic 842: Leases to determine lease classification. Generally, all of our leases have historically been classified as operating leases. A lease is classified by a lessor as a sales-type lease if the significant risks and rewards of ownership reside with the tenant. This situation is met if, among other things, there is an automatic transfer of title during the lease, there is a purchase option that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, the lease term, including extension options that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, is for more than a major part of the remaining economic useful life of the asset (e.g., equal to or greater than 75%), if the present value of the minimum lease payments represents substantially all (e.g., equal to or greater than 90%) of the leased property’s fair value at lease inception, or if the asset is so specialized in nature that it provides no alternative use to the lessor (and therefore would not provide any future value to the lessor) after the lease term. Further, such new leases would be evaluated to consider whether they would be failed sale-leaseback transactions and accounted for as financing transactions by the lessor, if applicable. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we did not have any leases that were classified as sales-type or financing leases under sale-leaseback rules.

 

Rent receivables of $434,808 as of December 31, 2025 and $0 as of December 31, 2024 are presented within Other Current Assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740 and other authoritative guidance utilizing the asset and liability method. This method requires the recognition of deferred assets or liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets or liabilities are calculated as the difference between the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities applying enacted tax rates in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to settle. The Company records deferred tax assets or liabilities when management determines it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. A valuation allowance is required for deferred tax assets if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the asset will not be realized due to the inability to generate sufficient taxable income in the period or of the character necessary to use the benefit of the deferred tax asset. On the basis of the evaluation, as of December 31, 2024, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against the Company’s net deferred tax asset.

 

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The company has not identified any uncertain tax positions.

 

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

 F-14 
Table of Contents 

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

We determine at the inception of each arrangement whether an entity in which we have made an investment or in which we have other variable interests is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”). We consolidate VIEs when we are the primary beneficiary. We are the primary beneficiary of a VIE when we have the power to direct activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and have the obligation to absorb the majority of their losses or benefits. If we are not the primary beneficiary in a VIE, we account for the investment or other variable interests in a VIE in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Periodically, we assess whether any changes in our interest or relationship with the entity affect our determination of whether the entity is a VIE and, if so, whether we are the primary beneficiary.

 

As of December 31, 2025, there are no VIE entities that are required to be consolidated to the Company.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk in the event of a default by the related financial institution holding the cash or securities, to the extent of the value recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company maintains its cash accounts in financial institutions with Federal

 

depository insurance coverage (“FDIC”) of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts, and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC 825, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires the disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

 

Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

 

Level 1 - Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has access to at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 - Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means (market-corroborated inputs).

 

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair values of cash, restricted cash, advance receivables, prepaid expense, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, deferred consideration, syndicate payable, and due to and from related parties approximated their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these assets or liabilities. The fair value of the warrant liability was based on Level 3 inputs as well as the Company’s underlying stock price and associated volatility, expected term of the warrants and market interest rates. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

 

 F-15 
Table of Contents 

 

The tables below present information about the Company’s financial instruments that are measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

   As of December 31, 2025
   Total  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3
Assets:                    
Other assets - Note 12  $1,159   $—     $1,159   $—   
Liabilities:                    
Debt facility warrants - Note 10   6,709,609    —      —      6,709,609 
Dolomite warrants - Note 10   1,520,000    —      —      1,520,000 
Total liabilities at fair value  $8,230,768   $—     $1,159   $8,229,609 

 

The changes in fair value are presented below:

 

   Other assets  Debt Facility Warrants  Dolomite Warrants
Beginning balance, December 31, 2024  $—     $—     $—   
Additions   156,000    8,008,243    1,520,000 
Changes in fair value   (154,841)   —      —   
Reclassifications   —      (1,298,634)   —   
Ending balance, December 31, 2025  $1,159   $6,709,609   $1,520,000 

 

See Note 10, “Warrant Liabilities” for more information.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

 

The functional currency of our wholly owned subsidiaries is the applicable local currency. The translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities using current foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and for revenues and expense accounts using average foreign currency exchange rates during the period. Capital accounts are translated at historical foreign currency exchange rates. Translation gains and losses are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Adjustments that arise from foreign currency exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in other loss on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

Segment Reporting

 

The Company evaluated segment reporting in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, and concluded that the Company is comprised of two operating segments. This conclusion is based on the discrete operating results regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the President of the Company, to assess the performance of the business and to make resource allocations. These two operating segments also represent our two reportable segments: (i) Financing Solutions, and (ii) Real Estate Operations. Substantially all the Company’s revenues are derived from within the United States, no geographical segments are presented. See Note 18, “Segment Information”, for further information.

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when financial statements are issued for disclosure consideration.

 

 F-16 
Table of Contents 

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2023-09, Income Taxes - Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The amendments require enhanced disclosures in connection with an entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation, income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction, and clarification on uncertain tax positions and related statement impacts. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted the standard for the year ended December 31, 2025, on a prospective basis. Accordingly, the enhanced disclosures are presented for the current year only, and prior periods have not been adjusted.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance - Not Yet Adopted

 

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This amendment is expected to improve financial reporting by requiring that public business entities disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to financial statements at interim and annual reporting periods. This information is not generally presented in the financial statements today. The amendments in this update do not change or remove current expense disclosure requirements.

 

This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied either prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this update or retrospectively to any or all periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.

 

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets. ASU 2025-05 provides the option to elect a practical expedient to assume that the current conditions as of the balance sheet date will remain unchanged for the remaining life of the asset when developing a reasonable and supportable forecast as part of estimating expected credit losses on these assets. ASU 2025-05 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect adoption of ASU 2025-05 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40), Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software. ASU 2025-06 clarified and modernizes the accounting for costs related to internal-use software. The amendments in ASU 2025-06 remove all references to project

 

stages throughout Subtopic 350-40 and clarify the threshold entities apply to begin capitalizing costs. ASU 2025-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of ASU 2025-06 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 4 - Business Combinations / Asset Acquisitions

 

Block 40 Entities Acquisition

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company entered into and closed on three separate membership interest purchase agreements (“MIPAs”), two of which were for the purchase of all of the outstanding membership interests in Block 40 Investments Holdings, LLC and Block 40 Managers, LLC (the “Block 40 Entities”) from the member owners of the Block 40 Entities and the last for the purchase of all of the outstanding membership interests that Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC held in Block 40, LLC (the “Block 40 Acquisition”). The Block 40 Entities and Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC own the membership interests of Block 40, except for the Class B Preferred Units. Block 40 owns 1818 Park, a modern, mixed-use development that features residential, office, and retail components. The Company completed the Block 40 acquisition by issuing 62,673,215 shares, resulting in consideration of $21,935,625. At the acquisition date, noncontrolling investors held a $51,914,889 interest in Block 40, of which $13,239,051 was classified as mezzanine equity (see Note 14). The Company included this noncontrolling interest in the total consideration in accordance with ASC 805.

 

 F-17 
Table of Contents 

 

The acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition as all of the fair value of gross assets acquired was concentrated in a single identifiable asset (1818 Park). As part of the acquisition, the Company also assumed indebtedness (the “Mortgage Loan”) of $79,000,000 (refer to Note 10 for further details). The Company allocated the total acquisition cost to the acquired assets and liabilities based upon their relative fair value, with certain acquired assets and liabilities being recognized at their fair value and not subject to the relative fair value allocation. The allocation of the purchase price is based on management’s estimate of the fair values and assumed liabilities using valuation techniques including market approaches which are Level 3 measurements. These valuation techniques incorporate the use of selection of comparable, adjustment magnitudes, market liquidity, rights conveyed by the subject property as well as estimated discount rates commensurate with the risk involved. The following table summarizes the consideration paid for the acquisition and the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

 

Total consideration  $74,267,646 
      
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:     
Cash and cash equivalents   690,231 
Accounts receivables   3,037,449 
Other current assets   1,154,290 
Building   132,692,232 
Land   19,692,982 
Site improvements   1,121,879 
In-place leases (residential)   4,569,770 
In-place leases (commercial)   640,415 
Mortgage loan   (79,000,000)
Promissory note   (5,161,000)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   (5,170,602)
Total net assets acquired  $74,267,646 

 

The promissory note represents the cash advanced by the Company to Block 40 in May 2025. This amount was eliminated in consolidation and therefore is not presented in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025.

 

Simplified Companies Acquisition

 

On January 2, 2024, the Company acquired a 100% membership interest in DBOSS Funding, LLC (dba Simplified Funding), LendTech CRM Solutions, LLC, and Believe PMF EIRL (collectively referred to as the “Simplified Companies”). The Simplified Companies are engaged in the business of using proprietary software and call centers in the Dominican Republic and Florida to offer secured and unsecured financial products and services to clients with funders across the United States. The business generates revenue from the commissions generated from the funders.

 

The primary reason for the business combination is to grow Direct Funding business and improve overall margins by leveraging the synergies between the Company and the Simplified Companies.

 

In accordance with ASC 805, the acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method. The purchase consideration was allocated to the working capital and tangible and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, with the excess recorded as goodwill, as follows:

 

Goodwill  $1,219,134 
Tangible assets   48,862 
Intangible assets   900,000 
Net assets acquired  $2,167,996 

 

The fair value of the intangible assets was determined by applying the income approach, direct cost method and multi-period excess earnings method. The fair value measurements are based on significant unobservable inputs, including management estimates and assumptions, and thus represent Level 3 measurements.

 

 F-18 
Table of Contents 

 

There were no transaction costs associated with the acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2024.

 

The goodwill is primarily attributed to the assembled workforce and synergies after the acquisition. No material measurement-period adjustments were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2024.

 

Stewards, Inc. obtained control of the Simplified Companies upon the transfer of cash consideration to the selling shareholders. The total consideration transferred in the acquisition was $2,167,996, consisting of the following:

 

Cash, including working capital adjustment  $485,527 
Equity   990,000 
Deferred consideration   692,469 
Total purchase consideration  $2,167,996 

 

The equity consideration represents 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 4,000,000 shares will be issued in two tranches of 2,000,000 shares each on the first and second anniversaries of the acquisition date.

 

Deferred consideration represents the present value at the acquisition date of the cash payments of $920,000, payable in equal weekly installments over four years.

 

The rollforward of the deferred consideration is as follows:

 

   December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
Beginning balance  $558,893   $692,469 
Payments   (230,000)   (230,000)
Interest   69,934    96,424 
Ending balance  $398,827   $558,893 

 

Note 5 - Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The change in the allowance for expected credit losses on advance receivables for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, respectively, is summarized as follows:

 

   Years Ended December 31,
   2025  2024
Balance, beginning of period   $19,034,977   $16,102,278 
Current period provision    1,774,264    4,019,840 
Write-offs    (945,280)   (1,087,141)
Recoveries    8,632    —   
Balance, end of period   $19,872,593   $19,034,977 

 

The Company had increased write-offs for the period ended December 31, 2024 mainly due to the closing of some the syndication funds in which the Company participated.

 

 F-19 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 6 - Fixed Assets, Net

 

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, fixed assets consisted of the following:

 

   December 31,  December 31,
   2025  2024
Land  $19,692,982    —   
Building   132,692,232    —   
Site improvements   1,121,879    —   
Computers   122,583    102,507 
Furniture and fixtures   755    28,786 
Office equipment   94,342    112,111 
Leasehold improvements   4,934    12,643 
Fixed assets, gross   153,729,706    256,047 
Less: accumulated depreciation   (2,737,398)   (112,241)
 Fixed assets, net  $150,992,308   $143,806 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $2,682,723 and $71,364, respectively. The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of equipment when events and circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired. There were no such charges during the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded cash capital expenditures of $39,011. Additionally, in connection with the Block 40 acquisition (see Note 4 — Business Combinations), the Company acquired property and equipment with an aggregate fair value of $153,507,093.

 

The Company recognized a loss on disposal of assets of $14,878 for the year ended December 31, 2025, representing the net book value of certain assets retired during the period for which no proceeds were received. These retirements resulted in the removal of $72,444 in gross asset cost and $57,566 of associated accumulated depreciation from the consolidated balance sheets. There were no material sales of property and equipment during the period presented.

 

Note 7 - Intangible Assets, Net and Goodwill

 

The carrying values of amortizable intangible assets are summarized as follows:

 

   December 31, 2025
   Gross Carrying Amount  Accumulated Amortization  Net Book Value
          
Trade name  $200,000   $40,000   $160,000 
Developed technology   650,000    325,004    324,996 
Customer relationships   50,000    25,000    25,000 
In-place leases   5,210,184    3,212,382    1,997,802 
   $6,110,184   $3,602,386   $2,507,798 

 

 F-20 
Table of Contents 

   December 31, 2024
   Gross Carrying Amount  Accumulated Amortization  Net Book Value
          
Trade name  $200,000   $20,000   $180,000 
Developed technology   650,000    162,500    487,500 
Customer relationships   50,000    12,500    37,500 
   $900,000   $195,000   $705,000 

 

Estimated annual pretax amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

2026   $1,709,419 
2027    301,734 
2028    126,736 
2029    126,736 
2030    126,736 
Thereafter    116,438 
    $2,507,798 

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $3,407,386 and $195,000, respectively.

 

The recoverability of the carrying value of these intangible assets is evaluated when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s value may be impaired. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, the carrying value of such assets is reduced to fair value, which is determined based on discounted future cash flows, through a change to the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. There were no impairment charges related to goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2025 or 2024.

 

The Company’s goodwill balance was $1,219,134 as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. There were no impairment charges related to goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2025 or 2024.

 

Note 8 - Leases

 

Lessor - Operating Leases

 

The Company’s Block 40 property is leased to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases. Future minimum lease payments to be received under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:

 

2026   $5,495,878 
2027    572,971 
2028    508,880 
2029    508,880 
2030    508,880 
Thereafter    1,209,053 
Total future minimum lease payments   $8,804,542 

 

The future minimum lease payments in the table above excludes tenant reimbursements of operating expenses, the amortization of above/below-market lease intangibles, and any optional renewal periods, unless the Company is reasonably certain to exercise such options at the commencement of the lease.

 

 F-21 
Table of Contents 

 

Lessee - Operating Leases

 

On November 25, 2020, the Company entered into an office lease agreement with AM Property Holding II Corp, the agent for 1025 II, LLC. The Company moved into Suite 311 on the third floor of the building located at 1025 Old Country Road, Westbury, New York. On September 15, 2021, the Company ended the aforementioned lease agreement and entered into a new lease agreement with the existing landlord and into Suite 421 on the fourth floor of the same building. Effective October 31, 2025, the Company executed an early termination of an operating lease agreement. In connection with the termination, the Company paid a penalty of $16,000 and derecognized the associated right-of-use asset and lease liability. As a result, the Company recognized a loss on lease termination of $12,437, which is included in Other expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

 

On January 2, 2024, the Company acquired two leases as part of the Simplified Companies acquisition. Each lease was recognized and measured at fair value based on the remaining lease term at the date of acquisition by applying ASC 842, Leases. The office spaces for these leases are located in Lauderhill, Florida and Bonao, Dominican Republic. In 2024, the Company added a second call center location in Le Vega, Dominican Republic.

 

The Company recorded operating lease expenses of $164,958 and $164,145 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

The following table presents the Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024:

 

   December 31,  December 31,
   2025  2024
ROU assets:          
Operating  $45,637   $352,261 
Total ROU assets  $45,637   $352,261 
           
Lease liabilities:          
Current:          
Operating  $40,385   $146,280 
Noncurrent:          
Operating   —      203,369 
Total lease liabilities  $40,385   $349,649 

 

As of December 31, 2025, the following table reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for the following years and total of the remaining years to the operating lease obligation recorded in the consolidated balance sheets, the future minimum annual lease payments under the operating leases were as follows:

 

2026   $41,703 
2027    —   
Total lease payments    41,703 
Less: Interest    (1,318)
Present value of lease liabilities   $40,385 

 

 

The weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate related to the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are as follows:

 

   Years Ended December 31,
   2025  2024
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)   0.87    2.58 
Weighted average discount rate   5.52%   5.52%

 

 F-22 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 9 - Related-Party Transactions

 

From time to time, the Company enters into transactions with its affiliates that are considered to be related-party transactions. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the balances with such affiliates were included in the consolidated balance sheets as due from related parties.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company paid certain personal expenses on behalf of FAVO Holdings LLC and its principals in the amounts of $29,716 and $119,587, respectively, primarily relating to charges incurred on Company credit cards for non-business expenditures. These amounts were recorded as amounts due from related parties and were expected to be reimbursed to the Company. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, $3,009 and $15,418, respectively, remained outstanding.

 

The Company has a management agreement with FAVO Holdings LLC under which the FAVO Holdings LLC is paid $85,000 per month for consulting services. Consulting services include operational review and improvement, policy implementation, organizational analysis, introductions for potential M&A/strategic agreements and debt/equity funding, staff training, and performance monitoring. The agreement has a 12 month term and is subject to annual renewal. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company incurred costs of $1,020,000 and $1,020,000, respectively, under the management agreement between FAVO Holdings LLC and the Company. FAVO Holdings LLC is owned by members Vincent Napolitano, CEO of the Company and Mr. Shaun Quinn, President and Director of the Company.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company paid interest on the notes payable of $210,142 and $210,142, respectively, to FAVO Holdings LLC.

 

The Company issued $4,700,000 of senior secured notes to FAVO Holdings LLC to finance the FAVO Group acquisition in 2023. The outstanding balance on this note as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $1,600,000 and $3,200,000, respectively.

 

On July 7, 2023, the Company issued 15,000,000 shares of common stock to Stewards Investment Capital Limited in July 2023 to serve on the advisory board for a period of 3 years term as per the advisory board agreement. The Company recorded the issuance of shares as stock subscription receivable, as services are not yet rendered and amortizing the same over the 3 year term. For the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company amortized $1,250,004 and $1,250,004, respectively, from stock subscription receivable. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, Stewards Investment Capital Limited also received cash compensation of $212,329 and $240,000, respectively, for advisory board services.

 

Two shareholders of the Company, who collectively hold an approximate 8% beneficial ownership interest in the Company through their affiliate, HC Capital, provide various financial and management services to the Company and its subsidiaries. These services include the provision of personal or corporate guarantees for certain of the Company's credit facilities, for which the Company incurs loan guarantee fees. Additionally, these individuals provide ongoing asset management services to the Company.

 

Following the acquisition of Block 40 in July 2025, the Company entered into a management arrangement with these shareholders for the day-to-day oversight of the Block 40 real estate portfolio. Under the terms of this arrangement, the Company pays a monthly management fee for these services.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized total expenses of $122,346 in asset management fees related to the Block 40 portfolio. As of December 31, 2025, there is no unpaid balance as of the balance sheet date.

 

On July 17, 2025, the Company entered into a revolving promissory note agreement with VK Nap Family, LLC for $1,500,000, promissory note bears interest at 12% per annum and has a one year term. VK Nap Family LLC is owned by living trusts of Mr. Vincent Napolitano, CEO of the Company and his wife Mrs. Kathleen Napolitano. The note was fully repaid on October 20, 2025.

 

 F-23 
Table of Contents 

 

On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) (“Lender”) to issue up to $50 million of unsecured, unsubordinated notes (each $100,000 face value), fundable between September 1, 2025 and August 31, 2026 (the “Closing date”). Notes bear fixed interest at 8.0% per annum on amounts funded, with the first interest payment due September 1, 2026 and subsequent quarterly payments beginning October 1, 2026. Maturity date is August 31, 2030, with a Company option to request up to a six-month extension (if approved by the Lender) subject to an additional 1% per month fee on the Actual Principal Amount during the extension. The notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had drawn $3 million and recorded an accrued interest of $9,863.

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company will issue to Stewards, within one month after the Closing date, one warrant to purchase the Company’s common stock (“Debt Facility Warrants”) for every $0.76 of Actual Principal Amount advanced, exercisable at $0.76 per share after the later of the maturity date or a liquidity event, for three years thereafter, with customary anti-dilution protections and a right to fund exercise using the Actual Principal Amount.

 

On October 30, 2025, the Loan Agreement was amended to increase the aggregate principal amount authorized under the unsecured, unsubordinated debt note facility from $50 million to $100 million, with corresponding adjustments to the number of notes and associated warrants to purchase up to 131,578,947 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share. On December 19, 2025, the Company further amended the Loan Agreement to expand the permitted uses of proceeds to include acquisitions of companies and assets, in addition to refinancing existing indebtedness and funding general corporate and operational needs. On December 21, 2025, the Company executed Amendment No. 3 to the Loan Agreement, which modified the transfer and registration provisions to require that the notes be issued and maintained in registered form, established a formal note register, and clarified transfer restrictions and replacement obligations to ensure compliance with applicable U.S. federal tax requirements. As of December 31, 2025, the outstanding debt from this Loan Agreement amounted to $3,000,000.

 

In August 2025, Glen Steward, an employee of the Company at the time and a director of Forfront Capital LLC, made a $700,000 investment in Block 40, an entity wholly owned by the Company, as part of the EB-5 investment program associated with that project. The investment was recorded as mezzanine equity in the financial statements of Block 40 as of September 30, 2025. The transaction was conducted on terms consistent with those offered to other EB-5 investors participating in the program.

 

 On December 17, 2025, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for 5,750,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.44 million. The issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock was approved by the Board of Directors, and the shares were issued as restricted securities in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws. 

 

Variable Interest Entity

 

Effective August 1, 2025, the Company transferred its 100% interest in FC Sub Fund LLC (the “VIE”) to Forfront Capital LLC for a consideration of $1. The VIE was not previously consolidated by the Company, as the Company was not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company is continuing its involvement with the entity in the form of a 2% management fee arrangement for managing the VIE’s assets.

 

Note 10 – Warrant Liabilities

 

Dolomite Warrants

 

On November 3, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Dolomite Foundation (“Dolomite”) under which the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,450,980 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Dolomite Warrants”). The Dolomite Warrants were issued in exchange for up to $10.0 million of noncash, in-kind consideration in the form of $DOLO ERC-20 tokens (the “$DOLO Tokens”), which are held in a multi-signature escrow wallet and are released to the Company only upon satisfaction of specified milestone conditions described below.

 

 F-24 
Table of Contents 

 

The Dolomite Warrants were legally issued and outstanding as of November 3, 2025, although the Dolomite Warrants are exercisable only in ten equal tranches of $1,000,000 each, becoming exercisable upon achievement of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestones.

 

The Dolomite Warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock and are accounted for as liability-classified instruments until such time as they qualify for equity classification. The Company recognized the Dolomite Warrants at fair value at issuance date and remeasures the instrument at fair value each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of the Dolomite Warrants. As of December 31, 2025, the fair value of the Dolomite Warrants amounted to $1,520,000 and is presented as Warrant Liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

In applying the Monte Carlo simulation model, the Company used the following key assumptions during the year ended December 31, 2025:

 

Dividend yield   0%
Expected volatility   230%
Risk- free interest rate   3.56%
Expected term to maturity   3.80 Years 

 

Debt Facility Warrants

 

On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) where the Company can issue up to $50 million of unsecured, unsubordinated notes. On October 30, 2025, this was increased to up to $100 million of unsecured, unsubordinated notes. Refer to Note 9 – Related Party Transactions for further details.

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company will issue Debt Facility Warrants based on actual principal draws within one month after the Closing date. For accounting purposes, the warrants are considered issued at the effective date of the Loan Agreement regardless of the contingent event (actual debt draws) for future issuance. In addition, the Company considers the Debt Facility Warrants as a loan commitment or access fee to obtain the debt facility, as such, a Loan Commitment Asset was recorded against the Debt Facility Warrants.

 

The Debt Facility Warrants have an exercise price of $0.76 per share and are not exercisable until after the later of (i) the Maturity Date of the Loan Agreement of August 31, 2030 or (ii) a Liquidity Event. Once exercisable, the Debt Facility Warrants may be exercised at any time through their expiration date of August 31, 2033.

 

The Debt Facility Warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock and are accounted for as liability-classified instruments until such time as they qualify for equity classification. The Company recognized the Debt Facility Warrants at fair value at issuance date and remeasures the instrument at fair value each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The Company determined the fair value of the Debt Facility Warrants using a Black-Scholes valuation model and management incorporated its best estimate of expected borrowings under the debt facility. At initial recognition, the fair value of the Debt Facility Warrants amounted to $8,008,243.

 

On December 17, 2025, in connection with a $3 million borrowing under its debt facility, the Company issued 3,947,368 debt facility warrants. At issuance, the Company determined that the warrants were indexed to the Company’s own stock and met the criteria for equity classification under ASC 815-40. Accordingly, the Company remeasured the warrants to fair value on the issuance date and reclassified the warrants from liability to equity, resulting in a $1,298,634 million reclassification to additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2025, the fair value of the Debt Facility Warrants amounted to $6,709,609 and is presented as Warrant Liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

 F-25 
Table of Contents 

 

Inputs to the Black-Scholes valuation model include the following assumptions:

 

Dividend yield   0%
Expected volatility   230%
Risk- free interest rate   3.73% - 4.02%
Expected term   5.42 Years
Stock price   0.35

 

Note 11 - Notes Payable, Net

 

Our Notes Payable, Net as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:

 

   Interest Rate  Maturity Date  December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
15% notes payable   15%  3/17/2028  $31,829,223   $28,829,223 
13% notes payable   13%   Currently due   815,000    —   
12% notes payable   12%   Currently due   510,000    510,000 
Others    8% - 10%     Certain notes are currently due, while others are due on 3/17/2028   2,521,621    2,999,419 
Notes payable with Stewards International Funds PCC - see Note 9   8%  8/31/2030   3,000,000    —   
Total notes payable           38,675,844    32,338,642 
Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs           (1,333,009)   (109,375)
Notes payable, net          $37,342,835   $32,229,267 

 

From time to time, the Company enters into secured promissory note agreements with various parties. The proceeds from these arrangements are used primarily to support the Company’s short-term trade finance operations and general working capital needs. The secured promissory notes are collateralized by advance receivables of the Company. The terms and conditions of each note may vary depending on the nature of the transaction and the counterparties involved.

 

Future minimum principal payments as of December 31, 2025, are as follows:

 

2026   $2,722,445 
2027    —   
2028    32,953,399 
2029    —   
2030    3,000,000 
    $38,675,844 

 

Note 12 - Mortgage Loan

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company assumed a Mortgage Loan as part of the Block 40 Acquisition which is secured by the real property. The Mortgage Loan accrues interest based upon the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus a spread of 3.00%. The Mortgage Loan has interest payments due in monthly installments with a maturity date for the entire principal balance on June 1, 2026, with an option to extend the maturity date to June 1, 2027, subject to certain conditions. As of December 31, 2025, the Mortgage Loan had an outstanding balance of $73,625,000 and there is no outstanding accrued interest. The effective interest rate for the Mortgage Loan was 7.34%.

 

 F-26 
Table of Contents 

 

Interest Rate Cap

 

The Company has an interest rate cap related to a floating-rate senior mortgage assumed in connection with the July 11, 2025 acquisition of Block 40, LLC and related entities. The Mortgage Loan is indexed to a SOFR-based rate plus a credit spread, and the cap limits the base rate component of the loan to 4.00% per annum through the loan’s extended maturity date of June 1, 2026. The cap meets the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and is therefore required to be recognized separately and measured at fair value at each reporting date. As of December 31, 2025, the interest rate cap had a fair value of $1,159 and is included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies

 

Legal Proceedings

 

During the normal course of business, the Company may be exposed to litigation. When the Company becomes aware of potential litigation, it evaluates the merits of the case in accordance with ASC 450-20-50, Contingencies. The Company evaluates its exposure to the matter, possible legal or settlement strategies, and the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome. If the Company determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated, it establishes the necessary accruals.

 

The Company has been involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, primarily related to consumer protection claims. As of the reporting date, substantially all matters have been dismissed or resolved without liability to the Company. One matter remains at an early stage involving allegations under the Telephone Consumer Protection Act; however, management does not believe a loss is probable and therefore no accrual has been recorded. The Company will continue to monitor this matter.

 

Note 14 - Net Loss Per Share

 

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus potential common shares. Convertible preferred stock and common warrants are considered potential common shares and are included in the computation of diluted net loss per share using the if-converted method and treasury stock method, respectively, when their effect is dilutive. In periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to common stockholders, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive. Because the Company was in a net loss position for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

   For the Years Ended
   December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
Numerator:      
Net loss attributed to common stockholders - basic and diluted  $(23,107,469)  $(9,121,376)
Denominator:          
Weighted average shares of common stock - basic and diluted   145,573,137    92,638,720 
Net loss per share - basic and diluted  $(0.16)  $(0.10)

 

 F-27 
Table of Contents 

 

The financial instruments that could potentially dilute basic net loss per share in the future and that have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share (because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect) were as follows:

 

   December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
Convertible preferred stock   81,250,000    47,170,000 
Common stock warrants   16,928,348    —   
Total   98,178,348    47,170,000 

 

Note 15 - Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

   December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
Current:          
Federal  $—     $—   
State   —      —   
Foreign   40,522    56,055 
    40,522    56,055 
Deferred:          
Federal   —      —   
State   —      —   
Foreign   —      —   
    —      —   
Total Expense (Benefit) for Income Taxes  $40,522   $56,055 

 

Income/(loss) before income taxes from U.S. and foreign operations were as follows: 

 

   Years Ended December 31,
   2025  2024
U.S.  $(20,698,361)  $(8,490,960)
Foreign   (17,583)   (111,765)
Total income/(loss) before income taxes  $(20,715,944)  $(8,602,725)

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to income before provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 follows:

 

   Years Ended December 31,
   2025  2025  2024
   Amount  Rate  Amount
U.S. Federal Statutory Rate  $(4,326,314)   21.00%  $(1,903,717)
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)   (855,304)   4.15%   (439,486)
Foreign Tax Effects   40,522    -0.20%   56,055 
Nontaxable or Nondeductible Items:               
     Preferred Dividend   188,183    -0.91%   97,145 
     Other   4,121    -0.02%   9,259 
Change in Valuation Allowance   5,037,792    -24.45%   2,767,166 
Other Reconciling Items:               
     Return to Provision   (30,426)   0.15%   —   
     Prior year true up   (19,610)   0.10%   (530,368)
     Change in Tax Rate   1,559    -0.01%   —   
Tax at Effective Rate  $40,522    -0.20%  $56,055 

 

 F-28 
Table of Contents 

 

The components of net deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2025 and 2024 are as follows:

 

   December 31, 2025  December 31, 2024
Deferred Tax Assets:          
Intangible Assets  $—     $27,596 
Fixed Assets   374,815    —   
Allowance for credit losses   4,702,702    —   
 Operating Lease Liabilities   10,236    91,381 
 Deferred Commission   —      25,199 
 Net Operating Loss Carryforwards   8,918,633    5,613,438 
Charitable Contributions   —      1,081 
Total   14,006,386    5,758,695 
 Valuation Allowance   (10,715,953)   (5,666,084)
Total Deferred Tax Assets   3,290,433    92,611 
           
Deferred Tax Liabilities:          
Fixed Assets   —      (547)
 Operating Right-of-use Assets   (11,567)   (92,064)
 Allowance for credit losses   (3,278,867)   —   
         —   
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities   (3,290,433)   (92,611)
Net Deferred Taxes  $—     $—   

 

As of December 31, 2025, we have $34.5 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards. These NOLs have an indefinite carryforward period.

 

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance as of December 31, 2025 due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is based on book losses, future projections of taxable income, and projected losses in the future.

 

On July 4, 2025, President Trump signed into law the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”).  The OBBBA includes various changes to the tax law, including the restoration of 100% bonus depreciation, reinstates immediate expensing of research and development expenditures, and modifications to the interest expense limitation calculation.   The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of OBBBA on its financial statements but does not foresee a material impact on its deferred tax assets and liabilities.  The Company will continue to monitor the expected tax effect from this law change on its financial statements.

 

The Company has not recorded any accruals related to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2025, we are not under audit in any jurisdictions. For federal purposes, the tax years back to 2022 remain open to adjustment by the IRS. For state purposes, the tax years back to 2021 remain open to adjustment by the state taxing authorities.

 

 F-29 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 16 – Redeemable Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interest and Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interest

 

Block 40 Class B Preferred Units

 

Pursuant to the Company’s acquisition of the membership interests in the Block 40 Entities, the Company assumed the obligations associated with the EB-5 investors in Block 40, LLC. From September 15, 2015 and through May 31, 2024, Block 40, LLC issued Class B Preferred Units through six offerings which raised $46.0 million, with an additional $5.5 million still owed to the Company as of December 31, 2025, by issuing 88 Class B Preferred Units to investors. The investments were structured in such a way as to qualify the investor for the EB-5 Employment Creation Visa (“EB-5 Visa”). The EB-5 Visa provides a method for foreign nationals who invest capital and thereby support the creation of jobs in the United States to obtain lawful permanent resident status in the United States, which is commonly referred to as a “Green Card.” The funding from the issuance of the Class B Preferred Units was then used by Block 40 for the construction and development of the Block 40 property located in Hollywood, Broward County, Florida. Each Class B Preferred Equity Unit is entitled to an annual rate of preferred return that are cumulative, payment of which is contingent on available distributable cash and is not guaranteed. In addition, the Class B Preferred Units are non-participating and, accordingly, do not share in Block 40, LLC or the Company’s net income or net loss.

 

During October and December 2025, the Company entered into share exchange agreements with certain EB-5 investors to acquire their Class B Preferred Units in Block 40, LLC. Under the agreements, the Company issued a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the Investor’s remaining unrecovered Class B capital amount and (ii) the accrued but unpaid Class B preferred return through the closing date, divided by $0.76. As of December 31, 2025, there were 25 investors in Class B Preferred Equity that participated in the share exchange agreements which represents $16,057,929 of total equity holding. In connection with these exchanges, the Company issued 21,128,838 shares of common stock.

 

As of December 31, 2025, there are 45 investors in Class B Preferred Equity whose Form I-526 petitions have been approved. Their total equity holdings of $28,495,222 are therefore not subject to redemption outside the Company’s control and will be classified as permanent equity. On the other hand, there are 18 investors in Class B Preferred Equity whose I-526 petitions remain pending. Their total holdings of $8,461,738 remain subject to redemption in the event of a USCIS denial and will accordingly be classified as mezzanine equity. Pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99-3A(24), management evaluated

 

all cash redemption features that are outside the Company’s control which is redemption upon USCIS denial of a holder’s Form I-526 and concluded redemption is not probable as management is not aware of any USCIS denials and does not consider such denials probable. Accordingly, no accretion to redemption value has been recognized as of December 31, 2025. The Company will reassess these conditions each reporting period and will accrete to the redemption amount prospectively if redemption becomes probable or the Units become currently redeemable.

 

Note 17 - Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

Common Stock

 

On October 30, 2025, the Company and Robinpaws LLC executed a Second Amendment to the Business Commission Agreement that terminated the variable commission compensation structure for the remainder of the contract term and replaced it with (i) a $460,000 lump-sum cash payment, payable in three installments from January through March 2026, and (ii) the issuance of 2,125,000 shares of Stewards’ common stock within 30 days of the amendment. Stewards accounted for the cash and equity consideration as a contract termination cost under ASC 420, recognizing an expense for the cash payment of $460,000 and the fair value of the shares issued of $743,750.

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company is authorized to issue 71,250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 71,250,000 and 37,020,000 shares of which were issued and outstanding respectively.

 

 F-30 
Table of Contents 

 

The following is a description of the material rights of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock:

 

Voting - The holders of Series A Preferred Stock vote together with the holders of common stock and any other class or series of stock entitled to vote thereon as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

Dividend - Each holder shall be entitled to receive an annual dividend of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value times the number of Preferred Shares held by such holder payable on a quarterly basis beginning at the end of the Company’s fiscal quarter following the original issue date. Dividends on the Preferred Shares are payable, at the Company’s option, in (a) cash or (b) shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination thereof.

 

Liquidation Preference – Each holder receives, before Junior Stock (which includes Common Stock and Series C Preferred Stock), an amount per preferred share equal to what they would receive if they converted to Common Stock immediately prior to the liquidation payment

 

Conversion Rights - After twenty-four months, each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, the number of which is determined according to the following formula, subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or other similar events. Each Series A Preferred Stock converts at a “Conversion Rate” equal to Conversion Amount / Conversion Price

 

In connection with any conversion, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is subject to a beneficial ownership limitation of 9.99% of our outstanding common stock.

 

Redemption - The Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to redeem all or a portion of the outstanding Preferred Shares at the Redemption Amount. As used herein, the term “Redemption Amount” shall equal the Stated Value. If the Company does not redeem all of the outstanding Preferred Shares, but instead opts for a partial redemption, it must be done in at least $250,000 increments, and for every $250,000 redeemed, the Company will issue to the holder a warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

On August 25, 2025, the Board of Directors and shareholders of the Company approved the creation of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Also on August 25, 2025, the Company entered into a Conversion Agreement with Forfront, LLC, an affiliate of the Company, for it to convert 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 10,000,000 shares of the newly created Series B Preferred Stock. The conversion has been treated as preferred stock extinguishment where the fair value of Series B preferred stock has been recognized and the carrying value of Series A Preferred Stock has been derecognized with the difference of $700,000 has been treated as a deemed dividend recorded in accumulated deficit.

 

Finally, on August 25, 2025, the Company entered into a Voting Agreement with Forfront, LLC, the sole Holder of the Series B Preferred Stock, in which Forfront agreed to vote its shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the direction of a majority vote of the Company’s three founders, which includes Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quinn and Glen Steward, with the Company’s President receiving an irrevocable proxy to vote the shares. The term of the irrevocably proxy under the Voting Agreement terminates upon the earlier of (i) a period of fifteen (15) years from August 25, 2025, with the ability to extend; (ii) mutual written agreement of the parties to terminate the Voting Agreement; (iii) when there are no shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding; or (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

 

The conversion to Series B Preferred Stock and the Voting Agreement are part of a strategic initiative to streamline the Company’s capital structure, enhance governance control during a critical phase involving corporate rebranding, and align leadership with long-term objectives without diluting economic interests of non-affiliate shareholders. The Board determined this related-party transaction to be fair under Nevada law and ratified it by majority voting power.

 

 F-31 
Table of Contents 

 

The following is a description of the material rights of the Company’s Series B preferred stock:

 

Voting - The Series B Preferred Stock shall vote on any matter that may from time to time be submitted to the Company’s shareholders for a vote, on a 50-for-one basis.

 

Conversion - The Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after five years from the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock on a one-to-one basis.

 

Dividend - The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends, out of any assets legally available thereon, on the common stock of the Company, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.

 

Liquidation Preference - The Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any value in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

 

Series C Preferred Stock

 

On May 9, 2025, pursuant to Certificate of Designation for the Series C Preferred Stock, 18,750,000 Series C Preferred Stocks were converted into 18,750,000 shares of common stock at par value $0.0001 of Stewards, Inc.

 

On August 25, 2025, the Company filed a withdrawal to the Certificate of Designation, as amended, for the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

As of December 31, 2025, Series C Preferred Stocks have been withdrawn. As of December 31, 2024, the Company is authorized to issue 18,750,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, all of which remained issued and outstanding.

 

The following is a description of the material rights of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock:

 

Voting - The Series C Preferred Stock shall vote on any matter that may, from time to time, be submitted to the Company’s shareholders for a vote, on a 25-for-one basis. If the Company effects a stock split that either increases or decreases the number of shares of common stock outstanding and entitled to vote, the voting rights of the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be subject to adjustment unless specifically authorized.

 

Conversion - The Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into common stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Series C Preferred Stock by the Series C Conversion Price applicable to such share.

 

Each share of Series C Preferred Stock will automatically convert into common stock at the Series C Conversion Price upon the earliest of the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or a date approved in writing by holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Dividend - Each holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available thereon, upon any payment of any dividend on the common stock of the Company, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, as if the Series C Preferred Stock had been converted into common stock.

 

Liquidation Preference - Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, each share of Series C Preferred Stock is paid first an amount equal to its Original Issue Price plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The Original Issue Price is $0.0001 per share unless a different price was paid for a particular issuance. If the Company does not have enough assets to pay Series C in full, available assets are distributed pro rata among the preferred stockholders based on their respective liquidation preferences.

 

 F-32 
Table of Contents 

 

Common Warrants and Prefunded Warrants

 

On September 9, 2024, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain purchasers (the “Purchasers”) for the sale of the Company’s securities and, in connection therewith, entered into a registration rights agreement with the Purchasers.

 

In an initial closing on December 12, 2024 (the “Initial Closing”), the Company issued 8,000,000 common units (the “Common Units”). Each Common Unit consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), (ii) one common warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the “Common Warrant”), and (iii) one pre-funded warrant to purchase 3/200th of a share of Common Stock (the “Pre-funded Warrant”). The Common Units were sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share of Common Stock. Gross proceeds from the Initial Closing were approximately $2.0 million, before placement agent fees and expenses and other offering costs of $207,600. This proceed have been allocated between the Common Stock, Common Warrant and Pre-funded Warrant issued as part of the offerings.

 

In a second closing on August 14, 2025 (the “Second Closing”), the Company issued 1,750,000 Common Units on substantially the same terms as the Initial Closing. The Common Units were sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share of Common Stock. The Common Warrants have a five-year term and an exercise price of $0.40 per share, and the Pre-funded Warrants have an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. Gross proceeds from the Second Closing were approximately $437,500, before placement agent fees and expenses and other offering costs of $51,350. This proceed have been allocated between the Common Stock, Common Warrant and Pre-funded Warrant issued as part of the offerings.

 

On June 4, 2025, the Company issued 487,500 shares of common stock and common warrants to the Purchasers in connection with an amendment to the registration rights agreements. The fair value of the instruments issued was $329,248, which the Company recognized as expense during the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

On December 12, 2025, the Company issued an additional 146,250 Pre-Funded Warrants as delay payment in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement with the investors.

 

The Common Warrants have an exercise price of $0.40 per share and are exercisable from the date of issuance for a term of five years. As of December 31, 2025, there are 10,237,500 Common Warrants outstanding.

 

The Pre-Funded Warrants have a nominal exercise price of $0.0001 per warrant share and are exercisable such that one-sixth (1/6) of the warrant shares becomes exercisable on or after the date that is six months from the issuance date, with an additional one-sixth (1/6) becoming exercisable each month thereafter. The warrants remain exercisable during this exercise period until the earlier of (i) the warrants being exercised in full or (ii) the Company’s common stock being uplisted, which earlier event serves as the termination date after which the warrants are no longer exercisable. As of December 31, 2025, there are 10,237,500 Common Warrants outstanding. As of December 31, 2025, there are 292,500 Pre-Funded Warrants outstanding.

 

Both the Common Warrants and Prefunded Warrants are equity-classified. The fair values at issuance date were determined using Black-Scholes model, based on the following assumptions:

 

Dividend yield   0%
Expected volatility   230%
Risk- free interest rate   3.58% - 4.12% 
Expected term   0.5 – 2.5 Years 
Stock price   0.35 

 

 F-33 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 18 - Segment Information

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by the CODM. The CODM evaluates, oversees, and manages the Company’s operations and financial performance through two reportable segment that are organized primarily by type of business activity. Specifically, the segments include: Financing Solutions and Real Estate Operations.

 

The Company is operating as a private credit company focused on providing alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses across the United States. In July 2025, the Company expanded its U.S. operations into real estate through the acquisition of Block 40, LLC (“Block 40”), these operations are in the United States.

 

While the Company operates across multiple customer types and geographic locations, the CODM regularly receives and reviews discrete financial information disaggregated by these segments, which are used as the basis for evaluating performance and allocating resources.

 

The CODM does not review expense items at a level lower than those presented in the table below. Information about reportable segments, and reconciliation of such information to the Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2025
    Financing   Real Estate    
    Solutions   Operations   Total
             
Revenue   $ 11,660,191     $ 4,617,231     $ 16,277,422  
Significant segment-level expenses:                        
Cost of revenue     2,517,934       2,100,024       4,617,958  
General and administrative                        
expenses     7,625,571       4,516,106       12,141,677  
Provision for credit losses     1,774,264       —         1,774,264  
Depreciation and amortization     244,496       5,845,613       6,090,109  
Professional fees     2,262,458       798,297       3,060,755  
Loss from operations   $ (2,764,531 )   $ (8,642,810 )   $ (11,407,341 )

 

 

   As of December 31, 2025
   Financing  Real Estate   
   Solutions  Operations  Total
          
CURRENT ASSETS               
Cash, cash equivalents  $4,165,334   $738,709   $4,904,043 
Restricted cash   —      3,273,763    3,273,763 
Advance receivables, net   7,229,456    8,002    7,237,458 
Prepaid expense   141,348    375,066    516,414 
Current Loan commitment asset, net   6,709,609    —      6,709,609 
Due from related parties   40,231    98,340    138,571 
Other current assets   50,387    616,302    666,689 
Total current assets   18,336,365    5,110,182    23,446,547 
                
Fixed assets, net   118,447    150,873,861    150,992,308 
Operating lease right-of-use asset   45,637    —      45,637 
Intangible assets, net   509,996    1,997,802    2,507,798 
Goodwill   1,219,134    —      1,219,134 
Other assets   150,001    1,159    151,160 
                
TOTAL ASSETS  $20,379,579    157,983,005    178,362,584 

 

 F-34 
Table of Contents 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2024
   Financing  Real Estate   
   Solutions  Operations  Total
          
Revenue  $12,787,262   $—     $12,787,262 
Significant segment-level expenses:               
Cost of revenue   2,358,114    —      2,358,114 
General and administrative             —   
expenses   7,548,445    —      7,548,445 
Provision for credit losses   4,019,840    —      4,019,840 
Depreciation and amortization   266,364    —      266,364 
Professional fees   2,517,381    —      2,517,381 
Loss from operations  $(3,922,882)  $—     $(3,922,882)

 

 

   As of December 31, 2024
   Financing  Real Estate   
   Solutions  Operations  Total
          
CURRENT ASSETS               
Cash, cash equivalents  $2,751,386   $—     $2,751,386 
Advance receivables, net   14,542,518    —      14,542,518 
Due from related parties   41,307    —      41,307 
Other current assets   109,753    —      109,753 
Total current assets   17,444,964    —      17,444,964 
                
Fixed assets, net   143,806    —      143,806 
Operating lease right-of-use asset   352,262    —      352,262 
Intangible assets, net   705,000    —      705,000 
Goodwill   1,219,134    —      1,219,134 
Other assets   371    —      371 
                
TOTAL ASSETS  $19,865,537    —      19,865,537 

 

Note 19 - Subsequent Events

 

Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 30, 2026, which is the date these consolidated financial statements were available for issuance. The Company is not aware of any subsequent events that would require recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements except for the event discussed below.

 

On January 15, 2025, the Company completed a rebranding of its funding operations, changing the name of its small business lending division from FAVO Funding to Stewards Business Capital. The rebrand was undertaken to unify the Company’s operating subsidiaries under the Stewards brand, simplify its go to market strategy, and better align the branding of its private credit and lending activities with the Company’s broader corporate identity. The rebranding did not involve any changes to the Company’s legal structure, ownership, or core business operations. 

 

 F-35 
Table of Contents 

 

On January 22, 2026, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of its common stock to Robinpaws LLC pursuant to an asset purchase agreement originally entered into in December 2023, in connection with the acquisition of certain operating assets related to a proprietary funding and call center platform. The issuance was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, the shares were issued as restricted securities, and the consideration for the issuance was deemed fully paid and non assessable based on the agreed acquisition value set forth in the underlying asset purchase agreement.  

 

On January 30, 2026, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for $1.5 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025.

 

On February 18, 2026, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor funded $2 million in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025. In connection with this financing, and pursuant to Board approval, the Company also issued 2,631,579 warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share, which were issued by the Company’s transfer agent as restricted warrants. 

 

On March 11, 2026, the Company completed the acquisition of the Plantation Property pursuant to the Plantation Purchase Agreement. Title to the property located at 4350 NW 8th Court, Plantation, Broward County, Florida was conveyed to Stewards Real Estate LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, by Strata Group LLC, a Florida limited liability company, pursuant to a Special Warranty Deed recorded in the public records of Broward County, Florida. The acquisition was completed for the previously agreed purchase price of $5,800,000, subject to customary closing prorations, credits, and adjustments. In connection with the closing, Stewards Real Estate LLC entered into a mortgage loan in the principal amount of $4,000,000. The mortgage loan matures on March 11, 2029. The Property is intended to serve as the Company’s corporate headquarters and operational facility and supports the Company’s strategy of consolidating administrative functions and supporting long term operational growth. 

 

On March 26, 2026, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor funded $600 thousand in aggregate principal amount of unsecured, unsubordinated debt notes under the Company’s existing loan agreement dated September 17, 2025.

 

 F-36 
Table of Contents 

 

 

Stewards, Inc.

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

As of March 31, 2026, and December 31, 2025,

and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2026, and 2025

 

STEWARDS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(UNAUDITED)

 

   March 31,  December 31,
   2026  2025
ASSETS          
           
CURRENT ASSETS          
Cash, cash equivalents  $1,262,152   $4,904,043 
Advance receivables, net   6,791,418    7,237,458 
Prepaid expense   452,200    516,414 
Loan commitment asset   4,848,233    6,709,609 
Due from related parties   169,838    138,571 
Restricted cash   3,460,154    3,273,763 
Other current assets   507,121    666,689 
Total current assets   17,491,116    23,446,547 
           
Fixed assets, net   155,478,950    150,992,308 
Operating lease right-of-use asset   32,535    45,637 
Intangible assets, net   1,498,163    2,507,798 
Goodwill   1,219,134    1,219,134 
Other assets   68,206    151,160 
           
TOTAL ASSETS  $175,788,104   $178,362,584 
LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
           
CURRENT LIABILITIES          
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  $5,548,075   $6,247,315 
Notes payable, related party   —      —   
Syndicate payable   3,216,598    4,355,802 
Due to related parties - current   1,852,946    1,850,000 
Deferred consideration - current   213,826    213,826 
Operating lease liabilities - current   28,446    40,385 
Notes payable, net - current   2,622,445    2,722,445 
Warrant liability   4,848,233    8,229,609 
Mortgage loan - current   73,625,000    73,625,000 
Other current liabilities   286,870    301,282 
Total current liabilities   92,242,439    97,585,664 
           
Due to related parties          
Deferred consideration   141,231    185,001 
Operating lease liabilities          
Notes payable, net   37,149,580    34,620,390 
Mortgage loan   3,960,615    —   
Other non-current liabilities   288,972    308,942 
Total liabilities   133,782,837    132,699,997 
           
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)          
           
MEZZANINE EQUITY          
Redeemable nonparticipating noncontrolling interest   8,461,738    8,461,738 
           
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 71,250,000 and 71,250,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025   7,125    7,125 
Series B preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025   1,000    1,000 
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 209,102,106 and 207,102,106 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively   20,911    20,711 
Paid-in capital   69,356,275    67,395,672 
Stock subscription receivable   (208,322)   (520,823)
Accumulated deficit   (64,131,353)   (58,200,729)
Accumulated other comprehensive income   2,671    2,671 
Nonparticipating noncontrolling interest   28,495,222    28,495,222 
Total stockholders’ equity   33,543,529    37,200,849 
           
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  $175,788,104   $178,362,584 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-37 
Table of Contents 

 

STEWARDS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(UNAUDITED)

 

   For the Three Months Ended March 31,
   2026  2025
Revenues          
Income, financing and brokerage  $1,470,270   $3,365,225 
Income from rental property   2,384,395    —   
Total revenues   3,854,665    3,365,225 
           
Cost of revenue          
Financing and brokerage   273,885    653,821 
Rental property   1,306,050    —   
Total cost of revenue   1,579,935    653,821 
           
Gross profit   2,274,730    2,711,404 
           
Operating expenses          
General and administrative expenses   2,754,837    1,961,303 
Provision for credit losses   301,649    566,244 
Depreciation and amortization   2,392,239    61,612 
Professional fees   1,023,102    574,416 
Total operating expenses   6,471,827    3,163,575 
           
Loss from operations   (4,197,097)   (452,171)
           
Other income (expense)          
Interest expense   (2,730,246)   (1,294,508)
Financing charges   (90,567)   (18,750)
Change in fair value of the warrant instrument   1,420,573    —   
Other gain (loss)   (108,564)   (7,901)
Total other income (expense)   (1,508,804)   (1,321,159)
           
Net loss before income taxes   (5,705,901)   (1,773,330)
           
Income tax provision   —      —   
Net loss  $(5,705,901)  $(1,773,330)
           
Amounts attributable to Stewards, Inc.          
Net loss  $(5,705,901)  $(1,773,330)
Dividend on preferred stock
   (647,353)   (138,825)
           
Net loss applicable to common stockholders  $(6,353,254)  $(1,912,155)
           
Net Loss Per Common Share - basic and diluted  $(0.03)  $(0.02)
           
Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding - basic and diluted   208,635,439    100,310,845 
           
Comprehensive Loss          
Net loss  $(5,705,901)  $(1,912,155)
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency translation   —      2,480 
           
Total comprehensive loss  $(5,705,901)  $(1,909,675)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

  

 F-38 
Table of Contents 

  

STEWARDS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEZZANINE EQUITY AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(UNAUDITED)

 

For the three months ended March 31. 2026
   Mezzanine Equity  Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
   Redeemable                             Accumulated      
   Nonparticipating  Series A Preferred Stock  Series B Preferred Stock  Common Stock     Stock     Other  Nonparticipating  Total
   Noncontrolling  Number of     Number of     Number of     Paid-In  Subscription  Accumulated  Comprehensive  Noncontrolling  Stockholders’
   Interest  Shares  Par Value  Shares  Par Value  Shares  Par Value  Capital  Receivable  Deficit  Income  Interest  Equity
                                        
Balances as at December 31, 2025  $8,461,738    71,250,000   $7,125    10,000,000   $1,000    207,102,106   $20,711   $67,395,672   $(520,823)  $(58,200,729)  $2,671   $28,495,222   $37,200,849 
Common stock issued for Simplified Companies acquisition   —      —      —      —      —      2,000,000    200    (200)   —      —      —      —      —   
Issuance of common shares for stock subscription receivable   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      312,501    —      —      —      312,501 
Issuance of warrants related to the debt facility   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,960,803    —      —      —      —      1,960,803 
Series A preferred stock dividend   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (224,723)   —      —      (224,723)
Net loss (income)   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (5,705,901)   —      —      (5,705,901)
                                                                  
Balances as at March 31, 2026  $8,461,738    71,250,000   $7,125    10,000,000   $1,000    209,102,106   $20,911   $69,356,275   $(208,322)  $(64,131,353)  $2,671   $28,495,222   $33,543,529 

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31. 2025
                                    Accumulated   
   Series A Preferred Stock  Series B Preferred Stock  Series C Preferred Stock  Common Stock     Stock     Other  Total
   Number of     Number of     Number of     Number of     Paid-In  Subscription  Accumulated  Comprehensive  Stockholders’
   Shares  Par Value  Shares  Par Value  Shares  Par Value  Shares  Par Value  Capital  Receivable  Deficit  Income  Deficit
                                        
Balances as at December 31, 2024   37,020,000   $3,702    —     $—      18,750,000   $1,875    97,479,734   $9,748   $14,315,979   $(1,770,827)  $(35,848,153)  $2,671   $(23,285,005)
Common stock issued for Simplified Companies acquisition   —      —      —      —      —      —      2,000,000    200    (200)   —      —      —      —   
Issuance of common shares for stock subscription receivable   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      312,501    —      —      312,501 
Net loss   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (1,912,155)   2,480    (1,909,675)
                                                                  
Balances as at March 31, 2025   37,020,000   $3,702    —     $—      18,750,000   $1,875    99,479,734   $9,948   $14,315,779   $(1,458,326)  $(37,760,308)  $5,151   $(24,882,179)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 F-39 
Table of Contents 

 

STEWARDS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

   For the Three Months Ended March 31,
   2026  2025
Cash Flows From Operating Activities          
Net loss  $(5,705,901)  $(1,912,155)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:          
Depreciation   1,382,604    12,861 
Amortization of intangible assets   1,009,635    48,751 
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities   (1,420,573)   —   
Amortization of debt issuance costs   91,181    18,750 
Interest expense on deferred consideration   13,730    19,012 
Operating lease right-of-use asset amortization   13,102    35,139 
Provision for credit losses   301,649    566,244 
Amortization of stock subscription receivable   312,501    312,501 
Other income (losses)   —      7,901 
Changes in assets and liabilities:          
Advance receivables, net   144,391    (702,790)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets   223,782    (40,856)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   (938,373)   (300,877)
Syndicate payable   (1,139,204)   (682,928)
Due from related parties   (31,267)   (20,212)
Other non-current assets   82,952    —   
Other non-current liabilities   (19,970)   —   
Due to a related party   2,946    —   
Operating lease liabilities   (11,939)   (27,917)
Net cash used in operating activities   (5,688,754)   (2,666,576)
           
Cash Flows From Investing Activities          
Purchase of property and equipment   (5,869,246)   —   
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment   —      535 
Payment of deferred consideration   (57,500)   (56,881)
Net cash used in investing activities   (5,926,746)   (56,346)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities          
Proceeds from notes payable  $4,300,000   $1,625,000 
Repayment of notes payable   (100,000)   —   
Proceeds from mortgage loan   3,960,000    —   
Net cash provided by financing activities   8,160,000    1,625,000 
           
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (3,455,500)   (1,097,922)
           
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash   —      (9,896)
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, Beginning   8,177,806    2,751,386 
           
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, Ending  $4,722,306   $1,643,568 
           
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION          
Cash paid for interest  $3,136,032   $1,244,491 
Cash paid for income taxes  $40,522   $—   
           
SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES          
Amortization of loan commitment asset to debt discount  $1,861,376   $—   
Reclassification of liability classified warrants to equity  $1,960,803   $—   
Deferred equity consideration at acquisition  $—     $200 
Other deferred consideration at acquisition  $—     $312,501 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-40 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 1 – Organization

 

Favo Capital, Inc. (“the Company”) was incorporated as Beeston Enterprises Ltd. on July 12, 1999, under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company changed its name to FAVO Capital, Inc. on September 2, 2020, which was the effective date established by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). On August 7, 2025, the Board of Directors approved a further name change from Favo Capital, Inc. to Stewards, Inc. which FINRA approved on November 13, 2025. In connection with this name change, the Company changed its ticker symbol from “FAVO” to “SWRD”.

 

The Company’s business has evolved since inception. Previously, the Company was an exploration stage company engaged in the search of mineral deposits that could be developed to a state of a commercially viable producing mine. The Company is now a private credit company focused on providing alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses (“SMB”) across the United States. The Company’s business model is centered around direct and syndicated Revenue Based Funding solutions that address the capital needs of SMBs underserved by traditional lending institutions. Revenue Based Funding solutions are financing arrangements where the Company provides upfront capital to SMBs in exchange for a fixed percentage of their future gross revenue. Repayments for these solutions fluctuate based on the recipient’s actual revenue performance until a predetermined total repayment amount is reached.

 

In support of the private credit business, the Company has expanded its operations into real estate in 2025 through the acquisition of Block 40, LLC (“Block 40”), the owner and operator of 1818 Park, a mixed-use residential and commercial property located in Hollywood, Florida. The property includes multifamily, retail, and office components that generate rental income through lease agreements with a diversified tenant base. The addition of Block 40 marks the establishment of the Company’s real estate segment, through which the Company intends to own, operate, and potentially acquire income-producing properties as part of its long-term growth and diversification strategy.

 

Note 2 - Going Concern

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company has a negative working capital of $74,751,323 as of March 31, 2026, a net loss of $5,705,901 and net cash used in operating activities of $5,688,754 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, and an accumulated deficit of $64,131,353 as of March 31, 2026. These conditions raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the interim financial statements are issued. The Company evaluated conditions and events known or reasonably knowable as of the issuance date and considered only those plans that are probable of being implemented within one year and of mitigating the relevant conditions. The working capital deficit is primarily driven by the classification of the Mortgage Loan as a current liability due to its contractual June 2026 maturity. However, the underlying loan agreement provides for a final one-year extension option to June 2027, which management intends to exercise. Management is currently in compliance with all customary conditions required to exercise this extension and believes that its contractual rights and ongoing lender engagement provide a viable path to meet this obligation. Additionally, the Company has established ongoing sources of revenue through its private credit operations and, beginning in July 2025, through income-producing real estate, such as rental income, of $2,384,395 recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2026. However, current revenues are not yet sufficient to cover its operating costs, and the Company remains dependent on debt and equity financing to fund its operations. Management of the Company is making efforts to increase its revenue and raise additional funding until a registration statement relating to an equity funding facility is in effect. On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a financing arrangement with Stewards International Funds PCC, (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) pursuant to which it may raise up to $100 million through unsecured, unsubordinated notes. As of the date of this filing, the Company has issued $8.3 million in aggregate principal amount of such notes, with $91.7 million remaining available for future issuance under the arrangement. While management of the Company believes that it will be successful in its capital formation and planned operating activities, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise additional equity capital or that operations will generate sufficient cash flows to meet obligations as they come due. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

 F-41 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 3 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, and for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the interim periods presented have been reflected herein.

 

Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the FASB.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The Company prepares its condensed consolidated financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting. All intercompany accounts, balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025.

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, Consolidation (“Topic 810”) also requires that the equity of a noncontrolling interest shall be reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheets within total equity of the Company. Certain redeemable noncontrolling interests are reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as mezzanine equity. Topic 810 also requires revenues, expenses, gains, losses, net income or loss, and other comprehensive income or loss to be reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements at consolidated amounts, which include amounts attributable to the owners of the parent and the noncontrolling interests. Refer to Note 16, Redeemable Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interest and Nonparticipating Noncontrolling for additional information.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The financial statements are prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, and expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management.

 

Prior-Period Presentation

 

Certain prior-period amounts in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss, and condensed consolidated statement of cash flows have been reclassified to be consistent with the current-period presentation. Specifically, for the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company reclassified $61,612 of depreciation and amortization expenses previously included within general and administrative expenses to a standalone depreciation and amortization line item to match the presentation of the March 31, 2026 financial statements. Additionally, the Company reclassified $18,750 of financing charges previously included within interest expense to a standalone financing charges line item. The financial statement line item for $566,244 previously presented as "provisions for bad debt expense" for the three months ended March 31, 2025, has been renamed to "provision for credit losses" to conform with current-period terminology. Further, in connection with the acquisition of Block 40, the Company expanded its presentation of revenue and cost of revenue to separately disaggregate financing and brokerage activities from real estate activities; prior-period revenue and cost of revenue presentation has been disaggregated accordingly to maintain comparability across all periods presented. These reclassifications and terminology changes had no impact on previously reported total operating expenses, net income (loss), total assets, or net cash flows for any period presented.

 

 F-42 
Table of Contents 

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash balances represent funds held in escrow to comply with the requirements of a certain mortgage loan agreement. These amounts primarily relate to reserves for tenant deposits, property taxes, insurance, and interest, and are not available for general operating purposes until the related obligations are settled.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheets to the corresponding amounts presented in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025:

 

   March 31, 2026  March 31, 2025
Cash, cash equivalents  $1,262,152   $1,643,568 
Restricted cash   3,460,154    —   
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash  $4,722,306   $1,643,568 

 

Advance Receivables

 

Advance receivables are recorded at net realizable value, net of an allowance for expected credit losses.

 

Prepaid expenses

 

Prepaid expenses relate to the prepayment made for future services in advance that will be expensed over time as the benefit of the services is received in the future expected. The Company's prepaid expenses primarily consist of amounts paid for insurance policies.

 

Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

 

For its financial instruments subject to credit risk, consisting of its receivables related to its MCA’s, the Company recognizes as an allowance its estimate of lifetime expected credit losses under the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326. The Company estimates expected credit losses on its Merchant Cash Advance (“MCA”) receivables in accordance with ASC 326 using a methodology that incorporates historical loss experience and a status-based evaluation of collectability. Management evaluates MCA receivables collectively and applies allowance rates that reflect the Company’s experience with delinquency progression, time in default, and collection outcomes, consistent with a combination of probability-of-default concepts and an aging/status framework. Receivables are stratified based on payment performance and collection status, including performing accounts, accounts in default (up to 180 days), and accounts in default for more than 180 days; accounts in legal/collections status are assessed as higher risk when delinquent. The allowance is measured by applying reserve rates to the receivable balance within each status category (5% for performing receivables, 70% for receivables in default between 30 days to 180 days, and 100% for receivables in default over 180 days; receivables in legal status and in default between 0 and 180 days are reserved at 70%). Management also considers whether qualitative adjustments are necessary for asset-specific risk characteristics, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Changes in the allowance for expected credit losses are recognized in earnings each reporting period.

 

The Company will write off any deals that are deemed to be uncollectible as advised by the Company’s third-party collections and legal team or in the event the merchant has filed for bankruptcy. With regards to deals where the Company has syndicated on the deal, the write off is done at the time the syndication partner identifies these deals are no longer collectable.

 

 F-43 
Table of Contents 

 

Valuation of Operating Lease Receivables

 

We may be subject to tenant defaults and bankruptcies that could affect the collection of outstanding receivables, arising from the straight-line recognition of rental income, related to our operating leases. In order to mitigate these risks, we perform credit reviews and analyses on prospective tenants before significant leases are executed and on existing tenants before properties are acquired. On a quarterly basis, we perform an assessment of the collectability of operating lease receivables on a tenant-by-tenant basis, which includes reviewing the age and nature of our receivables, the payment history and financial condition of the tenant, our assessment of the tenant’s ability to meet its lease obligations and the status of negotiations of any disputes with the tenant. Any changes in the collectability assessment for an operating lease are recognized as an adjustment, which can be a reduction or increase, to rental income in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. We recognized $0.1 million and $0 as a net reduction adjustment to rental income in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

Fixed Assets, Net

 

Fixed assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The historical cost of acquiring a fixed asset includes the costs necessarily incurred to bring it to the condition and location necessary for its intended use. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

 

When items of property or equipment are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Land is carried at cost and not depreciated. The assets’ residual values, useful lives, and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted prospectively if appropriate. Assets are tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

The estimated useful lives of depreciable assets are as follows:

 

Building - Commercial  38 years
Building - Residential  24.5 years
Site improvements  12 years
Computers and equipment  3-5 years
Office furniture and fixtures  5-7 years
Vehicles  5 years
Leasehold improvements  Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life

 

Intangible Assets

 

Identifiable intangible assets include trade names, developed technology, customer relationships, and in-place leases resulting from acquisitions. Acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated economic lives on a straight-line basis. Acquired intangible assets are presented net of accumulated amortization on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. We review the carrying amounts of intangible assets for impairment at the asset group level whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of the asset group by comparing its carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows we expect the asset group to generate. If we consider the asset group to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value. In addition, we periodically evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of long-lived intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of depreciation or amortization.

 

 F-44 
Table of Contents 

 

The Company amortizes intangible assets subject to amortization on the basis of their expected periods of benefit, generally 4 to 10 years. The Company does not have indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill.

 

Useful life of the intangible assets is as follows:

 

Trade name  10 years
Developed technology  4 years
Customer relationships  4 years
In-place leases  1 year for residential leases,
   6 years for commercial leases

 

Acquisitions

 

ASC 805, Business Combinations, provides a model for determining whether the acquisition should be classified as either an asset acquisition or a business combination. In order to be a business, the integrated set of activities of the acquired entity needs to have an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The acquired entity must also pass the “Screen Test” which involves determining whether the acquisition represents an in-substance asset acquisition based on whether the fair value of the gross assets acquired is “substantially all” concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets.

 

We use the acquisition method of accounting for business combination transactions, and, accordingly, recognize the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in our condensed consolidated financial statements. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of the acquired company are expensed as incurred. The allocation of fair values may be subject to adjustment after the initial allocation for up to a one-year period as more information becomes available relative to the fair values as of the acquisition date. The condensed consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of any acquired company since the acquisition date.

 

Acquisitions for which substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired are concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets are accounted for as an asset acquisition. For asset acquisitions, we allocate the purchase price of these properties on a relative fair value basis and capitalize direct acquisition related costs as part of the purchase price.

 

Goodwill

 

We recognize the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired at the acquisition date as goodwill. In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment annually and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, then the reporting unit’s carrying value is compared to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s carrying value, then the carrying value of the reporting unit is deemed to be recoverable. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s fair value, goodwill is impaired and written down to the reporting unit’s fair value.

 

 F-45 
Table of Contents 

 

Accounting for Leases

 

Leases as a Lessee

 

The Company applies the accounting guidance ASC 842, Leases. The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at inception based on whether there is an identified property, plant or equipment and whether the Company controls the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. Operating leases are included in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease right of use (“ROU”) assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease and are included in current and non-current liabilities. Operating lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease inception date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term discounted based on the more readily determinable of (i) the rate implicit in the lease or (ii) the Company’s incremental borrowing rate (which is the estimated rate the Company would be required to pay for a collateralized borrowing equal to the total lease payments over the term of the lease). Because the Company’s operating leases generally do not provide an implicit rate, the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement date for borrowings with a similar term.

 

The Company’s operating lease ROU assets are measured based on the corresponding operating lease liability adjusted for (i) payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date, (ii) initial direct costs incurred and (iii) tenant incentives under the lease. The Company does not assume renewals or early terminations unless it is reasonably certain to exercise these options at commencement. The Company elected the practical expedient which allows the Company to not allocate consideration between lease and non-lease components. Variable lease payments are recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. In addition, the Company elected the practical expedient such that it does not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities for leases with a term of 12 months or less of all asset classes. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

Syndicate Payable

 

A portion of the Company’s Direct Funding portfolio are funded by syndication partners who participate alongside the Company in the deal and therefore economically benefit directly from the performance of the deal but also bear the risk with regards to nonperformance. The syndicated portion of an individual deal will vary based on the size of the deal or the syndicated partners participation threshold. All syndication partners sign participation contracts with the Company which details the relationship between the syndicate partner and the Company as well as any relevant collection fees the Company will receive under the relationship.

 

All deals and the syndicates participation are tracked separately in the Company’s customer relationship management (“CRM”) which operates on a wallet basis. The syndicate partner has access to the CRM and therefore has the ability to track the performance of every deal as well as monitor any payments received.

 

Redeemable Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interests and Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interests

 

ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, requires noncontrolling interests that are redeemable for cash or other assets to be classified outside of permanent equity if they are redeemable (i) at a fixed or determinable price on a fixed or determinable date, (ii) at the option of the holder, or (iii) upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer.

 

 F-46 
Table of Contents 

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company acquired a controlling interest in Block 40, LLC. The interests held by third-party holders of Block 40’s Class B Preferred Units are reflected as noncontrolling interests. Classification of these interests depends on the presence of redemption features that are not solely within the Company’s control. Class B Preferred Units that are redeemable for cash upon USCIS denial of the Class B Member’s Form I-526 petition are presented outside of permanent equity as redeemable noncontrolling interests, under mezzanine equity, in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A. Class B Preferred Units that do not contain redemption features that are outside the issuer’s control are classified within permanent equity as noncontrolling interests in accordance with ASC 810-10.

 

For interests classified as redeemable, the Company evaluates each reporting period whether the instruments are currently redeemable or whether redemption has become probable. If the instruments are currently redeemable, or become probable of redemption, the carrying amount is adjusted to the redemption amount as of the reporting date, with the corresponding offset recorded within accumulated deficit. As of March 31, 2026, management concluded that the relevant redemption conditions had not been met and that redemption was not probable.

 

Per ASC 810-10, noncontrolling interests are reported at historical cost basis adjusted for cumulative earnings or loss allocations and classified as a component of stockholders’ equity on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. As discussed further in Note 16, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Noncontrolling Interest, the underlying Class B Preferred Units are not participating and do not share in the earnings or loss of the Company.

 

Stock Subscription Receivable

 

Stock subscription receivables are recorded when the shares have been issued against future services from the subscriber. Since the shares had already been issued and the expense will be recorded when the services are received from the subscriber, the Company recorded the amount as stock subscriptions receivable in the equity section of the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

Warrants

 

The Company accounts for stock warrants granted either as a liability or equity in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. Under ASC 815-40, contracts that may require settlement for cash are liabilities, regardless of the probability of the occurrence of the triggering event. Liability-classified warrants are measured at fair value on the issuance date and at the end of each reporting period. Any change in the fair value of the warrants after the issuance date is recorded in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as a gain or loss. If warrants do not require liability classification under ASC 815-40, in order to conclude warrants should be classified as equity, the Company assesses whether the warrants are indexed to its common stock and whether the warrants are classified as equity under ASC 815-40 or another applicable U.S. GAAP standard. Equity-classified warrants are accounted for at fair value on the grant date with no changes in fair value recognized after the issuance date.

 

The Company has issued various warrants to purchase shares of its common stock in connection with its financing activities. The Company has warrants classified as equity and liability and recorded the warrants at fair value as of the date of issuance on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets. There is no subsequent remeasurement for equity classified warrants while the Company performs subsequent measurements for liability-classified warrants. The issuance date fair value of the outstanding warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes Model or potentially more complex valuation models depending on the nature of the contractual terms. The Black-Scholes Model required inputs such as the expected term of the warrants, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate. These inputs were subjective and required significant analysis and judgment. For the estimate of the expected term, the Company used the simplified method. The estimate of expected volatility assumption is based on the volatility observed on the Company’s shares. The risk-free rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues corresponding to the expected term of the warrants.

 

 F-47 
Table of Contents 

 

Loan Commitment Asset

 

The Loan Commitment Asset represents fees incurred to secure debt financing, which, for the Company, primarily consists of a contingent obligation to issue future warrants under the Loan Agreement (see Note 10). These fees are initially capitalized as assets while the debt facility remains undrawn. Upon drawing funds, a proportionate amount of the loan commitment asset is reclassified as a debt discount and amortized over the term of the loan. If borrowings are outstanding, these costs are presented as a reduction of the debt’s carrying value. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, and 2025, the Company reclassified $1.9 million and $0, respectively, from the loan commitment asset to debt discount.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Income, Financing and Brokerage

 

The Company’s main source of revenue is through agreements for the purchase and sale of future receivables/receipts, commonly referred to as a Merchant Cash Advance. Under the contract, the Company will agree to purchase a specified amount of the customer’s future receipts/receivables (the “Purchased Amount”) at a discount, in return for providing the customer with upfront proceeds (the “Purchase Price”). The customer is then contractually required to pay the cash related to the future receivables/receipts based on an estimated period and agreed-upon percentage of the customer’s future receivables/receipts that the customer collects. The difference between the Purchased Amount that the customer will repay, and the discounted Purchase Price amount that the Company pays for the future receivables/receipts, is considered the “discount”, which reflects the significant collection risk incurred by the Company for its purchase of future receivables/receipts. These purchases of future receivables arrangements do not constitute a revenue contract under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Accordingly, the Company accounts for them in accordance with ASC 310, Receivables.

 

The Company recognizes revenue on remittances collected by applying the contractual discount to allocate the remittance against the initial principal held as a receivable and revenue. All upfront income from fees, such as origination and processing fees are booked as income on a straight-line method over the initial period of the contract. The same applies to all direct costs incurred upon the execution of the contract, which primarily consists of commissions paid to the Company’s internal sales team or external partners for sourcing the contract.

 

Disaggregated Revenue

 

In general, the Company’s business segmentation is aligned according to the nature and economic characteristics of its products and customer relationships and provides meaningful disaggregation of each business segment’s results of operations. The following table provides the revenue recognized from each offering:

 

   Three Months Ended March 31,
   2026  2025
MCAs income  $850,974   $2,387,398 
Origination fees   13,100    113,051 
Administration fees   19,145    49,523 
Ancillary fees   10,225    21,327 
Brokerage commissions   562,819    757,147 
Management fee   11,952    32,978 
Rental income   2,384,395    —   
Others   2,055    3,801 
Total revenues  $3,854,665   $3,365,225 

 

 F-48 
Table of Contents 

 

Income From Rental Property

 

Income from rental property includes rental, storage, parking and other rental property related income charged to leases. The Company leases a mixed-use residential and commercial property to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases that generally contain provisions for minimum base rents plus reimbursement for certain operating expenses. Total minimum annual lease payments are recognized in rental income on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease, regardless of when payments are contractually due, when collectability is probable. Rental revenue recognition commences when the tenant takes possession of or controls the physical use of the leased space. Lease termination fees, which are included in rental income, are recognized when the related leases are canceled and we have no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants.

 

Our lease agreements with tenants generally contain provisions that require tenants to reimburse us for certain property expenses. Estimated reimbursements from tenants for these property expenses, which include real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other recoverable operating expenses, are recognized as revenues in the period that the expenses are incurred. Subsequent to year-end, we perform final reconciliations on a lease-by-lease basis and bill or credit each tenant for any cumulative annual adjustments. As the timing and pattern of revenue recognition is the same and as the lease component would be classified as an operating lease if it were accounted for separately, rents and tenant reimbursements are treated as a combined lease component and presented as a single line item “Income From Rental Property” in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

The Company records revenues and expenses on a gross basis for lessor costs (which include real estate taxes) when these costs are reimbursed to us by our tenants. Conversely, we record revenues and expenses on a net basis for lessor costs when they are paid by our tenants directly to the taxing authorities on our behalf.

 

Lessor Accounting

 

We evaluate new leases originated or leases assumed as part of an acquisition transaction under ASC Topic 842: Leases to determine lease classification. Generally, all of our leases have historically been classified as operating leases. A lease is classified by a lessor as a sales-type lease if the significant risks and rewards of ownership reside with the tenant. This situation is met if, among other things, there is an automatic transfer of title during the lease, there is a purchase option that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, the lease term, including extension options that the tenant is reasonably certain to exercise, is for more than a major part of the remaining economic useful life of the asset (e.g., equal to or greater than 75%), if the present value of the minimum lease payments represents substantially all (e.g., equal to or greater than 90%) of the leased property’s fair value at lease inception, or if the asset is so specialized in nature that it provides no alternative use to the lessor (and therefore would not provide any future value to the lessor) after the lease term. Further, such new leases would be evaluated to consider whether they would be failed sale-leaseback transactions and accounted for as financing transactions by the lessor, if applicable. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, we did not have any leases that were classified as sales-type or financing leases under sale-leaseback rules.

 

Rent receivables of $178,740 as of March 31, 2026 and $434,808 as of December 31, 2025 are presented within Other Current Assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740 and other authoritative guidance utilizing the asset and liability method. This method requires the recognition of deferred assets or liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets or liabilities are calculated as the difference between the financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities applying enacted tax rates in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to settle. The Company records deferred tax assets or liabilities when management determines it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained. A valuation allowance is required for deferred tax assets if, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the asset will not be realized due to the inability to generate sufficient taxable income in the period or of the character necessary to use the benefit of the deferred tax asset. On the basis of the evaluation, as of March 31, 2026, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against the Company’s net deferred tax asset.

 

 F-49 
Table of Contents 

 

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The company has not identified any uncertain tax positions.

 

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits on the income tax expense line in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

Variable Interest Entities

 

We determine at the inception of each arrangement whether an entity in which we have made an investment or in which we have other variable interests is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”). We consolidate VIEs when we are the primary beneficiary. We are the primary beneficiary of a VIE when we have the power to direct activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and have the obligation to absorb the majority of their losses or benefits. If we are not the primary beneficiary in a VIE, we account for the investment or other variable interests in a VIE in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Periodically, we assess whether any changes in our interest or relationship with the entity affect our determination of whether the entity is a VIE and, if so, whether we are the primary beneficiary.

 

As of March 31, 2026, there are no VIE entities that are required to be consolidated by the Company.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk in the event of a default by the related financial institution holding the cash or securities, to the extent of the value recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company maintains its cash accounts in financial institutions with Federal depository insurance coverage (“FDIC”) of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts, and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

ASC 825, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires the disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025.

 

Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

 

Level 1 - Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has access to at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 - Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data by correlation or other means (market-corroborated inputs).

 

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

 F-50 
Table of Contents 

 

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the fair values of cash, restricted cash, advance receivables, accounts payable, deferred consideration, syndicate payable, and due to and from related parties approximated their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these assets or liabilities. The fair value of the warrant liability was based on Level 3 inputs as well as the Company’s underlying stock price and associated volatility, expected term of the warrants and market interest rates. There were no transfers between fair value hierarchy levels during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025.

 

The tables below present information about the Company’s financial instruments that are measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025:

 

   As of March 31, 2026
   Total  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3
Assets:                    
Other assets  $713   $—     $713   $—   
Total assets  at fair value  $713   $—     $713   $—   
Liabilities:                    
Dolomite warrants - Note 10   —      —      —      —   
Debt facility warrants - Note 10  $4,848,233   $—     $—     $4,848,233 
Total liabilities at fair value  $4,848,233   $—     $—     $4,848,233 

 

   As of December 31, 2025
   Total  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3
Assets:                    
Other assets  $1,159   $—     $1,159   $—   
Total assets  at fair value  $1,159   $—     $1,159   $—   
Liabilities:                    
Dolomite warrants - Note 10  $1,520,000   $—     $—     $1,520,000 
Debt facility warrants - Note 10   6,709,609    —      —      6,709,609 
Total liabilities at fair value  $8,229,609   $—     $—     $8,229,609 

 

The changes in fair value are presented below:

 

   Other assets  Debt Facility Warrants  Dolomite Warrants Liabilities
Beginning balance, December 31, 2025  $1,159   $6,709,609   $1,520,000 
Additions   —      —      —   
Changes in fair value   (446)   99,427    (1,520,000)
Reclassifications   —      (1,960,803)   —   
Ending balance, March 31, 2026  $713   $4,848,233   $—   

 

See Note 10, “Warrant Liabilities” for more information.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

 

The functional currency of our wholly owned subsidiaries is the applicable local currency. The translation of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for assets and liabilities using current foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and for revenues and expense accounts using average foreign currency exchange rates during the period. Capital accounts are translated at historical foreign currency exchange rates. Translation gains and losses are included in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Adjustments that arise from foreign currency exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in other (gain) loss on the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

 F-51 
Table of Contents 

 

Segment Reporting

 

The Company evaluated segment reporting in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, and concluded that the Company is comprised of two operating segments. This conclusion is based on the discrete operating results regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the President of the Company, to assess the performance of the business and to make resource allocations. These two operating segments also represent our two reportable segments: (i) Financing Solutions, and (ii) Real Estate Operations. Substantially all the Company’s revenues are derived from within the United States; no geographical segments are presented. See Note 18, “Segment Information”, for further information.

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date when financial statements are issued for disclosure consideration.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance - Not Yet Adopted

 

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. This amendment is expected to improve financial reporting by requiring that public business entities disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to financial statements at interim and annual reporting periods. This information is not generally presented in the financial statements today. The amendments in this update do not change or remove current expense disclosure requirements.

 

This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied either prospectively to financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this update or retrospectively to any or all periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard.

 

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets. ASU 2025-05 provides the option to elect a practical expedient to assume that the current conditions as of the balance sheet date will remain unchanged for the remaining life of the asset when developing a reasonable and supportable forecast as part of estimating expected credit losses on these assets. ASU 2025-05 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect adoption of ASU 2025-05 to have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40), Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software. ASU 2025-06 clarified and modernizes the accounting for costs related to internal-use software. The amendments in ASU 2025-06 remove all references to project stages throughout Subtopic 350-40 and clarify the threshold entities apply to begin capitalizing costs. ASU 2025-06 is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of ASU 2025-06 on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-52 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 4 - Business Combinations / Asset Acquisitions

 

Plantation Acquisition

 

In March 2026, the Company completed the acquisition of a commercial property in Plantation, Florida, pursuant to an Agreement of Sale and Purchase dated November 18, 2025. Total consideration for the Plantation Acquisition was $5,861,185, which included the contract purchase price of $5,800,000 and $61,185 in direct transaction costs.

 

The acquisition was accounted for as an asset acquisition as substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in a single identifiable asset group comprising land and building. To fund the acquisition, the Company obtained new indebtedness (the “Plantation Mortgage Loan”) of $4,000,000 (refer to Note 12 for further details). The Company allocated the total acquisition cost to the acquired assets based on their relative fair values. The allocation of the purchase price is based on a third-party valuation report which used the sales comparison approach using Level 3 measurements. These valuation techniques incorporate unobservable inputs, such as adjustments made for differences in the physical characteristics, location, and market conditions of comparable properties. The following table summarizes the consideration paid for the acquisition and the amounts of the assets acquired recognized at the acquisition date:

 

Total consideration  $5,861,185 
      
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:     
Building  $3,177,227 
Land   2,683,958 
Total net assets acquired  $5,861,185 

 

Simplified Companies Acquisition

 

On January 2, 2024, the Company acquired a 100% membership interest in DBOSS Funding, LLC (dba Simplified Funding), LendTech CRM Solutions, LLC, and Believe PMF EIRL (collectively referred to as the “Simplified Companies”). The Simplified Companies are engaged in the business of using proprietary software and call centers in the Dominican Republic and Florida to offer secured and unsecured financial products and services to clients with funders across the United States. The business generates revenue from the commissions generated from the funders.

 

The primary reason for the business combination is to grow Direct Funding business and improve overall margins by leveraging the synergies between the Company and the Simplified Companies.

 

In accordance with ASC 805, the acquisition was accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method. The purchase consideration was allocated to the working capital and tangible and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, with the excess recorded as goodwill, as follows:

 

Goodwill  $1,219,134 
Tangible assets   48,862 
Intangible assets   900,000 
Net assets acquired  $2,167,996 

 

 

 

The fair value of the intangible assets was determined by applying the income approach, direct cost method and multi-period excess earnings method. The fair value measurements are based on significant unobservable inputs, including management estimates and assumptions, and thus represent Level 3 measurements.

 

 F-53 
Table of Contents 

 

There were no transaction costs associated with the acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2024.

 

The goodwill is primarily attributed to the assembled workforce and synergies after the acquisition. No material measurement-period adjustments were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2024.

 

Stewards, Inc. obtained control of the Simplified Companies upon the transfer of cash consideration to the selling shareholders. The total consideration transferred in the acquisition was $2,167,996, consisting of the following:

 

Cash, including working capital adjustment  $485,527 
Equity   990,000 
Deferred consideration   692,469 
Total purchase consideration  $2,167,996 

 

The equity consideration represents 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 4,000,000 shares will be issued in two tranches of 2,000,000 shares each on the first and second anniversaries of the acquisition date.

 

Deferred consideration represents the present value at the acquisition date of the cash payments of $920,000, payable in equal weekly installments over four years.

 

The rollforward of the deferred consideration is as follows:

 

   For the Three Months Ended  For the Year Ended
   March 31, 2026  December 31, 2025
Beginning balance  $398,827   $558,893 
Payments   (57,500)   (230,000)
Interest   13,730    69,934 
Ending balance  $355,057   $398,827 

 

Note 5 - Allowance for Credit Losses

 

The change in the allowance for expected credit losses on advance receivables for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and year ended December 31, 2025, respectively, is summarized as follows:

 

   March 31, 2026  December 31, 2025
Beginning balance  $19,872,593   $19,034,977 
Current period provision   301,649    1,774,264 
Write-offs   (67,448)   (945,280)
Recoveries   813    8,632 
Ending Balance  $20,107,607   $19,872,593 

 

 F-54 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 6 - Fixed Assets, Net

 

At March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, fixed assets consisted of the following:

 

   March 31,  December 31,
   2026  2025
Land  $22,376,940   $19,692,982 
Building   135,869,459    132,692,232 
Site improvements   1,121,879    1,121,879 
Computers   128,589    122,583 
Furniture and fixtures   755    755 
Office equipment   96,396    94,342 
Leasehold improvements   4,934    4,934 
Fixed assets, gross   159,598,952    153,729,706 
Less: accumulated depreciation   (4,120,002)   (2,737,398)
Fixed assets, net  $155,478,950   $150,992,308 

 

Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and March 31, 2025 was $1,382,604 and $12,861, respectively. The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of equipment when events and circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired. There were no such charges during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company paid cash to purchase fixed assets of $5,869,246, primarily through the Plantation asset acquisition (see Note 4, Business Combinations / Asset Acquisitions).

 

There were no material sales or disposals of property and equipment during the periods presented.

 

Note 7 - Intangible Assets, Net and Goodwill

 

The carrying values of amortizable intangible assets are summarized as follows:

 

   March 31, 2026
   Gross Carrying  Accumulated   
   Amount  Amortization  Net Book Value
Trade name  $200,000   $45,000   $155,000 
Developed technology   650,000    365,630    284,370 
Customer relationships   50,000    28,125    21,875 
In-place leases   5,210,184    4,173,266    1,036,918 
   $6,110,184   $4,612,021   $1,498,163 

 

   December 31, 2025
   Gross Carrying  Accumulated   
   Amount  Amortization  Net Book Value
Trade name  $200,000   $40,000   $160,000 
Developed technology   650,000    325,004    324,996 
Customer relationships   50,000    25,000    25,000 
In-place leases   5,210,184    3,212,382    1,997,802 
   $6,110,184   $3,602,386   $2,507,798 

 

 F-55 
Table of Contents 

 

Estimated annual pretax amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

 2026 - remainder   $699,784 
2027    301,734 
2028    126,736 
2029    126,736 
2030    126,736 
Thereafter    116,437 
    $1,498,163 

 

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 was $1,009,635 and $48,751, respectively.

 

The recoverability of the carrying value of these intangible assets is evaluated when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s value may be impaired. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, the carrying value of such assets is reduced to fair value, which is determined based on discounted future cash flows, through a change to the condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

The Company’s goodwill balance was $1,219,134 as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025. There were no impairment charges related to goodwill for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.

 

Note 8 - Leases

 

Lessor - Operating Leases

 

The Company’s Block 40 property is leased to tenants primarily under non-cancelable operating leases. Future minimum lease payments to be received under non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2026 are as follows:

 

2026 - remainder   $5,447,884 
2027    1,211,149 
2028    508,880 
2029    508,880 
2030    508,880 
Thereafter    1,209,053 
Total future minimum lease payments   $9,394,726 

 

The future minimum lease payments in the table above excludes tenant reimbursements of operating expenses, the amortization of above/below-market lease intangibles, and any optional renewal periods, unless the Company is reasonably certain to exercise such options at the commencement of the lease.

 

Lessee - Operating Leases

 

On January 2, 2024, the Company acquired two leases as part of the Simplified Companies acquisition. Each lease was recognized and measured at fair value based on the remaining lease term at the date of acquisition by applying ASC 842, Leases. The office spaces for these leases are located in Lauderhill, Florida and Bonao, Dominican Republic. In 2024, the Company added a second call center location in La Vega, Dominican Republic. The Lauderhill, Bonao, and La Vega contractual lease terms end in July 2026, June 2026, and October 2026, respectively.

 

 F-56 
Table of Contents 

 

The Company recorded operating lease expenses of $20,116 and $45,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

 

The following table presents the Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities as of March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025:

 

   March 31,  December 31,
   2026  2025
ROU assets:          
Operating  $32,535   $45,637 
Total ROU assets  $32,535   $45,637 
           
Lease liabilities:          
Current:          
Operating  $28,446   $40,385 
Total lease liabilities  $28,446   $40,385 

 

As of March 31, 2026, the following table reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for the following years and total of the remaining years to the operating lease obligation recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, the future minimum annual lease payments under the operating leases were as follows:

 

 

2026 - remainder  $29,187 
2027   —   
Total lease payments   29,187 
Less: Interest   (741)
Present value of lease liabilities  $28,446 

 

The weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate related to the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of March 31, 2026 and March 31, 2025 are as follows:

 

   For the Three Months Ended
   March 31, 2026  March 31, 2025
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)   0.65    1.59 
Weighted average discount rate   5.52%   5.52%

 

Note 9 - Related-Party Transactions

 

From time to time, the Company enters into transactions with its affiliates that are considered to be related-party transactions. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the balances with such affiliates were included in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as due from related parties.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company paid expenses on behalf of FAVO Holdings LLC in an amount of $29,717; no similar expenses were incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2026. These expenses primarily relate to charges incurred on Company credit cards for non-business expenditures. These amounts were recorded as amounts due from related parties and were expected to be reimbursed to the Company. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, $3,009 remained outstanding.

 

 F-57 
Table of Contents 

 

The Company has a management agreement with FAVO Holdings LLC under which the FAVO Holdings LLC is paid $85,000 per month for consulting services. Consulting services include operational review and improvement, policy implementation, organizational analysis, introductions for potential M&A/strategic agreements and debt/equity funding, staff training, and performance monitoring. The agreement has a 12 month term and is subject to annual renewal. During the three months ended March 31,2026 and 2025 the Company incurred costs of $255,000 and $255,000, respectively, under the management agreement between FAVO Holdings LLC and the Company.

 

The Company issued $4,700,000 of senior secured notes to FAVO Holdings LLC to finance the FAVO Group acquisition in 2023. The outstanding balance on this note as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025 was $1,600,000, for both periods. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, the Company paid interest on the notes payable of $24,000 and $24,000, respectively, to FAVO Holdings LLC.

 

FAVO Holdings LLC is owned by members Vincent Napolitano, CEO of the Company and Mr. Shaun Quin, President, Principal Executive Officer and Director of the Company.  

 

On July 7, 2023, the Company issued 15,000,000 shares of common stock to Stewards Investment Capital Limited in July 2023 to serve on the advisory board for a period of 3 years term as per the advisory board agreement. The Company recorded the issuance of shares as stock subscription receivable, as services are not yet rendered and amortizing the same over the 3 year term. For the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, the Company amortized an amount of $312,501, from stock subscription receivable. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, Stewards Investment Capital Limited also received cash compensation of $60,000 and $52,453, respectively, for advisory board services.

 

Stewards Investment Capital is owned by Glen Steward, director of the Company. 

 

On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) (“Lender”) to issue up to $50 million of unsecured, unsubordinated notes (each $100,000 face value), fundable between September 1, 2025 and August 31, 2026 (the “Closing date”). Notes bear fixed interest at 8.0% per annum on amounts funded, with the first interest payment due September 1, 2026 and subsequent quarterly payments beginning October 1, 2026. Maturity date is August 31, 2030, with a Company option to request up to a six-month extension (if approved by the Lender) subject to an additional 1% per month fee on the Actual Principal Amount during the extension. The notes are unsecured and unsubordinated. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company had drawn $7.3 million and $3 million, respectively, under the facility. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company had accrued interest of $101,881 and $9,863, respectively, under the facility.

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company will issue to Stewards, within one month after the Closing date, one warrant to purchase the Company’s common stock (“Debt Facility Warrants”) for every $0.76 of Actual Principal Amount advanced, exercisable at $0.76 per share after the later of the maturity date or a liquidity event, for three years thereafter, with customary anti-dilution protections and a right to fund exercise using the Actual Principal Amount.

 

On October 30, 2025, the Loan Agreement was amended to increase the aggregate principal amount authorized under the unsecured, unsubordinated debt note facility from $50 million to $100 million, with corresponding adjustments to the number of notes and associated warrants to purchase up to 131,578,947 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share. On December 19, 2025, the Company further amended the Loan Agreement to expand the permitted uses of proceeds to include acquisitions of companies and assets, in addition to refinancing existing indebtedness and funding general corporate and operational needs. On December 21, 2025, the Company executed Amendment No. 3 to the Loan Agreement, which modified the transfer and registration provisions to require that the notes be issued and maintained in registered form, established a formal note register, and clarified transfer restrictions and replacement obligations to ensure compliance with applicable U.S. federal tax requirements. As of March 31, 2026, the outstanding debt from this Loan Agreement amounted to $7.3 million.

 

 F-58 
Table of Contents 

The Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) is owned by Glen Steward, a director of the Company. 

In August 2025, Glen Steward, a then employee of the Company, a current director of the Company and a director of Forfront Capital LLC, made a $700,000 investment in Block 40, an entity wholly owned by the Company, as part of the EB-5 investment program associated with that project. The investment was recorded as mezzanine equity in the financial statements of Block 40 as of September 30, 2025. The transaction was conducted on terms consistent with those offered to other EB-5 investors participating in the program.

 

 On December 17, 2025, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC, on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund, pursuant to which the investor subscribed for 5,750,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.25 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.44 million. The issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock was approved by the Board of Directors, and the shares were issued as restricted securities in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws. 

The Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) is owned by Glen Steward, a director of the Company. 

 

Variable Interest Entity

 

Effective August 1, 2025, the Company transferred its 100% interest in FC Sub Fund LLC (the “VIE”) to Forfront Capital LLC for a consideration of $1. The VIE was not previously consolidated by the Company, as the Company was not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The Company is continuing its involvement with the entity in the form of a 2% management fee arrangement for managing the VIE’s assets.

 

Note 10 – Warrant Liability

 

Dolomite Warrants

 

On November 3, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Dolomite Foundation (“Dolomite”) under which the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,450,980 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Dolomite Warrants”). The Dolomite Warrants were issued in exchange for up to $10.0 million of noncash, in-kind consideration in the form of $DOLO ERC-20 tokens (the “$DOLO Tokens”), which are held in a multi-signature escrow wallet and are released to the Company only upon satisfaction of specified milestone conditions described below.

 

The Dolomite Warrants were legally issued and outstanding as of November 3, 2025, although the Dolomite Warrants are exercisable only in ten equal tranches of $1,000,000 each, becoming exercisable upon achievement of specified $DOLO 30-day VWAP milestones.

 

The Dolomite Warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock and are accounted for as liability-classified instruments until such time as they qualify for equity classification. The Company recognized the Dolomite Warrants at fair value at issuance date and remeasures the instrument at fair value each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The Company utilized a Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of the Dolomite Warrants. As of March 31, 2026, the fair value of the Dolomite Warrants were $0, primarily driven by a downward mark-to-market valuation adjustment during the period.

 

 F-59 
Table of Contents 

 

In applying the Monte Carlo simulation model, the Company used the following key assumptions during the three months ended March 31, 2026:

 

Expected volatility   220%
Risk-free interest rate   3.77%
Expected term to maturity   3.50 Years 

 

Debt Facility Warrants

 

On September 17, 2025, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement with Stewards International Funds PCC (on behalf of the Stewards Private Credit Fund) where the Company can issue up to $50 million of unsecured, unsubordinated notes. On October 30, 2025, this was increased to up to $100 million of unsecured, unsubordinated notes. Refer to Note 9, “Related Party Transactions”, for further details.

 

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company will issue Debt Facility Warrants based on actual principal draws within one month after the Closing date. For accounting purposes, the warrants are considered issued at the effective date of the Loan Agreement regardless of the contingent event (actual debt draws) for future issuance. In addition, the Company considers the Debt Facility Warrants as a loan commitment or access fee to obtain the debt facility, as such, a Loan Commitment Asset was recorded against the Debt Facility Warrants.

 

The Debt Facility Warrants have an exercise price of $0.76 per share and are not exercisable until after the later of (i) the Maturity Date of the Loan Agreement of August 31, 2030 or (ii) a Liquidity Event. Once exercisable, the Debt Facility Warrants may be exercised at any time through their expiration date of August 31, 2033.

 

The Debt Facility Warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s own stock and are accounted for as liability-classified instruments until such time as they qualify for equity classification. The Company recognized the Debt Facility Warrants at fair value at issuance date and remeasures the instrument at fair value each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The Company determined the fair value of the Debt Facility Warrants using a Black-Scholes valuation model and management incorporated its best estimate of expected borrowings under the debt facility. At initial recognition, the fair value of the Debt Facility Warrants amounted to $8,008,243.

 

On December 17, 2025, in connection with a $3 million borrowing under its debt facility, the Company issued 3,947,368 debt facility warrants. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, there were additional draws of $4.3 million from the debt facility. At the actual draw date, the Company determined that the warrants were indexed to the Company’s own stock and met the criteria for equity classification under ASC 815-40. Accordingly, the Company remeasured the warrants to fair value on the draw date and reclassified the warrants from liability to equity, resulting in a $1,960,803 reclassification to additional paid-in capital. As of March 31, 2026, the fair value of the Debt Facility Warrants amounted to $4,848,233 and is presented as Warrant Liability in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Inputs to the Black-Scholes valuation model include the following assumptions:

 

Dividend yield   0%
Expected volatility   220 - 240%
Risk- free interest rate   3.66 - 4.08%
Expected term   5.42 Years 
Stock price  $0.35 

 

 F-60 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 11 - Notes Payable, Net

 

The Company’s Notes Payable, Net as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025 were as follows:

 

   Interest Rate  Maturity Date  March 31, 2026  December 31, 2025
15% notes payable   15%  3/17/2028  $31,829,223   $31,829,223 
13% notes payable   13%   Currently due   815,000    815,000 
12% notes payable   12%   Currently due   510,000    510,000 
Others    8 - 10 %   Certain notes are currently due, while others are due on 3/17/2028   2,421,621    2,521,621 
Notes payable with Stewards International Funds PCC - see Note 9   8%  8/31/2030   7,300,000    3,000,000 
Total notes payable           42,875,844    38,675,844 
Unamortized discount and debt issuance costs           (3,103,819)   (1,333,009)
Notes payable, net          $39,772,025   $37,342,835 

 

From time to time, the Company enters into secured promissory note agreements with various parties. The proceeds from these arrangements are used primarily to support the Company’s short-term trade finance operations and general working capital needs. The secured promissory notes are collateralized by advance receivables of the Company. The terms and conditions of each note may vary depending on the nature of the transaction and the counterparties involved.

 

Future minimum principal payments as of March 31, 2026, are as follows:

 

2026 - remainder   $2,622,445 
2027    —   
2028    32,953,399 
2029    —   
2030    7,300,000 
    $42,875,844 

 

 F-61 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 12 - Mortgage Loans

 

On March 11, 2026, in connection with the acquisition of the Plantation commercial property, the Company entered into a mortgage loan agreement, securing a principal amount of $4,000,000. The Plantation Mortgage Loan bears interest at a fixed rate of 12.00% per annum and matures on March 11, 2029. The Company incurred $40,000 in loan origination costs, which were recorded as a debt discount against the principal, resulting in an initial carrying value of $3,960,000. The Plantation Mortgage Loan has a stated interest rate of 12.00% per annum and, after consideration of the debt discount, an effective interest rate of 12.3%. The debt discount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. The loan matures on March 11, 2029, and requires monthly interest-only payments of $40,000, which commenced on April 11, 2026, with the entire outstanding principal balance due at maturity. The loan may be prepaid at any time without penalty. The Plantation Mortgage Loan is secured by a first-priority mortgage lien on the acquired commercial property and contains customary covenants and default provisions, including a clause for acceleration of the debt upon default. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company recognized total interest expense of $27,282, which consisted of accrued interest of $26,667 and non-cash amortization of debt issuance costs of $615. As of March 31, 2026, the carrying value of the Plantation Mortgage Loan was $3,960,615, which is net of the unamortized debt discount of $39,385.

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company assumed a Mortgage Loan as part of the Block 40 Acquisition which is secured by the real property. The Mortgage Loan accrues interest based upon the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) plus a spread of 3.00%. The Mortgage Loan has interest payments due in monthly installments with a maturity date for the entire principal balance on June 1, 2026, with an option to extend the maturity date to June 1, 2027, subject to certain conditions. As of March 31, 2026, the Mortgage Loan had an outstanding balance of $73,625,000 and there is no outstanding accrued interest. The effective interest rate for the Mortgage Loan was 7.34%.

 

Future minimum principal payments as of March 31, 2026, are as follows:

 

 

2026 - remainder   $73,625,000 
2027    —   
2028    —   
2029    4,000,000 
2030    —   
    $77,625,000 

 

Interest Rate Cap

 

The Company has an interest rate cap related to a floating-rate senior mortgage assumed in connection with the July 11, 2025 acquisition of Block 40, LLC and related entities. The Mortgage Loan is indexed to a SOFR-based rate plus a credit spread, and the cap limits the base rate component of the loan to 4.00% per annum through the loan’s extended maturity date of June 1, 2026. The cap meets the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and is therefore required to be recognized separately and measured at fair value at each reporting date. As of March 31, 2026, the interest rate cap had a fair value of $713 and is included in Other Assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

 F-62 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies

 

Legal Proceedings

 

During the normal course of business, the Company may be exposed to litigation. When the Company becomes aware of potential litigation, it evaluates the merits of the case in accordance with ASC 450-20-50, Contingencies. The Company evaluates its exposure to the matter, possible legal or settlement strategies, and the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome. If the Company determines that an unfavorable outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated, it establishes the necessary accruals.

 

The Company has been involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, primarily related to consumer protection claims. As of the reporting date, substantially all matters have been dismissed or resolved without liability to the Company. One matter remains at an early stage relating to a notice of intent to foreclose on a construction lien in connection with the Company’s Block 40 property, with an asserted unpaid balance of approximately $357,225. Management is evaluating the matter and does not believe a loss is probable; accordingly, no accrual has been recorded. The Company will continue to monitor this matter.

 

Note 14 - Net Loss Per Share

 

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus potential common shares. Convertible preferred stock and common warrants are considered potential common shares and are included in the computation of diluted net loss per share using the if-converted method and treasury stock method, respectively, when their effect is dilutive. In periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to common stockholders, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive. Because the Company was in a net loss position for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share as the inclusion of all potential common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

 

   For the Three Months Ended
   March, 31 2026  March 31, 2025
Numerator:      
Net loss attributed to common stockholders - basic and diluted  $(6,353,254)  $(1,912,155)
Denominator:          
Weighted average shares of common stock - basic and diluted   208,635,439    100,310,845 
Net loss per share - basic and diluted  $(0.03)  $(0.02)

 

 F-63 
Table of Contents 

 

The financial instruments that could potentially dilute basic net loss per share in the future and that have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share (because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect) were as follows:

 

   March, 31 2026  March 31, 2025
Convertible preferred stock   81,250,000    55,770,000 
Common stock warrants   16,928,348    8,000,000 
Total   98,178,348    63,770,000 

 

Note 15 - Income Taxes

 

The Company did not record an income tax provision for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025. We maintain a 100% valuation allowance on total deferred tax assets. Management believes it is more likely than not that the related deferred tax asset will not be realized. As a result, the Company’s effective tax rate will remain at 0% because there are no estimated or discrete items that would affect the tax provision.

 

Note 16 – Redeemable Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interest and Nonparticipating Noncontrolling Interest

 

Block 40 Class B Preferred Units

 

Pursuant to the Company’s acquisition of the membership interests in the Block 40 Entities, the Company assumed the obligations associated with the EB-5 investors in Block 40, LLC. From September 15, 2015 and through May 31, 2024, Block 40, LLC issued Class B Preferred Units through six offerings which raised $46.0 million, with an additional $5.5 million still owed to the Company as of March 31, 2026, by issuing 88 Class B Preferred Units to investors. The investments were structured in such a way as to qualify the investor for the EB-5 Employment Creation Visa (“EB-5 Visa”). The EB-5 Visa provides a method for foreign nationals who invest capital and thereby support the creation of jobs in the United States to obtain lawful permanent resident status in the United States, which is commonly referred to as a “Green Card.” The funding from the issuance of the Class B Preferred Units was then used by Block 40 for the construction and development of the Block 40 property located in Hollywood, Broward County, Florida. Each Class B Preferred Equity Unit is entitled to an annual rate of preferred return that is cumulative, payment of which is contingent on available distributable cash and is not guaranteed. In addition, the Class B Preferred Units are non-participating and, accordingly, do not share in Block 40, LLC or the Company’s net income or net loss.

 

During October and December 2025, the Company entered into share exchange agreements with certain EB-5 investors to acquire their Class B Preferred Units in Block 40, LLC. Under the agreements, the Company issued a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the Investor’s remaining unrecovered Class B capital amount and (ii) the accrued but unpaid Class B preferred return through the closing date, divided by $0.76. There were 25 investors in Class B Preferred Equity that participated in the share exchange agreements which represents $16,057,917 of total equity holding. In connection with these exchanges, the Company issued 21,128,838 shares of common stock.

 

As of March 31, 2026, there were 45 investors in Class B Preferred Equity whose Form I-526 petitions have been approved. Their total equity holdings of $28,495,222 are therefore not subject to redemption outside the Company’s control and will be classified as permanent equity. On the other hand, there are 18 investors in Class B Preferred Equity whose I-526 petitions remain pending. Their total holdings of $8,461,738 remain subject to redemption in the event of a USCIS denial and will accordingly be classified as mezzanine equity. Pursuant to ASC 480-10-S99-3A(24), management evaluated all cash redemption features that are outside the Company’s control which is redemption upon USCIS denial of a holder’s Form I-526 and concluded redemption is not probable as management is not aware of any USCIS denials and does not consider such denials probable. Accordingly, no accretion to redemption value has been recognized as of March 31, 2026. The Company will reassess these conditions each reporting period and will accrete to the redemption amount prospectively if redemption becomes probable or the Units become currently redeemable.

 

 F-64 
Table of Contents 

 

Note 17 - Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

Common Stock

 

On January 22, 2026, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of its common stock to Robinpaws LLC pursuant to an asset purchase agreement originally entered into in December 2023, in connection with the acquisition of certain operating assets related to a proprietary funding and call center platform. The issuance was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, the shares were issued as restricted securities, and the consideration for the issuance was deemed fully paid and non-assessable based on the agreed acquisition value set forth in the underlying asset purchase agreement.

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company is authorized to issue 71,250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all of which were issued and outstanding.

 

The following is a description of the material rights of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock:

 

Voting - The holders of Series A Preferred Stock vote together with the holders of common stock and any other class or series of stock entitled to vote thereon as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

Dividend - Each holder shall be entitled to receive an annual dividend of six percent (6%) of the Stated Value times the number of Preferred Shares held by such holder payable on a quarterly basis beginning at the end of the Company’s fiscal quarter following the original issue date. Dividends on the Preferred Shares are payable, at the Company’s option, in (a) cash or (b) shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination thereof.

 

Liquidation Preference – Each holder receives, before Junior Stock (which includes Common Stock and Series C Preferred Stock), an amount per preferred share equal to what they would receive if they converted to Common Stock immediately prior to the liquidation payment

 

Conversion Rights - After twenty-four months, each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of common stock, the number of which is determined according to the following formula, subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations, reclassifications, combinations, subdivisions or other similar events. Each Series A Preferred Stock converts at a “Conversion Rate” equal to Conversion Amount / Conversion Price

 

In connection with any conversion, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is subject to a beneficial ownership limitation of 9.99% of our outstanding common stock.

 

Redemption - The Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to redeem all or a portion of the outstanding Preferred Shares at the Redemption Amount. As used herein, the term “Redemption Amount” shall equal the Stated Value. If the Company does not redeem all of the outstanding Preferred Shares, but instead opts for a partial redemption, it must be done in at least $250,000 increments, and for every $250,000 redeemed, the Company will issue to the holder a warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

On August 25, 2025, the Board of Directors and shareholders of the Company approved the creation of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

 F-65 
Table of Contents 

 

Also on August 25, 2025, the Company entered into a Conversion Agreement with Forfront, LLC, an affiliate of the Company, for it to convert 10,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 10,000,000 shares of the newly created Series B Preferred Stock. The conversion has been treated as preferred stock extinguishment where the fair value of Series B preferred stock has been recognized and the carrying value of Series A Preferred Stock has been derecognized with the difference of $700,000 has been treated as a deemed dividend recorded in accumulated deficit.

 

Finally, on August 25, 2025, the Company entered into a Voting Agreement with Forfront, LLC, the sole Holder of the Series B Preferred Stock, in which Forfront agreed to vote its shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the direction of a majority vote of the Company’s three founders, which includes Vincent Napolitano, Shaun Quin and Glen Steward, with the Company’s President receiving an irrevocable proxy to vote the shares. The term of the irrevocable proxy under the Voting Agreement terminates upon the earlier of (i) a period of fifteen (15) years from August 25, 2025, with the ability to extend; (ii) mutual written agreement of the parties to terminate the Voting Agreement; (iii) when there are no shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding; or (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

 

The conversion to Series B Preferred Stock and the Voting Agreement are part of a strategic initiative to streamline the Company’s capital structure, enhance governance control during a critical phase involving corporate rebranding, and align leadership with long-term objectives without diluting economic interests of non-affiliate shareholders. The Board determined this related-party transaction to be fair under Nevada law and ratified it by majority voting power.

 

The following is a description of the material rights of the Company’s Series B preferred stock:

 

Voting - The Series B Preferred Stock shall vote on any matter that may from time to time be submitted to the Company’s shareholders for a vote, on a 50-for-one basis.

 

Conversion - The Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after five years from the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock on a one-to-one basis.

 

Dividend - The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends, out of any assets legally available thereon, on the common stock of the Company, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.

 

Liquidation Preference - The Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any value in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

 

Series C Preferred Stock

 

On May 9, 2025, pursuant to Certificate of Designation for the Series C Preferred Stock, 18,750,000 Series C Preferred Stocks were converted into 18,750,000 shares of common stock at par value $0.0001 of Stewards, Inc.

 

On August 25, 2025, the Company filed a withdrawal to the Certificate of Designation, as amended, for the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Common Warrants and Prefunded Warrants

 

On September 9, 2024, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain purchasers (the “Purchasers”) for the sale of the Company’s securities and, in connection therewith, entered into a registration rights agreement with the Purchasers.

 

 F-66 
Table of Contents 

 

In an initial closing on December 12, 2024 (the “Initial Closing”), the Company issued 8,000,000 common units (the “Common Units”). Each Common Unit consisted of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), (ii) one common warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the “Common Warrant”), and (iii) one pre-funded warrant to purchase 3/200th of a share of Common Stock (the “Pre-funded Warrant”). The Common Units were sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share of Common Stock. Gross proceeds from the Initial Closing were approximately $2.0 million, before placement agent fees and expenses and other offering costs of $207,600. These proceeds has been allocated between the Common Stock, Common Warrant and Pre-funded Warrant issued as part of the offerings.

 

In a second closing on August 14, 2025 (the “Second Closing”), the Company issued 1,750,000 Common Units on substantially the same terms as the Initial Closing. The Common Units were sold at a purchase price of $0.25 per share of Common Stock. The Common Warrants have a five-year term and an exercise price of $0.40 per share, and the Pre-funded Warrants have an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. Gross proceeds from the Second Closing were approximately $437,500, before placement agent fees and expenses and other offering costs of $51,350. These proceeds has been allocated between the Common Stock, Common Warrant and Pre-funded Warrant issued as part of the offerings.

 

On June 4, 2025, the Company issued 487,500 shares of common stock and common warrants to the Purchasers in connection with an amendment to the registration rights agreements. The fair value of the instruments issued was $329,248, which the Company recognized as expense during the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

On December 12, 2025, the Company issued an additional 146,250 Pre-Funded Warrants as delay payment in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement with the investors.

 

The Common Warrants have an exercise price of $0.40 per share and are exercisable from the date of issuance for a term of five years. As of December 31, 2025, there are 10,237,500 Common Warrants outstanding.

 

The Pre-Funded Warrants have a nominal exercise price of $0.0001 per warrant share and are exercisable such that one-sixth (1/6) of the warrant shares becomes exercisable on or after the date that is six months from the issuance date, with an additional one-sixth (1/6) becoming exercisable each month thereafter. The warrants remain exercisable during this exercise period until the earlier of (i) the warrants being exercised in full or (ii) the Company’s common stock being uplisted, which earlier event serves as the termination date after which the warrants are no longer exercisable. As of March 31, 2026, there are 10,237,500 Common Warrants outstanding. As of March 31, 2026, there are 292,500 Pre-Funded Warrants outstanding.

 

Both the Common Warrants and Prefunded Warrants are equity-classified. The fair values at issuance date were determined using Black-Scholes model, based on the following assumptions at the time of issuance:

 

Dividend yield   0%
Expected volatility   75%
Risk-free interest rate   3.93-4.33%
Expected term   4.25-5 Years 

 

Note 18 - Segment Information

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate discrete financial information is available and is regularly reviewed by the CODM. The CODM evaluates, oversees, and manages the Company’s operations and financial performance through two reportable segments that are organized primarily by type of business activity. Specifically, the segments include: Financing Solutions and Real Estate Operations.

 

 F-67 
Table of Contents 

 

The Company is operating as a private credit company focused on providing alternative financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses across the United States. In July 2025, the Company expanded its U.S. operations into real estate through the acquisition of Block 40, these operations are in the United States.

 

While the Company operates across multiple customer types and geographic locations, the CODM regularly receives and reviews discrete financial information disaggregated by these segments, which are used as the basis for evaluating performance and allocating resources.

 

The CODM does not review expense items at a level lower than those presented in the table below. The following tables present certain financial information related to our reportable segments:

 

   For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2026
   Financing  Real Estate   
   Solutions  Operations  Total
Revenue  $1,470,270   $2,384,395   $3,854,665 
Significant segment-level expenses:               
Cost of revenue   273,885    1,306,050    1,579,935 
General and administrative expenses   1,357,882    1,396,955    2,754,837 
Provision for credit losses   301,649    —      301,649 
Depreciation and amortization   61,466    2,330,773    2,392,239 
Professional fees   422,705    600,397    1,023,102 
Loss from operations  $(947,317)  $(3,249,780)  $(4,197,097)

 

 

   As of March 31, 2026
   Financing  Real Estate   
   Solutions  Operations  Total
CURRENT ASSETS               
Cash, cash equivalents  $448,213   $813,939   $1,262,152 
Restricted cash   10,000    3,450,154    3,460,154 
Advance receivables, net   6,783,416    8,002    6,791,418 
Prepaid expense   105,701    346,499    452,200 
Loan commitment asset   4,848,233    —      4,848,233 
Due from related parties   65,198    104,640    169,838 
Other current assets   40,438    466,683    507,121 
Total current assets   12,301,199    5,189,917    17,491,116 
                
Fixed assets, net   118,373    155,360,577    155,478,950 
Operating lease right-of-use asset   32,535    —      32,535 
Intangible assets, net   461,245    1,036,918    1,498,163 
Goodwill   1,219,134    —      1,219,134 
Other assets   23,782    44,424    68,206 
TOTAL ASSETS  $14,156,268   $161,631,836   $175,788,104 

 

 F-68 
Table of Contents 

 

   Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
   Financing  Real Estate   
   Solutions  Operations  Total
Revenue  $3,365,225   $—     $3,365,225 
Significant segment-level expenses:               
Cost of revenue   653,821    —      653,821 
General and administrative expenses   1,961,303    —      1,961,303 
Provision for credit losses   566,244    —      566,244 
Depreciation and amortization   61,612    —      61,612 
Professional fees   574,416    —      574,416 
Loss from operations  $(452,171)  $—     $(452,171)

 

 

   As of December 31, 2025
   Financing  Real Estate   
   Solutions  Operations  Total
CURRENT ASSETS               
Cash, cash equivalents  $4,165,334   $738,709   $4,904,043 
Restricted cash   —      3,273,763    3,273,763 
Advance receivables, net   7,229,456    8,002    7,237,458 
Prepaid expense   141,348    375,066    516,414 
Loan commitment asset   6,709,609    —      6,709,609 
Due from related parties   40,231    98,340    138,571 
Other current assets   50,387    616,302    666,689 
Total current assets   18,336,365    5,110,182    23,446,547 
                
Fixed assets, net   118,447    150,873,861    150,992,308 
Operating lease right-of-use asset   45,637    —      45,637 
Intangible assets, net   509,996    1,997,802    2,507,798 
Goodwill   1,219,134    —      1,219,134 
Other assets   150,001    1,159    151,160 
TOTAL ASSETS  $20,379,580   $157,983,004   $178,362,584 

 

Note 19 - Subsequent Events

 

In April 2026, the Company borrowed $500,000 under its existing credit facility for general corporate purposes. This draw bears interest at the contractual rate and is subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreement. As of the date of this filing, the Company is in compliance with all associated financial covenants.

 

In May 2026, the Company borrowed $500,000 under its existing credit facility for general corporate purposes. This draw bears interest at the contractual rate and is subject to the terms and conditions of the facility agreement. As of the date of this filing, the Company is in compliance with all associated financial covenants.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a leadership transition and related governance changes. Vincent Napolitano will transition from his roles as Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, and Treasurer and will be appointed as Chairman Emeritus. Concurrently, Shaun Quin will be appointed Chief Executive Officer and Glen Steward will be appointed Chairman of the Board. As of the date of issuance of these interim financial statements, the definitive agreements related to these arrangements are in the process of being finalized. The Company has not recorded any amounts related to these arrangements as of March 31, 2026, as the terms were not fully executed or determinable as of March 31, 2026.

 F-69 
Table of Contents 

 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

 

 

Block 40, LLC Hollywood, Florida

 

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Block 40, LLC and Subsidiary, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members' equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Block 40, LLC and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2023, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of Block 40, LLC and to meet our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about Block 40, LLC ’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 F-70 
Table of Contents 

 

 

In performing an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, we:

·         Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

·         Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.

·         Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Block 40, LLC ’s internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed.

·         Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

·         Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about Block 40, LLC ’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control related matters that we identified during the audit.

 

Kaufman, Rossin & Co., P.A.

June 20, 2024

Miami, Florida

 

 

 

 F-71 
Table of Contents 

 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2023

 

    
ASSETS     
RENTAL PROPERTY, NET  $126,799,897 
CASH   1,649,982 
RESTRICTED CASH   1,082,969 
TENANT RECEIVABLES, NET   53,043 
ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES   175,466 
PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS   795,508 
FAIR VALUE OF INTEREST RATE CAP   1,249,025 
   $131,805,890 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY     
NOTE PAYABLE, NET  $81,224,635 
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES   3,616,850 
UNEARNED RENT   105,717 
TENANT SECURITY DEPOSITS   360,623 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES     
MEMBERS' EQUITY   46,498,065 
   $131,805,890 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-72 
Table of Contents 

 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023

      
REVENUE     
Residential rental  $8,264,168 
Commercial rental and tenant expense recovery   110,580 
Other operating income   1,254,426 
Total revenue   9,629,174 
OPERATING EXPENSES     
Depreciation   7,018,047 
Management and other fees   1,722,315 
General and administrative   2,167,052 
Insurance and property taxes   1,529,257 
Common area maintenance   1,517,864 
Utilities   790,016 
Advertising and promotion   324,588 
Professional fees   213,184 
Bad debt expense   65,133 
Total operating expenses   15,347,456 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS   (5,718,282)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)     
Preferred return dividends - HCC   (1,800,000)
Interest and financing fees   (5,634,603)
Change in fair value of interest rate cap   (1,735,746)
Loan guarantee fees   (1,260,000)
Total other income (expense)   (10,430,349)
NET LOSS  $(16,148,631)

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-73 
Table of Contents 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023

 

                               
    HCC priority interest    Class B Preferred Units (EB-5 investors, 156 units authorized, 78 issued and outstanding    Subscription Receivable    Class A Members    Accumulated Deficit    Total 
Members' equity as of December 31, 2022  $26,900,000   $40,100,707   $(1,444,170)  $6,436,893   $(11,882,784)  $60,110,646 
Class B Units issued   —      3,200,000    (663,950)   —      —      2,536,050 
Net loss   —      —      —      —      (16,148,631)   (16,148,631)
Members' equity as of December 31, 2023  $26,900,000   $43,300,707   $(2,108,120)  $6,436,893   $(28,031,415)  $46,498,065 

  

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-74 
Table of Contents 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023

    
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:   
Net loss  $(16,148,631)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:     
Depreciation   7,018,047 
Bad debt expense   65,133 
Change in fair value of interest rate cap   1,735,746 
Amortization of debt issuance costs   1,314,503 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
Tenant receivables   (67,607)
Prepaid expenses and other assets   (131,142)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   2,117,996 
Unearned rent   2,304 
Tenant security deposits   (16,689)
Total adjustments   12,038,291 
Net cash used in operating activities   (4,110,340)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Capital expenditures   (1,024,677)
Advances to affiliates   (120,615)
Net cash used in investing activities   (1,325,292)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Class B Unit proceeds   2,536,050 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH   (2,899,582)
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH - BEGINNING   5,632,533 
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH - ENDING  $2,732,951 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:     
Interest paid  $6,360,026 
Income taxes paid  $—   
Reconciliation of Cash and Restricted Cash as reported within the Consolidated Balance Sheet to the amounts in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:     
Cash  $1,649,982 
Restricted cash   1,082,969 
Total cash and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows  $2,732,951 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-75 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Organization and Nature of Operations

Block 40, LLC (the "Block 40"), a Florida limited liability company, is governed pursuant to its amended and restated operating agreement between Block 40 Managers, LLC (the "Manager"), Block 40 Investment Holdings, LLC (the "Founding Member"), Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC ("HCC"), and certain investing members consisting of foreign nationals participating through EB-5 private placement offerings. Block 40 was formed for the purpose of acquiring, developing, operating and leasing a mixed-use real estate project consisting of 273 residential rental apartment units and approximately 23,000 square feet of commercial retail space, located in Hollywood, Florida, known as 1818 Park (the "Property"). The Manager shall do all things reasonable for the purposes of operating and managing the Property for the benefit of the Block 40's investing members. The Manager, Founding Member, and HCC are related by virtue of common ownership and management.

 

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Block 40 and its wholly owned subsidiary Block 40 Property, LLC, collectively referred to as the Company. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Change in Accounting Principle

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance (FASB ASC 326) which changed how entities measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The most significant change in this standard is a shift from the incurred loss model to expected loss model. Financial assets held by the Company that are subject to the guidance in FASB ASC 326 were advances to affiliates and deminimus amounts of other income receivable. The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2023. The impact of the adoption was not considered material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-76 
Table of Contents 

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes its lease contract rental revenue, including lease and non- lease components, under the accounting framework of Accounting Standards Codification No.842, Leases ("ASC 842"), which are therefore excluded from the scope of ASU 2014-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASC 606"). The Company has elected to not separate lease and non-lease components, primarily related to reimbursable operating expenses, for its lessor arrangements, and the combined component is accounted for entirely under ASC 842. The Company's leases are classified as operating leases. To evaluate lease classification, the Company assesses the terms and conditions of the lease to determine the appropriate lease term. Options to extend the lease term are not included in the evaluation for lease classification or for recognition of rental revenue, unless the Company is reasonably certain the tenant will exercise its options. Evaluation of lease classification also requires an estimate of the residual value of the real estate at the end of the lease term. Tenant rents received in advance of the due date are classified as unearned rent. The Company presents revenues net of sales tax in its consolidated statement of operations.

 

Residential Rental Revenue

The Company leases residential apartment units with terms generally of one year or less. The lease agreements typically provide for base rent, other charges, if applicable, and a security deposit. Rent concessions and escalations, if any, are typically nominal. Residential rental revenue is recognized when rent is due from tenants in accordance with the leases on a straight-line basis.

 

Commercial Rental Revenue and Tenant Expense Recovery

Commercial rental revenue is recognized when rent is due from tenants in accordance with the leases, which are expected to have terms ranging from 5 to 10 years. For leases that provide rent concessions or fixed escalations over the lease term, rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases. Contingent rental revenue is recognized after the tenants' reported sales have exceeded the breakpoint established in the corresponding lease agreement. Certain operating expenses are reimbursed by commercial tenants and recognized as they are contractually billable in accordance with the terms of the leases, generally in the period in which such costs are incurred. Tenant expense recovery revenues are variable and considered non-lease components. The Company combines all its non-lease components, which were determined to have the same pattern of transfer as the related operating lease component, into a single combined lease component. The Company commenced commercial lease activity during 2023.

 

Other Operating Income

Other operating income is recognized in accordance with ASC 606, and principally represents amounts charged to tenants for late fees, pet fees, lease termination fees, damages, events, and other miscellaneous charges, which is recognized at a point in time, at the time the services are provided or when the tenant incurs the charge. In all cases, the transaction prices are fixed and representative in each case of a single performance obligation.

 

 F-77 
Table of Contents 

 

Rental Property

Rental property is recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major betterments and additions are charged to the asset accounts, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Depreciation

Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method using various rates based generally on the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives are typically as follows:

    
Building - Residential  27.5 years
Building - Commercial  39 years
Building and land improvements  15 years
Fixtures and personal property  5 to 7 years

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the impaired asset exceeds fair value. Management's assessment of the recoverability of its rental property includes, but is not limited to, recent operating results, expected undiscounted net operating cash flow and management's plans for future operations.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, restricted cash and tenant receivables. From time to time, the Company maintains balances with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had approximately $2,194,000 of cash and restricted cash in excess of federally insured limits. Management of the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its tenants and requires tenants to provide security deposits. Although security deposits are typically insufficient to meet the terminal value of the tenant's lease obligation, they are a measure of good faith and a source of funds to offset the economic costs associated with lost rent and the costs associated with re-leasing the space in the event the tenant does not pay as agreed.

 

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists principally of tenant security deposits, lockbox accounts and escrow funds restricted to payment of real estate taxes and insurance, as required by the Company's lender.

 

 F-78 
Table of Contents 

 

Tenant Receivables

Tenant receivables are uncollateralized tenant obligations due under normal lease terms, and include accrued tenant revenues as a result of base minimum rents in excess of actual tenant billings (straight-lining). The carrying amount of tenant receivables may be reduced by an allowance that reflects management's best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. Management individually reviews all tenant receivable balances and, based on assessment of current credit worthiness, estimates the portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected. The Company provides for and writes off specific accounts upon determination that such amounts will not be collected. No allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded as of December 31, 2023.

 

Advances To Affiliates

Amounts due from affiliates are stated at the outstanding balance of funds due for repayment of cash advances. The need for an allowance is evaluated by management on an on-going basis based on relevant circumstances. Management's estimate of the need for an allowance is derived from a review of the Company's historical losses and adjusted for management's assessment of current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts regarding future events, and any other factors deemed relevant by the Company. Management has not recorded a provision for credit losses as of December 31, 2023.

 

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs consist principally of loan origination and related fees, and are amortized to interest and financing fees in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the related debt, which approximates the effective interest method. Unamortized debt issuance costs are recorded as a reduction of the contractual principal balance of the related debt.

 

Tenant Security Deposits

The Company's leases typically require security deposits which are generally refunded or, if circumstances warrant, recognized as revenue, upon tenant vacancy.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and are included in operating expenses. The amount charged for the year ended December 31, 2023 was approximately $325,000.

 

 F-79 
Table of Contents 

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to the effect of interest rate changes and uses a strategy to limit these risks through the use of derivatives, consisting of interest rate caps. The Company uses interest rate caps to reduce the impact that increases in interest rates will have on the Company's floating rate liabilities. The Company recognizes interest rate caps on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at fair value. To determine the fair value of derivative instruments, the Company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions as of the balance sheet date, such as discounted cash flows and option-pricing models. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value and such value may never actually be realized or sustained. The Company has not designated any derivatives as hedges to qualify for hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes and fluctuations in the fair value of derivatives have been recognized as change in fair value of interest rate cap in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Payments received from interest rate cap counterparties are recognized as a reduction of interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Fair Value Measurements

"Fair Value Measurements" as prescribed by the ASC, establishes a three-tier hierarchy to distinguish between (1) inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs) and (2) inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs) and to establish classification of fair value measurements for disclosure purposes. Various inputs are used in determining the value of the Company's assets and liabilities.

 

The inputs are summarized in the three broad levels listed below.

 

Level 1 - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities

 

Level 2 - observable inputs other than Level 1 process, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in active markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities

 

Level 3 - unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities (including the Company's own assumptions in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities)

 

 F-80 
Table of Contents 

 

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy:

 

Interest rate cap - The fair value of the Company's interest rate caps are determined by using the market standard methodology of discounting the future expected cash receipts that would occur if variable interest rates rose above the strike rate of the interest rate cap. The variable interest rates used in the calculation of projected receipts on the interest rate cap are based on a third-party expert's expectation of future interest rates derived from observable market interest rate curves and volatilities. This financial instrument is measured at fair value on a recurring basis, using Level 2 measurement inputs in the three-tier fair value hierarchy.

 

Income Taxes

The Company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Consequently, federal income taxes are not payable by the Company. Members are taxed individually on their share of the Company's earnings. The Company's net income or loss is allocated among the members in accordance with the operating agreement of the Company. No provision for income taxes is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Entities treated as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes may be directly assessed for federal income taxes, interest and penalties arising from partnership audits and/or adjustments (the “Assessment”), rather than the owners of the entity being liable for the Assessment. Any such Assessment against the entity would impact the equity interests of current owners pro-rata at the time the Assessment is levied absent claw- back provisions to any former owners or other special allocation provisions within the entity’s governing documents

 

The Company assesses its tax positions in accordance with "Accounting for Uncertainties in Income Taxes" as prescribed by the Accounting Standards Codification, which provides guidance for financial statement recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return for open tax years (generally a period of three years from the later of each return's due date or the date filed) that remain subject to examination by the Company's major tax jurisdictions.

 

The Company assesses its tax positions and determines whether it has any material unrecognized liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company records these liabilities to the extent it deems them more likely than not to be incurred. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, would be classified as a component of income tax expense. The Company believes that it does not have any significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition or measurement in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

 F-81 
Table of Contents 

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Financial Statements

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the year presented. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Reclassifications

Certain components of 2022 members' equity have been reclassified to conform with 2023 presentation.

NOTE 2. RENTAL PROPERTY

 

Rental property at December 31, 2023 consisted of the following:

      
Land  $4,504,624 
Building - residential   104,550,314 
Building - commercial   11,661,662 
Building and land improvements   4,169,160 
Fixtures and personal property   13,605,007 
    138,490,767 
      
Less: accumulated depreciation   (11,690,870)
      
   $126,799,897 

Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $7,018,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023.

 

 F-82 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 3. NOTE PAYABLE, NET

 

In June 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution for maximum borrowings of up to $84,000,000. The loan requires monthly interest- only payments based on a variable interest rate of the one-month Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus 2.75% (effectively 8.09% at December 31, 2023), subject to an interest rate cap agreement. The loan matured on June 1, 2024, at which time the Company exercised its first extension option to extend the maturity to June 1, 2025, under similar terms. Contemporaneously with the loan extension the Company and lender entered into a first amendment to the loan agreement whereby the interest rate cap requirement was waived for the first one-year extension period and the Company deposited approximately $775,000 into escrow with the lender. The loan agreement stipulates two additional one-year extension options available to the Company subject to certain conditions, as defined in the loan agreement and its related first amendment. The loan is collateralized by a mortgage on the Property and an assignment of tenant leases and guaranteed by certain individuals with ownership in the Manager. The loan agreement contains certain affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, including limitations on use of cash and funded debt and requirements to maintain prescribed debt service coverage ratios, as defined in the loan agreement and its related first amendment.

 

At December 31, 2023, the net note payable balance consisted of the following:

 

     
Note payable $ 81,772,345
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $2,081,296   (547,710)
  $ 81,224,635

 

Interest Rate Cap

In June 2022, the Company purchased an interest rate cap with notional amount of $84,000,000. The cap rate agreement provided for a cap of the one-month SOFR rate at 2.25% through the initial maturity date of June 1, 2024, which effectively limited the maximum interest rate of the loan to be 5%. The cap rate agreement was not extended in conjunction with the loan extension. During the year ended December 31, 2023 the SOFR exceeded the cap rate, and the Company recognized approximately $2,362,000 of proceeds from the interest rate cap as a reduction of interest and financing fees. At December 31, 2023, the fair value of the interest rate cap was approximately $1,249,000, and the change in fair value included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations amounted to a loss of approximately $1,736,000.

 

Interest and financing fees amounted to approximately $5,635,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023, including amortization of debt issuance costs of approximately $1,315,000.

 

 F-83 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2023:

             
ASSETS, at fair value 

Quoted Prices in Active

Markets for Identical Assets

(Level 1)

 

Significant Other Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

 

Significant Unobservable Inputs

(Level 3)

  Total
Interest rate cap  $—     $1,249,025   $—     $1,249,025 

 

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Asset Management Fees

 

The Manager provides management, accounting and administration services to the Company. Management fees for services are as follows: (i) development fees based on the development costs of the Property as defined pursuant to the Eighth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, including without limitation all costs and fees relating to the acquisition, financing, construction, and development of the project (ii) a commission override fee of 0.5% of total real estate sales and leases, and (iii) an asset management fee of 3% of total monthly revenue. As of December 31, 2023, cumulative development fees paid to the Manager amounted to approximately

$6,915,000, of which approximately $1,063,000 was incurred during the year ended December 31, 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2023, commission override and asset management fees incurred to the Manager amounted to approximately $48,000 and $332,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 amounts due to the Manager for commission override and asset management fees amounted to approximately $75,000 and $497,000, respectively, which are included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

Loan Guarantee Fees

Certain individuals with indirect ownership in the Manager personally guarantee loans made to the Company to fund operations and capital needs, and earn fees of 1.5% of the loan amount guaranteed. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the loan guarantee fees amounted to approximately $1,260,000. As of December 31, 2023 amounts due to guarantors amounted to approximately $1,057,000, which is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

 F-84 
Table of Contents 

 

Administration Services

The Company receives administrative services from an affiliate related by virtue of common management. The affiliate allocates payroll and other employee related costs based on estimated hours devoted to the Property, and receives an administration fee in consideration of the services provided. For the year ended December 31, 2023, administration service fees incurred to the affiliate amounted to approximately $1,083,000. As of December 31, 2023, amounts due to the affiliate for services amounted to approximately $497,000, which is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

NOTE 6. MEMBERS' EQUITY

 

General

 

The Company is governed pursuant to its Eighth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated June 19, 2020, and its subsequent First Amendment (collectively the "OA"). Pursuant to the OA, the Company consists of the following membership classes: (a) Class A Members consisting of the Manager and the Founding Member, (b) Class B (EB-5) Preferred Members, and (c) HCC's priority interest. The interests of the Manager and Founding Member are not represented by units, but are considered Class A interests with voting rights. Class B unit holders have no voting rights and units were issued in exchange for a capital contribution of $500,000 to $900,000. HCC's priority interest has no voting rights. The liability of members is limited to their total capital contributions and the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the OA.

 

Class B units generally accrue a preferred return of 2% for the first five years and are subject to increases thereafter dependent on factors defined in the OA. Preferred returns are not guaranteed, as distributions are dependent on the availability of cash to the Company. As such, they are not accrued and are not reflected as liabilities on the accompanying balance sheet until declared. As of December 31, 2023, Class B unit accumulated preferred returns in arrears amount to approximately $4,425,000.

 

The Company, at the Manager's sole discretion, has the option to redeem Class B units for a call price, generally equal to the Class B unreturned capital and preferred return balance. Commencing upon the third anniversary of the date the Company receives the Project certificate of occupancy, as defined in the OA, and absent redemption by the Company, the Company shall generally provide a 30 day opportunity to convert the Class B units into Class A interests at the then fair market value not to exceed the members unreturned capital, and to receive payment of the then amount of unpaid preferred returns. The conversion transaction is to be executed without dilution to the interests of the Manager. As of December 31, 2023, no Class B units have been redeemed or converted.

 

 F-85 
Table of Contents 

 

In 2020, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with HCC for priority membership interest. HCC subscribed to investing up to $30,000,000 in exchange for a priority interest in the Company as follows: (i) a 6% preferred return on its preferred investment, and (ii) a profits interest equal to 0.2% per each $1,000,000 tranche of funding, resulting in a maximum Class A interest of 6%, if fully funded. The Company may exercise a call option to purchase the HCC priority interest two years after the date of HCC's admission into the Company. HCC may exercise a put option to cause the Company to purchase its interest four years after the date of HCC's admission into the Company. The redemption price for both the call and put is defined in the OA as the amount that would be distributed to HCC, assuming, hypothetically, that the Company has been dissolved. As of December 31, 2023, HCC's priority interest accumulated preferred returns in arrears amount to approximately $2,310,000.

 

As of December 31, 2023, the Company's ownership interest is as follows: Manager 20%, Founding Member 74.6%, HCC 5.4% and Class B Preferred Members 0%.

 

Class B Unit Offering

In July 2022, the Company opened a fund raising offering of up to $68,000,000 by offering up to 85 Class B Units to investors who are seeking immigrant status with the EB-5 Visa. As of the report date, the Company had 7 subscriptions related to this offering.

 

Cash Distributions

Distributions of available cash from operations shall be distributed amongst the members as follows: (a) first, to HCC until their unpaid preferred return balance has been reduced to zero, (b) second, to the holders of Class B units pro-rata until their unpaid preferred return balances have been reduced to zero, (c) finally, to all interest holders in accordance with their respective percentage ownership.

 

Distributions of available cash from sale, refinancing or dissolution shall be distributed amongst the members as follows: (a) first, to HCC until their unpaid preferred return balance has been reduced to zero, (b) second, to HCC until their unreturned preferred capital balance has been reduced to zero, (c) third, to the holders of Class B units pro- rata until their unpaid preferred return balances have been reduced to zero, (d) fourth, to the holders of Class B units pro-rata until their unpaid unreturned preferred capital balances have been reduced to zero, (e) fifth, to the holders of Class A interests pro- rata until their unreturned capital balances have been reduced to zero, (f) finally, to all interest holders in accordance with their respective percentage ownership.

 

Profit and Loss Allocations

Except as otherwise set forth in the OA regarding special allocations to Class B unit holders and limitations on allocations of net losses, generally profits and losses shall be allocated in a manner that would be equal to the hypothetical distribution that each would receive in a sale, refinance or dissolution as detailed above.

 

 F-86 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 7. LEASING ARRANGEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS

 

Leasing Arrangements

The Company leases commercial space to tenants under noncancelable operating leases that expire on various dates through 2036.

 

The approximate future minimum base rents, under noncancelable commercial operating leases for the years subsequent to December 31, 2023, are as follows:

 

       
 2024   $480,000 
 2025    804,000 
 2026    827,000 
 2027    847,000 
 2028    867,000 
 Thereafter    4,917,000 
     $8,742,000 

 

Commitments

 

As  of  December 31,  2023,  the  Company was  committed  to  funding  tenant improvement allowances amounting to approximately $1,600,000 associated with its commercial operating leases.

 

NOTE 8. CONTINGENCIES

 

Litigation

 

Management does not believe there is any litigation threatened against the Company other than routine matters arising in the ordinary normal course of business, some of which are expected to be covered by liability insurance, and none of which are expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company is subject to certain economic risks, real estate market deterioration, rising long-term interest rates and the potential for lack of liquidity in financial markets which could materially impact the Company. There is no assurance that changes in such economic conditions will not occur and result in decreased property values and cash flows.

 

NOTE 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Evaluation Date

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 20, 2024, which is the date the accompanying consolidated financial statement was available to be issued.

 

 F-87 
Table of Contents 

 

 

 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

 

 

Block 40, LLC Hollywood, Florida

 

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Block 40, LLC and Subsidiary, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members' equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Block 40, LLC and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2024, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of Block 40, LLC and to meet our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audit. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Substantial Doubt about the Company's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company is in technical default of certain financial and reporting covenants contained in its credit facility loan agreement with its lender, and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's evaluation of the events and conditions and management's plans regarding those matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.

Responsibilities of Management for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about Block 40, LLC 's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued.

 

 F-88 
Table of Contents 

 

 

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and therefore is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on these consolidated financial statements.

In performing an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, we:

•          Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

•          Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.

•          Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Block 40, LLC 's internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed.

•          Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

•          Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about Block 40, LLC 's ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control related matters that we identified during the audit.

 

Kaufman, Rossin & Co., P.A.

November 11, 2025 Miami, Florida

 

 

 F-89 
Table of Contents 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2024

 

 

   
ASSETS   
RENTAL PROPERTY,NET  $121,064,162 
CASH   756,997 
RESTRICTED CASH   2,697,817 
TENANT RECEIVABLES, NET   107,919 
ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES   238,695 
PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS   1,102,199 
   $125,967,789 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY     
NOTE PAYABLE, NET  $84,000,000 
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES   4,936,850 
UNEARNED RENT   264,917 
TENANT SECURITY DEPOSITS   347,622 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES     
MEMBERS’ EQUITY   36,418,400 
   $125,967,789 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-90 
Table of Contents 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024

      
REVENUE     
Rental income  $8,547,406 
Other operating income   1,324,678 
Amortization of tenant improvements   (76,448)
Total revenue   9,795,636 
OPERATING EXPENSES     
Depreciation   7,127,357 
Insurance and property taxes   3,036,093 
Common area maintenance   1,697,797 
General and administrative   829,752 
Utilities   873,021 
Management and other fees   630,859 
Advertising and promotion   319,399 
Professional fees   230,863 
Bad debt expense, net   26,987 
Total operating expenses   14,772,128 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS   (4,976,492)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)     
Preferred return dividends - HCC   (950,000)
Interest and financing fees   (6,348,990)
Change in fair value of interest rate cap   (1,249,025)
Loan guarantee fees   (1,260,000)
Other income   1,045,026 
Total other income (expense)   (8,762,989)
NET LOSS  $(13,739,481)

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-91 
Table of Contents 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN

MEMBERS' EQUITY YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024

                                                 
         

Class B Preferred Units (EB-5 investors, 156 units authorized, 77 issued and outstanding)

 
                
    HCC priority interest         Subscription Receivable    Class A Members    Accumulated Deficit    Total 
Members' equity as of December 31, 2023  $26,900,000   $43,300,707   $(2,108,120)  $6,436,893   $(28,031,415)  $46,498,065 
Class B Unit contributions   —      6,400,000    (2,740,184)   —      —      3,659,816 
Net loss   —      —      —      —      (13,739,481)   (13,739,481)
Members' equity as of December 31, 2024  $26,900,000   $49,700,707   $(4,848,304)  $6,436,893   $(41,770,896)  $36,418,400 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-92 
Table of Contents 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024

    
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:   
Net loss  $(13,739,481)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:     
Depreciation and amortization   7,203,805 
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries   26,987 
Change in fair value of interest rate cap   1,249,025 
Amortization of debt issuance costs   547,710 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
Tenant receivables   (81,863)
Prepaid expenses and other assets   (306,691)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   1,320,000 
Unearned rent   159,200 
Tenant security deposits   (13,001)
Total adjustments   10,105,172 
Net cash used in operating activities   (3,634,309)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
Capital expenditures   (1,468,070)
Advances to affiliates, net   (63,229)
Net cash used in investing activities   (1,531,299)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
Borrowings from long-term debt   2,227,655 
Class B Unit proceeds   3,659,816 
Net cash provided by financing activities   5,887,471 
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH   721,863 
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH - BEGINNING   2,732,951 
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH - ENDING  $3,454,814 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:     
Interest paid  $6,659,576 
Income taxes paid  $—   
Reconciliation of Cash and Restricted Cash as reported within the Consolidated Balance Sheet to the amounts in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows:     
Cash  $756,997 
Restricted cash   2,697,817 
Total cash and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows  $3,454,814 

  

See accompanying notes.

 

 F-93 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Organization and Nature of Operations

 

Block 40, LLC (the "Block 40"), a Florida limited liability company, is governed pursuant to its amended and restated operating agreement between Block 40 Managers, LLC (the "Manager"), Block 40 Investment Holdings, LLC (the "Founding Member"), Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC ("HCC"), and certain investing members consisting of foreign nationals participating through EB-5 private placement offerings. Block 40 was formed for the purpose of acquiring, developing, operating and leasing a mixed-use real estate project consisting of 273 residential rental apartment units and approximately 23,000 square feet of commercial retail space, located in Hollywood, Florida, known as 1818 Park (the "Property"). The Manager shall do all things reasonable for the purposes of operating and managing the Property for the benefit of the Block 40's investing members. The Manager, Founding Member, and HCC are related by virtue of common ownership and management.

 

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Block 40 and its wholly owned subsidiary Block 40 Property, LLC, collectively referred to as the Company. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes its lease contract rental revenue, including lease and non lease components, under the accounting framework of Accounting Standards Codification No.842, Leases ("ASC 842"), which are therefore excluded from the scope of ASU 2014-09, Revenues from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASC 606"). The Company has elected to not separate lease and non-lease components, primarily related to reimbursable operating expenses, for its lessor arrangements, and the combined component is accounted for entirely under ASC 842. The Company's leases are classified as operating leases. To evaluate lease classification, the Company assesses the terms and conditions of the lease to determine the appropriate lease term. Options to extend the lease term are not included in the evaluation for lease classification or for recognition of rental revenue, unless the Company is reasonably certain the tenant will exercise its options. Evaluation of lease classification also requires an estimate of the residual value of the real estate at the end of the lease term. Tenant rents received in advance of the due date are classified as unearned rent. The Company presents revenues net of sales tax in its consolidated statement of operations.

 

Residential Rental

The Company leases residential apartment units with terms generally of one year or less. The lease agreements typically provide for base rent, other charges, if applicable, and a security deposit. Rent concessions and escalations, if any, are typically nominal. Residential rental income is recognized when rent is due from tenants in accordance with the leases on a straight-line basis.

 

 F-94 
Table of Contents 

Commercial Rental and Tenant Expense Recovery

 

Commercial rental income is recognized when rent is due from tenants in accordance with the leases, which are expected to have terms ranging from 5 to 10 years. For leases that provide rent concessions or fixed escalations over the lease term, rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases. Contingent rental income is recognized after the tenants' reported sales have exceeded the breakpoint established in the corresponding lease agreement. Certain operating expenses are reimbursed by commercial tenants and recognized as they are contractually billable in accordance with the terms of the leases, generally in the period in which such costs are incurred. Tenant expense recoveries are variable and considered non-lease components. The Company combines all its non-lease components, which were determined to have the same pattern of transfer as the related operating lease component, into a single combined lease component.

Other Operating Income

Other operating income is recognized in accordance with ASC 606, and principally represents amounts charged to tenants for late fees, pet fees, termination fees, damages, events, and other miscellaneous charges. These charges are recognized at a point in time, at the time the services are provided or when the tenant incurs the charge. In all cases, the transaction prices are fixed and representative in each case of a single performance obligation.

 

Rental Property

Rental property is recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major betterments and additions are charged to the asset accounts, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization are computed by the straight-line method using various rates based generally on the estimated useful lives of the assets. Amortization of tenant improvements is computed on the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the terms of the leases. The estimated useful lives are typically as follows:

    
Building - Residential  27.5 years
Building - Commercial  39 years
Building and land improvements  15 years
Fixtures and personal property  5 to 7 years
Tenant improvements  Shorter of estimated life or lease term

 

 F-95 
Table of Contents 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the impaired asset exceeds fair value. Management's assessment of the recoverability of its rental property includes, but is not limited to, recent operating results, expected undiscounted net operating cash flow and management's plans for future operations.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, restricted cash and tenant receivables. From time to time, the Company maintains balances with financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had approximately $2,914,000 of cash and restricted cash in excess of federally insured limits. Management of the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its tenants and requires tenants to provide security deposits. Although security deposits are typically insufficient to meet the terminal value of the tenant's lease obligation, they are a measure of good faith and a source of funds to offset the economic costs associated with lost rent and the costs associated with re-leasing the space in the event the tenant does not pay as agreed.

 

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists principally of tenant security deposits, lockbox accounts and escrow funds restricted to payment of real estate taxes and insurance, as required by the Company's lender.

 

Tenant Receivables

Tenant receivables are uncollateralized tenant obligations due under normal lease terms, and include accrued tenant revenues as a result of base minimum rents in excess of actual tenant billings (straight-lining). The carrying amount of tenant receivables may be reduced by an allowance that reflects management's best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected. Management individually reviews all tenant receivable balances and, based on assessment of current credit worthiness, estimates the portion, if any, of the balance that will not be collected. The Company provides for and writes off specific accounts upon determination that such amounts will not be collected. No allowance was recorded as of December 31, 2024.

 

 F-96 
Table of Contents 

Advances To Affiliates

Amounts due from affiliates are stated at the outstanding balance of funds due for repayment of cash advances. The need for an allowance is evaluated by management on an on-going basis based on relevant circumstances. Management's estimate of the need for an allowance is derived from a review of the Company's historical losses and adjusted for management's assessment of current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts regarding future events, and any other factors deemed relevant by the Company. Management has not recorded a provision for credit losses as of December 31, 2024.

 

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs consist principally of loan origination and related fees, and are amortized to interest and financing fees in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the related debt, which approximates the effective interest method. Unamortized debt issuance costs are recorded as a reduction of the contractual principal balance of the related debt. As of December 31, 2024, the Company's debt issuance costs were fully amortized.

 

Tenant Security Deposits

The Company's leases typically require security deposits which are generally refunded or, if circumstances warrant, recognized as revenue, upon tenant vacancy.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and are included in operating expenses. The amount charged for the year ended December 31, 2024 was approximately $319,000.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to the effect of interest rate changes and uses a strategy to limit these risks through the use of derivatives, consisting of interest rate caps. The Company uses interest rate caps to reduce the impact that increases in interest rates will have on the Company's floating rate liabilities. The Company recognizes interest rate caps on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at fair value. To determine the fair value of derivative instruments, the Company uses a variety of methods and assumptions that are based on market conditions as of the balance sheet date, such as discounted cash flows and option-pricing models. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value and such value may never actually be realized or sustained. The Company has not designated any derivatives as hedges to qualify for hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes and fluctuations in the fair value of derivatives have been recognized as change in fair value of interest rate cap in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Payments received from interest rate cap counterparties are recognized as a reduction of interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company's interest rate cap terminated during the year ended December 31, 2024, and the Company held no derivative instruments as of consolidated balance sheet date.

 

 F-97 
Table of Contents 

Income Taxes

The Company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Consequently, federal income taxes are not payable by the Company. Members are taxed individually on their share of the Company's earnings. The Company's net income or loss is allocated among the members in accordance with the operating agreement of the Company. No provision for income taxes is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Entities treated as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes may be directly assessed for federal income taxes, interest and penalties arising from partnership audits and/or adjustments (the "Assessment"), rather than the owners of the entity being liable for the Assessment. Any such Assessment against the entity would impact the equity interests of current owners pro-rata at the time the Assessment is levied absent claw back provisions to any former owners or other special allocation provisions within the entity's governing documents.

 

The Company assesses its tax positions in accordance with "Accounting for Uncertainties in Income Taxes" as prescribed by the Accounting Standards Codification, which provides guidance for financial statement recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return for open tax years (generally a period of three years from the later of each return's due date or the date filed) that remain subject to examination by the Company's major tax jurisdictions.

 

The Company assesses its tax positions and determines whether it has any material unrecognized liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company records these liabilities to the extent it deems them more likely than not to be incurred. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, would be classified as a component of income tax expense. The Company believes that it does not have any significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition or measurement in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of the Financial Statements

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the year presented. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

 F-98 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 2.. GOING CONCERN

The Company is in technical default of certain financial and reporting covenants contained in its credit facility loan agreement with its lender. The lender may, at its option, give notice to the Company that amounts are immediately due and payable. As of the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, the lender has not demanded repayment or exercised any rights or remedies under the loan agreement. Additionally, the remaining principal balance of approximately $73,625,000 as of the report date, is scheduled to mature and become due on June 1, 2026. Management believes that they will be able to exercise their remaining one-year extension option with the lender and satisfy any principal curtailment payment requirements, or another financial institution will agree to refinance the loan prior to the maturity date.

 

The Company's default of the loan agreement and maturity on June 1, 2026, described above, raises substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The Company is currently working with its lender to obtain necessary waivers and is actively negotiating the extension option. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in achieving its objectives. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

 

NOTE 3.. RENTAL PROPERTY

 

Rental property at December 31, 2024 consisted of the following:

      
Land  $4,504,624 
Building - residential   104,550,314 
Building - commercial   11,661,662 
Building and land improvements   3,877,968 
Fixtures and personal property   13,835,318 
Tenant Improvements   1,528,950 
    139,958,836 
      
Less: accumulated depreciation   (18,894,674)
   $121,064,162 

Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $7,127,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024. Amortization of tenant improvements amounted to approximately $76,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024, and is included as a component of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

 

 F-99 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 4. NOTE PAYABLE, NET

The Company entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution for maximum borrowings of up to $84,000,000. The loan requires monthly interest-only payments based on a variable interest rate of the one-month Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus 2.75% (effectively 7.24% at December 31, 2024). On July 1, 2025 the Company entered into a third amendment to the loan agreement to extend the maturity of the loan through June 1, 2026, under similar terms and an interest rate spread increase to 3%. In conjunction with the extension the Company is required to make principal curtailment payments aggregating $10,375,000 through September 25, 2025. As of the report date the Company had made $8,750,000 of the required principal curtailment payments. The amendment provides for one additional one-year extension option subject to lender approval, as defined in the loan agreement and its related third amendment. As required by the third amendment the Company purchased a new interest rate cap with notional amount of $73,625,000, effective August 1, 2025.

 

The loan is collateralized by a mortgage on the Property and an assignment of tenant leases, and is guaranteed by certain individuals with ownership in the Manager. The loan agreement contains certain affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, including limitations on use of cash and funded debt and requirements to maintain prescribed debt service coverage ratios, as defined in the loan agreement and its related third amendment (Note 2).

At December 31, 2024, the net note payable balance consisted of the following:

     
Note payable $ 84,000,000
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $2,629,006  
  $ 84,000,000

 

Interest Rate Cap

The Company had an interest rate cap with notional amount of $84,000,000. The cap rate agreement provided for a cap of the one-month SOFR rate at 2.25% through the loan's initial maturity date of June 1, 2024, which effectively limited the maximum interest rate of the loan to be 5%. The cap rate agreement was not extended in conjunction with the loan extension. During the year ended December 31, 2024 the SOFR exceeded the cap rate, and the Company recognized approximately $1,093,000 of proceeds from the interest rate cap as a reduction of interest and financing fees. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the change in fair value of the interest rate cap amounted to a loss of approximately $1,249,000.

 

Interest and financing fees amounted to approximately $6,349,000 for the year ended December 31, 2024, including amortization of debt issuance costs of approximately $548,000. 

 

 F-100 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 5. RENTAL INCOME

The components of rental income associated with the Company's residential and commercial leasing operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 consisted of the following:

     
Based rent (fixed) $ 8,286,903
Tenant expense recovery (variable)   42,690
Percentage rent (variable) 217,813
  $ 8,547,406

 

NOTE 6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Asset Management Fees

 

The Manager provides management, accounting and administration services to the Company. Management fees for services are as follows: (i) development fees based on the development costs of the Property as defined pursuant to the Eighth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, including without limitation all costs and fees relating to the acquisition, financing, construction, and development of the project (ii) a commission override fee of 0.5% of total real estate sales and leases, and (iii) an asset management fee of 3% of total monthly revenue. No development fees were incurred to the Manager during 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2024, commission override and asset management fees incurred to the Manager amounted to approximately $49,000 and $295,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 amounts due to the Manager for commission override and asset management fees amounted to approximately $125,000 and $792,000, respectively, which are included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. 

 

Loan Guarantee Fees

 

Certain individuals with indirect ownership in the Manager personally guarantee loans made to the Company to fund operations and capital needs, and earn fees of 1.5% of the loan amount guaranteed. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the loan guarantee fees amounted to approximately $1,260,000. As of December 31, 2024 amounts due to guarantors amounted to approximately $1,964,000, which is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

 F-101 
Table of Contents 

 

Administration Services

 

The Company receives administrative services from an affiliate related by virtue of common management. The affiliate allocates payroll and other employee related costs based on estimated hours devoted to the Property, and receives an administration fee in consideration of the services provided. For the year ended December 31, 2024, administration service fees incurred to the affiliate amounted to approximately $474,000. As of December 31, 2024, amounts due to the affiliate for services amounted to approximately $792,000, which is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

NOTE 7. MEMBERS' EQUITY

 

General

 

The Company is governed pursuant to its Eighth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated June 19, 2020, and its subsequent First Amendment (collectively the "OA"). Pursuant to the OA, the Company consists of the following membership classes: (a) Class A Members consisting of the Manager and the Founding Member, (b) Class B (EB-5) Preferred Members, and (c) HCC's priority interest. The interests of the Manager and Founding Member are not represented by units, but are considered Class A interests with voting rights. Class B unit holders have no voting rights and units were issued in exchange for a capital contribution of $500,000 to $900,000. HCC's priority interest has no voting rights. The liability of members is limited to their total capital contributions and the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the OA.

 

Class B units generally accrue a preferred return of 2% for the first five years and are subject to increases thereafter dependent on factors defined in the OA. Preferred returns are not guaranteed, as distributions are dependent on the availability of cash to the Company. As such, they are not accrued and are not reflected as liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet until declared. As of December 31, 2024, Class B unit accumulated preferred returns in arrears amount to approximately $6,024,000.

 

The Company, at the Manager's sole discretion, has the option to redeem Class B units for a call price, generally equal to the Class B unreturned capital and preferred return balance. Commencing upon the third anniversary of the date the Company receives the Project certificate of occupancy, as defined in the OA, and absent redemption by the Company, the Company shall generally provide a 30 day opportunity to convert the Class B units into Class A interests at the then fair market value not to exceed the members unreturned capital, and to receive payment of the then amount of unpaid preferred returns. The conversion transaction is to be executed without dilution to the interests of the Manager. As of December 31, 2024, no Class B units have been redeemed or converted.

 

 F-102 
Table of Contents 

 

In 2020, the Company entered into a subscription agreement with HCC for priority membership interest. HCC subscribed to investing up to $30,000,000 in exchange for a priority interest in the Company as follows: (i) a 6% preferred return on its preferred investment, and (ii) a profits interest equal to 0.2% per each $1,000,000 tranche of funding, resulting in a maximum Class A interest of 6%, if fully funded. The Company may exercise a call option to purchase the HCC priority interest two years after the date of HCC's admission into the Company. HCC may exercise a put option to cause the Company to purchase its interest four years after the date of HCC's admission into the Company. The redemption price for both the call and put is defined in the OA as the amount that would be distributed to HCC, assuming, hypothetically, that the Company has been dissolved. As of December 31, 2024, HCC's priority interest accumulated preferred returns in arrears amount to approximately $2,974,000.

 

As of December 31, 2024, the Company's ownership interest is as follows: Manager 20%, Founding Member 74.6%, HCC 5.4% and Class B Preferred Members 0%.

 

Class B Unit Offering

 

In July 2022, the Company opened a fund raising offering of up to $68,000,000 by offering up to 85 Class B Units to investors who are seeking immigrant status with the EB-5 Visa. As of the report date, the Company had 15 subscriptions related to this offering.

 

Cash Distributions

 

Distributions of available cash from operations shall be distributed amongst the members as follows: (a) first, to HCC until their unpaid preferred return balance has been reduced to zero, (b) second, to the holders of Class B units pro-rata until their unpaid preferred return balances have been reduced to zero, (c) finally, to all interest holders in accordance with their respective percentage ownership.

 

Distributions of available cash from sale, refinancing or dissolution shall be distributed amongst the members as follows: (a) first, to HCC until their unpaid preferred return balance has been reduced to zero, (b) second, to HCC until their unreturned preferred capital balance has been reduced to zero, (c) third, to the holders of Class B units pro rata until their unpaid preferred return balances have been reduced to zero, (d) fourth, to the holders of Class B units pro-rata until their unpaid unreturned preferred capital balances have been reduced to zero, (e) fifth, to the holders of Class A interests pro rata until their unreturned capital balances have been reduced to zero, (f) finally, to all interest holders in accordance with their respective percentage ownership.

 

Profit and Loss Allocations

 

Except as otherwise set forth in the OA regarding special allocations to Class B unit holders and limitations on allocations of net losses, generally profits and losses shall be allocated in a manner that would be equal to the hypothetical distribution that each would receive in a sale, refinance or dissolution as detailed above.

 

 F-103 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 8. LEASING ARRANGEMENTS AND COMMITMENTS 

 

Leasing Arrangements

 

The Company leases commercial space to tenants under noncancelable operating leases that expire on various dates through 2036.

 

The approximate future minimum base rents, under noncancelable commercial operating leases for the years subsequent to December 31, 2024, are as follows:

      
2025    $645,000
2026    826,000
2027    846,000
2028    866,000
2029    888,000
Thereafter    4,308,000
     $8,379,000

 

NOTE 9. CONTINGENCIES

 

Litigation

Management does not believe there is any litigation threatened against the Company other than routine matters arising in the ordinary normal course of business, some of which are expected to be covered by liability insurance, and none of which are expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

The Company is subject to certain economic risks, real estate market deterioration, rising long-term interest rates and the potential for lack of liquidity in financial markets which could materially impact the Company. There is no assurance that changes in such economic conditions will not occur and result in decreased property values and cash flows.

 

 F-104 
Table of Contents 

 

NOTE 10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Member Interest Purchase Agreements

On July 11, 2025, the Manager, Founding Member, and HCC sold 100% of their interests in the Company to a public company resulting in a change in control.

 

Capital Contributions

During 2025 the Company has received member capital contributions aggregating approximately $9,315,000, which were primarily utilized for principal curtailment payments on the Company's note payable and to satisfy accrued related party fees.

 

Evaluation Date

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 11, 2025, which is the date the accompanying consolidated financial statement was available to be issued.

 

 F-105 
Table of Contents 

 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF JUNE 30, 2025

 

ASSETS   
RENTAL PROPERTY, NET  $117,926,066 
CASH   426,340 
RESTRICTED CASH   3,289,006 
PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER ASSETS   1,088,589 
   $122,730,001 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY     
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES  $6,585,580 
MORTGAGE PAYABLE   78,539,062 
OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES   6,752,756 
MEMBERS’ EQUITY   30,852,603 
   $122,730,001 

 

 F-106 
Table of Contents 

BLOCK 40, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SIX MONTHS

ENDED JUNE 30, 2025

 

REVENUE   
Income from rental property   5,320,949 
Total revenues   5,320,949 
      
OPERATING EXPENSES     
General and administrative expenses   4,615,414 
Provision for credit losses   57,765 
Depreciation and amortization   3,563,678 
Professional fees   —   
Total operating expenses   8,236,858 
      
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS   (2,915,909)
      
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)     
Interest expense   (3,291,699)
Financing charges   —   
Other losses   —   
Total other income (expense)   (3,291,699)
      
Net loss before income taxes   (6,207,608)
      
Income tax provision   —   
NET LOSS  $(6,207,608)

 F-107 
Table of Contents 

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Stewards, Inc. (the “Company”) is providing this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to illustrate the effects of the acquisition of membership interests in Block 40, LLC and its affiliates (the “Block 40 Acquisition”) on July 11, 2025. Pursuant to three separate purchase agreements, the Company acquired control of the 1818 Park mixed-use development through the acquisition of Block 40 Investment Holdings, LLC, Block 40 Managers, LLC, and the interests held by Hollywood Circle Capital, LLC. In accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, the transaction was accounted for as an asset acquisition under ASC 805 because substantially all of the gross fair value was concentrated in the 1818 Park property. The transaction has a total consideration of $74,267,646, which includes $21,935,625 paid through the issuance of 62,673,215 shares and the $51,914,889 noncontrolling interest. The Company recognized acquired assets primarily consisting of $132,692,232 of building, $19,692,982 of land, and $5,210,185 of in-place leases, and assumed liabilities including a $79,000,000 mortgage loan, resulting in net assets acquired of $74,267,646.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X Article 11, Pro Forma Financial Information, as amended. The pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes and include transaction accounting adjustments, and where applicable, entity adjustments.

 

A pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, is not presented herein as the Block 40 acquisition was completed on July 11, 2025, and is already fully reflected in the Company’s audited historical consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 give effect to the Block 40 Acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2025, the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year preceding the Block 40 acquisition.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s historical financial statements included elsewhere in this Registration Statement, as well as the historical financial information of Block 40 used in preparing the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

   Stewards, Inc.  Block 40  Block 40 Transaction Adjustment  Notes  Pro Forma Combined Year Ended 12/31/2025
Revenues                         
Income, financing and brokerage  $11,660,191   $—     $—          $11,660,191 
Income from rental property   4,617,231    5,320,949    —           9,938,180 
Total revenues   16,277,422    5,320,949    —           21,598,371 
                          
Cost of revenue                         
Financing and brokerage   2,775,666    —      —           2,775,666 
Rental property   2,100,024    2,790,116    —           4,890,140 
Total cost of revenue   4,875,690    2,790,116    —           7,665,806 
                          
Gross profit   11,401,732    2,530,833    —           13,932,565 
                          
Operating expenses                         
General and administrative expenses   11,883,945    1,825,299    —           13,709,244 
Provision for credit losses   1,774,264    57,765    —           1,832,029 
Depreciation and amortization   6,090,109    3,563,678    6,534,444    

 

A

    16,188,231 
Professional fees   3,060,755    —                3,060,755 
Total operating expenses   22,809,073    5,446,742    6,534,444         34,790,259 
                          
Loss from operations   (11,407,341)   (2,915,909)   (6,534,444)        (20,857,694)
                          
Other income (expense)                         
 Interest expense   (8,452,451)   (3,291,699)   —           (11,744,150)
 Financing charges   (647,997)   —      —           (647,997)
 Other losses   (208,155)   —      —           (208,155)
Total other income (expense)   (9,308,603)   (3,291,699)   —           (12,600,302)
                          
Net loss before income taxes   (20,715,944)   (6,207,608)   (6,534,444)        (33,457,996)
                          
 Income tax provision   (40,522)   —      —       B     (40,522)

 

Net loss

  $(20,756,466)  $(6,207,608)  $(6,534,444)       $(33,498,518)
                          
Amounts attributable to Stewards, Inc.                         
Net loss  $(20,756,466)  $(6,207,608)  $(6,534,444)       $(33,498,518)
Deemed dividend from conversion of preferred stock   (700,000)   —      —           (700,000)

 

Dividend on preferred stock

   (1,651,003)   —      (1,038,499)   

 

 

C

    (2,689,502)
                          
Net loss applicable to common stockholders  $(23,107,469)  $(6,207,608)  $(7,572,943)       $(36,888,020)
                          
Net Loss Per Common Share - basic and diluted  $(0.16)  $—     $—          $(0.21)
                          
Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding - basic and diluted   145,573,137    —      32,796,122     D     178,369,259 
                          
Comprehensive Loss                         
 Net loss  $(20,756,466)  $(6,207,608)  $(6,534,444)       $(33,498,518)
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency translation   —      —      —           —   
                          
Total comprehensive loss  $(20,756,466)  $(6,207,608)  $(6,534,444)       $(33,498,518)

 

 F-108 
Table of Contents 

 

 

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2025

 

1.       Basis of Presentation

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are prepared in accordance with Article 11 of SEC Regulation S-X, as amended January 1, 2021. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to the events that are (i) directly attributable to the Block 40 Acquisition, (ii) factually supportable and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the operating results of the combined company. The historical financial information of Stewards, Inc. and Block 40 LLC is presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

2.       Transaction Accounting Adjustments

 

The following provides explanations of the various adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information:

 

A - Reflects the incremental depreciation and amortization expense resulting from the step-up in the basis of the property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets acquired in the Block 40 acquisition, as if the transaction had occurred on January 1, 2025. The adjustment was calculated by determining the total annual depreciation and amortization expense based on the acquisition date fair value of the acquired assets and subtracting the historical depreciation and amortization expense already recorded in Block 40's statement of operations.

 

The building is being depreciated on a straight-line basis over its remaining estimated useful life. Similarly, the definite-lived intangible assets is being amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives. These depreciation and amortization expenses are based on third-party valuation of the assets acquired and their remaining useful lives, which are consistent with the Company’s historical accounting policies.

 

B - Pro forma income tax for Block 40 is presented on a separate-return basis in accordance with Rule 11-02(b)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-X. For pro forma purposes, the 21.0% statutory federal rate was applied to Block 40’s historical pre-tax losses.

 

While these losses generated a theoretical tax benefit of approximately $1.0 million, management assessed the realizability of this benefit as required by the valuation allowance guidance in Article 11. Due to a lack of historical standalone taxable income, it was determined that the benefit is not "more likely than not" to be realized. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been recorded, resulting in a net pro forma tax provision of $0.

 

C - Reflects the incremental preferred return attributable to the Class B Preferred Unit holders from January 1, 2025 through July 11, 2025. Each Class B Preferred Equity Unit is entitled to an annual rate of preferred return that are cumulative, payment of which is contingent on available distributable cash and is not guaranteed.

 

D - Reflects the effects of the 62,673,215 common stock issued as consideration at the acquisition date as if those were issued on January 1, 2025.

  

 F-109 
Table of Contents 

 

 

 

 

20,621,250 Shares of Common Stock

 

_____________________

 

PROSPECTUS

_____________________

 

June 30, 2026

 

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR THAT WE HAVE REFERRED YOU TO. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL COMMON STOCK AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

 

 

 

 147 
 

 

 

PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee  $13,570.68 
Transfer Agent Fees*  $2,000 
Accounting fees and expenses*  $10,000 
Legal fees and expenses*  $10,000 
Blue Sky fees and expenses*  $—   
Total*  $35,570.68 

 

* Estimated

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

The Nevada Revised Statutes limits or eliminates the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties as directors. Our bylaws include provisions that require the company to indemnify our directors or officers against monetary damages for actions taken as a director or officer of our Company. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect our directors, officers, employees and agents for certain liabilities. Our articles of incorporation do not contain any limiting language regarding director immunity from liability.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions under the Nevada Revised Statutes and our bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. However, these provisions do not limit or eliminate our rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duties. Moreover, the provisions do not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

With regard to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Corporation in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the common shares being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by a controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such case.

  

 148 
 

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.  

 

The following sets forth the information required by Item 701 of Regulation S-K regarding unregistered sales of the Company’s equity securities within the past three years. For the past three years, the Company has engaged in the following equity events:

 

On March 8, 2021 and June 30, 2021, the Company issued an aggregate of 1,550,000 restricted shares of Common Stock to Richard Dubi and Liro Holdings (controlled by Rocco Trotta) for services valued at $651,000.

 

On August 5, 2021, Werner Fuls, the holder of an August 8, 2020, convertible note, elected to convert the entire note in the amount of $110,000 into 218,916 shares of common stock.

 

Between October 15, 2021 and December 4, 2023, the Company issued an aggregate of 2,450,000 shares of common stock to the following individuals for services: Joseph Manopella (50,000 shares), James Fellus (300,000 shares), Tania Fellus (500,000 shares), Bryan Fellus (400,000 shares), Richard Dubi (400,000 shares), and Christopher Snead (500,000 shares).

 

On July 1, 2023 and July 7, 2023, the Company issued an aggregate of 37,000,000 shares of common stock to consultants (including Liro Holdings (Rocco Trotta), Stewards Investment Capital (Glen Steward), and Gennaro Trotta and in connection with the FAVO Group Acquisition and a promissory note extension. 

 

On December 5, 2023 and July 24, 2024, the Company issued an aggregate of 400,000 shares of common stock to Earnest P. Hart for services.

 

On various dates in 2024 and 2025, the Company issued shares of common stock and Series A Preferred Stock to Forfront Capital, LLC, Stewards International Funds PCC (Glen Steward, Bilal Adam and Nathaniel Tsang Mang Kin), pursuant to subscription agreements.

 

In connection with the Simplified acquisition and the Block 40 acquisition, the Company issued shares of common stock to the seller Robin Nadeau-Camus.

 

On May 31, 2023 and May 9, 2025, all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock were converted into common stock pursuant to the Certificate of Designation. As a result, Vincent Napolitano (through VK Nap Family LLC), Shaun Quin (through S&T Quin Family Limited Partnership), and Glen Steward (through Stewards Investment Capital) received an aggregate of 43,750,000 shares of common stock.

 

On July 11, 2025, the Company issued 62,673,215 shares of common stock to Block 40 Investment Holding LLC, Block 40 Managers, LLC, and Hollywood Circle Capital LLC (Charles R. Abele, Jr. and Peter J. Jago) in connection with the acquisition of 100% of the equity interests of the Block 40 entities.

 

On September 9, 2024 (with closings on December 12, 2024 and July 30, 2025), the Company issued Common Units consisting of common stock, warrants and pre-funded warrants to a group of accredited individual investors, family offices and other private investors in a private placement transaction, who are identified in the section entitled “Selling Shareholders,” for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $2,437,500, plus an additional 5% issuance of common stock and warrants as a deadline extension fee.

 

On various dates in 2025, the Company issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Forfront Capital, LLC and Stewards International Funds PCC (Glen Steward, Bilal Adam and Nathaniel Tsang Mang Kin) pursuant to subscription agreements for aggregate consideration of $9,620,000.

 

In September 2025, the Company conducted a voluntary exchange offer pursuant to which certain EB-5 investors in Block 40, LLC, namely Pierre-Jacques Rabie, Edwyn Reiner Schindler, Kyle Bernhard Schindler, Rolf Dietmar Schindler, Sarel Johannes Swanepoel, Rajiv Ralhan, Stephan Daniel Rossouw, Hendrik Petrus Visser, Reece Anthony Ferreira, Hendrik Geldenhuys Viljoen, Rinay Bhownath, Margaret Grant Hirsch, Anh Tra My Nguyen, Leon Jean Alexandre Dumas, Marie Claire Philippe, Darryn Thomas Stephen, Alexandra Grubnik, Shaun Swanepoel, Jan Adriaan Van Der Walt, Michael John Van Dyk, Sheldon Dennis Bakos, Demitrios Andrea Georghiou, Douw Kruger, Elizabeth M. Roets, and Heinrich Hough Wessels, exchanged their Class B preferred membership interests for shares of the Company’s common stock. 

 

In addition to the EB-5 investors listed above, two additional EB-5 investors, Kalvin Johann Guhring  and Nadia Chandra Guhring, exchanged their Class B preferred membership interests in Block 40, LLC for an aggregate of 1,372,811 shares of the Company’s common stock after the initial October 31, 2025 election deadline.

 

On October 14, 2025, the Company issued an automatic convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $400,000 to Rob Harpur, convertible at the holder’s option into common stock at a fixed price of $0.76 per share.

 

 149 
 

 

On October 30, 2025, the Company issued 2,125,000 shares of common stock to Robinpaws LLC (Robin Nadeau-Camus) in connection with the amendment of a Business Commission Agreement, and issued common stock to 315-352 Associated, LLC and SHB Equities, LLC (Henry Bergmann) upon conversion of outstanding promissory notes (aggregate principal and interest of approximately $104,000) pursuant to a Debt Exchange Agreement.

 

On November 3, 2025, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Dolomite Foundation, Richard Seiler, Neil Kapoor, Clearsight SPC – Clearsight Market Neutral Fund, Louis Nicholas Lee, and Alon Goren (collectively, the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 2,450,980 shares of its common stock. Substantially all of the consideration was delivered in-kind through $DOLO tokens, which were structured to be delivered in tranches pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

On various dates in late 2025, the Company issued shares of common stock upon conversion of outstanding convertible notes and preferred stock to Forfront Capital, LLC, Robert Harpur, 15-352 Associated, LLC, and SHB Equities, LLC (Henry Bergmann).

 

On June 30, 2026, the Company completed a private placement offering with non-affiliate accredited investors pursuant to which it issued 645,047 shares of common stock at a price of $3.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $1.935 million.

 

All of the securities described in this Item 15 were issued in reliance upon exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including Rule 701 promulgated thereunder (with respect to issuances pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans and arrangements), Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D (Rule 506(b)) promulgated thereunder (with respect to private placements, acquisitions, exchanges, conversions, and other transactions not involving a public offering) and Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act (with respect to conversions of outstanding securities). In each case, the recipients acquired the securities for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, the transactions did not involve any general solicitation or general advertising, and appropriate legends were affixed to the instruments representing such securities.

 

 150 
 

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit #   Exhibit Description   Incorporated by Reference Form   Date Filed   Exhibit #   To Be Filed By Amendment   File or Furnished Herewith
                         
2.1   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2023, with FAVO Funding CA LLC   S-1   11/17/2025    2.1    
2.2   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2023, with FAVO Funding LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.2      
2.3   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2023, with FAVO Group Human Resources LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.3      
2.4   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2023, with FAVO Group LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.4      
2.5   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2023, with FORE Funding CA LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.5      
2.6   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2023, with FORE Funding LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.6      
2.7   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2023, with Honeycomb Sub Fund LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.7      
2.8   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 2023    S-1     11/17/2025    2.8      
2.9   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated July 11, 2025, with Block 40 Managers, LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.9      
2.10   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated July 11, 2025, with Block 40 Investments Holdings, LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.10      
2.11   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated July 11, 2025, with Hollywood Circle Capital LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    2.11      
2.12   Purchase and Sale Agreement between the Company’s subsidiary (Stewards Real Estate, LLC) and John E. Swenson Co., Inc., dated June 5, 2026   S-1/A     6/12/2026   2.12        
3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Favo Capital, Inc.    S-1     11/17/2025    3.1      
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Favo Capital, Inc.    S-1     11/17/2025    3.2      
3.3   Certificate of Designation for Series A Preferred Stock    S-1     11/17/2025    3.3      
3.4   Certificate of Designation for Series C Preferred Stock    S-1     11/17/2025    3.4      
3.5   Amended Certificate of Designation for Series C Preferred Stock    S-1     11/17/2025    3.5      
3.6   Second Amended Certificate of Designation for Series C Preferred Stock    S-1     11/17/2025    3.6      
 3.7   Amended Certificate of Designation for Series A Preferred Stock    S-1     11/17/2025    3.7        
3.8   Certificate of Withdrawal for Series C Preferred Stock    S-1     11/17/2025    3.8      
3.9   Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Stock    S-1     11/17/2025    3.9      
3.10   Certificate of Amendment, dated November 12, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    3.10        
4.1   Form of Warrant    S-1     11/17/2025    4.1      
4.2   Form of Prefunded Warrant    S-1     11/17/2025    4.2      
4.3   Promissory Note, dated June 1, 2023, in favor of Vincent Napolitano and Shaun Quin    S-1     11/17/2025    4.3      
4.4   Form of Secured Promissory Note    S-1     11/17/2025    4.4      
4.5   Convertible Promissory Note, dated October 14, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    4.5      
4.6   Warrant Agreement, dated September 30, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    4.6      
4.7   Form of Prefunded Warrant    S-1     11/17/2025    4.7    
4.8   Form of Prefunded Warrant    S-1/A   1/29/2026    4.8      
5.1   Legal Opinion of the Doney Law Firm    S-1/A     6/12/2026   5.1       
10.1   Master Acquisition Financing Agreement, dated May 31, 2023    S-1     11/17/2025    10.1      
10.2   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement    S-1     11/17/2025    10.2    
10.3   Form of Registration Rights Agreement    S-1     11/17/2025    10.3      
10.4   Employment Agreement by and between Favo Capital, Inc. and Vincent Napolitano dated August 20, 2024    S-1     11/17/2025   10.4      
10.5   Employment Agreement by and between Favo Capital, Inc. and Shaun Quin dated August 21, 2024    S-1     11/17/2025    10.5      
10.6   Employment Agreement by and between Favo Capital, Inc. and Glen Steward dated August 21, 2024    S-1     11/17/2025    10.6      
10.7   Employment Agreement by and between Favo Capital, Inc. and Vaughan Korte dated August 21, 2024    S-1     11/17/2025    10.7      
10.8   Favo Capital 2024 Equity Incentive Plan    S-1     11/17/2025    10.8      
10.9   Consulting Agreement dated June 1, 2023, between Favo Capital, Inc. and Favo Holdings, LLC    S-1     11/17/2025    10.9      
10.10   Business Commission Agreement, dated January 1, 2024    S-1     11/17/2025    10.10      
10.11   Amendment to Business Commission Agreement, dated January 24, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.11      
10.12   Amended Employment Agreement with Vaughan Korte, dated March 1, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.12      
10.13   Conversion Agreement, dated August 25, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.13      
10.14   Voting Agreement, dated August 25, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.14      
10.15   Favo Capital, Inc. and Katy Murless dated September 1, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.15      
10.16   Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.16      
10.17   Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated October 30, 2025   S-1     11/17/2025    10.17      
10.18   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 3, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.18      
10.19   Second Amendment to Business Commission Agreement    S-1     11/17/2025    10.19      
10.20   Form of Note Purchase Agreement for Secured Promissory Notes    S-1     11/17/2025    10.20      
10.21   Employment Agreement by and between Favo Capital, Inc. and Scott McGowan, dated November 1, 2025    S-1     11/17/2025    10.21      
10.22   Agreement of Sale and Purchase (the Purchase Agreement) with Strata Group LLC   S-1/A   1/29/2026   10.22      
10.23   Form of Subscription Agreement   S-1/A   1/29/2026   10.23      
10.24   Transition and Separation Agreement, dated June 11, 2026   S-1/A   6/12/2026    10.24      
10.25   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Shaun Quin, dated June 11, 2026   S-1/A   6/12/2026   10.25      
10.26   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Katy Murless, dated June 11, 2026   S-1/A   6/12/2026   10.26      
10.27   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Vaughan Korte, dated June 11, 2026   S-1/A   6/12/2026   10.27      
10.28   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Scott McGowan, dated June 11, 2026   S-1/A   6/12/2026   10.28      
10.29   Chairman of the Board Services Agreement   S-1/A   6/12/2026   10.29      
10.30  

Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2022, by and among Block 40 Property, LLC, as borrower, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as agent and lender

                  X
10.31  

First Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of April 30, 2024, by and among Block 40 Property, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent.

                  X
10.32  

Second Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of May 30, 2025, by and among Block 40 Property, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, and BREDS V US Investments 2 L.L.C.(as successor-in-interest to Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch), as administrative agent.

                  X
10.33  

Third Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of July 1, 2025, by and among Block 40 Property, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, and BREDS V US Investments 2 L.L.C., as administrative agent.

                  X
10.34  

Fourth Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of January 13, 2026, by and among Block 40 Property, LLC, the guarantors party thereto (including Stewards, Inc.), and BREDS V US Investments 2 L.L.C., as administrative agent.

                  X
14.1   Code of Ethics    S-1     11/17/2025    14.1      
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant    S-1     11/17/2025    21.1      
23.1   Consent of Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P., independent registered public accounting firm                 X 
23.2   Consent of the Doney Law Firm (included in Exhibit 5.1)   S-1/A    6/12/2026   23.2       
23.3   Consent of Kaufman, Rossin & Co., PA                   X
107   Filing Fees    S-1     11/17/2025    107      

  

 151 
 

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers, or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” or “Calculation of Filing Fee” table or exhibit in the effective registration statement; and

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (l)(i), (l)(ii) and (l)(iii) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement;

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

 

(i) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

(ii) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(l)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date;

 

 152 
 

 

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser;

 

(6) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(7) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(8) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

 153 
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Lauderhill, Florida, on June 30, 2026.

 

  Stewards, Inc.
   
By: /s/ Shaun Quin
 

Shaun Quin

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

By: /s/ Katuischia Murless
  Katuischia Murless    
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Each officer and director of Stewards, Inc. whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints the company’s CEO, Shaun Quin, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments, including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this Registration Statement, and any additional Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

* * * *

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the dates specified.

 

By: /s/ Shaun Quin
 

Shaun Quin

Chief Executive Officer and Director

  June 30, 2026

 

By: /s/ Katuischia Murless
  Katuischia Murless 
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Date: June 30, 2026

 

By: /s/ Glen Steward 
  Glen Steward    
Title: Chairman of the Board and Director
Date: June 30, 2026

 

By: /s/ Wael Barsoum
  Wael Barsoum
Title: Director
Date: June 30, 2026

By: /s/ Zachary Graeve
  Zachary Graeve
Title: Director
Date: June 30, 2026

 

By: /s/ John Bode
  John Bode
Title: Director
Date: June 30, 2026

 

 154 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated as of June 1, 2022

 

 

By and Among

 

BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC,

as Borrower,

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Agent, and

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,

and any other lending institutions which may from time to time become a party hereto as Lenders

 

PROPERTY: 1818 Park

1818 Hollywood Boulevard

Hollywood, FL 33020

 

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION 1

Section 1.1 Specific Definitions 1

Section 1.2 Index of Other Definitions 34

Section 1.3 Principles of Construction 38

ARTICLE 2 THE LOAN 38

Section 2.1 The Loan 38

2.1.1        Agreement to Lend and Borrow 38

2.1.2        Single Disbursement to Borrower 38

2.1.3        The Note 38

2.1.4        Use of Proceeds 38

Section 2.2 Interest Rate 39

2.2.1        Interest Rate 39

2.2.2        Default Rate 41

2.2.3        Interest Calculation 41

2.2.4        Usury Savings 42

2.2.5        Breakage Indemnity 42

Section 2.3 Loan Payments 42

2.3.1        Payments 42

2.3.2        Payments Generally 42

2.3.3        Payment on Maturity Date 43

2.3.4        Late Payment Charge 43

2.3.5        Method and Place of Payment 43

2.3.6        Forwarding of Payments by Agent 43

2.3.7        Ratable Shares/Pro Rata Treatment of Payments 44

Section 2.4 Prepayments 44

2.4.1        Prepayments 44

2.4.2        Voluntary Prepayments 44

2.4.3        Mandatory Prepayments 44

2.4.4        Prepayments After Default 45

2.4.5        Prepayment/Repayment Conditions 45

Section 2.5 Release of Property 46

Section 2.6 Interest Rate Cap Agreement 46

2.6.1        Interest Rate Cap Agreement 46

2.6.2        Pledge and Collateral Assignment 47

2.6.3        Covenants 47

2.6.4        Powers of Borrower Prior to an Event of Default 49

2.6.5        Representations and Warranties 49

2.6.6        Payments 50

2.6.7        Remedies 50

2.6.8        Sales of Rate Cap Collateral 52

2.6.9        Public Sales Not Possible 53

2.6.10    Receipt of Sale Proceeds 53

i
 

Page

2.6.11    Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement 53

Section 2.7 Extension Options 53

2.7.1        Extension Options 53

2.7.2        Extension Documentation 55

Section 2.8 Spread Maintenance Premium 55

2.8.1        Exit Fee 55

2.8.2        Spread Maintenance Premium 56

Section 2.9 Regulatory Change; Taxes 56

2.9.1        Increased Costs 56

2.9.2        Special Taxes 56

2.9.3        Other Taxes 56

Section 2.10 Advances. 57

2.10.1    Advance Conditions 57

2.10.2    Optional Disbursements 61

2.10.4    Future Funding Obligations. 62

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 62

Section 3.1 Borrower Representations 62

3.1.1        Organization; Special Purpose 62

3.1.2        Proceedings; Enforceability 62

3.1.3        No Conflicts 62

3.1.4        Litigation 63

3.1.5        Agreements 63

3.1.6        Consents 63

3.1.7        Property; Title 63

3.1.8        ERISA; No Plan Assets 64

3.1.9        Compliance 64

3.1.10    Financial Information 65

3.1.11    Easements; Utilities and Public Access 65

3.1.12    Assignment of Leases 66

3.1.13    Insurance 66

3.1.14    Flood Zone 66

3.1.15    Physical Condition 66

3.1.16    Boundaries 66

3.1.17    Leases 66

3.1.18    Tax Filings 68

3.1.19    No Fraudulent Transfer 68

3.1.20    Federal Reserve Regulations 68

3.1.21    Organizational Chart 68

3.1.22    Organizational Status 69

3.1.23    Bank Holding Company 69

3.1.24    No Casualty 69

3.1.25    Purchase Options 69

3.1.26    FIRPTA 69

3.1.27    Investment Company Act 69

 

ii
 

Page

3.1.28    Fiscal Year 69

3.1.29    Other Debt 69

3.1.30    Contracts 69

3.1.31    Full and Accurate Disclosure 70

3.1.32    Other Obligations and Liabilities 70

3.1.33    Intellectual Property/Websites 70

3.1.34    Operations Agreements 70

3.1.35    EB-5 Representations 70

3.1.36    Development Agreement Program 71

3.1.37    Illegal Activity 72

Section 3.2 Survival of Representations 72

ARTICLE 4 BORROWER COVENANTS 72

Section 4.1 Payment and Performance of Obligations 72

Section 4.2 Due on Sale and Encumbrance; Transfers of Interests 72

Section 4.3 Liens 73

Section 4.4 Special Purpose 74

Section 4.5 Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements 74

Section 4.6 Taxes and Other Charges 74

Section 4.7 Litigation 75

Section 4.8 Title to the Property 75

Section 4.9 Financial Reporting 75

4.9.1        Generally 75

4.9.2        Monthly Reports 76

4.9.3        Annual Reports 76

4.9.4        Other Reports 77

4.9.5        Annual Budget 78

4.9.6        Extraordinary Operating Expenses 78

4.9.7        Breach 78

4.9.8        Actual Operating Expenses 78

4.9.9        Intentionally Omitted. 79

Section 4.10 Access to Property 79

Section 4.11 Leases 79

4.11.1    Generally 79

4.11.2    Approvals 79

4.11.3    Covenants 81

4.11.4    Security Deposits 81

4.11.5    Intentionally Omitted 81

Section 4.12 Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance; Alterations 82

4.12.1    Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance 82

4.12.2    Alterations 82

Section 4.13 Approval of Major Contracts 83

Section 4.14 Property Management 83

4.14.1    Management Agreement 83

4.14.2    Prohibition Against Termination or Modification 83

 

iii
 

Page

4.14.3    Replacement of Manager 84

Section 4.15 Performance by Borrower; Compliance with Agreements 84

Section 4.16 Licenses; Intellectual Property; Website 84

4.16.1    Licenses 84

4.16.2    Intellectual Property 84

4.16.3    Website 84

Section 4.17 Further Assurances 84

Section 4.18 Estoppel Statement 85

Section 4.19 Notice of Default 86

Section 4.20 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings 86

Section 4.21 Indebtedness 86

Section 4.22 Business and Operations 86

Section 4.23 Dissolution 86

Section 4.24 Debt Cancellation 87

Section 4.25 Affiliate Transactions 87

Section 4.26 No Joint Assessment 87

Section 4.27 Principal Place of Business 87

Section 4.28 Change of Name, Identity or Structure 87

Section 4.29 Costs and Expenses 87

Section 4.30 Indemnity 89

Section 4.31 ERISA 89

Section 4.32 Patriot Act Compliance 90

Section 4.33 Anti-Corruption Obligations 91

Section 4.34 Letters of Credit 91

Section 4.35 EB-5 Matters 93

Section 4.36 Development Agreement Matters 93

ARTICLE 5 INSURANCE, CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION 94

Section 5.1 Insurance 94

5.1.1        Insurance Policies 94

5.1.2        Insurance Company 99

Section 5.2 Casualty 100

Section 5.3 Condemnation 101

Section 5.4 Restoration 101

ARTICLE 6 CASH MANAGEMENT AND RESERVE FUNDS 107

Section 6.1 Cash Management Arrangements 107

Section 6.2 Intentionally Omitted 108

Section 6.3 Tax Funds 108

6.3.1        Deposits of Tax Funds 108

6.3.2        Release of Tax Funds 108

Section 6.4 Insurance Funds 109

6.4.1        Deposits of Insurance Funds 109

6.4.2        Release of Insurance Funds 109

6.4.3        Acceptable Blanket Policy 109

 

iv
 

Page

Section 6.5 Capital Expenditure Funds 109

6.5.1        Deposits of Capital Expenditure Funds 109

6.5.2        Release of Capital Expenditure Funds 110

Section 6.6 Carry Cost Account 110

6.6.1        Deposit of Carry Cost Shortfall Funds 111

6.6.2        Disbursement of Carry Cost Shortfall Funds 111

Section 6.7 Intentionally Omitted 111

Section 6.8 Intentionally Omitted. 111

Section 6.9 Intentionally Omitted 111

Section 6.10 Intentionally Omitted 111

Section 6.11 Casualty and Condemnation Account 111

Section 6.12 Cash Collateral Funds 112

Section 6.13 Intentionally Omitted 112

Section 6.14 Intentionally Omitted. 112

Section 6.15 Intentionally Omitted. 112

Section 6.16 Property Cash Flow Allocation 112

6.16.1    Order of Priority of Funds in Deposit Account 112

6.16.2    Failure to Make Payments 113

6.16.3    Application After Event of Default 113

Section 6.17 Security Interest in Reserve Funds 113

Section 6.18 Erroneous Payments 114

ARTICLE 7 PERMITTED TRANSFERS 114

Section 7.1 Permitted Transfers 115

Section 7.2 Cost and Expenses; Searches; Copies 118

ARTICLE 8 DEFAULTS 119

Section 8.1 Events of Default 119

Section 8.2 Remedies 122

8.2.1        Acceleration 123

8.2.2        Remedies Cumulative 123

8.2.3        Severance 123

8.2.4        Agent’s Right to Perform 124

ARTICLE 9 SALE AND SECURITIZATION OF MORTGAGE 125

Section 9.1 Sale of Mortgage and Securitization 125

Section 9.2 Securitization Indemnification 129

Section 9.3 Severance 131

9.3.1        Severance Documentation 131

9.3.2        Intentionally Omitted 132

9.3.3        Cooperation; Execution; Delivery 132

Section 9.4 Costs and Expenses 132

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS 132

Section 10.1 Exculpation 132

Section 10.2 Survival; Successors and Assigns 137

 

v
 

Page

Section 10.3 Agent’s Discretion; Rating Agency Review Waiver 137

Section 10.4 Governing Law 137

Section 10.5 Modification, Waiver in Writing 139

Section 10.6 Notices 139

Section 10.7 Waiver of Trial by Jury 141

Section 10.8 Headings, Schedules and Exhibits 141

Section 10.9 Severability 141

Section 10.10 Preferences 141

Section 10.11 Waiver of Notice 142

Section 10.12 Remedies of Borrower 142

Section 10.13 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses 142

Section 10.14 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries 142

Section 10.15 Publicity 142

Section 10.16 Waiver of Marshalling of Assets 143

Section 10.17 Certain Waivers 143

Section 10.18 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance 144

Section 10.19 Brokers and Financial Advisors 144

Section 10.20 Prior Agreements 144

Section 10.21 Servicer 144

Section 10.22 Joint and Several Liability 145

Section 10.23 Creation of Security Interest 145

Section 10.24 Counterparts 146

Section 10.25 Set-Off 146

Section 10.26 Modification, Waiver in Writing; Approvals 146

Section 10.27 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions 147

Section 10.28 Assignments and Participations 148

Section 10.29 Contributions and Waivers 150

ARTICLE 11 AGENT 154

Section 11.1 Appointment 154

Section 11.2 Delegation of Duties 155

Section 11.3 Exculpatory Provisions 155

Section 11.4 Reliance by Agent 155

Section 11.5 Notice of Default 156

Section 11.6 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders 156

Section 11.7 Indemnification 157

Section 11.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity 157

Section 11.9 Appraisals 157

Section 11.10 Ratable Share 157

Section 11.11 Letters of Credit 158

Section 11.12 Co-Lenders 158

Section 11.13 Future Funding Obligations 158

Section 11.14 Modifications to Article 11 158

 

vi
 

Schedules and Exhibits

Schedules:

Schedule I Rent Roll and Lease Disclosures

Schedule II Intentionally Omitted

Schedule III Organization of Borrower

Schedule IV Exceptions to Representations and Warranties

Schedule V Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity Schedule VI Intellectual Property/Websites

Schedule VII Intentionally Omitted Schedule VIII Intentionally Omitted Schedule IX Intentionally Omitted

Schedule X Ratable Share

 

 

Exhibits:

Exhibit A Legal Description

Exhibit B Secondary Market Transaction Information Exhibit C Tenant Direction Letter

Exhibit D Form of Additional Funding Notice

 

vii
 

LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of June 1, 2022 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), by and among DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH (“DB”), having an address at 1 Columbus Circle, New York, New York 10019 (together with its successors and permitted assigns hereunder, including any Assignee (as defined herein) hereunder and such other co-lenders as may exist from time to time, each a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”), DB, as administrative agent (including any of its successors and assigns, “Agent”) for itself and the other Lenders party hereto from time to time, and BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at 1776 Polk Street, Suite 200, Hollywood, Florida 33020 (together with its permitted successors and assigns, collectively, “Borrower”).

All capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article 1

hereof.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan from Lenders; and

WHEREAS, Lenders are willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in

accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree, represent and warrant as follows:

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Specific Definitions.

For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided:

"1818 Park Operating Agreement" shall mean that certain limited liability company agreement of Sole Member, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Acknowledgment” shall mean the Acknowledgment, dated on or about the date hereof made by Counterparty, or as applicable, Approved Counterparty.

“Acceptable Additional Guarantor” means an additional guarantor approved by Agent who satisfies the conditions of an Approved Replacement Guarantor, when considered together with Guarantor.

“Acceptable Additional Guarantor Information” shall mean, with respect to the applicable proposed Acceptable Additional Guarantor, (i) the legal name, contact information and

 1 
 

state of formation/incorporation of such proposed Acceptable Additional Guarantor, as applicable,

(ii) unaudited financial statements, balance sheets and statement of profits and loss of such proposed Acceptable Additional Guarantor (or such other comparable financial statements as reasonably acceptable to Lender) certified as true and correct in all material respects as of the date thereof by an officer of such proposed Acceptable Additional Guarantor and (iii) such other information and/or materials as Lender may request in its reasonable discretion.

“Additional Advance” shall mean additional advances of proceeds of the Loan after the Closing Date made by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof.

“Adjusted Actual Vacancy Rate” shall mean, as of any date of calculation, an assumed vacancy rate, expressed as a percentage and calculated as (i) the positive difference between

(A) GPR and (B) the lesser of actual cash collections on account of rents paid by residential Tenants for the three (3), six (6) or twelve (12) month period prior to such calculation date, as annualized (if applicable), over (ii) GPR.

“Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that (i) owns directly or indirectly ten percent (10%) or more of all equity interests in such Person, and/or (ii) is in Control of, is Controlled by or is under common ownership or Control with such Person, and/or (iii) is a director or officer of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person, and/or (iv) is the spouse, issue or parent of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person.

“ALTA” shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto. “Alteration Threshold” shall mean one percent (1.0%) of the Outstanding Principal

Balance.

“Alternate Index Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest of the Benchmark Replacement, determined as of the Interest Determination Date with respect to such Interest Period; provided that in no event will the Alternate Index Rate be less than the Index Floor.

“Alternate Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (A) the Alternate Index Rate plus (B) the Spread, and

(ii) the sum of (A) the Index Floor plus (B) the Spread.

“Alternate Rate Loan” shall mean the Loan at such time as interest thereon accrues at a per annum rate of interest based on the Benchmark Replacement.

“Annual Budget” shall mean the operating and capital budget for the Property setting forth, on a month-by-month basis, in reasonable detail, each line item of Borrower’s good faith estimate of anticipated operating income, operating expenses and Capital Expenditures for the applicable Fiscal Year.

“Anti-Money Laundering Laws” shall mean any laws relating to money laundering or terrorist financing, including, without limitation, (A) the criminal laws against terrorism; (B) the

 2 
 

criminal laws against money laundering, (C) the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, (D) the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, and (E) the Patriot Act.

“Approved Capital Expenditures” shall mean actual out-of-pocket Capital Expenditures to unaffiliated third-parties (except with respect to expenses to Affiliates of Borrower or Guarantor to the extent such expenses have been expressly approved by Agent) incurred by Borrower and either (i) included in the Approved Annual Budget or (ii) approved by Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

“Approved Counterparty” shall mean a bank or other financial institution which has (a) a long-term unsecured debt or counterparty rating of “A+” or higher by S&P; (b) a counterparty risk assessment or long-term unsecured debt rating of not less than “A1” by Moody’s; and (c) if the counterparty is rated by Fitch, a long-term issuer default rating or unsecured debt rating of “A+” or higher by Fitch; provided however, that SMBC Capital Markets, Inc. (with an Acceptable SMBC Credit Support Party as its credit support party) will be an Approved Counterparty so long as the rating of its credit support party (provided such credit support party shall be an Acceptable SMBC Credit Support Party) is not downgraded, withdrawn or qualified by S&P or Moody’s or Fitch from the long and short term ratings issued by such rating agencies below the lesser of (x) the above rating (as applicable) or (y) its ratings as of the date hereof. As used herein, an “Acceptable SMBC Credit Support Party” shall mean (i) Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation or a replacement guarantor that meets the foregoing rating requirements and provides a guaranty on substantially the same form as the guaranty provided by Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation on the Closing Date and (ii) provided any such credit support party guaranty guaranties all current and future obligations under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement or Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement, as applicable.

“Approved Future Leasing Expenses” shall mean Approved Leasing Expenses to third parties that are not Affiliates of Borrower or Guarantor that do not exceed $82.05 per rentable square feet.

“Approved Leasing Expenses” shall mean actual out-of-pocket expenses to unaffiliated third-parties (except with respect to expenses to Affiliates of Borrower or Guarantor to the extent such expenses have been expressly approved by Agent) incurred by Borrower in leasing space at the Property pursuant to Leases entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents, including brokerage commissions and tenant improvements, which expenses (i) are (A) specifically approved by Agent in connection with approving the applicable Lease, (B) incurred in the ordinary course of business and on market terms and conditions in connection with Leases which do not require Agent’s approval under the Loan Documents, and Agent shall have received a budget for such tenant improvement costs and a schedule of leasing commission payments payable in connection therewith, or (C) otherwise approved by Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and (ii) are substantiated by executed Lease documents and brokerage agreements.

“Approved Replacement Guarantor” shall mean a Person (i) that satisfies the conditions set forth in clauses (x) and (y) of the definition of “Qualified Transferee”, (ii) is formed in (or, if such Person is an individual, is a citizen of), maintains its principal place of business in (or, if such

 3 
 

Person is an individual, maintains a primary residence in), and is subject to service in the United States or Canada, (iii) has all or substantially all of its assets in the United States or Canada, (iv) whose identity, experience, financial condition and creditworthiness, including net worth and liquidity, is acceptable to Agent in Agent’s sole discretion, for which Agent has received a Rating Agency Confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency, (v) that satisfies the Guarantor Financial Covenants and (vi) who Controls Borrower (or Transferee Borrower, as applicable) and owns a direct or indirect interest in Borrower (or Transferee Borrower, as applicable). If two or more Approved Replacement Guarantors are delivering replacement guaranties and replacement environmental indemnities to Agent (on behalf of Lenders), then (1) only one such Approved Replacement Guarantor must Control Borrower (or Transferee Borrower, as applicable), directly or indirectly (provided that each such Approved Replacement Guarantor must own a direct or indirect interest in Borrower (or Transferee Borrower, as applicable)) and (2) the obligations of all Approved Replacement Guarantors shall be joint and several.

“Approved LC Bank” shall mean a bank or other financial institution, the long-term unsecured debt rating of which are at least “A+” by S&P, Fitch and DBRS Morningstar and “A1” by Moody’s and the short-term unsecured debt ratings of which are at least “A-1” by S&P, “F1” by Fitch, “R-1” by DBRS Morningstar and “P-1” by Moody’s.

“Assignment of Agreements” shall mean that certain Assignment of Agreements, Licenses, Permits and Contracts, dated as of the date hereof, from Borrower, as assignor, to Agent (on behalf of Lenders), as assignee.

“Assignment of Leases” shall mean that certain first priority Assignment of Leases and Rents, dated as of the date hereof, from Borrower, as assignor, to Agent (on behalf of Lenders), as assignee.

“Assignment of Management Agreement” shall mean that certain Assignment of Management Agreement and Subordination of Management Fees dated as of the date hereof among Borrower, Manager and Agent (on behalf of Lenders).

“Award” shall mean any compensation paid by any Governmental Authority in connection with a Condemnation in respect to all or any part of the Property.

“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder, and any comparable foreign laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or creditors’ rights.

“Benchmark” shall mean (i) initially, and continuing unless and until replaced by a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to Section 2.2.1(c) hereof, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, and

(ii) if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then the applicable Benchmark Replacement.

 

 4 
 

“Benchmark Replacement” shall mean, for any Interest Period, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by Agent as of the date that the Loan is converted to an Alternate Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.2.1 below:

(a)                Subject to the provisos at the end of this definition, the sum of: (i) SOFR Average and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment, provided that SOFR Average and the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment are displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion; or

(b)               the sum of: (i) the floating rate index that Agent determines in its sole but good faith discretion (and in connection therewith, Agent may take into consideration the recommendations of the Relevant Governmental Body) and that is then, or Agent anticipates will be, generally used by Agent in its syndicated floating rate commercial real estate loans similar to the subject Loan as an alternative to the then-current Benchmark, as determined by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

 

provided that if the index rate set forth in clause (a) above is not then commonly used by Agent in its syndicated floating rate commercial real estate loans similar to the subject Loan as an alternative to the then-current Benchmark, as determined by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion, then the Benchmark Replacement shall be determined per clause (b) above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Benchmark Replacement be less than the Index Floor.

“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” shall mean, for any Interest Period, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by Agent as of the date that the Loan is converted to an Alternate Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.2.1 below:

(a)                the rate adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such rate adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected, endorsed or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement; or

(b)               the rate adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been determined by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion, giving due consideration to any industry-accepted index rate adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such rate adjustment, for the replacement of the then-current Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated floating rate balance sheet loans.

“Benchmark Replacement Date” shall mean the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1)               in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark

 5 
 

permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof);

(2)               in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the first date on which such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been determined and announced by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be non-representative; provided that, such non-representativeness will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (3) and even if such Benchmark continues to be provided on such date; or

(3)               in the case of clause (4) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the date of the Change in Law Determination; or

(4)               in the case of clause (5) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the date of the Benchmark Unavailability Determination.

“Benchmark Transition Event” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1)               a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(2)               a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(3)               a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) or the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) announcing that such Benchmark (or such component thereof) is not, or as of a specified future date will not be, representative;

 6 
 

(4)               a Change in Law that Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error) prohibits, restricts or limits the use of such Benchmark (upon such determination “Change in Law Determination”); or

(5)               a Benchmark Unavailability Period has occurred or exists with respect to such Benchmark, and Agent determines in its sole and absolute discretion that such Benchmark shall no longer be used as the Benchmark under this Agreement (a “Benchmark Unavailability Determination”).

“Benchmark Unavailability Period” shall mean each (if any) Interest Period for which Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Interest Rate for the applicable Interest Period (including, if the Benchmark is Term SOFR or SOFR Average, that Term SOFR or SOFR Average, as applicable, cannot be determined in accordance with the definition thereof).

“Borrower Party” shall mean each of (i) Borrower, (ii) Guarantor, (iii) Key Principal, (iv) any Person Controlled by, under common Control with, or Controlling any of the foregoing, and

(v) any Immediate Family Member.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday on which national banks are not open for general business in (i) the State of New York, (ii) the state where the corporate trust office of the Trustee is located, or (iii) the state where the servicing offices of the Servicer are located.

“Calculation Date” shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter during the Term. “Capital Expenditures” for any period shall mean amounts expended for replacements and

alterations to the Property (excluding tenant improvements) and required to be capitalized according to GAAP.

“Carry Costs” shall mean Debt Service, Taxes, Property Taxes, Insurance Premiums, operating expenses, Other Charges, the funding of the Accounts as and when required pursuant to Article VI hereof, and any other costs necessary to own and operate the Property.

“Carry Cost Available Amount” shall mean, at any given time, the amount that Agent, in its reasonable discretion, estimates will be available to pay Carry Costs for the period in question, taking into consideration, among other things, amounts on deposit in the applicable Accounts, Carry Cost Advances, and projected cash flow.

“Cash Management Agreement” shall mean that certain Cash Management Agreement of even date herewith among Agent (on behalf of Lenders), Borrower, and Deposit Bank.

“Change in Law” shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or

 7 
 

application thereof by any Governmental Authority, (c) adjustments to the Regulation D reserve requirements (including, without limitation, all basic, marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves and taking into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) announced by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, or (d) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued (regardless of whether currently in force and effect).

 

“Class A Unit” shall mean a "Class A Interest" as set forth in the 1818 Park Operating Agreement.

 

“Class A Member” shall mean, collectively, the following direct members of Sole Member that hold Class A Units, including (i) Block 40 Managers, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, (ii) Block 40 Investments Holdings, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, (iii) any Person who has acquired a Class A Unit in Sole Member in exchange for specified capital contribution and has been admitted as a member of Sole Member and (iv) any Class B Member that timely exercises the Class B Conversion Right in accordance with the EB-5 Documents.

 

“Class B Conversion Right” shall mean the right of each Class B Member to convert its Class B Units into Class A Units, as provided in Section 11.3 of the 1818 Park Operating Agreement.

 

“Class B Member” shall means any Person who has acquired a Class B Unit in Sole Member in exchange for specified capital contribution and has been admitted as a member of Sole Member.

 

“Class B Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in the 1818 Park Operating Agreement. “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the funding of the Loan.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as it may be further

amended from time to time, any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

“Condemnation” shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result or in lieu or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting the Property or any part thereof.

 8 
 

“Conforming Changes” shall mean, with respect to either the use or administration of Term SOFR or the use, administration, adoption or implementation of any Alternate Index Rate, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including, without limitation, changes to the definitions of “Business Day”, “Interest Determination Date”, “Interest Period”, “Monthly Payment Date” and “U.S. Government Securities Business Day”, preceding and succeeding business day conventions, rounding of amounts, the timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, the applicability and length of lookback periods, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that Agent determines, from time to time, may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of any such rate or to permit the use and administration thereof by Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice for U.S. dollar-denominated floating rate balance sheet loans (or, if Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if Agent or its designee determines that no market practice for the use and administration of such rate exists, in such other manner as Agent determines is reasonably necessary).

“Control” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms Controlled, Controlling and Common Control shall have correlative meanings.

“Counterparty” shall mean, with respect to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement or any Converted Interest Rate Protection Agreement, SMBC Capital Markets, Inc., and with respect to any Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement or Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement, any Approved Counterparty thereunder.

"Crowd Funded Person" shall mean a Person that is capitalized through the practice of syndication, advertising or general or broad solicitation, which capitalization is achieved primarily

(i) in reliance upon Regulation Crowdfunding promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or (ii) through internet-mediated registries, platforms or similar portals, mail-order subscriptions, benefit events and/or other similar methods.

 

“DBRS Morningstar” shall mean DBRS, Inc. and its successor-in-interest.

“Debt” shall mean the Outstanding Principal Balance together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other sums (including the Spread Maintenance Premium and/or Exit Fee, if applicable) due to Lenders from time to time in respect of the Loan under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage, the Environmental Indemnity or any other Loan Document.

“Debt-Like Preferred Equity” shall mean preferred equity that (i) has a “hard coupon”, minimum return or the equivalent, such as a preferred return or similar required payments that must be paid on dates certain, (ii) a “hard maturity” such as mandatory redemption date or similar required date of repayment or redemption, (iii) provides for a change in control, required redemption, increase in preferred return, right to change control or management, buy-sell mechanism or similar remedies in the event of a failure to repay or redeem on date certain or satisfy

 

 9 
 

preferred return or similar payment thresholds, (iv) is secured by a pledge of ownership interests, or (v) is treated as debt under GAAP.

“Debt Service” shall mean, with respect to any particular period, the scheduled principal and interest payments due under the Note; provided, that for purposes of calculating the Debt Service Coverage Ratio and Restoration DSCR, the Debt Service shall be calculated: (A) on an annualized basis assuming an interest rate equal to the sum of (i) the Strike Price and (ii) the Spread (or the Prime Rate Spread if the Loan is a Prime Rate Loan) and (B) assuming the outstanding principal balance of the Loan is the sum of (x) the Initial Advance plus the Carry Cost Maximum Additional Advance Amount plus any Additional Advances made hereunder (on or before the applicable date of determination) for leasing expenses plus any unfunded Additional Advances that Agent determines could potentially be available after the date of calculation in connection with Approved Leasing Costs associated with any Lease attributable to Rents being counted in the definition of Underwritten Net Cash Flow hereunder minus (y) the amount of any Permitted Partial Prepayment which has occurred on or before the applicable date of calculation.

“Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a ratio, calculated by Agent, in which (a) the numerator is the Underwritten Net Cash Flow, and (b) the denominator is the annual Debt Service. Each determination by Agent of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

“Debt Yield” shall mean, on any date of determination, a ratio, calculated by Agent and expressed as a percentage, in which (a) the numerator is the Underwritten Net Cash Flow as of such date; and (b) the denominator is the sum of (x) the Initial Advance plus the Carry Cost Maximum Additional Advance Amount plus any Additional Advances made hereunder (on or before the applicable date of determination) for leasing expenses plus any unfunded Additional Advances that Agent determines could potentially be available after the date of calculation in connection with Approved Leasing Costs associated with any Lease attributable to Rents being counted in the definition of Underwritten Net Cash Flow hereunder minus (y) the amount of any Permitted Partial Prepayment which has occurred on or before the applicable date of calculation. Each determination by Agent of the Debt Yield shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

“Default” shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any other Loan Document which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” shall mean, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Legal Rate or (ii) five percent (5%) above the Interest Rate specified in clause

(a) of the definition of “Interest Rate” below.

“Deposit Account” shall mean an Eligible Account at the Deposit Bank.

“Deposit Bank” shall mean the bank or banks selected by Agent to maintain the Deposit Account. Agent may in its sole discretion change the Deposit Bank from time to time.

 10 
 

“Development Agreement” shall mean that certain Developer Agreement by and between the City of Hollywood, the City of Hollywood Downtown Community Redevelopment Agency, and SFD @ Hollywood, LLC, for the Great Southern Hotel Project, as recorded in Official Records Book 38372, Page 953; together with and as affected by Resolution No. 02-CDMPV-160(a), by the City of Hollywood Development Review Board, as recorded in Official Records Book 40229, Page 1924, Resolution No. 02-CDMPV-160(a), by the City of Hollywood Development Review Board, Supplemented by Three Members of the Historic Preservation Board, as recorded in Official Records Book 40229, Page 1928, Resolution No. 02-CDMPV-160(a), by the City of Hollywood Development Review Board, Supplemented by Three Members of the Historic Preservation Board, as recorded in Official Records Book 40658, Page 1257, as assigned to BLOCK 40, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to that certain Assignment of Developer Agreement recorded in Official Records Book 46829, Page 1110, and the Amended and Restated Developer Agreement by and between City of Hollywood, the City of Hollywood Downtown Community Redevelopment Agency, and BLOCK 40, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, for the Young Circle Commons Project, dated as of May 2012 and recorded under Resolution No. R-2012-1014 on February 9, 2021 in Instrument No. 117046118, all of the Public Records of Broward County, Florida, as assigned to Borrower pursuant to that certain Assignment of Amended and Restated Development Agreement dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Development Agreement Provisions” shall mean Sections 3.1.36 and 4.36 hereof. “Development Agreement Tax Benefits” shall mean the payments made to Borrower

pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Development Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion of the Project Tax Increment (as defined in the Development Agreement)).

“Disqualified Person" shall mean any Person (i) that is a Crowd Funded Person, a DST or that is Controlled by a Crowd Funded Person or a DST, or in which a Crowd Funded Person or a DST owns any direct or indirect ownership interest, or (ii) that owns (or, in connection with a proposed Transfer, proposes to own) any direct or indirect interest in Borrower, any prospective Approved Replacement Guarantor, or any prospective transferee or the Property through a tenancy-in-common or other similar form of ownership.

“DST” means a trust formed under Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. Code §§ 3801 et seq., or any successor statute thereto, in each case, as amended from time to time, or any similar statutory trust formed under the law of any other state.

“EB-5 Documents” shall mean: those certain documents evidencing one or more private offerings made by Block 40, LLC of Class B Units, and each and every other document entered into by Borrower or any Affiliate thereof in connection with any direct and/or investments in the Borrower and/or the Property pursuant to the EB-5 Program.

“EB-5 Payment Obligation” shall mean any obligation of Sole Member, Borrower, or any Affiliate of the foregoing to: (i) pay any accrued preferred return to a Class B Member in connection with the exercise of said Class B Member of a Class B Conversion Right, (ii) make any payment of capital and/or accrued preferred return to a Class B Member in connection with:

 11 
 

(x)   an election by Sole Member to exercise any call rights or redemption rights of a Class B Member’s interests in Sole Member, or (y) a breach of the EB-5 Documents, or (z) a denial of the applicable Class B Member’s I-829 petition.

“EB-5 Program” shall mean the EB-5 Immigrant Investor Program administered as of the Closing Date by U.S. Citizen and Immigration Services together with any supplement, replacement, or similar program which shall be created on or after the Closing Date and any Legal Requirements relating to any of the foregoing.

“EB-5 Provisions” shall mean Sections 3.1.35 and 4.35 hereof.

“Eligible Account” shall mean a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (i) an account or accounts (or subaccounts thereof) maintained with a federal or state-chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (ii) a segregated trust account or accounts (or subaccounts thereof) maintained with the corporate trust department of a federal depository institution or state chartered depository institution subject to regulations regarding fiduciary funds on deposit similar to Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations §9.10(b), having in either case corporate trust powers, acting in its fiduciary capacity, and a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authorities and having a long-term unsecured debt rating of “BBB-” or higher by S&P and “A2” or higher by Moody’s and a short-term unsecured debt rating of “A-1” or higher by S&P and “P-1” or higher by Moody’s. An Eligible Account will not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

“Eligible Institution” shall mean a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of which are rated at least “A-1” by S&P, “P-1” by Moody’s and “F1” by Fitch (and the long term unsecured debt obligations of such depository institution are rated at least “A” by Fitch) in the case of accounts in which funds are held for thirty (30) days or less or, in the case of accounts in which funds are held for more than thirty (30) days, the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least (i) “A” by S&P, (ii) “A” by Fitch (and the short term deposits or short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of such depository institution are rated no less than “F1” by Fitch), and (iii) “A2” by Moody’s; provided, however, for purposes of the Deposit Bank, the definition of Eligible Institution shall have the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.

“Emergency Law” shall mean any Legal Requirement related to, in connection with, or in response to any pandemic, including, without limitation, the COVID-19 pandemic.

“Environmental Indemnity” shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by Borrower and Guarantor in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Agent (for itself and on behalf of Lenders).

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations or group of trades or businesses under

 

 12 
 

common control with Borrower or the Guarantor, or is treated as a single employer together with Borrower or the Guarantor under Section 414 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA.

“Exit Fee” shall mean, in connection with any repayment or prepayment of principal, a non-refundable fee equal to 0.5% of the Outstanding Principal Balance being repaid (or, as applicable, due and payable) at such time.

“Extension Fee” shall mean a non-refundable fee equal to (i) zero percent (0.00%) of the Outstanding Principal Balance in connection with Borrower’s exercise of the First Extension Option and (ii) one quarter of a percent (0.25%) of the Outstanding Principal Balance in connection with Borrower’s exercise of each of the Second Extension Option and the Third Extension Option, as applicable, and payable, in each case, simultaneously with Borrower’s exercise thereof.

“Extension Option” shall mean the First Extension Option, the Second Extension Option or the Third Extension Option, as applicable.

“Extension Period” shall mean the First Extension Period, the Second Extension Period or the Third Extension Period, as applicable.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as the NYFRB shall set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the effective federal funds rate, provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

“Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” shall mean the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during each year of the Term.

“Fitch” shall mean Fitch, Inc. and its successor-in-interest.

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the accounting profession), or in such other statements by such entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the U.S. accounting profession.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any court, board, agency, department, committee, commission, central bank, office or authority of any nature whatsoever (including any political subdivision or instrumentality thereof) for any governmental or quasi-governmental unit (whether federal, state, commonwealth, county, district, municipal, city, parish, provincial or otherwise) (whether of the government of the United States or any other nation) now or hereafter in existence

 13 
 

(including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank and any intergovernmental organizations such as the United Nations).

“GPR” shall mean the sum of (i) annualized actual in place rents under bona fide residential Leases at the Property and (ii) annualized market rents (as determined by Agent in its reasonable discretion) for units that are vacant as of the applicable date of calculation.

“Gross Revenue” shall mean all revenue derived from the ownership and operation of the Property from whatever source, including, without limitation, Rents and any Insurance Proceeds (whether or not Agent elects to treat any such Insurance Proceeds as business or rental interruption Insurance Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.4(f) hereof), Lease Termination Payments, any revenue received in connection with any tax certiorari proceeding and any amounts received by Borrower as a result of any litigation or other legal, administrative or other proceeding.

“Guarantors” shall mean collectively, Charles R. Abele, Jr., Peter Jago, Daniel B. McCarthy, Harish Mehta, or any other Person that now or hereafter guarantees any of Borrower’s obligations under any Loan Document.

“Guarantor Financial Covenants” shall mean those covenants set forth in Section 5.2 of the “Bad Act” Guaranty.

“Guaranty” shall mean, individually or collectively (as the context shall require), (x) that certain Guaranty of Recourse Obligations of even date herewith from Guarantors for the benefit of Agent (for itself and on behalf of Lenders) (the “Bad Act Guaranty”) and (y) that certain Guaranty of Carry Costs of even date herewith from Guarantors for the benefit of Agent (for itself and on behalf of Lenders) (the “Carry Guaranty”).

“Immediate Family Member” shall mean, with respect to any Key Principal, his/her spouse or lineal descendants and/or one or more family trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing.

“Indebtedness” shall mean, for any Person, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, for amounts drawn under a letter of credit, or for the deferred purchase price of property or services for which such Person or its assets is liable, (ii) all unfunded amounts under a loan agreement, letter of credit, or other credit facility for which such Person would be liable if such amounts were advanced thereunder, (iii) all amounts required to be paid by such Person as a guaranteed payment to partners or a preferred or special dividend, including any mandatory redemption of shares or interests, (iv) all indebtedness guaranteed by such Person, directly or indirectly, (v) all obligations under leases that constitute capital leases for which such Person is liable, (vi) all obligations of such Person under interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and other interest hedge agreements, in each case for which such Person is liable or its assets are liable, whether such Person (or its assets) is liable contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or in respect of which obligations such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss, (vii) all obligations under any PACE Loans and (viii) any other contractual obligation for the payment of money which are not settled within thirty (30) days.

 14 
 

“Independent” shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, a Person who: (i) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in Borrower or in any Affiliate of Borrower, (ii) is not connected with Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, member, manager, creditor, director, supplier, customer or person performing similar functions and (iii) is not a member of the immediate family of a Person defined in (i) or (ii) above.

“Independent Accountant” shall mean a firm of nationally recognized, certified public accountants which is Independent and which is selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Agent.

“Index Floor” shall mean zero percent (0.00%).

“Insolvency Opinion” shall mean (a) that certain bankruptcy non-consolidation opinion letter dated the date hereof delivered by Greenberg Traurig, LLP in connection with the Loan and

(b) any updated or new bankruptcy non-consolidation opinion letter received in connection with the Loan subsequent to the Closing Date (it being acknowledged that this clause (ii) will not be deemed to require delivery of any such updated or new opinion except to the extent required hereunder) satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and satisfying Rating Agency criteria and from Greenberg Traurig, LLP or, in the case of a new bankruptcy non-consolidation opinion letter, other counsel satisfactory to Agent and the Rating Agencies.

“Interest Determination Date” shall mean, (i) with respect to each Interest Period that occurs while the Loan is a Term SOFR Loan, the date that is two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period, (ii) with respect to any Interest Period that occurs while the Loan is an Alternate Rate Loan, the date that is two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period (or the time determined by Agent in accordance with the Conforming Changes), and (iii) with respect to any Interest Period that occurs while the Loan is a Prime Rate Loan, the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period; provided, however, that at the option of Agent in connection with a Securitization, an additional Interest Determination Date shall occur on the date which is two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the closing date of the Securitization (which shall adjust the Interest Rate for the remainder of the then-current Interest Period).

“Interest Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period: (a) an interest rate per annum equal to (i) for a Term SOFR Loan, the Term SOFR Rate, determined as of the Interest Determination Date with respect to such Interest Period, (ii) for an Alternate Rate Loan, the Alternate Rate, determined as of the Interest Determination Date with respect to such Interest Period, and (iii) for a Prime Rate Loan, the Prime Rate, determined as of the Interest Determination Date with respect to such Interest Period; or (b) when applicable pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Default Rate.

“Interest Rate Cap Agreement” shall mean the Confirmation and Agreement (together with the confirmation and schedules relating thereto), dated on or about the date hereof, between the Counterparty and Borrower, obtained by Borrower and collaterally assigned to Agent (on

 15 
 

behalf of Lenders) pursuant to this Agreement. After delivery of a Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement to Agent (on behalf of Lenders), the term Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be deemed to mean such Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement. The Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York and shall contain each of the following:

(a)                the notional amount of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be equal to the maximum principal amount of the Loan;

(b)               the remaining term of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall at all times extend through the end of the Interest Period in which the Maturity Date occurs as extended from time to time pursuant to this Agreement and the Loan Documents;

(c)                the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be issued by the Counterparty to Borrower and shall be pledged to Agent (on behalf of Lenders) by Borrower in accordance with this Agreement;

(d)               (i) the Counterparty under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be obligated to make a stream of payments, directly to the Clearing Account (whether or not an Event of Default has occurred) from time to time equal to the product of (x) the notional amount of such Interest Rate Cap Agreement multiplied by (y) the excess, if any, of Term SOFR (including any upward rounding under the definition of Term SOFR)(or the Alternate Index Rate or Prime Index Rate, as applicable) over the Strike Price and (ii) the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall provide that such payment shall be made on a monthly basis in each case not later than (after giving effect to and assuming the passage of any cure period afforded to such Counterparty under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, which cure period shall not in any event be more than three Business Days) each Monthly Payment Date;

(e)                the Counterparty under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall execute and deliver the Acknowledgment; and

(f)                the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall impose no material obligation on the beneficiary thereof (after payment of the acquisition cost) and shall be in all material respects satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and shall satisfy applicable Rating Agency standards and requirements, including, without limitation, provisions satisfying Rating Agencies standards, requirements and criteria (i) that incorporate representations by the Counterparty that no withholding taxes shall apply to payments by the Counterparty, and provide for “gross up” payments by the Counterparty for any withholding tax, (ii) whereby the Counterparty agrees not to file or join in the filing of any petition against Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law, and (iii) that incorporate, if the Interest Rate Cap Agreement contemplates collateral posting by the Counterparty, a credit support annex setting forth the mechanics for collateral to be calculated and posted that are consistent with Rating Agency standards, requirements and criteria.

 

 16 
 

“Key Principal(s)” shall mean, collectively, Charles R. Abele, Jr., Peter Jago, Daniel B. McCarthy, Harish Mehta; provided, however, upon the death and/or incapacity of any of the foregoing individuals, the applicable individual shall be deemed replaced as a “Key Principal” hereunder with either: (x) the estate of the applicable Key Principal (during the pendency of the settlement of said estate) or (y) such Person as shall be approved by Agent in accordance with Section 7.1(e) hereof.

“Kroll” means Kroll Bond Ratings and its successor-in-interest.

“Lease” shall mean any lease, sublease or sub-sublease, letting, license, concession or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) pursuant to which any Person is granted a possessory interest in, or right to use or occupy, all or any portion of any space in the Property, and every modification, amendment or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) relating to such lease, sublease, sub-sublease, license or other agreement entered into in connection with such lease, sublease, sub-sublease, license or other agreement, and every guarantee of the performance and observance of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed and observed by the other party thereto, whether before or after the filing by or against Borrower of any petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code.

“Legal Requirements” shall mean all federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities affecting the Loan, any Secondary Market Transaction with respect to the Loan, Borrower, Manager or the Property or any part thereof or the construction, use, alteration or operation thereof, or any part thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, Regulation AB, the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, zoning and land use laws, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to Borrower, at any time in force affecting the Property or any part thereof, including any which may (i) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Property or any part thereof, or

(ii)  in any way limit the use and enjoyment thereof.

“Lender Control Period” shall mean a period which shall: (A) commence following an exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents upon the earlier to occur of (i) the date that Agent or its successor, assign, designee, and/or nominee (including, without limitation, any purchaser at a foreclosure sale) takes title to, or control of, the Property in connection with an exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents and controls the Property to the exclusion of Borrower and

(ii) the date that any receiver appointed in connection with Lender’s remedies under the Loan Documents takes physical possession of and controls the Property, in each case, to the exclusion of Borrower and (B) end at such time as Borrower and/or any Affiliate thereof shall regain possession or control of all or any portion of the Property.

“Letter of Credit” shall mean an irrevocable, unconditional, transferable (without payment of any transfer fee), clean sight draft letter of credit acceptable to Agent (either an evergreen letter of credit or one which does not expire until at least thirty (30) Business Days after the Stated

 17 
 

Maturity Date) in favor of Agent and entitling Agent to draw thereon, in whole or in part, in New York, New York, issued by a domestic Approved LC Bank or the U.S. agency or branch of a foreign Approved LC Bank, the applicant/obligor under which shall not be Borrower. Any Letter of Credit delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan shall, in addition to any other requirements set forth herein, be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.34 hereof.

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, easement, restrictive covenant, preference, assignment, security interest, PACE Loan or any other encumbrance, charge or transfer of, or any agreement to enter into or create any of the foregoing, on or affecting all or any portion of the Property or any interest therein, or any direct or indirect interest in Borrower, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the creation or issuance of any Debt-Like Preferred Equity, the filing of any financing statement, and mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances.

“Loan” shall mean the loan in the maximum aggregate principal amount of up to Eighty Four Million and No/100 Dollars ($84,000,000.00) made by Lenders to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

“Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases, the Cash Management Agreement, the Clearing Account Agreement, the Assignment of Agreements, the Environmental Indemnity, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Guaranty and any other documents, agreements and instruments now or hereafter evidencing, securing or delivered to Agent (on behalf of Lenders) and Lenders in connection with the Loan, as the same may be (and each of the foregoing defined terms shall refer to such documents as they may be) amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Loan to Value Ratio” shall mean the ratio, as of a particular date, in which the numerator is equal to the Outstanding Principal Balance and the denominator is equal to the appraised value of the Property, as determined by Agent in its sole discretion.

“Low Debt Yield Period” shall (I) commence if, as of any Calculation Date, the Debt Yield is less than five percent (5.00%) and provided, however, if any Tenant (pursuant to a Major Lease

) shall become subject to a Tenant Adjustment Event, then the Underwritten Net Cash Flow as of the most recent Calculation Date may be immediately adjusted downward by Agent and to the extent said adjustment results in a Debt Yield that is below 5.00%, a Low Debt Yield Period shall immediately commence and (II) end if the Property has achieved a Debt Yield of at least six percent (6.00%) for two (2) consecutive Calculation Dates, as determined by Agent (provided that if the financial reports required under Sections 4.9.2 and 4.9.3 are not delivered to Agent as and when required hereunder, a Low Debt Yield Period shall be deemed to have commenced and be ongoing, unless and until such reports are delivered and they indicate that, in fact, no Low Debt Yield Period is ongoing).

 

 18 
 

“Major Contract” shall mean (i) any management, brokerage or leasing agreement, (ii) any cleaning, maintenance, service or other contract or agreement of any kind (other than Leases) of a material nature (materiality for these purposes to include, without limitation, contracts which extend beyond one year (unless cancelable on thirty (30) days or less notice without requiring the payment of termination fees or payments of any kind)), or (iii) any contract or agreement with an Affiliate of Borrower, in any case relating to the ownership, leasing, management, use, operation, maintenance, repair or restoration of the Property, whether written or oral.

“Major Lease” shall mean any Lease which, either individually, or when taken together with all other Leases with the same Tenant or its Affiliates, and assuming the exercise of all expansion rights and all preferential rights to lease additional space contained in such Lease, covers (i) more than 5,000 rentable square feet of rentable space at the Property,

(ii) contains an option or other preferential right to purchase all or any portion of the Property,

(iii)  is with an Affiliate of Borrower as Tenant, (iv) in connection with a commercial lease, is entered into during the continuance of a Trigger Period, or (v) in connection with a residential lease, is entered into during an Event of Default.

“Management Agreement” shall mean the management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and the current Manager or any replacement management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and a Manager in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, in each case, pursuant to which the Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to the Property.

“Manager” shall mean Castle Residential Management, Inc., a Florida corporation, or any other manager engaged in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents.

“Material Alteration” shall mean any alteration affecting structural elements of the Improvements, utility or HVAC system contained in any Improvements or the exterior of the Property, the cost of which exceeds the Alteration Threshold; provided, however, that in no event shall (i) any tenant improvement work performed pursuant to any Lease existing on the date hereof or entered into hereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, or (ii) alterations performed as part of a Restoration, constitute a Material Alteration.

“Maturity Date” shall mean the Stated Maturity Date, provided that (a) in the event of the exercise by Borrower of the First Extension Option pursuant to Section 2.7, the Maturity Date shall be the First Extended Maturity Date, (b) in the event of the exercise by Borrower of the Second Extension Option pursuant to Section 2.7, the Maturity Date shall be the Second Extended Maturity Date, (c) in the event of the exercise by Borrower of the Third Extension Option pursuant to Section 2.7, the Maturity Date shall be the Third Extended Maturity Date, or (d) such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as herein or therein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity Date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise.

“Maximum Legal Rate” shall mean the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under

 

 19 
 

the laws of such Governmental Authority whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan.

“Maximum Additional Advance Amount” shall mean, (a) with respect to Additional Advances for tenant improvements, leasing commissions and other leasing costs with respect to leases, renewals and/or expansions entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents, One Million Eight Hundred Thirty Nine Thousand Eight Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($1,839,800.00) (the “Leasing Cost Maximum Additional Advance Amount”) and (b) with respect to Additional Advances for debt service and budgeted operating expense shortfalls prior to the Initial Stated Maturity Date, Three Hundred Eighty Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty Five and 00/100 Dollars ($387,855.00) (the “Carry Cost Maximum Additional Advance Amount”).

“Monthly Operating Expense Budgeted Amount” shall mean the monthly amount set forth in the Approved Annual Budget for operating expenses for the calendar month in which such Monthly Payment Date occurs; provided that management fees payable to Manager as part of the Monthly Operating Expense Budgeted Amount shall not exceed three percent (3%) of Rents (the “Management Fee Cap”).

“Monthly Payment Date” shall mean the first (1st) day of every calendar month occurring during the Term. The first Monthly Payment Date shall be July 1, 2022.

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successor-in-interest. “Mortgage” shall mean that certain first priority Amended and Restated Mortgage,

Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated the date hereof, executed and delivered by Borrower as security for the Loan and encumbering the Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“NRSRO” shall mean any credit rating agency that has elected to be treated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for purposes of Section 15E of the Exchange Act, without regard to whether or not such credit rating agency has been engaged by Agent or its designees in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Securitization.

“NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

“NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if any of the aforesaid rates as so determined shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

“NYFRB’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

“Obligations” shall mean, collectively, Borrower’s obligations for the payment of the Debt and the performance of the Other Obligations.

 

 20 
 

“Officer’s Certificate” shall mean a certificate delivered to Agent by Borrower which is signed by an authorized senior officer of Borrower.

“Operating Expenses” shall mean, for any period, without duplication, all expenses actually paid or payable by Borrower during such period in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, repair and use of the Property, determined on an accrual basis, and, except to the extent otherwise provided in this definition, in accordance with GAAP. Operating Expenses specifically shall include (i) all expenses incurred in the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period based on quarterly financial statements delivered to Agent in accordance with Section 4.9.2 hereof, (ii) all payments required to be made pursuant to any Operations Agreements, (iii) property management fees in an amount equal to the management fees actually paid under the Management Agreement, (iv) administrative, payroll, security and general expenses for the Property, (v) the cost of utilities, inventories and fixed asset supplies consumed in the operation of the Property, (vi) a reasonable reserve for uncollectible accounts, (vii) costs and fees of Independent professionals (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, consultants and other professional expenses), technical consultants, operational experts (including quality assurance inspectors) or other third parties retained to perform services required or permitted hereunder, (viii) cost of attendance by employees at training and manpower development programs, (ix) association dues, (x) computer processing charges, (xi) operational equipment and other lease payments, (xii) Taxes and Other Charges (other than income taxes or Other Charges in the nature of income taxes) and insurance premiums and (xiii) all underwritten reserves required by Agent hereunder (without duplication). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include (1) depreciation or amortization, (2) income taxes or Other Charges in the nature of income taxes, (3) any expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the making of the Loan or the sale, exchange, transfer, financing or refinancing of all or any portion of the Property or in connection with the recovery of Insurance Proceeds or Awards which are applied to prepay the Note, (4) Capital Expenditures, (5) Debt Service, and (6) any item of expense which would otherwise be considered within Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions above but is paid directly by any Tenant. To the extent the applicable period of determination of Operating Expenses is for a period equal to less than twelve (12) months and an operating expense incurred during the applicable period relates to an entire calendar year (e.g., real estate taxes), then, for purposes of determining the calculation of such Operating Expense, the same shall be prorated for the relevant period of determination based on the total annual amount paid with respect thereto.

“Operations Agreements” shall mean the REA, and any other covenants, restrictions, easements, declarations or agreements of record relating to the construction, operation or use of the Property, together with all amendments, modifications or supplements thereto.

“Other Charges” shall mean all ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions other than Taxes and any other charges, including vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining the Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof.

“Other Obligations” shall mean (a) the performance of all obligations of Borrower contained herein; (b) the performance of each obligation of Borrower contained in any other Loan

 21 
 

Document; and (c) the performance of each obligation of Borrower contained in any renewal, extension, amendment, modification, consolidation, change of, or substitution or replacement for, all or any part of this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document.

“Outstanding Principal Balance” shall mean, as of any date, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan.

“Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar loans by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate.

“Ownership and Control Conditions” shall mean

(a)                Prior to the occurrence of a Conversion: (i) Sole Member shall continue to hold a 100% direct and/or indirect interest in Borrower, (ii) Sole Member and Borrower shall continue to be Controlled by Block 40 Managers, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Control Entity”), (iii) Charles R. Abele, Jr. (or, following his death and/or incapacity, such replacement Key Principal as shall be approved by Lender in accordance with Section 7.1(e) hereof) shall continue to be the president of the Control Entity and sit on the management committee of the Control Entity and shall own not less than six percent (6%) of the direct and/or indirect interest in Borrower, (iv) the management committee of the Control Entity shall have no more than four (4) members and no less than three (3) of said members shall be Key Principals hereunder, (v) the Key Principals (together with their Immediate Family Members) shall collectively own not less than twenty percent (20%) of the direct and/or indirect interests in Borrower, and (vi) unless Agent shall have granted its express written consent, no Person (together with such Person’s Immediate Family Members and Affiliates) other than any Key Principal (and his Immediate Family Members and Affiliates) shall own more than a twenty percent (20%) direct and/or indirect interest in Borrower who did not hold said interest as of the Closing Date; and

(b)               From and after the occurrence of a Conversion: (i) Sole Member shall continue to hold a 100% direct and/or indirect interest in Borrower and Control Entity shall continue to Control Borrower, (ii) Charles R. Abele, Jr. (or, following his death and/or incapacity, such replacement Key Principal as shall be approved by Lender in accordance with Section 7.1(e) hereof) shall serve as the president or chairman of the board of directors of the Sole Member and shall own not less than six percent (6%) of the direct and/or indirect interest in Borrower, (iii) the board of director of the Sole Member shall have no more than four

(4) members and no less than three (3) of said members shall be Key Principals hereunder,

(iv)  the Key Principals (together with their Immediate Family Members) shall collectively own not less than twenty percent (20%) of the direct and/or indirect interests in Borrower, and (v) unless Agent shall have granted its express written consent, no Person (together with such Person’s Immediate Family Members and Affiliates) other than any Key Principal (and his Immediate Family Members and Affiliates) shall own more than a twenty

 

 22 
 

percent (20%) direct and/or indirect interest in Borrower who did not hold said interest as of the Closing Date.

“PACE Loan” shall mean (x) any “Property-Assessed Clean Energy loan” or (y) any other indebtedness, without regard to the name given to such indebtedness, which is (i) incurred for improvements to the Property for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, increasing use of renewable energy sources, resource conservation, or a combination of the foregoing, and (ii) repaid through multi-year assessments against the Property.

“Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (USA PATRIOT ACT) of 2001, as the same was restored and amended by Uniting and Strengthening America by Fulfilling Rights and Ensuring Effective Discipline Over Monitoring Act (USA FREEDOM Act) of 2015 and as the same may be further amended, extended, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, and any corresponding provisions of future laws.

“Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents, (ii) all encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Insurance Policy, (iii) Liens, if any, for Taxes or Other Charges imposed by any Governmental Authority not yet due or delinquent, (iv) any workers’, mechanics’ or other similar Liens on the Property provided that any such Lien is bonded or discharged within thirty (30) days after Borrower first receives written notice of such Lien , (v) such other title and survey exceptions as Agent has approved or may approve in writing in Agent’s reasonable discretion, (vi) customary easement agreements, rights-of-way, restrictions, or minor encroachments, in each case, so long as the same (1) are entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (but in no event in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advance credit) and (2) do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower or the Property and

(3) do not require any ongoing payment by Borrower of any material sum of money or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect, (vii) Permitted Indebtedness, and (viii) Leases in place as of the Closing Date or otherwise entered into in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Permitted Partial Prepayment” shall mean any Debt Yield Extension Prepayment and/or Debt Yield Trigger Prepayment.

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any other entity, any country or Governmental Authority and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

“Pfandbrief Pledge” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.23 hereof.

“Physical Conditions Report” shall mean any physical condition reports delivered by Borrower to Agent prior to the making of the Loan.

“Prepayment Notice” shall mean a prior written notice to Agent specifying the proposed Business Day on which a prepayment of the Debt is to be made pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof,

 23 
 

which date shall be no earlier than thirty (30) days after the date of such Prepayment Notice and no later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Prepayment Notice. Upon not less than one (1) Business Day notice, such Prepayment Notice may be revoked or extended (for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days) by Borrower at any time, provided Borrower reimburses Lender for any actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements, incurred in conjunction with preparing for the applicable prepayment

“Prime Index” shall mean the rate of interest per annum published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time as the “Prime Rate”. If more than one “Prime Rate” is published in The Wall Street Journal for a day, the average of such “Prime Rates” will be used, and such average will be rounded up to the nearest 1/1000th of one percent (0.001%). If The Wall Street Journal ceases to publish the “Prime Rate,” Agent will select an equivalent publication that publishes such “Prime Rate,” and if such “Prime Rates” are no longer generally published or are limited, regulated or administered by a governmental or quasi-governmental body, then Agent will select a comparable interest rate index.

“Prime Index Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest of the Prime Index, determined as of the Interest Determination Date immediately preceding the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that in no event will the Prime Index Rate be less than the Index Floor.

“Prime Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest equal to the greater of (i) the sum of (A) the Prime Index Rate plus (B) the Prime Rate Spread, and

(ii) the sum of (A) the Index Floor plus (B) the Spread.

“Prime Rate Loan” shall mean the Loan at such time as interest thereon accrues at a rate of interest based upon the Prime Index.

“Prime Rate Spread” shall mean, in connection with any conversion of the Loan in accordance with the terms hereof to a Prime Rate Loan, the sum (expressed as the number of basis points and determined at the time of such conversion) of the Spread and the Prime Rate Spread Adjustment; provided that the Prime Rate Spread shall not be less than a spread resulting in the Interest Rate immediately after giving effect to the conversion to a Prime Rate Loan being at least equal to the Interest Rate immediately prior to conversion to a Prime Rate Loan, and in no event will the Prime Rate Spread be less than zero.

“Prime Rate Spread Adjustment” shall mean, in connection with any conversion of the Loan in accordance with the terms hereof toa Prime Rate Loan, a spread adjustment, expressed as the number of basis points and determined at the time of such conversion (which may be positive, negative or zero) equal to (1) (x) if the Loan is being converted from a Term SOFR Loan to a Prime Rate Loan, the daily average of Term SOFR (with a floor of zero percent) or (y) if the Loan is being converted from an Alternate Rate Loan to a Prime Rate Loan, the daily average of the Alternate Index Rate (with a floor of zero percent), in either case of (x) or (y), as applicable, over the one hundred eighty (180) day period (or such shorter period to the extent such historical rates are not available, and excluding days within such one hundred eighty (180) day or shorter period that are not U.S. Government Securities Business Days) ending two (2) U.S. Government

 24 
 

Securities Business Days prior to the date of conversion, and excluding from such average, if such period of averaging exceeds thirty (30) days, the five (5) highest days and the five (5) lowest days of such one hundred eighty (180) day period), minus (2) the daily average of the Prime Index Rate (with a floor of zero percent) over the one hundred eighty (180) day period (excluding days within such one hundred eighty (180) day period that are not U.S. Government Securities Business Days) ending two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the date of conversion (excluding from such average the five (5) highest days and the five (5) lowest days of such one hundred eighty (180) day period).

“Prior Loan” shall mean that certain mortgage loan made by Prior Lender in the amount of $71,157,593.00 on or about May 27, 2021.

“Prior Lender” shall mean Trez Capital (Florida) Corporation, a British Columbia Corporation.

“Prohibited Person” shall mean any Person:

(i)                 that is listed on any Government List or is otherwise a Proscribed Person;

(ii)              that is listed on the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order 13224;

(iii)            who commits, threatens, conspires to commit or supports "terrorism" as defined in Executive Order 13224;

(iv)             that is owned or Controlled by, or acting for on behalf of, any Person that is described in the foregoing clauses(i), (ii) or (iii) above or its otherwise subject to the provisions of Executive Order 13224;

(v)               with whom another Person is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any terrorism or money laundering law, including the Patriot Act, Executive Order 13224 and any Anti-Money Laundering Laws;

(vi)             that is an Embargoed Person;

(vii)          who is an Affiliate of any Person that is described in any of clauses (i) through

(vi) above; or

(viii)        is a Disqualified Person.

“Property” shall mean the parcel or parcels of real property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, the Improvements now or hereafter erected or installed thereon and all personal property owned by Borrower and encumbered by the Mortgage, together with all rights pertaining to such property and Improvements, all as more particularly described in the Granting Clauses of the Mortgage.

 

 25 
 

“Provided Information” shall mean any and all financial and other information provided at any time prepared by, or on behalf of, Borrower, Manager, Tenants and/or Guarantors.

“Qualified Transferee” shall mean a transferee for whom, prior to the Transfer, Agent shall have received and approved: (x) satisfactory evidence that the proposed transferee (1) has never been indicted or convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to, a felony, (2) has never been indicted or convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to, a Patriot Act Offense and is not on any Government List and is not otherwise a Prohibited Person, (3) has never been the subject of a voluntary or involuntary (to the extent the same has not been discharged) bankruptcy proceeding and (4) has no material outstanding judgments against such proposed transferee and (y) Satisfactory Search Results with respect to such proposed transferee and its direct and indirect owners.

“Ratable Share”, “Ratable” or “ratably” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, its share of the Loan based on the proportion of the Outstanding Principal Balance advanced or held by such Lender to the total outstanding principal amount of the Loan. The Ratable Share of each Lender on the date of this Agreement after giving effect to the funding of the Loan on the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule X attached hereto and made a part hereof.

“Rating Agencies” shall mean any nationally-recognized statistical rating organization (e.g. S&P, Moody’s, Fitch, DBRS Morningstar, Kroll or any successor thereto) that has been or will be engaged by Agent or its designees in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Securitization.

“Rating Agency Confirmation” shall mean a written affirmation from each of the Rating Agencies that the credit rating of the Securities by such Rating Agency immediately prior to the occurrence of the event with respect to which such Rating Agency Confirmation is sought will not be qualified, downgraded or withdrawn as a result of the occurrence of such event, which affirmation may be granted or withheld in such Rating Agency’s sole and absolute discretion.

“Regulation AB” shall mean Regulation AB under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as such Regulation may be amended from time to time.

“Regulatory Change” shall mean, at any time hereafter, (i) any change in any Legal Requirement (including by repeal, amendment or otherwise) or in the interpretation or application thereof by any central bank or other Governmental Authority or (ii) any new or revised request, guidance or directive issued by any central bank or other Governmental Authority and applicable to the Agent and Lenders.

“Related Property” shall mean a parcel of real property, together with improvements thereon and personal property related thereto, that is “related” within the meaning of the definition of Significant Obligor, to the Property.

“Relevant Governmental Body” shall mean the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

 26 
 

“REMIC Trust” shall mean a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code that holds the Note.

“Rents” shall mean all rents, rent equivalents, “additional rent” (i.e. pass-throughs for operating expenses, real estate tax escalations and/or real estate tax pass-throughs, payments by Tenants on account of electrical consumption, porters’ wage escalations, condenser water charges and tap-in fees, freight elevator and HVAC overtime charges, charges for excessive rubbish removal and other sundry charges), moneys payable as damages (including payments by reason of the rejection of a Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding) or in lieu of rent or rent equivalents, royalties (including all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses), income, fees, receivables, receipts, revenues, deposits (including security, utility and other deposits), accounts, cash, issues, profits, charges for services rendered, and other payment and consideration of whatever form or nature received by or paid to or for the account of or benefit of Borrower, Manager or any of their respective agents or employees from any and all sources arising from or attributable to the Property and the Improvements, including all receivables, signage income, customer obligations, installment payment obligations and other obligations now existing or hereafter arising or created out of the sale, lease, sublease, license, concession or other grant of the right of the use and occupancy of the Property or rendering of services by Borrower, Manager or any of their respective agents or employees, and Insurance Proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance, but only to the extent such Insurance Proceeds are treated as business or rental interruption Insurance Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.4(f) hereof.

“Repayment Date” shall mean the date of a prepayment of the Loan pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.4 hereof.

“Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement” shall mean an interest rate cap agreement from an Approved Counterparty with terms that are the same in all material respects as the terms of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement except that the same shall be effective as of (i) in connection with a replacement pursuant to Section 2.6.3(c) following a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the long-term unsecured debt rating of the Counterparty, the date required in Section 2.6 or (ii) in connection with a replacement (or extension of the then-existing Interest Rate Cap Agreement) in connection to an extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.7, the date required in Section 2.7; provided that to the extent any such interest rate cap agreement does not meet the foregoing requirements, a Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be such interest rate cap agreement approved in writing by Agent, and if the Loan or any portion thereof is included in a Securitization, each of the Rating Agencies with respect thereto.

“Reserve Funds” shall mean, collectively, all funds deposited by Borrower with Agent or Deposit Bank pursuant to Article 6 of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Capital Expenditure Funds, the Insurance Funds, the Tax Funds, the Casualty and Condemnation Funds and the Cash Collateral Funds.

“Restoration” shall mean the repair, restoration and re-tenanting of the Property after a Casualty or Condemnation as nearly as possible to the condition the Property was in immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, with such alterations as may be reasonably approved by Agent.

 27 
 

“Restoration DSCR” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Underwritten Net Cash Flow of the Property, based on (x) annualized in place Rents or annualized Rents under Leases that are reasonably expected by Agent to remain in place following the completion of such Restoration and (y) expenses on a pro forma basis, to (b) an amount equal to the annual Debt Service.

“Restoration Threshold” shall mean 3% of the Outstanding Principal Balance as of the applicable date of determination.

“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies.

“Sanctions Laws” shall mean economic or financial sanctions, trade embargoes, or other restrictive economic or financial measures enacted, imposed, administered or enforced from time to time pursuant to statute, executive order, or regulation (“Sanctions”) by any of (each a “Sanctions Authority”): (1) the U.S. Government, including those administered by OFAC, the

U.S. Department of State, and the U.S. Department of Commerce; (2) the United Nations Security Council; (3) the European Union or any of its member states; (4) the United Kingdom; (5) the Swiss Government; (6) the Canadian Government; or (7) any agency or department or other Governmental Authority of or within any of the countries, organizations or other Persons identified in the foregoing clauses (1)-(6), or Governmental Authorities of any other country in which Borrower or Guarantor operates.

“Satisfactory Search Results” shall mean, with respect to any Person and its direct and indirect owners, (A) satisfactory completion by Agent and each Lender of their respective anti-financial crime and “know your customer” procedures (internal or otherwise), including receipt of credit history, litigation, judgment, and other related searches, each of which are satisfactory to Agent and each Lender in all respects and (B) confirmation satisfactory to Agent and each Lender that such Person does not violate any Anti-Money Laundering Laws, is not on any Government List and is not otherwise a Prohibited Person.

“Significant Obligor” shall have the meaning set forth in Item 1101(k) of Regulation AB under the Securities Act.

“Sole Member” shall mean Block 40, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. “SOFR” shall mean a rate equal to the secured overnight financing rate as administered by

the SOFR Administrator.

“SOFR Administrator” shall mean the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

“SOFR Administrator’s Website” shall mean the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, currently at http:www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.

 28 
 

“SOFR Average” shall mean, for any Interest Period and the Interest Determination Date for such Interest Period, the compounded average of SOFR over a rolling calendar period of thirty (30) days (“30-Day SOFR Average”) on such Interest Determination Date, with the rate, or methodology for this rate, and conventions for this rate being established by Agent in accordance with:

(1)               the “30-day Average SOFR” published on the SOFR Administrator’s Website at https://apps.newyorkfed.org/markets/autorates/sofr-avg-ind or any successor or successor page thereto established by the SOFR Administrator (as calculated by Agent and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/1,000 of 1%); provided, that if as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Interest Determination Date such 30-Day SOFR Average has not been published on the SOFR Administrator’s Website and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the SOFR Average has not occurred, then SOFR Average for the related Interest Period will be the 30-Day SOFR Average as published on the SOFR Administrator’s Website on the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such 30-Day SOFR Average was published on the SOFR Administrator’s Website so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Interest Determination Date; and further provided, that:

(2)               if, and to the extent that, Agent determines that 30-Day Average SOFR cannot be determined in accordance with clause (1) above, then the rate, or methodology for this rate, and conventions for this rate that have been selected by Agent giving due consideration to any industry accepted market practice for similar U.S. dollar-denominated floating rate balance sheet loans;

provided, further, that if Agent determines that any such rate, methodology or convention determined in accordance with clause (1) or clause (2) is not administratively feasible for Agent, then SOFR Average will be deemed unable to be determined for purposes of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall SOFR Average be less than the Index Floor.

“Special Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, or any liabilities with respect thereto, including those arising after the Closing Date as a result of the adoption of or any change in law, treaty, rule, regulation, guideline or determination of a Governmental Authority or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority but excluding, in the case of Agent and Lenders, such taxes (including income taxes, franchise taxes and branch profit taxes) as are imposed on or measured by Agent’s and Lenders’ net income by the United States of America or any Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction under the laws under which Agent and any Lender is organized or maintains a lending office.

“Spread” shall mean two hundred seventy five basis points (2.75%) per annum.

 

 29 
 

“Spread Maintenance Date” shall mean the twenty fourth (24th) Monthly Payment Date after the closing of the Loan (i.e. June 1, 2024).

“Spread Maintenance Premium” shall mean, with respect to any payment or prepayment of principal (or acceleration of the Loan) prior to the Spread Maintenance Date, an amount equal to the product of the following: (A) the amount of such prepayment (or the amount of principal so accelerated), multiplied by (B) the sum of (i) the Spread plus (ii) the greater of zero and, as applicable, (x) the Index Floor minus Term SOFR in effect for the Interest Period that includes the applicable Repayment Date (if the Loan is a Term SOFR Loan), or (y) the Index Floor minus the Benchmark Replacement in effect for the Interest Period that includes the applicable Repayment Date (if the Loan is an Alternate Rate Loan), or (z) the Index Floor minus the Prime Index in effect for the Interest Period that includes the applicable Repayment Date (if the Loan is a Prime Rate Loan), multiplied by (C) a fraction (expressed as a percentage) having a numerator equal to the number of months difference between the Spread Maintenance Date and the date such prepayment occurs (or the next succeeding Monthly Payment Date through which interest has been paid by Borrower) and a denominator equal to twelve (12).

"Stabilization Event" shall mean a Debt Yield of at least six percent (6.00%) for two consecutive Calculation Dates.

“State” shall mean Florida.

“Stated Maturity Date” shall mean June 1, 2024 (the “Initial Stated Maturity Date”), as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof.

“Strike Price” shall mean (a) prior to the Initial Stated Maturity Date, two and one quarter percent (2.25%) per annum and (b) during each Extension Period, the lesser of (i) two and three tenths percent (2.30%) per annum and (ii) a per annum rate not more than the rate that would, when set forth as the Strike Price in the definition of Debt Service applicable for purposes of calculating the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, result in the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, calculated as of the first day of such Extension Period, to be equal to or greater than (A) with respect to the First Extension Option, 1.20:1.00, (B) with respect to the Second Extension Option, 1.25:1.00 and

(C) with respect to the Third Extension Option, 1:30:100.

“Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement” shall mean an interest rate cap agreement between an Approved Counterparty and Borrower, obtained by Borrower and collaterally assigned to Agent pursuant to this Agreement and shall contain each of the following:

(i)                 a term expiring no earlier than, in the case of Section 2.6.3(h)(i) hereof, the end of the Interest Period in which the then Stated Maturity Date occurs and, in the case of Section 2.6.3(h)(ii) hereof, the end of the Interest Period in which the last day of the requested Extension Period occurs;

(ii)              the notional amount of the Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be equal to the then Outstanding Principal Balance of the Loan;

 

 30 
 

(iii)            it provides that the only obligation of Borrower thereunder is the making of a single payment to the Counterparty thereunder upon the execution and delivery thereof;

(iv)             (A) the Counterparty under the Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be obligated to make a stream of payments, directly to the Clearing Account (whether or not an Event of Default has occurred) from time to time equal to the product of (i) the notional amount of such Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement multiplied by (ii) the excess, if any, of the Alternate Index Rate or Prime Index Rate, as applicable (including any upward rounding under the definition of Alternate Index Rate or Prime Index Rate) over the Strike Price and shall provide that such payment shall be made on a monthly basis in each case not later than (after giving effect to and assuming the passage of any cure period afforded to such Counterparty under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, which cure period shall not in any event be more than three Business Days) each Monthly Payment Date, and (B) the Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall provide to Agent (for the benefit of Lenders) and Borrower (as determined by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion), for the term of the Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement, a hedge against rising interest rates that is no less beneficial to Borrower and Agent (for the benefit of Lenders) than (A) in the case of Section 2.6.3(h)(i) hereof, that which was provided by the Interest Rate Cap Agreement being replaced by the Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement and (B) in the case of Section 2.6.3(h)(ii) hereof, that which was intended to be provided by the Interest Rate Cap Agreement that, but for the operation of Section 2.6.3(h) hereof, would have been required to have been delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.7.1(d) hereof as a condition to the requested Extension Period; and

(v)               without limiting any of the provisions of the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), it satisfies all of the requirements set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition of “Interest Rate Cap Agreement”.

From and after the date of any Rate Conversion, all references to “Interest Rate Cap Agreement” and “Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement” herein (other than in the definition of “Interest Rate Cap Agreement” and the definition of “Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement”) shall be deemed to refer or relate, as applicable, to a Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement or a Converted Interest Rate Cap Agreement, as the case may be.

“Survey” shall mean a survey of the Property prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State and satisfactory to Agent and the company or companies issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and containing a certification of such surveyor satisfactory to Agent.

“Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, assessments, fees or other charges or withholdings (including backup withholding), or any liabilities with respect thereto (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto), including those arising after the Closing Date as a result of the adoption or taking effect of, or any change in law, treaty, rule, regulation, guideline or determination of a Governmental Authority or any change in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by a Governmental Authority, including without limitation, (i) any and all real estate taxes and assessments and, to the extent the same are secured by a Lien, water rates or sewer rents and

 

 31 
 

(ii) any and all personal property taxes, in each case, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or part thereof, together with all interest and penalties thereon. All taxes referred to in clause (i) above, including all interest and penalties thereon, are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Real Estate Taxes”. In no event shall any PACE Loan be considered a Tax for purposes of this Agreement.

“Tenant” shall mean any Person obligated by contract or otherwise to pay monies (including a percentage of gross income, revenue or profits) under any Lease now or hereafter affecting all or any part of the Property.

“Term” shall mean the entire term of this Agreement, which shall expire upon repayment in full of the Debt and full performance of each and every obligation to be performed by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents.

“Term SOFR” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Period, the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a one-month period as determined by Agent on the Interest Determination Date for such Interest Period, as such rate is published by the Term SOFR Administrator (as calculated by Agent and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/1,000 of 1%); provided, that if as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Interest Determination Date the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a one-month period has not been published by the Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate has not occurred, then Term SOFR for the related Interest Period will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a one-month period as published by the Term SOFR Administrator on the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate for a one-month period was published by the Term SOFR Administrator so long as such first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day is not more than three (3) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such Interest Determination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Term SOFR be less than the Index Floor.

“Term SOFR Administrator” shall mean CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (CBA) (or a successor administrator of the Term SOFR Reference Rate selected by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion).

“Term SOFR Loan” shall mean the Loan at such time as interest thereon accrues at a rate of interest based upon Term SOFR.

“Term SOFR Rate” shall mean the sum of (i) Term SOFR and (ii) the Spread.

“Term SOFR Reference Rate” shall mean the forward-looking term rate for a one-month period based on SOFR, currently identified on the Term SOFR Administrator’s website at https://www.cmegroup.com/market-data/cme-group-benchmark-administration/term-sofr.html.

“Title Insurance Policy” shall mean an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in the form acceptable to Agent issued with respect to the Property and insuring the Lien of the Mortgage.

 

 32 
 

“TRIPRA” shall mean the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015 or any replacement, reauthorization or extension thereof.

“Trigger Period” shall commence upon (i) the Closing Date, (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default, (iii) the commencement of a Low Debt Yield Period, or (iv) if Manager is an Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor, if such Manager shall become insolvent or a debtor in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding; and shall end, in each case provided no other Trigger Period is then continuing, if, (A) with respect to a Trigger Period continuing pursuant to clause (i), the occurrence of a Stabilization Event or (B) with respect to a Trigger Period continuing pursuant to clause (ii), the Event of Default commencing the Trigger Period has been cured and such cure has been accepted by Agent (and no other Event of Default is then continuing) or (C) with respect to a Trigger Period continuing due to clause (iii), the Low Debt Yield Period has ended pursuant to the terms hereof, or (D) with respect to clause (iv), if the Manager is replaced with a replacement Manager approved by Agent in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions relating to appointment of a new manager as set forth in Section 4.14.2 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing Borrower shall be able to prevent the commencement of any Trigger Period due to the commencement of a Low Debt Yield Period pursuant to clause (iii) above by prepaying the Loan in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof (such prepayment, a “Debt Yield Trigger Prepayment”) in an amount such that, if the outstanding principal balance of the Loan used in the applicable Debt Yield calculation had been equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan after giving effect to such prepayment, the Debt Yield as of such date would have equaled or exceeded 6.00% (provided that if such prepayment is made prior to the Spread Maintenance Date, the applicable Spread Maintenance Premium).

“Trustee” shall mean any trustee holding the Loan in a Securitization.

“UCC” or “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State (with respect to fixtures), the State of New York or the state in which any of the Cash Management Accounts are located, as the case may be.

“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the Benchmark Replacement determined under (a)(i) or (b)(i) of the definition thereof excluding the applicable Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

“Underwritten Net Cash Flow” shall mean, as of the end of any calendar quarter for which Underwritten Net Cash Flow is determined (or ending at such other date for which Underwritten Net Cash Flow is determined), the excess of: (a) the sum of: (i) annualized actual in place base rents received by Borrower under bona fide non-residential Leases at the Property with Tenants in occupancy, open for business and paying full, unabated rent as of the date of such calculation, and actual percentage rents received by Borrower under such Leases for the twelve (12) months preceding such calculation; plus (ii) the GPR; plus (iii) for the twelve (12) month period preceding the month in which such Underwritten Net Cash Flow is calculated, (x) monthly recoveries actually received by Borrower under bona fide existing Leases at the Property during such twelve (12) month calculation period and (y) actual rent and revenue received by Borrower from other sources at the Property to the extent such receipts are recurring in nature and derived from ordinary course operations of the Property for such twelve month calculation period; over (b) for the twelve

 

 33 
 

(12) month period preceding the month in which such Underwritten Net Cash Flow is calculated, Operating Expenses over such twelve months, in each case adjusted to reflect Agent’s determination of: (i) with respect to the non-residential portion of the Property, a vacancy factor equal to the greatest of (A) the actual vacancy rate at the Property (excluding the area consisting of residential space) and (B) five percent (5%) of the rentable area of commercial space at the Property; (ii) with respect to the residential portion of the Property, a vacancy factor equal to (x) the greatest of (A) the Adjusted Actual Vacancy Rate at the Property, as determined by Agent and (B) five percent (5%) of GPR; (iii) subtraction of an imputed capital improvement requirement amount equal to $0.20 per rentable square foot of commercial space and $250 per residential unit at the Property per annum (regardless of whether a reserve therefor is required hereunder or the amount of such reserve); (iv) an adjustment so that property management fees are equal to the greater of three percent (3%) of Rents and the property management fees actually paid under the Management Agreement; (v) exclusion of (X) amounts representing non-recurring items and (Y) amounts received from (1) commercial Tenants not currently in occupancy and paying full, unabated rent, (2) Tenants affiliated with Borrower or Guarantor, (3) Tenants in default or in bankruptcy, (4) Tenants under month-to-month Leases, (5) commercial Tenants under Leases where the term is set to expire in the next two (2) succeeding calendar quarters or (6) Tenants under commercial Leases where the Tenant thereunder has given notice of its intent to terminate its Lease prior to expiration (the foregoing clauses (1) through (6) shall be referred to herein, individually and/or collectively (as the context shall require), as “Tenant Adjustment Event(s)”); (vi) Taxes and Insurance Premiums payable for the twelve (12) month period succeeding such calculation or imputed Insurance Premiums (but only to the extent an Acceptable Blanket Policy is in effect with respect to the Policies required hereunder); and (vii) such other adjustments deemed necessary by Agent based upon Agent’s reasonable underwriting criteria and Agent’s reasonable determination of Rating Agency underwriting and evaluation criteria. Agent’s calculation of Underwritten Net Cash Flow shall be final absent manifest error.

“U.S. Government Securities Business Day” shall mean any day except for (a) a Saturday,

(b) a Sunday, or (c) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, or any successor thereto, recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

“U.S. Obligations” shall mean securities evidencing an obligation to timely pay principal and/or interest in a full and timely manner that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, and (ii) not subject to prepayment, call or early redemption.

Section 1.2 Index of Other Definitions. The following terms are defined in the sections or Loan Documents as indicated below:

“Acceptable Blanket Policy” - 5.1.1(c)

“Acceptable SMBC Credit Support Party” - 1.1 (Definition of “Approved Counterparty”) “Accounts” - 6.1

“Act” - Schedule V “Actual OpEx” – 4.9.8

“Additional Advance Funding Date” – 2.10.1

 

 34 
 

“Additional Advance Funding Notice” – 2.10.1 “Agreement” - Introductory Paragraph “Aggregate Payments” – 10.29(c)

“Anti-Corruption Obligation” - 4.33 “Approved Annual Budget” - 4.9.5

“Approved Extraordinary Operating Expense” - 4.9.6 “Approved Monthly BI Expenses” - 5.4(f)

“Available Cash” - 6.16.1 “Assignee” - 10.29

“Bail-In Action” - 10.27 “Bail-In Legislation” - 10.27 “Borrower Parties” – 10.1

“Borrower” - Introductory Paragraph

“Borrower’s Recourse Liabilities” - 10.1 “Breakage Costs” - 2.2.5

“Broker” - 10.19

“Capital Expenditure Account” - 6.5.1 “Capital Expenditure Funds” - 6.5.1 “Cash Collateral Account” - 6.12 “Cash Collateral Funds” - 6.12 “Cash Management Accounts” - 6.17 “Casualty” - 5.2

“Casualty and Condemnation Account” - 6.11 “Casualty and Condemnation Funds” - 6.11 “Casualty Consultant” - 5.4(b)(iii)

“Casualty Retainage” - 5.4(b)(iv) “Cause” - Schedule V

“Clearing Account” - 6.1 “Clearing Bank” - 6.1

“Co-Lender Agreement” - 11.12 “Committee” - Schedule V “Condemnation Proceeds” - 5.4(b) “Contribution” – 10.29(a)

“Covered Disclosure Information” - 9.2(b) “Conversion” – 7.1(g)

“Converted Entity” – 7.1(g)

“Converted Interest Rate Protection Agreement” - 2.6.3(h)(i) “Counterparty Opinion” - 2.6.3

“Credit Card Companies” - 6.1(b) “DB” - Introductory Paragraph

“Debt Yield Extension Prepayment” – 2.7.1(h)

“Debt Yield Trigger Prepayment” - Definition of Trigger Period “Disclosure Document” - 9.2(a)

“Easements” - 3.1.11

“EEA Financial Institution” - 10.27

 35 
 

“EEA Member Country” - 10.27 “EEA Resolution Authority” - 10.27 “Embargoed Person” - 4.32(c) “Equipment” - Mortgage

“ERISA” - 4.31

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” - 10.27 “Event of Default” - 8.1

“Exchange Act” - 9.2(a) “Exchange Act Filing” - 9.1(d) “Executive Order 13224” - 4.32(b) “Extension Notice” - 2.7.1

“Extraordinary Operating Expense” - 4.9.6 “Fair Share” – 10.29(c)

“First Extended Maturity Date” - 2.7.1 “First Extension Notice” - 2.7.1

“First Extension Option” - 2.7.1 “Flood Insurance Acts” - 5.1.1(a)(i) “Funding Borrower” – 10.29(b) “Future Funding Lender” - 11.13 “Future Funding Obligations” - 2.10.6 “Government Lists” - 4.32(b) “Holder” - 11.13

“Improvements” - Mortgage “In-Balance” – 2.10.3

“In-Balance Shortfall Amount” – 2.10.3

“Increased Costs” - 2.9.1 “Indemnified Liabilities” - 4.30 “Independent Director” - Schedule V “Independent Manager” - Schedule V “Insurance Account” - 6.4.1 “Insurance Funds” - 6.4.1

“Insurance Premiums” - 5.1.1(b) “Insurance Proceeds” - 5.4(b) “Intellectual Property” - 3.1.33 “Interest Period” - 2.3.2

“Lender” - Introductory Paragraph “Lender Group” - 9.2(b) “Liabilities” - 9.2(b)

“Licenses” - 3.1.9

“Management Fee Cap” - 1.1 (Definition of “Monthly Operating Expense Budgeted Amount”) “Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount” – 2.3.1

“Monthly Interest Payment Amount” – 2.3.1

“Nationally Recognized Service Company” - Schedule V “Net Proceeds” - 5.4(b)

“Net Proceeds Deficiency” - 5.4(b)(vi)

 36 
 

“Note” - 2.1.3

“Notice” - 10.6 “OFAC” - 4.32(b)

“OpEx Overpayment Amount” – 4.9.8 “Other Taxes” - 2.9.3

“Participant Register” - 10.29(d) “Patriot Act Offense” - 4.32(b) “Permitted Equipment Financing” - 4.21 “Permitted Indebtedness” - 4.21

“Permitted Investments” - Cash Management Agreement “Permitted Transfer” - 7.1

“Policies” - 5.1.1(b) “Proscribed Person” - 4.32(b) “Qualified Carrier” - 5.1.1(i) “Radius” - 5.1.1(c)

“Rate Cap Collateral” - 2.6.2 “Rate Conversion” - 2.6.3(h)

“Real Estate Taxes” - 1.1 (Definition of “Taxes”) “Reimbursement Contribution” – 10.29(b) “Reimbursement Contribution Amount” – 10.29(c) “Register” - 10.29(d)

“Required Records” - 4.9.7 “Review Waiver” - 10.3(b)

“Sanctions” - 1.1 (Definition of “Sanctions Laws”) “Sanctions Authority” - 1.1 (Definition of “Sanctions Laws”) “Second Extended Maturity Date” - 2.7.1

“Second Extension Notice” - 2.7.1 “Second Extension Option” - 2.7.1 “Second Extension Period” - 2.7.1 “Secondary Market Transaction” - 9.1(a) “Securities” - 9.1(a)

“Securities Act - 9.2(a) “Servicer” - 10.21

“Servicing Agreement” - 10.21 “Servicing Fee” - 10.21 “SFHA” - 5.1.1(a)(i)

“Special Member” - Schedule V

“Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” - Schedule V “Springing Recourse Event” - 10.1

“Tax Account” - 6.3.1 “Tax Funds” - 6.3.1

“Tenant Adjustment Event(s)” - 1.1 (Definition of Underwritten Net Cash Flow) “Tenant Direction Letter” - 6.1(b)

“Third Extended Maturity Date” - 2.7.1 “Third Extension Notice” - 2.7.1

 37 
 

“Third Extension Option” - 2.7.1 “Third Extension Period” - 2.7.1 “Transfer” - 4.2

“Underwriter Group” - 9.2(b) “Updated Information” - 9.1(b)(i)

“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” - 10.27

Section 1.3 Principles of Construction. All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof or thereof. When used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the word “including” shall mean “including but not limited to”. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

ARTICLE 2

 

THE LOAN

Section 2.1 The Loan.

2.1.1        Agreement to Lend and Borrow. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lenders shall make the Loan to Borrower and Borrower shall accept the Loan from Lenders on the Closing Date. The Loan shall be made in a series of advances and shall consist of: (i) the initial advance of principal in the amount of $81,772,345.00 (the “Initial Advance”) being made on the date hereof and (ii) Additional Advances that may be made after the date hereof in a maximum aggregate amount of up to the Maximum Additional Advance Amount. Lenders’ obligation (if any) to make any Advance after the date hereof is subject to the applicable terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement.

2.1.2        Single Disbursement to Borrower. Borrower shall receive only one borrowing hereunder in respect of the Initial Advance and each Additional Advance (subject to the applicable terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement) and any amount borrowed and repaid hereunder in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed.

2.1.3        The Note. The Loan shall be evidenced by that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith, in the maximum aggregate principal amount of Eighty Four Million Five and No/100 Dollars ($84,000,000.00) executed by Borrower and payable to the order of Agent in evidence of the Loan (as the same may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated, increased, extended or consolidated from time to time, the “Note”) and shall be repaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.

2.1.4        Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use proceeds of the Loan to (i) pay and discharge any existing loans relating to the Property, (ii) pay all past-due Taxes, Insurance Premiums and Other Charges, if any, in respect of the Property, (iii) make initial deposits of the Reserve Funds,

 38 
 

(iv) pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Loan, (v) to the extent any proceeds remain after satisfying clauses (i) through (iv) above, for such lawful purpose as Borrower shall designate, provided such purpose does not violate the terms of any Loan Documents.

Section 2.2 Interest Rate.

2.2.1        Interest Rate.

(a)                Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall accrue throughout the Term at the Interest Rate. Each determination by Agent of the Interest Rate shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b)               In connection with the use or administration of Term SOFR, Agent shall have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of Borrower or any other party to this Agreement. Agent will promptly notify Borrower of the effectiveness of any such Conforming Changes in connection with the use or administration of Term SOFR.

(c)                Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.2.1, the Loan shall be a Term SOFR Loan and bear interest at the Term SOFR Rate. In the event that Agent shall have determined in its sole and absolute discretion (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower absent manifest error) that one or more Benchmark Transition Events shall have occurred, Agent shall determine the corresponding Benchmark Replacement Date in accordance with the definition thereof, and Agent shall, at any time after the Benchmark Replacement Date, have the sole and exclusive right at its election, to be exercised in its sole but good faith discretion, to convert the Loan from a Term SOFR Loan to an Alternate Rate Loan based on the applicable Benchmark Replacement selected by Agent as provided in the definition thereof, or if the Loan had previously been converted to an Alternate Rate Loan based upon a Benchmark Replacement, to an Alternate Rate Loan based on the applicable alternative Benchmark Replacement selected by Agent as provided in the definition thereof, provided in each case that such conversion shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions: (A) at the time of conversion, such applicable Benchmark Replacement is a floating rate index that is then commonly used by Agent in its floating rate commercial real estate loans originated and held on its balance sheet as an alternative to the then-current Benchmark, as determined by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion, and (B) such applicable Benchmark Replacement is administratively and commercially reasonable for Agent and each Lender to implement, as determined by Agent in its sole but good faith discretion. In the event the foregoing conditions shall be satisfied and the Loan is converted to an Alternate Rate Loan as provided above, the Loan shall bear interest at the applicable Alternate Rate effective as of the first day on which the Loan is converted to the applicable Alternate Rate Loan. Agent will promptly notify the Borrower of the conversion of the Loan to the applicable Alternate Rate Loan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall Borrower have the right to convert (x) a Term SOFR Loan to an Alternate Rate Loan or (y) an Alternate Rate Loan accruing interest at a rate based upon the then-current Benchmark Replacement to an alternative Alternate Rate Loan accruing interest at a rate based upon any alternative Benchmark Replacement.

 39 
 

(d)               In the event that Agent shall have determined in its sole and absolute discretion (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower absent manifest error) that Term SOFR cannot be ascertained as provided in the definition of Term SOFR as set forth herein, or that the adoption of any requirement of law or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, shall make it unlawful for any Lender to maintain a Term SOFR Loan as contemplated hereunder, or Term SOFR would be in excess of the maximum interest rate that Borrower may by law pay, and the Loan has not previously been converted to an Alternate Rate Loan in accordance with Section 2.2.1(c) above, Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion elect to give notice thereof to Borrower (which may be by telephone or e-mail, followed promptly by written notice). If such notice is given, the Term SOFR Loan shall be converted, as of the first day of the next succeeding Interest Period, or upon such earlier date as may be required by law, at Agent’s option (in Agent’s sole and absolute discretion), to a Prime Rate Loan bearing interest at the Prime Rate. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall Borrower have the right to convert a Term SOFR Loan to a Prime Rate Loan or an Alternate Rate Loan.

(e)                If, pursuant to Section 2.2.1(d) hereof, the Loan has been converted to Prime Rate Loan and Agent shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower absent manifest error) that the event(s) or circumstance(s) which resulted in such conversion shall no longer be applicable and Term SOFR can be determined as provided in the definition of Term SOFR as set forth herein, Agent shall give notice thereof to Borrower (which may be by telephone or e-mail, followed promptly by written notice) prior to the next succeeding Interest Determination Date. Upon the giving of such notice, the Loan shall be converted, as of the first day of the next succeeding Interest Period, to a Term SOFR Loan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall Borrower have the right to convert a Prime Rate Loan to a Term SOFR Loan or a Term SOFR Loan to a Prime Rate Loan.

(f)                If, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2.1(c) hereof, the Loan has been converted to an Alternate Rate Loan but thereafter Agent shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower absent manifest error) that the applicable Alternate Index Rate cannot be ascertained, or that the adoption of any requirement of law or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, shall make it unlawful for any Lender to maintain an Alternate Rate Loan as contemplated hereunder, or the applicable Alternate Rate would be in excess of the maximum interest rate that Borrower may by law pay, Agent may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to give notice thereof to Borrower (which may be by telephone or e-mail, followed promptly by written notice) prior to the next succeeding Interest Determination Date. If such notice is given, the Alternate Rate Loan shall be converted, as of the first day of the next succeeding Interest Period, or upon such earlier date as may be required by law, to a Prime Rate Loan bearing interest at the Prime Rate.

(g)               If, pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.2.1, the Loan has been converted to a Prime Rate Loan and thereafter Agent has determined in its sole but good faith discretion that Term SOFR has been succeeded by a Benchmark Replacement and such Benchmark Replacement

 

 40 
 

can be determined, then Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right, to be exercised in its sole but good faith discretion, to convert the Loan from a Prime Rate Loan to an Alternate Rate Loan in accordance with, and subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in, the provisions of Section 2.2.1(e) above, and Agent shall give notice thereof to Borrower (which may be by telephone or e-mail, followed promptly by written notice) prior to the next succeeding Interest Determination Date, and if such notice is given, the Loan shall be converted, as of the first day of the next succeeding Interest Period, to an Alternate Rate Loan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall Borrower have the right to elect to convert an Alternate Rate Loan to a Prime Rate Loan or a Prime Rate Loan to an Alternate Rate Loan.

(h)               Borrower hereby agrees to promptly pay to each Lender, upon demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate each Lender for any costs incurred by each Lender in making any conversion in accordance with this Agreement, including without limitation, any interest or fees payable by each Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain the Term SOFR Loan (or Alternate Rate Loan) hereunder. Each Lender’s notice of such costs, as certified to Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(i)                 In connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, Agent shall have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time that Agent in its sole but good faith discretion deems that are necessary, and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of Borrower or any other party to this Agreement. Agent will promptly notify Borrower of the effectiveness of any such Conforming Changes.

(j)                 Any determination, decision or election that may be made by Agent pursuant to this Section 2.2.1 or Section 2.6.3 hereof, including, but not limited to, any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date, the necessity and amount of any spread adjustment, any Conforming Changes, any replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement or Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement, and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its sole but good faith discretion and without consent from Borrower.

2.2.2        Default Rate. In the event that, and for so long as, any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Outstanding Principal Balance and, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, all other portions of the Debt, shall accrue interest at the Default Rate, calculated from the date such Event of Default shall have occurred. Interest at the Default Rate shall accrue and be payable and included as part of the Debt regardless of any demand, and without limiting the foregoing shall be paid immediately upon demand, which demand may be made as frequently as Agent shall elect, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law.

2.2.3        Interest Calculation. Interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance shall be calculated by multiplying (A) the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which the calculation is being made by (B) a daily rate based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year (that is, the Interest Rate expressed as an annual rate divided by 360) by (C) the Outstanding Principal Balance. The accrual period for calculating interest due on each Monthly Payment Date shall be the Interest Period ending immediately prior to such Monthly Payment Date.

 

 41 
 

2.2.4        Usury Savings. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be required to pay interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance at a rate which could subject Agent or any Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate. If by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, the Interest Rate shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Agent or any Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

2.2.5        Breakage Indemnity. Borrower shall indemnify Agent for its own account or for the account of the applicable Lender(s) (as the case may be) against any loss or expense which Agent or any Lender actually sustains or incurs in liquidating or redeploying deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain the Loan or any part thereof as a consequence of (i) any payment or prepayment of the Loan or any portion thereof made on a date other than a Monthly Payment Date and (ii) any default in payment or prepayment of the Loan or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the date thereof or otherwise, and whether by acceleration or otherwise) (collectively, “Breakage Costs”). Agent shall deliver to Borrower a statement for any such sums which it (or any Lender) is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.2.5, which statement shall be binding and conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.2.5 are in addition to Borrower’s obligations to pay, solely to the extent required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any Spread Maintenance Premium and/or Exit Fee applicable to a payment or prepayment of the Loan.

Section 2.3 Loan Payments.

2.3.1        Payments. On July 1, 2022 and each Monthly Payment Date thereafter during the Term, Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid Outstanding Principal Balance accruing through the last day of the Interest Period ending immediately prior to such Monthly Payment Date (the “Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount”). Borrower shall also pay to Agent all amounts required in respect of Reserve Funds as set forth in Article 6 hereof.

2.3.2        Payments Generally. Each interest accrual period (each, an “Interest Period”) shall commence on the first (1st) calendar day of a calendar month and end on (and include) the last calendar day of such calendar month; provided, that in the event that the Agent elects to reset Term SOFR as provided in the definition of the term “Interest Determination Date” (i) the Interest Period then in effect shall end on (and include) the calendar day prior to the Securitization Date and (ii) a new Interest Period shall commence on the Securitization Date and shall end on (and

 

 42 
 

include) the last day of the calendar month in which such Securitization Date occurs. For purposes of making payments hereunder, but not for purposes of calculating interest accrual periods, if the day on which such payment is due is not a Business Day, then amounts due on such date shall be due on the immediately preceding Business Day. Agent shall have the right from time to time, in its sole discretion, upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice to Borrower, to change the Monthly Payment Date to a different calendar day and, if requested by Agent, Borrower shall promptly execute an amendment to this Agreement to evidence such change; provided, however, that if Agent shall have elected to change the Monthly Payment Date as aforesaid, Agent shall have the option, but not the obligation, to adjust the Interest Period and the Interest Determination Date accordingly. All amounts due pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be payable without setoff, counterclaim, defense or any other deduction whatsoever.

2.3.3        Payment on Maturity Date. Borrower shall pay to Agent on the Maturity Date the Outstanding Principal Balance, all accrued and unpaid interest, the Exit Fee and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents.

2.3.4        Late Payment Charge. If any principal, interest or any other sum due under the Loan Documents (other than the Outstanding Principal Balance due and payable on the Maturity Date) is not paid by Borrower on the date on which it is due, Borrower shall pay to Agent upon demand an amount equal to the lesser of five percent (5%) of such unpaid sum or the maximum amount permitted by applicable law in order to defray the expense incurred by Agent in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lenders for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment. Any such amount shall be secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by law.

2.3.5        Method and Place of Payment.

(a)                Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments and prepayments under this Agreement and the Note shall be made to Agent not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due and shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at Agent’s office or at such other place as Agent shall from time to time designate, and any funds received by Agent after such time shall, for all purposes hereof, be deemed to have been paid on the next succeeding Business Day.

(b)               Whenever any payment to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c)                All payments required to be made by Borrower hereunder or under the Note or the other Loan Documents shall be made irrespective of, and without deduction for, any setoff, claim or counterclaim and shall be made irrespective of any defense thereto.

2.3.6        Forwarding of Payments by Agent. Except as otherwise agreed by Agent and Lenders, each payment received by Agent under this Agreement or the Note for the account of any Lender shall be paid by Agent promptly to such Lender, in immediately available funds, for the Loan or other portion of the Debt in respect of which such payment is made.

 43 
 

2.3.7        Ratable Shares/Pro Rata Treatment of Payments. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein: (a) the Loan shall be allocated Ratably among the Lenders according to the amounts of their Ratable Share; (b) each payment or prepayment of principal of the Loan by Borrower (including those made from Net Proceeds) shall be made Ratably for the account of the Lenders; (c) each payment of interest on the Loan by Borrower shall be made for the Ratable account of Lenders and (d) all losses, costs and expenses suffered by the Agent and/or the Lenders relating to the Loan, in each case, shall be allocated by Agent pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Ratable Shares.

Section 2.4 Prepayments.

2.4.1        Prepayments. Except as otherwise provided herein, Borrower shall not have the right to prepay the Loan in whole or in part prior to the Stated Maturity Date.

2.4.2        Voluntary Prepayments.

Borrower shall have the right, only on a Business Day, to prepay the Outstanding Principal Balance in whole, but not in part (except a partial prepayment premium shall be permitted in connection with a Permitted Partial Prepayment in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions hereof), upon satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a)                Borrower shall deliver to Agent a Prepayment Notice; and

(b)               Borrower shall comply with the provisions set forth in Section 2.4.5; provided that if such prepayment is made on or after the Spread Maintenance Date, such prepayment shall be without any Spread Maintenance Premium or any other prepayment premium, penalty or fee other than the Exit Fee.

2.4.3        Mandatory Prepayments. If Agent is not obligated to make Net Proceeds available to Borrower for Restoration, on the next occurring Monthly Payment Date following the date on which (a) Agent actually receives any Net Proceeds, and (b) Agent has determined that such Net Proceeds shall be applied against the Debt, Borrower shall prepay, or authorize Agent to apply Net Proceeds as a prepayment of, the Debt in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Proceeds together with the payment of the and the Exit Fee (it being agreed that any Exit Fee due and payable in connection with a partial prepayment consummated pursuant to this Section 2.4.3 shall, to the extent no Event of Default is then ongoing, be deferred and payable at the next instance when all or any portion of the Exit Fee is due and payable hereunder (for the avoidance of doubt, the Exit Fee shall be immediately due and payable in connection with any full prepayment consummated pursuant to this Section 2.4.3)). Except during an Event of Default, such Net Proceeds shall be applied by Agent as follows in the following order of priority: First, to the Exit Fee (unless deferred as set forth above) and any other amounts (other than principal and interest) then due and payable under the Loan Documents, including any costs and expenses of Agent and Lenders in connection with such prepayment); Second; accrued and unpaid interest at the Interest Rate; and Third, to principal. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, no Spread Maintenance Premium or any other prepayment premium, penalty or fee other than the Exit Fee (which may be deferred as

 44 
 

contemplated above) shall be due in connection with any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.4.3. Any partial principal prepayment under this Section 2.4.3 shall be applied to the last payments of principal due under the Loan.

2.4.4        Prepayments After Default. If, during the continuance of an Event of Default or from and after an acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise, payment of all or any part of the Debt is tendered by or on behalf of Borrower or Guarantor and accepted by Agent or is otherwise recovered by Agent (including through application of any Reserve Funds), such tender or recovery shall be deemed to be a voluntary prepayment by Borrower in violation of the prohibition against prepayment set forth in Section 2.4.1 hereof, and the Debt shall include, all of: (i) all accrued interest calculated at the Interest Rate on the amount of principal being prepaid through and including the date of such prepayment together with an amount equal to the interest that would have accrued at the Default Rate on the amount of principal being prepaid through the end of the Interest Period in which such prepayment occurs, notwithstanding that such Interest Period extends beyond the date of prepayment, (ii) intentionally omitted, (iii) Breakage Costs, if any, without duplication of any sums paid pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), (iv) an amount equal to the Spread Maintenance Premium (if made prior to the Spread Maintenance Date) and Exit Fee.

2.4.5        Prepayment/Repayment Conditions.

(a)                On the date on which a prepayment, voluntary or mandatory, is made under the Note or as required under this Agreement, which date must be a Business Day, Borrower shall pay to Agent:

(i)                 all accrued and unpaid interest calculated at the Interest Rate on the amount of principal being prepaid through and including the Repayment Date together with an amount equal to the interest that would have accrued at the Interest Rate on the amount of principal being prepaid through the end of the Interest Period in which such prepayment occurs, notwithstanding that such Interest Period extends beyond the date of prepayment;

(ii)              intentionally omitted;

(iii)            if the prepayment is made on a day other than a Monthly Payment Date, Breakage Costs, if any, without duplication of any sums paid pursuant to the preceding clauses (i) and (ii);

(iv)             the Spread Maintenance Premium applicable thereto (if such prepayment occurs prior to the Spread Maintenance Date);

(v)               the Exit Fee applicable thereto; and

(vi)             all other sums, then due under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage, and the other Loan Documents.

 

 45 
 

(b)               Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent and Lenders incurred in connection with the repayment or prepayment (including without limitation, any costs and expenses associated with a release of the Lien of the Mortgage as set forth in Section 2.5 below and reasonable third party attorneys’ fees and expenses).

Section 2.5 Release of Property. (a) Agent shall, upon the written request and at the expense of Borrower, upon payment in full of the Debt in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, (i) release the Lien of the Mortgage and terminate the Assignment of Leases, or (ii) assign the Mortgage and Note, without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied, to a new lender designated by Borrower and shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to such new lender the assignment of Mortgage and Note; provided that (a) Borrower shall pay any costs, taxes and reasonable expenses incurred by Agent and Lender in connection therewith, and Agent’s and Lender’s reasonable third party attorneys’ fees for the preparation and delivery of the assignment or release documentation, (b) Borrower shall have caused the delivery of all customary or reasonable documents and affidavits required by Agent, and (c) such an assignment is not then prohibited by any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation or order or by any governmental authority. In connection with such release or assignment, Agent and/or Lender shall deliver such other documentation reasonably requested by Borrower, including, without limitation, documentation evidencing the termination of all collateral assignment documents, account control arrangements and standing orders (provided that Borrower shall pay all of Lender and/or Agent’s expenses incurred in connection with the same).

(b) In connection with the release or satisfaction of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases or the assignment of the Mortgage, as applicable, Borrower shall submit to Agent, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Repayment Date (or such shorter time as is acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion), a release of Mortgage and Assignment of Leases for the Property or assignment of Mortgage and Note, as applicable, for execution by Agent. Such release or satisfaction or assignment shall (i) be in a form appropriate for recording in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located, (ii) be satisfactory to Agent and (iii) contain standard provisions protecting the rights of the releasing lender. In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation (including, without limitation, UCC-3 financing statements) Agent reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release of the Mortgage and Assignment of Leases and other Loan Documents or assignment of Mortgage and Note, as applicable, as well as an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such documentation (i) is in compliance with all Legal Requirements, and (ii) will effect such release in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all costs, taxes and expenses associated with the release of the Lien of the Mortgage or the assignment of the Mortgage, including Agent’s reasonable attorneys’ fees.

Section 2.6 Interest Rate Cap Agreement.

2.6.1        Interest Rate Cap Agreement. Prior to or contemporaneously with the Closing Date, Borrower shall have obtained, and thereafter maintain in effect, the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, which shall have a term expiring no earlier than the last day of the Interest Period in which the Stated Maturity Date occurs and have a notional amount which shall not at any time be

 

 46 
 

less than the Outstanding Principal Balance. The Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall have a strike rate equal to the Strike Price.

2.6.2        Pledge and Collateral Assignment. As security for the full and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations when due (whether upon stated maturity, by acceleration, early termination or otherwise), Borrower, as pledgor, hereby pledges, assigns, hypothecates, transfers and delivers to Agent (on behalf of Lenders) as collateral and hereby grants to Agent (on behalf of Lenders) a continuing first priority lien on and security interest in, to and under all of the following whether now owned or hereafter acquired and whether now existing or hereafter arising (the “Rate Cap Collateral”): all of the right, title and interest of Borrower in and to (i) the Interest Rate Cap Agreement; (ii) all payments, distributions, disbursements or proceeds due, owing, payable or required to be delivered to Borrower in respect of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement or arising out of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, whether as contractual obligations, damages or otherwise; and (iii) all of Borrower’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under or arising out of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, in each case including all accessions and additions to, substitutions for and replacements, products and proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

2.6.3        Covenants.

(a)                Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all of its obligations under the terms and provisions of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement. All amounts paid by the Counterparty under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement to Borrower or Agent shall be deposited immediately into the Clearing Account pursuant to Section 6.1. Subject to terms hereof, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise all rights, powers and privileges of Borrower under, and to control the prosecution of all claims with respect to, the Interest Rate Cap Agreement and the other Rate Cap Collateral. Borrower shall take all actions reasonably requested by Agent to enforce Borrower’s rights under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement in the event of a default by the Counterparty thereunder and shall not waive, amend or otherwise modify any of its rights thereunder.

(b)               Borrower shall defend Agent’s and Lenders’ right, title and interest in and to the Rate Cap Collateral pledged by Borrower pursuant hereto or in which it has granted a security interest pursuant hereto against the claims and demands of all other Persons.

(c)                In the event of any downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the rating of the Counterparty such that it ceases to qualify as an “Approved Counterparty”, Borrower shall replace the Interest Rate Cap Agreement with a Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement not later than ten (10) Business Days following receipt of notice from Agent, Servicer or any other Person of such downgrade, withdrawal or qualification.

(d)               In the event that Borrower fails to purchase and deliver to Agent the Interest Rate Cap Agreement as and when required hereunder, Agent may purchase the Interest Rate Cap Agreement and the cost incurred by Agent in purchasing the Interest Rate Cap Agreement shall be paid by Borrower to Agent with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date Borrower is notified in writing that such cost was incurred by Agent until such cost is paid by Borrower to Agent.

 

 47 
 

(e)                Borrower shall not sell, assign, or otherwise dispose of, or mortgage, pledge or grant a security interest in, any of the Rate Cap Collateral or any interest therein, and any sale, assignment, mortgage, pledge or security interest whatsoever made in violation of this covenant shall be a nullity and of no force and effect, and upon demand of Agent, shall forthwith be cancelled or satisfied by an appropriate instrument in writing.

(f)                Borrower shall not (i) without the prior written consent of Agent, modify, amend or supplement the terms of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, (ii) without the prior written consent of Agent, except in accordance with the terms of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, cause the termination of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement prior to its stated maturity date, (iii) without the prior written consent of Agent, except as aforesaid, waive or release any obligation of the Counterparty (or any successor or substitute party to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement) under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, (iv) without the prior written consent of Agent, consent or agree to any act or omission to act on the part of the Counterparty (or any successor or substitute party to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement) which, without such consent or agreement, would constitute a default under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, (v) fail to exercise promptly and diligently each and every material right which it may have under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, (vi) take or intentionally omit to take any action or intentionally suffer or permit any action to be omitted or taken, the taking or omission of which would result in any right of offset against sums payable under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement or any defense by the Counterparty (or any successor or substitute party to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement) to payment or (vii) fail to give prompt notice to Agent of any notice of default given by or to Borrower under or with respect to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, together with a complete copy of such notice. If Borrower shall have received written notice that the Securitization shall have occurred, no consent by Agent provided for in this Section 2.6.3 (f) shall be given by Agent unless Agent shall have received a Rating Agency Confirmation.

(g)               In connection with an Interest Rate Cap Agreement, Borrower shall obtain and deliver to Agent an opinion of counsel from counsel (which counsel may be in-house counsel for the Counterparty) for the Counterparty upon which Agent and its successors and assigns may rely (the “Counterparty Opinion”), under New York law and, if the Counterparty is a non-U.S. entity, the applicable foreign law, which shall provide in relevant part, that: (i) the issuer is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the organizational power and authority to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, the Interest Rate Cap Agreement; (ii) the execution and delivery of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement by the issuer, and any other agreement which the issuer has executed and delivered pursuant thereto, and the performance of its obligations thereunder have been and remain duly authorized by all necessary action and do not contravene any provision of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent organizational documents) or any law, regulation or contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or its property; (iii) all consents, authorizations and approvals required for the execution and delivery by the issuer of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, and any other agreement which the issuer has executed and delivered pursuant thereto, and the performance of its obligations thereunder have been obtained and remain in full force and

 

 48 
 

effect, all conditions thereof have been duly complied with, and no other action by, and no notice to or filing with any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for such execution, delivery or performance; and (iv) the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, and any other agreement which the issuer has executed and delivered pursuant thereto, has been duly executed and delivered by the issuer and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuer, enforceable against the issuer in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(h)               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.6.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement, if, at any time, the Loan is converted from a Term SOFR Loan to either a Prime Rate Loan or an Alternate Rate Loan or from a Prime Rate Loan to a Term SOFR Loan or Alternate Rate Loan in accordance with Section 2.2.1 hereof (each, a “Rate Conversion”) then:

(i)                 within thirty (30) days after such Rate Conversion, Borrower shall either (A) enter into, make all payments under, and satisfy all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of, a Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement (and in connection therewith, but not prior to Borrower taking all the actions described in this clause (i), Borrower shall have the right to terminate any then-existing Interest Rate Cap Agreement) or (B) cause the then-existing Interest Rate Cap Agreement to be modified such that such then-existing Interest Rate Cap Agreement satisfies the requirements of a Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement as set forth below in the definition thereof (a “Converted Interest Rate Cap Agreement”); and

(ii) following such Rate Conversion (provided Agent has not converted the Loan back to a Term SOFR Loan in accordance with Section 2.2.1(e) hereof), in lieu of satisfying the condition described in Section 2.7.1(b) hereof with respect to any outstanding Extension Period, Borrower shall instead enter into, make all payments under, and satisfy all conditions precedent to the effectiveness of a Substitute Interest Rate Cap Agreement on or prior to the first day of such Extension Period.

2.6.4        Powers of Borrower Prior to an Event of Default. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.6.3(a), provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise all rights, powers and privileges of Borrower under, and to control the prosecution of all claims with respect to, the Interest Rate Cap Agreement and the other Rate Cap Collateral.

2.6.5        Representations and Warranties. Borrower hereby covenants with, and represents and warrants to, Agent and Lenders as follows:

(a)                The Interest Rate Cap Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

 49 
 

(b)               To Borrower’s knowledge, the Rate Cap Collateral is free and clear of all claims or security interests of every nature whatsoever, except such as are created pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and Borrower has the right to pledge and grant a security interest in the same as herein provided without the consent of any other Person other than any such consent that has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

(c)                The Rate Cap Collateral has been duly and validly pledged hereunder. All consents and approvals required to be obtained by Borrower for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been obtained.

(d)               Giving effect to the aforesaid grant and assignment to Agent (on behalf of Lenders), Agent (on behalf of Lenders) has, as of the date of this Agreement, and as to Rate Cap Collateral acquired from time to time after such date, shall have, a valid, and upon proper filing, perfected and continuing first priority lien upon and security interest in the Rate Cap Collateral; provided that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the perfected status of the security interest of Agent (on behalf of Lenders) in the proceeds of Rate Cap Collateral consisting of “cash proceeds” or “non-cash proceeds” as defined in the UCC except if, and to the extent, the provisions of Section 9-306 of the UCC shall be complied with.

(e)                Except for financing statements filed or to be filed in favor of Agent (on behalf of Lenders) as secured party, to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no financing statements under the UCC covering any or all of the Rate Cap Collateral and Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Agent, until payment in full of all of the Obligations, execute and file in any public office, any enforceable financing statement or statements covering any or all of the Rate Cap Collateral, except financing statements filed or to be filed in favor of Agent (on behalf of Lenders) as secured party.

2.6.6        Payments. If Borrower at any time shall be entitled to receive any payments with respect to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, such amounts shall, immediately upon becoming payable to Borrower, be deposited by Counterparty into the Clearing Account.

2.6.7        Remedies. Subject to the provisions of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, if an Event of Default shall occur and then be continuing:

(a)                Agent, without obligation to resort to any other security, right or remedy granted under any other agreement or instrument, shall have the right to, in addition to all rights, powers and remedies of a secured party pursuant to the UCC, at any time and from time to time, sell, resell, assign and deliver, in its sole discretion, any or all of the Rate Cap Collateral (in one or more parcels and at the same or different times) and all right, title and interest, claim and demand therein and right of redemption thereof, at public or private sale, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery, and in connection therewith Agent may grant options and may impose reasonable conditions such as requiring any purchaser to represent that any “securities” constituting any part of the Rate Cap Collateral are being purchased for investment only, Borrower hereby waiving and releasing any and all equity or right of redemption to the fullest extent permitted by the UCC or applicable law. If all or any of the Rate Cap Collateral is sold by Agent upon credit or for future delivery, Agent shall not be liable for the failure of the purchaser to purchase or pay for the same

 

 50 
 

and, in the event of any such failure, Agent may resell such Rate Cap Collateral. It is expressly agreed that Agent may exercise its rights with respect to less than all of the Rate Cap Collateral, leaving unexercised its rights with respect to the remainder of the Rate Cap Collateral, provided, however, that such partial exercise shall in no way restrict or jeopardize Agent’s right to exercise its rights with respect to all or any other portion of the Rate Cap Collateral at a later time or times.

(b)               Agent may exercise, either by itself or by its nominee or designee, in the name of Borrower, all of Agent’s rights, powers and remedies in respect of the Rate Cap Collateral, hereunder and under law.

(c)                Borrower hereby irrevocably, in the name of Borrower or otherwise, authorizes and empowers Agent and assigns and transfers unto Agent, and constitutes and appoints Agent its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, and as its agent, irrevocably, with full power of substitution for Borrower and in the name of Borrower, (i) to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of Borrower under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, including any power to subordinate or modify the Interest Rate Cap Agreement (but not, unless an Event of Default exists and is continuing, the right to terminate or cancel the Interest Rate Cap Agreement), or to give any notices, or to take any action resulting in such subordination, termination, cancellation or modification and (ii) in order to more fully vest in Agent the rights and remedies provided for herein, to exercise all of the rights, remedies and powers granted to Agent in this Agreement, and Borrower further authorizes and empowers Agent, as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact, and as its agent, irrevocably, with full power of substitution for Borrower and in the name of Borrower, to give any authorization, to furnish any information, to make any demands, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of Borrower which in the opinion of Agent may be necessary or appropriate to be given, furnished, made, exercised or taken under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, in order to comply therewith, to perform the conditions thereof or to prevent or remedy any default by Borrower thereunder or to enforce any of the rights of Borrower thereunder. These powers-of-attorney are irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and any similar or dissimilar powers heretofore given by Borrower in respect of the Rate Cap Collateral to any other Person are hereby revoked.

(d)               To the extent Borrower shall have breached any provision of this Section

2.6 or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Agent may, without notice to, or assent by, Borrower or any other Person (to the extent permitted by law), but without affecting any of the Obligations, in the name of Borrower or in the name of Agent, notify the Counterparty, or if applicable, any other counterparty to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, to make payment and performance directly to Agent; extend the time of payment and performance of, compromise or settle for cash, credit or otherwise, and upon any terms and conditions, any obligations owing to Borrower, or claims of Borrower, under the Interest Rate Cap Agreement; file any claims, commence, maintain or discontinue any actions, suits or other proceedings deemed by Agent necessary or advisable for the purpose of collecting upon or enforcing the Interest Rate Cap Agreement; and execute any instrument and do all other things deemed necessary and proper by Agent to protect and preserve and realize upon the Rate Cap Collateral and the other rights contemplated hereby.

 

 51 
 

(e)                Pursuant to the limited powers-of-attorney provided for above, Agent may (as and when it is entitled to exercise the powers-of-attorney as set forth in clause (d) above) take any action and exercise and execute any instrument which it may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof; provided, however, that Agent shall not be permitted to take any action pursuant to said power-of-attorney that would conflict with any limitation on Agent’s rights with respect to the Rate Cap Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, shall have the right and power to receive, endorse and collect all checks and other orders for the payment of money made payable to Borrower representing: (i) any payment of obligations owed pursuant to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement, (ii) interest accruing on any of the Rate Cap Collateral or (iii) any other payment or distribution payable in respect of the Rate Cap Collateral or any part thereof, and for and in the name, place and stead of Borrower, to execute endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer in respect of any property which is or may become a part of the Rate Cap Collateral hereunder.

 

 

the UCC.

(f)                Agent may exercise all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under

 

(g)               Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement or any of

Borrower’s rights hereunder, and without waiving or releasing Borrower from any obligation or default hereunder, Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform any act or take any appropriate action, as it, in its reasonable judgment, may deem necessary to protect the security of this Agreement, to cure such Event of Default or to cause any term, covenant, condition or obligation required under this Agreement or the Interest Rate Cap Agreement to be performed or observed by Borrower to be promptly performed or observed on behalf of Borrower. All amounts advanced by, or on behalf of, Agent in exercising its rights under this Section 2.6.7(g) (including, but not limited to, reasonable legal expenses and disbursements incurred in connection therewith), together with interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date of each such advance, shall be payable by Borrower to Agent upon demand and shall be secured by this Agreement.

2.6.8        Sales of Rate Cap Collateral. From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, no demand, advertisement or notice, all of which are, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby expressly waived by Borrower, shall be required in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Rate Cap Collateral, except that Agent shall give Borrower at least thirty (30) Business Days’ prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time when and the place where any private sale or other disposition is to be made, which notice Borrower hereby agrees is reasonable, all other demands, advertisements and notices being hereby waived. To the extent permitted by law, Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Rate Cap Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale may have been given, and Agent may without notice or publication adjourn any public or private sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. Upon each private sale of the Rate Cap Collateral of a type customarily sold in a recognized market and upon each public sale, unless prohibited by any applicable statute which cannot be waived, Agent (or its nominee or designee) may purchase any or all of the Rate Cap Collateral being sold, free and discharged from any trusts, claims, equity or right of redemption of Borrower, all of which are hereby waived and released to the extent

 

 52 
 

permitted by law, and may make payment therefor by credit against any of the Obligations in lieu of cash or any other obligations. In the case of all sales of the Rate Cap Collateral, public or private, Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind for sale or delivery, including brokers’ and attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any tax imposed thereon. However, the proceeds of sale of Rate Cap Collateral shall be available to cover such costs and expenses, and, after deducting such costs and expenses from the proceeds of sale, Agent shall apply any residue to the payment of the Obligations in the order of priority as set forth in this Agreement.

2.6.9        Public Sales Not Possible. Borrower acknowledges that the terms of the Interest Rate Cap Agreement may prohibit public sales, that the Rate Cap Collateral may not be of the type appropriately sold at public sales, and that such sales may be prohibited by law. In light of these considerations, Borrower agrees that private sales of the Rate Cap Collateral shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonably manner by mere virtue of having been made privately.

2.6.10    Receipt of Sale Proceeds. Upon any sale of the Rate Cap Collateral by Agent hereunder (whether by virtue of the power of sale herein granted, pursuant to judicial process or otherwise), the receipt by Agent or the officer making the sale or the proceeds of such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Rate Cap Collateral so sold, and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication or non-application thereof.

2.6.11    Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement. If, in connection with Borrower’s exercise of any Extension Option pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, Borrower delivers a Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement, all the provisions of this Section 2.6 applicable to the Interest Rate Cap Agreement delivered on the Closing Date shall be applicable to the Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement.

Section 2.7 Extension Options.

2.7.1        Extension Options. Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.7, Borrower shall have the option (the “First Extension Option”), by written notice (which may be revoked upon not less than two (2) Business Days’ advanced notice, provided that Borrower shall be responsible for the payment of any out-of-pocket cost and expenses incurred by Agent and any Lender in connection with such election and revocation) (the “First Extension Notice”) delivered to Agent no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Initial Stated Maturity Date, to extend the Maturity Date to June 1, 2025 (the “First Extended Maturity Date”, and such one-year extension term, the “First Extension Period”). In the event Borrower shall have exercised the First Extension Option, Borrower shall have the option (the “Second Extension Option”), by written notice (which may be revoked upon not less than two (2) Business Days’ advanced notice, provided that Borrower shall be responsible for the payment of any out-of-pocket cost and expenses incurred by Agent and any Lender in connection with such election and revocation) (the “Second Extension Notice”) delivered to Agent no later than thirty (30) days prior to the First Extended Maturity Date, to extend the First Extended Maturity Date to June 1, 2026 (the “Second Extended Maturity Date”, and such one-year extension term, the “Second Extension Period”). In the event Borrower shall have

 

 53 
 

exercised the Second Extension Option, Borrower shall have the option (the “Third Extension Option”), by written notice (which may be revoked upon not less than two (2) Business Days’ advanced notice, provided that Borrower shall be responsible for the payment of any out-of-pocket cost and expenses incurred by Agent and any Lender in connection with such election and revocation) (the “Third Extension Notice”; together with the First Extension Notice and the Second Extension Notice, individually or collectively, an "Extension Notice") delivered to Agent no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Second Extended Maturity Date, to extend the Second Extended Maturity Date to June 1, 2027 (the “Third Extended Maturity Date”, and such one-year extension term, the “Third Extension Period”). Borrower’s right to so extend the Maturity Date shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent prior to each extension hereunder:

(a)                (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date Borrower delivers the First Extension Notice or the Second Extension Notice, as applicable, and

(ii) no Event of Default or monetary or material non-monetary Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Stated Maturity Date and the First Extended Maturity Date, as applicable;

(b)               the representations and warranties made by Borrower in this Agreement, in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date Borrower delivers the First Extension Notice or the Second Extension Notice, as applicable, and on the Stated Maturity Date and the First Extended Maturity Date, as applicable, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (unless the applicable representation and/or warranty relates to a different specified time period), subject to changes to such representations and warranties disclosed to Agent in writing, so long as such update is not the result of any breach of a covenant of Borrower under the Loan Documents and such changes do not result from any Default or Event of Default by Borrower;

(c)                if required by Agent, Guarantor(s) shall have reaffirmed in writing to Agent all of its obligations under the Bad Act Guaranty and the Carry Guaranty;

(d)               Borrower shall (i) obtain and deliver to Agent not later than one (1) Business Day prior to the first day of the term of the Loan as extended, one or more Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreements from an Approved Counterparty, in a notional amount equal to the Outstanding Principal Balance, which Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement(s) shall be (A) effective for the period commencing on the day immediately following the then applicable Maturity Date (prior to giving effect to the applicable Extension Option) and ending on the last day of the Interest Period in which the applicable extended Maturity Date occurs and (B) otherwise on same terms set forth in Section 2.6 and (ii) execute and deliver an Acknowledgment with respect to each such Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement;

(e)                Borrower shall promptly (within standard and customary time periods following the applicable Maturity Date) deliver a Counterparty Opinion with respect to the Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement and the related Acknowledgment;

(f)                all amounts due and payable by Borrower and any other Person pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents as of the Initial Stated Maturity Date or the First

 54 
 

Extended Maturity Date, as applicable, and all costs and expenses of Agent and Lenders, including fees and expenses of Agent’s and each Lender’s third party counsel, in connection with the Loan and/or the applicable extension of the Term shall have been paid in full;

(g)               in connection with Borrower’s option to extend the Loan pursuant to this Section 2.7.1, on the date Borrower delivers an Extension Notice to extend the Loan to the First Extended Maturity Date, the Second Extended Maturity Date or the Third Extended Maturity Date, as applicable, the Debt Yield of the Property shall be equal to or greater than 5.00% for the First Extension Option, 6.00% for the Second Extension Option and 6.50% for the Third Extension Option; provided that Borrower shall be able to satisfy the requirements of this clause (g) by prepaying the Loan in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof in an amount such that, if the outstanding principal balance of the Loan used in the applicable Debt Yield calculation had been equal to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan after giving effect to such prepayment, the Debt Yield as of such date would have equaled or exceeded the required minimum Debt Yield (provided that any such prepayment shall be subject to the payment of the applicable Exit Fee); and

(h)               on the Initial Stated Maturity Date and the First Extended Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent the applicable Extension Fee.

If Borrower is unable to satisfy all of the foregoing conditions within the applicable time frames for each, Agent shall have no obligation to extend the applicable Stated Maturity Date hereunder.

2.7.2        Extension Documentation. As soon as practicable following an extension of the applicable Maturity Date pursuant to this Section 2.7, Borrower shall, if requested by Agent, execute and deliver an amendment of and/or restatement of the Note and shall, if requested by Agent, enter into such amendments to the related Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate to evidence the extension of the applicable Maturity Date as provided in this Section

2.7; provided, however, that no failure by Borrower to enter into any such amendments and/or restatements shall affect the rights or obligations of Borrower or Agent with respect to the extension of the applicable Maturity Date.

Section 2.8 Spread Maintenance Premium.

2.8.1        Exit Fee. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein to the contrary, upon any repayment or prepayment of the Loan, Borrower shall pay to Agent on the date of such repayment or prepayment the Exit Fee applicable thereto. Upon any acceleration of the Loan, Borrower shall immediately pay to Agent on account of the Exit Fee the amount by which (i) one-half percent (.5%) of the sum of the amount of the Initial Advance plus the Maximum Additional Advance Amount exceeds (ii) the total amount of Exit Fees theretofore paid by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.8.1. All Exit Fees hereunder shall be deemed to be earned by Lenders upon the funding of the Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Loan is repaid with the proceeds of a mortgage loan from DB (or any Affiliate thereof), the Exit Fee that is payable with respect to such repayment shall be credited towards any origination fee or similar upfront fee payable by Borrower to DB (or an applicable Affiliate thereof) in connection with DB (or the applicable Affiliate) providing the above referenced mortgage loan financing. For the avoidance of doubt, neither DB nor any Affiliate thereof shall have any obligation to offer to provide such financing.

 55 
 

2.8.2        Spread Maintenance Premium. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein to the contrary, upon any repayment or prepayment of the Loan (including in connection with an acceleration of the Loan) made prior to the Spread Maintenance Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent on the date of such repayment or prepayment (or acceleration of the Loan) the Spread Maintenance Premium applicable thereto. All Spread Maintenance Premium payments hereunder shall be deemed to be earned by Lenders upon the funding of the Loan.

Section 2.9 Regulatory Change; Taxes.

2.9.1        Increased Costs. If as a result of any Change in Law or Regulatory Change, or compliance of any Lender therewith, the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender or any company Controlling any Lender of the principal of or interest on the Loan is changed or any Lender or the company Controlling any Lender shall be subject to (i) any tax, duty, charge or withholding of any kind with respect to this Agreement (excluding federal taxation of the overall net income of such Lender or the company Controlling such Lender); or (ii) any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with or other liabilities, of any Lender or any company Controlling any Lender is imposed, modified or deemed applicable; or (iii) any other condition affecting loans to borrowers subject to interest rates based on the then-applicable Benchmark is imposed on any Lender or any company Controlling any Lender and such Lender in good faith determines that, by reason thereof, the cost to such Lender or any company Controlling such Lender of making, maintaining or extending the Loan to Borrower is increased, or any amount receivable by such Lender or any company Controlling such Lender hereunder in respect of any portion of the Loan to Borrower is reduced, in each case by an amount deemed by such Lender in good faith to be material (such increases in cost and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “Increased Costs”), then such Lender shall provide notice thereof to Borrower and Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender within ten (10) Business Days following such Lender’s written request such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or any company Controlling such Lender for such Increased Costs to the extent such Lender determines that such Increased Costs are allocable to the Loan. If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 2.9.1, such Lender shall, if requested by notice by Borrower to such Lender, furnish to Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for requesting such compensation and the method for determining the amount thereof.

2.9.2        Special Taxes. Borrower shall make all payments hereunder free and clear of and without deduction for Special Taxes. If Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Special Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.9.2) each Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Borrower shall make such deductions required to be made by Borrower under applicable Legal Requirements, and (iii) Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

2.9.3        Other Taxes. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder, or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with

 56 
 

respect to, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or the Loan (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”).

Section 2.10 Advances.

2.10.1    Advance Conditions. Lenders shall make Additional Advances, to be used for Approved Future Leasing Expenses and Carry Cost Shortfalls (in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate, the Maximum Additional Advance Amount), from time to time provided the following conditions precedent are satisfied (provided, that, in no event shall any Lender be obligated to advance more than its Ratable Share of such Additional Advance):

(a)    both immediately prior to the funding date of the Additional Advance (the “Additional Advance Funding Date”) and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall be continuing;

(b)   Borrower shall have delivered to Agent on or prior to the date which is not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Additional Advance Funding Date (but not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Additional Advance Funding Date), a funding request for the Additional Advance substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (an “Additional Advance Funding Notice”), which Additional Advance Funding Notice shall have been executed by an authorized officer of Borrower;

(c)    the representations and warranties made by Borrower in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the making of the Additional Advance with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date;

(d)   (1) There shall be no more than one Additional Advance during any calendar month and (2) the minimum disbursement amount of any Additional Advance shall be at least $25,000.00 (except for the final disbursement);

(e)    if the Additional Advance Funding Date occurs on a date other than a Monthly Payment Date, Borrower shall make a payment to Agent on the Monthly Payment Date following such Additional Advance Funding Date in an amount equal to the interest scheduled to accrue at the Interest Rate on the amount of the Additional Advance from the Additional Advance Funding Date through the last day of the Interest Period in which such Additional Advance Funding Date occurs, and, thereafter, Borrower shall make interest payments to Agent on the applicable Monthly Payment Date with respect to such Additional Advance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3 hereof;

(f)     Agent shall have received, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, (i) a notice of title continuation showing that since the date of the last Additional Advance there has been no change in the state of title to the Property and (ii) an endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy, which endorsement shall have the

 57 
 

effect of updating the date of the Title Insurance Policy to the date of the making of the Additional Advance;

(g)   in no event shall (i) the aggregate amount of all Additional Advances previously made by Lenders hereunder and the proposed Additional Advance exceed the Maximum Additional Advance Amount, (ii) if such Additional Advance is for Approved Future Leasing Expenses, the aggregate amount of all Additional Advances previously made by Lenders hereunder for Approved Future Leasing Expenses and such proposed Additional Advance exceed the amount set forth in clause (a) of the definition of Maximum Additional Advance Amount, and

(iii) if such Additional Advance is for Approved Carry Costs, the aggregate amount of all Additional Advances previously made by Lenders hereunder for Approved Carry Costs and such proposed Additional Advance exceed the amount set forth in clause (b) of the definition of Maximum Additional Advance Amount;

(h)   Borrower shall pay all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Agent and Lenders, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with the proposed Additional Advance and, if applicable, the approval (if such approval is required under this Agreement) of the subject Lease(s) which are the subject of the proposed Additional Advance;

(i)     all fees and expenses payable to Agent and Lenders hereunder, including the fees and expenses referred to in Section 4.29 hereof, to the extent then due and payable, shall have been (or contemporaneously are being) paid in full, and all title premiums and other title and survey charges shall have been (or contemporaneously are being) paid in full;

(j)     Agent shall have received such other documents relating to the Additional Advance as Agent may reasonably request;

(k)   no Legal Requirements shall have been adopted and no order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority shall have been issued, which prohibit the making or repayment of such Additional Advance;

(l)     if the applicable Additional Advance is for Approved Future Leasing Expenses, Borrower shall have delivered such evidence as Agent shall reasonably request to demonstrate that the Approved Future Leasing Expenses to be funded by the Additional Advance have been incurred;

(m) if the applicable Additional Advance is for Approved Future Leasing Expense and involves any material construction work (i.e., construction work that is structural in nature, otherwise impacts the building systems (e.g., HVAC or structural work) or that has or will cost, in the aggregate, $50,000.00 or more and is not comprised solely of “soft costs”), then the following conditions shall have all been satisfied:

 58 
 

(i)           Agent shall have received and approved the plans and specifications for such work and any modifications thereto (which plans and specifications have been prepared by a licensed architect, in such instances where it is customary to have such plans and specifications prepared by a licensed architect (e.g., work of a structural nature));

(ii)        Agent shall have approved the general contractor and architect retained for any work (and any contracts entered into with such general contractor or architect) and the level of trade buy-outs and bonding requirements related to such work, the cost of which equals or exceeds $50,000.00;

(iii)      Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence that all permits, licenses and approvals required for such work have been obtained and are in full force and effect;

(iv)       Agent shall have received such affidavits and certificates as to such matters as Agent may reasonably request, including certificates of the approved architect or engineer, if applicable, or, of a construction consultant retained by Agent at Borrower’s sole cost and expense in connection with any work, that (1) all of the work completed has been done substantially in compliance with the approved plans and specifications and applicable Legal Requirements and in a good and workmanlike manner, and (2) the disbursement of such Additional Advance is required for the payments of costs incurred for Approved Future Leasing Expenses;

(v)         all work previously performed with respect to such work shall be in compliance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(vi)       Borrower has delivered to Agent unconditional lien waivers executed and delivered by the general contractor and all subcontractors, materialmen and other Persons requested by Agent for all work for which an Additional Advance has previously been made or conditional lien waivers for which the Additional Advance in question is being requested;

(vii)    Agent shall have the option to retain, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, a construction consultant to review and approve the budget and any plans and specifications related to such work (unless such budget and/or plans and specifications have previously been approved by Agent);

 

 59 
 

(viii)  when such work has been completed, Agent shall have received a copy of any certificate or certificates required by law to render occupancy of the Improvements legal (if applicable to the work being performed);

(n)   no Additional Advance shall be available for any Approved Future Leasing Expense if the total cost of all such leasing expenses pursuant to the applicable Lease (in the aggregate) exceeds $112 per rentable square feet (unless Borrower has previously spent such excess (utilizing funds contributed from upper-tier equity owners of Borrower) or has deposited such excess with Agent, which deposited funds will be disbursed for Approved Future Leasing Expenses with respect to the applicable Lease in accordance with the same disbursement criteria as apply to Additional Advances);

(o)   in connection with Agent’s determination that the work related to the Approved Future Leasing Expenses in question has been completed, unless otherwise approved pursuant to subclause (n)(iv) above, Agent shall have the option to engage, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, a construction consultant to inspect the Property and issue a report to Agent regarding the completion of such work;

(p)   Intentionally deleted; and

(q)   All Advances for Carry Costs (each a “Carry Cost Advance”) shall be made solely for the purpose of paying the applicable Current Carry Cost Shortfalls in accordance with the terms hereof and the Approved Annual Budget and shall satisfy each of the following additional conditions

(i)     With respect to Carry Costs other than Debt Service, such Carry Costs shall be set forth in the Approved Annual Budget for the calendar month in which the applicable Monthly Payment Date occurs.

(ii)  If the sum of the amounts available in the Deposit Account will not be sufficient to pay each item set forth in Section 6.16.1(i) through (viii) (the “Required Monthly Payments”) payable on a Monthly Payment Date (any such deficiency, the “Current Carry Cost Shortfall”), Lender shall make an Additional Advance for the payment of the remainder of such Required Monthly Payment.

(iii)    Any request for a Carry Cost Advance shall be made in writing and delivered not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the requested funding date (each, a “Carry Cost Advance Request”) and shall be accompanied by (A) an Officer’s Certificate from Borrower stating and certifying that (1) the Carry Costs (or the relevant portions thereof) to be funded from the Carry Cost Advance in question have not been the subject of a previous Carry Cost Advance and (2) all previous disbursements of Carry Cost Advances for such

 60 
 

Carry Costs have been used to pay the previously identified Carry Costs and have been paid in full; (B) copies of all invoices, if applicable, with respect to which such Carry Cost Advance is being requested, and (C) such other evidence as Agent shall reasonably request to demonstrate that such Carry Costs to be funded by the requested Carry Cost Advance will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower (or the portion thereof as to which such request for disbursement has been submitted has been completed and is paid for (other than any retention amount which is not a part of such disbursement request) or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower)

2.10.2    Optional Disbursements.

(a)    If any or all conditions precedent to making an Additional Advance have not been satisfied on the date such Advance was requested to be made, Agent may, at its option and in its sole discretion (subject only to any applicable approvals of Lenders) (i) waive so many of such conditions precedent as it may elect, and/or (ii) disburse only that portion of the requested Additional Advance for which all of the conditions precedent have been satisfied. To the extent Lenders make an Additional Advance for which any of the conditions precedent have not been satisfied, the making of such Additional Advance shall constitute a waiver of such unsatisfied conditions for such Additional Advance (but not for any other Additional Advance), unless otherwise expressly set forth in a written notice from Agent to Borrower (provided that if the absence of such condition precedent would cause a Default or Event of Default hereunder, Agent’s waiver herein shall not constitute a waiver of such Default or Event of Default).

(b)   Each Lender shall have the right (but not the obligation), by its own action (and without any request therefor by Borrower), to disburse to Agent or itself (or retain from) any amount from any Additional Advance made to Borrower to pay interest, fees and any other sums then due and payable to Agent and/or Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents.

2.10.3    In-Balance. Borrower shall at all times, cause the undisbursed portion of the Loan that may be available in accordance with the terms hereof for specified Approved Leasing Expenses to be equal to or greater than the amount which Agent from time to time determines necessary, in its sole but good faith discretion, to pay for said Approved Leasing Expenses with respect to commercial Leases at the Property (the foregoing requirement hereinafter referred to as the requirement to be “In-Balance”). If Agent determines at any time that the Loan is not In-Balance, then Borrower shall deposit the shortfall (the “In-Balance Shortfall Amount”) with Agent and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Agent shall not be required to disburse any proceeds of the Loan until Borrower deposits the applicable In-Balance Shortfall Amount. Any funds deposited in accordance with this paragraph shall be available for payment of Approved Leasing Expenses upon satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent to the funding of Additional Advances hereunder.

 

 61 
 

2.10.4    Future Funding Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties acknowledge that the obligations of the Lenders hereunder to fund the Future Advances (the “Future Funding Obligations”) will be solely the obligation of each individual Lender (each as to its Ratable Share of the Future Funding Obligations in question). As used in this Section 2.10.4 all references to the individual Lenders shall be deemed to include their respective successors and assigns. In no event shall Borrower be entitled to receive Carry Cost Advances after the occurrence of the Initial Maturity Date (at which time all funding obligations hereunder of each Lender with respect to Carry Cost Advances shall terminate). For the avoidance of doubt in no event shall the Leasing Cost Maximum Additional Advance Amount increase in connection with the termination of the obligation to make Carry Cost Advances as described in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

 

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.1 Borrower Representations. Borrower represents and warrants that, except

 

3.1.1        Purpose. Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing with full power and authority to own its assets and conduct its business, and is duly qualified and in good standing in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located and in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, and Borrower has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by it, and has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all the transactions contemplated hereby. Borrower is a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity.

3.1.2        Proceedings; Enforceability. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The Loan Documents are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower or Guarantor including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable, and none of Borrower or Guarantor have asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto.

3.1.3        No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower and the performance of its Obligations hereunder and thereunder will not conflict with any provision of any law or regulation to which Borrower is subject, or conflict with,

 62 
 

result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any of Borrower’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it is bound, or any order or decree applicable to Borrower, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of Borrower’s assets or property (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents).

3.1.4        Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, threatened in writing against Borrower, Guarantor, the Manager or the Property in any court or by or before any other Governmental Authority which, if adversely determined, might materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of Borrower (including the ability of Borrower to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), Guarantor, Manager or the condition or ownership of the Property.

3.1.5        Agreements. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which might materially and adversely affect Borrower or the Property, or Borrower’s business, properties or assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default with respect to any order or decree of any court or any order, regulation or demand of any Governmental Authority, which default might have consequences that would materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or other) or operations of Borrower or its properties or might have consequences that would adversely affect its performance hereunder. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any Permitted Encumbrance or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or the Property is bound.

3.1.6        Consents. No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or Governmental Authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of, or compliance by Borrower with, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than those which have been obtained by Borrower.

3.1.7        Property; Title.

(a)                (I) Borrower has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title to the real property comprising part of the Property and good title to the balance of the Property owned by it, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances. The Mortgage, when properly recorded in the appropriate records, together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith, will create (i) a valid, first priority, perfected Lien on Borrower’s interest in the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, and (ii) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignments of, all personalty (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances. As of the date hereof, there are no mechanics’, materialman’s or other similar Liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or materials affecting the Property which are or may be Liens prior to, or equal or coordinate with, the Lien of the Mortgage. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, none of the Permitted Encumbrances, 

 63 
 

individually or in the aggregate, (a) materially interfere with the benefits of the security intended to be provided by the Mortgage and this Agreement, (b) materially and adversely affect the value of the Property, (c) impair the use or operations of the Property (as currently used), or (d) impair Borrower’s ability to pay its Obligations in a timely manner.

(b)               All transfer taxes, deed stamps, intangible taxes or other amounts in the nature of transfer taxes required to be paid under applicable Legal Requirements in connection with the transfer of the Property to Borrower have been paid or are being paid simultaneously herewith. All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid under applicable Legal Requirements in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including the Mortgage, have been paid or are being paid simultaneously herewith. All taxes and governmental assessments due and owing in respect of the Property have been paid, or an escrow of funds in an amount sufficient to cover such payments has been established hereunder or are insured against by the Title Insurance Policy.

(c)                The Property is comprised of one (1) or more parcels which constitute separate tax lots and do not constitute a portion of any other tax lot not a part of the Property.

(d)               No Condemnation or other proceeding has been commenced or, to Borrower’s best knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Property or for the relocation of roadways providing access to the Property.

(e)                To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, there are no pending or proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting the Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to the Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

3.1.8        ERISA; No Plan Assets. As of the date hereof and throughout the Term (i) Borrower, Guarantor and the ERISA Affiliates do not sponsor, are not obligated to contribute to, and are not themselves an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, (ii) none of the assets of Borrower or Guarantor constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 as modified in operation by Section 3(42) of ERISA, (iii) Borrower and Guarantor are not and will not be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, and (iv) transactions by or with Borrower or Guarantor are not and will not be subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans. As of the date hereof, neither Borrower, nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains, sponsors or contributes to or has any obligations with respect to a “defined benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA) or a “multiemployer pension plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37)(A) of ERISA). Borrower has not engaged in any transaction in connection with which it could be subject to either a material civil penalty assessed pursuant to the provisions of Section 502 of ERISA or a material tax imposed under the provisions of Section 4975 of the Code.

3.1.9        Compliance. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower and the Property (including, but not limited to the Improvements) and the use thereof comply in all material respects

 64 
 

with all applicable Legal Requirements, including parking, building and zoning and land use laws, ordinances, regulations and codes of any Governmental Authority. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default or violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority, the violation of which might materially adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of Borrower. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower has not committed any act which may give any Governmental Authority the right to cause Borrower to forfeit the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s Obligations under any of the Loan Documents. The Property is used exclusively for multifamily, retail, restaurant, bar, office and other appurtenant and related uses. In the event that all or any part of the Improvements are destroyed or damaged, said Improvements can be legally reconstructed to their condition prior to such damage or destruction, and thereafter exist for the same use without violating any zoning or other ordinances applicable thereto and without the necessity of obtaining any variances or special permits. No legal proceedings are pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened with respect to the zoning of the Property. Neither the zoning nor any other right to construct, use or operate the Property is in any way dependent upon or related to any property other than the Property. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required of Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property for its current use (collectively, the “Licenses”), have been obtained and are in full force and effect. The use being made of the Property is in conformity with the temporary certificate of occupancy issued for the Property and all other restrictions, covenants and conditions of public record affecting the Property.

3.1.10    Financial Information. All financial data, including the statements of cash flow and income and operating expense, that have been delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan

(i) are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) accurately represent the financial condition of the Property as of the date of such reports in all material respects, and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein. Borrower does not have any contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are known to Borrower and reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Property or the operation thereof, except as referred to or reflected in said financial statements. Since the date of the financial statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower or the Property from that set forth in said financial statements.

3.1.11    Easements; Utilities and Public Access. All easements, cross easements, licenses, air rights and rights-of-way or other similar property interests (collectively, “Easements”), if any, necessary for the full utilization of the Improvements for their intended purposes have been obtained, are described in the Title Insurance Policy and, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, are in full force and effect without default thereunder. The Property has rights of access to public ways and is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service the Property for its intended uses. All public utilities necessary to the full use and enjoyment of the Property are located in the public right-of-way abutting the Property, and all such utilities are connected so as to serve the Property without passing over other property absent a valid irrevocable

 65 
 

easement. All roads necessary for the use of the Property for its current purpose have been completed and dedicated to public use and accepted by all Governmental Authorities.

3.1.12    Assignment of Leases. The Assignment of Leases creates a valid assignment of, or a valid security interest in, certain rights under the Leases, subject only to a license granted to Borrower to exercise certain rights and to perform certain obligations of the lessor under the Leases, including the right to operate the Property. No Person other than Agent and Lenders has any interest in or assignment of the Leases or any portion of the Rents due and payable or to become due and payable thereunder.

3.1.13    Insurance. Borrower has obtained and has delivered to Agent original or complete certified copies of all of the Policies, with all premiums prepaid thereunder, reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. No claims have been made under any of the Policies, and, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no Person, including Borrower, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of any of the Policies.

3.1.14    Flood Zone. None of the Improvements on the Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as a special flood hazard area, or, if so located (i) the flood insurance required pursuant to Section 5.1.1(a) hereof is in full force and effect with respect to the Property, and (ii) Borrower acknowledges that it has received from Lender, at least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date, the Standard Flood Hazard Determination Form, and the Notice to the Borrower of Special Flood Hazards and Availability of Federal Disaster Relief Assistance, with respect to the Property.

3.1.15    Physical Condition. Except as may be expressly set forth in the Physical Conditions Report, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, the Property, including all buildings, improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects; there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in the Property, whether latent or otherwise, and Borrower has not received notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in the Property, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

3.1.16    Boundaries. All of the Improvements which were included in determining the appraised value of the Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Property, and no easements or other encumbrances affecting the Property encroach upon any of the Improvements, so as to affect the value or marketability of the Property, except those which are set forth on the Survey and insured against by the Title Insurance Policy.

3.1.17    Leases. The rent roll attached hereto as Schedule I-A is true, complete and correct and reflects the terms of any lease modifications, waivers or deferrals agreed to by Borrower, and

 66 
 

the Property is not subject to any Leases other than the Leases described in Schedule I. Borrower is the owner and lessor of landlord’s interest in the Leases. No Person has any possessory interest in the Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Leases. Except as set forth on Schedule I-B: (i) the Leases are in full force and effect and there are no defaults thereunder by either party beyond any applicable notice or cure period, and there are no conditions that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute defaults thereunder, (ii) the copies of the Leases delivered to Agent are true and complete, and there are no oral agreements with respect thereto, (iii) no Rent (excluding security deposits) has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of its due date, (iv) all work to be performed by Borrower under each Lease has been performed as required and has been accepted by the applicable Tenant, (v) any payments, free rent, partial rent, rebate of rent or other payments, credits, allowances or abatements required to be given by Borrower to any Tenant has already been received by such Tenant, (vi) the Tenants under the Leases have accepted possession of and are in actual occupancy of all of their respective demised Property and have commenced the payment of full, unabated rent under the Leases, (vii) Borrower has delivered to Agent a true, correct and complete list of all security deposits made by Tenants at the Property which have not been applied (including accrued interest thereon), all of which are held by Borrower in accordance with the terms of the applicable Lease and applicable Legal Requirements, (viii) to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each Tenant under a Lease and any guarantor of such Tenant’s obligations is free from bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings, (ix) no Tenant under any Lease (or any sublease) is an Affiliate of Borrower, (x) the Tenants which demise commercial space at the Property under the Leases are open for business and paying full, unabated rent and no Tenant has requested to discontinue its business at its premises or has gone dark (or has noticed Borrower of its intent to go dark) in all or a material portion of its leased premises, (xi) there are no brokerage fees or commissions due and payable in connection with the leasing of space at the Property, and no such fees or commissions will become due and payable in the future in connection with the Leases, including by reason of any extension of such Lease or expansion of the space leased thereunder, (xii) no Tenant has assigned its Lease or sublet all or any portion of the premises demised thereby, no such Tenant holds its leased premises under assignment or sublease, nor does anyone except such Tenant and its employees occupy such leased premises, (xiii) no Tenant which demises commercial space at the Property has informed Borrower or otherwise given notice (whether written or oral) that it intends to (or will seek to) “go dark”, vacate, cease to occupy or cease to conduct business in the ordinary course at its leased premises or any portion thereof, pursuant to any force majeure clause contained in its Lease or otherwise as a result of any pandemic, including, without limitation, the COVID-19 pandemic, (xiv) no Tenant has directly or indirectly (A) asserted any defense against the payment of any rent or other amounts under its Lease or the performance of any other obligations under its Lease, (B) sought or given notice (whether written or oral) that it intends to seek any relief or other concessions with respect to the payment of any rent or other amounts under its Lease or the performance of any other obligations under its Lease or (C) made any other request for or otherwise given notice (whether written or oral) that it intends to seek any amendment, deferral, forbearance, waiver or other modification of any term or provision of its Lease, in any case, pursuant to any force majeure clause contained in its Lease or otherwise as a result of any pandemic, including, without limitation, the COVID-19 pandemic and (xv) Borrower is not currently in discussions or negotiations (directly or indirectly) with any Tenant with respect to, and no Tenant has requested in writing, any material amendment or modification of the Lease

 67 
 

(including, without limitation, any reduction, deferral or waiver in the rent or the term thereof or in any other amounts due thereunder). No Tenant under any Lease has a right or option pursuant to such Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the leased premises or the building of which the leased premises are a part. There has been no prior sale, transfer or assignment, hypothecation or pledge of any Lease or of the Rents received therein which is still in effect.

3.1.18    Tax Filings. To the extent required, Borrower has filed (or has obtained effective extensions for filing) all federal, state, commonwealth, district and local tax returns required to be filed and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all federal, state, commonwealth, district and local taxes, charges and assessments payable by Borrower. Borrower’s tax returns (if any) properly reflect the income and taxes of Borrower for the periods covered thereby, subject only to reasonable adjustments required by the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable tax authority upon audit.

3.1.19    No Fraudulent Transfer. Borrower (i) has not entered into the transaction or any Loan Document with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any creditor, and (ii) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its Obligations under the Loan Documents. Giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed Borrower’s total liabilities, including subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities. The fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets is, and immediately following the making of the Loan, will be, greater than Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its contingent liabilities on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured. Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the making of the Loan will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur Indebtedness and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such Indebtedness and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of the obligations of Borrower). No petition in bankruptcy has been filed against Borrower or any constituent Person of Borrower, and neither Borrower nor any constituent Person of Borrower has ever made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act for the benefit of debtors. Neither Borrower nor any of its constituent Persons are contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of Borrower’s assets or properties, and Borrower has no knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it or such constituent Persons.

3.1.20    Federal Reserve Regulations. No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or for any other purpose which would be inconsistent with such Regulation U or any other Regulations of such Board of Governors, or for any purposes prohibited by Legal Requirements or by the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

3.1.21    Organizational Chart. The organizational chart attached as Schedule III, relating to Borrower and certain Affiliates and other parties, is true, complete and correct on and as of the

 

 68 
 

date hereof. No Person, other than those Persons shown on Schedule III, has any ownership interest in, or right of Control, directly or indirectly, in Borrower.

3.1.22    Organizational Status. Borrower’s exact legal name is: Block 40 Property, LLC. Borrower is a single member limited liability company, and the jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized is: Delaware. Borrower’s Tax I.D. number is 88-1123366. and Borrower’s Delaware Organizational I.D. number is 6648484.

3.1.23    Bank Holding Company. Borrower is not a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

3.1.24    No Casualty. The Improvements have suffered no material casualty or damage which has not been fully repaired and the cost thereof fully paid.

3.1.25    Purchase Options. Neither the Property nor any part thereof are subject to any purchase options, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer or other similar rights in favor of third parties.

3.1.26    FIRPTA. Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Sections 1445 or 7701 of the Code.

3.1.27    Investment Company Act. Borrower is not (i) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (ii) subject to any other United States federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

3.1.28    Fiscal Year. Each fiscal year of Borrower commences on January 1.

3.1.29    Other Debt. There is no indebtedness with respect to the Property or any excess cash flow or any residual interest therein, whether secured or unsecured, other than Permitted Encumbrances and Permitted Indebtedness.

3.1.30    Contracts.

(a)                Borrower has not entered into, and is not bound by, any Major Contract which continues in existence, except those previously disclosed in writing to Agent.

(b)               Each of the Major Contracts is in full force and effect, there are no monetary or other material defaults by Borrower thereunder and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, there are no monetary or other material defaults thereunder by any other party thereto. None of Borrower, Manager or any other Person acting on Borrower’s behalf has given or received any notice of default under any of the Major Contracts that remains uncured or in dispute.

(c)                Borrower has delivered true, correct and complete copies of the Major Contracts (including all amendments and supplements thereto) to Agent.

 69 
 

(d)               No Major Contract has as a party an Affiliate of Borrower. All fees and other compensation for services previously performed under the Management Agreement have been paid in full (other than services which shall be compensated through payments of the ongoing base management fee set forth in the Management Agreement that become due and payable after the date hereof).

3.1.31    Full and Accurate Disclosure. No statement of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no material fact presently known to Borrower which adversely affects, nor as far as Borrower can foresee, might adversely affect, the Property or the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or Guarantor.

3.1.32    Other Obligations and Liabilities. Borrower has no liabilities or other obligations that arose or accrued prior to the date hereof that, either individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on Borrower, the Property and/or Borrower’s ability to pay the Debt. Borrower has no known contingent liabilities.

3.1.33    Intellectual Property/Websites. Other than as set forth on Schedule VI, neither Borrower nor any Affiliate (i) has or holds any tradenames, trademarks, servicemarks, logos, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) with respect to the Property or the use or operations thereof or (ii) is the registered holder of any website with respect to the Property (other than Tenant websites).

3.1.34    Operations Agreements. Each Operations Agreement is in full force and effect and neither Borrower nor, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other party to any Operations Agreement, is in default thereunder, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, there are no conditions which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. Except as described herein, the Development Agreement has not been modified, amended or supplemented.

3.1.35    EB-5 Representations.

 

(a)                No Person holds any put option, redemption right or any other mandatory right to acquire any direct or indirect ownership or beneficial interest in Borrower or Sole Member without Sole Member’s consent (it being acknowledged that, pursuant to the Class B Conversion Rights, the Class B Members will have the right pursuant to the EB-5 Documents to convert their Class B Units into Class A Units);

(b)               The total number of Class B Units that will be eligible for the Class B Conversion Right is seventy-two (72) and, if all such units exercise the Class B Conversion Right, the total out-of-pocket cost payable to the Class B Unit holders to consummate said conversion will not exceed the Class B Unpaid Preferred Return as of the applicable date of calculation. For the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to the EB-5 Documents, the obligation to pay the Class B Unpaid Preferred Return in connection with the Class B Conversion Rights is an obligation of Sole Member (i.e. as opposed to being an obligation of Borrower); 

 70 
 

(c)                As of April 30, 2022, the Class B Unpaid Preferred Return (as defined in the EB-5 Documents) with respect to all Class B Members in the aggregate is approximately

$2,464,619. Schedule 3.1.35 attached hereto sets forth the maximum Class B Unpaid Preferred Return that can accrue during each year of the term of the Loan;

(d)               The EB-5 Documents are in full force and effect and have not been amended, restated, replaced or otherwise modified (except in each case as expressly set forth herein);

(e)                There are no defaults under any EB-5 Document by any party thereto and, to Borrower’s knowledge, no event has occurred which, but for the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under any EB-5 Document;

(f)                There are no outstanding EB-5 Payment Obligations. No Class B Members will have Class B Conversion Rights that accrue during the initial term of the Loan;

(g)               Neither Borrower nor any Affiliate of Borrower has received notice from any Governmental Authority that the Property fails to meet any requirements under the EB-5 Program.

3.1.36    Development Agreement Program. With respect to the Development Agreement, Borrower hereby represents that:

(a)                Borrower has delivered to Agent a true, correct and complete copy of the Development Agreement and such Development Agreement is in full force and effect and has not been amended, restated, replaced supplemented or otherwise modified

(b)               to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no defaults under the Development Agreement by any party thereto and, no event has occurred which, but for the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under the Development Agreement;

(c)                neither Borrower nor any Affiliate of Borrower has received notice from any Governmental Authority that the Property fails to meet any requirements under the Development Agreement;

(d)               to Borrower’s knowledge, no party to the Development Agreement has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating the Development Agreement;

(e)                to Borrowers knowledge, the representations made in the Development Agreement Estoppel delivered with respect to the Development Agreement in connection with the Loan are true, complete and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein;

(f)                all obligations for payment to Borrower from the CRA (as defined in the Development Agreement) under Section 9.2 of the Development Agreement shall terminate on or about September 30, 2025;

 71 
 

(g)               Borrower has not assigned and/or pledged its obligations to payment under Section 9 of the Development Agreement to any third-party;

(h)               (i) to Borrower’s knowledge, fifty percent (50%) of the current annual Project Tax Increment is more than the amount of tax increment monies received by CRA (as defined in the Development Agreement) in the calendar year 2021, in each case, attributable to the Project Lot(s) (as defined in the Development Agreement), (ii) for the calendar year 2021, Borrower did not receive Development Agreement Benefits from the CRA, and (iii) for the calendar year 2022, Borrower anticipates it shall receive not less than $572,000 in aggregate payments from the CRA in accordance with the Development Agreement Benefits; and

(i)                 Development Agreement Benefits are paid directly to the Borrower (via check) in February of each applicable calendar year with respect to the most recently concluded tax year (i.e. in February of 2023, a check will be issued by the City of Hollywood, Florida, relating to the 2022 tax year).

(j)                 All amounts received by or on behalf of Borrower (or any Affiliates thereof) with respect to the Development Agreement Benefits will be deposited into the Clearing Account.

3.1.37    Illegal Activity. No portion of the Property has been or will be purchased with proceeds of any illegal activity and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, there are no illegal commercial activities or commercial activities relating to controlled substances at the Property (including, without limitation, any growing, distributing and/or dispensing of marijuana for commercial purposes, medical or otherwise for so long as the foregoing is a violation of a Legal Requirement of any applicable Governmental Authority).

Section 3.2 Survival of Representations. The representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall (i) survive until the Obligations have been paid and performed in full and (ii) be deemed to have been relied upon by Agent and Lenders notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Agent or Lender or on its behalf.

ARTICLE 4 BORROWER COVENANTS

Until the end of the Term, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Agent and Lenders that:

Section 4.1 Payment and Performance of Obligations. Borrower shall pay and otherwise perform the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 4.2 Due on Sale and Encumbrance; Transfers of Interests. Borrower acknowledges that Agent and Lenders have examined and relied on the experience of Borrower and its stockholders, general partners and members, as applicable, and principals of Borrower in owning and operating properties such as the Property in agreeing to make the Loan, and will

 72 
 

continue to rely on Borrower’s ownership of the Property as a means of maintaining the value of the Property as security for repayment of the Debt and the performance of the Other Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that Agent and Lenders have a valid interest in maintaining the value of the Property so as to ensure that, should Borrower default in the repayment of the Debt or the performance of the Other Obligations, Agent can recover the Debt by a sale of the Property. Therefore, without the prior written consent of Agent, but, in each instance, subject to the provisions of Article 7, neither Borrower nor any other Person having a direct or indirect ownership or beneficial interest in Borrower shall sell, convey, mortgage, grant, bargain, encumber, pledge, assign or transfer the Property or any part thereof, or any interest, direct or indirect, in Borrower, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or enter into or subject the Property to a PACE Loan (a “Transfer”). A Transfer within the meaning of this Section 4.2 shall be deemed to include (i) an installment sales agreement wherein Borrower agrees to sell the Property or any part thereof for a price to be paid in installments; (ii) an agreement by Borrower for the leasing of all or a substantial part of the Property for any purpose other than the actual occupancy by a space Tenant thereunder or a sale, assignment or other transfer of, or the grant of a security interest in, Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to any Leases, any Rents or other Gross Revenue; (iii) with respect to any corporation, the voluntary or involuntary sale, conveyance or transfer of such corporation’s stock (or the stock of any corporation directly or indirectly controlling such corporation by operation of law or otherwise) or the creation or issuance of new stock; (iv) with respect to any limited or general partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, or trust or other association, the change, removal, resignation or addition of a general partner, managing member, non-managing member, limited partner, joint venturer or member or beneficial or other interest, or the transfer of the partnership interest of any general partner or limited partner or the transfer of the interest of any joint venturer or member or beneficial or other direct or indirect ownership interest or the creation or issuance of new membership or partnership interests or beneficial or other ownership interests; (v) with respect to any limited liability company, the division (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise) of any assets and liabilities of such entity amongst one or more new or existing entities; (vi) any action or occurrence which results in Key Principal no longer Controlling Borrower; (vii) intentionally omitted; and (viii) any pledge, hypothecation, assignment, transfer or other encumbrance of any direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower.

Section 4.3 Liens. Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any direct or indirect interest in Borrower or any portion of the Property, except for the Permitted Encumbrances. After prior notice to Agent, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity of any Liens on the Property, provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iii) neither the Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, canceled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof pay the amount of any such Liens, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) to insure the payment of such Liens, Borrower shall deliver to Agent either (A) cash (or such other security as may be approved by Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) in an amount equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the contested amount or (B) a payment bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contested amount from a surety acceptable to

 73 
 

Agent in its reasonable discretion provided, that, to the extent security is required to be delivered by Borrower to the applicable Governmental Authority in connection with such contest, the amount of security required to be delivered by Borrower to Agent pursuant to this clause (v) shall be reduced by the amount of security so delivered by Borrower to such Governmental Authority, (vi) failure to pay such Liens will not subject Agent to any civil or criminal liability, (vii) such contest shall not affect the ownership, use or occupancy of the Property, and (viii) Borrower shall, upon request by Agent, give Agent prompt notice of the status of such proceedings and/or confirmation of the continuing satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (vii) of this Section 4.3. Agent may pay over any such cash or other security held by Agent to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Agent, the entitlement of such claimant is established or the Property (or any part thereof or interest therein) shall be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost or there shall be any danger of the Lien of the Mortgage being primed by any related Lien.

Section 4.4 Special Purpose. Without in any way limiting the provisions of this Article 4, Borrower shall at all times be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity. Borrower shall directly or indirectly make any change, amendment or modification to its organizational documents, or otherwise take any action which could result in Borrower not being a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity.

Section 4.5 Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements. Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights, licenses, permits, franchises and all applicable governmental authorizations necessary for the operation of the Property and comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to it and the Property.

Section 4.6 Taxes and Other Charges. Borrower shall pay all Taxes and Other Charges now or hereafter levied, assessed or imposed as the same become due and payable, and shall furnish to Agent receipts for the payment of the Taxes and the Other Charges prior to the date the same shall become delinquent (provided, however, that Borrower need not pay Taxes directly nor furnish such receipts for payment of Taxes to the extent that funds to pay for such Taxes have been deposited into the Tax Account pursuant to Section 6.3). Borrower shall timely file all federal, state, commonwealth, district and local and other tax returns required to be filed and timely pay all federal, state, commonwealth, district and local and other Taxes, assessments fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income or assets or that are otherwise due and payable by Borrower. Borrower shall not permit or suffer, and shall promptly discharge, any Lien or charge against the Property with respect to Taxes and Other Charges, and shall promptly pay for all utility services provided to the Property (provided, however, that Borrower need not discharge any Tax Lien with respect to any Taxes to the extent that funds to pay for such Taxes have been deposited into the Tax Account pursuant to Section 6.3 and the applicable Lien arises due to a failure by Agent to disburse said funds in violation of this Agreement). After prior notice to Agent, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity of any Taxes or Other Charges, provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iii) neither the Property nor any part thereof or interest

 74 
 

therein will be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, canceled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof pay the amount of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) such proceeding shall suspend the collection of Taxes or Other Charges from the Property; (vi) Borrower shall deposit with Agent cash in an amount equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the contested amount, to insure the payment of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all interest and penalties thereon, provided, that, to the extent security is required to be delivered by Borrower to the applicable Governmental Authority in connection with such contest, the amount of security required to be delivered by Borrower to Agent pursuant to this clause (vi) shall be reduced by the amount of security so delivered by Borrower to such Governmental Authority, (vii) failure to pay such Taxes or Other Charges will not subject Agent or any Lenders to any civil or criminal liability, (viii) such contest shall not affect the ownership, use or occupancy of the Property, and (ix) Borrower shall, upon request by Agent, give Agent prompt notice of the status of such proceedings and/or confirmation of the continuing satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (viii) of this Section 4.6. Agent may pay over any such cash or other security held by Agent to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the judgment of Agent, the entitlement of such claimant is established or the Property (or any part thereof or interest therein) shall be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated cancelled or lost or there shall be any danger of the Lien of the Mortgage being primed by any related Lien.

Section 4.7 Litigation. Borrower shall give prompt notice to Agent of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened in writing against the Property, Borrower, Manager, or any Guarantor which, if adversely determined against Borrower, Manager, or Guarantor (as applicable), might materially adversely affect the Property or Borrower’s, Manager’s, or such Guarantor’s condition (financial or otherwise) or business (including Borrower’s ability to perform its Obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents).

Section 4.8 Title to the Property. Borrower shall warrant and defend (a) its title to the Property and every part thereof, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and (b) the validity and priority of the Liens of the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and this Agreement on the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, in each case against the claims of all Persons whomsoever. Borrower shall reimburse Agent and Lenders for any losses, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by Agent and Lenders if an interest in the Property, other than as permitted hereunder, is claimed by another Person.

Section 4.9 Financial Reporting.

4.9.1        Generally. Borrower shall keep and maintain or will cause to be kept and maintained proper and accurate (in all material respects) books and records, in accordance with GAAP, and, to the extent required under Section 9.1 hereof, the requirements of Regulation AB, reflecting the financial affairs of Borrower and all items of income and expense in connection with the operation of the Property. Agent shall have the right from time to time during normal business hours upon reasonable prior notice (which may be given verbally) to Borrower to examine such books and records at the office of Borrower or other Person maintaining such books and records and to make such copies or extracts thereof as Agent shall desire. During the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay any costs incurred by Agent to examine such books, records

 75 
 

and accounts, as Agent shall determine to be necessary or appropriate in the protection of Agent’s and Lenders’ interests.

4.9.2        Monthly Reports. Not later than forty-five (45) days following the end of each calendar month, Borrower shall deliver to Agent:

(i)                 unaudited financial statements, internally prepared on an accrual basis including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement as of the end of such month and for the corresponding month of the previous year, a statement of revenues and expenses for such month and the year to date, a statement of aging trade payables for the Property setting forth the payee, amount and date incurred of each unpaid trade payable and a comparison of the year to date results with (i) the results for the same period of the previous year, (ii) the results that had been projected by Borrower for such period and (iii) the Annual Budget for such period and the Fiscal Year. Such statements for each month shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate certifying (A) that such statements fairly represent the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower, (B) that as of the date of such Officer’s Certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document or, if so, specifying the nature and status of each such Event of Default and the action then being taken by Borrower or proposed to be taken to remedy such Event of Default, (C) that as of the date of each Officer’s Certificate, no litigation exists involving Borrower or the Property in which the amount involved is $500,000 (in the aggregate) or more or in which all or substantially all of the potential liability is not covered by insurance, or, if so, specifying such litigation and the actions being taking in relation thereto and (D) the amount by which actual operating expenses were greater than or less than the operating expenses anticipated in the applicable Annual Budget. Such financial statements shall contain such other information as shall be reasonably requested by Agent for purposes of calculations to be made by Agent pursuant to the terms hereof; and

(ii)              a true, correct and complete rent roll for the Property, dated as of the last month of such calendar month, showing the percentage of gross leasable area of the Property, if any, leased as of the last day of the preceding calendar month, the current annual rent for the Property, the expiration date of each Lease, whether to Borrower’s knowledge any portion of the Property has been sublet, and if it has, the name of the subtenant, and such rent roll shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate (A) certifying that such rent roll is true, correct and complete in all material respects as of its date, (B) stating whether Borrower, within the past three (3) months, has issued a notice of default with respect to any Lease which has not been cured and the nature of such default, and (C) stating whether, within the past three (3) months, any Tenant has “gone dark” or Borrower has received a notice from any Tenant of its intention to “go dark.”

4.9.3        Annual Reports. Borrower shall deliver to Agent:

(i)                 Not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower’s operations, unaudited financial statements, internally prepared on an accrual basis, covering the Property, including a balance sheet as of the end of such year, a

 76 
 

statement of revenues and expenses for such year and the fourth quarter thereof, and stating in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the Annual Budget for such Fiscal Year, as well as the supplemental schedule of net income or loss presenting the net income or loss for the Property and occupancy statistics for the Property, and copies of all federal income tax returns to be filed. Such annual financial statements shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate in the form required pursuant to Section 4.9.2(i) above;

(ii)              Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower’s operations, audited financial statements certified by an Independent Accountant in accordance with GAAP, and, to the extent required under Section 9.1 hereof, the requirements of Regulation AB, covering the Property, including a balance sheet as of the end of such year, a statement of revenues and expenses for such year and the fourth quarter thereof, and stating in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the Annual Budget for such Fiscal Year, as well as the supplemental schedule of net income or loss presenting the net income or loss for the Property and occupancy statistics for the Property, and copies of all federal income tax returns to be filed. Such annual financial statements shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate in the form required pursuant to Section 4.9.2(i) above; and

(iii)            Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower’s operations, an annual summary of any and all Capital Expenditures made at the Property during the prior twelve (12) month period.

4.9.4        Other Reports.

(a)                Borrower shall deliver to Agent, within ten (10) Business Days of the receipt thereof by Borrower, a copy of all reports prepared by Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement, including, without limitation, the Annual Budget and any inspection reports.

(b)               Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days after request by Agent or, if all or part of the Loan is being or has been included in a Securitization, by the Rating Agencies, furnish or cause to be furnished to Agent and, if applicable, the Rating Agencies, in such manner and in such detail as may be reasonably requested by Agent or the Rating Agencies, such reasonable additional information as may be reasonably requested with respect to the Property.

(c)                Borrower shall submit to Agent the financial data and financial statements required, and within the time periods required, under clauses (f) and (g) of Section 9.1, if and when available.

(d)               Intentionally Omitted.

(e)                Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Agent, upon request, any financial data or financial statements prepared by or on behalf of a Tenant under any Major Lease, to the extent such financial data or statements were actually delivered to Borrower.

 77 
 

4.9.5        Annual Budget. Borrower shall submit to Agent by November 1 of each year the Annual Budget for the succeeding Fiscal Year. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, Agent shall have the right to approve each Annual Budget (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as no Event of Default is continuing). Annual Budgets delivered to Agent (other than during the continuance of a Trigger Period) or approved by Agent during the continuance of a Trigger Period) shall hereinafter be referred to as an “Approved Annual Budget”. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, until such time that any Annual Budget has been approved by Agent, the prior Approved Annual Budget shall apply for all purposes hereunder (with such adjustments as reasonably determined by Agent to reflect actual increases in Taxes, Insurance Premiums and utilities expenses). To the extent Agent has approval rights over an Annual Budget pursuant to this Section 4.9.5, neither Borrower nor Manager shall change or modify the Annual Budget that has been approved by Agent without the prior written consent of Agent. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, Agent may require Borrower, on a quarterly basis, to furnish to Agent for approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld provided no Event of Default exists) an updated Annual Budget.

4.9.6        Extraordinary Operating Expenses. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, in the event that Borrower incurs an extraordinary operating expense not set forth in the Approved Annual Budget (each an “Extraordinary Operating Expense”), then Borrower shall promptly deliver to Agent a reasonably detailed explanation of such proposed Extraordinary Operating Expense for Agent’s approval. Any Extraordinary Operating Expense approved by Agent is referred to herein as an (“Approved Extraordinary Operating Expense”). In no event shall management fees in excess of the Management Fee Cap be paid to Manager as part of the Approved Extraordinary Operating Expense funds distributed to Borrower during a Trigger Period pursuant to Section 6.16.1 unless expressly approved by Agent in advance in its sole discretion. Any Funds distributed to Borrower for the payment of Approved Extraordinary Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 6.16.1 shall be used by Borrower only to pay for such Approved Extraordinary Operating Expenses or reimburse Borrower for such Approved Extraordinary Operating Expenses, as applicable.

4.9.7        Breach. If Borrower fails to provide to Agent or its designee any of the financial statements, certificates, reports or information (the “Required Records”) required by this Section

4.9 within thirty (30) days after the date upon which such Required Record is due, Borrower shall pay to Agent, at Agent’s option and in its discretion, an amount equal to $1,000 for each Required Record that is not delivered; provided Agent has given Borrower at least fifteen (15) days prior notice of such failure. In addition, thirty (30) days after Borrower’s failure to deliver any Required Records, Agent shall have the option, upon fifteen (15) days’ notice to Borrower to gain access to Borrower’s books and records and prepare or have prepared at Borrower’s expense, any Required Records not delivered by Borrower.

4.9.8        Actual Operating Expenses. Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Agent, within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, a report (accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate stating that such items are true, correct and complete in all material respects) reconciling (a) the actual operating expenses paid in cash or incurred by or on behalf of Borrower with respect to the Property during such calendar month (the “Actual OpEx”) with (b) the operating expenses set forth in the Approved Annual Budget for such calendar month (the

 78 
 

“Budgeted OpEx”). If the Budgeted OpEx exceeds the Actual OpEx for any calendar month, the amount of such excess shall be known as the “OpEx Overpayment Amount”.

4.9.9        Intentionally Omitted.

Section 4.10 Access to Property. Subject to the rights of Tenants under Leases in place as of the Closing Date or entered into pursuant to the terms hereof, Borrower shall permit agents, representatives, consultants and employees of Agent to inspect the Property or any part thereof at reasonable hours upon reasonable advance notice. Agent or its agents, representatives, consultants and employees as part of any inspection may take soil, air, water, building material and other samples from the Property, subject to the rights of Tenants under Leases.

Section 4.11 Leases.

4.11.1    Generally. Upon request, Borrower shall furnish Agent with executed copies of all Leases then in effect. All renewals of Leases and all proposed leases shall provide for rental rates and terms comparable to existing local market rates and shall be arm’s length transactions with bona fide, independent third-party Tenants. Within ten (10) days after the execution of a Lease or any renewals, amendments or modification of a Lease, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a copy thereof, together with Borrower’s certification that such Lease (or such renewal, amendment or modification) was entered into in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

4.11.2    Approvals.

(a)                Any Lease and any renewals, amendments or modification of a Lease (provided such Lease or Lease renewal, amendment or modification is not a Major Lease (or a renewal, amendment or modification to a Major Lease)) that meets the following requirements (such requirements, the “Leasing Criteria”) may be entered into by Borrower without Agent’s prior consent: (i) provides for economic terms, including rental rates, comparable to existing local market rates for similar properties and is otherwise on commercially reasonable terms, (ii) with respect to any non-residential Lease, has an initial term of not less than three (3) years and a total term (together with all extension and renewal options) of not more than ten (10) years (provided, however, said Lease may contain one or more additional extension options beyond said ten (10) year period provided that the Lease requires said additional extension periods to be at market rental rates as of the expiration of said initial ten (10) year period, no other terms of the Lease are otherwise modified during said additional extension periods, and said additional extension periods do not provide for aggregate extension rights of more than five (5) additional years), (iii) with respect to non-residential tenants (or proposed non-residential tenants), unless a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement is delivered pursuant to this Section 4.11.2, provides that such Lease is subordinate to the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases and that the Tenant thereunder will attorn to Agent and any purchaser at a foreclosure sale, (iv) is with Tenants that are creditworthy (it being acknowledged that, with respect to residential Tenants, this clause (iv) shall be satisfied if Borrower shall conduct standard financial diligence and credit searches and the results thereof (based on Borrower’s commercially reasonable judgment) implicate that the Tenant has the financial standing and credit history to satisfy the applicable Lease obligations), (v) is written substantially in accordance with the applicable standard form of Lease which shall have

 79 
 

been approved by Agent (subject to any commercially reasonable changes made in the course of negotiations with the applicable Tenant), (vi) is not with an Affiliate of Borrower or any Guarantor, and (vii) does not contain any option to purchase, any right of first refusal to purchase, any right to terminate (except if such termination right is triggered by the destruction or condemnation of substantially all of the Property) or any other terms which would materially adversely affect Agent’s rights under the Loan Documents. All other Leases (including Major Leases) and all renewals, amendments and modifications thereof executed after the date hereof shall be subject to Agent’s prior approval.

(b)               Borrower shall not permit or consent to any assignment or sublease of any Major Lease without Agent’s prior written approval (other than assignments or subleases expressly permitted under any Major Lease pursuant to a unilateral right of the Tenant thereunder not requiring the consent of Borrower). Agent, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, shall execute and deliver its standard form of subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement to Tenants under any future Major Lease approved by Agent upon request, with such commercially reasonable changes as may be requested by such Tenants and which are acceptable to Agent.

(c)                Borrower shall have the right, without the consent or approval of Agent, to terminate or accept a surrender of any Lease that is not a Major Lease so long as such termination or surrender is (i) by reason of a tenant default and (ii) in a commercially reasonable manner to preserve and protect the Property.

(d)               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.11.2, provided no Event of Default is continuing, whenever Agent’s approval or consent is required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.11.2, Agent’s consent shall be deemed given if:

(i)                 the first correspondence from Borrower to Agent requesting such approval or consent is in an envelope marked “PRIORITY” and contains a bold-faced, conspicuous (in a font size that is not less than fourteen (14) point) legend at the top of the first page thereof stating that “FIRST NOTICE: THIS IS A REQUEST FOR CONSENT UNDER THE LOAN BY DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, AS AGENT FOR CERTAIN LENDERS TO BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC. FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS REQUEST WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS MAY RESULT IN THE REQUEST BEING DEEMED

GRANTED”, and is accompanied by the information and documents required above, and any other information reasonably requested by Agent in writing prior to the expiration of such ten (10) Business Day period in order to adequately review the same has been delivered; and

(ii)              if Agent fails to respond or to deny such request for approval in writing within the first five (5) Business Days of such twelve (10) Business Day period, a second notice requesting approval is delivered to Agent from Borrower in an envelope marked “PRIORITY” containing a bold-faced, conspicuous in a font size that is not less than fourteen (14) point) legend at the top of the first page thereof stating that “SECOND AND FINAL NOTICE: THIS IS A REQUEST FOR CONSENT UNDER THE LOAN BY DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, AS AGENT FOR

 80 
 

CERTAIN LENDERS TO BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC. IF YOU FAIL TO PROVIDE A SUBSTANTIVE RESPONSE (E.G., APPROVAL, DENIAL OR REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION OR MORE INFORMATION) TO THIS REQUEST FOR APPROVAL IN WRITING WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS,

YOUR APPROVAL SHALL BE DEEMED GIVEN” and Agent fails to provide a substantive response to such request for approval within such second five (5) Business Day period.

4.11.3    Covenants. Borrower (i) shall observe and perform in all material respects the obligations imposed upon the lessor under the Leases in a commercially reasonable manner; (ii) shall enforce the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Leases upon the part of the Tenants thereunder to be observed or performed in a commercially reasonable manner, provided, however, Borrower shall not terminate or accept a surrender of a Major Lease without Agent’s prior approval; (iii) shall not collect any of the Rents more than one (1) month in advance (other than security deposits); (iv) shall not execute any assignment of lessor’s interest in the Leases or the Rents (except as contemplated by the Loan Documents); and (v) shall not alter, modify or change any Lease so as to change the amount of or payment date for rent, change the expiration date, grant any option for additional space or term, materially reduce the obligations of the Tenant or increase the obligations of the lessor (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that Borrower shall be permitted to modify any Lease that is not a Major Lease without Lender’s prior written consent provided that: (x) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) the applicable modification satisfies the Leasing Criteria, and (z) said modification does not cause the applicable Lease to qualify as a Major Lease hereunder). Upon request (which request shall not be made more than one time per calendar month), Borrower shall furnish Agent with executed copies of all Leases. Borrower shall promptly send copies to Agent of all written notices of material default which Borrower shall receive under the Leases.

4.11.4    Security Deposits. All security deposits of Tenants, whether held in cash or any other form, shall be held in compliance with all Legal Requirements, shall not be commingled with any other funds of Borrower. During the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall, upon Agent’s request, if permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, cause all such security deposits (and any interest theretofore earned thereon) to be transferred into the Deposit Account (which shall then be held by Deposit Bank in a separate Account), which shall be held by Deposit Bank subject to the terms of the Leases. Any bond or other instrument which Borrower is permitted to hold in lieu of cash security deposits under any applicable Legal Requirements (i) shall be maintained in full force and effect in the full amount of such deposits unless replaced by cash deposits as herein above described, (ii) shall be issued by an institution reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (iii) shall, if permitted pursuant to any Legal Requirements, name Agent as payee or mortgagee thereunder (or at Agent’s option, be fully assignable to Agent), and (iv) shall in all respects comply with any applicable Legal Requirements and otherwise be satisfactory to Agent. Borrower shall, upon request, provide Agent with evidence satisfactory to Agent of Borrower’s compliance with the foregoing.

4.11.5    Intentionally Omitted.

 

 81 
 

Section 4.12 Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance; Alterations.

4.12.1    Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance. Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all franchises and trade names, if any, and Borrower shall cause the Property to be maintained in a good and safe condition and repair and shall not remove, demolish or alter the Improvements or Equipment (except for alterations performed in accordance with Section 4.12.2 below and normal replacement of Equipment with Equipment of equivalent value and functionality). Borrower shall promptly comply with all Legal Requirements (including but not limited to municipal, state and federal laws) and immediately cure properly any violation of a Legal Requirement. Borrower also hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not commit, permit or suffer to exist any illegal commercial activities or commercial activities relating to controlled substances at the Property (including, without limitation, any growing, distributing and/or dispensing of marijuana for commercial purposes, medical or otherwise for so long as the foregoing is a violation of a Legal Requirement of any applicable Governmental Authority). Borrower shall notify Agent in writing within three (3) Business Days after Borrower first receives notice of any such non-compliance. Borrower shall promptly repair, replace or rebuild any part of the Property that becomes damaged, worn or dilapidated and shall complete and pay for any Improvements at any time in the process of construction or repair.

4.12.2    Alterations. Borrower may, without Agent’s consent, perform alterations to the Improvements and Equipment which (i) do not constitute a Material Alteration, (ii) do not adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or the value or net operating income of the Property and (iii) are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business. Borrower shall not perform any Material Alteration without Agent’s prior written consent. Agent may, as a condition to giving its consent to a Material Alteration, require that Borrower deliver to Agent security for payment of the cost of such Material Alteration and as additional security for Borrower’s Obligations under the Loan Documents, which security may be any of the following: (i) cash, (ii) a Letter of Credit, (iii) U.S. Obligations or (iv) other securities acceptable to Agent, provided that Agent shall have received a Rating Agency Confirmation as to the form and issuer of same. Such security shall be in an amount equal to the excess of the total unpaid amounts incurred and to be incurred with respect to such alterations to the Improvements (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by Tenants under the Leases) over the Alteration Threshold, and Agent may apply such security from time to time at the option of Agent to pay for such alterations. Upon substantial completion of any Material Alteration, Borrower shall provide evidence satisfactory to Agent that (i) the Material Alteration was constructed in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, (ii) all contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and professionals who provided work, materials or services in connection with the Material Alteration have been paid in full and have delivered unconditional releases of liens, and (iii) all material licenses and permits necessary for the use, operation and occupancy of the Material Alteration (other than those which depend on the performance of tenant improvement work) have been issued. If Borrower has provided cash security, as provided above, such cash shall be released by Agent to fund such Material Alterations, and if Borrower has provided non-cash security, as provided above, except to the extent applied by Agent to fund such Material Alterations, Agent shall release and return such security upon Borrower’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence.

 82 
 

Section 4.13 Approval of Major Contracts. Borrower shall be required to obtain Agent’s prior written approval of any and all Major Contracts affecting the Property, which approval (provided no Event of Default is then ongoing) shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned and/or delayed.

Section 4.14 Property Management.

4.14.1    Management Agreement. Borrower shall (i) cause Manager to manage the Property in accordance with the Management Agreement, (ii) diligently perform and observe all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Management Agreement on the part of Borrower to be performed and observed, (iii) promptly notify Agent of any default beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods under the Management Agreement of which it is aware, (iv) promptly deliver to Agent a copy of each financial statement, business plan, capital expenditures plan, report and estimate received by it under the Management Agreement, and (v) promptly enforce the performance and observance of all of the covenants required to be performed and observed by Manager under the Management Agreement. If Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any material term, covenant or condition of the Management Agreement on the part of Borrower to be performed or observed, then, without limiting Agent’s other rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and without waiving or releasing Borrower from any of its Obligations hereunder or under the Management Agreement, Agent shall have the right, but shall be under no obligation, to pay any sums and to perform any act as may be appropriate to cause all the material terms, covenants and conditions of the Management Agreement on the part of Borrower to be performed or observed.

4.14.2    Prohibition Against Termination or Modification. Borrower shall not

(i) surrender, terminate, cancel, modify, renew or extend the Management Agreement, (ii) enter into any other agreement relating to the management or operation of the Property with Manager or any other Person, (iii) consent to the assignment by the Manager of its interest under the Management Agreement, or (iv) waive or release any of its rights and remedies under the Management Agreement, in each case without the express consent of Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, with respect to a new property manager such consent may be conditioned upon Borrower delivering a Rating Agency Confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency as to such new property manager and management agreement. If at any time Agent consents to the appointment of a new property manager (including, without limitation, any consent to the assignment by the Manager of its interest under the Management Agreement (any such assignment, a “Permitted Assignment)), such new property manager and Borrower shall, as a condition of Agent’s consent, execute (a) a management agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent (it being acknowledged that, in connection with any Permitted Assignment, the then in-place management agreement shall be deemed acceptable), (b) a subordination of management agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Agent and (c) if requested by Lender, deliver an updated non-consolidation opinion in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Agent and satisfactory to the Rating Agencies, if such manager is an Affiliate of Borrower, Guarantor or Key Principal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the right, without Agent’s consent, to make immaterial modifications to the Management Agreement which

 

 83 
 

do not involve any economic terms and would not be reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

4.14.3    Replacement of Manager. Agent shall have the right to require Borrower to replace the Manager with another property manager chosen by Borrower and approved by Agent in its sole discretion (which approval may be conditioned upon Borrower delivering a Rating Agency Confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency as to such new property manager and management agreement) upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: (i) at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (ii) if Manager shall be in default under the Management Agreement beyond any applicable notice and cure period, (iii) if Manager shall become insolvent or a debtor in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or (iv) if at any time the Manager has engaged in gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or misappropriation of funds.

Section 4.15 Performance by Borrower; Compliance with Agreements.

(a)                Borrower shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision of each Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower, and shall not enter into or otherwise suffer or permit any amendment, waiver, supplement, termination or other modification of any Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower without the prior consent of Agent.

(b)               Borrower shall at all times comply in all material respects with all Operations Agreements. Borrower agrees that without the prior written consent of Agent, Borrower will not amend, modify or terminate any of the Operations Agreements, which consent (provided no Event of Default is then ongoing) shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned and/or delayed.

Section 4.16 Licenses; Intellectual Property; Website.

4.16.1    Licenses. Borrower shall keep and maintain all Licenses necessary for the operation of the Property as a multi-family with appurtenant retail space. Borrower shall not transfer any Licenses required for the operation of the Property.

4.16.2    Intellectual Property. Borrower shall keep and maintain all Intellectual Property, if any, relating to the use or operation of the Property and all Intellectual Property shall be held by and (if applicable) registered in the name of Borrower. Borrower shall not Transfer or let lapse any Intellectual Property without Agent’s prior consent.

4.16.3    Website. Any website with respect to the Property (other than Tenant websites) shall be maintained by or on behalf of Borrower and any such website shall be registered in the name of Borrower. Borrower shall not Transfer any such website without Agent’s prior consent.

Section 4.17 Further Assurances. Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense:

 

 84 
 

(a)                furnish to Agent all instruments, documents, boundary surveys, footing or foundation surveys, certificates, plans and specifications, appraisals, title and other insurance reports and agreements, and each and every other document, certificate, agreement and instrument required to be furnished by Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents or which are reasonably requested by Agent in connection therewith;

(b)               cure any defects in the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Agent such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts necessary or desirable, to correct any omissions in the Loan Documents, to evidence, preserve and/or protect the collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the Obligations, as Agent may reasonably require; and

(c)                do and execute all and such further lawful and reasonable acts, conveyances and assurances for the better and more effective carrying out of the intents and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as Agent may reasonably require from time to time (provided the same do not increase Borrower’s liability or obligations under the Loan Documents and do not decrease Borrower’s rights under the Loan Documents, in each case, except to a de minimis extent (it being acknowledged and agreed that such acts, conveyances and assurances will be given and/or performed in furtherance of, and in order to facilitate, Lender’s exercise of rights and remedies under the Loan Documents)), including without limitation, upon Agent’s request, Borrower shall, and shall cause Guarantor to, reasonably cooperate with providing information reasonably requested by Agent to update compliance with Agent’s and each Lender’s “Know Your Customer” and other similar policies and procedures during the term of the Loan.

Section 4.18 Estoppel Statement.

(a)                After request by Agent, Borrower shall within seven (7) Business Days furnish Agent with a statement, duly acknowledged and certified, stating (i) the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Note, (ii) the Interest Rate, (iii) the date installments of interest and/or principal were last paid, (iv) any known offsets or defenses to the payment and performance of the Obligations, if any, and (v) that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have not been modified or if modified, giving particulars of such modification.

(b)               Borrower shall deliver to Agent, upon request, an estoppel certificate from each Tenant under any Lease (provided that Borrower shall only be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an estoppel certificate from any Tenant not required to provide an estoppel certificate under its Lease) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (it being acknowledged that if any Tenant shall only be willing to deliver an estoppel which satisfies the obligations of the Tenant relating thereto in its Lease, any such estoppel shall be deemed reasonably satisfactory to Agent for the purposes of this clause (b)); provided, that Borrower shall not be required to deliver such certificates more frequently than two (2) times in any calendar year.

(c)                Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Agent, upon request, estoppel certificates from each party under any Operations Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent; provided, that Borrower shall not be required to deliver

 

 85 
 

such certificates more than two (2) times during the Term and not more frequently than once per calendar year (or twice during any calendar year in which a Securitization occurs).

Section 4.19 Notice of Default. Borrower shall promptly advise Agent of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower has knowledge.

Section 4.20 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings. Borrower shall cooperate fully with Agent with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which may in any way affect the rights of Agent or any Lender hereunder or any rights obtained by Agent or any Lender under any of the other Loan Documents and, in connection therewith, permit Agent, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings.

Section 4.21 Indebtedness. Borrower shall not directly or indirectly create, incur or assume any Indebtedness other than (i) the Debt and (ii) unsecured trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business relating to the ownership and operation of the Property and (iii) Permitted Equipment Financing (hereinafter defined), which in the case of such unsecured trade payables and Permitted Equipment Financing (A) are not evidenced by a note, (B) do not exceed, at any time, a maximum aggregate amount of two percent (2%) of the Outstanding Principal Balance and (C) are paid within thirty (30) days of the date incurred (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”). As used herein, “Permitted Equipment Financing” means equipment financing that is (i) entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (ii) for equipment related to the ownership and operation of the Property whose removal would not materially damage or impair the value of the Property, and (iii) which is secured only by the financed equipment.

Section 4.22 Business and Operations. Borrower will continue to engage in the businesses presently conducted by it as and to the extent the same are necessary for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property, and Borrower shall not change the use of the Property from the use of the Property existing as of the Closing Date. Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction as and to the extent the same are required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property.

Section 4.23 Dissolution. Borrower shall not (i) engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, division (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise), or merger with or into any on or more other business entities, (ii) engage in any business activity not related to the ownership and operation of the Property, (iii) transfer, lease or sell, in one transaction or any combination of transactions, all or substantially all of the property or assets of Borrower except to the extent expressly permitted by the Loan Documents, or (iv) cause, permit or suffer Borrower to (A) dissolve, divide (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise), wind up or liquidate or take any action, or omit to take any action, as a result of which Borrower would be dissolved, divided (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise), wound up or liquidated in whole or in part, or (B) amend, modify, waive or terminate the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of formation or operating agreement of Borrower, in each case without obtaining the prior consent of Agent.

 

 86 
 

Section 4.24 Debt Cancellation. Borrower shall not cancel or otherwise forgive or release any claim or debt (other than the termination of Leases in accordance herewith) owed to Borrower by any Person, except for adequate consideration and in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

Section 4.25 Affiliate Transactions. Borrower shall not enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with an Affiliate of Borrower or any of the partners, members or shareholders, as applicable, of Borrower except in the ordinary course of business and on terms which are no less favorable to Borrower or such Affiliate than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party.

Section 4.26 No Joint Assessment. Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property (i) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property, and (ii) with any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the Lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to the Property.

Section 4.27 Principal Place of Business. Borrower shall not change its principal place of business from the address set forth on the first page of this Agreement without first giving Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice.

Section 4.28 Change of Name, Identity or Structure. Borrower shall not change Borrower’s name, identity (including its trade name or names) or convert from a single member limited liability company structure without notifying Agent of such change in writing at least thirty

(30) days prior to the effective date of such change and without first obtaining the prior written consent of Agent; provided, however, that Borrower shall at all times be a Delaware single member limited liability company. Borrower shall deliver to Agent, prior to or contemporaneously with the effective date of any such change, any financing statement or financing statement change required by Agent to establish or maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interest granted herein. At the request of Agent, Borrower shall execute a certificate in form satisfactory to Agent listing the trade names under which Borrower intends to operate the Property, and representing and warranting that Borrower does business under no other trade name with respect to the Property.

Section 4.29 Costs and Expenses.

(a)                Except as otherwise expressed herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, Borrower shall pay or, if Borrower fails to pay, reimburse Agent (and for purposes of this Section 4.29, Agent shall also include the initial lender, its Affiliates, successors and assigns, and their respective officers and directors) within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice from Agent, for all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Agent, Lenders and Servicer in connection with (i) Borrower’s ongoing performance of and compliance with Borrower’s agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date, including confirming compliance with environmental and insurance requirements (except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 10.21(a) hereof); (ii) Agent’s, Lenders’ and Servicer’s ongoing

 87 
 

performance of and compliance with all agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date (except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 10.21(a) hereof); (iii) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents or matters requested by Borrower; (iv) filing and recording of any Loan Documents; (v) title insurance, surveys, inspections and appraisals; (vi) the creation, perfection or protection of Agent’s and Lenders’ Liens in the Property and the Accounts (including fees and expenses for title and lien searches, intangibles taxes, personal property taxes, mortgage recording taxes, due diligence expenses, travel expenses, accounting firm fees, costs of appraisals, environmental reports and Agent’s Consultant, surveys and engineering reports); (vii) enforcing or preserving any rights in response to third party claims or the prosecuting or defending of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower, the Loan Documents, the Property, or any other security given for the Loan; (viii) fees charged by Servicer (except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 10.21) or, if a Securitization has occurred, the Rating Agencies in connection with the Loan or any modification thereof; and (ix) enforcing any Obligations of or collecting any payments due from Borrower under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or with respect to the Property or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings (including fees and expenses for title and lien searches, intangible taxes, personal property taxes, mortgage recording taxes, due diligence expenses, travel expenses, accounting firm fees, costs of appraisals, environmental reports and Agent’s Consultant, surveys and engineering reports); provided, however, that Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses to the extent the same arise by reason of the active gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Agent. All amounts payable to Agent or Servicer in exercising its rights under this Section 4.29 (including, but not limited to, disbursements, advances and reasonable legal expenses incurred in connection therewith), shall be payable within five (5) Business Days of demand, secured by this Agreement and interest thereon shall accrue at the Default Rate from the date of demand.

(b)               In addition, in connection with any Rating Agency Confirmation, Review Waiver or other Rating Agency consent, approval or review requested or required hereunder (other than the initial review of the Loan by the Rating Agencies in connection with a Securitization), Borrower shall pay all of the costs and expenses of Agent, Lenders, Servicer and each Rating Agency in connection therewith, and, if applicable, shall pay any fees imposed by any Rating Agency in connection therewith.

(c)                Any costs and expenses due and payable by Borrower hereunder which are not paid by Borrower within ten (10) days after demand may be paid from any amounts in the Deposit Account, with notice thereof to Borrower. The obligations and liabilities of Borrower under this Section 4.29 shall (i) become part of the Obligations, (ii) be secured by the Loan Documents and (iii) survive the Term and the exercise by Agent of any of its rights or remedies under the Loan Documents, including the acquisition of the Property by foreclosure or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure.

 

 88 
 

Section 4.30 Indemnity. Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Agent (and for purposes of this Section 4.30, Agent shall also include the initial lender, its Affiliates, successors and assigns, and their respective officers and directors), Lenders and Servicer from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of third party counsel for Agent and Lenders in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not Agent and/or any Lender shall be designated a party thereto), that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Agent or any Lender in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) any breach by Borrower of its Obligations under, or any material misrepresentation by Borrower contained in, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (ii) the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Loan; (iii) any information provided by or on behalf of Borrower, or contained in any documentation approved by Borrower; (iv) ownership of the Mortgage, the Property or any interest therein, or receipt of any Rents (including due to any Increased Costs, Special Taxes or Other Taxes); (v) any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to property occurring in, on or about the Property or on the adjoining sidewalks, curbs, adjacent property or adjacent parking areas, streets or ways; (vi) any use, nonuse or condition in, on or about the Property or on adjoining sidewalks, curbs, adjacent property or adjacent parking areas, streets or ways; (vii) performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Property; (viii) any failure of the Property to comply with any Legal Requirement; (ix) any claim by brokers, finders or similar persons claiming to be entitled to a commission in connection with any Lease or other transaction involving the Property or any part thereof, or any liability asserted against Agent or any Lender with respect thereto; and (x) the claims of any lessee of any portion of the Property or any Person acting through or under any lessee or otherwise arising under or as a consequence of any Lease (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided, however, that Borrower shall not have any obligation to Agent and Lenders hereunder to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the active gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Agent and/or any Lender, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not have any liability for the foregoing Indemnified Liabilities to the extent of liability arising as the result of events first occurring (as opposed to being first discovered) during a Lender Control Period except to the extent that any such events are the result of (I) any act or omission of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor or (II) acts, events, conditions, or circumstances that existed prior to commencement of the Lender Control Period, whether or not discovered prior or subsequent to commencement of the Lender Control Period. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, defend and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Borrower shall pay the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Agent, Lenders and Servicer.

Section 4.31 ERISA.

(a)                Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Agent, any Lender or any assignee of any of its rights under the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under the

 89 
 

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) or Section 4975 of the Code.

(b)               Borrower shall not maintain, sponsor, contribute to or become obligated to contribute to, or suffer or permit any ERISA Affiliate of Borrower to, maintain, sponsor, contribute to or become obligated to contribute to, any Plan or any Welfare Plan or permit the assets of Borrower to become “plan assets,” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101, as modified in application by Section 3(42) of ERISA.

(c)                Borrower shall deliver to Agent such certifications or other evidence from time to time throughout the Term, as requested by Agent in its sole discretion, that (A) Borrower and Guarantor are not and do not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; (B) Borrower and Guarantor are not subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (C) the assets of Borrower and Guarantor do not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R §2510.3-101 as modified in application by Section 3(42) of ERISA of any “benefit plan investor” as defined in Section 3(42) of ERISA.

Section 4.32 Patriot Act Compliance.

(a)                Borrower will comply with the Patriot Act, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and all applicable requirements of Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over Borrower and/or the Property, including those relating to money laundering and terrorism. Agent shall have the right to audit Borrower’s compliance with the Patriot Act and all applicable requirements of Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over Borrower and/or the Property, including those relating to money laundering and terrorism.

(b)               Neither Borrower nor any owner of a direct or indirect interest in Borrower

(i) is or will be a Person listed on any Government Lists, (ii) is or will be a Person listed in the annex to, or otherwise to be subject to the prohibitions of, Presidential Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) (“Executive Order 13224”), or subject to any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OFAC or in any enabling legislation or other executive orders in respect thereof, (iii) is a Person that has been previously or will be indicted for or convicted of any felony involving a crime or crimes of moral turpitude or for any Patriot Act Offense, or (iv) is a Person that is currently or will be under investigation by any Governmental Authority for any Patriot Act Offense or other alleged criminal activity (any Person described in any of the foregoing clauses (i)-(iv) a “Proscribed Person”). For purposes hereof, the term “Patriot Act Offense” means any violation of the criminal laws of the United States of America or of any of the several states, or that would be a criminal violation if committed within the jurisdiction of the United States of America or any of the several states, relating to terrorism or the laundering of monetary instruments, including any offense under any Anti-Money Laundering Laws. “Patriot Act Offense” also includes the crimes of conspiracy to commit, or aiding and abetting another to commit, a Patriot Act Offense. For purposes hereof, the term “Government Lists” means (1) the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons Lists and any replacement or other lists maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control or by any successor thereto (“OFAC”), (2) any

 

 90 
 

other list of terrorists, terrorist organizations or narcotics traffickers maintained pursuant to any of the Rules and Regulations of OFAC, (3) any Sanctions Laws-related list of restricted Persons maintained by the U.S. Government or any instrumentality thereof, including without limitation the United States Department of State, the United States Department of Commerce or any other Governmental Authority, or pursuant to any Executive Order of the President of the United States of America, and (4) any similar lists maintained by the United States Department of State, the United States Department of Commerce or any other Sanctions Authority or pursuant to any Executive Order of the President of the United States of America.

(c)                At all times throughout the term of the Loan, including after giving effect to any Transfers permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, (i) none of the funds or other assets of Borrower, Key Principal or Guarantors shall constitute property of, or shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person subject to or targeted by any Sanctions, or subject to or targeted by trade restrictions under United States law, including, but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq., as amended, The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended), the Patriot Act (including the anti-terrorism provisions thereof), Executive Order 13224, and any legislation, executive orders and rules and regulations, enabling or promulgated under any of the foregoing, or targeted by any economic sanctions regime administered or enforced by the U.S. Government (including those administered by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State and the U.S. Department of Commerce) or any Sanctions Authority (each, an “Embargoed Person”), with the result that the investment in Borrower, Key Principal or Guarantors, as applicable (whether directly or indirectly), would be prohibited by law, or the Loan made by Lenders would be in violation of law, (ii) no Embargoed Person or other Prohibited Person shall have any interest of any nature whatsoever in Borrower, Key Principal or Guarantors, as applicable, with the result that the investment in Borrower, Key Principal or Guarantors, as applicable (whether directly or indirectly), would be prohibited by law or the Loan would be in violation of law, and (iii) none of the funds of Borrower, Key Principal or Guarantors, as applicable, shall be derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Borrower, Key Principal or Guarantors, as applicable (whether directly or indirectly), would be prohibited by law or the Loan would be in violation of law.

Section 4.33 Anti-Corruption Obligations. Borrower represents and warrants that, in connection with this Agreement, Borrower and, to Borrower’s knowledge, each Person that has an economic interest in Borrower, has complied with and will continue to comply with all applicable anti-bribery and corruption laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (the “Anti-Corruption Obligation”). Borrower shall, at all times throughout the Term, maintain and enforce appropriate policies, procedures and controls to ensure compliance with the Anti-Corruption Obligation.

Section 4.34 Letters of Credit.

(a)                All Letters of Credit delivered to Agent in connection with this Loan shall be held as collateral and additional security for the payment of the Debt. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the right, at its option, to draw on all or

 91 
 

any portion of any such Letter of Credit and to apply such amount drawn to payment of the Debt in such order, proportion or priority as Agent may determine. Any such application to the Debt after an Event of Default shall be subject to Prepayment Fee and/or Liquidated Damages Amount, if any, applicable thereto. On the Maturity Date, if the Debt has not otherwise been paid in full, any or all of such Letters of Credit may be applied to reduce the Debt. Neither Borrower nor the applicant/obligor under any Letter of Credit shall be entitled to draw upon any Letter of Credit.

(b)               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall only be permitted to deliver a Letter of Credit hereunder to the extent the amount of such Letter of Credit, together with the amounts of all other outstanding Letters of Credit, does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan. In no event shall Borrower be an account party to, or have or incur any reimbursement obligations in connection with, any Letter of Credit. With respect to any Letter of Credit delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan, such Letter of Credit must be accompanied by an instrument reasonably acceptable to Agent whereby the applicant/obligor under such Letter of Credit shall have waived all rights of subrogation against Borrower thereunder until the Debt has been paid in full. Borrower’s delivery of any Letter of Credit after the date hereof shall, at Lender’s option (to the extent any Guarantor, or any Key Principal or any Affiliate of the foregoing is providing any credit support to the institution issuing the applicable Letter of Credit), be conditioned upon Lender’s receipt of an deliver an updated non-consolidation opinion in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Lender and satisfactory to the Rating Agencies.

(c)                Agent shall have the right to transfer and/or assign any Letter of Credit delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan to any assignee or holder of all or any portion of the Loan or any successor to all or any portion of any interest in the Loan or any portion thereof, or to any Servicer, or to any designee of any of the foregoing. Borrower shall assist and cooperate with Agent in any such transfer or assignment of any Letter of Credit and shall reimburse Agent for any and all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by Agent in connection with any such transfer or assignment of a Letter of Credit and Borrower shall pay for any transfer fees and/or other charges which are payable to the bank issuing any such Letter of Credit as a result of any such transfer or assignment of a Letter of Credit.

(d)               In addition to any other right Agent may have to draw upon any Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Agent shall have the additional rights to draw in full any Letter of Credit: (i) with respect to any evergreen Letter of Credit, if Agent has received a notice from the issuing bank that the applicable Letter of Credit will not be renewed and a substitute Letter of Credit is not provided at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the outstanding Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire; (ii) with respect to any Letter of Credit with a stated expiration date, if Agent has not received a notice from the issuing bank that it has renewed the Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire and a substitute Letter of Credit is not provided at least twenty (20) days prior to the date on which the outstanding Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire; (iii) upon receipt of notice from the issuing bank that the Letter of Credit will be terminated (except if the termination of such Letter of Credit is permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or a substitute Letter of Credit is provided at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such termination); or (iv) if the bank issuing the Letter of Credit shall cease to be an Approved LC Bank and Borrower

 92 
 

shall not have replaced such Letter of Credit with a Letter of Credit issued by an Approved LC Bank within ten (10) Business Days after notice thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the above, Agent is not obligated to draw any Letter of Credit upon the happening of an event specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above and shall not be liable for any losses sustained by Borrower or applicant/obligor due to the insolvency of the bank issuing the Letter of Credit if Agent has not drawn the applicable Letter of Credit.

(e)                Borrower shall pay to Agent all of Agent’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with any Letter of Credit, including without limitation any review, issuance, transfer or draw of any Letter of Credit.

Section 4.35 EB-5 Matters. Without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower shall and shall cause all of Borrower’s Affiliates and any constituent party of Borrower to: (i) promptly perform and/or observe, in all material respects, all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed and observed by it under the EB-5 Documents and the EB-5 Program and do all things necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired its material rights thereunder; (ii) promptly notify Agent of any default under the EB-5 Documents and/or the EB-5 Program of which it is aware; (iii) promptly deliver to Agent a copy of each material notice received by it under the EB-5 Documents or in connection with the EB-5 Program (including, without limitation, copies of the Conversion Commencement Notice (as defined in the EB-5 Documents) and any Conversion Election Notice (as defined in the EB-5 Documents)); (iv) perform and enforce the performance and observance of all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed and/or observed under the EB-5 Documents and the EB-5 Program in a commercially reasonable manner; (v) cause the Property to be operated, in all material respects, in accordance with the requirements of the EB-5 Program; (vi) satisfy all EB-5 Payment Obligations, and (vii) not, without the prior written consent of Lender, (A) enter into any new agreement with respect to the EB-5 Program or replace or execute modifications to any existing EB-5 Documents or renew or extend the same (exclusive of, in each case, any automatic renewal or extension in accordance with its terms), (B) terminate or cancel the EB-5 Documents, (C) otherwise modify, change, supplement, alter or amend, or waive or release any of its rights and remedies under, the EB-5 Documents in any material respect, (D) add any additional investors (i.e. beyond those in place as of the Closing Date) in Sole Member (or any other direct and/or indirect interest in Borrower) that are making said investment in order to avail themselves of the benefits of the EB-5 Program, or (E) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, exercise any rights, make any decisions, grant any approvals or otherwise take any action under the EB-5 Documents.

 

Section 4.36 Development Agreement Matters. Without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower shall, and shall cause Manager, as applicable, to (i) promptly perform and/or observe all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed and observed by it under the Development Agreement and related Legal Requirements and do all things necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired its rights thereunder (including, without limitation, the Development Agreement Benefits); (ii) promptly notify Agent of any default or non-compliance under the Development Agreement of which it is aware; (iii) cause the Property to be operated in accordance with the Development Agreement and all

 

 93 
 

other applicable Legal Requirements; (iv) deliver to Agent any notices or material documents or notices received in writing from any applicable Governmental Authority relating to the Development Agreement and/or the Development Agreement Benefits within five (5) Business Days after Borrower receives the same; and (v) not, without the prior written consent of Agent, (A) withdraw, or cause the Property to lose its eligibility for any benefits under the Development Agreement, (B) surrender, terminate or cancel, or consent to or cause the surrender, termination or cancellation of the Development Agreement, (C) reduce or consent to the reduction of any benefits allocated to Borrower and/or the Property under Development Agreement, (D) increase or consent to the increase of any obligation applicable to Borrower and/or the Property under the Development Agreement, (E) otherwise modify, change, supplement, alter or amend, or waive or release any of its rights and remedies of Borrower and/or the Property under the Development Agreement, or (F) following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, exercise any rights, make any decisions, grant any approvals or otherwise take any action under the Development Agreement (except where Borrower is required to act, in a non-discretionary manner, in order to comply with the express terms thereof).

ARTICLE 5

 

INSURANCE, CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION

Section 5.1 Insurance.

5.1.1        Insurance Policies.

(a)                Borrower, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain during the entire Term, or cause to be maintained, insurance policies for Borrower and the Property providing at least the following coverages:

(i)                 Property insurance against loss or damage by fire, any type of wind (including named storms), lightning, and such other perils as are included in a standard “special form” or “all-risk” policy, and against loss or damage by all other risks and hazards covered by a standard extended coverage insurance policy, with no exclusion for damage or destruction caused by acts of terrorism (or, subject to Section 5.1.1(i) below, standalone coverage with respect thereto) riot and civil commotion, vandalism, malicious mischief, burglary and theft (A) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost” of the Property, which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver of depreciation; (B) have deductibles no greater than $25,000, with the exception of wind/named storm or earthquake, which may have deductibles not to exceed five percent (5%) of the total insurable value of the Property per occurrence; (C) to be written on a no coinsurance form or containing an agreed amount endorsement with respect to the Improvements and personal property at the Property waiving all co-insurance provisions; and (D) containing “Ordinance or Law Coverage” if any of the Improvements or the use of the Property shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses, and compensating for loss to the undamaged portion of the building (with a limit equal to replacement cost), the cost of demolition and the increased

 94 
 

costs of construction, each in amounts as required by Agent. In addition, Borrower shall obtain: (y) if any portion of the Improvements or Personal Property is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated special flood hazard area (“SFHA”), flood hazard insurance for all such Improvements and/or Personal Property located in the SFHA in an amount equal to (1) the maximum amount of building and, if applicable, contents insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as each may be amended (the “Flood Insurance Acts”) plus (2) such additional coverage as Agent shall require, subject to a deductible not to exceed an amount equal to the maximum available through the Flood Insurance Acts; and (z) earthquake insurance in amounts and in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (provided that Lender shall not require earthquake insurance unless the Property is located in an area with a high degree of seismic activity), provided that the insurance pursuant to clauses (y) and (z) hereof shall be on terms consistent with the comprehensive all risk insurance policy required under this subsection (i);

(ii)              commercial general liability insurance, including coverages against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Property, such insurance (A) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form and containing minimum limits per occurrence of One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00), with a combined limit per policy year, excluding umbrella coverage, of not less than Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00); (B) to continue at not less than the aforesaid limit until required to be changed by Agent by reason of changed economic conditions making such protection inadequate; and (C) to cover at least the following hazards: (1) premises and operations; (2) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (3) independent contractors; and (4) contractual liability for all insured contracts to the extent the same is available;

(iii)            rental loss and/or business income interruption insurance (A) with loss payable to Agent; (B) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above, subsection (vi) below and Section 5.1.1(h) below; (C) covering a period of restoration of eighteen (18) months and containing an extended period of indemnity endorsement which provides that after the physical loss to the Improvements and Personal Property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such income either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of twenty-four (24) months from the date that the Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs, and notwithstanding that the policy may expire prior to the end of such period; and (D) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the projected Gross Revenue from the Property (less non-continuing expenses) for a period of eighteen (18) months. The amount of such business income insurance shall be determined prior to the date hereof and at least once each year thereafter based on Borrower’s reasonable estimate of the Gross Revenue from the Property (less non-continuing expenses) for the succeeding eighteen (18) month period. All proceeds payable to Agent pursuant to this subsection shall be held by Agent and shall be applied to the Obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and

 95 
 

payable hereunder and under the Note; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve Borrower of its Obligations to pay the Debt on the respective dates of payment provided for in the Note and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such business income insurance;

(iv)             at all times during which structural construction, repairs or alterations are being made with respect to the Improvements, and only if the property or liability coverage forms do not otherwise apply, (A) commercial general liability and umbrella liability insurance covering claims related to the construction, repairs or alterations being made which are not covered by or under the terms or provisions of the commercial general liability and umbrella liability insurance policy required as set forth in Section 5.1.1(a); and (B) the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above written in a so-called builder’s risk completed value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) against all risks insured against pursuant to subsection (i) above, (3) including permission to occupy the Property, and (4) with an agreed amount endorsement waiving co-insurance provisions;

(v)               workers’ compensation, subject to the statutory limits of the state in which the Property is located, and employer’s liability insurance with limits which are required from time to time by Agent in respect of any work or operations on or about the Property, or in connection with the Property or its operation (if applicable);

(vi)             comprehensive boiler and machinery/equipment breakdown insurance, if applicable, in amounts as shall be reasonably required by Agent on terms consistent with the commercial property insurance policy required under subsection

(i)  above;

(vii)          umbrella liability insurance in addition to primary coverage in an amount not less than $25,000,000 per occurrence on terms consistent with the commercial general liability insurance policy required under subsection (ii) above and subsection (viii) below;

(viii)        motor vehicle liability coverage for all owned and non-owned vehicles, including rented and leased vehicles containing minimum limits per occurrence, including umbrella coverage, with limits which are required from time to time by Agent (if applicable);

(ix)             intentionally omitted;

(x)               insurance against employee dishonesty with respect to any employees of Borrower in an amount not less than one (1) month of Gross Revenue from the Property and with a deductible not greater than Twenty Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($25,000.00);

(xi)             earthquake insurance in amounts and in form and substance satisfactory to Agent in the event the Property is located in an area with a high degree of

 96 
 

seismic activity and the PML/SEL of the Property exceeds twenty percent (20%), provided, that, if the earthquake insurance is provided pursuant to an Acceptable Blank Policy, such earthquake insurance shall be in an amount not less than the annual aggregate gross loss estimates for a 475-year event as indicated in a portfolio seismic risk analysis for all high risk locations sharing the earthquake limit, including the Property (such analysis to be approved by Agent and secured by the Borrower utilizing the most current Risk Management Solutions model, or its equivalent, inclusive of loss amplification and business income), provided that the insurance pursuant to this clause (xi) shall be on terms consistent with the comprehensive all risk insurance policy required under this Section 5.1.1(a); and

(xii)          upon sixty (60) days’ notice, such other reasonable insurance and in such reasonable amounts as Agent from time to time may reasonably request against such other insurable hazards which at the time are commonly insured against for properties similar to the Property located in or around the region in which the Property is located;.

(b)               All insurance provided for in Section 5.1.1(a) shall be obtained under valid and enforceable policies (collectively, the “Policies” or in the singular, the “Policy”) and shall be subject to the approval of Agent as to form and substance, including insurance companies, amounts, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. Not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration dates of the Policies theretofore furnished to Agent, certificates of insurance evidencing the Policies (and, upon the written request of Agent, copies of such Policies) accompanied by evidence satisfactory to Agent of payment of the premiums then due thereunder (the “Insurance Premiums”), shall be delivered by Borrower to Agent.

(c)                Any blanket insurance Policy shall be subject to Agent approval and shall otherwise provide the same protection as would a separate Policy insuring only the Property in compliance with the provisions of Section 5.1.1(a) (any such blanket policy, an “Acceptable Blanket Policy”). To the extent that the Policies are maintained pursuant to an Acceptable Blanket Policy that covers more than one location within a one thousand foot radius of the Property (the “Radius”), the limits of such Acceptable Blanket Policy must be sufficient to maintain coverage as set forth in Section 5.1.1(a) for the Property and any and all other locations combined within the Radius that are covered by such blanket policy calculated on a total insured value basis. Borrower shall notify Agent of any changes to the Acceptable Blanket Policy, including changes to the limits and the insured values covered under the Acceptable Blanket Policy, which such changes shall be subject Agent’s approval.

(d)               All Policies of insurance provided for or contemplated by Section 5.1.1(a), shall name Borrower as a named insured and, with respect to Policies of liability insurance, except for the Policies referenced in Section 5.1.1(a)(v) and (viii), shall name Agent (on behalf of Lenders) and its successors and/or assigns as additional insured, as its interests may appear, and in the case of Policies of property insurance, including but not limited to special form/all-risk, boiler and machinery, terrorism, windstorm, flood, rental loss and/or business interruption and earthquake insurance, shall contain a standard non-contributing mortgagee clause in favor of Agent (on behalf of Lenders) providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to Agent unless below the threshold for Borrower to handle such claim without Agent intervention as provided in Section 

 97 
 

5.2 below. Additionally, if Borrower obtains property insurance coverage in addition to or in excess of that required by Section 5.1.1(a)(i), then such insurance policies shall also contain a standard non-contributing mortgagee clause in favor of Agent (on behalf of Lenders) providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to Agent.

(e)                All Policies of insurance provided for in Section 5.1.1(a), shall:

(i)                 with respect to the Policies of property insurance, contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that, (1) no act or negligence of Borrower, or anyone acting for Borrower, or of any Tenant or other occupant, or failure to comply with the provisions of any Policy, which might otherwise result in a forfeiture of the insurance or any part thereof, or foreclosure or similar action, shall in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the insurance insofar as Agent is concerned (2) the Policies shall not be cancelled without at least 30 days’ written notice to Agent, except ten (10) days’ notice for non-payment of premium and (3) the issuer(s) of the Policies shall give written notice to Agent if the issuers elect not to renew the Policies prior to its expiration;

(ii)              with respect to all Policies of liability insurance, if obtainable by Borrower using commercially reasonable efforts, contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that, (1) the Policy shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Agent and any other party named therein as an additional insured (other than in the case of non-payment in which case only ten days prior notice, or the shortest time allowed by applicable Legal Requirement (whichever is longer), will be required) and shall not be materially changed (other than to increase the coverage provided thereby) without such a thirty (30) day notice and (2) the issuers thereof shall give notice to Agent if the issuers elect not to renew such Policies prior to its expiration. If the issuers cannot or will not provide notice, the Borrower shall be obligated to provide such notice; and

(iii)            not contain any clause or provision that would make either Agent or any Lender liable for any Insurance Premiums thereon or subject to any assessments thereunder.

(f)                If at any time Agent is not in receipt of written evidence that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect, Agent shall have the right, without notice to Borrower, to take such action as Agent deems necessary to protect its interest in the Property, including the obtaining of such insurance coverage as Agent in its sole discretion deems appropriate and all premiums incurred by Agent in connection with such action or in obtaining such insurance and keeping it in effect shall be paid by Borrower to Agent upon demand and until paid shall be secured by the Mortgage and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

(g)               In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or other transfer of title to the Property in extinguishment in whole or in part of the Obligations, all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Policies that are not blanket Policies then in force concerning the Property and all proceeds payable thereunder shall thereupon vest in the purchaser at such foreclosure or Agent or other transferee in the event of such other transfer of title.

 

 98 
 

(h)               The property insurance, commercial general liability, umbrella liability insurance and rental loss and/or business interruption insurance required under Sections 5.1.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (vii) above shall cover perils of terrorism and acts of terrorism (or at least not specifically exclude same) and Borrower shall maintain property insurance, commercial general liability, umbrella liability insurance and rental loss and/or business interruption insurance for loss resulting from perils and acts of terrorism on terms (including amounts and deductibles) consistent with those required under Sections 5.1.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (vii) above (or at least not specifically excluding same) at all times during the term of the Loan. For so long as TRIPRA is in effect and continues to cover both foreign and domestic acts, Agent shall accept terrorism insurance with coverage against acts which are “certified” within the meaning of TRIPRA.

(i)                 Notwithstanding anything in subsection (a)(i) or (h) above to the contrary, Borrower shall be required to obtain and maintain coverage in its property insurance Policy (or by a separate Policy) against loss or damage by terrorist acts in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost” of the Property plus the rental loss and/or business interruption coverage under subsection (a)(iii) above; provided that such coverage is available. In the event that such coverage with respect to terrorist acts is not included as part of the “all risk” property policy required by subsection (a)(i) above, Borrower shall, nevertheless be required to obtain coverage for terrorism (as standalone coverage) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost” of the Property plus the rental loss and/or business interruption coverage under subsection (a)(iii) above; provided that such coverage is available. Borrower shall obtain the coverage required under this clause (i) from a carrier which otherwise satisfies the rating criteria specified in Section 5.1.2 below (a “Qualified Carrier”) or in the event that such coverage is not available from a Qualified Carrier, Borrower shall obtain such coverage from the highest rated insurance company providing such coverage.

5.1.2        Insurance Company. All Policies required pursuant to Section 5.1.1: (i) shall be issued by companies authorized or licensed to do business in the state where the Property is located, with a financial strength and claims paying ability rating of (1) “A” or better by S&P (provided, however for multi-layered policies, (A) if four (4) or fewer insurance companies issue the Policies, then at least 75% of the insurance coverage represented by the Policies must be provided by insurance companies with a rating of “A” or better by S&P, with no remaining carrier below “BBB” with S&P, or (B) if five (5) or more insurance companies issue the Policies, then at least sixty percent (60%) of the insurance coverage represented by the Policies must be provided by insurance companies with a rating of “A” or better by S&P, with no remaining carrier below “BBB” with S&P, and (2) “A:X” or better in the current Best’s Insurance Reports; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to maintain general liability and umbrella coverage with James River Insurance Company, rated “A IX” by AM Best, provided that (x) the AM Best rating of James River Insurance Company as of the date hereof is not withdrawn or downgraded below the date hereof and (y) at renewal of the current policy term on 03/16/2023, Borrower shall replace James River Insurance Company with an insurance company meeting the rating requirements set forth hereinabove; (ii) shall, with respect to all property insurance policies and rental loss and/or business interruption insurance policies, contain a Standard Mortgagee Clause/Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement, or their equivalents, naming Agent as the person to whom all payments made by such insurance company shall be paid; (iii) shall contain a waiver of

 99 
 

subrogation against Agent; (iv) shall contain such provisions as Agent deems reasonably necessary or desirable to protect its interest including endorsements providing (A) that neither Borrower, Agent nor any other party shall be a co-insurer under said Policies and (B) in addition to complying with any other requirements expressly set forth in Section 5.1, for a deductible per loss of an amount not more than that which is customarily maintained by prudent owners of properties with a standard of operation and maintenance comparable to and in the general vicinity of the Property, but in no event in excess of an amount reasonably acceptable to Agent; and (v) shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Agent and shall be approved by Agent as to amounts, form, risk coverage, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. In addition to the insurance coverages described in Section 5.1.1 above, Borrower shall obtain such other insurance as may from time to time be reasonably required by Agent in order to protect its interests. Complete copies of the Policies shall be delivered to Agent at the address below (or to such other address or Person as Agent shall designate from time to time by notice to Borrower) on the date hereof with respect to the current Policies and within thirty (30) days after the effective date thereof with respect to all renewal Policies:

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,

its successors and/or assigns as their interest may appear 1 Columbus Circle,

New York, New York 10019 Attn: Joanne Marcino

Borrower shall pay the Insurance Premiums annually in advance as the same become due and payable and shall furnish to Agent evidence of the renewal of each of the Policies with receipts for the payment of the Insurance Premiums or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Agent (provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to pay such Insurance Premiums nor furnish such evidence of payment to Agent in the event that the amounts required to pay such Insurance Premiums have been deposited into the Insurance Account pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof). Within thirty (30) days after request by Agent, Borrower shall obtain such increases in the amounts of coverage required hereunder as may be reasonably requested by Agent, taking into consideration changes in the value of money over time, changes in liability laws, changes in prudent customs and practices.

Section 5.2 Casualty. If the Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”), Borrower shall give prompt notice thereof to Agent. Following the occurrence of a Casualty, Borrower, regardless of whether insurance proceeds are available, shall promptly proceed to restore, repair, replace or rebuild the Property in accordance with Legal Requirements to be of at least equal value and of substantially the same character as prior to such damage or destruction (provided, however, solely to the extent that Lender is obligated pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement to make insurance proceeds available and fails (in violation of the terms of this Agreement) to make the same available, Borrower shall not be obligated to proceed with such portion of the restoration which would be covered by the applicable insurance proceeds until such time as Agent makes the same available). Agent may, but shall not be obligated to make proof of loss if not made promptly by Borrower. In addition, Agent may participate in any settlement discussions with any insurance companies (and shall approve in its reasonable discretion any final settlement) (i) if an Event of Default is continuing or

 

 100 
 

(ii)    with respect to any Casualty in which the Net Proceeds or the costs of completing the Restoration are equal to or greater than One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000) and Borrower shall deliver to Agent all instruments required by Agent to permit such participation. Any Insurance Proceeds in connection with any Casualty (whether or not Agent elects to settle and adjust the claim or Borrower settles such claim) shall be due and payable solely to Agent and held by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event Borrower or any party other than Agent is a payee on any check representing Insurance Proceeds with respect to any Casualty, Borrower shall immediately endorse, and cause all such third parties to endorse, such check payable to the order of Agent (on behalf of Lenders). Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Agent as its attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest, to endorse any such check payable to the order of Agent (on behalf of Lenders). Borrower hereby releases Agent and Lenders from any and all liability with respect to the settlement and adjustment by Agent of any claims in respect of any Casualty.

Section 5.3 Condemnation. Borrower shall promptly give Agent notice of the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding for the Condemnation of all or any portion of the Property and shall deliver to Agent copies of any and all papers served in connection with such proceedings. Agent may participate in any such proceedings, and Borrower shall from time to time deliver to Agent all instruments requested by it to permit such participation. Borrower shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with Agent, its attorneys and experts, and cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings. Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including, but not limited to, any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), Borrower shall continue to pay the Debt at the time and in the manner provided for its payment in the Note and in this Agreement and the Debt shall not be reduced until any Award shall have been actually received and applied by Agent, after the deduction of expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Debt. Agent shall not be limited to the interest paid on the Award by the condemning authority but shall be entitled to receive out of the Award interest at the rate or rates provided herein or in the Note. If the Property or any portion thereof is taken by a condemning authority, Borrower shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration of the Property and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 5.4, whether or not an Award is available to pay the costs of such Restoration (provided, however, solely to the extent that Agent is obligated pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement to make any Award available to Borrower for restoration and fails (in violation of the terms of this Agreement) to make the same available, Borrower shall not be obligated to proceed with such portion of the restoration which would be covered by the applicable insurance proceeds until such time as Agent makes the same available). If the Property is sold, through foreclosure or otherwise, prior to the receipt by Agent of the Award, Agent shall have the right, whether or not a deficiency judgment on the Note shall have been sought, recovered or denied, to receive the Award, or a portion thereof sufficient to pay the Debt.

Section 5.4 Restoration. The following provisions shall apply in connection with the Restoration:

(a)                If the Net Proceeds shall be less than the Restoration Threshold and the costs of completing the Restoration shall be less than the Restoration Threshold, and provided no

 

 101 
 

Event of Default is continuing, the Net Proceeds will be disbursed by Agent to Borrower upon receipt, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 5.4(b)(i) are met and Borrower delivers to Agent a written undertaking to expeditiously commence and to satisfactorily complete with due diligence the Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)               If the Net Proceeds are equal to or greater than the Restoration Threshold or the costs of completing the Restoration are equal to or greater than the Restoration Threshold, the Net Proceeds will be held by Agent and Agent shall make the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4. The term “Net Proceeds” shall mean: (i) the net amount of all insurance proceeds received by Agent pursuant to Section 5.1.1 (a)(i), (iii), (iv), (vi) and Section 5.1.1(h) as a result of such damage or destruction, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“Insurance Proceeds”), or (ii) the net amount of the Award, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“Condemnation Proceeds”), whichever the case may be.

(i)                 The Net Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower for Restoration upon the determination of Agent, in its sole discretion, that the following conditions are met:

(A)             no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(B)              (1) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total floor area of the Improvements on the Property has been damaged, destroyed or rendered unusable as a result of such Casualty or (2) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, less than ten percent (10%) of the land constituting the Property is taken, and such land is located along the perimeter or periphery of the Property, and no portion of the Improvements is located on such land;

(C)              Leases demising in the aggregate a percentage amount equal to or greater than seventy-five percent (75%) of the total rentable space in the Property which has been demised under executed and delivered Leases in effect as of the date of the occurrence of such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, shall remain in full force and effect during and after the completion of the Restoration without abatement of rent beyond the time required for Restoration, notwithstanding the occurrence of any such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, and will make all necessary repairs and restorations thereto that are not being made by Borrower as part of the Restoration at their sole cost and expense;

(D)             Borrower shall commence the Restoration as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, occurs) and shall diligently pursue the same to satisfactory completion;

 

 102 
 

(E)              Agent shall be satisfied that any operating deficits, including all scheduled payments of principal and interest under the Note, which will be incurred with respect to the Property as a result of the occurrence of any such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, will be covered out of (1) the Net Proceeds, (2) the insurance coverage referred to in Section 5.1.1(a)(iii), if applicable, or (3) by other funds of Borrower;

(F)               Agent shall be satisfied that the (x) Restoration will be completed on or before the earliest to occur of (1) the date three (3) months prior to the Stated Maturity Date, (2) the earliest date required for such completion under the terms of any Lease, (3) such time as may be required under applicable Legal Requirements or (4) six (6) months prior to the expiration of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 5.1.1(a)(iii) and (y) the Property can be restored to the Property’s pre-existing condition and utility as existed immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, and to an economic unit not less valuable and not less useful than the same was immediately prior to the Casualty or Condemnation;

(G)             intentionally omitted;

(H)             the Property and the use thereof after the Restoration will be in compliance with and permitted under all applicable Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, the EB-5 Program) as well as the EB-5 Documents;

(I)                the Restoration shall be done and completed by Borrower in an expeditious and diligent fashion and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirement;

(J)                such Casualty or Condemnation, as applicable, does not result in the loss of access to the Property or the related Improvements;

(K)             the Restoration DSCR, after giving effect to the Restoration, shall be equal to or greater than 2:53:1.00;

(L)              the Loan to Value Ratio after giving effect to the Restoration, shall be equal to or less than sixty-two percent (62%); provided that the Loan to Value Ratio shall be equal to or less than sixty five percent (65%) if the Loan has been fully advanced to Borrower as of the date of such Restoration;

(M)            Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Agent a signed detailed budget approved in writing by Borrower’s architect or engineer stating the entire cost of completing the Restoration, which budget shall be acceptable to Agent; and

(N)             the Net Proceeds together with any cash or cash equivalent deposited by Borrower with Agent are sufficient in Agent’s discretion to cover the cost of the Restoration.

 103 
 

(ii)              The Net Proceeds shall be held by Agent in the Casualty and Condemnation Account and, until disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4(b), shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents. The Net Proceeds shall be disbursed by Agent to, or as directed by, Borrower from time to time during the course of the Restoration, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to Agent that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed (except to the extent that they are to be paid for out of the requested disbursement) in connection with the Restoration have been paid for in full, and (B) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s or materialman’s liens or notices of intention to file same, or any other liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on the Property which have not either been fully bonded to the satisfaction of Agent and discharged of record or in the alternative fully insured to the satisfaction of Agent by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy.

(iii)            All plans and specifications required in connection with the Restoration shall be subject to the prior approval of Agent and an independent consulting engineer selected by Agent (the “Casualty Consultant”). Agent shall have the use of the plans and specifications and all permits, licenses and approvals required or obtained in connection with the Restoration. The identity of the contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration, as well as the contracts under which they have been engaged, shall be subject to the approval of Agent and the Casualty Consultant. All costs and expenses incurred by Agent and any Lender in connection with recovering, holding and advancing the Net Proceeds for the Restoration including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and the Casualty Consultant’s fees and disbursements, shall be paid by Borrower.

(iv)             In no event shall Agent be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Casualty Consultant, less the Casualty Retainage. The term “Casualty Retainage” shall mean, as to each contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration, (A) an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the costs actually incurred for work and materials in place as part of the Restoration (excluding any “soft costs” for which retainage is not customary) until such time as the Casualty Consultant certifies to Agent that Net Proceeds representing fifty percent (50%) of the required Restoration have been disbursed and (B) an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the costs actually incurred for work and materials in place as part of the Restoration (excluding any “soft costs” for which retainage is not customary) thereafter. The Casualty Retainage shall in no event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 5.4(b), be less than the amount actually held back by Borrower from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration. The Casualty Retainage shall not be released until the Casualty Consultant certifies to Agent that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4(b) and that all approvals necessary for the re-occupancy and use of the Property have been obtained from all appropriate Governmental Authorities, and Agent receives evidence satisfactory to Agent that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or

 104 
 

will be paid in full out of the Casualty Retainage; provided, however, that Agent will release the portion of the Casualty Retainage being held with respect to any contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration as of the date upon which (i) the Casualty Consultant certifies to Agent that such contractor, subcontractor or materialman has satisfactorily completed all work and has supplied all materials in accordance with the provisions of such contractor’s, subcontractor’s or materialman’s contract, (ii) the contractor, subcontractor or materialman delivers the lien waivers and evidence of payment in full of all sums due to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman as may be reasonably requested by Agent or by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and (iii)  Agent receives an endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy insuring the continued priority of the Lien of the Mortgage and evidence of payment of any premium payable for such endorsement. If required by Agent, the release of any such portion of the Casualty Retainage shall be approved by the surety company, if any, which has issued a payment or performance bond with respect to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman.

(v)               Agent shall not be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds more frequently than once every calendar month.

(vi)             If at any time the Net Proceeds (excluding the Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.1.1(a)(iii)) or the undisbursed balance thereof shall not, in the opinion of Agent in consultation with the Casualty Consultant, be sufficient to pay in full the balance of the costs which are estimated by the Casualty Consultant to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Restoration, Borrower shall deposit the deficiency (the “Net Proceeds Deficiency”) with Agent (for deposit into the Casualty and Condemnation Account) before any further disbursement of the Net Proceeds shall be made. The Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Agent shall be deposited by Agent into the Casualty and Condemnation Account and shall be disbursed for costs actually incurred in connection with the Restoration on the same conditions applicable to the disbursement of the Net Proceeds, and until so disbursed pursuant to this Section 5.4(b) shall constitute additional security for the Obligations.

(vii)          The excess, if any, of the Net Proceeds and the remaining balance, if any, of the Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Agent after the Casualty Consultant certifies to Agent that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4(b), and the receipt by Agent of evidence satisfactory to Agent that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted by Agent to Borrower, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing.

(a)                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, including the provisions of this Section 5.4, if the Loan is included in a REMIC Trust and, immediately following a release of any portion of the Lien of the Mortgage following a Casualty or Condemnation (but taking into account any proposed Restoration of the remaining Property), the ratio of the unpaid principal balance of the Loan to the value of the remaining Property is greater than 125% (such value to be determined, in Agent’s sole discretion, by any commercially reasonable method permitted to a REMIC Trust; and which shall exclude the value of personal 

 105 
 

property or going concern value, if any), the Outstanding Principal Balance must be paid down by an amount equal to the least of the following amounts: (i) the net Award (after payment of Agent’s and Lenders’ costs and expenses and any other fees and expenses that have been approved by Agent) or the net Insurance Proceeds (after payment of Agent’s and Lenders’ costs and expenses and any other fees and expenses that have been approved by Agent), as the case may be, or (ii) a “qualified amount” as that term is defined in the IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-30, as the same may be amended, replaced, supplemented or modified from time to time, unless Agent receives an opinion of counsel that if such amount is not paid, the applicable Securitization will not fail to maintain its status as a REMIC Trust as a result of the related release of such portion of the Lien of the Mortgage. If and to the extent the preceding sentence applies, only such amount of the net Award or net Insurance Proceeds (as applicable), if any, in excess of the amount required to pay down the principal balance of the Loan may be released for purposes of Restoration or released to Borrower as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 5.4.

(b)               All Net Proceeds not required (i) to be made available for the Restoration or (ii) to be returned to Borrower as excess Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.4(b)(vii) may be retained and applied by Agent in accordance with Section 2.4.3 hereof toward the payment of the Debt whether or not then due and payable in such order, priority and proportions as Agent in its sole discretion shall deem proper, or, at the discretion of Agent, the same may be paid, either in whole or in part, to Borrower for such purposes as Agent shall approve, in its discretion. Additionally, throughout the term of the Loan if an Event of Default is continuing, then Borrower shall pay to Agent, with respect to any payment of the Debt pursuant to this Section 5.4(d), an additional amount equal to the Spread Maintenance Premium (if such payment is made prior to the Spread Maintenance Date) and the Exit Fee; provided, however, that if an Event of Default is not continuing, then no Spread Maintenance Premium shall be payable.

(c)                In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage, or other transfer of title to the Property in extinguishment in whole or in part of the Debt all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Policies that are not blanket Policies then in force concerning the Property and all proceeds payable thereunder shall thereupon vest in the purchaser at such foreclosure or Agent or other transferee in the event of such other transfer of title.

(d)               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if in connection with a Casualty, any insurance company makes a payment under a property or business or rental interruption insurance Policy that Borrower proposes be treated as business or rental interruption insurance, then, notwithstanding any designation (or lack of designation) by the insurance company as to the purpose of such payment, as between Agent and Borrower, such payment shall not be treated as business or rental interruption Insurance Proceeds unless Borrower (i) has demonstrated to Agent’s satisfaction that the remaining Net Proceeds that have been received from the property insurance companies are sufficient to pay 100% of the cost of the Restoration or, if such Net Proceeds are to be applied to repay the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof, that such remaining Net Proceeds will be sufficient to satisfy the Obligations in full or (ii) to the extent Borrower is not able to satisfy Agent as to the sufficiency of the remaining funds to pay 100% of the Restoration or to satisfy the Obligations in full prior to distribution of Net Proceeds, Borrower has agreed to fund any shortfall from funds other than from Gross Revenues or borrowed funds and has provided such security as Agent may require to insure payment of such shortfalls.

 106 
 

To the extent any payment under a property or business or rental interruption insurance Policy is treated as business or rental interruption insurance in accordance with this paragraph (f), such funds shall be deposited into the Casualty and Condemnation Account. Provided that no Event of Default then exists, Insurance Proceeds treated as business or rental interruption insurance in accordance with this paragraph (f) (to the extent of available funds) shall be (A) first applied by Agent, on each Monthly Payment Date, to pay for Debt Service, deposits of Reserve Funds and payments of Monthly Operating Expense Budgeted Amount and Approved Extraordinary Operating Expenses, in each case as approved by Agent actually incurred (collectively, the “Approved Monthly BI Expenses”) for such month pursuant to, and in the priorities set forth in, Section 6.16.1, and (B) second, to the extent that Agent determines that the amount of business or rental interruption Insurance Proceeds then remaining in the Casualty and Condemnation Account is sufficient to pay for all future Approved Monthly BI Expenses through the completion of the subject Restoration and stabilization of the Property, disbursed by Agent to Borrower in an aggregate amount under this clause (B) not to exceed the Approved Monthly BI Expenses actually incurred and paid for by Borrower from the date of the applicable Casualty to the date of the first installment of business or rental interruption Insurance Proceeds advanced by the applicable insurance company (as evidenced by supporting documentation by Borrower that is acceptable to Agent). Provided no Trigger Period then exists, all remaining business or rental interruption insurance proceeds shall be disbursed to Borrower upon the final completion of the subject Restoration and the recommencement of full unabated rent being paid by the Tenants under the Leases required to remain in place pursuant to Section 5.4(b)(i)(C).

ARTICLE 6

 

CASH MANAGEMENT AND RESERVE FUNDS

Section 6.1 Cash Management Arrangements.

(a)                Borrower shall cause all Gross Revenue to be transmitted directly by non-residential Tenants of the Property into a trust account (the “Clearing Account”) established and maintained by Borrower at an Eligible Institution selected by Borrower and reasonably approved by Agent (the “Clearing Bank”) as more fully described in the Clearing Account Agreement. To the extent the Borrower receives notice from the Clearing Bank that it intends to terminate the Clearing Account Agreement, Borrower shall establish a new Clearing Account at an Eligible Institution reasonably approved by Agent and enter into a new clearing account agreement that is substantially similar to then-existing Clearing Account Agreement (with such changes as are reasonably approved by Agent) on or prior to the date such then-existing Clearing Account Agreement is terminated. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, if Borrower or Manager receive any Gross Revenue from the Property (including, without limitation, amounts payable pursuant to the Development Agreement or in relation to the Development Agreement Benefits), then (i) such amounts shall be deemed to be collateral for the Obligations and shall be held in trust for the benefit, and as the property, of Agent (on behalf of Lenders), (ii) such amounts shall not be commingled with any other funds or property of Borrower or Manager, and (iii) Borrower or Manager shall deposit such amounts in the Clearing Account within one (1) Business Day of receipt. Funds deposited into the Clearing Account shall be swept by the Clearing Bank on a daily basis into Borrower’s operating account at the Clearing Bank, unless a Trigger Period is

 107 
 

continuing, in which event such funds shall be swept on a daily basis into the Deposit Account and applied and disbursed in accordance with this Agreement and the Cash Management Agreement. Funds in the Deposit Account that are invested shall be invested in Permitted Investments, as more particularly set forth in the Cash Management Agreement. Agent may also establish subaccounts of the Deposit Account which shall at all times be Eligible Accounts (and may be ledger or book entry accounts and not actual accounts) (such subaccounts are referred to herein as “Accounts”). The Deposit Account and all other Accounts will be under the sole dominion and control of Agent, and Borrower shall have no right of withdrawal therefrom. Borrower shall pay for all expenses of opening and maintaining all of the above accounts.

(b)               Borrower or Manager shall, within five (5) Business Days after the Closing Date, deliver a notice in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto to each existing non-residential Tenant at the Property (the “Tenant Direction Letter”), directing such non-residential Tenants to remit their rent checks directly to the Clearing Bank in accordance with such Tenant Direction Letter, and shall also deliver a Tenant Direction Letter to each future non-residential Tenant at the Property.

Section 6.2 Intentionally Omitted. Section 6.3 Tax Funds.

6.3.1        Deposits of Tax Funds. Borrower shall deposit with Agent (i) on the Closing Date, an amount equal to $43,399.81 and (ii) on each Monthly Payment Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the Real Estate Taxes that Agent estimates will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months (initially, $3,945.44), in order to accumulate sufficient funds to pay all such Real Estate Taxes at least thirty (30) days prior to their respective due dates, which amounts shall be transferred into an Account (the “Tax Account”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Tax Account pursuant to this Section 6.3.1 are referred to herein as the “Tax Funds”. If at any time Agent reasonably determines that the Tax Funds will not be sufficient to pay the Real Estate Taxes, Agent shall notify Borrower of such determination and the monthly deposits for Real Estate Taxes shall be increased by the amount that Agent estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least ten (10) days prior to the respective due dates for the Real Estate Taxes; provided, that if Borrower receives notice of any deficiency after the date that is ten (10) days prior to the date that Real Estate Taxes are due, Borrower will deposit with or on behalf of Agent such amount within three (3) Business Days after its receipt of such notice.

6.3.2        Release of Tax Funds. Provided no Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, Agent shall direct Servicer to apply Tax Funds in the Tax Account to payments of Real Estate Taxes. In making any payment relating to Real Estate Taxes, Agent may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office (with respect to Real Estate Taxes) without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim thereof. If the amount of the Tax Funds shall exceed the amounts due for Real Estate Taxes and provided that no Trigger Period exists, Agent shall, in its sole but good faith discretion, return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future payments to be made to the Tax Funds. Any Tax Funds remaining in the Tax Account after the Obligations have been paid in full shall be returned to Borrower.

 108 
 

Section 6.4 Insurance Funds.

6.4.1        Deposits of Insurance Funds. Borrower shall deposit with or on behalf of Agent

(i) on the Closing Date, an amount equal to $0 and (ii) on each Monthly Payment Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the Insurance Premiums that Agent estimates will be payable for the renewal of the coverage afforded by the Policies upon the expiration thereof (initially $48,289.64), in order to accumulate sufficient funds to pay all such Insurance Premiums at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Policies, which amounts shall be transferred into an Account established at Deposit Bank to hold such funds (the “Insurance Account”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Insurance Account pursuant to this Section 6.4.1 are referred to herein as the “Insurance Funds”. If at any time Agent reasonably determines that the Insurance Funds will not be sufficient to pay the Insurance Premiums, Agent shall notify Borrower of such determination and the monthly deposits for Insurance Premiums shall be increased by the amount that Agent estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of the Policies.

6.4.2        Release of Insurance Funds. Provided no Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, Agent shall direct Servicer to apply Insurance Funds in the Insurance Account to the timely payment of Insurance Premiums, provided Borrower shall furnish Agent with all bills, invoices and statements for the Insurance Premiums for which such funds are required at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such charges first become payable. In making any payment relating to Insurance Premiums, Agent may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the insurer or its agent, without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate. If the amount of the Insurance Funds shall exceed the amounts due for Insurance Premiums and provided that no Trigger Period exists, Agent shall, in its sole but good faith discretion, return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future payments to be made to the Insurance Funds. Any Insurance Funds remaining in the Insurance Account after the Obligations have been paid in full shall be returned to Borrower.

6.4.3        Acceptable Blanket Policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.4.1, in the event that an Acceptable Blanket Policy is in effect with respect to the Policies required pursuant to Section 5.1, deposits into the Insurance Account required for Insurance Premiums pursuant to Section 6.4.1 above shall be suspended to the extent that Insurance Premiums relate to such Acceptable Blanket Policy. As of the Closing Date, an Acceptable Blanket Policy is not effect.

Section 6.5 Capital Expenditure Funds.

6.5.1        Deposits of Capital Expenditure Funds. Borrower shall deposit with or on behalf of Agent on each Monthly Payment Date, the amount of $0, for annual Capital Expenditures (the “CapEx Monthly Deposit”), which amounts shall be transferred into an Account (the “Capital Expenditure Account”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Capital Expenditure Account pursuant to this Section 6.5.1 are referred to herein as the “Capital Expenditure Funds”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the CapEx Monthly Deposit shall be suspended on each Monthly Payment Date on which: (x) no Event of Default is then ongoing and (y) the amount of deposit the Capital Expenditure Account equals or exceeds $0 (the “CapEx Cap”). Agent may reassess its

 109 
 

estimate of the amount necessary for Capital Expenditures (with a commensurate increase in the CapEx Cap) from time to time and may require Borrower to increase the monthly deposits required pursuant to this Section 6.5.1 upon thirty (30) days’ notice to Borrower if Agent determines in its reasonable discretion that an increase is necessary to maintain proper operation of the Property.

6.5.2        Release of Capital Expenditure Funds. Provided no Event of Default is continuing, Agent shall direct Servicer to disburse Capital Expenditure Funds to Borrower out of the Capital Expenditure Account, within ten (10) days after the delivery by Borrower to Agent of a request therefor (but not more often than once per month), in increments of at least $10,000 (or a lesser amount if the total amount in the Capital Expenditure Account is less than $10,000 in which case only one disbursement of the amount remaining in the account shall be made) provided that: (i) such disbursement is for an Approved Capital Expenditure; (ii) the request for disbursement is accompanied by (A) an Officer’s Certificate from Borrower (1) stating that the items to be funded by the requested disbursement are Approved Capital Expenditures, and a description thereof, (2) stating that all work related to the Approved Capital Expenditures to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed (or completed to the extent of the requested disbursement) in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, (3) identifying each Person that supplied materials or labor in connection with the Approved Capital Expenditures to be funded by the requested disbursement, (4) stating that each such Person has been paid in full not more than ninety (90) days prior to the disbursement request or will be paid in full upon such disbursement, or if such payment is a progress payment, that such payment represents full payment to such Person, less any applicable retention amount, for work completed through the date of the relevant invoice from such Person, and (5) stating that the Approved Capital Expenditures (or the relevant portions thereof) to be funded from the disbursement in question have not been the subject of a previous disbursement from any Account or included in any previous disbursement of Operating Expenses or Capital Expenditures,

(6) stating that all previous disbursements of Capital Expenditure Funds have been used to pay the previously identified Approved Capital Expenditures, (B) a copy of any license, permit or other approval required by any Governmental Authority in connection with the Approved Capital Expenditures and not previously delivered to Agent, (C) only with respect to Approved Capital Expenditures in an amount of $10,000 or more, copies of appropriate lien waivers, conditional lien waivers, or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (D) only with respect to Approved Capital Expenditures in an amount of $10,000 or more, at Agent’s option, a title search for the Property indicating that the Property is free from all Liens, claims and other encumbrances not previously approved by Agent, and (E) such other evidence as Agent shall reasonably request (to the extent in Borrower’s possession or reasonably obtainable by Borrower) to demonstrate that the Approved Capital Expenditures to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed and are paid for or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower (or the portion thereof as to which such request for disbursement has been submitted has been completed and is paid for (other than any retention amount which is not a part of such disbursement request) or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower) and (iii) if such disbursement request is for $50,000 or more, Agent shall have (if it desires) verified (by an inspection conducted at Borrower’s expense) performance of the work associated with such Approved Capital Expenditure.

Section 6.6 Carry Cost Account.

 110 
 

6.6.1        Deposit of Carry Cost Shortfall Funds. At any time that Agent estimates in its reasonable discretion that the Carry Cost Available Amount may not be sufficient to pay the Carry Costs required to be paid through the succeeding one hundred eighty (180) day period, Agent shall send written notice to Borrower (the “Carry Cost Shortfall Notice”) of such determination and Borrower shall deposit with Agent, within ten (10) days of delivery of such Carry Cost Shortfall Notice, an amount equal to (I) the amount Agent determines in its reasonable discretion is sufficient to cover all Carry Costs through the earlier to occur of (x) the Initial Stated Maturity Date and (y) the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of Agent’s determination less (II) the amount of Carry Cost Shortfall Funds then on deposit in the Carry Cost Account (such amount being herein referred to as the “Carry Cost Shortfall”). All amounts deposited with Agent pursuant to this Section 6.6.1 shall be transferred by Agent into an Account (the “Carry Cost Account”) to be held and disbursed in accordance with this Section 6.6. For the avoidance of doubt, a Carry Cost Shortfall may exist whether or not Agent delivers a Carry Cost Shortfall Notice to Borrower. Failure to make such deposit as set forth herein shall be an immediate Event of Default. Amounts deposited from time to time in the Carry Cost Account pursuant to this Section 6.7.1 are referred to herein as the “Carry Cost Shortfall Funds”.

6.6.2        Disbursement of Carry Cost Shortfall Funds. Provided no Event of Default is continuing, to the extent amounts in the Deposit Account on any Monthly Payment Date shall be insufficient to pay the Required Monthly Payment (taking into account the priority of payments to be made pursuant to Section 6.16.1) on such Monthly Payment Date, Agent shall direct Servicer to apply or disburse, as appropriate, Carry Cost Shortfall Funds (i) to Borrower on the applicable Monthly Payment Date for the payment of Carry Costs (other than Debt Service) to be paid during the month in which such Monthly Payment Date occurs pursuant to the Approved Annual Budget (provided that Borrower shall provide invoices and other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent with respect to the payment of any Carry Costs) and (ii) to the payment of the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount on such Monthly Payment Date pursuant to Section 2.3.1 hereof, in each case. Borrower shall not request or apply the proceeds of the Loan, and Lender shall not be required to make any Advance, to or for the payment of any Carry Costs at any time during which Carry Cost Shortfall Funds remain on deposit in the Carry Cost Account

Section 6.7 Intentionally Omitted. Section 6.8 Intentionally Omitted. Section 6.9 Intentionally Omitted. Section 6.10 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 6.11 Casualty and Condemnation Account. Borrower shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Agent all Insurance Proceeds or Awards due to any Casualty or Condemnation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.2 and 5.3, which amounts shall be transferred into an Account (the “Casualty and Condemnation Account”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Casualty and Condemnation Account pursuant to this Section 6.11 are referred to herein as the “Casualty and Condemnation Funds”. All Casualty and Condemnation Funds shall be held, disbursed and/or applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4 hereof.

 

 111 
 

Section 6.12 Cash Collateral Funds. If a Trigger Period shall be continuing, all Available Cash shall be paid to Agent, which amounts shall be transferred by Agent into an Account (the “Cash Collateral Account”) to be held by Agent as cash collateral for the Debt. Amounts on deposit from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this Section 6.12 are referred to as the “Cash Collateral Funds”. Any Cash Collateral Funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account not previously disbursed or applied shall, upon the termination of such Trigger Period, and so long as no other Trigger Period is then continuing, be disbursed to Borrower within ten (10) Business Days after termination of the applicable Trigger Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, in its sole and absolute discretion to apply any and all Cash Collateral Funds then on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account to the Debt and the Other Obligations, any other amounts owed by Borrower to any Person and/or any other Property-related costs and expenses (including without limitation, operating expenses, capital expenditures, tenant improvements, tenant allowances and leasing commissions), in such order and in such manner as Agent shall elect in its sole and absolute discretion, including to make a prepayment of principal (together with the applicable Exit Fee, Spread Maintenance Premium if any, applicable thereto) or any other amounts due hereunder.

Section 6.13 Intentionally Omitted. Section 6.14 Intentionally Omitted. Section 6.15 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 6.16 Property Cash Flow Allocation.

6.16.1    Order of Priority of Funds in Deposit Account. On each Monthly Payment Date during the continuance of a Trigger Period, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, all funds deposited into the Deposit Account during the immediately preceding Interest Period shall be applied on such Monthly Payment Date in the following order of priority:

(i)                 First, to the Tax Account, to make the required payments of Tax Funds as required under Section 6.3;

(ii)              Second, to the Insurance Account, to make any required payments of Insurance Funds as required under Section 6.4;

(iii)            Third, to the payment of all fees, costs and expenses due to Lender and/or Agent under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, any Servicing Fees that are due and unpaid (which payment of Servicing Fees, at Agent’s option, may be made directly to Servicer)

(iv)             Fourth, to Agent, funds sufficient to pay the interest, due on such Monthly Payment Date, applied first to the payment of interest computed at the Interest Rate with the remainder applied to the reduction of the Outstanding Principal Balance;

 112 
 

(v)               Fifth, to the Capital Expenditure Account, to make the required payments of Capital Expenditure Funds as required under Section 6.5;

(vi)             Intentionally omitted;

(vii)          Sixth, to Agent, of any other amounts then due and payable under the Loan Documents;

(viii)        Seventh, to Borrower, funds in an amount equal to (I) the lesser of

(A) Monthly Operating Expense Budgeted Amount and (B) Actual Opex for the applicable month minus (II) any OpEx Overpayment Amount received by Borrower that has not been previously deducted pursuant to this clause (viii)(II);

(ix)             Eighth, to Borrower, payments for Approved Extraordinary Operating Expenses, if any; and

(x)               Lastly, all amounts remaining after payment of the amounts set forth in clauses (i) through ix above (the “Available Cash”) to the Cash Collateral Account to be held or disbursed in accordance with Section 6.12.

6.16.2    Failure to Make Payments. The failure of Borrower to make all of the payments (whether to Agent to any other applicable payee) required under clauses (i) through x of Section 6.16.1 in full on each Monthly Payment Date shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement; provided, however, if adequate funds are available in the Deposit Account (as opposed to subaccounts thereof) for such payments, the failure by the Deposit Bank to allocate such funds into the appropriate Accounts shall not constitute an Event of Default.

6.16.3    Application After Event of Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 6, during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent, at its option, may withdraw the Reserve Funds and any other funds of Borrower then in the possession of Agent, Servicer or Deposit Bank (including any Gross Revenue and Reserve Funds on deposit in any Cash Management Account) and apply such funds to the payment of the items for which the Reserve Funds were established, or to the payment of the Debt and the Other Obligations, any other amounts owed by Borrower to any Person and/or any other Property-related costs and expenses (including without limitation, operating expenses, capital expenditures, tenant improvements, tenant allowances and leasing commissions), in such order, proportion and priority as Agent may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. Agent’s right to withdraw and apply any of the foregoing funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents.

Section 6.17 Security Interest in Reserve Funds. As security for payment of the Debt and the performance by Borrower of all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Loan Documents, Borrower hereby pledges and assigns to Agent and Lenders, and grants to Agent and Lenders a security interest in, all Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to all Gross Revenue and in and to all payments to or monies held in the Clearing Account, the Deposit Account and Accounts created pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, the “Cash Management Accounts”).

 113 
 

Borrower hereby grants to Agent and Lenders a continuing security interest in, and agrees to hold in trust for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, all Gross Revenue in its possession prior to the (i) payment of such Gross Revenue to Agent or (ii) deposit of such Gross Revenue into the Deposit Account. Borrower shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Agent, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in any Cash Management Account, or permit any Lien to attach thereto, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC Financing Statements, except those naming Agent (on behalf of Lenders) as the secured party, to be filed with respect thereto. This Agreement is, among other things, intended by the parties to be a security agreement for purposes of the UCC. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent may apply any sums in any Cash Management Account to the Debt and the Other Obligations, any other amounts owed by Borrower to any Person and/or any other Property-related costs and expenses (including without limitation, operating expenses, capital expenditures, tenant improvements, tenant allowances and leasing commissions) in any order and in any manner as Agent shall elect in Agent’s discretion without seeking the appointment of a receiver and without adversely affecting the rights of Agent to foreclose the Lien of the Mortgage or exercise its other rights under the Loan Documents. Cash Management Accounts shall not constitute trust funds and may be commingled with other monies held by Agent. All interest which accrues on the funds in any Account shall accrue for the benefit of Agent and shall be taxable to Borrower. Upon repayment in full of the Debt, all remaining funds in the Accounts, if any, shall be promptly disbursed to Borrower.

Section 6.18 Erroneous Payments. Borrower hereby agrees that (i) if Agent notifies Borrower that Agent has determined in its sole but good faith discretion that any funds received by Borrower from Agent (a “Funding”) were erroneously transmitted to Borrower (whether with respect to amount or timing and whether or not known to Borrower), and demands the return of such Funding (or a portion thereof), Borrower shall promptly, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter, return to Agent the amount of any such Funding (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Funding (or portion thereof) was received by Borrower to the date such amount is repaid to Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect, to the extent not paid within said five (5) Business Day period; (ii) any failure by Borrower to return to Agent any such Funding (or portion thereof) in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (i) shall constitute an Event of Default and (iii) to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, as to Agent and Lender, any claim, counterclaim, defense (whether at law or in equity) or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by Agent or Lender for the return of any such Funding received erroneously by Borrower. A notice of Agent to Borrower under this Section 6.18 shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. Borrower’s obligations under this Section 6.18 shall survive any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, Agent or any Lender and the repayment, satisfaction and/or discharge of all Obligations under this Agreement

ARTICLE 7 PERMITTED TRANSFERS

 114 
 

Section 7.1 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.2, the following Transfers (herein, the “Permitted Transfers”) shall be permitted hereunder:

(a)                a Lease entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents;

(b)               a Permitted Encumbrance;

(c)                the transfer of publicly traded shares listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ in any indirect equity owner of Borrower;

(d)               provided no Event of Default is then continuing, a Transfer (other than a pledge, hypothecation, assignment or other encumbrance, or any creation or issuance of Debt-Like Preferred Equity) of any direct or indirect interest in Borrower related to or in connection with the estate, succession, wealth preservation or similar planning of such transferor to (1) an Immediate Family Member of such interest holder (or to partnerships or limited liability companies Controlled solely by one or more of such interest holder and Immediate Family Members) or (2) a trust established for the benefit of such interest holder and/or or one or more Immediate Family Members, provided that:

(i)                 Borrower shall provide to Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice

thereof;

(ii)              such Transfer shall not otherwise result in a change of Control of

Borrower or change of the day to day management and operations of the Property;

(iii)            Borrower shall continue to be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity and shall continue to be a Delaware single member limited liability company;

(iv)             if such Transfer would cause the transferee, together with its Affiliates, to acquire or to increase its direct or indirect interest in Borrower or any Person that Controls Borrower to an amount which equals or exceeds ten percent (10%), such transferee must be a Qualified Transferee;

(v)               the Property shall continue to be managed by a property manager acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion and acceptable to the applicable Rating Agencies; and

(vi)             if such Transfer shall cause the transferee together with its Affiliates to acquire or to increase its direct or indirect interest in Borrower to an amount which equals or exceeds forty-nine percent (49%), to the extent that Agent determines that the pairings in the most recently delivered non-consolidation opinion with respect to the Loan no longer apply, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a non-consolidation opinion in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Agent and satisfactory to the applicable Rating Agencies;

 115 
 

(e)                a Transfer (other than a pledge, hypothecation, assignment or other encumbrance, or any creation or issuance of Debt-Like Preferred Equity) of any direct or indirect interest in Borrower that occurs by devise or bequest, the dispositive, succession or similar transfer provisions of a trust, or by operation of law upon the death of a natural person that was the holder of such interest, provided that:

(i)                 Borrower shall give Agent notice of such Transfer together with copies of all instruments effecting such Transfer not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such Transfer;

(ii)              Borrower shall continue to be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity and Borrower shall continue to be a Delaware single member limited liability company;

(iii)            the Property shall continue to be managed by a property manager acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion and acceptable to the applicable Rating Agencies;

(iv)             if such Transfer would cause the transferee, together with its Affiliates, to Control Borrower or to acquire or to increase its direct or indirect interest in Borrower or any Person that Controls Borrower to an amount which equals or exceeds ten percent (10%), then such transferee must be a Qualified Transferee;

(v)               if such Transfer shall cause a change of Control of Borrower and the transferee is not (A) a Key Principal (directly or indirectly) or (B) the estate of a Key Principal (during the pendency of the settlement by the estate of such Key Principal and such Transfer occurs as a result of the death of such Key Principal), then (x) such Transfer shall be approved by Agent in writing within thirty (30) days after any such Transfer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and (y) from and after a Securitization, Borrower shall deliver a Rating Agency Confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency within sixty (60) days after any such Transfer (or such longer time as may reasonably be necessary for Borrower to obtain the Rating Agency Confirmations, provided Borrower is diligently pursuing same); and

(vi)             if such Transfer shall cause (x) a change of Control of Borrower or

(y) the transferee together with its Affiliates to acquire or to increase its direct or indirect interest in Borrower to an amount which equals or exceeds forty-nine percent (49%), then, to the extent that Agent determines that the pairings in the most recently delivered non-consolidation opinion with respect to the Loan no longer apply, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a non-consolidation opinion in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to Agent and satisfactory to the applicable Rating Agencies within thirty (30 days of Agent’s request for such non-consolidation opinion;

(f)                provided that no Event of Default shall then exist, a Transfer (other than a pledge, hypothecation, assignment or other encumbrance, or any creation or issuance of Debt-Like Preferred Equity) of a direct or indirect interest in Borrower shall be permitted without Agent’s consent provided that:

 116 
 

(i)                 after giving effect to the applicable Transfer, the Ownership and Control Conditions shall continue to be satisfied;

(ii)              Borrower shall continue to be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity and Borrower shall continue to be a Delaware single member limited liability company;

(iii)            if such Transfer would cause the transferee, together with its Affiliates, to acquire or to increase its direct or indirect interest in Borrower or any Person that Controls Borrower to an amount which equals or exceeds ten percent (10%), (x) such transferee must be a Qualified Transferee and (y) Borrower shall provide to Agent thirty

(30) days prior written notice of the proposed Transfer to such Qualified Transferee; and

(iv)             the Property shall continue to be managed by a property manager acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion and acceptable to the applicable Rating Agencies.

(g)               provided that no Event of Default shall then exist, statutory conversion of the Sole Member into a Delaware corporation (the “Converted Entity”) pursuant to Section 265 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Conversion”) shall be permitted without Agent’s consent, provided that Borrower shall give Agent notice of the Conversion together with copies of all instruments effecting such exchange or transfer of the direct interests not less than thirty

(30) days prior to effective date of the Conversion, and following the Conversion, and provided further that upon consummation of the Conversion and following the Conversion:

(i)                 Borrower shall continue to be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity and Borrower shall continue to be a Delaware single member limited liability company;

(ii)              from and after consummating the Conversion, clause (b) of the definition of Ownership and Control Conditions shall continue to be satisfied;

(iii)            the Converted Entity shall be a Qualified Transferee and if the Conversion or any Transfer relating thereto would cause the transferee, together with its Affiliates, to acquire or to increase its direct or indirect interest in Borrower or any Person that Controls Borrower to an amount which equals or exceeds ten percent (10%), (x) such transferee must be a Qualified Transferee; and

(iv)             the Property shall continue to be managed by a property manager acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion and acceptable to the applicable Rating Agencies.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.1, if, as a result of any Transfer, Guarantor no longer Controls Borrower and owns any direct or indirect interest in Borrower (or if there were two or more Guarantors immediately prior to such Transfer, no Guarantor any longer Controls Borrower or any such Guarantor no longer has a direct or indirect interest in Borrower), it shall also be a condition for such Transfer to be a Permitted Transfer that one or more Approved Replacement Guarantors shall execute and deliver a guaranty of recourse

 117 
 

obligations and a carry costs guaranty (each in the same form as the applicable Guaranty delivered to Agent (on behalf of Lenders) by Guarantor on the date hereof) and an environmental indemnity agreement (in the same form as the environmental indemnity agreement delivered to Agent (on behalf of Lenders) by Guarantor on the date hereof) on or prior to the date of such Transfer (or, in the case of a Transfer described in Section 7.1(e), within thirty (30) days after the date of such Transfer), pursuant to which, in each case, the Approved Replacement Guarantor(s) agree(s) to be liable under each such guaranty of recourse obligations, carry guaranty, and environmental indemnity agreement from and after the date of such Transfer (whereupon the previous guarantor shall be released from any further liability under the guaranty of recourse obligations from acts that arise from and after the date of such Transfer other than the acts or actions of the released Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof (or any Person acting on behalf thereof) and such Approved Replacement Guarantor(s) shall be the “Guarantor” for all purposes set forth in this Agreement); provided, however, that the previous guarantors shall have the burden of proof with respect to any events or acts that such guarantors allege to have occurred after the date of any such release in accordance with the terms hereof and the replacement guarantors shall have the burden of proof with respect to any events or acts that such replacement guarantors allege to have occurred prior to the date such guarantors became replacement guarantors hereunder).

Section 7.2 Cost and Expenses; Searches; Copies.

(a)                Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses of Agent and Lenders in connection with any Transfer, whether or not such Transfer is deemed to be a Permitted Transfer, including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of Agent’s and Lenders’ counsel, whether internal or outside, and the cost of any required counsel opinions related to REMIC or other securitization or tax issues and any Rating Agency fees.

(b)               Borrower shall provide Agent with copies of all organizational documents relating to any Permitted Transfer.

(c)                In connection with any Permitted Transfer, to the extent a transferee, together with its Affiliates, shall Control Borrower or own ten percent (10%) or more of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower or in any Person that Controls Borrower immediately following such transfer (provided that, as of the Closing Date, such transferee did not Control Borrower or , together with its Affiliates, own ten percent (10%) or greater of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower or any Person that Controls Borrower), Borrower shall deliver (and Borrower shall be responsible for any reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith) the information necessary for Agent to obtain Satisfactory Search Results with respect to such transferee.

(d)               Notwithstanding the above, a Permitted Transfer of an EB-5 Interest which:

(i) does not require Lender approval hereunder, (ii) does not require any party to the transfer (or any Affiliate thereof) to be a Qualified Transferee pursuant to the terms hereof, (iii) complies with applicable Legal Requirements, and (iv) complies in all respects with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not “in and of itself” result in the imposition of any fees and/or costs on Borrower.

 

 118 
 

ARTICLE 8 DEFAULTS

Section 8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an event

of default hereunder (an “Event of Default”):

(i)                 if (A) the Obligations are not paid in full on the Maturity Date,

(B) any regularly scheduled monthly payment of interest, and, if applicable, principal due under the Note is not paid in full on the applicable Monthly Payment Date, (C) any prepayment of principal due under this Agreement or the Note is not paid when due,

(D) the Spread Maintenance Premium and/or Exit Fee is not paid when due, or (E) any deposit to the Reserve Funds is not made on the required deposit date therefor;

(ii)              if any other amount payable pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document (other than as set forth in the foregoing clause (i)) is not paid in full when due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document, with such failure continuing for ten (10) Business Days after Agent delivers written notice thereof to Borrower;

(iii)            if any of the Taxes or Other Charges are not paid when due (provided that it shall not be an Event of Default if such past due Taxes are Real Estate Taxes and there are sufficient funds in the Tax Account to pay such amounts when due, and Agent or Servicer fails to make such payment in violation of this Agreement);

(iv)             if the Policies are not (A) delivered to Agent within five (5) Business Days of Agent’s written request and (B) kept in full force and effect, each in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;

(v)               a Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer (any such Transfer, a “Prohibited Transfer”) occurs’ provided, however, that with respect to any such Prohibited Transfer which does not constitute a Transfer of all or any portion of the Property, does not constitute a Transfer of a 10% or greater direct and/or indirect interest in the Borrower and does not cause a breach of the Ownership and Control Conditions, any such Prohibited Transfer shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default hereunder if (1) such Prohibited Transfer is susceptible to cure, (2) such Prohibited Transfer would not reasonably be anticipated to (and does not actually) cause a Material Adverse Effect and (3) within thirty

(30) days of the occurrence thereof, Borrower cures such breach or violation in a manner reasonably acceptable to Lender (which shall include, without limitation and for the avoidance of doubt, reversing and/or unwinding such Prohibited Transfer);

(vi)             if any certification, representation or warranty made by Borrower or Guarantor herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument, agreement or document furnished to Agent shall have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the date such representation or warranty was made (provided, however, that as to any such false or misleading representation or

 119 
 

warranty which was unintentionally made or submitted to Lender, which would not reasonably expected to cause (and does not actually cause) a Material Adverse Effect and which can either be made true and correct by action of Borrower or be cured to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction, Borrower shall have a period of thirty (30) days to undertake and complete all action necessary to make such representation or warranty either true and correct in all material respects as and when made or cured to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction following the earlier of (x) delivery of written notice of such false or misleading representation or warranty to Borrower and (y) the date on which Borrower becomes aware of the applicable false or misleading certification, representation or warranty);

(vii)          if Borrower or Guarantor shall make an assignment for the benefit

of creditors;

(viii)        if a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Borrower,

or Guarantor or if Borrower or Guarantor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Borrower, or Guarantor, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or Guarantor shall be instituted, or if Borrower is substantively consolidated with any other Person; provided, however, if such appointment, adjudication, petition, proceeding or consolidation was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower or Guarantor, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days following its filing;

(ix)             if Borrower attempts to assign its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein in contravention of the Loan Documents;

(x)               if any of the assumptions contained in the Insolvency Opinion, or in any other non-consolidation opinion delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan, or in any other non-consolidation opinion delivered subsequent to the closing of the Loan, is or shall become untrue in any material respect;

(xi)             a breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 4.4, 4.23 or 4.31

hereof;

(xii)          if Borrower shall be in default under any mortgage or security

agreement covering any part of the Property whether it be superior, pari passu or junior in Lien to the Mortgage;

(xiii)        subject to Borrower’s right to contest set forth in Section 4.3 of this Agreement, if the Property becomes subject to any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien except a Permitted Encumbrance or a Lien for Taxes not then due and payable and the applicable Lien remains undischarged of record (by payment, bonding or otherwise) in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements for a period of thirty (30) days;

 120 
 

(xiv)         the alteration, improvement, demolition or removal of any of the Improvements without the prior consent of Agent, other than in accordance with this Agreement and the Leases at the Property entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents;

(xv)           if, without Agent’s prior written consent, (i) the Management Agreement is terminated (unless within thirty (30) days after the applicable termination, Borrower enters into a Management Agreement with a replacement Manager in accordance with Section 4.14.2 hereof (including, without limitation, delivery of a subordination of management agreement delivered in connection with the origination of the Loan or otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender)), (ii) if Manager is an Affiliate of Borrower or any Guarantor, the ownership, management or control of Manager is transferred, (iii) there is a material change in the Management Agreement, or (iv) if there shall be a material default by Borrower under the Management Agreement beyond any applicable notice or grace period;

(xvi)         if Borrower or any Person owning a direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower shall be convicted of a Patriot Act Offense by a court of competent jurisdiction;

(xvii)      if Borrower breaches any of the Development Agreement

Provisions;

(xviii)    if Borrower breaches any covenant contained Section 4.9 hereof,

provided that if such breach was unintentional and is reasonably susceptible of cure within ten (10) days, then no Event of Default shall exist so long as Borrower shall cause such breach to be cured within ten (10) days after written notice of the occurrence of the applicable breach, provided, however, the foregoing cure right shall only be available with respect to one (1) such breach during any 366 consecutive day period;

(xix)         if Borrower breaches any of the EB-5 Provisions;

(xx)           if Borrower breaches any covenant contained Section 4.11.6 hereof; provided, however, that such breach shall not be an Event of Default if (A) such breach was inadvertent and immaterial, (B) such breach is susceptible of cure, (C) within fifteen

(15) days of the date of said breach, Borrower cures such breach in a manner acceptable to Lender and provides Lender with written evidence of same in form and substance acceptable to Lender, and (D) the applicable breach is not reasonably likely to cause and does not cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxi)         if Borrower breaches any covenant contained Section 4.22 hereof;

(xxii)      if there shall be a default under any of the other Loan Documents beyond any applicable cure periods contained in such Loan Documents, whether as to Borrower, Guarantor or the Property, or if any other such event shall occur or condition shall exist, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of any portion

 121 
 

of the Obligations or to permit Agent to accelerate the maturity of all or any portion of the Obligations;

(xxiii)    if Borrower fails to obtain or maintain an Interest Rate Cap Agreement or replacement thereof in accordance with Section 2.6 and/or Section 2.7 hereof;

(xxiv)     Guarantor breaches any of the Guarantor Financial Covenants (except to the extent that (x) such breach was inadvertent and (y) within five (5) Business Days of the occurrence of such default either (I) Borrower delivers a written notice to Lender of Borrower’s intention to provide an Acceptable Additional Guarantor, together with the Acceptable Additional Guarantor Information, and (2) within ten (10) Business Days following Lender’s approval of the Acceptable Additional Guarantor, the Acceptable Additional Guarantor shall execute a supplemental guaranty of recourse obligations, carry costs guaranty, and environmental indemnity (each in form and substance substantially identical to each Guaranty and Environmental Indemnity) whereby such Acceptable Additional Guarantor shall assume all of the obligations of Guarantor pursuant thereto (on a joint and several basis with the then existing Guarantor)). Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, it shall be an Event of Default hereunder if, (A) the Acceptable Additional Guarantor is not approved by Lender (based on Lender’s reasonable determination) or (B) any of the foregoing requirements are not satisfied within the time frame provided for above or (II) Borrower cures the applicable breach in such other manner as shall be approved by Lender. Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that no more than two (2) cures as set forth in the preceding sentence shall be permitted during the Term, at any time, or from time to time;

(xxv)       if Borrower fails to establish a new Clearing Account and enter into a new clearing account agreement in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof on or prior to the termination of any existing Clearing Account Agreement; or

(xxvi)     if there shall continue to be a Default under any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document not specified in subsections (i) to (xxvi) above, and such Default shall continue for ten (10) days after notice to Borrower from Agent, in the case of any such Default which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money, or for thirty (30) days after notice to Borrower from Agent in the case of any other such Default; provided, however, that if such non-monetary Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, and provided further that Borrower and/or Guarantor shall have commenced to cure such Default within such 30-day period shall and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceed to cure the same, such 30-day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower and/or Guarantor in the exercise of due diligence to cure such Default, such additional period not to exceed sixty (60) days.

Section 8.2 Remedies.

 

 122 
 

8.2.1        Acceleration. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clauses (vii), (viii) or (ix) of Section 8.1 above) and at any time thereafter, Agent may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Agent and Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, take such action, without notice or demand (and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand), that Agent deems advisable to protect and enforce its and Lenders’ rights against Borrower and in and to the Property, including declaring the Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and Agent may enforce or avail itself of any or all rights or remedies provided in the Loan Documents against Borrower and the Property, including all rights or remedies available at law or in equity; and upon any Event of Default described in clauses (vii), (viii) or (ix) of Section 8.1 above, the Obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable in full, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

8.2.2        Remedies Cumulative. During the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Agent and Lenders against Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Agent at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Obligations shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not Agent shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Property. The rights, powers and remedies of Agent under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Agent and Lenders may have against Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Agent’s and Lenders’ rights, powers and remedies may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Agent may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders permitted by law or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents or by equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Event of Default is continuing (i) neither Agent nor any Lender shall be subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all Liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Agent and Lenders shall remain in full force and effect until Agent and Lenders have exhausted all of its remedies against the Property and the Mortgage has been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Obligations or the Obligations have been paid in full. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

8.2.3        Severance.

 123 
 

(a)                During the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose the Mortgage in any manner and for any amounts secured by the Mortgage then due and payable as determined by Agent in its sole discretion, including the following circumstances: (i) in the event Borrower defaults beyond any applicable grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal and interest, Agent may foreclose the Mortgage to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event Agent elects to accelerate less than the entire Outstanding Principal Balance, Agent may foreclose the Mortgage to recover so much of the principal balance of the Loan as Agent may accelerate and such other sums secured by the Mortgage as Agent may elect. Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, the Property shall remain subject to the Mortgage to secure payment of the sums secured by the Mortgage and not previously recovered.

(b)               During the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the right from time to time to sever the Note and the other Loan Documents into one or more separate notes, mortgages and other security documents in such denominations as Agent shall determine in its sole discretion for purposes of evidencing and enforcing its rights and remedies provided hereunder; provided that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Agent shall not have the right to, and Borrower shall not be required to, modify or amend any Loan Document if such modification or amendment would (i) change the weighted interest rate effective immediately prior to such modification (other than in connection with a mandatory prepayment in connection with a Casualty or Condemnation where such funds are not required to be made available to Borrower for Restoration or a prepayment during the existence and continuance of an Event of Default), the stated maturity date or the amortization of principal as set forth herein or in the Note, (ii) alter the rights or increase the obligations of Borrower or Guarantor under the Loan Documents (other than to a de minimis extent), or (iii) otherwise modify or amend any other economic or other material term of the Loan (other than to a de minimis extent). Borrower shall execute and deliver to Agent from time to time, promptly after the request of Agent, a severance agreement and such other documents as Agent shall request in order to effect the severance described in the preceding sentence, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent. Borrower hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoints Agent as its true and lawful attorney, coupled with an interest, in its name and stead to make and execute all documents necessary or desirable to effect the aforesaid severance, Borrower ratifying all that its said attorney shall do by virtue thereof; provided, however, Agent shall not make or execute any such documents under such power until three (3) days after notice has been given to Borrower by Agent of Agent’s intent to exercise its rights under such power.

(c)                During the continuance of an Event of Default, any amounts recovered from the Property or any other collateral for the Loan after an Event of Default may be applied by Agent toward the payment of any interest and/or principal of the Loan and/or any other amounts due under the Loan Documents, in such order, priority and proportions as Agent in its sole discretion shall determine.

8.2.4        Agent’s Right to Perform. During the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent may, but shall have no obligation to do so and without notice to or demand on Borrower and without releasing Borrower from any covenant or obligation hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents or being deemed to have cured any Default or Event of Default hereunder, and without

 124 
 

in any way limiting Agent’s right to exercise any of its rights, powers or remedies as provided hereunder, or under any of the other Loan Documents, perform, or cause the performance of, any covenant or obligation of Borrower hereunder in such manner and to such extent as Agent determines in its sole discretion in each instance, and all costs, expenses, liabilities, penalties and fines of Agent incurred or paid in connection therewith shall be due and payable by Borrower within five (5) Business Days of demand and, if not paid within said time period, shall be added to the Obligations (and to the extent permitted under applicable laws, secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents) and in each case shall bear interest at the Default Rate for the period after the date of demand (or, to the extent demand may not be made due to applicable Legal Requirements, from the date incurred) by or on behalf of Agent until the date of payment by Borrower to Agent.

ARTICLE 9

 

SALE AND SECURITIZATION OF MORTGAGE

Section 9.1 Sale of Mortgage and Securitization. Subject to Section 9.4 hereof:

(a)                Agent and Lenders shall have the right (i) to sell or otherwise transfer the Loan or any portion thereof as a whole loan, (ii) to sell participation interests in the Loan, or (iii) securitize the Loan or any portion thereof in a single asset securitization or one or more pooled loan securitizations (including, without limitation, contributing the Loan to a collateralized loan obligation transaction). (The transactions referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are each hereinafter referred to as a “Secondary Market Transaction” and the transactions referred to in clause (iii) shall hereinafter be referred to as a “Securitization”. Any certificates, notes or other securities issued in connection with a Secondary Market Transaction are hereinafter referred to as “Securities”). At Agent’s election, each note and/or component comprising the Loan may be subject to one or more Secondary Market Transactions.

(b)               If requested by Agent, Borrower shall assist Agent in satisfying the market standards to which Agent customarily adheres or which may be required in the marketplace, by prospective investors, the Rating Agencies, applicable Legal Requirements and/or otherwise in the marketplace in connection with any Secondary Market Transactions, including to:

(i)                 (A) provide updated financial and other information with respect to the Property, the business operated at the Property, Borrower, Guarantor(s) and the Manager, including, without limitation, the information set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, (B) provide updated budgets and rent rolls (including itemized percentage of floor area occupied and percentage of aggregate base rent for each Tenant) relating to the Property, and (C) provide updated appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews and reports (Phase I’s and, if appropriate, Phase II’s), property condition reports and other due diligence investigations of the Property (the “Updated Information”), together, if customary, with appropriate verification of the Updated Information through letters of auditors or opinions of counsel acceptable to Agent and the Rating Agencies;

 

 125 
 

(ii)              provide opinions of counsel, which may be relied upon by Agent, trustee in any Securitization, underwriters, NRSROs and their respective counsel, agents and representatives, as to non-consolidation, fraudulent conveyance and true sale or any other opinion customary in Secondary Market Transactions or required by the Rating Agencies with respect to the Property, the Loan Documents, and Borrower and its Affiliates, which counsel and opinions shall be satisfactory to Agent and the Rating Agencies;

(iii)            provide updated, as of the closing date of any Secondary Market Transaction, representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents and such additional representations and warranties as the Rating Agencies may require; and

(iv)             (A) review any Disclosure Document or any interim draft thereof furnished by Agent to Borrower with respect to information contained therein that was furnished to Agent by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with the preparation of such Disclosure Document or in connection with the underwriting or closing of the Loan, including financial statements of Borrower and Guarantor, operating statements and rent rolls with respect to the Property, and (B) within three (3) Business Days following Borrower’s receipt thereof, provide to Agent in writing any revisions to such Disclosure Document or interim draft thereof necessary or advisable to insure that such reviewed information does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained therein not misleading.

(c)                If, at the time a Disclosure Document is being prepared for a Securitization, Agent expects that Borrower alone or Borrower and one or more Affiliates of Borrower (including any guarantor or other Person that is directly or indirectly committed by contract or otherwise to make payments on all or a part of the Loan) collectively, or the Property alone or the Property and Related Properties collectively, will be a Significant Obligor, Borrower shall furnish to Agent upon request the following financial information:

(i)                 if Agent expects that the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans, as of the cut-off date for such Securitization, may equal or exceed ten percent (10%) (but less than twenty percent (20%)) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included in the Securitization, net operating income for the Property and the Related Properties for the most recent Fiscal Year and interim period as required under Item 1112(b)(1) of Regulation AB (or, if the Loan is not treated as a non-recourse loan under Instruction 3 for Item 1101(k) of Regulation AB, selected financial data meeting the requirements and covering the time periods specified in Item 301 of Regulation S-K and Item 1112(b)(1) of Regulation AB), or

(ii)              if Agent expects that the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans, as of the cut-off date for such Securitization, may equal or exceed twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included in the Securitization, the financial statements required under Item 1112(b)(2) of Regulation AB (which includes, but may not be limited to, a balance sheet with respect to the entity that Agent determines to be a Significant Obligor for the two most

 126 
 

recent Fiscal Years and applicable interim periods, meeting the requirements of Rule 3-01 of Regulation S-X, and statements of income and statements of cash flows with respect to the Property for the three most recent Fiscal Years and applicable interim periods, meeting the requirements of Rule 3-02 of Regulation S-X (or if Agent determines that the Property is the Significant Obligor and the Property (other than properties that are hotels, nursing homes, or other properties that would be deemed to constitute a business and not real estate under Regulation S-X or other legal requirements) was acquired from an unaffiliated third party and the other conditions set forth in Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X have been met, the financial statements required by Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X)).

(d)               Further, if requested by Agent, Borrower shall, promptly upon Agent’s request, furnish to Agent financial data or financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1112(b)(1) or (2) of Regulation AB, as specified by Agent, for any Tenant of the Property (to the extent available to Borrower) if, in connection with a Securitization, Agent expects there to be, as of the cutoff date for such Securitization, a concentration with respect to such Tenant or group of affiliated Tenants within all of the mortgage loans included or expected to be included in the Securitization such that such Tenant or group of affiliated Tenants would constitute a Significant Obligor. Borrower shall furnish to Agent, in connection with the preparation of the Disclosure Documents and on an ongoing basis, financial data and/or financial statements with respect to such Tenants meeting the requirements of Item 1112(b)(1) or (2) of Regulation AB, as specified by Agent, but only for so long as such entity or entities are a Significant Obligor and either (x) filings pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with or relating to the Securitization (an “Exchange Act Filing”) are required to be made under applicable Legal Requirements or (y) comparable information is required to otherwise be “available” to holders of the Securities under Regulation AB or applicable Legal Requirements.

(e)                If Agent determines that Borrower alone or Borrower and one or more Affiliates of Borrower collectively, or the Property alone or the Property and Related Properties collectively, are a Significant Obligor, then Borrower shall furnish to Agent, on an ongoing basis, selected financial data or financial statements meeting the requirements of Item 1112(b)(1) or (2) of Regulation AB, as specified by Agent, but only for so long as such entity or entities are a Significant Obligor and either (x) Exchange Act Filings are required to be made under applicable Legal Requirements or (y) comparable information is required to otherwise be “available” to holders of the Securities under Regulation AB or applicable Legal Requirements.

(f)                Any financial data or financial statements provided pursuant to this Section

9.1 shall be furnished to Agent within the following time periods:

(i)                 with respect to information requested in connection with the preparation of Disclosure Documents for a Securitization, within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Agent; and

(ii)              with respect to ongoing information required under Section 9.1(d) and (e) above, (1) not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower and (2) not later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower.

 127 
 

(g)               If requested by Agent, Borrower shall provide Agent, promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days following Agent’s request therefor, with any other or additional financial statements, or financial, statistical or operating information, as Agent shall reasonably determine to be required pursuant to Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X, as applicable, Regulation AB, or any amendment, modification or replacement thereto or other Legal Requirements relating to a Securitization or as shall otherwise be reasonably requested by the Agent.

(h)               If requested by Agent, whether in connection with a Securitization or at any time thereafter during which the Loan and any Related Loans are included in a Securitization, Borrower shall provide Agent, promptly upon request, a list of Tenants (including all affiliates of such Tenants) that in the aggregate (1) occupy 10% or more (but less than 20%) of the total floor area of the improvements or represent 10% or more (but less than 20%) of aggregate base rent, and (2) occupy 20% or more of the total floor area of the improvements or represent 20% or more of aggregate base rent.

(i)                 All financial statements provided by Borrower pursuant to this Section 9.1(c), (d), (e) or (f) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall meet the requirements of Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X, as applicable, Regulation AB, and other applicable Legal Requirements. All financial statements relating to a Fiscal Year shall be audited by Independent Accountants in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K, as applicable, Regulation AB, and all other applicable Legal Requirements, shall be accompanied by the manually executed report of the Independent Accountants thereon, which report shall meet the requirements of Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X, as applicable, Regulation AB, and all other applicable Legal Requirements, and shall be further accompanied by a manually executed written consent of the Independent Accountants, in form and substance acceptable to Agent, to the inclusion of such financial statements in any Disclosure Document and any Exchange Act Filing and to the use of the name of such Independent Accountants and the reference to such Independent Accountants as “experts” in any Disclosure Document and Exchange Act Filing (or comparable information is required to otherwise be available to holders of the Securities under Regulation AB or applicable Legal Requirements), all of which shall be provided at the same time as the related financial statements are required to be provided. All other financial statements shall be certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower, which certification shall state that such financial statements meet the requirements set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph.

(j)                 In connection with any Secondary Market Transaction, Agent shall have the right, and Borrower hereby authorizes Agent, to disclose any and all information in Agent’s possession regarding Borrower, Guarantor, any Manager, the Property and/or the Loan in any Disclosure Document, in any promotional or marketing materials that are prepared by or on behalf of Agent in connection with such Secondary Market Transaction or in connection with any oral or written presentation made by or on behalf of Agent, including without limitation, to any actual or potential investors and any Rating Agencies and other NRSROs; provided that, with respect to financial reporting information relating to the Guarantor, except to the extent such financial reporting information is required to be provided to any Governmental Authority, Agent shall request that any Person to whom Agent disseminates such information shall agree to keep all such

 

 128 
 

material and information confidential (which may be accomplished by click-through confidentiality or any other similar mechanism via an electronically maintained file sharing site).

Section 9.2 Securitization Indemnification.

(a)                Borrower understands that certain of the Provided Information and other information provided to Agent by Borrower and its agents, counsel and representatives may be included in preliminary and final disclosure documents in connection with any Secondary Market Transaction, including a Securitization, including without limitation, an offering circular, a prospectus, a prospectus supplement, a private placement memorandum, a structural and collateral term sheet or any other offering document (each, a “Disclosure Document”) (such Provided Information and such other information included in any Disclosure Document collectively, the “Covered Disclosure Information”) and may also be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and may be made available to investors or prospective investors in the Securities, investment banking firms, NRSROs, accounting firms, law firms and other third-party advisory and service providers relating to any Secondary Market Transaction, including a Securitization. Borrower also understands that the findings and conclusions of any third-party due diligence report obtained by the Agent, the Issuer or the Securitization placement agent or underwriter may be made publicly available if required, and in the manner prescribed, by Section 15E(s)(4)(A) of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder.

(b)               Borrower and Guarantor each hereby agrees to indemnify Agent and Lenders (and for purposes of this Section 9.2, Agent shall include the initial agent, initial lenders, their successors and assigns, and their respective officers and directors) and each Person who controls the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Lender Group”), the issuer of the Securities (the “Issuer” and for purposes of this Section 9.2, Issuer shall include its officers, director and each Person who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and any placement agent or underwriter with respect to the Securitization, each of their respective officers and directors and each Person who controls the placement agent or underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Underwriter Group”) for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (collectively, the “Liabilities”) to which Agent, Lenders, the Lender Group, the Issuer or the Underwriter Group may become subject insofar as the Liabilities arise out of, or are based upon,

(A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Covered Disclosure Information, (B) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Covered Disclosure Information a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements in the Covered Disclosure Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (C) a breach of the representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 3.1.31 of this Agreement (Full and Accurate Disclosure). Borrower also agrees to reimburse Agent, Lenders, the Lender Group, the Issuer and/or the Underwriter Group for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Agent, Lenders, the Lender Group, the Issuer and/or the Underwriter Group in connection with investigating or defending the Liabilities. This indemnification provision will be in addition to any liability which Borrower may otherwise

 

 129 
 

have. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any Person that is included in the Lender Group, the Issuer and/or the Underwriter Group that is not a direct party to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement with respect to this Section 9.2(b). Within five (5) Business Days after Agent’s written request, Borrower and Guarantor shall execute and deliver to Agent a separate indemnification and reimbursement agreement in favor of the Lender Group, the Issuer and the Underwriter Group in form and substance consistent with the indemnification and reimbursement obligations of Borrower under this Section 9.2(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification provided for under this Section 9.2(b) shall be effective whether or not an indemnification and reimbursement agreement described above is provided.

(c)                In connection with any Exchange Act Filing or other reports containing comparable information that is required to be made “available” to holders of the Securities under Regulation AB or applicable Legal Requirements, Borrower agrees to (i) indemnify Agent, Lenders, the Lender Group, the Issuer and the Underwriter Group for Liabilities to which Agent, Lenders, the Lender Group, the Issuer and/or the Underwriter Group may become subject insofar as the Liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, an alleged untrue statement or alleged omission or an untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Covered Disclosure Information, and (ii) reimburse Agent, Lenders, the Lender Group, the Issuer and/or the Underwriter Group for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Agent, Lenders, the Lender Group, the Issuer and/or the Underwriter Group in connection with defending or investigating the Liabilities.

(d)               Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 9.2, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which the indemnifying party may have to any indemnified party hereunder except to the extent that failure to notify causes prejudice to the indemnifying party. In the event that any action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, jointly with any other indemnifying party, to participate therein and, to the extent that it (or they) may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 9.2(d), such indemnifying party shall not pay for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there are any legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party at the cost of the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel unless an indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal

 130 
 

defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to any other indemnified party. Without the prior written consent of Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), no indemnifying party shall settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit or proceeding) unless the indemnifying party shall have given Agent reasonable prior written notice thereof and shall have obtained an unconditional release of each indemnified party hereunder from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceedings, and such settlement requires no statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party.

(e)                In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Section 9.2(b) or (c) is for any reason held to be unenforceable as to an indemnified party in respect of any Liabilities (or action in respect thereof) referred to therein which would otherwise be indemnifiable under Section 9.2(b) or (c), the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Liabilities (or action in respect thereof); provided, however, that no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective parties are entitled, the following factors shall be considered: (i) the Issuer’s and Borrower’s relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted; (ii) the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission; and (iii) any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. Agent and Borrower hereby agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation.

(f)                The liabilities and obligations of both Borrower and Agent under this Section 9.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the satisfaction and discharge of the Debt.

Section 9.3 Severance. Subject to Section 9.4 hereof:

9.3.1        Severance Documentation. Agent, without in any way limiting Agent’s other rights hereunder, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have the right, at any time (whether prior to or after any sale, participation or Securitization of all or any portion of the Loan), to require Borrower (at no material cost to Borrower) to execute and deliver “component” notes and/or modify the Loan in order to create one or more senior and subordinate notes (i.e., an A/B or A/B/C structure) and/or one or more additional components of the Note or Notes, reduce the number of components of the Note or Notes, revise the interest rate for each component, reallocate the principal balances of the Notes and/or the components, increase or decrease the monthly debt service payments for each component or eliminate the component structure and/or the multiple note structure of the Loan (including the elimination of the related allocations of principal and interest payments), provided that the Outstanding Principal Balance of all components immediately after the effective date of such modification equals the Outstanding Principal Balance immediately prior to such modification and the weighted average of the interest rates for all

 131 
 

components immediately after the effective date of such modification equals the interest rate of the original Note immediately prior to such modification. At Agent’s election, each note comprising the Loan may be subject to one or more Securitizations. Agent shall have the right to modify the Note and/or Notes and any components in accordance with this Section 9.3 and, provided that such modification shall comply with the terms of this Section 9.3, it shall become immediately effective.

9.3.2        Intentionally Omitted.

9.3.3        Cooperation; Execution; Delivery. Borrower shall reasonably cooperate with all reasonable requests of Agent in connection with this Section 9.3. If requested by Agent, Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver such documents as shall be required by any Rating Agency or required by Agent in connection with any modification pursuant to this Section 9.3, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and satisfactory to any applicable Rating Agency, including, the severance of security documents if requested. In the event Borrower fails to execute and deliver such documents to Agent within seven (7) Business Days following such request by Agent, Borrower hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoints Agent as its true and lawful attorney, coupled with an interest, in its name and stead to make and execute all documents necessary or desirable to effect such transactions, Borrower hereby ratifying all that such attorney shall do by virtue thereof. It shall be an Event of Default under this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents if Borrower fails to comply with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Section 9.3 after expiration of ten (10) Business Days after notice thereof.

Section 9.4 Costs and Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 9, Borrower shall not be required to incur any material costs or expenses in the performance of its obligations under Sections 9.1(a) or (b) or Section 9.3 above (other than expenses of Borrower’s counsel).

ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Exculpation. Subject to the qualifications below, Agent shall not enforce

the liability and obligation of Borrower to perform and observe the Obligations contained in the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents by any action or proceeding wherein a money judgment shall be sought against Borrower, except that Agent may bring a foreclosure action, an action for specific performance or any other appropriate action or proceeding to enable Agent to enforce and realize upon its interest under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, or in the Property, the Gross Revenues or any other collateral given to Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents; provided, however, that, except as specifically provided herein, any judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be enforceable against Borrower only to the extent of Borrower’s interest in the Property, in the Gross Revenues and in any other collateral given to Agent (on behalf of Lenders), and Agent (on behalf of Lenders), by accepting the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, shall not sue for, seek or demand any deficiency judgment against Borrower in any such action or proceeding under or by reason of or under or in connection with the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or

 

 132 
 

the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall not, however, (a) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents; (b) impair the right of Agent to name Borrower as a party defendant in any action or suit for foreclosure and sale under the Mortgage; (c) affect the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any guaranty made in connection with the Loan or any of the rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders thereunder; (d) impair the right of Agent to obtain the appointment of a receiver; (e) impair the enforcement of the Assignment of Leases; (f) impair the enforcement of the Environmental Indemnity; (g) constitute a prohibition against Agent to seek a deficiency judgment against Borrower in order to fully realize the security granted by the Mortgage or to commence any other appropriate action or proceeding in order for Agent to exercise its remedies against the Property; or (h) constitute a waiver of the right of Agent to enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower, by money judgment or otherwise, to the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by Agent and/or Lenders (including attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred) arising out of or in connection with the following (all such liability and obligation of Borrower for any or all of the following being referred to herein as “Borrower’s Recourse Liabilities”):

(i)                 fraud, willful misconduct, intentional misrepresentation or intentional failure to disclose a material fact by or on behalf of Borrower, Guarantor, any Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor, or any of their respective agents or representatives in connection with the Loan;

(ii)               the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or indemnification provision in the Environmental Indemnity or in any other Loan Document concerning environmental laws, hazardous substances and/or asbestos and any indemnification of Agent with respect thereto in either document;

(iii)             wrongful removal or destruction of any portion of the Property or damage to the Property caused by willful misconduct or gross negligence by or at the direction of any Borrower Party;

(iv)             any intentional physical waste of the Property by or at the direction of any Borrower Party;

(v)               the forfeiture by Borrower of the Property, or any portion thereof, because of the conduct or purported conduct of criminal activity by Borrower or Guarantor or any of their respective agents or representatives in connection therewith, including by reason of any claim under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO);

(vi)             the misappropriation or conversion by or on behalf of Borrower of

(A) any Insurance Proceeds paid by reason of any loss, damage or destruction to the Property, or (B) any Awards or other amounts received in connection with the Condemnation of all or a portion of the Property, or (C) any Gross Revenues (including Rents, Insurance Proceeds, security deposits, advance deposits or any other deposits) or (D) any other funds due under the Loan Documents, including , in connection with any of

 

 133 
 

the foregoing, by reason of failure to comply with Section 6.1 hereof or breach of the Clearing Account Agreement or the Cash Management Agreement;

(vii)           failure to pay charges for labor or materials or other charges that can create Liens on any portion of the Property, except to the extent the same are being contested in accordance with the express provisions of Section 4.3 hereof;

(viii)         any security deposits, advance deposits or any other deposits collected with respect to the Property which are not delivered to Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, failure to effectively assign any other letter of credit, bond or similar instrument to Agent);

(ix)             the failure to pay Taxes or transfer taxes except to the extent that said failure relates to Real Estate Taxes and there are sufficient funds in the Tax Account to pay such amounts when due and Agent fails to make such payment in violation of this Agreement;

(x)               failure to obtain and maintain the fully paid for Policies in accordance with Section 5.1.1 hereof except to the extent that said failure is a result of failure to pay Insurance Premiums and there are sufficient funds in the Insurance Account to pay such amounts when due and Agent fails to make such payment in violation of this Agreement;

(xi)             any breach of the EB-5 Documents, the EB-5 Program, and/or the EB-5 Provisions;

(xii)           any breach of the Development Agreement and/or the Development Agreement Provisions;

(xiii)         the breach of any covenant contained Section 4.11.6 hereof;

(xiv)         the breach of any covenant contained Section 4.22 hereof;

(xv)           Borrower’s indemnification of Agent and Lenders set forth in Section 9.2 hereof;

(xvi)         any cost or expense incurred by Agent or any Lender in connection with the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any Guaranty or the Environmental Indemnity;

(xvii)       if any Guarantor (or any Person comprising any Guarantor), Borrower or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, in connection with any enforcement action or exercise or assertion of any right or remedy by or on behalf of Agent under or in connection with any Guaranty, the Note, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document, seeks a defense, judicial intervention or injunctive or other equitable relief of any kind, or asserts in a pleading filed in connection with a judicial proceeding any defense against Agent or any Lender or any right in connection with any security for the Loan (other than

 134 
 

commercially reasonable defenses to such enforcement action which have been alleged in good faith);

(xviii)     (1) (A) Borrower takes an express or affirmative action to avail itself of or to “opt-in” to the benefits of any Emergency Law, (B) such Emergency Law permits Borrower to defer payment of, or otherwise elect not to pay, any amounts as and when due under the Loan Documents, (C) Borrower does so defer payment of or otherwise elect not to pay any amounts as and when due under the Loan Documents solely on the basis of Borrower availing itself of such Emergency Law, and (D) Rents received by the Borrower during the period in question are sufficient to pay the amounts so deferred or not paid in full or (2) Borrower, by affirmatively availing itself of such benefits of any Emergency Law, prevents Lender, or requires Agent to forbear, from exercising (at such time or another time in the future) any one or more rights or remedies that, in the absence of such Emergency Law, could otherwise be available to Agent under the Loan Documents or applicable Legal Requirements;

(xix)         Borrower fails to comply promptly (and in any event within any applicable timeframe provided under the relevant Emergency Law) with any request made by Agent pursuant to an Emergency Law for Borrower to take any action that, in Agent's reasonable judgment, is necessary or reasonably necessary in order to permit Agent to exercise (at such time or another time in the future) any one or more rights or remedies that, in the absence of such Emergency Law, could otherwise be available to Agent under the Loan Documents or applicable Legal Requirements; and/or

(xx)           a breach of the covenants set forth in Section 4.4 hereof or a breach of any of the representations set forth in the “Recycled SPE Certificate” delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan, except to the extent that such breach (A) results in a Springing Recourse Event pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof below.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,

(A) neither Agent nor any Lender shall be deemed to have waived any right which Agent may have under Section 506(a), 506(b), 1111(b) or any other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Obligations or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Obligations owing to Agent and Lenders in accordance with the Loan Documents,

(B) the Obligations shall be fully recourse to Borrower in the event that any of the following occur (each, a “Springing Recourse Event”):

(xxi)         a breach of the covenants set forth in Section 4.4 hereof or a breach of any of the representations set forth in the “Recycled SPE Certificate” delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan that is cited as a factor in any proceeding under applicable insolvency law ordering the substantive consolidation of the assets and liabilities of Borrower with any other Person (other than a substantive consolidation that was affirmatively petitioned for and/or affirmatively joined in by Lender);

 

 135 
 

(xxii)       Borrower fails to obtain Agent’s prior consent to any subordinate financing secured by the Property or other voluntary Lien encumbering the Property (other than Permitted Encumbrances);

(xxiii)     Borrower fails to obtain Agent’s prior consent to any Transfer of the Property or any interest therein or any Transfer of any direct or indirect interest in Borrower, in either case as required by the Mortgage or this Agreement other than a Permitted Transfer;

(xxiv)     intentionally omitted;

(xxv)       Borrower files a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law;

(xxvi)     Borrower is substantively consolidated with any other Person; unless such consolidation was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower or Guarantor and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days following the occurrence of such consolidation;

(xxvii)   the filing of an involuntary petition against Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law by any other Person in which Borrower and/or any Guarantor colludes with or otherwise assists such Person, and/or Borrower and/or any Guarantor solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors for any involuntary petition against Borrower by any Person;

(xxviii) Borrower files an answer consenting to, or otherwise acquiescing in, or joining in, any involuntary petition filed against it by any other Person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law;

(xxix)     Borrower, any Guarantor or any Affiliate, officer, director or representative which controls Borrower or any Guarantor consents to, or acquiesces in, or joins in, an application for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or examiner for Borrower or any portion of the Property;

(xxx)       Borrower makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits, in writing or in any legal proceeding, its insolvency or inability to pay its debts as they become due (unless such admission is true and either (x) is required pursuant to a court order or to preclude a claim of perjury or (y) is expressly and specifically requested by Lender in writing in connection with an exercise of remedies hereunder).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, Borrower hereby personally guarantees (i.e. without the benefits of the exculpation provisions set forth herein) the payment of all EB-5 Payment Obligations as and when the same may become due and payable.

 

 136 
 

Section 10.2 Survival; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lenders of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lenders of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the legal representatives, successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives, successors and assigns of Agent and Lenders.

Section 10.3 Agent’s Discretion; Rating Agency Review Waiver.

(a)                Whenever pursuant to this Agreement Agent exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove any matter, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Agent, the decision of Agent to approve or disapprove such matter or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) be in the sole discretion of Agent and shall be final and conclusive. Prior to a Securitization, whenever pursuant to this Agreement the Rating Agencies are given any right to approve or disapprove any matter, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to the Rating Agencies, the decision of Agent to approve or disapprove such matter or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory, based upon Agent’s determination of Rating Agency criteria, shall be substituted therefor.

(b)               Whenever, pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, a Rating Agency Confirmation is required from each applicable Rating Agency, in the event that any applicable Rating Agency “declines review”, “waives review” or otherwise indicates in writing or otherwise to Agent’s or Servicer’s satisfaction that no Rating Agency Confirmation will or needs to be issued with respect to the matter in question (each, a “Review Waiver”), then the Rating Agency Confirmation requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied with respect to such matter. It is expressly agreed and understood, however, that receipt of a Review Waiver (i) from any one Rating Agency shall not be binding or apply with respect to any other Rating Agency and

(ii) with respect to one matter shall not apply or be deemed to apply to any subsequent matter for which Rating Agency Confirmation is required.

(c)                Prior to a Securitization or in the event that there is a Review Waiver, if Agent does not have a separate and independent approval right with respect to the matter in question, then the term Rating Agency Confirmation shall be deemed instead to require the prior written consent of Agent.

Section 10.4 Governing Law.

(a)                THIS AGREEMENT WAS NEGOTIATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND MADE BY AGENT AND LENDERS AND ACCEPTED BY BORROWER IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE PROCEEDS OF THE NOTE DELIVERED PURSUANT HERETO WERE DISBURSED FROM THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WHICH STATE THE PARTIES AGREE HAS A SUBSTANTIAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE PARTIES

 137 
 

AND TO THE UNDERLYING TRANSACTION EMBODIED HEREBY, AND IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE (WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, EXCEPT THAT AT ALL TIMES THE PROVISIONS FOR THE CREATION, PERFECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST CREATED PURSUANT HERETO AND PURSUANT TO THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (EXCEPT THE CREATION, PERFECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE SECURITY INTERESTS RELATING TO THE CLEARING ACCOUNT AND DEPOSIT ACCOUNT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED ACCORDING TO, THE LAW OF THE STATE, COMMONWEALTH OR DISTRICT, AS APPLICABLE, IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE, COMMONWEALTH OR DISTRICT, AS APPLICABLE, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF ALL LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL OF THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM TO ASSERT THAT THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION GOVERNS THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTE, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH ABOVE.

(b)               ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY LENDER, AGENT OR BORROWER OR MANAGER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ASSIGNMENT OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT MAY AT AGENT’S OPTION BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK, PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, AND BORROWER AND MANAGER EACH WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE BASED ON VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, AND BORROWER AND MANAGER EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. BORROWER DOES HEREBY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT:

Incorporating Services, Ltd.

3500 S DuPont Hwy Dover, DE 19901

 

 138 
 

AS ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON ITS BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AND BORROWER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON SAID AGENT AT SAID ADDRESS AND WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAID SERVICE MAILED OR DELIVERED TO BORROWER IN THE MANNER PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON BORROWER IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BORROWER (I) SHALL GIVE PROMPT NOTICE TO AGENT OF ANY CHANGED ADDRESS OF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT HEREUNDER, (II) MAY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE A SUBSTITUTE AUTHORIZED AGENT WITH AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK (WHICH SUBSTITUTE AGENT AND OFFICE SHALL BE DESIGNATED AS THE PERSON AND ADDRESS FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS), AND (III) SHALL PROMPTLY DESIGNATE SUCH A SUBSTITUTE IF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT CEASES TO HAVE AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK OR IS DISSOLVED WITHOUT LEAVING A SUCCESSOR. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF AGENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST BORROWER IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 10.5 Modification, Waiver in Writing. No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party or parties against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to, or demand on, Borrower shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Agent in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Agent shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount. Agent shall have the right to waive or reduce any time periods that Agent is entitled to under the Loan Documents in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 10.6 Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (any of the foregoing, a “Notice”) required, permitted or desired to be given hereunder shall be in writing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered by hand or by reputable overnight courier, or electronically transmitted by e-mail with hard copy delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier (unless waived by Agent as described below), addressed to the party to be so notified at its address hereinafter set forth, or

 139 
 

to such other address as such party may hereafter specify in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.6. Any Notice shall be deemed to have been received: (a) three (3) days after the date such Notice is mailed, (b) intentionally omitted, (c) on the date of delivery by hand if delivered during business hours on a Business Day (otherwise on the next Business Day), (d) on the next Business Day if sent by an overnight commercial courier and (e) if transmitted by e-mail, (A) if such e-mail was sent prior to 5 P.M. EST on a Business Day, then on the date such e-mail was sent, provided that a hard copy of such e-mail (and any and all attachments) is delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier on the immediately succeeding Business Day, or (y) if such e-mail was sent on a day that is not a Business Day or after 5 P.M. EST on a Business Day, then on the Business Day immediately succeeding the date such e-mail was sent, provided that a hard copy of such e-mail (and any and all attachments) is delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier on the second Business Day immediately following the date on which such e-mail was sent; provided, however, that by written notice to Borrower, Agent shall have the unilateral right at any time to waive the hard copy requirement with respect to all Notices sent via e-mail, in each case addressed to the parties as follows:

If to Agent: DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH

1 Columbus Circle

New York, New York 10019 Attention:

Peter DiConza

Email: xxxxxx@db.com Robert W. Pettinato, Jr.

Email: xxxxx@db.com Donna A. Corrigan

Email: xxxxxx@db.com Theresa Elle

Email: xxxxxxx@db.com

 

and to: DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH

1 Columbus Circle

New York, New York 10019 Attention: General Counsel

 

with a copy to: Latham & Watkins LLP

1271 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10020-1401 Attention: David A. Freedman, Esq.

If to Borrower: Block 40 Property, LLC

290 North Federal Highway Hollywood, Florida 33020 Attn: Charles R. Abele, Jr.

 140 
 

with a copy to: Greenberg Traurig, P.A.

Attn: Ricardo L. Fraga

333 SE 2nd Avenue, Suite 4400

Miami, Florida 33133

 

Any party may change the address to which any such Notice is to be delivered by furnishing ten

(10) days written notice of such change to the other parties in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.6. Notices shall be deemed to have been given on the date as set forth above, even if there is an inability to actually deliver any such Notice because of a changed address of which no Notice was given, or there is a rejection or refusal to accept any Notice offered for delivery. Notice for any party may be given by its respective counsel. Additionally, Notice from Agent may also be given by Servicer and Agent hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall be entitled to rely on any Notice given by Servicer as if it had been sent by Agent.

Section 10.7 Waiver of Trial by Jury. BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER HEREBY AGREE NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY BORROWER, AGENT AND EACH LENDER AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. EACH PARTY IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER.

Section 10.8 Headings, Schedules and Exhibits. The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The Schedules and Exhibits annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

Section 10.9 Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Preferences. Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments by Borrower to any portion of the Obligations of Borrower hereunder. To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Agent, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such

 141 
 

payment or proceeds received, the Obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Agent.

Section 10.11 Waiver of Notice. Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Agent except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Agent to Borrower and except with respect to matters for which Borrower is not, pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice. Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Agent with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Agent to Borrower.

Section 10.12 Remedies of Borrower. In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that Agent or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where, by law or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Agent or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, neither Agent nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages and Borrower’s sole remedy shall be limited to commencing an action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. Any action or proceeding to determine whether Agent has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment.

Section 10.13 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses. Any assignee of Agent’s or any Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

Section 10.14 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

(a)                Borrower and Agent (on behalf of Lenders) intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and any Lender or to grant Agent and/or any Lender any interest in the Property other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

(b)               The Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Agent (for itself and on behalf of Lenders) and Borrower (and the Lender Group, the Issuer and the Underwriter Group with respect to Section 9.2(b)) and nothing contained in any Loan Document shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than the Agent, Lenders and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained therein.

Section 10.15 Publicity. All news releases, publicity or advertising by Borrower or its Affiliates through any media intended to reach the general public which refers to the Loan

 142 
 

Documents or the financing evidenced by the Loan Documents, to Agent, Lenders, the Affiliate of any Lender that acts as the issuer with respect to a Securitization or any of their other Affiliates (x) shall be prohibited prior to the final Securitization of the Loan and (y) after the final Securitization of the Loan, shall be subject to the prior written approval of Agent. Agent shall have the right to issue any of the foregoing without Borrower’s approval and Borrower authorizes Agent to issue press releases, advertisements and other promotional materials in connection with Agent’s own promotional and marketing activities, including in connection with a Secondary Market Transaction, and such materials may describe the Loan in general terms or in detail and Agent’s participation therein in the Loan.

Section 10.16 Waiver of Marshalling of Assets. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of the assets of Borrower, Borrower’s members or partners, as applicable, and others with interests in Borrower, and of the Property, and shall not assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Agent (on behalf of Lenders) under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Property for the collection of the Obligations without any prior or different resort for collection, or of the right of Agent (on behalf of Lenders) to the payment of the Obligations out of the net proceeds of the Property in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.

Section 10.17 Certain Waivers.

(a)                To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, Borrower hereby waives the right to assert a counterclaim, other than a compulsory counterclaim, in any action or proceeding brought against it by Agent, any Lender or their agents or otherwise to offset any obligations to make the payments required by the Loan Documents. No failure by Agent to perform any of its obligations hereunder shall be a valid defense to, or result in any offset against, any payments which Borrower is obligated to make under any of the Loan Documents. Without limiting any of the other provisions contained herein, Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by applicable law, any rights it may have to claim or recover against Agent or any Lender in any legal action or proceeding any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

(b)               To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any right, remedy, claim or defense that Borrower may have, or have the right to assert, in order to avail itself of the benefits of any Emergency Law, or otherwise exercise any right or option under any Emergency Law, where such Emergency Law (A) permits (x) Borrower to defer payment of, or otherwise elect not to pay, any amounts as and when due under the Loan Documents and/or (y) Borrower to delay performance of, or otherwise elect not to perform, any non-monetary obligation of Borrower as and when required under the Loan Documents and/or (B) prevents Agent, or requires Agent to forbear, from exercising (at such time or another time in the future) any one or more rights or remedies that, in the absence of such Emergency Law, could otherwise be available to Agent under the Loan Documents or applicable Legal Requirements.

 

 143 
 

Section 10.18 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan, without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Agent, any Lender or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Agent or any Lender. Agent shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Agent of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Agent’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Agent engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

Section 10.19 Brokers and Financial Advisors. Borrower hereby represents that, except for BayBridge Real Estate Capital (“Broker”), it has dealt with no financial advisors, brokers, underwriters, placement agents, agents or finders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Borrower will pay Broker a commission pursuant to a separate agreement. Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses of any kind (including Agent’s and each Lender’s attorneys’ fees and expenses) in any way relating to or arising out of a claim by any Person (including Broker) that such Person acted on behalf of Borrower or Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The provisions of this Section 10.19 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

Section 10.20 Prior Agreements. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective affiliates in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements among or between such parties, including any confidentiality agreements or any similar agreements between or among any such parties, whether oral or written, are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 10.21 Servicer.

(a)                At the option of Agent, the Loan may be serviced by a servicer or special servicer (the “Servicer”) selected by Agent and Agent may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the Servicer pursuant to a servicing agreement (the “Servicing Agreement”) between Agent and Servicer. Servicer may, at any time, delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities for the servicing and administration of the Loan to a sub-servicer or sub-servicers. Borrower shall be responsible for any costs and expenses of Servicer to the extent such costs and expenses would otherwise be payable by Borrower if incurred by Agent or Lender hereunder, provided, however, that Borrower shall not

 144 
 

be responsible for any set-up fees or any other initial costs incurred after a Securitization of the Loan. Agent and Borrower agree that Hanover Street Capital, LLC shall be the initial Servicer hereunder. Borrower agrees that the Servicer shall be paid an annual fee of $25,000, payable monthly on each Monthly Payment Date (the “Servicing Fee”), in accordance with Section 6.16.1 above. Notwithstanding any collection of the Servicing Fee by Agent on behalf of Servicer, the Servicing Fee will be deemed to have been paid directly to Servicer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not be responsible for payment of the master servicing fee due to the Servicer after a Securitization of the Loan.

(b)               Other than as set forth in Section 10.21(a) above, Borrower shall pay all of the fees and expenses of the Servicer and any reasonable third-party fees and expenses in connection with the Loan, including any prepayments, releases of the Property, approvals under the Loan Documents requested by Borrower, other requests under the Loan, assumption of Borrower’s obligations or modification of the Loan, as well as any fees and expenses in connection with the special servicing or work-out of the Loan or enforcement of the Loan Documents, including, special servicing fees, operating or trust advisor fees (if the Loan is a specially serviced loan or in connection with a workout), work-out fees, liquidation fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and other fees and expenses in connection with the modification or restructuring of the Loan. All amounts payable to Agent or Servicer in exercising its rights under this Section 10.21 (including, but not limited to, disbursements, advances and reasonable legal expenses incurred in connection therewith), shall be payable within five (5) Business Days demand, secured by this Agreement and interest thereon shall accrue at the Interest Rate (or Default Rate if an Event of Default then exists) from the date incurred.

Section 10.22 Joint and Several Liability. If more than one Person has executed this Agreement as “Borrower,” the representations, covenants, warranties and obligations of all such Persons hereunder shall be joint and several.

Section 10.23 Creation of Security Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents, Agent or any Lender may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage and any other Loan Document (including the advances owing to it) in favor of (i) any Federal Reserve Bank, any Federal Home Loan Bank or the central reserve bank or similar authority of any country to secure any obligation of Lender to such bank or similar authority (a “Central Bank Pledge”) or (ii) to the bondholders (as a collective whole) (or their nominee, collateral agent or security trustee) under, or the trustee, administrator or receiver (or their respective nominees, collateral agents or collateral trustees) of a mortgage pool securing covered mortgage bonds issued by such Lender under German Pfandbrief legislation, as such legislation may be amended and in effect from time to time, or any substitute or successor legislation (a “Pfandbrief Pledge”). In the event that the interest of Agent and/or any Lender that is assigned in connection with a Central Bank Pledge or Pfandbrief Pledge is foreclosed upon and transferred to the pledgee thereof, Agent or such Lender, as applicable, shall have no further liability hereunder with respect to the interest that was the subject of such transfer and the assignee shall be Agent or such Lender, as applicable with respect to such interest. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be required to notify Borrower of any Central Bank Pledge or Pfandbrief Pledge. Borrower agrees to execute, within fifteen (15) Business Days after request therefor is made by

 145 
 

Agent or any Lender, any documents or any amendments, amendments and restatements, and/or modifications to any Loan Documents and/or additional documents (including, without limitation, amended, amended and restated, modified and/or additional promissory notes) and/or estoppel certificates reasonably requested by Agent and/or such Lender in order to make the Loan Documents eligible under German Pfandbrief legislation; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to enter into any such documents and amendments which would increase Borrower’s affirmative obligations or decrease Borrower’s rights under the Loan Documents or adversely affect the economic or other material terms of the Loan.

Section 10.24 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 10.25 Set-Off. In addition to any rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders provided by this Agreement and by law, Agent shall have the right in its sole discretion, without prior notice to Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by any Lender or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; provided however, Agent and Lenders may only exercise such right during the continuance of an Event of Default. Agent agrees promptly to notify Borrower after any such set-off and application made by Agent; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

Section 10.26 Modification, Waiver in Writing; Approvals.

(a)                No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document shall be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by Agent and, in the case of modifications and amendments, Borrower, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose for which given. Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Agent or any Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither Agent nor any Lender shall be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount. Agent shall have the right to waive or reduce any time periods that Lenders and/or Agent is entitled to under the Loan Documents in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

 146 
 

(b)               Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that notwithstanding the fact that the Loan may be serviced by Servicer, prior to a Securitization of the entire Loan, all requests for approval and consents hereunder and in every instance in which Lenders’ consent or approval is required, all copies of documents, reports, requests and other delivery obligations of Borrower and Guarantor required hereunder shall be delivered by Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, to Agent.

Section 10.27 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

(a)                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among the respective parties thereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(i)                 the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(ii)              the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if

applicable:

(A)             a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such

liability;

(B)              a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares

or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(C)              the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

(b)               As used in this Section 10.27 the following terms have the following meanings ascribed thereto: (i) “Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution; (ii)“Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; (iii) “EEA Financial Institution” means (x) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member

 147 
 

Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority; (y) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (x) of this definition; or (z) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (x) or (y) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent; (iv) “EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway or any other member state of the European Economic Area; (v) “EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution; (vi) “EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time; and (vii) “Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Section 10.28 Assignments and Participations.

(a)                At the assignor Lender’s sole cost and provided that the economic and other terms of the Loan shall remain the same for Borrower and Guarantor, any Lender may at any time assign and delegate to one or more assignees (each an “Assignee”) all or any part of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Ratable Share of the Loan at the time owing to it) and the other Obligations held by such Lender hereunder.

(b)               Within ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of notice of such Assignee, Borrower shall, if requested by the Assignee, execute and deliver to Agent, new Notes (in substantially the same form and substance as the original notes) evidencing such Assignee’s portion of the Loan, provided that the applicable original notes are returned to Borrower.

(c)                If any assignee, participant or other transferee of the Loan or any portion thereof or interest therein requests in writing, at such assignee’s, participants or other transferee’s sole cost, Borrower shall deliver to such Person updated opinions of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s New York counsel with respect to the enforceability, due authorization and due execution of any new Loan Documents entered into in connection with the related assignment, participation or transfer, which opinions shall be in substantially the same form as the opinions delivered as of the Closing Date, and dated as of such date as the updated opinions are delivered, as modified as required to properly render such updated opinions on such date and updated, and shall be addressed, for purposes of reliance thereon, to such assignee, participant or transferee, as applicable.

(d)               Upon assignment, all references to the assignor Lender in this Agreement and in any Loan Document shall be deemed to refer to such Assignee or successor in interest and such Assignee or successor in interest shall thereafter stand in the place of such assignor Lender in all respects. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.9 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment; provided that such participant shall

 148 
 

not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.9, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in law that occurs after the participant acquired the applicable participation. Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States of America a copy of each assignment delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and each of Lenders’ assignees and the principal amount (and stated interest) on the Loan owing to Lenders and each of Lenders’ assignees pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower, Lenders and Agent shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and Lenders, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. If a Lender sells a participation, such Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amount (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loan or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that such Lender shall not have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in the Loan or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that the Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(e)                Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Agent and each Lender may provide to any actual or proposed Assignee originals or copies of this Agreement, any other Loan Documents and any other documents, instruments, certificates, opinions, insurance policies, financial statements and other information, letters of credit, reports, requisitions and other materials and information at any time submitted by or on behalf of Borrower, Guarantor or other Persons and/or received by Agent or any Lender in connection with the Loan; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent shall not disclose the identity of any investors in Borrower that are not expressly set forth on the organizational chart attached hereto as Schedule III to any member of the General Public without Borrower’s consent unless Agent has determined (in its reasonable discretion) that it is required to disclose said information pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, in connection with a Secondary Market Transaction and/or to avoid potential liability; provided further that, to the extent that Borrower or Guarantor has, in its reasonable discretion, specifically identified certain Provided Information in writing to Agent (such information, “Confidential Information”) as being proprietary in nature and not otherwise available to the General Public, Agent and Servicer shall (a) not disclose such Confidential Information without Borrower’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Person to whom Agent and/or Servicer, as applicable, has provided such Confidential Information to maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information (which may be accomplished by click-through confidentiality or any other similar mechanism via an electronically maintained file sharing site);

 149 
 

provided further, however, that nothing contained herein shall prohibit (i) Agent, Servicer or the Rating Agencies from (A) including summary statements, conclusions or analysis based on the Confidential Information in reports that Agent, Servicer or the Rating Agencies prepare and distribute with respect to the Loan and/or any Secondary Market Transaction or (B) posting a copy of any Provided Information on any website maintained pursuant to and in accordance with 17 CFR 240.17g-5, (ii) distribution of the Confidential Information to the Rating Agencies, underwriters, auditors, regulatory authorities or any Persons that may be entitled by law to such information and any accountants, attorneys, financial advisors or other similar agents of the foregoing, (iii) distribution of the Confidential Information to any Investors, any holders of any certificates issued in connection with a Securitization, any potential holders of non-investment grade certificates or any potential purchaser or owner of all or any portion of the Loan (including, without limitation, any potential purchaser of any “component” note) or any participation therein and any accountants, attorneys, financial advisors or other similar agents of the foregoing, (iv) distribution and use of the Confidential Information in connection with the servicing of the Loan by Agent or Servicer (including, without limitation, the exercise and enforcement by Agent of any rights and remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document), or (v) distribution and use of the Confidential Information in any Disclosure Documents, Exchange Act Filing and/or Securities Act Filing; provided further, however, that Agent shall inform the recipients of such information described in clauses (ii) and (iii) hereof (other than the regulatory authorities and other Persons that are entitled by law to the Confidential Information) that such recipients may use the Confidential Information solely in connection with rating, administering, servicing, investing or evaluating investment in the Loan or components thereof, and that Agent is under an agreement with Borrower as to the confidentiality of this Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent and all other Persons referenced in clauses (i) through (v) above may disclose the tax treatment and tax structure of the Loan and all materials of any kind including, without limitation, opinions or other tax analysis, that are provided to Agent relating to such tax treatment or tax structure. The failure of any Person to comply with the provisions of this Section shall not affect, in any manner, Borrower’s or Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any disclosures of information not covered under clauses (i) through (v) above, Agent and/or Servicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any Person to whom Agent and/or Servicer, as applicable, has provided such information to maintain the confidentiality of such information (which may be accomplished by click-through confidentiality or any other similar mechanism via an electronically maintained file sharing site).

Section 10.29 Contributions and Waivers.

(a)                As a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each Borrower will benefit, directly and indirectly, from each Borrower’s obligation to pay and perform the Obligations and in consideration therefor each Borrower desires to enter into an allocation and contribution agreement among themselves as set forth in this Section to allocate such benefits among themselves and to provide a fair and equitable agreement to make contributions among each of the Borrowers in the event any payment is made by any Borrower hereunder to Agent and Lenders (such payment being referred to herein as a “Contribution,” and for purposes of this Section, includes any exercise of recourse by Agent or Lenders against any

 150 
 

property of a Borrower and application of proceeds of such property in satisfaction of such Borrower’s obligations, to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents).

(b)               In order to provide for a fair and equitable contribution among the Borrowers in the event that any Contribution is made by a Borrower (a “Funding Borrower”), such Funding Borrower shall be entitled to a reimbursement contribution (“Reimbursement Contribution”) from all other Borrowers with respect to all Contributions made by such Funding Borrower, such that if any Funding Borrower’s Aggregate Payments on any date of determination exceed such Funding Borrower’s Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Borrower shall be entitled to Reimbursement Contributions from all the other Borrowers in an amount sufficient to cause each Funding Borrower’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date.

(c)                For purposes hereof, “Fair Share” means, with respect to a Funding Borrower as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Reimbursement Contribution Amount with respect to such Funding Borrower to (ii) the aggregate of the Reimbursement Contribution Amounts with respect to all Funding Borrowers multiplied by (b) the aggregate Contributions on or before such date by all Funding Borrowers. “Reimbursement Contribution Amount” means, with respect to a Funding Borrower as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of Contributions of such Funding Borrower that would not render its obligations to pay and perform the Obligations subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable applicable provisions of state law; provided, solely for purposes of calculating the “Reimbursement Contribution Amount” with respect to any Funding Borrower for purposes of this Section 10.31, any assets or liabilities of such Funding Borrower arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Funding Borrower. “Aggregate Payments” means, with respect to a Funding Borrower as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate amount of all Contributions made on or before such date by such Funding Borrower, minus (2) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Funding Borrower from the other Funding Borrowers as Reimbursement Contributions under this Section 10.31. The amounts payable as Reimbursement Contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related Contribution is made by the applicable Funding Borrower.

(d)               Each Borrower acknowledges that the right to Reimbursement Contribution hereunder shall constitute an asset in favor of the Borrower to which such Reimbursement Contribution is owing, subject, however, to the proviso in clause (c) above.

(e)                Until the date that is one (1) year and one (1) day after the date that the Debt has been paid and satisfied in full, no Borrower shall (i) assert, collect, sue upon, or enforce all or any part of its right to any Reimbursement Contribution under this Section 10.31; (ii) commence or join with any other creditors of any Borrower in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency proceeding against any other Borrower; (iii) take, accept, ask for, sue for, receive, set off or demand any payments upon any Reimbursement Contribution; or (iv) take, accept, ask for, sue for, receive, demand or allow to be created liens, security interests, mortgages, or pledges of or with respect to any of the assets of any Borrower in favor of or for the benefit of

 

 151 
 

any other Borrower. Nothing contained in this Section shall limit or affect in any way the Obligations of any Borrower to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents.

(f)                To the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, each Borrower

waives:

 

(i)     any right to require Agent or Lenders to proceed against any other Borrower or any other Person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by Agent or Lenders at any time or to pursue any other remedy in Agent’s or Lenders’ power before proceeding against such Borrower;

(ii)  any defense based upon any legal disability or other defense of any other Borrower, any guarantor of any other Person or by reason of the cessation or limitation of the liability of any other Borrower or any guarantor from any cause other than full payment of all sums payable under the Loan Documents;

(iii)  any defense based upon any lack of authority of the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any other Borrower or any principal of any other Borrower or any defect in the formation of any other Borrower or any principal of any other Borrower;

(iv)   any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in any other respects more burdensome than that of a principal;

(v)   any defense based upon any failure by Agent or Lenders to obtain collateral for the indebtedness or failure by Agent or Lenders to perfect a lien on any collateral;

(vi)   presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind;

(vii)    any defense based upon any failure of Agent or Lenders to give notice of sale or other disposition of any collateral to any other Borrower or to any other Person or any defect in any notice that may be given in connection with any sale or disposition of any collateral;

(viii)  any defense based upon any failure of Agent or Lenders to comply with applicable laws in connection with the sale or other disposition of any collateral, including any failure of Lenders to conduct a commercially reasonable sale or other disposition of any collateral;

(ix)   any defense based upon any use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(x)   any defense based upon any agreement or stipulation entered into by Agent or Lenders with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding;

 152 
 

(xi)   any defense based upon any borrowing or any grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(xii)    any defense based upon the avoidance of any security interest in favor of Agent or Lenders for any reason;

(xiii)  any defense based upon any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, liquidation or dissolution proceeding, including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any of the obligations evidenced by the Note or owing under any of the Loan Documents;

(xiv)   any defense or benefit based upon such Borrower’s, or any other party’s, resignation of the portion of any obligation secured by the Mortgage to be satisfied by any payment from any other Borrower or any such party;

(xv)     all rights and defenses based upon any elimination of Borrower’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against any other Borrower as a result of an election of remedies by Agent or Lenders or other actions of Agent or Lender; and

(xvi)   all rights and defenses that such Borrower may have because any of the Debt is secured by real property. This means, among other things (subject to the other terms and conditions of the Loan Documents): (1) Agent or Lenders may collect from such Borrower without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any other Borrower, and (2) if Agent or Lenders forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any other Borrower, (I) the amount of the Debt may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price and (II) Agent or Lenders may collect from such Borrower even if any other Borrower, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right of such Borrower may have to collect from any other Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses such Borrower may have because any of the Debt is secured by real property; and except as may be expressly and specifically permitted herein, any claim or other right which such Borrower might now have or hereafter acquire against any other Borrower or any other Person that arises from the existence or performance of any obligations under the Loan Documents, including any of the following: (i) any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, or indemnification; or (ii) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Agent or Lenders against any other Borrower or any collateral security therefor, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law.

(g)               Each Borrower hereby restates and makes the waivers made by Guarantor in the guarantees for the benefit of Agent and Lender. Such waivers are hereby incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein (and as if applicable to each Borrower) and shall be effective for all purposes under the Loan (including, without limitation, in the event that any Borrower is

 153 
 

deemed to be a surety or guarantor of the Debt (by virtue of each Borrower being co-obligors and jointly and severally liable hereunder, by virtue of each Borrower encumbering its interest in the Property for the benefit or debts of the other Borrowers in connection herewith or otherwise)).

ARTICLE 11

 

AGENT

Section 11.1 Appointment.

(a)                Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes Agent, as the agent for such Lender, to take such action on its behalf and in Agent’s designated capacity under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein or therein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent.

(b)               Subject to Section 10.29, no individual Lender or group of Lenders shall have any right to modify or waive, or consent to the departure of any party from any provision of any Loan Document, or secure or enforce the Obligations. All such rights, on behalf of Agent or any Lender or Lenders, shall be held and exercised solely by and at the option of Agent for the pro rata benefit of Lenders. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions which Agent is expressly entitled to exercise or take under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, including (i) the determination if and to what extent matters or items subject to Agent’s satisfaction are acceptable or otherwise within its discretion, (ii) the making of Agent Advances, and (iii) the exercise of remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and any action so taken or not taken shall be deemed consented to by Lenders.

(c)                In case of the pendency of any bankruptcy, receivership, Insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor, no individual Lender or group of Lenders shall have the right, and Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of the Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be exclusively entitled and empowered on behalf of itself and Lenders, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i)                 to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loan and all other Obligations that are owing

 154 
 

and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Lenders and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Lenders and Agent and their respective agents and counsel) and all other amounts due Lenders and Agent hereunder allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii)              to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, conservator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to Lenders, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Agent hereunder. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of Lenders except as approved by the Lenders or to authorize Agent to vote in respect of the claims of Lenders except as approved by the Lenders in any such proceeding.

Section 11.2 Delegation of Duties. Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 11.3 Exculpatory Provisions. Neither Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person or Persons under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person or Persons’ own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any Lender for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by Borrower or Guarantor or any officer thereof contained in any Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of Borrower or Guarantor to perform its obligations thereunder. Agent shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of Borrower or Guarantor.

Section 11.4 Reliance by Agent. Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person

 155 
 

or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless such Note shall have been transferred in accordance with this Agreement and all actions required in connection with such transfer shall have been taken. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of one hundred percent (100%) of Lenders (or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement or by a separate agreement between Agent and any Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of one hundred percent (100%) of Lenders (or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement or by a separate agreement between Agent and any Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all Lenders and all future holders of all or any interest in the Loan.

Section 11.5 Notice of Default. Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents unless Agent shall have received notice from a Lender or Borrower, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that Agent shall receive such a notice, Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to Lenders. Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by one hundred percent (100%) of Lenders (or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement or by a separate agreement between Agent and any Lenders); provided that unless and until Agent shall have received such directions, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of Lenders.

Section 11.6 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Borrower or Guarantor or any Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Ratable Share of the Loan hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports

 156 
 

and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent hereunder, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of Borrower or Guarantor or any Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor that may come into the possession of Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

Section 11.7 Indemnification. Lenders agree to indemnify Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Ratable Share on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Loan shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Ratable Share immediately prior to such date), for, and to save Agent harmless from and against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including, without limitation, at any time following the payment of the Loan) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Loan, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section shall survive the payment of the Debt and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 11.8 Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with Borrower or Guarantor or any Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor as though Agent were not an agent hereunder. With respect to the Ratable Share of the Loan made or held by it at any time, Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include Agent in its individual capacity.

Section 11.9 Appraisals. Agent may, at its option, commission one or more new and/or updated appraisals from time to time after the Closing Date; provided, however, that Borrower shall only be required to reimburse Agent for such new and/or updated appraisal (A) not more than one time annually unless (1) an Event of Default is continuing or (2) there is, in Agent’s reasonable judgment, a material adverse change in the Property or the market conditions related to the Property, (B) at the time of any extension of the Loan and (C) at any time such appraisal is required by applicable law or regulatory requirements.

Section 11.10 Ratable Share. (i) The liabilities of Lenders shall be several and not joint,

(ii) no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Lender, and (iii) each Lender shall be liable to Borrower only for its respective Ratable Share of the Loan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all indemnities by Borrower and obligations for costs, expenses, damages or advances set forth herein shall run to and benefit each Lender in accordance with its

 

 157 
 

Ratable Share.

Section 11.11 Letters of Credit. Each Lender agrees that, prior to the Securitization of the entire Loan, (i) any Letter of Credit delivered to Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall name DB as the sole beneficiary thereunder for the benefit of the Lenders, and (ii) each authorizes DB to, and DB hereby agrees to, act as its agent with regard to the servicing and administration of all such Letters of Credit, and in the event DB draws upon any such Letter of Credit, each Lender authorizes DB to, and DB hereby agrees to, deposit the proceeds into the Cash Management Account (or into one or more of the Accounts) in the manner set forth herein. Upon a Securitization of the entire Loan, each Lender authorizes DB to, and DB hereby agrees to, assign to the Trustee all of DB’s and Lenders’ right, title and interest in and to each Letter of Credit issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement that is then in DB’s and Lenders’ possession, whereupon without any further action by any of the Lenders, DB shall be released from any and all liability relating in any way to such Letter(s) of Credit.

Section 11.12 Co-Lenders. Borrower acknowledges that Lender, any other Lenders hereunder and Agent may from time to time enter into one or more agreements (any such agreement as the same may be modified, amended, restated supplemented or replaced from time to time, a “Co-Lender Agreement”) governing the relationship between such parties with respect to the Loan. Borrower acknowledges that Agent’s discretion under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents may be subject to the limitations in any such Co-Lender Agreements, including the requirement that Agent obtain approval of a specified percentage of Lenders or all of the Lenders prior to granting certain consents or approvals or taking certain actions under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents. Any such Co-Lender Agreements are intended solely for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, and the Borrower acknowledges that neither Borrower, any Guarantor nor any Affiliate of Borrower or any Guarantor is an intended third-party beneficiary of any Co-Lender Agreement and shall not be entitled to rely on any of the terms or provisions contained therein. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to provide a copy of any Co-Lender Agreement to Borrower, any Guarantor or any such Affiliate of Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise disclose to Borrower or any other such party the contents of any Co-Lender Agreement.

Section 11.13 Future Funding Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any Loan Document (including, without limitation, the provisions of Sections 9.3, 10.14, and 10.28 hereof), the parties acknowledge that the Loan may be severed into one or more component notes where one Lender (the “Future Funding Lender”) retains the obligations of the Lender hereunder to fund any Advances (the “Future Funding Obligations”). The Future Funding Obligations will be solely the obligation of Future Funding Lender and will not be transferred or assigned to any subsequent holder of the applicable Note(s) (the “Holder”), including the Servicer and any trust or trustee or substituted or successor trustee established in connection with any Secondary Market Transaction. No Holder other than Future Funding Lender shall have any liability with respect to the Future Funding Obligations.

Section 11.14 Modifications to Article 11. Borrower, Agent and Lenders acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Article 11 solely govern the relationship among the Lenders and Agent and do not alter or otherwise modify the provisions of this Agreement applicable to

 158 
 

Borrower or otherwise apply to Borrower. The provisions of this Article 11 may be modified without Borrower’s consent so long as such modifications do not alter any of Borrower’s rights or obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or otherwise alter the economic terms of the Loan or the Loan Documents in any manner.

[No Further Text On This Page]

 

 159 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

AGENT:

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH

 

 

By: /s/ John Tilli

Name: John Tilli

Title: Director 

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Peter Castro

Name: Peter Castro

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

[Signatures continue on following page.]

 

 160 
 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH

 

By: /s/ John Tilli

Name: John Tilli

Title: Director

 

 By: /s/ Peter Castro

Name: Peter Castro

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signatures continue on following page.]

 

 161 
 

 

BORROWER:

BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware

limited liability company

 

By: Block 40 Managers, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, its Manager

 

 

By: /s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr.

Name: Charles R. Abele, Jr.

Title: Authorized Manager Representative

 

 

By: /s/ Peter John Jago

Name: Peter John Jago

Title: Authorized Manager Representative

 

 162 
 

SCHEDULE I

A. RENT ROLL

(Attached)

 

 

 

 

B. ​LEASE DISCLOSURES

1.      Unrecorded Lease Agreement dated November 29, 2021 by and between Block 40, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (as predecessor-in-interest to Block 40 Property, LLC), as lessor, and Carrot Love Hollywood, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, as lessee.

 

2.      Unrecorded Master Lease Agreement dated May 6, 2022 by and between Block 40, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (as predecessor-in-interest to Block 40 Property, LLC), as lessor, and Society 8 Hospitality, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, as lessee.

 

 163 
 

 

 164 
 

SCHEDULE II

Intentionally Omitted.

 165 
 

SCHEDULE III ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

(Attached)

 

 166 
 

 167 
 

 

 168 
 

 169 
 

SCHEDULE IV

EXCEPTIONS TO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

NONE.

 

 170 
 

SCHEDULE V

DEFINITION OF SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Agent that since the date of its formation and at all times on and after the date hereof and until such time as the Obligations shall be paid and performed in full:

(a)                Borrower (i) has been, is, and will be organized solely for the purpose of acquiring, developing, owning, holding, selling, leasing, transferring, exchanging, managing and operating the Property, entering into this Agreement with the Agent, refinancing the Property in connection with a permitted repayment of the Loan, and transacting lawful business that is incident, necessary and appropriate to accomplish the foregoing, (ii) has not owned, does not own, and will not own any asset or property other than (A) the Property, and (B) incidental personal property necessary for the ownership or operation of the Property and (iii) has been, is, and will be organized for the purpose of investing the equity capital that was contributed to Borrower by the Sole Member of Borrower in compliance with the provisions of this Schedule V. No equity capital was raised by Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, there has been no direct or indirect commercial activity by the Borrower or a person or entity acting on its behalf to procure the transfer or commitment of capital by the Sole Member of the Borrower for the purpose of investing it in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule V.

(b)               Borrower has not engaged and will not engage in any business other than the ownership, management and operation of the Property and Borrower will conduct and operate its business as presently conducted and operated.

(c)                Borrower has not and will not enter into any contract or agreement with any Affiliate of Borrower, except upon terms and conditions that are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable, and substantially similar to those that would be available on an arms-length basis with third parties other than any such party.

(d)               Borrower has not incurred and will not incur any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness and the Prior Loan.

(e)                Borrower has not made and will not make any loans or advances to any third party (including any Affiliate or constituent party), and has not and shall not acquire obligations or securities of its Affiliates.

(f)                Borrower has been, is, and intends to remain solvent and Borrower has paid and intends to pay its debts and liabilities (including, as applicable, shared personnel and overhead expenses) from its assets; provided that the foregoing shall not require any direct or indirect member, partner or shareholder of Borrower to make any additional capital contributions to Borrower.

(g)               Borrower has done or caused to be done, and will do, all things necessary to observe organizational formalities and preserve its existence, and Borrower has not, will not

(i) terminate or fail to comply with the provisions of its organizational documents, or (ii) unless

(A) Agent has consented and (B) following a Securitization of the Loan, the applicable Rating

 

 171 
 

Agencies have issued a Rating Agency Confirmation, amend, modify or otherwise change its operating agreement or other organizational documents.

(h)               Except to the extent that Borrower is (i) required to file consolidated tax returns by law; or (ii) treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax purposes and is not required to file tax returns under applicable law, (1) Borrower has maintained and will maintain all of its books, records, financial statements and bank accounts separate from those of its Affiliates and any other Person; (2) Borrower’s assets will not be listed as assets on the financial statement of any other Person; it being understood that Borrower’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (i) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of Borrower and such Affiliates and to indicate that Borrower’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person, and (ii) such assets shall be listed on Borrower’s own separate balance sheet; and (3) Borrower will file its own tax returns (to the extent Borrower is required to file any tax returns) and will not file a consolidated federal income tax return with any other Person. Borrower has maintained and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements in accordance with this Agreement.

(i)                 Borrower has been, will be, and at all times has held and will hold itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other entity (including any Affiliate of Borrower or any constituent party of Borrower (recognizing that Borrower may be treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax purposes and is not required to file tax returns for tax purposes under applicable law)), shall correct any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity, shall conduct business in its own name, shall not identify itself or any of its Affiliates as a division or department or part of the other and shall, to the extent reasonably necessary for the operation of its business, maintain and utilize separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name.

(j)                 Borrower has maintained and intends to maintain adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations; provided that the foregoing shall not require any direct or indirect member, partner or shareholder of Borrower to make any additional capital contributions to Borrower.

(k)               (x) Neither Borrower nor any constituent party of Borrower has sought or will seek or effect the liquidation, dissolution, winding up, division (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise), consolidation or merger, in whole or in part, of Borrower and (y) Borrower has not been the product of, the subject of or otherwise involved in, in each case, any limited liability company division (whether as a plan of division pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise).

(l)                 Borrower has not and will not commingle the funds and other assets of Borrower with those of any Affiliate or constituent party or any other Person, and has held and will hold all of its assets in its own name.

(m)             Borrower has and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any Affiliate or constituent party or any other Person. 

 172 
 

(n)               Borrower has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person and does not and will not hold itself out to be responsible for or have its credit available to satisfy the debts or obligations of any other Person.

(o)               The organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that the business and affairs of Borrower shall be (A) managed by or under the direction of a board of one or more directors designated by Borrower’s sole member (the “Sole Member”) or (B) a committee of managers designated by Sole Member (a “Committee”) or (C) by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two (2) duly appointed Independent Directors or Independent Managers. In addition, the organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that no Independent Director or Independent Manager (as applicable) of Borrower may be removed or replaced without Cause and unless Borrower provides Agent with not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice of (a) any proposed removal of an Independent Director or Independent Manager (as applicable), together with a statement as to the reasons for such removal, and (b) the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements set forth in the organizational documents for an Independent Director or Independent Manager (as applicable).

(p)               The organizational documents of Borrower shall also provide an express acknowledgment that Agent and each Lender is an intended third-party beneficiary of the “special purpose” provisions of such organizational documents.

(q)               The organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that the board of directors, the Committee or Sole Member (as applicable) of Borrower shall not take any action which, under the terms of any certificate of formation, limited liability company operating agreement or any voting trust agreement, requires an unanimous vote of the board of directors (or the Committee as applicable) of Borrower unless at the time of such action there shall be (A) at least two (2) members of the board of directors (or the Committee as applicable) who are Independent Directors or Independent Managers, as applicable (and such Independent Directors or Independent Managers, as applicable, have participated in such vote) or (B) if there is no board of directors or Committee, then such Independent Managers shall have participated in such vote. The organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that Borrower will not and Borrower agrees that it will not, without the unanimous written consent of its board of directors, its Committee or its Sole Member (as applicable), including, or together with, the Independent Directors or Independent Managers (as applicable) (i) file or consent to the filing of any petition, either voluntary or involuntary, to take advantage of any applicable insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization statute, (ii) seek or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator or any similar official of Borrower or a substantial part of its business, (iii) take any action that might cause such entity to become insolvent, (iv) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (v) admit in writing its inability to pay debts generally as they become due, (vi) declare or effectuate a moratorium on the payment of any obligations, or (vii) take any action in furtherance of the foregoing. Borrower shall not take any of the foregoing actions without the unanimous written consent of its board of directors, its Committee or its Sole Member, as applicable, including (or together with) all Independent Directors or Independent Managers, as applicable. In addition, the organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that, when voting with respect to any matters set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this clause (q), the Independent Directors or Independent Managers (as applicable) shall consider only the interests

 173 
 

of Borrower, including its creditors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such documents shall expressly provide that, to the greatest extent permitted by law, except for duties to Borrower (including duties to the members of Borrower solely to the extent of their respective economic interest in Borrower and to Borrower’s creditors as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence), such Independent Directors or Independent Managers (as applicable) shall not owe any fiduciary duties to, and shall not consider, in acting or otherwise voting on any matter for which their approval is required, the interests of (i) the members of Borrower, (ii) other Affiliates of Borrower, or (iii) any group of Affiliates of which Borrower is a part); provided, however, the foregoing shall not eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(r)                The organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that, as long as any portion of the Obligations remains outstanding, upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of Borrower (other than (i) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in Borrower and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of Borrower and the Loan Documents, or (ii) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of Borrower, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of Borrower and the Loan Documents), each of the persons acting as an Independent Director or Independent Manager (as applicable) of Borrower shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of Borrower, automatically be admitted as members of Borrower (in each case, individually, a “Special Member” and collectively, the “Special Members”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of Borrower without dissolution or division (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise). The organizational documents of Borrower shall further provide that for so long as any portion of the Obligations is outstanding, no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to Borrower as a Special Member, and (ii) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director or Independent Manager (as applicable).

(s)                The organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that, as long as any portion of the Obligations remains outstanding, except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (i) Sole Member may not resign, and (ii) no additional member shall be admitted to Borrower.

(t)                 The organizational documents of Borrower shall provide that, as long as any portion of the Obligations remains outstanding: (i) Borrower shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up, only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of Borrower or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of Borrower in Borrower unless the business of Borrower is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as the same may be amended, modified or replaced, the “Act”), or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (ii) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of Borrower to cease to be a member of Borrower or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of Borrower (other than (A) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in Borrower and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of Borrower and the Loan Documents, or (B) the resignation of Sole Member and the

 174 
 

admission of an additional member of Borrower, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of Borrower and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such last remaining member shall be authorized to, and shall, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in Borrower, agree in writing (I) to continue the existence of Borrower, and (II) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of Borrower, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in Borrower; (iii) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such Sole Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of Borrower and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of Borrower shall continue without dissolution; (iv) in the event of the dissolution of Borrower, Borrower shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of Borrower in an orderly manner), and the assets of Borrower shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; (v) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause Borrower or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of Borrower, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of Borrower pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, division (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise), liquidation, winding up or termination of Borrower and (vi) Borrower shall be prohibited from effectuating a division (whether pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Act or otherwise).

(u)               Borrower shall conduct its business so that the assumptions made with respect to Borrower in the Insolvency Opinion shall be true and correct in all respects. In connection with the foregoing, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that it will comply with or cause the compliance with, (i) all of the facts and assumptions (whether regarding Borrower or any other Person) set forth in the Insolvency Opinion, (ii) all of the representations, warranties and covenants on this Schedule V, and (iii) all of the organizational documents of Borrower.

(v)               Borrower has paid and intends to pay its own liabilities and expenses, including the salaries of its own employees (if any) from its own funds, and has maintained and shall maintain a sufficient number of employees (if any) in light of its contemplated business operations; provided that the foregoing shall not require any direct or indirect member, partner or shareholder of Borrower to make any additional capital contributions to Borrower.

(w)             Borrower has not permitted and will not permit any Affiliate or constituent party independent access to its bank accounts.

(x)               Borrower has compensated and shall compensate each of its consultants and agents from its funds for services provided to it and pay from its own assets all obligations of any kind incurred, in each case, to the extent of available cash flow from the Property,; provided that the foregoing shall not require any direct or indirect member, partner or shareholder of Borrower to make any additional capital contributions to Borrower.

(y)               Borrower has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that are shared with any Affiliate, including shared office space.

 175 
 

(z)                Except in connection with the Loan the Prior Loan, Borrower has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person.

(aa) Borrower has and will have no obligation to indemnify its officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation.

(bb) Borrower has not had, does not have, and will not have any of its obligations guaranteed by an Affiliate (other than from the Guarantor with respect to the Loan or with respect to the Prior Loan).

As used herein:

“Cause” shall mean, with respect to an Independent Director or Independent Manager, (i) acts or omissions by such Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, that constitute willful disregard of, or gross negligence with respect to, such Independent Director’s or Independent Manager’s, as applicable, duties, (ii) such Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, has engaged in or has been charged with or has been indicted or convicted for any crime or crimes of fraud or other acts constituting a crime under any law applicable to such Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, (iii) such Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, has breached its fiduciary duties of loyalty and care as and to the extent of such duties in accordance with the terms of Borrower’s organizational documents, (iv) there is a material increase in the fees charged by such Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, or a material change to such Independent Director’s or Independent Manager’s, as applicable, terms of service, (v) such Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, is unable to perform his or her duties as Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, due to death, disability or incapacity, or (vi) such Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable, no longer meets the definition of Independent Director or Independent Manager, as applicable.

“Independent Director” or “Independent Manager” shall mean a natural person selected by Borrower (a) with prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member, (b) with at least three (3) years of employment experience, (c) who is provided by a Nationally Recognized Service Company, (d) who is duly appointed as an Independent Director or Independent Manager and is not, will not be while serving as Independent Director or Independent Manager (except pursuant to an express provision in Borrower’s operating agreement providing for the appointment of such Independent Director or Independent Manager to become a “special member” upon the last remaining member of Borrower ceasing to be a member of Borrower) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five (5) years, any of the following:

(i)                 a stockholder, director (other than as an Independent Director), officer, employee, partner, attorney or counsel of Borrower, any Affiliate of Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of Borrower;

 176 
 

(ii)              a customer, supplier or other Person who derives any of its purchases or revenues from its activities with Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower;

(iii)            a Person or other entity Controlling or under Common Control with any such stockholder, partner, customer, supplier or other Person described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above; or

(iv)             a member of the immediate family of any such stockholder, director, officer, employee, partner, customer, supplier or other Person described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above.

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies subparagraph (i) by reason of being the Independent Director or Independent Manager of a “special purpose entity” affiliated with Borrower shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Director or Independent Manager of Borrower, provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as Independent Director or Independent Manager of affiliates of Borrower in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than five percent (5%) of such individual's annual income for that year.

A natural person who satisfies the foregoing definition other than clause (ii) shall not be disqualified from serving as an Independent Director or Independent Manager of Borrower if such individual is an independent director, independent manager or special manager provided by a Nationally Recognized Service Company that provides professional independent directors, independent managers and special managers and also provides other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business.

“Nationally Recognized Service Company” shall mean any of Incorporating Services, Ltd., CT Corporation, Corporation Service Company, National Registered Agents, Inc., Wilmington Trust Company, National Corporate Research, Ltd., United Corporate Services, Inc., Independent Member Services LLC or such other nationally recognized company that provides independent director, independent manager or independent member services and that is reasonably satisfactory to Agent, in each case that is not an Affiliate of Borrower and that provides professional independent directors and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business.

 177 
 

SCHEDULE VI INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY/WEBSITES

 

Website: www.1818park.com

 

 178 
 

SCHEDULE VII INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 179 
 

SCHEDULE VIII INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 180 
 

SCHEDULE IX INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 181 
 

SCHEDULE X RATABLE SHARE

Lender Ratable Share
Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch 100%

 

 182 
 

EXHIBIT A LEGAL DESCRIPTION

(Attached)

 

 183 
 

Exhibit A Legal Description

PARCEL 1:

 

Lots 1, of Block 40, Hollywood, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 21, of the Public Records of Broward County, Florida.

 

PARCEL 2:

 

Lots 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, of Block 40, Hollywood, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 21, of the Public Records of Broward County, Florida.

 

LESS AND EXCEPT THEREFROM THAT CERTAIN PROPERTY CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF HOLLYWOOD BY THAT CERTAIN DEED RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORDS BOOK 3476, PAGE 399, OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF BROWARD COUNTY, FLORIDA, BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

Commencing at the Southwest corner of Lot 6, Block 40, of the Subdivision of the Town of Hollywood, according to the Plat recorded in Plat Book 1, at Page 21, in the Public Records of Broward County, Florida; run East on and along the South line of Lots 6, 7 and 8 for a distance of 65.36 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING. Said point of beginning being the point of curvature of a curve concave to the Northwest and having the following properties: R=30.0 feet, Delta=123 degrees 06 minutes 46 seconds, arc length=64.46 feet; thence run Northeasterly on said curve for a distance of 64.46 feet to the point of intersection with the East property line of Lot 8 of said Block 40. Thence run Southeasterly on the East line of Lot 8, said East line being a curve having the following properties: R=492.0 feet, Delta=9 degrees 52 minutes 51 seconds, arc length=84.85 feet, extended to a point of intersection with the South line of Lots 6, 7 and 8 extended Easterly; thence run Westerly on and along the extension of Lots 6, 7 and 8 to the POINT OF BEGINNING.

 

PARCEL 3:

That certain 13.00 foot alley lying in Block 40, Hollywood, according to the Plat thereof, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 21, of the Public Records of Broward County, Florida, as vacated and more particularly described by that certain Ordinance No. 0-2005-16 recorded in Official Records Book 47110, Page 253, of the Public Records of Broward County, Florida.

 184 
 

EXHIBIT B

Secondary Market Transaction Information

(A)             Any proposed program for the renovation, improvement or development of the Property, or any part thereof, including the estimated cost thereof and the method of financing to be used.

(B)              The general competitive conditions to which the Property is or may be subject.

(C)              Management of the Property.

(D)             Occupancy rate expressed as a percentage for each of the last five years.

(E)              Principal business, occupations and professions carried on, in, or from the Property.

(F)               Number of Tenants occupying 10% or more of the total rentable square footage of the Property and principal nature of business of such Tenant, and the principal provisions of the leases with those Tenants including, but not limited to: rental per annum, expiration date, and renewal options.

(G)             The average effective annual rental per square foot or unit for each of the last three years prior to the date of filing.

(H)             Schedule of the lease expirations for each of the ten years starting with the year in which the registration statement is filed (or the year in which the prospectus supplement is dated, as applicable), stating:

(1)               The number of Tenants whose leases will expire.

(2)               The total area in square feet covered by such leases.

(3)               The annual rental represented by such leases.

(4)               The percentage of gross annual rental represented by such leases.

 

 185 
 

 

 

 

Execution Version

 

 

FIRST OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

THIS OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS (this

"Agreement") is made as of April 30, 2024, by and among BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("Borrower"), CHARLES R. ABELE, JR., PETER JAGO, DANIEL B. MCCARTHY, and HARISH MEHTA, each a natural person (individually and/or collectively, as the context may require, "Guarantor"), and DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, having an address at 1 Columbus Circle, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10019, as administrative agent (including any of its successors and assigns, "Agent"). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2022, among Borrower, Agent and certain Lenders from time to time party thereto (as the same may hereafter be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, on June 1, 2022, the Lenders made the Loan to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to modify certain provisions in the Loan

Documents.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Borrower's and Guarantor's agreements under the Loan Documents and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

1)                  Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be deemed effective immediately as of the date first written above.

2)                  Amendments.

 

a)                  The definition of "Debt Service" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

"Debt Service" shall mean, with respect to any particular period, the scheduled principal and interest payments due under the Note; provided, that for purposes of calculating the Debt Service Coverage Ratio and Restoration DSCR, the Debt Service shall be calculated: (A) on an annualized basis either (I) for calculations at all times other than during the First Extension Term, assuming an interest rate equal to the sum of (i) the Strike Price and (ii) the Spread (or the Prime Rate Spread if the Loan is a Prime Rate Loan), or (II) for calculations during the First Extension Term, determined using Chatham Financial's forward Term SOFR curve (or, at any time the Loan is an Alternate Rate Loan or Prime Rate Loan, the applicable related forward rate curve utilized by Agent) plus the Spread and (B)  assuming the outstanding principal balance of the Loan is the sum of (x) the Initial Advance plus the Cany Cost Maximum Additional Advance

 

  
 

 

Amount plus any Additional Advances made hereunder (on or before the applicable date of determination) for leasing expenses plus any unfunded Additional Advances that Agent determines could potentially be available after the date of calculation in connection with Approved Leasing Costs associated with any Lease attributable to Rents being counted in the definition of Underwritten Net Cash Flow hereunder minus (y) the amount of any Permitted Partial Prepayment which has occurred on or before the applicable date of calculation.

b)                 The definition of "Strike Price" set forth in Section l.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

"'Strike Price" shall mean (a) prior to the Initial Stated Maturity Date, two and one quarter percent (2.25%) per annum and (b) during the Second Extension Period and/or the Third Extension Period, the lesser of (i) two and three tenths percent (2.30%) per annum and (ii) a per annum rate not more than the rate that would, when set forth as the Strike Price in the definition of Debt Service applicable for purposes of calculating the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, result in the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, calculated as of the first day of such Extension Period, to be equal to or greater than (A) with respect to the Second Extension Option, 1.25:1.00 and

(B)  with respect to the Third Extension Option, I:30:100.'

c)                  Section 2.6.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the phrase "other than during the First Extension Term" following the phrase "thereafter maintain in effect".

 

d)                  The Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Sections 2.7.l(d) and 2.7.l(e) thereof and replacing them with the following:

 

"( d) Borrower shall (1) with respect to the First Extension Option, deposit funds in the amount of $774,685.27 into the Can-y Cost Account on or prior to the Initial Stated Maturity Date, or (2) with respect to the Second Extension Option and/or the Third Extension Option, (i) obtain and deliver to Agent not later than one (1) Business Day prior to the first day of the term of the Loan as extended, (x) with respect to the First Extension Option, one or more Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreements from an Approved Counterparty, in a notional amount equal to the Outstanding Principal Balance, which Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement(s) shall be (A) effective for the period commencing on the day immediately following the then applicable Maturity Date (prior to giving effect to the applicable Extension Option) and ending on the last day of the Interest Period in which the applicable extended Maturity Date occurs and (B) otherwise on same terms set forth in Section 2.6 hereof and (ii) execute and deliver an Acknowledgment with respect to each such Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement;

 

 2 
 

 

"(e) With respect to the Second Extension Option and/or the Third Extension Option, (within standard and customary time periods following the applicable Maturity Date) deliver a Counterparty Opinion with respect to the Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement and the related Acknowledgment;''

 

e)                  The Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 2.7.1(h) thereof and replacing it with the following:

 

"(h) on the on the Initial Stated Maturity Date and the First Extended Maturity Date, Borrower shall deposit the In-Balance Shortfall Amount (if any) with Agent pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.10.3 hereof; and

 

"(i) on the on the Initial Stated Maturity Date and the First Extended Maturity Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent the applicable Extension Fee."

f)                   The Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 6.6.1 thereof and replacing it with the following:

 

'6.6.1 Deposit of Carry Cost Shortfall Funds. At any time that Agent estimates in its reasonable discretion that the Carry Cost Available Amount may not be sufficient to (a) pay the Carry Costs required to be paid through the Carry Cost Determination End Date (defined below) and (b) maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio equal to or greater than 1.10:1.00 for all periods prior to the Cany Cost Determination End Date, Agent shall send written notice to Borrower (the "Carry Cost Shorifall Notice") of such determination and BoITower shall deposit with Agent, within ten (10) days of delivery of such Carry Cost Sho1ifall Notice, an amount equal to (i) the amount Agent determines in its reasonable discretion is sufficient to (A) cover all Carry Costs through the Carry Cost Determination End Date and maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio equal to 1.10:1.00 for all periods prior to the Carry Cost Determination End Date, less (ii) the amount of Carry Cost Shortfall Funds then on deposit in the Carry Cost Account (such amount being herein referred to as the "Carry Cost Shorifalf'). All amounts deposited with Agent pursuant to this Section 6.6.1 shall be transferred by Agent into an Account (the"Carry Cost Account") to be held and disbursed in accordance with this Section 6.6. For the avoidance of doubt, a Carry Cost Shortfall may exist whether or not Agent delivers a Carry Cost Shortfall Notice to Borrower. Failure to make such deposit as set forth herein shall be an immediate Event of Default. Amounts deposited from time to time in the CaITy Cost Account pursuant to this Section 6.7.1 are referred to herein as the "Carry Cost Shorifall Funds". For purposes of this Section 6.6.1,"Carry Cost Determination End Date" means the date that is the later of (x) one hundred eighty (180) days following the applicable date of determination and (y) the then applicable Stated Maturity Date.'

 

 3 
 

 

g)                  The Cany Guaranty is hereby amended by appending the following to the end of Section 2.12 thereof: "Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the Loan Documents, this Guaranty shall not terminate with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations described in clause (b) of the definition thereof with respect to Borrower's obligation to make deposits into the Carry Cost Account as and when due and/or payable in accordance with the Loan Agreement (regardless of whether the Maturity Date has occurred, any Stabilization Event has occurred and/or there has been an acceleration of the Loan) unless and until (x) all Obligations and other sums due under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been fully satisfied and indefeasibly paid in full to Lender and

(y) such Guaranteed Obligations accruing through the date of such repayment have been fully performed and satisfied by Guarantor, in each case, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents."

3)                 Cross References. All references to the "Loan Agreement" in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby. All references to the "Carry Guaranty" in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Carry Guaranty as modified and amended hereby.

4)                 Full Force and Effect. Except as specifically set forth herein, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents, as hereby amended, are in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and have not been supplemented, modified or otherwise amended, canceled, terminated or surrendered, except pursuant to this Agreement. The Loan Documents are binding and enforceable as against the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and general principles of equity. Any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Loan Documents (as they existed before this Agreement) shall be resolved in favor of this Agreement, whether or not this Agreement specifically modifies the particular provision(s) in the Loan Documents inconsistent with this Agreement.

5)                  No Waiver. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent, Lender or Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

6)                  Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7)                 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

8)                  Severability. If any term, covenant or condition in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, this Agreement shall be construed without such provision.

 4 
 

9)  Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Agent and Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

10)  Agent's and Lenders' Costs and Expenses. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall pay to Agent all of the actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Agent and the Lenders in connection with the execution and delivery by Agent of this Agreement including without limitation Agent's and Lenders' reasonable legal fees and costs.

 

11)            Electronic Signatures. The words "execution," signed," "signature," and words of like import in this Agreement or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Agreement shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, "pdf', "tif' or "jpg") and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise agreed to by Agent, in its sole discretion, the signature of Borrower and each Guarantor to this Agreement shall be in the form of an image of its manually executed signature transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, "pdf', "tif' or "jpg") or an electronic signature executed through DocuSign. The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code. Each of Borrower and each Guarantor hereby waives any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement based on the form of the signature, and hereby agree that such electronically transmitted or signed signatures shall be conclusive proof, admissible in judicial proceedings, of each of the signatory's execution of this Agreement.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

 5 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:

 

BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By: Block 40 Managers, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, its Manager

 

 

 

By: /s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr.

Name: Charles R. Abele, Jr. 

Title: Authorized Manager-Representative

 

By: /s/ Peter John Jago

Name: Peter John Jago

Title: Authorized Manager-Representative

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 6 
 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

/s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr.

CHARLES R. ABELE, JR. 

 

 

/s/ Peter Jago

PETER JAGO

 

 

/s/ Daniel B. McCarthy

DANIEL B. MCCARTHY

 

 

/s/ Harish Mehta

HARISH MEHTA 

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 7 
 

 

AGENT:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH

 

By: /s/ Peter Castro

Name: Peter Castro

 

By: /s/ David Bush

Name: David Bush

 

 8 
 

 

SECOND OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

THIS SECOND OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS (this

“Agreement”) is made as of May 30, 2025, by and among BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), CHARLES R. ABELE, JR., PETER JAGO, HARISH MEHTA, each a natural person and ESTATE OF DANIEL B. MCCARTHY (as successor-in-interest to Daniel B. McCarthy) (individually and/or collectively, as the context may require, “Guarantor”), and BREDS V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (as successor-in-interest to Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch), having an address at c/o Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, as administrative agent (including any of its successors and assigns, “Agent”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2022, among Borrower, Agent and certain Lenders from time to time party thereto, as amended by that certain First Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of April 30, 2024, among Borrower, Guarantor and Agent (as the same may hereafter be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, on June 1, 2022, the Lenders made the Loan to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the definition of “Maturity Date” in the Loan Agreement, Borrower is required to pay the Debt in full no later than June 1, 2025 (the “First Extended Maturity Date”), unless Borrower extends the Maturity Date by satisfying the conditions precedent thereto set forth in Section 2.7 of the Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested, and Lender has agreed, to extend the term of the Loan to July 1, 2025, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Daniel B. McCarthy was a Guarantor with respect to the Loan, but passed away in March 2025, and pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, the estate of Daniel B. McCarthy (the “Daniel B. McCarthy Estate”) is now bound to the Guaranty and Environmental Indemnity as Guarantor and Indemnitor in his stead, as re-affirmed herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s agreements under the Loan Documents and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

1.                  EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall be deemed effective immediately as of the date first written above.

2.                  AMENDMENTS.

(a)               Borrower has requested and Agent has agreed, as a one-time accommodation and notwithstanding the fact that the conditions set forth in Section 2.7 of the Loan Agreement have not been satisfied, to grant a short-term extension (the “Short Term

 1 
 

 

Extension”) of the First Extended Maturity Date from June 1, 2025 until July 1, 2025 (or such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as provided in the Loan Documents, whether at such Maturity Date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise) (such date, the “Short Term Extension Date”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the “Conditions Precedent”) by no later than June 1, 2025:

(i)                 no Event of Default or monetary or material non-monetary Default shall have occurred and be continuing on June 1, 2025;

(ii)               Borrower shall prepay the Outstanding Principal Balance by

$5,000,000 (the “Principal Paydown”);

(iii)            Borrower shall pay the Exit Fee of $25,000 in connection with the

Principal Paydown;

(iv)             Borrower shall pay to Agent an extension fee of $100,000;

(v)               the representations and warranties made by Borrower in the Loan

Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of June 1, 2025, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (unless the applicable representation and/or warranty relates to a different specified time period), subject to changes to such representations and warranties disclosed to Agent in writing, so long as such update is not the result of any breach of a covenant of Borrower under the Loan Documents and such changes do not result from any Default or Event of Default by Borrower; and

(vi)             all amounts due and payable by Borrower and any other Person pursuant to the Loan Documents, and all costs and expenses of Agent and Lenders, including fees and expenses of Agent’s and each Lender’s third-party counsel, in connection with the Loan and/or the extension of the Term, as of June 1, 2025, shall have been paid in full.

(b)               The parties hereto acknowledge that the Short Term Extension provided in this Agreement is not the Second Extension Option contemplated pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Loan Agreement. Borrower retains the right to exercise such Second Extension Option in accordance with such Section 2.7.

(c)               By execution of this Agreement, each Borrower agrees and acknowledges that unless the Maturity Date is further extended in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement (including, without limitation, the satisfaction by Borrower of all of the extension conditions set forth in Section 2.7 of the Loan Agreement) on or prior to the Short Term Extension Date, Borrower’s failure to repay the Debt in full on or before the Short Term Extension Date shall be an immediate Event of Default.

(d)               Borrower and Agent hereby agree that, from and after the date hereof, subject to satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent, the First Extended Maturity Date shall mean the Short Term Extension Date. In connection herewith, each of the Loan Documents is hereby amended such that (i) any and all references to the First Extended Maturity Date set forth therein shall hereafter refer to the First Extended Maturity Date as such term has been extended in accordance with the terms set forth herein and (ii) all references therein to any Loan Document

 2 
 

 

shall be deemed to refer, as applicable, to such Loan Document as amended by this Agreement, as the same may be subsequently further amended, modified, supplemented, extended, consolidated, replaced, exchanged or otherwise changed.

(e)               All references to Daniel B. McCarthy in the Loan Documents shall be understood to refer to the Daniel B. McCarthy Estate.

3.                  ASSUMPTION OF GUARANTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY.

The Daniel B. McCarthy Estate hereby assumes all obligations of Daniel B. McCarthy in his capacity as Guarantor under the Guaranty and Indemnitor under the Environmental Indemnity.

4.                  CROSS REFERENCES. All references to the “Loan Agreement” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Guaranty” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Guaranty as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Environmental Indemnity” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Environmental Indemnity as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Loan Documents” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Loan Documents as modified and amended hereby.

5.                  FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. Except as specifically set forth herein, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents, as hereby amended, are in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and have not been supplemented, modified or otherwise amended, canceled, terminated or surrendered, except pursuant to this Agreement. The Loan Documents are binding and enforceable as against the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and general principles of equity. Any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Loan Documents (as they existed before this Agreement) shall be resolved in favor of this Agreement, whether or not this Agreement specifically modifies the particular provision(s) in the Loan Documents inconsistent with this Agreement.

6.                  NO WAIVER. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent, Lender or Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

7.                  GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8.                  COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

9.                  SEVERABILITY. If any term, covenant or condition in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, this Agreement shall be construed without such provision.

10.              SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Agent and Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

 3 
 

 

11.              AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ COSTS AND EXPENSES. Borrower

acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall pay to Agent all of the actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Agent and the Lenders in connection with the execution and delivery by Agent of this Agreement including without limitation Agent’s and Lenders’ reasonable legal fees and costs.

12.              ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. The words “execution,” signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Agreement shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdr”, “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise agreed to by Agent, in its sole discretion, the signature of Borrower and each Guarantor to this Agreement shall be in the form of an image of its manually executed signature transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf”, “tif” or “jpg”) or an electronic signature executed through DocuSign. The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper- based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code. Each of Borrower and each Guarantor hereby waives any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement based on the form of the signature, and hereby agree that such electronically transmitted or signed signatures shall be conclusive proof, admissible in judicial proceedings, of each of the signatory’s execution of this Agreement.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 4 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By: Block 40 Managers, LLC,a Florida limited liability company, its Manager

 

By: /s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr. 

Name: Charles R. Abele Jr.

Title: Authorized Manager - Representative

 

 

By: /s/ Peter John Jago 

Name: Peter John Jago

Title: Authorized Manager - Representative

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 5 
 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

/s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr.

CHARLES R. ABELE, JR. 

 

 

/s/ Peter Jago

PETER JAGO

 

 

/s/ Niamh Targett

[NIAMH TARGETT, in her capacity as Personal Representative for the Estate of DANIEL B. MCCARTHY]

 

 

/s/ Harish Mehta

HARISH MEHTA 

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 6 
 

 

 

AGENT:

 

BRED V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By: /s/ Robert Sitman

Title: Authorized Signatory 

 

 

 

1818 Park - Second Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents - Signature Page 

 

 7 
 

 

 

THIRD OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

THIS THIRD OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS (this

“Agreement”) is made as of July 1, 2025, by and among BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), CHARLES R. ABELE, JR., PETER JAGO, HARISH MEHTA, each a natural person, and ESTATE OF DANIEL B. MCCARTHY (as successor-in-interest to Daniel B. McCarthy) (individually and/or collectively, as the context may require, “Guarantor”), and BREDS V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (as successor-in-interest to Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch), having an address at c/o Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, as administrative agent (including any of its successors and assigns, “Agent”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2022, among Borrower, Agent and certain Lenders from time to time party thereto, as amended by that certain First Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of April 30, 2024, among Borrower, Guarantor and Agent (the “First Omnibus Amendment”) and that certain Second Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of May 30, 2025, by and among Borrower, Guarantor and Agent (the “Second Omnibus Amendment”) (as the same may hereafter be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, on June 1, 2022, the Lenders made the Loan to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the definition of “Maturity Date” in the Loan Agreement, Borrower is required to pay the Debt in full no later than June 1, 2025 (the “First Extended Maturity Date”), unless Borrower extends the Maturity Date by satisfying the conditions precedent thereto set forth in Section 2.7 of the Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, Borrower requested, and Lender agreed, to extend the term of the Loan to the Short Term Extension Date (i.e., July 1, 2025) pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Second Omnibus Amendment, which terms and conditions had not been satisfied as of the Short Term Extension Date and have not been satisfied as of the date hereof;

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested, and Agent has agreed, among other things, to further extend the term of the Loan to the Second Extended Maturity Date (i.e., June 1, 2026) effective as of the Third Amendment Effective Date (as defined herein), pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, Borrower Parties and Lender Parties have agreed (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein), to amend the Loan Documents in accordance with this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Borrower’s and Guarantor’s agreements under the Loan Documents and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

 1 
 

 

1.                  EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall become effective immediately upon the satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent (as defined herein) set forth in Section 3.

2.                  AMENDMENTS.

(a)                The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement, in the appropriate alphabetical location:

(i)                 ““Third Amendment Effective Date” shall mean July 1, 2025, as long as the Conditions Precedent set forth in the Third Omnibus Amendment have been satisfied, as reasonably determined by Agent.”

(ii)              ““Third Omnibus Amendment” shall mean that certain Third Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of July 1, 2025, by and among the Borrower, Guarantor and Agent.”

(iii)            ““Scheduled Pay-Down” shall have the meaning set forth in Section

2.4.6 hereof.” Section 2.4.6 hereof.”

(iv)             ““Scheduled Pay-Down Date” shall have the meaning set forth in

 

(v)               ““Second Extension Interest Rate Cap” shall have the meaning set

forth in Section 2.7.1(d) hereof.”

(b)               The following definitions set forth in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and the following definitions are inserted in lieu thereof:

(i)                 ““Maturity Date” shall mean, from and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, (i) the Second Extended Maturity Date, or (ii) in the event of the exercise by Borrower of the Third Extension Option pursuant to Section 2.7, the Maturity Date shall be the Third Extended Maturity Date or (iii) such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as herein or therein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity Date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise.”

(ii)              ““Spread” shall mean, from and after the Third Amendment Effective Date, three hundred basis points (3.00%) per annum.”

(iii)            ““Strike Price” shall mean (a) prior to the Initial Stated Maturity Date, two and one quarter percent (2.25%) per annum, (b) during the Second Extension Period, four percent (4.00%) per annum, and (c) during the Third Extension Period, the lesser of (i) two and three tenths percent (2.30%) per annum and (ii) a per annum rate not more than the rate that would, when set forth as the Strike Price in the definition of Debt Service applicable for purposes of calculating the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, result in the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, calculated as of the first day of such Extension Period, to be equal to or greater than 1:30:100.”

 2 
 

 

(c)                Section 2.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 2.4.6 immediately after Section 2.4.5:

“2.4.6 Scheduled Principal Pay-Downs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall pay to Agent the following amounts to be applied toward the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Loan in accordance with Section 2.4.5 of the Loan Agreement (each, a “Scheduled Pay-Down”) on or before the dates set forth below (each, a “Scheduled Pay- Down Date”):

 

Scheduled Pay-Down Date Scheduled Pay-Down Amount
July 18, 2025 $ 250,000.00*
July 25, 2025 $ 1,500,000.00*
August 25, 2025 $ 2,000,000.00
September 25, 2025 $ 1,625,000.00
Aggregate $ 5,375,000.00

 

the following:

*Agent acknowledges that the Scheduled Pay-Downs due on July 18, 2025 and July 25, 2025 have been received.

No Scheduled Pay-Down shall relieve Borrower of its obligations to make any other payment required under the Loan Documents. The failure of Borrower to make any Scheduled Pay-Down in the full amount required on or before the applicable Scheduled Pay-Down Date shall constitute an immediate Event of Default.”

(d)               Section 2.7.1(d) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with

“(d) Borrower shall, (1) with respect to the Second Extension Option, (i) obtain and deliver to Agent not later than August 1, 2025 one or more Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreements from an Approved Counterparty in a notional amount equal to $73,625,000.00, which Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement(s) shall be (A) for the period commencing on August 1, 2025 and expiring no earlier than the Second Extended Maturity Date and (B) otherwise on same terms set forth in Section 2.6 hereof (collectively, the “Second Extension Interest Rate Cap”), and (ii) execute and deliver an Acknowledgment with respect to the Second Extension Interest Rate Cap; and

(2) with respect to the Third Extension Option, (i) obtain and deliver to Agent not later than one (1) Business Day prior to the first day of the term of the Loan as extended, one or more Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreements from an Approved Counterparty, in a notional amount equal to the Outstanding Principal Balance, which Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement(s) shall be

(A) effective for the period commencing on the day immediately following the

 

 3 
 

then applicable Maturity Date (prior to giving effect to the applicable Extension Option) and ending on the last day of the Interest Period in which the applicable extended Maturity Date occurs and (B) otherwise on same terms set forth in Section 2.6 hereof and (ii) execute and deliver an Acknowledgment with respect to each such Replacement Interest Rate Cap Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the failure of Borrower to obtain and deliver to Agent the Second Extension Interest Rate Cap on or before August 1, 2025 in accordance with this Section 2.7.1(d) and promptly (within standard and customary time periods following the date of entry into the Second Extension Interest Rate Cap) deliver a Counterparty Opinion with respect to the Second Extension Interest Rate Cap and the related Acknowledgment shall constitute an immediate Event of Default;”

(e)                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.7 of the Loan Agreement, and notwithstanding the fact that the conditions set forth in Section 2.7.1 of the Loan Agreement have not been satisfied, as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, the Short Term Extension Date shall be extended to the (i) Second Extended Maturity Date, or (ii) such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as herein or therein provided, whether at the Second Extended Maturity Date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise, and Borrower shall be deemed to have exercised its Second Extension Option.

3.                  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS

AGREEMENT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement and the agreements by Borrower and Agent hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (the “Conditions Precedent”), and this Agreement shall not be in effect (despite any execution thereof by the parties) until satisfaction thereof:

(a)                Borrower shall pay to Agent a non-refundable modification fee of

$250,000.00 (the “Modification Fee”), which Agent acknowledges has been satisfied. The Modification Fee shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be applied to principal, interest or any other sums due under the Loan.

(b)               The representations and warranties made by Borrower in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (unless the applicable representation and/or warranty relates to a different specified time period), subject to changes to such representations and warranties disclosed to Agent in writing, so long as such update is not the result of any breach of a covenant of Borrower under the Loan Documents and such changes do not result from any Default or Event of Default by Borrower.

(c)                The representations and warranties made by Guarantors in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (unless the applicable representation and/or warranty relates to a different specified time period), subject to changes to such representations and warranties disclosed to Agent in writing, so long as such update is not the result of any breach of a covenant of Guarantor under the Loan Documents and such changes do not result from any

 4 
 

 

Default or Event of Default by Guarantor. The Bad Act Guaranty and the Carry Guaranty remain in full force and effect and are enforceable in accordance with their terms (except to the extent such enforceability may be limited by principles of equity or bankruptcy or insolvency law) and there exist no Defaults, offsets or defenses thereunder, or any event which with the giving of notice, passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default, offset or defense thereunder. No Guarantor shall be deemed to have been released by Agent from its obligations under the Bad Act Guaranty and the Carry Guaranty by reason of Agent’s acceptance of this Agreement without the execution by such Guarantor or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the personal representative nominee (“PR Nominee”) of the Estate of Daniel B. McCarthy (the “McCarthy Estate”), hereby disclaims any direct or indirect knowledge of the financial condition of the McCarthy Estate, as the McCarthy Estate is in the process of being administered through probate. Thus, the PR Nominee neither affirms nor acknowledges any representation or warranty in connection with any guaranty(ies) given by the Daniel B. McCarthy as additional security for the Loan. Subject to the foregoing, PR Nominee affirms the McCarthy Estate’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(d)               All amounts due and payable by Borrower and any other Person pursuant to the Loan Documents, and all costs and expenses of Agent and Lenders, including fees and expenses of Agent’s and each Lender’s third-party counsel, in connection with the Loan and/or the extension of the Term, as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, shall have been paid in full.

(e)                Borrower shall have paid to Agent the Extension Fee in the amount of

$184,062.50, which Agent acknowledges has been satisfied.

(f)                Borrower shall have paid to Agent the Exit Fee in the amount of $26,875.00, which Agent acknowledges has been satisfied.

(g)               Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a true, complete and correct copy of the organizational chart relating to Borrower and certain Affiliates in form substantially similar to that delivered to Agent in connection with the closing of the Loan, dated as of the date hereof.

(h)               Borrower and Guarantor shall reasonably cooperate with providing information reasonably requested by Agent to update compliance with Agent’s and each Lender’s “Know Your Customer” and other similar policies and procedures as of the date hereof.

(i)                 Borrower shall have deposited an amount equal to $500,000.00 into the Carry Cost Account to be held and disbursed as Carry Cost Shortfall Funds in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Cash Collateral Funds held by Agent pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement in the balance of

$601,530.89 (as of July 2025) will be transferred into the Carry Cost Account and maintained as Carry Cost Shortfall Funds in accordance with Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement.

4.                  CROSS REFERENCES. All references to the “Loan Agreement” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Guaranty” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Guaranty as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Environmental Indemnity” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Environmental Indemnity as modified

 5 
 

 

and amended hereby. All references to the “Loan Documents” in any of the Loan Documents

shall mean and refer to the Loan Documents as modified and amended hereby.

5.                  FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. Except as specifically set forth herein, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents, as hereby amended, are in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and have not been supplemented, modified or otherwise amended, canceled, terminated or surrendered, except pursuant to this Agreement. The Loan Documents are binding and enforceable as against the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and general principles of equity. Any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Loan Documents (as they existed before this Agreement) shall be resolved in favor of this Agreement, whether or not this Agreement specifically modifies the particular provision(s) in the Loan Documents inconsistent with this Agreement.

6.                  NO WAIVER. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent, Lender or Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

7.                  GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8.                  COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

9.                  SEVERABILITY. If any term, covenant or condition in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, this Agreement shall be construed without such provision.

10.              SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Agent and Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

11.              AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ COSTS AND EXPENSES. Borrower

acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall pay to Agent all of the actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Agent and the Lenders in connection with the execution and delivery by Agent of this Agreement including without limitation Agent’s and Lenders’ reasonable legal fees and costs.

12.              ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Agreement shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdr”, “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise agreed to by Agent, in its sole discretion, the signature of Borrower and each Guarantor to this Agreement shall be in the form of an image of its manually executed signature transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf”, “tif” or “jpg”) or an electronic signature executed through DocuSign. The use of electronic

 

 6 
 

 

signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper- based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code. Each of Borrower and each Guarantor hereby waives any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement based on the form of the signature, and hereby agree that such electronically transmitted or signed signatures shall be conclusive proof, admissible in judicial proceedings, of each of the signatory’s execution of this Agreement.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

 7 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

BORROWER:

BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Block 40 Managers, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, its Manager

 

By: /s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr. 

Name: Charles R. Abele Jr.

Title: Authorized Manager - Representative

 

 

By: /s/ Peter John Jago 

Name: Peter John Jago

Title: Authorized Manager - Representative

 

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 8 
 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

/s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr.

CHARLES R. ABELE, JR. 

 

 

/s/ Peter Jago

PETER JAGO

 

 

/s/ Niamh Targett

NIAMH TARGETT, in her capacity as Personal Representative Nominee UNDER THAT CERTAIN WILL AND TESTAMENT OF DANIEL MCCARTHY DATED MARCH 6, 2024

 

 

/s/ Harish Mehta

HARISH MEHTA 

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 9 
 

 

AGENT:

 

BRED V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By: /s/ Robert Sitman

Title: Authorized Signatory 

 

 

 

1818 Park - Third Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents - Signature Page  

 

 10 
 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOURTH OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

Dated as of January 13, 2026 among

BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, as Borrower,

 

and

 

BREDS V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company, as Agent,

 

and

 

CHARLES R. ABELE, JR.,

a natural person, as Guarantor

 

and

 

PETER JAGO,

a natural person, as Guarantor

 

and

 

HARISH MEHTA, 

a natural person, as Guarantor

 

and

 

ESTATE OF DANIEL B. MCCARTHY,

as successor-in-interest to Daniel B. McCarthy, as Guarantor

 

and

 

STEWARDS, INC.,

a Nevada corporation, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 1 
 

 

FOURTH OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS

This FOURTH OMNIBUS AMENDMENT TO LOAN DOCUMENTS (this

“Amendment”) is made as of January 13, 2026 (the “Fourth Amendment Date”), by and among BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), CHARLES R. ABELE, JR., PETER JAGO, HARISH MEHTA, each a natural person, ESTATE OF DANIEL B. MCCARTHY (as successor-in-interest to Daniel B. McCarthy) (individually and/or collectively, as the context may require, “Initial Guarantor”), and STEWARDS, INC., a Nevada corporation (f/k/a Favo Capital, Inc.), having an address at 4300

N. University Drive, Suite D-105, Lauderhill, Florida 33351 (“Stewards Guarantor” and together with Initial Guarantor and their respective successors and permitted assigns, jointly and severally, “Guarantor”), and BREDS V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (as successor-in-interest to Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch), having an address at c/o Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, as administrative agent (including any of its successors and assigns, “Agent”). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2022, among Borrower, Agent and certain Lenders from time to time party thereto, as amended by that certain First Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of April 30, 2024, among Borrower, Initial Guarantor and Agent, that certain Second Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of May 30, 2025, by and among Borrower, Initial Guarantor and Agent, and that certain Third Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents, dated as of July 1, 2025, by and among Borrower, Initial Guarantor and Agent (as the same may hereafter be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement, Borrower obtained from Lender, and Lender made to Borrower, a loan (the “Loan”) in the maximum aggregate principal amount of up to EIGHTY FOUR MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS and No/100 Dollars ($84,000,000.00) (the

“Loan Amount”), as evidenced by that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of the Closing Date, made by Borrower in favor of Lender, in the principal sum of up to the Loan Amount (the “Existing Note”; the Existing Note, as amended by this Amendment, and as the same may be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Note”). In connection with the Loan, Initial Guarantor executed and delivered, among other things, that certain Guaranty of Recourse Obligations, dated as of the Closing Date, made by Initial Guarantor in favor of Agent, and that certain Guaranty of Interest and Carry Costs, dated as of the Closing Date, made by Initial Guarantor in favor of Agent,(collectively, the “Existing Guaranty”; and as amended by this Amendment, and as the same may be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Guaranty”), and, together with Borrower, that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, made by Borrower and Initial Guarantor in favor of Agent (the “Existing Environmental Indemnity”; and as amended by this Amendment, and as the same may be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Environmental Indemnity”); the Existing Environmental Indemnity, together with the Existing Guaranty, the Existing Note, the Existing Loan Agreement and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection with the Loan prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Loan Documents”; and as the

 

 2 
 

same may be further amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Documents.”

WHEREAS, Borrower has notified Agent that Stewards Guarantor has purchased (1) 100% of the common limited liability company interests of each of Block 40 Managers, LLC and Block 40 Investments Holdings, LLC, each a Florida limited liability company, and (2) 100% of the “HC Priority Interest” (as such term is defined in that certain Eighth Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Block 40, LLC, dated as of June 19, 2020) of HC Capital, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, and, as a consequence thereof, Stewards Guarantor collectively and indirectly owns 100% of the common limited liability company interests of Borrower (the “Transfer”). The Transfer is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 7.1(e) of the Loan Agreement, which terms and conditions had not been satisfied as of the date of the Transfer and have not been satisfied prior to the date hereof.

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transfer and simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Amendment, Stewards Guarantor is executing and delivering (i) a Joinder to Guaranty and Environmental Indemnity, dated as of the date hereof, in favor of Agent (as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Joinder”) and (ii) an Assignment of Management Agreement and Subordination of Management Fees, dated as of the date hereof, made by Borrower to Agent and consented and agreed to by GCF Development, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Collateral Assignment of Management Agreement”).

WHEREAS, subject to the representations, warrants, covenants and conditions set forth in the Loan Documents, Agent is willing to consent to the Transfer and, in connection therewith, each of Borrower and Guarantor have agreed (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein), to amend the Existing Loan Documents in accordance with this Amendment.

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto desire to amend the terms of the Existing Loan Agreement and the other Existing Loan Documents as set forth in this Amendment.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the above and the material promises contained in this Amendment, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.                  INCORPORATION OF THE RECITALS. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the recitals set forth above are true and correct as of the date hereof. Each of the recitals set forth above is made a part of this Amendment and incorporated herein as if set forth at length in the text of this Amendment.

2.                  EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AMENDMENT. This Amendment shall become effective immediately upon the satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent (as defined herein) set forth in Section 6.

3.                  CONSENT TO TRANSFER. Agent hereby consents to and approves of the Transfer, subject to the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case as modified by this Amendment and the Joinder.

 

 3 
 

4.                  MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING LOAN AGREEMENT. From and after the

Fourth Amendment Date, the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)               Definition Additions. The following definitions are hereby inserted into Section 1.1 of the Existing Loan Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical location:

(i)                 “Stewards Guarantor” shall mean Stewards Capital, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

(ii)              “Fourth Amendment Date” shall mean January 13, 2026.

(iii)            “Initial Guarantor” shall mean Charles R. Abele, Jr., Peter Jago, Harish Mehta, each a natural person, and Estate of Daniel B. Mccarthy, as successor-in-interest to Daniel B. McCarthy.

(b)               Definition Modifications. The following definitions set forth in Section 1.1 of the Existing Loan Agreement are hereby amended as follows:

(i)                 “Guarantor” shall mean, (1) from the Closing Date through (but not including) the Fourth Amendment Date, Initial Guarantor, and from and after the Fourth Amendment Date, (2) (x) Initial Guarantor, (y) Stewards Guarantor and (z) any other Person guaranteeing any payment or performance obligation of Borrower.

(c)               Section 10.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the

following:

 

“All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (any of the foregoing, a “Notice”) required, permitted or desired to be given hereunder shall be in writing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivered by hand or by reputable overnight courier, or electronically transmitted by e-mail with hard copy delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier (unless waived by Agent as described below), addressed to the party to be so notified at its address hereinafter set forth, or to such other address as such party may hereafter specify in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.6. Any Notice shall be deemed to have been received: (a) three (3) days after the date such Notice is mailed, (b) on the date of delivery by hand if delivered during business hours on a Business Day (otherwise on the next Business Day), or (c) on the next Business Day if sent by an overnight commercial courier and (d) if transmitted by e-mail, (A) if such e-mail was sent prior to 5 P.M. EST on a Business Day, then on the date such e-mail was sent, provided that a hard copy of such e-mail (and any and all attachments) is delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier on the immediately succeeding Business Day, or (y) if such e-mail was sent on a day that is not a Business Day or after 5 P.M. EST on a Business Day, then on the Business Day immediately succeeding the date such e-mail was sent, provided that a hard copy of such e-mail (and any and all attachments) is delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier on the second Business Day immediately following the date on which such e-mail was sent; provided, however, that by written notice to Borrower, Agent shall have the unilateral right at any time to waive the hard copy requirement with respect to all Notices sent via e-mail, in each case addressed to the parties as follows:

 4 
 

If to Agent:

BREDS V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C.

c/o Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies 345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154 Attention: BREDS Asset Management

Email: xxxxxx@blackstone.com

With a copy to (which shall not constitute Notice): c/o Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154 Attention: Robert Sitman

Email: xxxxxx@blackstone.com

With a copy to:

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP 200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166 Attention: Aaron Beim, Esq. Email: xxxxx@gibsondunn.com

If to Borrower:

4300 N. University Drive, Suite D-105 Lauderhill, Florida 33351

Attention: Katy Murless

Email: xxxxx@stewards.com With a copy to:

Doney Law Firm

4955 S. Durango Drive, Suite 165 Las Vegas, Nevada 89113 Attention: Scott Doney, Esq.

Email: xxxxxx@xxxxxxx.com With a copy to:

Stewards, Inc.

4300 N. University Drive, Suite D-105 Lauderhill, Florida 33351

Attention: Katy Murless

 5 
 

Email: xxxxxx@stewards.com With a copy to:

Doney Law Firm

4955 S. Durango Drive, Suite 165 Las Vegas, Nevada 89113 Attention: Scott Doney, Esq.

Email: xxxxxt@xxxxxxxm.com”

5.                  REPLACEMENT OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS. The parties hereby

agree that (i) Schedule III of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the contents of Schedule I attached hereto.

6.                  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS

AMENDMENT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment and the agreements by Borrower and Agent hereunder are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (the “Conditions Precedent”), and this Amendment shall not be in effect (despite any execution thereof by the parties) until satisfaction thereof:

i.                        Agent shall have received and approved fully executed originals of this Amendment, the Joinder, the Collateral Assignment of Management Agreement and that certain opinion of counsel dated as of the date hereof, prepared by Brinen & Associates, LLC to the Agent.

ii.                        Borrower shall pay to Agent a non-refundable modification fee of $368,125.00 (the “Modification Fee”). The Modification Fee shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be applied to principal, interest or any other sums due under the Loan.

iii.                         The representations and warranties made by Borrower in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (unless the applicable representation and/or warranty relates to a different specified time period), subject to changes to such representations and warranties disclosed to Agent in writing, so long as such update is not the result of any breach of a covenant of Borrower under the Loan Documents and such changes do not result from any Default or Event of Default by Borrower.

iv.                        The representations and warranties made by Guarantors in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (unless the applicable representation and/or warranty relates to a different specified time period), subject to changes to such representations and warranties disclosed to Agent in writing, so long as such update is not the result of any breach of a covenant of Guarantor under the Loan Documents and such changes do not result from any Default or Event of Default by Guarantor. The Bad Act Guaranty and the Carry Guaranty remain in full force and effect and are enforceable in accordance with their terms (except to the extent such enforceability may be limited by principles of equity or bankruptcy or insolvency law) and there exist no Defaults, offsets or defenses thereunder, or any event which with the giving of Notice, passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default, offset or defense thereunder. No Guarantor shall be deemed to have been

 6 
 

released by Agent from its obligations under the Bad Act Guaranty and the Carry Guaranty by reason of Agent’s acceptance of this Amendment without the execution by such Guarantor or otherwise.

v.                         All amounts due and payable by Borrower and any other Person pursuant to the Loan Documents, and all costs and expenses of Agent and Lenders, including fees and expenses of Agent’s and each Lender’s third-party counsel, in connection with the Loan, as of the Fourth Amendment Date, shall have been paid in full.

vi.                        Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a true, complete and correct copy of the organizational chart relating to Borrower and certain Affiliates in form substantially similar to that delivered to Agent in connection with the closing of the Loan, dated as of the date hereof.

vii.                        Borrower and Guarantor shall have reasonably cooperated with providing information reasonably requested by Agent to update compliance with Agent’s and each Lender’s “Know Your Customer” and other similar policies and procedures as of the date hereof.

7.                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

(a)               As a material inducement to Agent’s entry into this Amendment and the Joinder, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent as of the date hereof as follows:

i.                        Borrower has the power and requisite authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Amendment and the Joinder executed by Borrower, and is duly authorized to, and has taken all action necessary to authorize Borrower to, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Amendment and the Joinder executed by Borrower.

ii.                        This Amendment and the Joinder executed by Borrower constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and general principles of equity.

iii.                         No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or Governmental Authority or any third party is required in connection with the execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment or the Joinder executed by Borrower or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, which consent has not been obtained.

iv.                        The Note and other Existing Loan Documents, each as amended hereby or by this Amendment and the Joinder, are in full force and effect and are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower or Guarantor, and Borrower and Guarantor have not asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto; and this Amendment and the Joinder are a modification of an existing obligation and are not a novation.

v.                         Since the recordation date of the Mortgage, other than Permitted Encumbrances, Borrower has not further encumbered the Property, including, without

 

 7 
 

limitation, by entering into any deed of trust, deed to secure debt or mortgage, ground lease, and/or any option to purchase or right of first refusal with respect to the Property.

vi.                        The lien of the Mortgage is a first lien on the interest described therein and covered thereby, and neither this Amendment nor the Joinder will cause intervening liens to become prior to the lien of the Mortgage. Borrower does not have any legal or equitable claim against any mortgagor, trustor or grantor named in the Mortgage which would be prior to the lien of the Mortgage, or which would entitle Borrower to a judgment entitling Borrower to an equitable lien on all or any portion of that property prior in lien to the Mortgage.

vii.                        Since the date of Borrower’s formation and as of the date hereof and until such time as the Debt shall be paid in full, the Borrower represents and warrants that Borrower has remained and shall continue to remain in compliance with the terms and provisions of Section 3.1.1 and Section 4.4 of the Loan Agreement in all material respects.

viii.                        Borrower has previously delivered to Agent all of the relevant formation and organizational documents of Borrower, and all such formation documents remain in full force and effect and have not been amended or modified in any way since such documents were delivered to Agent on the Closing Date or qualified by the qualifications set forth on Schedule II attached hereto.

ix.                        (a) Attached hereto as Schedule I is a true, correct and complete updated copy of the organizational chart delivered to Agent in connection with the Loan reflecting the organizational structure of Borrower and Guarantor immediately following the consummation of the Transfer, (b) a true, correct and complete copy of the certificate of limited partnership and the corporate secretary’s certificate regarding the management provisions of Stewards Guarantor have been delivered to Agent or shall be delivered to Agent prior to the consummation of the Transfer, and (c) other than the organizational documents of the Guarantor delivered to Agent in connection with the Transfer, none of the other organizational documents of Borrower, Guarantor or any other Person depicted on the organizational chart attached hereto as Schedule I that have been provided to Agent prior to the date hereof have been amended, supplemented, revised or otherwise modified in any respect or qualified by the qualifications set forth on Schedule II attached hereto.

x.                         Any and all transfer taxes due and payable in connection with the Transfer, if any, have been paid.

(b)               As a material inducement to Agent’s entry into this Amendment, each Guarantor (as to itself only and not with respect to any other Guarantor) hereby represents and warrants to Agent as of the date hereof as follows:

i.                        Guarantor has the power and requisite authority to execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform its obligations under this Amendment and the Joinder executed by Guarantor, and is duly authorized to, and has taken all action necessary to authorize Guarantor to, execute, acknowledge, deliver and perform its obligations under this Amendment the Joinder executed by Guarantor.

 

 8 
 

ii.                        This Amendment and the Joinder executed by Guarantor constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and general principles of equity.

iii.                         No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or Governmental Authority or any third party is required in connection with the execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Amendment or the Joinder executed by Guarantor or for Guarantor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, which consent has not been obtained.

8.                  RELEASE OF CLAIMS.

(a)               Release of All Claims. Borrower and Guarantor, on behalf of themselves and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “Releasing Parties”), each hereby release, remise, acquit and forever discharge Agent and all of their respective subsidiaries, divisions, affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, advisors, predecessors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”), from any and all actions, causes of actions, suits, claims, demands, proceedings, judgments, executions, debts, claims, damages, liabilities, obligations, costs and expenses of any and every kind and character, known or unknown, liabilities, contracts, obligations, accounts, torts, causes of action or claims for relief of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, whether suspected or unsuspected or whether heretofore or hereafter arising, which the Releasing Parties may have or which may hereafter be asserted or accrue against Released Parties, or any of them, resulting from or in any way relating to any act or omission done, or committed or suffered to be done by Released Parties, or any of them, on or prior to the date hereof, for or because of any matter or things done, omitted or suffered to be done by any of the Released Parties prior to and including the date of execution hereof, and in any way directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way connected to this Amendment or any of the other Loan Documents as modified, supplemented, amended and/or restated (all of the foregoing hereinafter called the “Released Matters”).

(b)               Release Includes Unknown Claims. The release contained in Section 8(a) above and in this Section 8(b) apply to all Released Matters which the Releasing Parties have, or which may hereafter arise, against the Released Parties, or any of them, as a result of acts or omissions occurring on or before the date hereof, whether or not known or suspected by the parties hereto. The Releasing Parties expressly acknowledge that although it may be that ordinarily a general release does not extend to claims which the releasing party does not know or suspect to exist in its favor, which if known by the Releasing Parties must have materially affected the settlement with the party released, each Releasing Party has carefully considered and taken into account in determining to enter into this Amendment the possible existence of such unknown losses or claims. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to the Released Matters, the Releasing Parties each expressly and unconditionally waive any and all rights conferred upon them by any statute or rule of law which provides that a release does not extend to unanticipated claims and claims which the claimant does not know of or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by them could have materially affected his settlement with the released party. Each of the Releasing Parties hereby acknowledge that the agreements in this Section 8(b) are intended to be in full satisfaction of all or any alleged injuries

 

 9 
 

or damages arising in connection with any Released Matters and each represent and warrant to the Released Parties that they have not purported to transfer, assign or otherwise convey any right, title or interest of any Releasing Parties in any Released Matter to any other Person and that the foregoing constitutes a fully and complete release of all Released Matters.

(c)               Complete Defense. This release by Releasing Parties shall constitute a complete defense to any claim, cause of action, defense, contract, liability, indebtedness or obligation, with respect to the Released Matters, released pursuant to this release. Nothing in this release shall be construed as (or shall be admissible in any legal action or proceeding as) an admission by Agent or any other Released Party that any defense, indebtedness, obligation, liability, claim or cause of action exists which is within the scope of those hereby released.

9.                  CROSS REFERENCES. All references to the “Loan Agreement” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Guaranty” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Guaranty as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Environmental Indemnity” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Environmental Indemnity as modified and amended hereby. All references to the “Loan Documents” in any of the Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Loan Documents as modified and amended hereby.

10.              FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. Except as specifically set forth herein, the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents, as hereby amended, are in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and have not been supplemented, modified or otherwise amended, canceled, terminated or surrendered, except pursuant to this Amendment. The Loan Documents are binding and enforceable against the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, and general principles of equity. Any inconsistency between this Amendment and the Loan Documents (as they existed before this Amendment) shall be resolved in favor of this Amendment, whether or not this Amendment specifically modifies the particular provision(s) in the Loan Documents inconsistent with this Amendment.

11.              NO WAIVER. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent, Lender or Borrower under the Loan Documents, or any other document, instrument or agreement executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

12.              GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

13.              COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and all such counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.

14.              SEVERABILITY. If any term, covenant or condition in this Amendment shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, this Amendment shall be construed without such provision.

 

 10 
 

15.              NO NOVATION. Neither the execution, delivery nor effectiveness of this Amendment, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder, shall in any way constitute or be deemed to constitute a novation, discharge, rescission, extinguishment or substitution of the Loan, the Debt or the indebtedness evidenced by the Note.

16.              FURTHER ASSURANCES. Borrower and Guarantor will, at Borrower’s and/or Guarantor’s sole cost and expense, and without expense to Agent, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver all and every such further acts, documents and assurances as Agent shall, from time to time, reasonably require, for the better assuring, documenting and confirming unto Agent the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, or for carrying out the intention or facilitating the performance of the terms of this Amendment, including, without limitation, delivering legal opinions or updated to legal opinions or for complying with all Legal Requirements in all material respects.

17.              SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Agent and Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

18.              AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ COSTS AND EXPENSES. Borrower

acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall pay to Agent all of the actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Agent and the Lenders in connection with the execution and delivery by Agent of this Amendment including without limitation Agent’s and Lenders’ reasonable legal fees and costs.

19.              ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Amendment or in any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Amendment shall include images of manually executed signatures transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdr”, “tif” or “jpg”) and other electronic signatures (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise agreed to by Agent, in its sole discretion, the signature of Borrower and each Guarantor to this Amendment shall be in the form of an image of its manually executed signature transmitted by facsimile or other electronic format (including, without limitation, “pdf”, “tif” or “jpg”) or an electronic signature executed through DocuSign. The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper- based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code. Each of Borrower and each Guarantor hereby waives any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Amendment based on the form of the signature, and hereby agree that such electronically transmitted or signed signatures shall be conclusive proof, admissible in judicial proceedings, of each of the signatory’s execution of this Amendment.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

 11 
 

BLOCK 40 PROPERTY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Block 40 Managers, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, its Manager

 

By: /s/ Shaun Quin 

Name: Shaun Quin

Title: President

 

 

By: /s/ Shaun Quin 

Name: Shaun Quin

Title: President

 

 12 
 

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

/s/ Charles R. Abele, Jr.

CHARLES R. ABELE, JR. 

 

 

/s/ Peter Jago

PETER JAGO

 

 

/s/ Niamh Targett

NIAMH TARGETT, in her capacity as Personal Representative Nominee UNDER THAT CERTAIN WILL AND TESTAMENT OF DANIEL MCCARTHY DATED MARCH 6, 2024

 

 

/s/ Harish Mehta

HARISH MEHTA 

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 13 
 

 

STEWARDS INC. F/K/A

FAVO CAPITAL, INC.,

a Nevada Corporation

 

 

By: /s/ Shaun Quin

Name: Shaun Quin

Title: President 

 

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 14 
 

 

AGENT:

 

BRED V US INVESTMENTS 2 L.L.C,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

By: /s/ Robert Sitman

Title: Authorized Signatory 

 

 

 

1818 Park - Third Omnibus Amendment to Loan Documents - Signature Page  

 

 

 

 15 
 

 

SCHEDULE I

ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

(ATTACHED)

 

 16 
 

 

 17 
 

  

 18 
 

 

SCHEDULES

 

QUALIFICATION OF BORROWER AND GUARANTOR

 

None.

 

 19 
 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 5 of Registration Statement (No. 333-291586) on Form S-1 and Prospectus of Stewards, Inc. (the “Company”) of our Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated March 30, 2026, which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, appearing in the Annual Report of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2025.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” included in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P.

 

Turner, Stone & Company, L.L.P.

 

Dallas, Texas

June 30, 2026

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1A/Amendment No. 5 of Stewards, Inc. of our reports dated June 20, 2024 and November 11, 2025 on the consolidated financial statements of Block 40, LLC and Subsidiary ( the “Company”) for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, for which the report on 2024 includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

 

Kaufman Rossin & Co., P. A.

 

Miami, Florida

June 30, 2026